Lik-s80

OF THE

COUNCIL AND OFFICERS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL

SOCIETY OF LONDON.

1878.

COUNCIL.

Tue Marauis or TweEeppaLr, F.R.S., President.

Tue Lorp ABINGER.

Georez Busx, Esq., F.R.S.

Masor-Gen. Hunry Crerx, R.A.,

F.R.S.

Rozert Drumuonp, Esq., Trea- |

surer.

ProFessor Frower, F.R.S.,

President.

Joun P. Gassrorr, Jun., Esq.

Rear Apurrat Tue Count Guer- |

cHEn, R.N.

F, DuCanz Govan, Esq.

Arruur GRore, Esq.

Epuounp W.H., Horpsworta, Esq.

Vice- |

| Ropert Hupson, Esq., F.R.S.,

Vice-President.

| Proressor Mivart, F.R.S.

| Proressor Newton, F.R.S., Vice-

President.

| Henry Poxtocs, Esq.

Lievt.-Cot. Str Cartes Rus-

sELL, Bart., M.P.

| | Ospert Satvin, Esq., F.R.S.

Pate Luriey ScLaTER, Esq.,

M.A., Pa.D., E.RS., Secretary.

_ Josrpn Travers Suitu, Esq.

_ Ricnarp H. &. Vxvyan, Esq.

| Tur Lorp WALsinenan.

PRINCIPAL OFFICERS.

Office, 11 Hanover Square, W.

P. L. Scrarer, Esq., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary.

Mr. F. H. Warernouse, Librarian.

Mr. W. J. Wrt1aMs, Clerk.

Gardens, Regent's Park, N.W.

Mr. A. D. Barrrerr, Superintendent.

Proressor Garrop, F.R.S., Prosector.

LIST

OF THE

CONTRIBUTORS,

With References to the several Articles contributed by each.

Aston, Epwarp R., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e. ae

Note on the Dentition of Cuscus .... 2... ee cece cece es 274

Exhibition, on behalf of Dr. Elliott Coues, C.M.Z.S., of

two specimens of Synaptomys cooperi, Bd. ay See . 633

On the Squirrels of the Neotropical ae (Plate XLI. 1) 656

Supplementary Note on the Neotropical Squirrels ...... 954

AnpeErson, ANDREW, F.Z.S.

Letter from, concerning Falco babylonicus, figured in the

Baccigs- Proceedings 106 157 O% rac ia «0! «5 accls's oo 0,2 ae

On a new Species of Indian Prinia. (Plate XIX.) .... 370

Exhibition of a Bamboo driving-stick taken from the nest

pen teria Pineda Fe td toe a Ses ts ese as tors O9S

Aneas, Grorce Frencu, F.L.S., F.R.G.S., C.M.Z.S., &e.

Descriptions of seven new Species of Land-Shells recently

collected in Costa Rica by Mr. Adolphe Boucard. (PlateV.) 72

Description of a new Species of Latiavis. (Plate V.) .. 74

Description of a new Genus of Land-Shells belonging to

tip Faunly Cyclophorides,.. scsi. 5 hos fo eens sea alo

Descriptions of nine new Species of Land and Marine

Shells from various localities. (Plate XVIII.).. ....

Description of a new Species of Tudicula.........0.00+

Descriptions of six Species of Bivalve Shells in the Collec-

tion of Mr. Sylvanus Hanley, F.L.S., and of a Helix from

Page

~ volt

the Solomon Islands. (Plate LIV.) ............... soa Bae

Descriptions of ten Species of Marine Shells from the Pro-

vince of South Australia. (Plate LIV.)........ < 361

A List of additional Species of Marine Mollusca to be in-

cluded in the Fauna of the Province of South Australia, with

Notes on their Habitats and Local Distribution ..........

Barpoza pu BocaGe, Professor Jost Vicente, Director of

the National Museum, Lisbon, F.M.Z.S.

Liste des Antilopes d’ Angola

Bartiett, A. D., Superintendent of the Society’s Gardens.

Letter from, relating to the alleged existence of Anoa de-

pressicornia in the Philippines . on... coeesejsec0 0% os sere

Bates, H. W.., F.L.S., F.Z.S.

On new Genera and Species of Geodephagous Coleoptera

from-{Genttal AMeres .'c.04, 150 cerse eee: eee eee ee

On new Species of Coleopterous Insects (Geodephaga and

Longicornia) taken by Dr. Stoliczka during the Forsyth Ex

pedition to Kashgar in 1873-74 .............. we Paes ta

Brppomg, Lieut.-Col. R. H., C.M.Z.S.

Description of a new Genus of Tree-Lizards from the higher

Ranges of the Anamallays. (Plate XIV.) ...... ......

Descriptions of new Uropeltidze from Southern India, with

Remarks on some previously described Species

Description of a new Genus of Snakes of the Family Cala-

maride, from Southern India ..............ec06

Description of anew Batrachian from Southern India, be-

longing to the Family. Phryniscide ....,...........00.-

864

741

882

713

153

154

Description of six new Species of Snakes of the Genus

Silybura, Family Uropeltidz, from the Peninsula of India. .

Bock, Cart, F.G.S. &c.

Descriptions of two new Species of Shells from China and

Japan: (Plate SLM L., figs. 1—Si)i pes 5.0%) stedles latte nese e

Bovucarp, Apourue, C.M.Z.S8.

On Birds collected in Costa Rica. (Plate IV.) ........

Notes on some Coleoptera of the Genus Plusiotis, with

Descriptions of three new Species from Mexico and Central

Ameriés. (Plate XVI)" 05 oar. Saige writ sete eins easels

Brooke, Sir Victor, Bart., F.Z.S.

Onileazelle grantees os ates. SS Saeieas sleet Meaecees<. Os

On the Classification of the Cervide, with a Synopsis of

the existing Species. (Plate LV.) .........

On a new Species of Gazelle from Eastern Africa.

Pence Leh oa tte ites a's aks sco we, oc apenas elena e Slane

Burmeister, Dr. Hermann, Diretor of the National Museum,

Buenos Aires, F.M.Z.S.

Notes on Conurus hilaris and other Parrots of the Argen-

tine Republic......

Butter, ArTHuR Garpin_er, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant, Zoo-

logical Department, British Museum.

On a small Collection of Lepidoptera obtained by the Rev.

J. S!'Whitmee‘at the Ellice Islands. .:. 0.0 .... 0.0.05...

Description of new Lepidoptera of the Group Bombyecites,

in the Collection of the British Museum ................

On a small Collection of Lepidoptera from Jamaica......

Description of a new Species of the Orthopterous Genus

Phylloptera from Madagascar .......

Deseription of a Remarkable new Spider from Madagascar

Page

800

727

293

723

296

648

799

Page

Cuersemay, S. T., F.L.S., Curator of the Auckland Museum.

Descriptions of three new Species of Opisthobranchiate

Mollusca from New Zealand. (Plate XV.)..........-..- 275

Cuark, Joun W., M.A., F.Z.S.

Notes on three stuffed Specimens of the Sea-lion of the Pri-

bilov Islands (Otaria ursina). (Plate XX.) ............ 371

Couuett, Rosert, C.M.Z.S.

On Latrunculus and Crystallogobius, two remarkable Forms

of Gobioid Bishes: i"). “aes. Tia Aa ae sw ee eee 318

Cougs, Dr. Exurott, C.M.Z.S. (See Atston, Epwarp R.)

Day, Surgeon-Major Francis, F.Z.8. &e.

Remarks on Mr. Whitmee’s paper on the Manifestation of

Rearend. Anger in’ Bishes ..\ 2: Ba he > + tent ogee ean leeeaee eee

Exhibition of, and remarks upon three jaws of Indian

Sharlene =< i015 So eee es os Seem ccs ener es oe Pate Coe

Dosson, G, E., M.A., M.B., F.L.S., &e.

Additional Notes on the Chiroptera ct Duke-of-York Island

and the adjacent Parts of New Ireland and New Britain.... 314

Notes on Myxopoda aurita, Milne-Edw. .............. 871

Notes on recent Additions to the Collection of Chiroptera

in the Muséum d’ Histoire Naturelle at Paris, with Descrip-

tions of New and Rare Species.................. So Gon oe 873

Druce, Hersert, F.L.S., Gopman, Frepericx Du Cane,

and Savin, Ossert, M.A., F.R.S.

Catalogue of Lepidoptera collected by Mr. S. N. Walter

in the Island of Billiton. (Plate XL.) ........ 0.02 000. 637

Ex.iot, Danrex G., F.R.S.E., F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

A Study of the Pteroclide or Family of the Sand-Grouse 233

On the Fruit-Pigeons of the Genus Pfilopus. (Plates

NUTT MLV) dete waaies «wane ++. cence OOM

Vil

Everett, A. H.

Letter from, addressed to the Marquis of Tweeddale, con-

cerning the occurrence of Anoa depressicornis in the Philip-

TER ycteap-o at aati plates dete 2 ac a ea So ag = ay ee

Finscu, Otto, Ph.D., C.M.Z.S., &c., Director of the Bremen

Museum.

On a new Species of Finch from the Feejee Islands. (Plate

2 LMI EN RSC TEL te ee Ae eee Bee

Fiower, Witu1am Henry, LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., V.P.Z.S.,

Conservator of the Museum of the Royal College of

Surgeons, and Hunterian Professor.

On the Skull of a Rhinoceros(R. lasiotis, Scl.?) from India

Forses, Witit1am ALEXANDER, F.Z.S.

Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the

Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.’—No. VII. On the Birds of

Cape York and the neighbouring Islands (Raine, Wednesday,

Ste OU Y EN HOS ts cienn sid pws. algae ag Moines ae res Lae

On a small Collection of Birds from the Samoan Islands

and the Island of Rotumah, Central Pacific... ............

Garrop, Atrrep Henry, B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Fellow of

St. John’s College, Cambridge, Prosector to the Society.

On the Systematic Position of the Momotide..........

Page

440

712

634

120

351

100

Note on the Gizzard and other Organs of Carpophagalatrans 102

Note on the Anatomy of the Binturong (Arctictisbinturong) 142

Notes on the Anatomy of Passerine Birds.—Part IV..... 143

Notes on the Anatomy of Tolypeutes tricinctus, with Re-

marks on other Armadillos ...... . oo 222

Notes on the Visceral Anatomy of Zycaon pictus, and of

Nyctereutes procyonides ........ Ree JA: «. Seme 373

On the Trachea of Tantalus loculator and of Vanellus

MUMPIRMIMENG No ae Soe Ce tae Loew 0s ga ea sane h ameee oe 625

On the Anatomy of the Maleo (Megacephalon maleo).... 629

Vili

Page

Notes on Points in the Anatomy of Levaillant’s Darter ;

CP lots Lop allonis) -0\<,..5 +: exaltsn tip mtr» wiblegeel oer eee 679

Notes on the Anatomy of Indicator major . . 930

Garrop, Atrrep Henry, B.A., F.R.S., and iter

WiuuiaM, M.B., F.R.S.

On the Gravid Uterus and Placenta of Hyomoschus aqua-

ticus. (Plate XLIV.)...... . 682

Geppes, P.

Notice of a memoir on the Mechanism of the Odontophore

in certain Mollusca .. . 212

Gopman, Freperick DuCang, F.L.S., F.Z.S., and Satvin,

Ospert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

Descriptions of nineteen new Species of Diurnal Lepido-

pteraifrom CentralAmeriog: .\.. . (tecdsist Ale. liad ac 264

Descriptions of new Species of Central-American Butter-

flies of the Family Erycinide ......... sinha’ so spe tre ae ean

List of the Butterflies collected in ext New Guinea

and some neighbouring Islands by Dr. Comrie during the

Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Basilisk.’ (Plate XL.) .... 643

Descriptions of some apparently new Species of Butterflies

from New Ireland and New Britain, sent by the Rev.G. Brown 733

GopmaNn, Freprerick Du Canez, Satvin, Ospert, M.A.,

F.R.S., and Drucr, Hersert, F.L.S.

Catalogue of Lepidoptera collected by Mr. S. N. Walter in

the Island of Billiton. (Plate XUL.)...< 2... .s.2e0 bangs 637

GintuHer, ALBERT, M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., Keeper

of the Zoological Department, British Museum.

On Reptiles from Midian collected Ly Major Burton.

(Eine eye: ee ete ae re eee eee 977

Gurney, Joun Henry, F.Z.S.

Letter on a supposed example of Falco babylonicus 2

Notes on a Specimen of Polydorus lately living in the

Society’s Gardens .......... 230

Remarks upon the Habits of Asturinula monogrammica.. 791

Harrravs, Dr. G., F.M.Z.S.

On a new Species of Notauges (N. hildebrandti, Wap.) 72)

Hotmwoop, F.

Remarks upon a young specimen of Temminck’s Manis

RMUEINCMMITICNE Ye ee, ke ee =a), G32

Huxtry, Tuomas H., LL.D., Sec.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

On the Classification and the Distribution of the Crayfishes 752

Irpy, Col. L. H. Loyn, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of nests, eggs, and young of Cypselus pal-

OI a Fa ns 976

Jacosy, Martin.

Descriptions of new Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera. 144

Descriptions of new Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera

from Central and South America...................... 982

Jerrreys, J. Gwyn, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and

‘ Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868-70. (Part I.) (Plates XXII.

Lanxester, Prof, E. Ray, M.A., F.R.S.

Notice of a memoir on the Hearts of Ceratodus, Proto-

plermevand, Ohinterar’ i0n5 < da ijecennedd bokuTht oo. ee 634

Layarp, E. L., C.M.G., F.Z.8S., &c., H.B.M. Consul in New

Caledonia. :

Letter from, addressed to the Secretary, concerning Glycy-

phila fasciata and Petreca kleinschmidti .............. 655

Lover, Eomunp Giuus, FZ.S.

Exhibition of a head of a peculiar variety of Bos americanus 392

5 Page

Meyer, Dr. A. B., Director of the Royal Zoological Museum,

Dresden, C.M.Z.S.

Letter from, addressed to the Secretary, respecting a new

BeEG-GL PRGA.) ica oc0.0.4 » 0-005 5) wi mto aur = tn aie 9 792

Letter from, concerning the supposed existence of the Anoa

(Anoa depressicornis) in the Philippines.............- -. 881

Miers, Epwarp J., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Assistant in the Zoological

Department, British Museum.

Notes on the Penegide in the Collection of the British

Museum, with Descriptions of some new Species. (Plate

pA | ee a ee ae age eR TIES, “MS eo 298

Mivart, St. Gzorer, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S., M.R.L., &e.

Notice and abstract of a memoir on the Fins of Elasmo-

branchs, with Considerations on the Nature and Homologies

OLAVIELEG Oatley IGIMUS aJsrcrs sets ceyee's os reves: olsnerd ous aucrese ean

Moorer, Freperic, F.Z.S., Assistant Curator, India Museum,

London.

A Revision of certain Genera of European and Asiatic Li-

thosiide, with Characters of new Genera and Species.

Plates TU) 9 fk hegih 3s Dal kh gucinirem - caret 3

Descriptions of new Asiatic Hesperidee. (Plate XLV.) .. 686

List of Lepidopterous Insects collected by the late R.

Swinhoe in the Island of Hainan ..................02-- 695

A List of the Lepidopterous Insects collected by Mr. Ossian

Limborg in Upper Tenasserim, with Descriptions of new

Species, “(Plates Gil LTE.) esis iis ss oe ne yoo

Newron, ALFRED, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Professor of Zoolog

and Comparative Anatomy in the University of Cam-

bridge.

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a stone supposed to be

from the gizzard of Pezophaps solitaria ................ 291°

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a supposed hybrid between

the Red Grouse and the Ptarmigan .....-.....e.2--00-. 7938

Page

Nicuouson, Francis, F.Z.S.

On a Collection of Birds from Abeokuta. (Plate X.) ... 128

A List of the Birds collected by Mr. E. C. Buxton at

Darra-Salam, on the coast of Africa opposite Zanzibar - 353

On an apparently new Species of American PE ce atone 390

OvustaeT, Emits, C.M.Z.S.

Description d’une nouvelle espéce de Casoar (Casuarius

eaoran).-"- (Piste 2 XP, yey oO? MeN hd. be ouaele te 389

Owen, Prof. Richard, C.B., D.C.L., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S., &e.

On the Relative Positions to their Constructors of the

Chambered Shells of Cephalopods (Plate EX.) ielshera cen we 955

Parker, T. Jerrery, Assoc. R.S.M.

Remarks upon the stridulating organ of the Common

ae ase am usin MA SS cs «stung Abeer BOD

Note on the Stridulating Organ of Palinurus vulgaris.

(Plate XXX.) ....:. aA citis o.9'e chest HE nas wid he ta Bote 442

Satvapor1, Counr Tuomas, M.D., C.M.Z.S.

Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the Voyage

of H.M.S. ‘Challenger.,—No. VI. On the Birds of Ternate,

Amboyna, Banda, the Ké Islands, and the Aru Islands . 78

Satvin, Ossert, M.A., F.B.S., F.ZS.

Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the

Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger. —No. XII. The Procella-

RE eo hse hehe a th ee mf 735

Satvin, Ossert, M.A., F.RB.S., F.Z.S., and Gopman, Fre-

DERICK Du Cang, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

Descriptions of nineteen new Species of Diurnal Lepido-

ptera from Central America .. . -» 264

Descriptions of new Species of Central-American Butter-

flies of the Family Erycinidee ...........0.... cece eee 360

xii

Page

List of the Butterflies collected in Eastern New Guinea and

some neighbouring Islands by Dr. Comrie during the Voyage

of BMS, * Bastiek.” ~ (Plate JEL.) ... a. ance 2 eee

Descriptions of some apparently new Species of Butterflies

from New Ireland and New Britain, sent by the Rev. G.

733

Satvin, Ossert, M.A., F.R.S., Gopman, Freperick Du

Cane, and Drucr, Hersert, F.L.S.

Catalogue of Lepidoptera collected by Mr. S. N. Walter

in the/lslandyof Billitons- (Plate Xalis)s =. ee eee 637

Satvin, Ossert, M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., and Scuater, P. L.,

M.A.) PH.D, FRB:

On the Collection of Birds made by Prof. Steere in South

Msdericn.- (Plates Sete NUT ye i Sie ie ois Ete 135

Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the

Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger.,—No. IX. On the Birds

GE TIAN CLD AMI EPICA Zee ti "se eeet = ales sale Sale Se oe te a

Descriptions of three new Species of Birds from Ecuador.

(Plates RVD. & MX VIET). enn wre ses s caver lwlaene ae

Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the

Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger..—No. XI. On the Stega-

nopoiles ahd: Thapenmes! 9 e575. 0 eee ent aed 92 2

SaunpeErRs, Howarp, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

On-the:Zarmcor Gals: 1.2. feet ees Sen ee ee eae

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, some Indian Eggs .... 976

Sciater, Purie Lutiey, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S., Secretary to

the Society.

Report on the additions to the wits Menagerie in

December 1877 . SAMeE : ce I

Report on the adiiGans to Te Society’: 8 eee in

Januar lS7S. paso. cos sews ese so od ae ee he onee 115

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a skin of a Cassowary in

the collection of the British Museum .................. 212

Report on the additions to the hacek s Menagerie in

Meviuary sha tsi. seca al ee ek ee oe Te ee 289

xiii

Page

Exhibition of, and remarks on, a Second Collection of

Birds from Duke-of-York Island, New Britain, and New

Ireland, received from the Rev. G. Brown, C.M.Z.S....... 289

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the typical specimen of

Ninox solomonis, Sharpe ..........-+...- aie chek gs ois < ae

Exhibition of a Coot, probably the typical specimen of

rater GaerOT eR i). bs Sa rod dea cing tlt eo) oS bee 291

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, the type specimen of

Dicrurus marginatus of Blyth ........02.. 22.048 ihe tee 339

Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the

Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger..—No. VIII. On the Birds

pf the ard wont Petandae sad. oie ecnie aicien so wisid's 08 clare 346

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Makeb S78 ycral ees deeaes ah ae AE ahs dh ome 4 det OER

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a typical specimen of

a new Box( Vulpes Cae) aia igw iain ies aE 0'n,0 neat alsi me binyaty S92

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

Papeitee Wage se Pee oe oc a. aS eer ode AA)

Further Remarks on Fuligula nationi. (Plate XXXII.).. 477

Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the Voyage

of H.M.S. ‘Challenger’—No. X. On the Birds of the At-

lantic Islands and Kerguelen’s Land, and on the Miscella-

MOE HICCORE (on. ne as eR ae Oe atte t oes 6 ~- 976

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

May 1878, and Remarks on Tapirus roulini. (Plate

a Fakta hss hg Cs ua inlay. Sees Aaa aes «- 631

Remarks upon the living examples of Ciconia maguari and

Ciconia episcopus now in the Society’s Gardens .......... 633

Note on a second specimen of Felis lanea ............ 655

Notice of a supplementary memoir on the Curassows (Cra-

RE Sram a4 hS onias ©. daakes wee Sas

On a third Collection of Birds made by the Rey. G.

Brown, C.M.Z.S., in the Duke-of-York Group of Islands

mid! Morvicuatey. “(Plate A MIT.)--.... o. 0. seats eerewad dete: 670

xiv

Page

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

June, July, August, September, and October 1878........ 788

Notice of some hybrid Monkeys lately born in the Society’s

Menpsenieter: ein oe oe Perea oe eats eae 791

Exhibition of, and remarks upon, a specimen of Sasicola

stapazina killed in Lancashire .........+..+.ee00++-.00 S81

Report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie in

November 1876. > (Plate LAR oo rns cect alnvewaciem penne

Further remarks on the occurrence of Sazicola stapazina

AN RARE aos di wor 's aS 8 Ge ws Bes we SS ge yg go

Notice of an error in the last Part of the Society’s Pro-

CERGERE i sire Soper wins, s anit aad Gop? oo cies 6s ea

Scuater, P. L., M. A., Ph.D., F.R.S., and Satvin, Ospert,

M.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

On the Collection of Birds made by Prof. Steere in South

Amervaor€P lites SA RL) 05), PG a8. Veh. FI 135

Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the Voyage

of H.M.S. ‘Challenger..—No. IX. On the Birds of An-

HEE ATA CRIED 3 2-2 a Saad a chps ano seas da) manana: eee 431

Descriptions of three new Species of Birds from Ecuador

(Plates RV UR) GOR EE! ee es

Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the

Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.’-—No. XI. On the Stega-

hopades jandInspennes\! 2.4. st. SI Ee ted ee ce 650

Srrsoum, Henry, F.Z.S.

Exhibition of and remarks upon a large series of skins of

the Hooded and Carrion Crows.......... es. ee ee cies 976

On a new Species of Sylvia from Abyssinia, and on some

other A DyssMIMG RS YIVIUNE . Sac. vee csi le mes we a a oe pe

On the Identity of Horornis fortipes, Hodgs., Neornis

assimilis, Gray, Horeites robustipes, Swinhoe, Horeites

pallidus, Brooks, and Horettes brunnescens, Hume,....,.. 980

Page

Saarer, R. Bownter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Senior Assistant,

Zoological Department, British Museum.

On a new Species of Indicator, with Remarks on other

Bpectesan tne Gin. oy Sah ye os. wines ones oe oy so 5.0% 793

A Note on Peoptera lugubris, Bp. (Plate XLIX.)...... 802

SHarpr, R. Bownter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., and Wairmer, Rev.

S. J., C.M.Z.S.

On a small Collection of Birds from the Ellice Islands,

with a Note on other Birds found there ................ 271

Smiru, Enear A., F.Z.S., Zoological Department, British

Museum.

Description of a new Species of Helix from Japan ...... 105

Descriptions of new Land-Shells from Japan and Borneo.. 495

Descriptions of five new Shells from the Island of Formosa

and the Persian Gulf, and Notes upon a few known Species.

(Pinte SLYI. fies. 4-14.) x, ose Hoe wed sepedits Gacteind ales geo

On a Collection of Marine Shells from the Andaman

SEs) eA MMMM a oboe 6. annie (v0. 5: \)) nspg-ininlo duwoleparn Susy 804

Sowersy, G. B., Jun.

Descriptions of ten new Species of Shells. (Plate XLVIII.) 795

Turner, Wiitiam, M.B., F.R.S., and Garrop, A.H., M.A.,

F.R.S.

On the Gravid Uterus and Placenta of Hyomoschus aqua-

Rae RS ALUN REED MLR V 8) SS crc iae vinnie. ealdiiaie’s «pes. Wea ge epee g 682

TwEEDDALE, ArTHUR, Marquis of, F.R.S., President of the

Society.

Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippines.—No.

IV. On the Collection made by Mr. A. H. Everett in the

Islands of Dinagat, Bazol, Nipah, and Sakuyok. (Plates

We AVE arti eo shies fn He ae BR ee 106

Xvi

On anew Philippine Genus and Species of Bird. (Plate IX.)

On anew Species of the Genus Buceros ........-.+-+-

Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippines.—No.

V. On the Collection made by Mr. A. H. Everett in the Island

of Negros: sortie SS oan we

Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippines.—

No. VI. On the Collection made by Mr. A. H. Everett in the

Psi Oy Ges et. eee wit ere = ne piaan es thee eosin ees

Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippines.—No.

VII. On the Collection made by Mr. A. H. Everett in the

Island of Panaon

Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippines.—

No. VIII. On some Luzon Birds in the Museum at Darm-

atadt.. (Plate, XV.) ers eoalid tsi. eA. INS

Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippines.—

No. IX. On the Collection made by Mr. A. H. Everett in

the Island of Palawan. (Plates XXXVII. & XXXVIII.) ..

Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippines.—

No. X. On the Collection made by Mr. A. H. Everett in the

Esland.of Beliol p44 tea ee SE

Correction of an error in his last paper on Philippine Birds

Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippines.—

No. XI. On the Collection made by Mr. A. H. Everett at

Zamboanga, in the island of Mindanao. (Plates LVII.-LIX.)

Watson, M., M.D., Professor of Anatomy, The Owens College,

Manchester.

On the Male Generative Organs of Hyena crocuta.

(Plates: XIV Ds gee ae ens vi me tRNA ase

On the Male Generative Organs of Chlamydophorus

truncatus and Dasypus sexcinctus. (Plate XLIII.)

Page

114

.. 280

. 339

429

611

936

.-. 416

Xvil

Westwoop, Professor J. O.

Notice of a memoir containing a synopsis of the Uraniide,

a family of Lepidopterous Insects, together with a complete

monograph of Coronilia, one of the genera of which it is

Page

composed mols

Wuire, F. Bucuanan, M.D., F.L.S.

Contributions to a Knowledge of the Hemipterous Fauna of

St. Helena, and Speculations on its Origin. (Plate XXXI.) 444

Wuitme:E, Rev. S. J., C.M.Z.S.

On the Manifestation of Anger, Fear, and other Passions

in Fishes, and on the Use of their Spines...... sureate oe. 132

Reply to Mr. Day’s remarks on his paper on the Manifes-

tation of Fear and Anger in Fishes .................... 221

Wuirmesg, Rey. S. J., C.M.Z.S., and SHarpg, R. Bowpter,

F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

On a small Collection of Birds from the Ellice Islands, with

a Note on other Birds found there .................... 271

Woop-Mason, J., F.Z.S.

Oa new and little-known Mantide. (Plates XXXV. &

Sc Bins SEE a ah ae iia a 580

On the Structure and Development of the Trachea in the

Indian Painted Snipe (Rhynchea capensis). (Plate XLVII.) 745

har Says 9

“ibaa he hie er gree i he etheen f) j igs 7a

=o oe tact S Foci ing sais Ae ii e ae svigees one

es aire Speed yin ae ee ie ny thee Mi ¢ Gh ant aad

aia een ery gee XM ste eee uy ine cae

eee sr ee

per oi ia a) alia a & id nensieges ve aul we) ie : ES

essa Pi ee i ea i] cit if fie Ene a eta

e Ki pees eee

‘oapedas% dis we ie Sait ae nie

oe fe anes hice ats a yk att ae

en Rey SR Bek» ee ne oR ALE ae

wan

é 7.)

Sgt ea My,

= t Ass

hae oes ont) Fain can oi aes _

“ca eben ons OF pee iene mn

PY etre se .

- obs

Foie tbeau on ‘igo bine

Bik MATA oaths eR DAY M, ay

ees ee ae ae meme ie

et je 5 ats

ahi? “ite

LIST OF PLATES.

1878.

Plate Page

ML Pr ASIAUICHIGUEAOSTIEN Pe terete ot es etals chelates Satats Ritter a a o'eb ors 3

Il.

VA eZ OM OL CIAOULCANE rae st lelshd siaid ao toes Mate = ote 37

V. New Shells from Costa Rica .........:.s0.e0000. 72

WAN S Coys argentabi oases eta ee ee Catal oss

Vil. Fig.l. Hypothymis celestis. Fig. 2. Mivornis capitalis 106

Vil. Fig.l. Diceum schistaceum. Fig. 2. Diceum everetti

Fig. 3. Prionochilus olivaceus ......0.+.ss+eee00

UN PD Gsycroraphi, speciosa «3... shins «rein eee oleh 114

XS AMONG SLATE, iota tack is dete eisai oh es 128

XD. Myiarchus)semirufus. . 2c. oie vos tases s+

DY MCI) NGO Ie IRINA opt nao ie SO cig Dera ac 135

USP Criplerus evans /ASCratUs. . outdo ach delo siete snes

XIV. Lophosalea anamallayand........cseere eee eeeees 153

XV. New Opisthobranchiate Mollusca ............2. 55 275

MVE New. Species, of Plustatis . «seis «a se oleisln oly sin hie 293

AVI. . New Species of Penzeidse: sien}. cain stowoioiers » le, oe 298

XVIII. New Shells from Kurrachi, Madagascar, Ecuador, ee) 311

ISTE OGR USA BlOS UN coon EG dowOonbaond sib e se

ONE TIT NOMOCEDNALO . chtaie da iclela aleitte 42) aiusaieys 370

XX Otariaunsinag = Vs, Gy Sy Pins JUV. once ire ers ness 371

KMS Casuariusvedwardsy vicc. ccc ssn sve naec sees s+ es 389

XXII, } Brachiopoda of the ‘Lightning’ and ‘Porcupine’ 393

XXIII. } EXPEGIGION Ts cistct ois ols) efelaniatete n> « ayer ela a's! sfay sleeps) si) 0

oh } Anatomy Of Hy@Nd CrOCUuta.. ccs ee eee sneeeeaees 416

PRON y SPSPEE KOCIE, cfe,staicisieleie'sic'o's'e)o\elo) ol, view slope Sela, tisinals 429

XXVII. Neomorphus radiolosus ......00 sere esse ceecnes | 438

XXVIII. <Aramides calopterus..........0++ aisfelnfae sharers nlite

XXIX. Amblynura kleinschmidti......+.+05 os Pialaeue ere oraksi ane eee

Plate Page

XXX. Stridulating Organ of Palinurus .............0000: 442

MK, Hemiptera of St- Helena 5.5 ucscco x pele oece cis ais olene we 444

RONG LUE Ot A BATLONG otajoissalejaletels, 01 <16xeVoreioiste stele Pano tO ES oC 477

ROMA, | PLO DUS PICHEVENUIIS ele) s1e1610 «1s (altel s o/s. \s)e)e) one felelelenstater } 500

EO OMULV Se PEEL ODS IQ ESLNOE trator stash sole fevenetn ayn /oXs/ oie ieto faealouai el ater eer

Patty | Mow Mautilio sige caus? sc vdspe sae i a

ROKER VN EG eben ehtinme Mawes Mie Gath vaseb dee ae Re CO 611

BS LL, Tachostome Tuff TONS wcn.055 3 sie. 4 sve 9: 4 sno’ ao Paes

RIN, PUGS FORINT 4 Ving totes os cp ee ue iss aomaane ene 632

Slee New due pidapterasartscics otis over cretone ates Wosonbo- 637

PTs SSEVUTUS PUSHLUUS) coe ce oie 0,5 on 310 0ie aie tesa lore theater 656

MOUS “Carpophaga melanochrod. oe os. cio sss o> pv ns alee 670

XLIII. Anatomy of Chlamydophorus truncatus............++ 673

PTV. “Anatomy of yomoschusi.....csls csi > svi ce os ener ones 1682

MEVED New AsiaticHHlespentdce..y en's sjejasd acer ot oitrrae heirs 686

XLVI. New and other Shells from various localities.......... 727

XLVII. Trachea of Rhynchea bengalensis ..........00.e0008 745

ME VIM. New, Shells .24.02002% 0000 A OF esti ncaa eS IEA O a foo

MLK, Peoptera lugubris aise waded weet tee eats ails. 0e 802

i) Shells of the Andaman, Islands <eiitsieetes sates = oe 804

LI.

LII.} Lepidoptera from Upper Tenasserim.......... 00065. 821

LII

LIV. New Shells. .....c.8.004 Rieeetoay oteretahe tate tarereh yes Mees cae

LV. Classification of the Cervid@ ......cccceccecuveees . 883

LVI. Skull of Gazella walleri ........ say eaters SAO ta ae erste 929

EVI... Accigiier-stevensonts «610 ics n00 cde reece «olkees

LVITI.. . Pseudoptyna gurneyt ovo. dese ie ve ve dls ve ewe ee 936

LUX.'. -Chetura gieititcig.. 0 DRE tee VOPR RET IN os cae

LX. Chambered shells of Cephalopods............ Sones 8 lls,

LXI.. Ara, spitiscc.sicies oe aaleletare ects Fong Oia Conic 5 a aoa

LXII. Zamenis elegantissimus ......0.cecccceccccesccees 977

LIST OF WOODCUTS.

1878.

Page

ihinx. of Afomoter leasones (a via oo 0 WWE PRN alee) o yah Bef 101

Interior of the gizzard of Carpophaga latrans .........0. ccc 103

Syrinx of Carpophaga latrans ...... 66. e es SNA Me ME Ae 104

PLC Her \((CAMEN A) CONGEREI a wea sconsn sn starr ss 2, See olale We delobn des reels oe 106

Heads of Oryzoborus crassirostris and O. atrirostris ... 0. cece ene 1386

Three outer primaries of Larus nove-hollandiey jr. .... 2.4545 WSs) LBS

Three outer primaries of Larus nove-hollandia, ad........ cee eee 186

Three outer primaries of Larus nove-hollandia@, old........eee0es 187

Three first primaries of Larus scopulinus, old ....... cece eee ene 188

Three first primaries of Larus hartlaubi, ad...c. sce cere eee eee 189

Three outer primaries of Larus bullert, old vi... cee cece eee ee . 190

Three outer primaries of Larus bullert, nearly ad. .......... Cie! aS)!

Three outer primaries of Larus gelastes, JUV... 1.60.0 eee ees me elo?

Three outer primaries of Larus serranus, Ad. oc. cece e sees eens 196

Three outer primaries of Larus brunneicephalus, ad. ... sss vee aes 197

Three outer primaries of Larus melanocephalus, jX. . 1... e see ees 199

Three outer primaries of Larus ridibundus, J. 0 ccc cece eevee ens 201

Three outer primaries of Larus maculipennis, ld ..... 240.00 eae 202

Three outer primaries of Larus glaucodes, old ..... cee ce eee eeees 208

Three outer primaries of Larus saunderst, ad. v6.0.1. c eects 205

Three outer primaries of Larws [email protected]. seve even nes 207

Head of Caswarius salvadorti oi... cece eens Papa Paahtes Aes 213

Cephalic shields of Tolypeutes tricinctus, T. conurus, and T. muriet. 223

EyeAIOL, Volypentes’ UiCMectus. »..\.\. i ane Bean eaten celdleleleie oe 8 226

PEFR AITE. OLX CIID UMICUTCLUS 6 cn aos 5'a 0 sett tere iets « weeletsl se «eat 229

LGA Ol B1cer OS ANAANENSMS > o'..c caves -< DRO eee eo 278

Head of Buceros, semigaleatus: . . Mey Nw er wweiee ec eens | OPE so lale 279

lead tot PAyllor hind) COrvind ss). «<n «da cama aa 0 so dye et cletesiereiie © 317

PUGH ALOR PAY HON UNG GALEN: <r uc, x pr-'ain «isinrs hehehe ate ele! Metal edelot 317

PEPTIC eee OCHMUCTUS Suds w eestabete ee Site dala c lols Ghee aleve eee 319

Head of Latrunculus pellucidus, mature male, magnified .,........ 823

Crystallogobius nilssoni, mature Male ... cc rice eee ees 331

Xxil

Page

Snout of mature male of Crystallogobius nilssoni .... 66. e eee 335

Cerscum of Wyctereutes procyontdes iy Hi. ne. lens 6 88 ve on ss 375

Wangsrof Barsiielld mnirausles cs ciaansce «2 +-saxis ainjo in ee eaasee Pepe pele 385

Mra ches vot chyigul a NALONGG —. <0 <, 21a 9s) a: oer 4.05) tear eee 478

VIOLIN COUTZ OO elt i eae ee RE ei ET SO ahs) 7 496

TEC OAMENE) CORVENIL 5 =i. xiv. [sie ietectagnsine Calo adesice ele 497

Cyclophor us (Myxostoma) bathy raphe, er Ce oo ot Sot 498

First primaries of the genus Péelopus:... 0c. cae e clee te eme eens 508

First primary and foot of Ptilopus togaster.... 0.66. c cee eee aes 510

First primary and foot of Ptilopus fasciatus ........ 0c eee evens 510

First primary and foot of Ptilopus geelvinckianus ..........0000++ 511

First primary and foot of Ptilopus coronulatus 0.00.0. cec eevee 511

Wing of Drepanoptila holosericea 62s. ccc cue ne neve ee renee 513

UCR A ETT ia S ssicce aioe ete RN Baad chante eA Gaak hae pS ATES 610

Lower end of the trachea of Tantalus loculator $1.6... 20s eee 626

Windpipe of Vanella casennensts. co. cic s.e oe ced coe ss oneness 628

Lower larynx of Megalocephalon maleo ........0 cece een eees 630

Phiyllopter a: segonoudes. 00.0, AeA OG OTS AEE 649

Stomach of Plotus levawlants ce sc. is ceaials wine Sake oe ee 680

Head of Gazella granti (side View)...........seceeessevccueces 724

Head of Gazella granti (front view) .....0..edecceveseeeeeeees 725

Trachea of Rhynchaa capensts; SD vewsis sc'iivda'ds eaale iis Sajs's @ dels 748

Podobranchia of the antepenultimate thoracic limb of Astacus fluvia-

BES Ja, oa sina. 5 xc0' © Oia BU ed Rr SPRITE Ie 757

Podobranchiz of the first maxillipede of Astacus fluviatilis, Asta-

coides madagascariensis, and Parastacus brasiliensis ............ 759

Branchiostegite of Astacus fluviatilis 60.0... ccc cece eee eens 760

Branchiostegite of Astacopsis franklinti ....0 60.0 c cece cece ees 760

Podobranchia of the antepenultimate thoracic limb of Astacopsis

PP ONCE aos ¢.o, 0, 9 « on: waite oT SHES, SARs BS HURT CE 765

Podobranchia of the antepenultimate thoracic limb of Cheraps. . 767

Podobranchia of the antepenultimate thoracic limb of Aatosvatin

PUOCROG ASCOT LCDS i. «0 5 pew SORT ENY DIKDIae «elie DEORURI BE los 772

Antler ot: Ceruellies nung, 2 sensi tee ke SE 898

Antler of Cervus (Rusa) aristotelts .......s ccc cee ee ccccececues 900

Antler of Cervus (Rusa) hippelaphus ...... Se ita at See py te 903

Antler of Cervus (Rucervus) duvauceli .... ccc ccc cece eee ee eee 905

Antler of Cervus (Elaphurus) davidianus ..... 06060 cc cece eens 906

Antler of Cervus (Axis) axis ............ Beinctajein © ghstoe gestae 907

Antler of Cervus ( Pseudarts)! slit Fo... RRR ae 908

Antler of Cervus (Cervus) elaphus. . 10.0 cses cs vewiuw sence eres 910

Antler of; Ceres (Dart Wada oo. 5c Vals «SOO INS DTI 914

Antler of Cervus (Dama) mesopotamicus .......2000 0.0 cece ee 914

Wutler of Alves Wate re tern tn oc’ ees vo BNO NS. 915

Antler of Ca ‘apr FONE ME ces tris sais ae RE NAS ee 917

Antler of Cariacus (Cariacus) virginianus ....... 00000000 eee 918

Antler of Cartacus (Cartacus) macrotis ......0 ccc cece eee eee 921

Antler of Cartacus (Blastocerus) paludosus oo. .6 60. cee ee ec ee 922

XXxili

Antler of Cariacus (Blastocerus) campestris .....000 ccc ccc eens

Antler of Cartacus (Furcifer) antisiensis oo. 0.0... 0 0 ccc cues

wuitler of Cariaeus (Compsus) rufees os... cscs vce sc cunsevqevencs

MADE OL LENG CL CAP ORAUB . oe vii veges vane cule etaeneans

ES PLIES see ie CRS pect aaah ek atc sak esas ¢

Palatal aspect of the truncated vomer of Ramphastor ariel........

etree FQMICRE MAIO. oe oe ks eas wo vis anise eelcne fs

Section of chambered part of shell of Vermetus gigas ............

Section of chambered part of shell of Spondylus varius... 0.00.2...

Section of part of shell of Nautilus striatus .....6... 6.00 cee eee

Section of part of shell of Spirula australis ...... 00.0.0. c eee

Protoconch and protosiphon, with following chambers, of Spirula

MAOH MNS Cast hehe G Sreereen atte nS fone NST oe kine eh axon e

ERRATA.

Page 666, line 7, for rufo-niger read brunneo-niger.

Page 667, line 2, for rufo-niger read brunneo-niger.

Page 670, line 18, for are not yet quite adult read are quite adult.

Page 723, line 2 from bottom, for p. 535 read p. 527.

Page 929, line 1, for Western read Eastern,

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY

OF LONDON

1878.

(PLATES)

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY,

AND SOLD AT THEIR HOUSE IN HANOVER SQUARE,

LONDON:

MESSRS. LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,

PATERNOSTER ROW.

: Bons PAAR ine 3

E TAA

1878.

Plate Page

De ABinte TRO cso ite afer Haein s ela wR ace 3

Il. ;

LY.) Zonpirichis OUlcane..0'36 55-85 si iain bs Qa sess 32 2 37

N. ~ New Shella fram Costa: Rieai\ ‘aja. ia eet «ol 72

Niles Conte: ang ental auvedintoiacts Sates st xv Sore BO teers oe

VI. Fig.l. Hypothymis celestis. Vig. 2. Mixornis capitalis 106

VIII. Fig. 1. Diceum schistaceum. Fig. 2 . Diceum everetti

Fig. 3. Prionochilus olivaceus ........0+ 0000 eee

EX. Dasyerotaphacspectosey i. cs «<3 Se aeipawaesniseo se, o- 114

Xs Amadinasharpee \ cidc detain iexem Semaine pattems! stor sie 128

MN) Matar clus Semin uUfuss »| 2) <iagebeusie os ols ove Wake oh si al tecwreu os

IT Capito: SCC gia seca casaisi oss 6 eakeeions 135

MU, Crypiurus Transp aseiatus soci ccnp 00 vl ois nein cia ble oe

XIV. Lophosalea anamallayand...... 0.2. e eee eevee ees 153

XV. New Opisthobranchiate Mollusca .........0+.+2++ 275

VIS | New Species Of; Plustozts. =. sc :cc'e > 6 obs cjeleusi mela * lee 293

XVII. New Species of Penzide ............:.00sceeeees 298

XVIII. New Shells from Kurrachi, Madagascar, Ecuador, ‘abhi 311

PALMER ALT May gratesel ciietmis aiigerege 317i stelelahoe (erage) ar stevases afer os

EUG, = Pirined POMOCEDRGALG — a sce’) va eis: cin oA eysttreb aks sete es ed oie 370

RON COLAO UPSUN Ms Vs Ss Dae? se Sa) |UVueaiatsfaiavet st gs cictetels 371

RON MC ASIATIUS COM OTOSI «chars sists «s) stouniensiersyefele-| slecpela leks‘ 389

ae ee of the ‘Lightning’ and ‘Porcupine | 393

PRONOUN! CXS ONS yieyciatesstee Shs, ne Fsveve Wie eeyeceminnayeeaeierl 81a /-a)s ;

AY. } Anatomy OL Hy CNM CHOCULA = cyelelavislere s «os ess) 0's + = 416

PRONG V(MCR AE SEED KOHL. 4) steteysicie (or sicicenisrofel e.g «)e dhs oP ehsaste, este alt, asciote 429

DOV LL pNCOIOTPIUS NUMOIOSIE oe ca. eee es ve alin eves 458

Reeve Aramedes colopterus. . oo. ceige ce x00 eseey ohivesiae

XXIX. Amblynura kleinschmidti .......00ccessvevecseees 440

LIST OF PLATES.

Plate

XXX,

XXXII.

XXXIV.

XXXY.

XXXVI.

XXXVII.

XXXVIII.

XXXIX.

XL.

XLI.

XLII.

XLIV.

XLV.

XLVI.

XLVII.

XLVIII.

XLIx.

Page

Stridulating Organ of Palinurus ......4. SSacumn foc 442

Hemiptera of St. Helena ..... BiieoaG oGanos haobe 444

ENE GUL MEAELONG. c\etorsioielalere(ave oltre ole) stolarel ster ste seioleliateleae 477

Piilopus pictwwentris —.. 0. vecccussssnsenvrsccesncs

Ptilopus Gestr0t 2. v0 ene vinyew sents a ceeverecncrns } ae

| Wey Wiantidlee re cu tiaittes cetera esas viadeachonale ualerse/otehehetoeets 580

TEER Sot OSS Sn osiban pmo aOnbSoo UES boo ou. }u

Trichostoma rufifrons .... That ei tecet ais onieaat

PAP US TOMBTE 0% sexys sc, pials «tsa ale ele bi ee oa 632

New Lepidopteriice wie cesis'ee.cn0 tie as stein) efelsceeto tiene 637

AD Re DG DE 3 hoieeo Molo Grace nomerapo-conn aoc” 656

Carpophaga melanochrod... i... se ese essen neeees 670

Anatomy of Chlamydophorus truncatus..........0+4+ 673

Amatomy: Of ea) OMOSCHIUS si. voile s aicis\e “hee cee sete 682

New Asiatic Hespertde =... 0+ 002 eos viele eens 686

New and other Shells from various localities.......... 727

Trachea of Rhynchea bengalensis ......0600ceeeeeee 745

New-Shells :caaewdascorsas teres cores «eee cele 795

Peoptera lugubris ........+... ar gene era c rotate eis avers 802

Shells of the Andaman Islands ..........-.0000 000: 804

Lepidoptera from Upper Tenasserim.......... 24+... 821

iNew tSbiellsisviccrenes sys vaicietese tele o's = foreplay Vevers sl etal 859

Classification of the Cervide...... cbinodemRAetnatan a+ 883

Skull of Gazella walleri ........ Riertogeies ee otne terete 929

ACCHBILEN SLCREN SOIT Neve sorte sola aie mate ore tha tersie Taare

PISCUMOPLO TD TH UTIEGE Tatareysteleis cafe 2 celica ie nine hielo) tale 936

CU HAGTAOS TEED oh 331. Ov anid SOR OIA Oo MICE. OING NC vio

Chambered shells of Cephalopods..............+05 . 955

TAGEN GS TE kOe ODIO AED DU DU COTO OA Ce MIONO ATI Od an 976

ZGMENTS CLEGUNTESSIMUS we vie ee oe! «1 ws eos es 60 pte 977

LIST OF THE PUBLICATIONS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Tue scientific publications of the Zoological Society are of two

kinds — “ Proceedings,” published in an octavo form, and

“Transactions,” in quarto.

According to the present arrangements, the “ Proceedings”

contain not only notices of all business transacted at the scien-

tific meetings, but also all the papers read at such meetings

and recommended to be published by the Committee of Pub-

lication. From fifty to seventy coloured plates and engravings

are attached to each annual volume of the “ Proceedings,” to

illustrate the new or otherwise remarkable species of animals

described in them, Amongst such illustrations, figures of the

new or rare species acquired in a living state for the Society’s

Gardens are often given.

The “Proceedings” for each year are issued in four parts, on the

first of the months of June, August, October, and April, the part

published in April completing the volume for the preceding

year. They may be obtained with black or coloured illustrations.

The “Transactions” contain such of the more important

communications made to the scientific meetings of the Society

as, on account of the nature of the plates required to illustrate

them, are better adapted for publication in the quarto form.

Fellows, and Honorary, Foreign, and Corresponding Members,

upon payment of a Subscription of £1 1s. before the day of the

Anniversary Meeting in each year, are entitled to receive all the

Society’s Publications for the year. They are likewise entitled

to purchase the Publications of the Society at 25 per cent. less

than the price charged for them to the Public. A further re-

duction of 25 per cent. is made upon purchases of Publications

issued prior to 1861, if they exceed the value of five pounds.

The following is a complete list of the publications of the

Society already issued. They may be obtained at the Society’s

Office (11 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the

Society’s publishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any

bookseller :—

[April 1, 1879.]

PROCEEDINGS OF THE COMMITTEE OF SCIENCE AND CORRE-

SPONDENCE OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8yo. 2 vols.

To Fellows. To the Public.

Part [.° Vas0=3). “W vol. Svas 2 sse.6.0.0085 Price 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

5 AL. 1832. Lhe TEE Veedoecnensee =.) AS? Gds) couse

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 15 vols. and Index. (First Series.)

: Price to Price to the Price to Pricetothe

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Public,

Part I. 1833. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Part IX. 1841. 1 vol. 8vo. 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

ss II. 1834. aS 4s, 6d. ... 6s. e X. 1842. te 4s. 6d, ... 6s.

a ES S85. . 4s. 6d. ... 6s. a Oxh. Teds: " 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

a | LIVE 836; ‘5 4s. 6d. ... 6s. st he 1844; 55 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

3 Viel 837. ae 4s. 6d. ... Gs. | » AIT. 1845. HS 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

ss. WAsgSaRs > As..6ds .66'68:-%\| ;, OXIV. 1846. uA As. 6d. ... 6s.

> a VEbaiaets ye 4s. 6d. ... 6s. | 9 a ee Ty 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

» VIII. 1840. sy 4s, 6d. ... Gs. . | Index 1830-47. me 4s. 6d. ... 6s.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

8vo. 13 vols. and Index. (Second Series.)

Without Illustrations. With Illustrations.

To Fellows. To the Public. To Fellows. To the Public.

. Bivso ids ss ds

Part XVI. 1848. l vol. Svo.4s.6d. ... 6s. ... Price 1] 1 O age EA

a eVinS 1849. a AS (Gp, | ssat JOS) ose get ke lao ‘ay ae

9. VAT L850! a ae GU. ee IOSF cer eee NG 118 0

pa XIX. 1851. - 45) 609). SUCHIN 410 16 (OLE 1.0

os XX. 1852. Fr 45.0 sirw Gatieico 4) (Od Ga OO ..Seo LO

5 DOES B ei ASG sp GSe iSnspajinnOASp 0) Lael ade

5 NII 1854. as 4S. Obey ec, OS et sn ol, 10 a Om eee OE

3 eA Leap: =) 48-005 pees 08s. cs ap dO eee

a9: EVE 1856. “A BSE GO Tas as OE cer EE a me 76

st) AX MORSE bs 4siG6di vo Gat Cats 4 el Os tall 7°36

3) ek Vic B58; Om: 43} dig eign GE. vassenass lt bao oO nlite 280

» AXVIT. 1859. as es GG, ns cpt lOS. choi oc els LD oO) on LO an

» XXVIII. 1860. Be AS Odes ~ wer = Se ose ome glo Z 2-0

Index 1848-60. Ls 4s: 6d. sc. ~ "Gs:

ILLUSTRATIONS TO THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL

SOCIETY. OF LONDON, 1848-60. 8vo. 6 vols.

To Fellows. To the Public,

Sig. §. $d.

Mammalia ............ 1 vol., containing 83 Plates ... Price 2 8 0 = 3 .0

Ayes 6.0... ae 2 vols. se * IVa’ se » 415 0 6 6 0

Reptitia et Pisces ... 1 vol., - 43}, +4 3 seshiear O 110 6

Molluscas.<...c0ceccaes 1 vol., ss 15) Meee ee 0) Lao op Oigathtd' 0

Annulosa et Radiata 1 vol., es Ct eens ius 3 tare oO 3 a0

PROCEEDINGS OF THE SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS OF

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Complete. Letterpress only. Illustrations only.

To To the To To the To To the

Fellows. Public. Fellows. Publie. Fellows. Public.

MSO, cloth S2scs<cceos BAS sevcedees ASW OG seccnactcOSsvcecsas: DTS AObsscenoc.2 4ls.

ye 1 ae ae BAS isateness 48. Odsdcc 3 OSs. ceee Dis Od <cuases Als.

PGcmiye | SOUS ceceseses A] Gia cisepane AS |Oienceascer GScvcccnens Dis Odecsdcsees 4ls.

WAG Seie | (OURS ececs AT Sicaeesses AGNGAscsesc ons Geiesescas D7 es Gdliscc cna 4ls.

USGb eyes tF 3257. .i.e A] Si ive 4626. cise. Gst osc det D7 sh OWectlokde 4ls.

BSUGMON | aSsecncsecs BSve.cucsst 4S \OUreaccaeas GSvecceccus 27S: Gdiicasneas 41s.

With Illustrations With Illustrations

Uncoloured. Coloured.

To Fellows. Tothe Public. To Fellows. To the Public.

PSU ClObles ss ccuses st cases sony lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. «3 32s. 6d. ..« 47s. 6d.

LUST, ree sam pe a ea Ils. 6d.... 14s. 6d: ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d.

PERG sc acoscadeeashetece Ws. (6a... 3. Las Gd 52. 82s. 6d... 47s. 6d.

POA Coe ee vacneuseases lls. 6d..... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d... 47s. 6d.

Index, 1861-1870............ 4s. 6d. ... 6s. Od.

Rep eeloth 268 281. 2a. lls. 6d. ... 148. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d.

io Vie AROS «rag poe eee oe Ils. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d.

eae SPORE! ett Moles Ils. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 32s. 6d. ... 47s. 6d.

1S) (el a ee ee lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.

Mantes 0: ete Aer ae lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.

Lon oe HA AE el a Ils. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.

Oe aay Mee SE ed lls. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.

BST Ore Sener oe Te TM Ils. 6d. ... 14s. 6d. ... 38s. 6d. ... 50s. 6d.

1878, part 4 (Nov. & Dec.) 28. 3d.... 3s. Od. ... 9s. Od. ... 128. Od.

TRANSACTIONS OF THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF

LONDON. 4to. 9 vols. and eleven Parts.

To Fellows. Tothe Public.

eat hiet s = Ss. d.

Vol. I., containing 59 Plates (1833-35) Price3 13 6... 4 18 O

Vol. II., 5 (fil a ae (1835-41) 5 4.0 0... 5 6 6

Vol. III., _ 63.03 C1B42=49)) tilarn8 76 taal | 10

Vol. IV., 35 ‘(sea TS51=62) 2 Gi, DAO nse By" 6

NODE < Biss 1862-66). 55 SiS) G2, Gul DAO

Vol. VI., = ie (4866-69) led 0)F. 150-0

WolV pars (1369-72) Sew Self O) <a. Ll 16, ©

Wal. Vil, 82. (isj2 74)... 9 8 3... 12 11 0

Vol. IX., os oo Clsjo-74) 62-0" @:... 16°00

Vol. X.,pt.1,containing43woodcuts(May 1877) ,, 0 9 0... 012 0

Vol. X., part 2,containing27 plates(Aug.1877) ,, 1 2 6 .. 110 O

Wolk parts, 9 »;, Gn Ss (ove eth) se ONS O ca- ba 0

Vol. X., part 4, + 9) 3 +(Marchi878)$,2.1 2.06%. °140 0

WoalX..partd.: . 55 Bios ipa (Maxch1878)3,.. 0j-9 «0... -, 0.120.0

Vol. X.,part6, —,, Oe 55) Mune l878)7,0 0 26 aso. b-10) 20

Vol. X., part 7, fe 7 scjp a(Aug: 1878)i57 0-18 0 4.1 4.0

Vol. X., part 8, Ad Ss. (Aus: LS7s)n, J0f br Ore 1. OF.0

Vol. X.,part9, 3 45 (Aug. 1878) ,, 0 9 0... 012 0

Vol. X., partl0, —,, 6s: sy «(Feb: 1879)i555 012 0... 016 0

Vol. X.,partll, ,, So Leer(Bebrdls79)is.. OF OF OREO? 20

Such of these publications as are in stock may be obtained at the Society’s

Office (11 Hanover Square, W.), at Messrs. Longmans’, the Society’s pub-

lishers (Paternoster Row, E.C.), or through any bookseller.

Now ready, price £25, in two volumes, bound in half-morocco,

containing 100 coloured plates,

ZOOLOGICAL SKETCHES

By JOSEPH WOLFE.

MADE FOR

THE ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

FROM ANIMALS IN THEIR VIVARIUM.

EDITED, WITH NOTES,

By PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

SECRETARY TO THE SOCIETY.

Tris series of Drawings was undertaken with the object of preserving a

faithful record of the living characters of the most rare and interesting

Animals in the Vivarium of the Zoological Society of London.

In selecting the subjects, particular regard has been paid to those species

which exhibit aptitude for acclimatization, either as objects of economic

value, or simply as additions to the Exotie Animals which are now so

frequently seen in the parks and on the ornamental waters of Europe.

The Drawings have been executed in Water Colours, after most careful

study, by Mr. Wor, who may he fairly said to stand alone in minute

knowledge of the habits and forms of Mammalia as well as of Birds; and

the Lithographic copies, partly printed in colour and then finished by hand,

are in such exact fac-simile as to be scarcely distinguishable from the ori-

ginals,

The Letterpress, prepared by the Editor, embraces all particulars of in-

terest relating to the general history, habits, distribution, and use of the

Animals illustrated in the Plates.

London: GRAVES AND Co., Pall Mall.

Price 6d., Sewed,

A GUIDE TO THE GARDENS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Thirty-second Edition, corrected according to the present Arrange-

ment of the Gardens,

By PHILIP LUTLEY SCLATER, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

SECRETARY TO THE SOCIETY.

London: Brappury, AGNEW, AND Co., 10 Bouverie Street; and at the Society’s

Gardens in the Regent’s Park.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

SCIENTIFIC MEETINGS

OF THE

ZOOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

January 15, 1878.

Robert Hudson, Esq., F.R.S., in the Chair.

The following report on the additions to the Society’s Menagerie

during the month of December 1877 was read by the Secretary :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of December 1877 was 103, of which 17 were

by birth, 28 by presentation, 24 by purchase, 21 by exchange, and

13 were received on deposit. The total number of departures during

the same period, by death and removals, was 101.

The most noticeable additions during the month were :—

1. A Family of Gelada Baboons (Cynocephalus gelada), deposited

by Mr. C. Hagenbeck, December 7th, consisting of an adult male,

three young males, and four females of this singular and little-known

Monkey. A single example of it was once before exhibited for a

short time in the Society’s Menagerie ; but this is the first occasion

on which we have had an opportunity of watching their curious

habits and observing their grass-eating propensities.

2. A pair of Musk-deer (Moschus moschiferus), presented by Sir

Richard Pollock, K.C.S.1., H.M.Z.S., Commissioner at Peshawur,

N.W.P., and arrived December 15th. This is believed to be the

first pair of Musk-deer that have reached Europe alive. They have

been placed temporarily in one of the outer cages of the New Lion-

house, and seem likely to do well.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1878, No. I. l

2 ON THE BIRDS OF THE N.W. PROVINCES. (Jan. 15,

The Secretary read the following letter from Mr. A. Anderson,

F.Z.S., containing a correction of his last paper on the Raptorial

Birds of the N.W. Provinces :—“I find that Mr. Hume is right in

his conjecture ' that the bird figured at pl. xxii. P. Z. 8. for 1876,

as Falco babylonicus, is an abnormally coloured F. barbarus.

«‘ Mr. Gurney, who has kindly (at my request) reexamined the bird,

and compared it with specimens at the British Museum, has autho-

rized my publishing the following memorandum which he has drawn

up on the subject.

*¢ Memorandum.

«At the request of Mr. Anderson I inspected the Falcon, figured

in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1876, on pl. xxiil., as a specimen of

Falco babylonicus, before that figure was drawn. The specimen

struck me as smaller than any 7. babylonicus I had previously seen,

and as having rufous edgings to a larger proportion of the feathers of

the mantle; but it certainly did not occur to me that it was any thing

else than a small male of F. babylonicus, with the male of which

species I was not, however, well acquainted, the specimens of that

Falcon in the Norwich Museum being apparently, by their size, all

females.

«At p. 140 of ‘Stray Feathers’ for 1877 this Falcon is referred

to; and the Editor suggests that it is too small for F. babylonicus,

and ‘ might perhaps be /. barbarus.’

“In consequence of this remark, I recently took the skin, at Mr.

Anderson’s request, to the British Museum for comparison, and

found that it closely agrees with a Falcon from Nubia in that collec-

tion, both in size and in coloration; this Nubian Falcon has been

identified by Mr. Sharpe with F. darbarus, and is specimen a, in

the enumeration given at p. 387 of vol. i. of his British- Museum

Catalogue.

“*T believe that Mr. Sharpe’s identification of this specimen is cor-

rect, and that both it and Mr. Anderson’s Etawah Falcon are abnor-

mally coloured specimens of /. barbarus.

“J. H. Gurney.

“6th December, 1877.

“In expressing my regret that the mistake in question should

have occurred, I may remark that I believe the present is the first

recorded occurrence of an adult /. daréarus within the limits to

which I have restricted my researches, whereas the capture of F,

babylonicus has been of comparative frequency ; the addition there-

fore of the former (f. barbarus) to my plains Catalogue is of

greater importance than if it had been the latter (7. babylonicus).”

The following papers were read :—

1 Cf. ‘Str. Feath.’ for 1877, p. 140.

Hanhart imp.

ASIATIC LITHOSHDAS .

< % a

Aa 3

’

“a ge!

re F

J '

R. Mintern, del. et lith.

ASIATIC LITHOSIIDE.

R. Mintern. del, et lith.

ASIATIC LITHOSIIDE.

1878. ] MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID®. 3

1. A Revision of certain Genera of European and Asiatic

Lithosiidz, with characters of new Genera and Species.

By F. Moors, F.Z.S., Assistant Curator, India Museum,

London.

[Received October 29, 1877.]

(Plates I.-III.)

Family Lirnosirp2.

Subfamily Hypsinz.

All the genera in this subfamily possess a peculiar stridula-

tory apparatus in both sexes. This is distinctly visible on the

upperside of the posterior margin of the fore wing, and as viewed

from the underside of the wing appears as a short oval nacreous

cavity, situated between the submedian vein and the extreme margin,

along the upper edge of which projects a raised longitudinally oblique

fold, which is smooth in some, and transyersely scabrous in others ;

and on the upperside of the hind wing is a patch of scabrous scales,

or a short transverse outwardly-curved raised scabrous bar, which,

by the motion of this wing, evidently plays upon the raised fold over

the edge of the cavity, and produces a stridulating sound.

Hypsa, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schm. p. 172.

HyYpsa CANARAICA, 0. sp.

Female. Upperside—fore wing cinereous brown ; veins white ; base

of wing ochreous and spotted with black ; a whitish clavate streak

from lower end of the cell; cilia cinereous: hind wing white, with

broad black marginal band crossed by white veins ; four black discal

spots and a short anal streak; cilia whitish. Thorax ochreous,

with small black spots; abdomen brighter ochreous, with a dorsal

and lateral row of black spots. Underside cinereous brown, basal

half of fore wing white, with two broad black spots within, and a third

below the cell ; hind wing as above, with the marginal band extend-

ing along the costa. Near to H. heliconia.

Expanse 2 inches.

Canara (Ward). In coll. F. Moore.

HyYPpsA SERICEA, D. sp.

Male. Upperside pale silky ochreous-yellow ; cilia whitish: fore

wing with the base brighter and dotted with black; an indistinct

whitish spot from lower end of the cell: hind wing with costal border

whitish ; a broad cinereous brown marginal band and two confluent

longitudinal discal streaks. Body pale ochreous-yellow; abdomen

brighter with dorsal and lateral row of black spots; palpi with

black terminal point and two lateral spots ; legs grey, streaked with

black. Underside cinereous brown; fore wing with yellow hind

margin and basal costal streak ; hind wing with marginal band and

4 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIIDZ. [Jan. 15,

discal streaks almost confluent, being separated only by a narrow

yellow division.

Expanse 12 inch.

Canara (Ward). In coll. F. Moore.

Near to H. heliconia.

Damattis, Hitibner.

Damalis, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Sch. p. 172.

DAMALIS CONCANA, 0. sp.

Near to H. alciphron, Cram. pl. 133. f. E.

Upperside ochreous ; cilia white: fore wing at base bright ochre-

ous and dotted with black; a small whitish streak from lower end

of the cell: hind wing with black marginal band crossed by pale

veins, and two irregular longitudinal discal streaks. Thorax with

black dots; abdomen with dorsal and jateral row of black spots ;

legs whitish, streaked with black. Underside—fore wing pale

ochreous-brown; hind margin yellow; cell white, bordered with

black and enclosing a black spot : hind wing yellow, with paler black

marginal band, and streaks as above.

Expanse 22 inches.

Canara (Ward). In coll. F. Moore.

Dieama, Moore.

Digama, Moore, Catal. Lep. E.I. C. ii. p. 298 (1858).

Fore wing—first branch of subcostal long, free ; second at a con-

siderable distance before end of the cell, trifureate; fifth from near

end of the cell, curved upward and looped to third at one third its

length ; radial from end of the cell; discocellulars nearly erect ;

median vein four-branched, upper from end of the cell, second and

third from angles near its end. Hind wing with two subcostal

branches beyond the cell; discocellulars curved outward, oblique ;

four median branches, three upper from end of the cell. Below the

submedian vein on the underside of the fore wing, is a short longi-

tudinal cavity, along the upper edge of which projects a raised trans-

versely scabrous narrow bar ; and on the upperside of the hind wing

is a short transverse outwardly curved raised scabrous bar, so placed

that, by the motions of this wing, it evidently plays across the longi-

tudinal bar on the fore wing and produces a stridulatory sound.

DiGAMA HEARSEYANA.

D. hearseyana (part), Moore, Catal. Lep. E.I. C. ii. p. 298. pl. 7a.

f. 3a, 2 (1858).

Male and female. Upperside—fore wing greyish brown, with four

basal transverse series of black spots, and an intermediate spot in

the cell, with paler interspaces along the veins and wavy bands across

the disk: hind wing and abdomen ochreous yellow, the latter with

dorsal row of black spots. Thorax, head, and palpi grey-brown ;

front and middle of thorax black-spotted ; joints of palpi with

terminal black band; legs black-banded above, pale ochreous

1878. ] MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID. 5

beneath. Underside—fore wing uniform pale grey-brown ; hind

wing with a small black discocellular spot at upper end of cell.

Expanse, d 1,2;, 2 13 inch.

N.W. India (Allahabad, Manpuri, Deyra, Simla).

In the Catalogue Lep. East-India Company, above quoted, is

described and figured (fig. 3) a male insect from Ceylon, which I

then considered to pertain to this species. The Ceylon specimens,

however, are very distinct ; and the species has been named by Felder

as D. insulana.

DIGAMA INSULANA.

Digama insulana, Feld. Verh. zool.-bot. Gesch. 1868, p. 285.

D. hearseyana (part), Moore, Catal. Lep. E.I. C. ii. p. 298, pl. 7.

f. 3, 2 (1858).

Male and female. Upperside—fore wing pale grey-brown, basal

spots prominent : hind wing ochreous yellow, male with a grey-brown

marginal streak, and female with a short marginal spot, situated near

the middle. Head and thorax pale grey-brown, black-spotted ; ab-

domen ochreous, with dorsal black spots; antennz brown in male ;

legs black-banded above ; palpi with terminal black bands. Under-

side paler ; both wings with a black spot at end of the cell.

Expanse 14 inch.

Ceylon. In coll. India Museum.

DIGAMA SIMILIS, Nn. sp.

Male and female. Allied to D. hearseyana, but of smaller size ;

fore wing similarly marked ; hind wing in the male with a dusky

brown marginal streak from near anal angle, and another near apex,

the latter only present in the female.

Expanse 3 1, 9 154, inch.

N.W. Himalaya (Simla). In coll. F. Moore.

DIGAMA FIGURATA, 0. sp.

Male. Upperside—fore wing greyish white, with very prominent

brown basal spots, two median, transverse, irregular, sinuous, partly

confluent bands, and a partly confluent marginal band; a large black

spot in middle and a lunule at end of the cell : hind wing pale ochreous

yellow, with prominent black marginal marks. Thorax and head

white, spotted with black; antennze brown; palpi white, with

broad terminal black bands; abdomen ochreous-yellow, with dorsal

and lateral black spots ; legs white, with black bandsabove. Under-

side—forewing grey-brown, spots in cell visible; hind wing with

black spot at end of the cell, and on middle of outer margin.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

Burmah. In coll. F. Moore.

Caurenta, Moore.

Calpenia, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 571.

CALPENIA KHASIANA, 0. sp.

Female. Upperside—fore wing brownish fawn-colour vinous-tinged,

6 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID. [Jan. 15,

paler along the veins; a broad pale yellow band extending lon-

gitudinally from base below the cell and upward to near the costa,

being crossed by the veins; some yellow spots on the costa; a small

spot and streak at base of cell, and two outer submarginal rows of

small dentate spots of chrome-yellow: hind wing chrome-yellow,

with four transverse rows of vinous brownish black spots and a rayed

basal streak, the spots broadly lunate, irregular in size, the outer

row being marginal and the smallest. Antennze, front of head, and

palpi black; thorax dark greyish brown, longitudinally streaked

with chrome-yellow; abdomen chrome-yellow, with dorsal and

lateral row of spots. Underside same as above; legs dark grey.

Expanse 34 inches.

Khasia hills (Atkinson). Coll. Dr. Staudinger.

Neocuera, Hibner.

Neochera, Hiibner, Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 173.

NEOCHERA HELICONIOIDES, 0. sp.

Male. Upperside—fore wing purplish cinerous ; all the veins nar-

rowly lined with white; base of wing black-spotted, and with a

subbasal orange-yellow streak with zigzag borders: hind wing grey-

black, washed with purplish blue ; three grey streaks from the base

and a prominent submarginal grey narrow undulating band; cilia

white. Body orange yellow; a black spot on each tegula, one on

hind part of thorax, and a dorsal and lateral row of spots on abdomen.

Underside grey-black ; both wings with white external veins and

undulating submarginal band; the basal area broadly white and

with a large blackish cell-spot; front of head with a central black

spot ; palpi and legs white, streaked with black.

Expanse 22 inches.

Luzon, Philippines. In Coll. Dr. Staudinger.

Similar in pattern to Hypsa heliconia.

Subfamily Lirnosiinz.

The genera are here arranged in the following sectional groups,

viz. :—

A. Fore wing with subcostal vein five-branched, median vein four-

branched :

Eligma, Macrobrochis, Tripura, Paraona, Atolmis, Sidyma, Chu-

ringa, Vamuna, Mahavira, Korawa, Hesudra, Ghoria, Chryseglia,

Conistes, Lithosia.

B. Fore wing with subcostal vein five-branched, median vein three-

branched :

Simareea, Tarika, Brunia, Gandhura, Collita, Katha, Eilema,

Manulea, Systropha, Chrysurabdia, Capissa, Dolyoma, Mithuna,

Cossa, Ranghana, Tegulata.

Ba. Hind wing with a recumbent plumose lappet :

Nishada.

“I

1878. ] MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID.

Bes. Fore wing with a recumbent plumose lappet :

Teulisna, Macotasa, Zadadra, Prabhasa, Gampola.

C. Fore wing with subcostal vein fowr-branched, median vein

three-branched :—

Pelosia.

D. Fore wing with a plumose, lappet-covered, sac-like cavity on

the costal border ; five subcostal and three median branches :

Doliche, Bizone, Cyana.

E. Aberrant group: fore wing with five subcostal and four median

branches :

Baroa, Agrisius, Lyclene, Barsine, Miltochrista, Setinochroa,

Setina, Nudaria, Gimene.

Group A. Fore wing with subcostal vein rive-branched, median

vein FouR-branched.

Exrema, Hiibner.

Eligma, Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 164 (1816).

Panglima, Moore, Catal. Lep. E.1.C. ii. p. 297 (1858).

Surina, Walk. Tr. Nat.-Hist. Soc. Glasgow, i. p. 9 (1869).

Fore wing—first subcostal branch free; second from near end of

the cell, trifureate ; fifth from end of the cell, bent up and with a short

spur looped to third close to its base ; radial from end of the cell;

discocellulars bent, upper longest ; median vein four-branched, angled

at end of the cell, two upper branches from the front and third from

angle below the end, fourth from beyond half towards the base.

Hind wing—two subcostal branches, and three upper median branches

from end of the cell.

Type, Z. narcissus (P. narcissus, Cram. Lep. Exot. i. pl. 73. f.

E, F).

China, Java, Penang, S. India.

Macrosrocuis, H.-S.

Macrobrochis, H.-Scheeff. Lep. Exot. Sp. Nov. pl. 72. fig. 531

(1856).

Fore wing—first subcostal branch free, curving upwards at its

base towards costal vein ; second from near end of the cell, trifur-

cate ; fifth from end of the cell, bent upward and with a short spur

looped to third near its base; radial starting from fifth subcostal

branch beyond the cell ; upper and lower discocellulars bent inward

at very oblique angles ; median vein bent upward near end of cell,

four-branched, two upper from point at end of the cell, third from

angle below its end. Hind wing—two subcostal and two upper

median branches from beyond end of the cell, third median below

its end.

Type, M. gigas (Lithosia gigas, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het. B. M. ii.

p- 494, 1854; WM. interstitialis, H.-S. 1. c. f. 531).

8 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIIDE. (Jan. 15,

Macrosrocuis LEUCOSPILOTA, Nl. Sp.

Male and female. Differs from MV. gigas (Lithosia gigas, Walk.

Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 494) in the fore wing having more

elongated white spots, and in the hind wing having the marginal

band much narrower and traversed by a series of elongated spots on

both upper and underside.

Expanse 2? inches.

Cherra Punji, Assam. In coll. India Museum, and F. Moore.

MacrosROCHIS NIGRESCENS, 0. sp.

Male. Allied to M. gigas. Differs in the spots on the fore wing

being much less distinct ; the basal and discal spots partly covered

with black scales and totally obsolete on the underside ; on the hind

wing the base is only slightly dusky-white on both sides,

Expanse 2? inch.

N.E. Bengal. In coll. F. Moore. .

Tripura, Moore.

Tripura, Moore, Catal. Lep. E.I. C. ii. p. 298 (1858).

Fore wing—first subcostal branch free ; second from before end of

the cell, trifurcate ; fifth from end of the cell, bent upward and

touching third near its base; radial from end of the cell; disco-

cellulars bent in the middle ; median vein four-branched, two upper

from angles at end of the cell, third from angle before its end. Hind

wing—two subcostal branches beyond cell, three upper median

branches at its end.

Type, 7’. prasena, Moore, /. c. p. 299, pl. vil. a. fig. 6 (1858).

Himalayas.

5 PARAONA, 0. g-

Fore wing long, narrow, costa slightly arched, apex acute, exterior

margin oblique, posterior margin slightly convex towards the base ;

subcostal vein five-branched ; first branch oblique, free; second arising

before end of the cell; third starting from above base of second, tri-

furcate towards its end ; radial from end of the cell, curved upward

and joined to third subcostal branch, at one fourth its length beyond

the cell; discocellulars slightly bent in the middle; median four-

branched, two upper at end and third before end of the cell. Hind

wing long, somewhat narrow, apex slightly produced, exterior margin

and angle convex; two subcostal branches one third beyond the

cell ; median four-branched, two upper beyond and third from end

of the cell. Body stout. Antenne in the male serrate, the teeth

finely pectinate, setose in the female. Palpi small, ascending, pilose

beneath, apical joint very minute. Legs stout, short ; femora slightly

pilose beneath ; tibize thickened, middle and hind tibize spurred.

PARAONA SPLENDENS. (Plate I. fig. 1.)

Crambomorpha splendens, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1877,

p. 357.

Bombay (Dr. Leith). In coll. British Museum, and F. Moore.

1878. | MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID. 9

Atrotnis, Hibner.

Atolmis, Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 164 (1816).

Gnophria, Steph. Brit. Lep. ii. p. 98 (1829).

Fore wing—first subcostal branch free ; second from before end of

the cell, trifurcate ; fifth from end of the cell, bent upward and touch-

ing third at half its length ; radial from end of the cell; discocellu-

lars bent inward ; median four-branched, two upper from end of the

cell, third from angle below its end. Hind wing—two subcostal

branches beyond the cell; three upper median branches from its

end.

Type, A. rubricollis (N. rubricollis, Linn).

Europe.

Sipyma, Walker.

Sidyma, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. vii. p. 1686 (1856).

Fore wing—first subcostal branch long, free ; second from near end

of the cell, trifurcate ; fifth from end of the cell and touching third

near its base ; radial from fifth subcostal branch at some distance

beyond the cell ; discocellulars bent ; median vein angled near end,

four-branched, two upper from end, third from angle below end of

the cell: hind wing— two subcostal and three upper median branches

from end of the cell.

Type, S. albifinis, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. vii. p. 1686.

Masuri, N.W. Himalayas (Capt. Lang).

SIDYMA APICALIS, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 2.)

Male. Upperside purplish-black ; fore wing with a narrow tri-

angular white apical patch. Collar, thorax beneath, and anal tuft

orange-red. Underside as above.

Expanse 13 inch. .

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.

Smaller than S. aldifinis, which is known only from Masuri. Dis-

tinguished by having the apical white patch on the fore wing only.

CHURINGA, 0. g.

Male and female. Wings ample, broad, somewhat short in male.

Fore wing with the costa slightly arched towards end, apex pointed,

exterior margin oblique, posterior angle rounded; first subcostal

branch very oblique, free; second from near end of the cell, trifur-

cate ; fifth from end of the cell, with a loop-spur to the base of the

third ; radial starting from below the fifth subcostal beyond end of

the cell; discocellulars of equal length, bent inward at the middle ;

median vein four-branched, two upper from end of cell, next at some

distance before and lower from half length of the cell. Hind wing

convex at the apex; exterior margin rounded, abdominal margin

short ; two subcostal branches at one fourth beyond end of the cell ;

median four-branched, two upper from end, next before the end, and

lower from half length of the cell. Body large; thorax with long

pilose tegule. Antennze in male broadly pectinate, setose in female.

Palpi slender, ascending, basal joint pilose beneath, second and third

10 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID. [Jan. 15,

joints very long, tip blunt. Legs long, femora slightly pilose

beneath.

Type, C. rufifrons. Will also include Lithosia beema, Moore,

P.Z. 8. 1865, p. 798.

CHURINGA RUFIFRONS, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 12.)

Male and female. Upperside—fore wing pale purplish ochreous-

brown, costal and posterior margins narrowly edged with ochreous

yellow; hind wing and abdomen pale ochreous-yellow. Thorax

brown ; tegule edged with yellow; head, collar, and palpi reddish

ochreous ; thorax beneath and legs bright ochreous; tip of palpi,

antennze, fore legs above, and tarsi, brown. Underside paler.

Expanse, 317%, 2 23% inches.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore.

VAMUNA, 0. g.

Fore wing long, narrow ; costa slightly arched beyond the middle ;

apex acute ; exterior margin short and slightly truncate below the

apex, oblique hindward, the angle slightly convex ; posterior margin

convex towards the base in male. Hind wing broad; apex slightly

produced ; exterior margin convex in the middle. Veins similar to

those in Churinga (C. rufifrons), excepting that in the fore wing the

lowest or fifth branch of the subcostal is emitted from upper angle

of the cell, the median branches nearer together at their base, and

the lowest nearer the end of the cell. Body moderately stout. An-

tennze in both sexes setose. Palpi moderately long, ascending, pro-

jecting beyond the head, second joiut long, third jomt very short.

Legs long, naked; middle and hind spurred.

Type, V. remelana (Lithosia remelana, Moore, P. Z.S8. 1865, p.

798).

Darjiling.

VAMUNA MACULATA, uu. sp. (Plate I. fig. 5.)

Male. Upperside—fore wing greyish ochreous; hind wing pale

dull ochreous at base and whitish externally, with three marginal

black spots, the two upper larger, the lower small and at some dis-

tance from anal angle. Body ochreous. Underside dull ochreous

basally, whitish externally ; fore wing with a brownish patch at the

apex, a black longitudinal basal streak, and a broad large transverse

subapical patch ; hind wing with only the lower and middle marginal

black spots. Female much paler, the apex of fore wing slightly

brownish-ochreous; hind wing above and beneath with smaller

median and lower black spots ; the fore wing with the basal black

streak less defined and the subapical spot small.

Expanse, 313, ? 2 inches.

Darjiling (Atdinson). Incoll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore.

VAMUNA BIPARS, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 11.)

Male. White, costal edge of the base and apical half of fore wing

fuliginous black ; hind wing with a fuliginous-black submarginal band,

1878. | MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIIDE. 11

the middle portion of which is very broad and blackest. Antenne,

front of head, and tip of palpi black ; fore and middle legs above, a

terminal spot on hind tibize and their tarsi, black ; tarsal joints with

a white band; base of palpi, thorax and abdomen, legs beneath,

and anal tuft ochreous. Underside duller white ; the black band on

fore wing confined to the disk, the apical border being pale brownish-

ochreous ; upper portion of band on hind wing obsolete.

Expanse 2 inches.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore.

MABAVIRA, 2. g.

Male. Fore wing long, narrow, costa arched, apex acute, exterior

margin oblique, posterior margin recurved; subcostal vein five-

branched, first and second arising before and near end of the cell,

third trifurcate, the two lower branches at equal distances from end

of the cell; discocellulars long, straight, upper obliquely inward,

lower obliquely outward ; radial from upper end of the cell ; median

vein four-branched, the two upper branches from lower end of the

cell, third at some distance before its end; submedian vein curving

towards hind margin: hind wing longer than broad, exterior mar-

gin convex ; subcostal vein two-branched beyond end of cell ; dis-

cocellulars as in fore wing; median vein four-branched, the two

upper branches from end of cell and contiguous at their base, third

immediately before end of the cell. Body slender. Antenne ser-

rate, with long and delicate pectinations. Legs slender, femora

slightly pilose beneath ; middle and hind tibiee spurred. Palpi slender,

porrect, basal joint pilose, apex pointed.

MaHAVIRA FLAVICOLLIS, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 3.)

Male. White, costa slightly edged with brown at the base; collar

yellow ; antennz yellow; fore femora with a blackish streak on the

inner side.

Expanse 12 inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore.

Korawa, 0. g.

Male and female. Fore wing long, narrow ; costa slightly arched ;

apex somewhat acute, exterior margin very oblique; subcostal vein

five-branched, first branch ascending and touching the costal but

free at its end, second starting before eud of the cell, third at end of

the cell, trifurcate, lowest branch at one third beyond end of the

cell; upper discocellular angled outward at its middle, lower oblique ;

radial from angle of upper discocellular ; median vein four-branched,

the two upper from lower end of the cell; submedian slightly re-

curved. Hind wing moderately short, apex slightly produced and

convex, exterior margin rounded; subcostal two-branched beyond

end of the cell; discocellulars of equal length, bent inward ; median

vein four-branched, two upper beyond end of the cell, middle branch

from end of the cell; submedian nearly straight. Body moderate.

12 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID. [Jan. 15,

Palpi small, porrect, pilose. Antennze minutely and finely bipecti-

nate. Legs pilose, sparsely in male.

KorawA PALLIDA, 0. sp.

Male and female. Semidiaphanous ; fore wing pale fleshy-yellow ;

hind wing white ; thorax slightly ochreous-yellow ; abdomen white ;

palpi black-tipped ; legs white, fore tibize with a black longitudinal

line in front.

Expanse ¢ 14, 2 2 inches.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore.

HeEsupDRaA, 0. g.

Male. Wings short, rather broad. Fore wing with the costa nearly

straight ; apex acute, exterior margin very oblique; subcostal vein

five-branched, first branch very oblique, free, running close to costal,

second arising before end of the cell, trifurcate, fifth from end of

the cell, looped to third near its base; radial from upper end of cell;

discocellulars bent in the middle; median vein four-branched, two

upper from one fourth beyond the cell, third near its end. Hind wing

produced at the apex; exterior margin very oblique, nearly straight ;

abdominal margin long; two subcostal branches from one fourth

beyond the cell; median four-branched, two upper from one third

beyond the cell, third close to its end. Antenne broadly pectinate.

Palpi slender, curved upward, slightly pilose at base. Legs slender.

Hesupra Divisa, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 4.)

Male. Upperside pale testaceous: fore wing witb a broad dark

purplish-grey band occupying the posterior half of the wing ; base

of the costa also purplish grey ; costal border yellowish. Thorax,

head, side of palpi, and legs above, purplish grey; abdomen pale

greyish, testaceous beneath, tip ochreous; base of palpi and legs

beneath pale ochreous ; antennz purplish-brown. Underside—fore

wing pale purplish-grey, costal border yellowish; hind wing narrowly

edged along the anterior margin with greyish black.

Expanse 1,3; inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore.

GuoRI, 0. g.

Fore wing long, narrow, costa slightly arched beyond the middle,

apex acute, exterior margin oblique and slightly convex, posterior

margin long ; first subcostal branch very oblique, free; second tri-

furcate; fifth from end of the cell and bent upward, looped to the third

near its base ; radial starting from below the fifth subcostal branch at

one third beyond the cell; discocellulars obliquely concave; median

four-branched, the two upper from end of cell, third immediately

before its end, fourth at half its length. Hind wing broad, apex

slightly produced, exterior margin convex in the middle ; two sub-

costal branches at one third beyond the cell; median four-branched,

two upper beyond the cell, third at its end. Body slender, extending

1878. } MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIIDE. 13

beyond hind wing. Antenne setose. Legs slender, squamose. Palpi

slender, porrect, base pilose beneath.

GHORIA ALBOCINEREA, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 10.)

Male. Upperside—fore wing silky white, with a cinereous-brown

band along posterior margin: hind wing cinereous; cilia white.

Thorax and abdomen white; middle of thorax and streak on tegulee

cinereous brown; collar and front of head, and antenne yellowish ;

anal tuft pale brownish ochreous, Underside cinereous brown, palest

on hind wing, abdominal margin cinereous white ; costal edge of fore

wing yellowish towards the apex. Legs cinereous brown above,

yellowish beneath ; palpi yellowish, tip brown.

Expanse 1,4; inch,

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore.

GHORIA SERICEIPENNIS, Nl. sp.

Male. Upperside—fore wing silky white, with a broad dark

cinereous brown band along posterior margin ; hind wing white, pale

cinereous brown at the apex and along anterior margin. Middle of

thorax and tegulz, and front of head, dark cinereous brown; abdo-

men above and beneath white, anal tuft brown; collar yellowish ;

palpi ochreous yellow ; legs above cinereous brown, whitish beneath.

Underside—fore wing, anterior border, and apex of hind wing brown.

Expanse 12 inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.

Curyseuia, Butler.

Chryseglia, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 556.

Veins of the fore wing similar to those in @onistis entella. Those

in the hind wing differ in the median having but three branches, two

only starting from the end of the cell.

Type, C. magnifica (Lithosia magnifica, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc.

vol. vi. p- 103), from Borneo.

CHRYSEGLIA FERRIFASCIATA, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 6.)

Male and female. Upperside golden yellow: fore wing glossy,

with a steel-blue band along the costa, a broad transverse median band

and a large triangular spot near base of posterior margin; also a

blackish outer marginal band, which is broadest in the male ; median

band dilated hindward and angled on itsinner margin below the cell :

hind wing with the margin and cilia at the apex slightly blackish.

Tegulee and legs steel-blue. Underside paler yellow ; fore wing with

pale dusky brown bands as above.

Expanse, ¢ 1585, 2 24% inches.

Nepal (Ramsay), Darjiling (Grote). In coll. F. Moore.

Contstis, Hiibner.

Conistis, Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 165 (1816).

Fore wing—first subcostal branch long, free; second arising from

near end of the cell; third from its end, trifurcate; radial curving

14 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIIDE. [Jan. 15,

from end of the cell; discocellulars bent in the middle ; median vein

four-branched, two upper from end, third from angle before end of

the cell. Hind wing—two subcostal branches immediately beyond

end of the cell, two upper median branches from beyond, and third

from end of the cell.

Type, @. entella (P. entella, Cram. Pap. Exot. pl. 208. f. D).

India, Ceylon,

Will also include Gnophria ceramensis, Voll. Tijdsch. voor Ent.

1872, iii. p. 246, pl. 12. f. 1.

Lirnosta, Fabr.

Lithosia, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 459 (1798).

Sexes dissimilar in colour and pattern. Fore wing with first sub-

costal branch free, second starting near end of the cell, trifurcate,

fifth curving up from end of the cell and touching third near its base ;

radia] from end of the cell in male, from angle of upper discocellulars

in female; discocellulars curved in male, angled at both ends in

female ; median four-branched, three upper from end of the cell.

Hind wing with one subcostal branch in male, two in female beyond

the cell ; two median branches beyond tke cell in male, and from its

end in female.

Type, Lithosia quadra of Europe.

Will also include Lithosia dives (Monistis dives, Butler, Ann.

Nat. Hist. Nov. 1877, p. 398, from Japan.

Group B. Fore wing with subcostal vein r1vE-branched ; median

vein THREE-branched.

SIMAREEA, 0. g.

Similar in form, colour, and pattern to the male of the European

L. quadra, but of different venation in the fore wing; and both sexes

are alike, the discocellulars not being bent at the upper and lower end

of the cell (as in female Z. qguadra) ; and the median vein has only

two branches in both sexes proceeding from end of the cell (Z. quadra

having three in the male). In the hind wing the costal vein has two

branches beyond the cell in both sexes, Z. guadra having one only ;

the median branches also start at some distance from the cell in both

sexes. The palpi are more pilose, have the second and third joints

much longer, the apex blunt, and projecting much beyond the head.

SIMAREEA BASINOTA. (Plate I. fig. 16.)

Lithosia basinota, Moore, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 798.

Darjiling.

TARIKA, 0. g.

Fore wing long, broad ; costa arched; exterior margin convex,

posterior margin rounded at the base; first subcostal branch short,

oblique, anastomosing with the costal, second from near end of the

cell, third from near base of second, bifurcate, fifth from end of the

cell, bent upward and touching the third at one fourth its length;

discocellulars bent inward, upper angled close to subcostal, lower

1878. ] MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIIDZ. 15

shortest ; radial from angle of upper discocellular ; median three-

branched, two upper branches at one third beyond the cell; sub-

median nearly straight. Hind wing broad, apex slightly produced ;

subcostal branches at one fourth and median branches at one third

from end of the cell. Palpi small, short, slightly decumbent. Legs

stoutish, naked. Antenne minutely pectinate. Body slender, not

extending beyond hind wing.

TARIKA VARANA. (Plate I. fig. 8.)

Lithosia varana, Moore, P.Z.S8. 1865, p. 797.

Darjiling.

TARIKA NIVEA, 0. sp.

Lithosia nivea, Walker, MS.

Male and female. Fore wing silky white, costal edge pale yellow ;

head, front of thorax, paipi, body and legs beneath, yellow ; tip of

palpi brown; fore and middle legs brown above.

Expanse, ¢ 13, Q 12 inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore.

BRvnIA, 0. g.

Fore wing long, narrow; first branch of subcostal vein short, oblique,

anastomosed to the costal, second starting from angle close before end

of the cell, trifurcate, fifth from end of the cell and looped to third

branch at its base; discocellulars ‘bent below the middle, upper

angled close to end of the cell; radial from angle of upper disco-

cellular ; two upper median branches at half length beyond end of

the cell. Hind wing long, apex produced ; two branches of subcostal

vein at one third beyond the cell, and two median branches at two

thirds beyond. Palpi ascending, pilose beneath.

Brunia antica. (Plate I. fig. 9.)

Lithosia antica, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 505.

Ceylon.

Will also embrace Zithosia natara, Moore, from Java, and L.

sarawaca, Butler, from Borneo.

GANDHARA, lh. g.

Fore wing broad, somewhat short ; costa much arched beyond the

middle ; apex acute; exterior margin slightly oblique, rounded in

middle ; hind margin slightly rounded at the base; first branch of

subcostal vein curving upward and extending free to beyond end of

the costal, second and third branches starting together from end of

the cell, third trifurcate; discocellulars zigzag, the angles equidistant ;

radial from upper angle; two upper median branches from lower

angle of cell. Hind wing broad, short.

GANDHARA sERVA. (Plate I. fig. 7.)

Iithosia serva, Walker, Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 506.

Darjiling.

16 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID&. [Jan. 15,

CoLuira, n. g.

Wings very broad. Fore wing with the costa arched; subcostal

five-branched, first short, oblique, anastomosed to costal, second

starting at some distance before end of the cell, third trifurcate, the

fifth or lowest branch nearest the base ; upper discocellular slightly

angled close to subcostal, whence starts the radial; median three-

branched, two upper at one fourth beyond the cell. Hind wing very

broad, apex produced, exterior margin rounded in the middle, ab-

dominal margin long and extending beyond abdomen; two subcostal

branches and two upper medians from one third beyond the cell.

Palpi short, porrect.

Type, C. griseola (Lithosia griseola) of Europe. Will also

include ZL. vetusta, Walk., from China, and the European L. compla-

nula and L. stramineola, Dbleday.

COLLITA LILACINA, 0. sp.

Fore wing pale lilac-grey, with pale yellowish costal border ; hind

wing pale greyish ochreous; thorax grey; head pale yellow; palpi

black-tipped ; fore legs brownish above.

Expanse 14 inch.

W. Yunan (Anderson). In coll. F. Moore.

Similar in appearance to Gandhara serva (Lithosia serva, Walk.),

from Sikkim, but of entirely different venation.

Courts PARvA, n.sp. (Plate I. fig. 13.)

Female. Fore wing greyish ochreous-brown; hind wicg and

abdomen paler; fore wing yellowish along the costal border. Un-

derside uniform ochreous brown, palest on lower part of the hind

wing. Legs cinereous brown above.

Expanse 355 inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.

Allied to C. vetusta (Lithosia vetusta, Walk.), from North China,

having the same venation, but is of a much smaller size.

KaTHA, n. g.

Wings clothed with stout compact imbricated scales.

Male. Fore wing long, very narrow ; costa nearly straight, apex

rounded ; exterior margin slightly oblique ; posterior margin re-

curved, convex near the base; slightly folded longitudinally below

the median vein ; cell long, narrow; discocellulars bent outward at

upper end and inward at lower end; first branch of subcostal vein at

some distance before end of the cell, short, oblique, and anastomosed

to costal; second short, arising beyond end of the cell; third trifur-

cate, its lowest branch at equal distance between second and fourth ;

radial starting from upper angle of discocellular ; two upper branches

of median vein at half distance from end of the cell; submedian

recurved. Hind wing long, broad; two subcostal branches at one

third from cell; discocellulars slightly bent inward, two median

branches at one half distance from the cell, and wide apart. Palpi

1878. ] MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID®. 17

rather short, pilose at base, porrect. Antennz minutely pectinate.

Legs long, rather stout. Body long, extending beyond hind wing.

Karua nierirrons. (Plate I. fig. 15.)

Lithosia nigrifrons, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 572.

North India.

This genus will also include Lithosia apicalis, Walk., from Borneo,

L. intermixta, Walk., L. brevipennis, Walk., from South India, and

L. helveola of Europe.

KaTua TERMINALIs, n. sp. (Plate I. fig. 14.)

Male. Ochreous; fore wing darkest, with a distinct curved pur-

plish band across exterior margin. Antenne, front of head, tip of

palpi, middle of thorax, and streak on tegulz purplish black ; legs

above purplish brown.

Expanse 1}, inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.

Allied to K. apicalis (Lithosia apicalis, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc.

Zool. vi. p. 104) from Borneo, but differs on the fore wing in the

apical band not extending upward onto the costa, and in the absence

of the slight apical patch on the hind wing, which is present in

Bornean examples.

KaTHa CUCULLATA, 0. sp.

Male. Upperside—fore wing pale purplish grey, costal edge at

apex and cilia yellowish ; an indistinct greyish-brown outer mar-

ginal band: hind wing and abdomen pale ochreous grey ; anal tuft

ochreous. Thorax, top and front of head, and palpi except at base

beneath, black; legs black, middle and hind legs pale beneath ;

antennze black. Underside—fore wing brownish ochreous; hind

wing pale ochreous.

Expanse 1+), inch.

Andamans. In coll. F. Moore.

Allied to K. terminalis and K. apicalis.

Ertema, Hibner.

Eilema, Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 165 (1816).

Wings long, narrow. Fore wing with the subcostal five-branched,

first short, oblique, and anastomosed to costal, second free and widely

separated from third, third trifurcate, the lowest or fifth nearest the

base, the two upper near apex ; radial from upper end of the cell;

discocellulars inwardly oblique; median three-branched, two upper

beyond half distance from the cell, lower long, from near its base.

Hind wing—two subcostal branches at one third, and two upper

median branches at two thirds beyond the cell.

Type, Z. caniola, Hiibner, of Europe.

Manutea, Wallengren.

Manulea, Wallengren, Ent. Monats. vii. p. 145.

Wings narrow. Fore wing with the costa not arched ; subcostal vein

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1878, No. II. 2

18 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID™. (Jan. 15,

five-branched, first very oblique and free, running close to costal near

its end, second arising at some distance before end of the cell, third

starting and curving downward from second at half its length, bifur-

cate, fifth from end of cell and touching the third near its base ;

radial in a line with subcostal from end of the cell; discocellulars

bent in the middle; median three-branched, two upper from one

fourth beyond the cell. Hind wing narrow; abdominal margin

short; two subcostal branches close to end of the cell; two upper

median branches at nearly half length beyond.

Type, WM. gilveola (Lithosia gilveola) of Europe.

MANULEA CALAMARIA, 0. sp.

Male. Pale glossy straw-yellow ; costal edge of fore wing at base

dusky. Head, thorax, body beneath, and anal tuft brighter yellow;

palpi black-tipped ; legs above, and tarsi entirely, black ; antennze

yellow. Underside darker; fore wing pale brownish luteous.

Expanse 11 inch.

N.W. Himalaya. In coll. F. Moore.

This species is allied to the European M. gilveola.

SystropHa, Hiibn.

Systropha, Hiibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 166 (1816).

Wings small. Fore wing short, narrow; subcostal five-branched,

first branch short, oblique, anastomosing partly with costal near its

end, second at some distance before end of the cell, third trifurcate,

lowest branch at some distance beyond the cell; upper discocellular

shortest, lower oblique and bent inward near end; radial from angle

of upper; two upper median branches at half distance beyond the

cell. Hind wing broad.

Type, S. aureola (Lithosia aureola) of Europe.

SysTROPHA DORSALIS, 0. sp.

Female. Fore wing straw-yellow, slightly ochreous along posterior

margin: hind wing yellowish white. Head, thorax, legs, and abdo-

men at sides and beneath ochreous yellow; abdomen above lilac-

grey.

Expanse 1,2; inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.

SYSTROPHA AURIFLUA, n.sp. (Plate II. fig. 7.)

Fore wing glossy straw-yellow ; hind wing paler yellow. Thorax,

head, legs, and anal tuft brighter yellow.

Expanse 119 inch.

Manpuri, N.W. India (Horne). In coll. F. Moore.

CurysorapspiA, Butler.

Chrysorabdia, Butl. Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 357.

Fore wing—first subcostal branch contiguous to costal, second from

before end of the cell and bent onto the third above its end, third

trifurcate, curved upwards ; radial from end of the cell; discocellulars

1878.] MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID. 19

bent in the middle ; median vein three-branched, two upper from end

of the cell. Hind wing—two subcostal branches; discocellulars very

slender, scarcely visible, two upper median branches.

CHRYSORABDIA VIRIDATA. (Plate II. fig. 1, 3.)

Lithosia viridata, Walk. Catal. Lep. B. M. Suppl. p. 225.

Darjiling.

CaPissA, 0. g.

Fore wing long, narrow ; costa arched before the apex, exterior

margin oblique and convex, hind margin slightly convex near the

base. Male with a Jongitudinal fold below the cell’, where the scales

are raised and rough; cell short, narrow; discocellulars of equal

length, bent inward; first subcostal branch very short, oblique,

anastomosed to costal; second immediately before end of the cell ;

third at its end, and trifurcate ; radial from beyond end of the cell,

starting from the third branch of subcostal near its base ; median

vein straight, three-branched, two upper from beyond end of the cell ;

submedian slightly recurved. Hind wing long, broad, apex produced,

the male having the scales on the disk raised and rough ; two sub-

costal and two median branches beyond end of the cell ; discocellulars

bent inward, upper the longest. Body long, slender, extending be-

yond hind wing. Antennz minutely pectinate in male, setose in

female. Palpi prominent, pilose at base, apex slender. Legs long,

slender.

Carissa 1nNoTaTa. (Plate II. fig. 2, 3.)

Lithosia innotata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 352.

N.W. Himalayas.

This genus will also include Z. vagesa, Moore, from the Khasia

hills, Z. insolita, Walk., from China, L. nigripars, Walk., from N.

India, and Z. sambara, Moore, from Java.

CapIssA AURIFLAVA, ND. Sp.

Female. Fore wing deep golden-yellow ; hind wing and abdomen

paler. Underside of fore wing greyish at the base; femur, tibia,

and tarsal joints with a black terminal band; palpi black at tip ;

antennee yellow.

Expanse 1,8; inch.

Katmandu, Nepal (General Ramsay). In coll. F. Moore.

Allied to C. vagesa (Lithosia vagesa, Moore, Catal. Lep. E.I. C.

ii. p. 304), but is of a deeper colour, and the legs are banded only

with black, whereas in C. vagesa the legs are entirely black.

CaPissA PALLENS, n.sp. (Plate II. fig. 3.)

Female. Pale whitish ochreous; fore wing glossy, costal edge

ochreous. Thorax, palpi, and abdomen beneath ochreous; legs

dusky brown above; palpi brown at tip; antenne brown. Un-

derside—costal border of both wings brighter-coloured ; middle of

fore wing pale ochreous brown.

1 Probably a sound-producing apparatus.

20 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID. [Jan. 15,

Expanse 12 inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.

Somewhat allied to C. insolita (Lithosia insolita, Walker, Catal.

Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 497).

CaPISSA FLAVENS, 0. sp.

Female. Glossy straw-yellow; hind wing and abdomen above

slightly paler; apex of palpi, fore legs above, a terminal spot on

middle and hind femora, and tarsi dusky brown.

Expanse 1+ inch.

Saidabad, Cashmere (Hellard). In coll. F. Moore.

CapissA FASCIATA, n. sp. (Plate II. fig. 4, 3.)

Male. Upperside ochreous yellow; fore wing with a brown-

speckled fascia along the posterior border and about the disk ; hind

wing and base of abdomen pale yellow; antenne, apical joint of

palpi, and legs above brown.

£Expanse 1,4; inch.

Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood.

Do.goma, n. g.

Male and female. Wings moderately long and broad. Fore wing

with the subcostal vein bent at its second branch, five-branched,

first branch curving upward but free from costal, second starting

before end of the cell, curved upward, third trifureate, lowest branch

at one third its length beyond the cell; upper discocellular erect,

lower oblique and bent inward; radial starting from the middle; two

upper median branches at less than one fourth from end of the cell,

lower branch angled and with a slight spur near its base. Hind

wing—subcostal branches at one third and median branches at half

distance beyond the cell.

Type, D. reticulata (Lithosia reticulata, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1865,

p- 798).

Darjiling.

DOLGOMA ANGULIFERA.

Lithosia angulifera, Feld. Nov.-Reise Lep. pl. 106. f. 12 (1868).

Male and female. Luteous ; fore wing sparsely brown-speckled,

crossed by a brown-speckled discal band, which is bent outward

beyond end of the cell; hind wing pale luteous white. Underside

paler-coloured.

Expanse, ¢ 14, 9 14 inch.

Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore.

DoLGoMA BRUNNEA, n. sp. (Plate II. fig. 8.)

Male. Cinereous brown; fore wing uniformly dark-coloured ;

hind wing paler. Underside paler than above ; costal border of fore

wing, and legs beneath, yellowish.

Expanse | inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll, Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore.

1878. | MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID2. 21

MITHUNA, 0. g.

Wings short, rather broad. Fore wing arched, apex pointed ; first

branch of subcostal vein arising near end of the cell, short, oblique,

anastomosing with costal but free at itsend; second branch quadrifid,

the upper and lower branches starting together at one third beyond

the cell; upper discocellular very short, lower curved inward ; radial

from lower end of upper discucellular ; two upper median branches

starting at half distance beyond the cell, lower branch straight from

one third before its end. Hind wing with subcostal and median

branches at nearly one half length beyond the cell. Body short.

Palpi small, pilose beneath. Antenne setulose. Legs smooth.

MiTHUNA QUADRIPLAGA, n.sp. (Plate II. fig. 9.)

Fore wing luteous brown, with a distinct dusky-brown median

transverse band, which is angled outward at end of the cell, a similar

band also crossing the disk ; outer margin with a series of dusky

spots, which also indistinctly cross the cilia: hind wing pale luteous

brown. Underside paler. Head and thorax brown.

Expanse | inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore.

Cossa, Walker.

Cossa, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. pt. xxxii. p. 232 (1864).

Male and female. Wings somewhat broad. Fore wing arched along

the costa; first subcostal branch short, very oblique, anastomosed to

costal, second free, third from end of the cell, trifurcate ; discocel-

lulars very oblique, angled at ends ; radial from upper angle; two

upper median branches from one third beyond the cell.

Type, C. basigera, Walk. 1. c.

S. India.

Cossa QUADRISIGNATA, n.sp. (Plate II. fig. 10.)

Male. Fore wing dark purplish brown, with slightly paler streaks

along the veins; costal border pale purplish cinereous, with two

prominent short black streaks ; a small spot at end of the cell: hind

wing and abdomen above pale brownish cinereous ; anal tuft slightly

ochreous ; thorax, head, abdomen beneath, and legs brown. Un-

derside pale cinereous brown; middle of fore wing brown.

Expanse 11 inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.

Cossa PALLIDA, D. sp.

Male. Pale greyish ochreous: fore wing with two prominent

short black broad streaks on the costa, the first subbasal, the other

slightly beyond the middle; a short, narrow, black streak at end of

the cell: hind wing with a very indistinct dusky submarginal fascia.

Abdomen greyish, tuft ochreous. Underside pale yellowish ochreous ;

middle of fore wing ochreous brown. Legs greyish brown above.

Expanse 1,1; inch.

Dharmsala (N.W. Himalaya). In coll. F. Moore.

22 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID. (Jan. 15,

Cossa BRUNNEA, n.sp. (Plate II. fig. 11.)

Female. Fore wing dark purple-brown, with a small black spot at

end of the cell, and a short black streak on the costa near the

middle: hind wing paler. Thorax, head, and legs dark brown.

Underside with the margins paler.

Expanse 14 inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.

RANGHANA, 0. g.

Female. Fore wing very long, narrow; costa arched, apex pointed,

exterior margin very oblique, angle and posterior margin rounded ;

subcostal vein five-branched, first branch short, arising immediately

above end of the cell, and joining the costal, second and third at

equal distance from first, third trifurcate; radial from below sub-

costal beyond the cell at equal distance between first and second

branches ; cell short ; discocellulars straight ; median vein straight,

three-branched, two upper at one third from the exterior margin,

lower recurving from below end of the cell; submedian veins

extending to posterior angle. Hind wing long, narrow ; subcostal

branches at half length beyond the cell; cell short; discocellulars

deeply curved ; median straight, two-branched. Body short. Palpi

very short, stout. Legs long, slender; middle and hind tibize

spurred. Antenne setose.

RaNGHANA PuNCTATA, n. sp. (Plate II. fig. 12.)

Female. Pale ochreous-buff colour ; fore wing with a marginal and

apical series of nine small black spots. Underside paler, without

marks.

Expanse 11 inch.

Calcutta (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.

TreGuuata, Walker.

Tegulata, Walk. Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. 1862, p. 110.

Female. Fore wing with a convex protuberance on middle of

the costa ; apex pointed ; first subcostal branch short, anastomosed

to costal, second from angle before end of the cell, third trifurcate,

lowest or fifth branch nearest base; discocellulars angled at each

end ; radial from upper angle below end of the cell; median vein

three-branched, two upper one-third beyond the cell.

Type, 7. tumida, Walk. l. c., from Borneo.

TEGULATA BASISTRIGA, n.sp. (Plate II. fig. 5.)

Female. Upperside pale luteous brown: fore wing brightest at the

apex, slightly brown-speckled ; a black streak along base of costal -

edge and along base of posterior margin: hind wing pale brownish

fawn-colour externally. Underside darker. Legs brown above.

Expanse 1 inch.

Ceylon. In coll. Dr. Staudinger.

Allied to 7. tumida, Walk.

1878. | MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIIDE. 23

TEGULATA PROTUBERANS, n.sp. (Plate II. fig. 6.)

Female. Upperside pale luteous brown; fore wing with numerous

brown speckles and a dark brown prominent costal spot ; hind wing

and abdomen pale luteous-yellow. Underside paler; middle of fore

wing brownish.

Expanse 1,2; inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.

Group B. a. Hind wing with a recumbent plumose lappet.

NisHADA, 0. g.

Male and female. Fore wing somewhat short, broad, costa consi-

derably arched, apex very acute; exterior margin oblique and

slightly convex; posterior margin short, in the male convex and

fringed to near the base; subcostal vein five-branched, first branch

arising at half length of the cell and slightly touching the costal

vein, second at one third before end*of the cell, third at some distance

beyond the cell, fourth bifid at half its length; cell narrow ; disco-

cellulars very slender, upper short, lower obliquely curved inward ;

radial starting from lower end of upper discocellular ; median vein

three-branched, the two upper at nearly half distance beyond end of

cell, lower before its end; submedian vein recurved upwards from

the base. Hind wing in the male very short and broad, somewhat

quadrate, anterior margin produced upward from the base and folded

over onto the underside, and there provided with a long recumbent

fan-like plumose covering or appendage’ ; the hind wing in the female

is longer, being of the same length as posterior margin of fore wing,

its anterior margin nearly straight, and is without the folded plumose

appendage; costal vein following the anterior margin beneath the

fold in the male; subcostal vein two-branched, the upper arising

near base of the wing; cell broad; discocellulars recurved ; median

vein straight, two-branched, the branches very close together, lower

branch from before end of the cell; submedian straight. Antenne

minutely and finely pectinate in male, setose in female. Body

slender, extending beyond hind wing. Legs stout, smooth; fore femora

thickened ; middle and hind tibiz spurred. Palpi small, porrect,

projected slightly beyond the head, pilose beneath, apex small, pointed.

NISHADA FLABRIFERA, N. sp.

Male and female. Yellowish ochreous, palest in female ; fore wing

in male brighter ochreous, and slightly ferruginous at the base;

thorax, head, and antennez brownish ochreous.

Expanse 1 inch.

Calcutta District (Zarr). In coll. F. Moore.

Allied to the Bornean Lithosia rotundipennis, Walk. Journ. Linn.

Soe. Zool. vi. p. 104, which species is also probably identical with

L. chilomorpha, Snellen Van Voll., Tijd. voor Ent. 1877, p. 67, pl. 5.

fig. 1, from Sumatra. Both of these species will come into the

genus Nishada.

1 Probably a sound-producing apparatus,

24 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID. [Jan. 15,

Group B. B. Fore wing with a recumbent plumose lappet.

Trutisna, Walk.

Teulisna, Walk. Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc. 1862, p. 109.

Male. Wings somewhat short and broad. Fore wing—costa

depressed at the base, arched in the middle ; apex pointed, exterior

margin oblique, angle acute ; posterior margin very convex towards

the base; first subcostal branch short, anastomosed to costal; second

free; third from end of cell, trifurcate ; radial from third submedian

branch at a considerable distance beyond the cell; cell folded over at

base and overlapped for half its length by a recumbent plumose

appendage’ ; discocellulars very oblique ; median three-branched, two

upper at some distance beyond the cell.

Female without the fold and plumose tuft.

Type, T. plagiata, Walk. Journ. Linn. Soc. 1862, p. 109, from

Borneo.

TEULISNA TENUISIGNA, n. sp. (Plate II. fig. 13.)

Male. Yellow. Differs from the same sex of T. tetragona in its

smaller size, being also narrower in both wings. Fore wing with a

lengthened black band beneath the cell, the upper end of which is

straight, and the basal end very oblique and truncated ; a small spot

on costa before the apex ; cilia slightly blackish at the apex. Middle

of thorax, tegule, and front of head black; fore legs dusky above.

Expanse 1;% inch.

Sikkim. In coll. F. Moore.

MAcotTasa, n. g.

Male. Fore wing narrow ; costa slightly raised beyond the middle ;

costal vein raised, with a recumbent plumose tuft overlapping basal

half of the folded cell beneath’; subcostal five-branched, first short,

oblique, anastomosed to costal, second starting at some distance be-

fore end of the cell, third starting from second near its base and bent

downward and touching end of the cell, bifurcate near its end, fifth

starting in a straight line from end of the cell ; discocellulars straight,

nearly erect ; radial starting in a straight line from lower end of the

cell; median three-branched, the two upper at some distance apart

below the radial and parallel to it, the base starting from below end

of the cell in a line with the discocellulars; lower median branch

from near base of cell, deeply curved. Hind wing somewhat narrow,

apex pointed ; two subcostal branches at one third beyond the cell ;

two upper median branches near its end. Antenne minutely setu-

lose. Palpi small, ascending. Legs slender.

Female. Fore wing not folded or plumed; radial starting from

upper end of the cell; two upper median branches straight from

beyond end of the cell.

1 Probably a sound-producing apparatus.

1878. | MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID £. 25

MACOTASA BIPLAGELLA. (Plate II. fig. 14.)

Gcophora biplagella, Walk. MS.

Upperside pale whitish luteous: fore wing with a dark brown

median costal streak, which is indistinctly continued as a narrow band

across the wing, the streak more prominent and larger in the male ;

apex also brown-streaked : hind wing whitish at the base.

Expanse, ¢ 15, Q 1, inch.

Borneo. In coll. British Museum and F. Moore.

ZADADRA, N. g.

Male. Fore wing shortened, distorted, and crumpled at the apex ;

costa arched beyond the middle, apex very convex, exterior margin

very oblique hindward, posterior margin shortened and very convex ;

cell very long, folded and overlapped above with a short tuft of

recumbent plumes its entire length’ ; subcostal and median veins con-

tiguous, the branches being near apex of the wing ; discocellulars very

convex ; subcostal at some distance from costal, first branch recurved

upward from end of the cell, second starting from near base of the

first, bifurcate near the end, fourth before end of the cell and touching

the second near its base, fifth branch and radial from eud of cell;

median vein three-branched, two upper beyond end of the cell, lower

recurving from end near and parallel to upper branch ; submedian

boldly recurved. Hind wing long, broad; apex much produced ; ex-

terior margin recurved ; cell long; upper discocellular long, inwardly

oblique, lower very short and outwardly oblique; subcostal bifid from

end of cell ; median three- branched, two upper beyond end of cell,

lower at half its length ; submedian nearly straight. Body slender,

longer than hind wing. Antenne minutely and finely bipectinate.

Legs long, smooth, spurred. Palpi slender, porrect ; base pilose ;

apex long.

Female. Wings longer ; cell of fore wing not folded or tufted, and

the apex not crumpled ; hind margin much less convex, and the

submedian less recurved.

ZADADRA DisTorRTA. (Plate II. fig. 15.)

Lithosia distorta, Moore, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 572.

Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore.

PRABHASA, 0. g.

Wings long. Fore wing narrow, very slightly arched before the

apex; exterior margin oblique, slightly convex ; posterior margin

long, nearly straight ; subcostal vein at some distance from costal,

first branch short, curving upward to costa before end of the cell,

second straight from end of the cell, third contiguous at base to the

second, trifurcate, looped to second near base ; cell long, in the male

folded and tufted with recumbent plumes above to beyond half its

length’ ; discocellulars long, convex ; radial from lower part ; median

vein three-branched, two upper curving hindward from lower end of

the cell, lower curving from below the cell at nearly half its length ;

1 Probably a sound-producing apparatus.

26 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID. (Jan. 15,

submedian recurved. Hind wing produced at the apex; exterior

margin recurved ; abdominal margin short; subcostal two-branched

beyond the cell; discocellulars concave; cell short, broad; median

vein three-branched, two upper branches at half distance beyond

the cell, lower from before half its length; submedian nearly

straight. Body slender, longer than hind wing, tufted in male.

Antenne slender, with very fine delicate pectinations. Legs slender,

long, smooth, spurred. Palpi slender, long, slightly ascending be-

yond front of head.

PRABHASA VENOSA, n. sp. (Plate II. fig. 16, 3.)

Male and female. Upperside pale luteous brown: fore wing with

the veins darker brown ; an indistinct brown transverse discal band,

which is bent outward beyond the cell; male with a greyish-brown

plumose tuft overlapping and extending half the length of the cell;

anal tuft in male ochreous. Underside paler; band across fore wing

not visible.

Expanse, 3 154, 2 153; inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore.

PRABHASA FLAVICOSTA, n. sp. (Plate II. fig. 17.)

Female. Upperside uniformly dark luteous brown: hind wing and

abdomen purplish brown: fore wing with the costal border pale

yellow ; discal band most prominent at costal end, broad, but not

bent outward. Front of head, thorax at sides, palpi and abdomen

beneath, yellow; legs above cinereous brown, yellowish beneath.

Underside uniform brown ; costal border on both wings yellowish.

Expanse 1,3; inch.

Cherra Punji (dékinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore.

PRABHASA COSTALIS, 0. sp.

Male and female. Whitish testaceous : fore wing with the costal

border whitish, and a brown spot one third before the apex; lower

part of wing brown-speckled, most distinct along the veins. Un-

derside—fore wing testaceous brown, dark-speckled along the base

of costa and subcostal vein. Legs dusky brown above.

Expanse, dg 1, 2 1,%; inch.

North China. In coll. F. Moore.

GAMPOLA, 0. g.

Male. Wings short, broad, truncate at the apex. Fore wing arched

towards the end, apical angle acute, exterior margin nearly erect,

posterior angle convex and fringed ; costal edge at the base folded

over and fringed for a short distance’; cell long and narrow, folded

beneath the median vein; subcostal at some distance from costal,

five-branched, first short, anastomosing with costal, but free at its end,

second arising at some distance before end of the cell, third trifurcate,

the upper branch nearest to and at one third beyond the cell; disco-

cellulars bent below the middle, outwardly oblique, upper longest ;

radial from the angle ; median vein bent upward near end of cell,

} Probably a sound-producing apparatus.

1878. | MR. F, MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID&. 27

top branch from upper angle, second from lower, third from before

half length of the cell. Hind wing quadrangular ; two subcostal and

two upper median branches from one third beyond the cell, lower

median from half its length. Antenne finely pectinated. Palpi

small, porrect. Legs slender, naked, middle and hind spurred.

Body slender, short.

Female. Wings longer, not truncate at apex; fore wing not

folded ; veins as in male, excepting that the hind wing has, appa-

rently, only one upper median branch.

GamPpoLa FasciaTA, n. sp. (Plate II. fig. 18.)

Male. Upperside—fore wing pale brownish ochreous, brown-

speckled, the speckles composed of dark stout scales forming a fascia

below the cell and across the disk. Head, thorax, and abdomen

fuliginous brown ; anal tuft slightly ochreous ; palpi brown at tip ;

legs slightly brown above. Hind wing and underside paler.

Female. Fore wing not brown-speckled, with an indistinct trans-

verse dusky maculated discal band and a small spot at posterior

angle. Underside dusky at apex of fore wing.

Expanse, ¢ 14, Q 1), inch.

Ceylon. In coll. F, M. Mackwood and Dr. Staudinger.

Group C. Fore wing with subcostal vein rour-branched, median

vein THREE-Oranched.

Pexosra, Hiibn.

Pelosia, Hibn. Verz. bek. Schmett. p. 165 (1816).

Samera, Wallengren, Wien. ent. Mon. vii. p. 146.

Male and female. Wings rather short and broad. Fore wing with

subcostal and costal veins wide apart; subcostal four-branched ;

first branch short, oblique, anastomosing with costal but free beyond

its end; second arising at some distance before end of the cell,

straight, widely separated between first and third; third bifid, at

half distance from end of the cell; discocellulars bent inward, lower

shortest, upper angled close to subcostal; radial from the angle of

upper; two upper median branches from half distance beyond the

cell, lower from half before its end. Hind wing—two branches

of subcostal at one fourth, and median branches at two thirds

beyond the cell.

Type, P. muscerda (Lithosia muscerda) of Europe.

Group D. Fore wing with a plumose lappet-covered sac-like cavity’.

Bizone, Walker.

Bizone, Walker, Catal. Lep. B. M. ii. p. 548.

BiZONE BELLISSIMA, N. sp. (Plate III. fig. 13.)

Male. Upperside—fore wing with a transverse basal and two

oblique median red bands, a broad outer marginal ochreous-yellow

band, and three black spots at end of the cell: hind wing and abdo-

' Probably a sound-producing apparatus.

28 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID. (Jan. 15,

men red; tuft white. Thorax white, with two red bands. Under-

side uniform red; cell-spots in fore wing and discocellular streak in

hind wing blackish. Fore and middle legs with blackish bands.

Body beneath and legs white. Palpi black at the side.

Expanse 1,8; inch.

Masuri, N.W. Himalaya (Hutton). In coll. F. Moore.

Bizone coccingEA, n.sp. (Plate III. fig. 14.)

Male. Upperside crimson-red, the base of fore wing slightly

yellow: fore wing with a subbasal and discal black band, the former

bent inward and the latter outward at the costal end; three black

spots at end of the cell. Thorax yellowish, banded with red ; anal

tuft and abdomen beneath yellow; legs yellow, with red bands.

Underside of wings uniform red.

Expanse 1,5, inch.

Sikkim. In coll. F. Moore.

BIZONE ALBA, N. Sp.

Male. Upperside white: fore wing with a small basal red spot

and narrow streak on base of costal edge ; a black spot at end of the

cell. Underside pale red, broadly on anterior margin of fore wing

and narrowly on hind wing; palpi at sides and fore and middle legs

with blackish bands.

Expanse ;®; inch.

North China. In coll. F. Moore.

Group E. dberrant. Fore wing with rive subcostal and rour

median branches.

BaRoa, n. g.

Fore wing long, moderately broad; costa slightly arched ; apex

somewhat pointed ; exterior margin oblique and convex ; cell short,

narrow ; subcostal vein five-branched, first branch free, second tri-

furcate, the forks ascending, fourth from end of the cell; disco-

cellulars angled at the ends; radial from upper angle; submedian

four-branched, two upper from end and third from angle before end of

the cell. Hind wing somewhat short, broad ; apex pointed ; exterior

margin convex; two subcostal branches from end of the cell; three

submedian branches from end and fourth before end of the cell.

Body extending beyond hind wing. Palpi slender, long, pilose

beneath, ascending and extending beyond the head; terminal joint

blunt. Legs slender. Antenne minutely pectinate in male, setulose

in female.

Type, Baroa punctivaga (Cycnia punctivaga, Walk. Catal. Lep.

Het. B. M. iii. p. 682).

Java (Horsfield).

BarsineE, Walker.

Barsine, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. ii. p. 456.

BARSINE FLAMMEALIS, n. sp. (Plate III. fig. 15.)

Fore wing yellow, mostly covered with bright-red intervening

1878. ] MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID. 29

streaks between the veins, crossed by three outwardly recurved

grey-brown bands; some spots of same colour at base of the wing,

and longitudinal discal streaks joining the outer band between the

veins: hind wing pale pinky red. Body red; thorax with grey-

brown spots. Underside—fore wing mostly red, slightly yellow on

outer veins, and brighter yellow on outer margin; legs red.

Expanse 2 inches.

India. In coll. F. Moore.

Nearest allied to B. mactans, Butler.

BarsINE GLorrosa, n.sp. (Plate III. fig. 16.)

Female. Upperside—fore wing ochreous red, veins broadly lined

with yellow; a broad blackish well-defined subbasal cross band, a

narrow discal recurved band, and an apical series of short black lon-

gitudinal streaks ; two small black dots at base of wing; costal edge

and cilia black: hind wing and abdomen pale pink. Thorax red,

with a narrow black middle streak and two anterior spots; palpi

and legs red. Underside —fore wing red, with short black costal and

apical streaks ; hind wing paler, apex dusky black; middle tibize

with a black terminal streak.

Expanse 1,4; inch.

Khasia hills (Adkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.

Nearest allied to B. eruciata, Walker, from Borneo.

BaRSINE PUNICEA, 0. sp.

Female. Upperside—fore wing ochreous yellow, slightly reddish

along the costal border ; with a blackish subbasal cross band, a waved

curved discal band, and an outer series of alternated long and short

longitudinal streaks ; cilia and apical edge of costa black : hind wing

pale ochreous red, with black marginal band. Abdomen blackish,

tip yellow. Underside dull ochreous red; apex of fore wing and

outer margin of hind wing blackish; middle tibie with a terminal

black streak.

Expanse 7 inch.

Darjiling (A¢kinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore.

This species is nearest allied to B. lineata, Walk. Cat. Lep. Het.

B. M. iii. p. 760, from Borneo.

BaRSINE INFLEXA, n. sp. (Plate III. fig. 17.)

Male. Upperside—fore wing ochreous red, veins lined with yellow ;

costal edge, posterior margin, and cilia black ; a black subbasal cross

band somewhat thickened within the cell, the outer lower arm of

which is bent inward; a narrow discal transverse maculated band,

and an outer series of short streaks, one on each vein: hind wing and

abdomen pale pink. Thorax and head red, streaked with yellow ;

legs red. Underside—fore wing red, with black apex and margins ;

hind wing yellowish, with dusky black apex.

Expanse { inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore.

30 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSHD. (Jan. 15,

BARSINE FLAVIVENOSA, n.sp. (Plate III. fig. 18.)

Male. Upperside—fore wing red, with all the veins very broadly

lined with yellow; a blackish subbasal imperfect cross band, with the

lower portion of the outer arm obsolete; a curved discal band and

an incurved apical series of short black streaks : hind wing, abdomen,

and legs very pale pink. Underside pink, hind wing palest.

Expanse € inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.

LycLene, Moore.

Lyclene, Moore, Catal. Lep. E. I. C. ii. p. 390.

Cyllene, Walk. Catal. Het. B. M. il. p. 544.

LycLENE RUBRICOSA, n. sp. (Plate III. fig. 1.)

Maie and female. Ochreous red: fore wing with dusky-black

subbasal broad zigzag band, an oblique median band and zigzag outer

discal band, the latter slightly confluent about its middle in the

female ; a small spot also at base of wing, a curved spot at end of

cell, and a small series along exterior margin. ‘Thorax black-spotted.

Underside with markings on fore wing indistinct ; fore and middle

tibize with a blackish streak.

Expanse ;; inch.

Bombay (Dr. Leith). In coll. F. Moore.

Allied to L. artocarpi.

LYCLENE ARTOCARPT, 0. sp.

Male and female. Fore wing ochreous, with a dusky-grey subbasal

series of short longitudinal streaks; an upright median band and

outward discal oblique irregular band, both confluent on middle of

the hind margin; a small blackish spot at base of wing, and an

indistinct spot at end of the cell: hind wing and abdomen pale

ochreous. Thorax with black spots. Underside paler, markings

on fore wing less distinct ; an indistinct median dusky fascia across

hind wing in the female.

Expanse 4 inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore.

Nearest allied to L. humilis, Walk. Catal. Lep. Het. B. M. ii.

p- 554. ‘Larva feeds on the Jack tree (Artocarpus incisa),

January.’ —A. Grote, MS. note.

LYCLENE RADIANS, n. sp. (Plate III. fig. 2.)

Male. Fore wing yellowish white, with a black basal spot, three

transverse series of spots, each composed of three, and the middle

series curved; a prominent spot at end of the cell, and a marginal

series of broad black lines, one on each vein, their inner ends con-

fluent and forming a bordered line, which is bent outward at its

middle: hind wing with a less prominent series of short black mar-

ginal lines, which do not extend to the anal angle. Body ochreous

yellow. Underside similarly marked, the basal spots on fore wing

1878. ] MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID2. 31

less distinct ; hind wing with two indistinct spots from middle of the

costa; legs black-streaked.

Expanse | inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.

LYCLENE DELICATA, n. sp.

Female. Pale yellow: fore wing with some small black subbasal

spots, a median transverse narrow line, a lunule at end of the cell, a

discal recurved series of small spots, one on each vein, and an outer

marginal series of very narrow black streaks, one on each vein: hind

wing with a marginal series of very narrow black streaks, one on each

vein. Underside with the outer marginal series of streaks and median

line as above, the median line extending partly across hind wing ;

femora, tibize, and tarsi with black terminal streak.

Expanse 1+ inch.

Darjiling (Grote). In coll. F. Moore.

Allied to Z. radians. Differs in having all the markings much

narrower, in addition to the median transverse line on the fore wing.

From L. prominens it also differs in the more slender markings, and

in the absence of the sharp dentate discal line.

LYCLENE PROMINENS, n. sp. (Plate III. fig. 3.)

Male and female. Upperside ochrey yellow: fore wing with four

black basal spots, a bent transverse subbasal line, a wavy median line,

a narrow oblique spot at end of the cell, an irregular discal band

with two sharply dentate points beyond the cell, and an outer mar-

ginal series of longitudinal streaks, one on each vein : hind wing with

a marginal series of short black longitudinal streaks. Two black

spots on middle of thorax. Underside marked as above, the median

and discal lines broader, the former extending across hind wing ;

abdomen with black bands beneath ; legs with black bands.

Expanse, g 1, 9 1,3, inch.

Cherra ; Khasia hills (G.-Austen). In coll. F. Moore.

LYCLENE ZEBRINA, n. sp. (Plate III. fig. 4.)

Male. Upperside yellowish white: fore wing with brown basal

linear spots, a median transverse line, a small spot at end of the cell,

and a wide outer marginal series of narrow streaks: hind wing with

a brown marginal band. Underside with broader markings than

above, the middle line crossing the hind wing ; marginal streaks in

place of the band.

Expanse 55; inch.

Calcutta District (Farr). In coll. F. Moore.

LycLene PALMata, n.sp. (Plate III, fig. 5.)

Female. Upperside pale ochrey yellow: fore wing with two bluish

basal spots, a transverse linear series of three spots, a median macu-

lated purple line, anda broad fan-shaped discal series of longitudinal

purple streaks decreasing in length to middle of hind margin: hind

wing with some short purple apical streaks. Underside marked as

32 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID®. [Jan. 15,

above, the basal spots less distinct; tibiee with black terminal

band.

Expanse 1,3, inch.

N.E. Bengal. In coll. F. Moore.

LYCLENE INTERSERTA, n. sp. (Plate III. fig. 6.)

Female. Upperside—fore wing ochrey yellow, with a short black

streak at the base, narrow subbasal transverse bent line, a discal line

which is convex anteriorly and bent posteriorly ; between these is an

oblique-angled line, the point being opposite to the angle of the sub-

basal line ; an upper and lower longitudinal line, the former along

the cell, the latter below it and furcate, the forks bent backward ;

also an outer marginal confluent looped line; cilia black, with white

border: hind wing pale yellow; cilia at apex black. Thorax and

head yellow, with black streaks; palpi and legs above blackish ;

abdomen paler yellow. Underside uniform yellow, markings in-

distinct.

Expanse 1,3; inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore.

Near to L. euprepioides, Walk.

LycLENE OBSOLETA, n. sp. (Plate III. fig, 7.)

Female. Yellow: fore wing slightly ochreous yellow externally ;

with several purplish-brown subbasal spots, a deeply sinuous discal

band, and outer contiguous series of spots: hind wing and abdomen

yellow. Underside paler; markings on fore wing indistinct ; hind

wing with a short costal streak before the apex; fore tibiee with a

blackish terminal streak.

Expanse 5% inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.

May be distinguished by the absence of the median transverse band

between the subbasal spots and sinuous band.

LYCLENE DISCISTRIGA, 0. sp.

Male and female. Fore wing yellow, with black basal speckled

spots, a median transverse recurved narrow band, an oblique spot at

end of the cell, a discal series of narrow longitudinal streaks, and a

marginal series of small spots: thorax black-spotted: hind wing

paler. Underside pale yellow; markings on fore wing very in-

distinct.

Expanse, ¢ 145, 2 1%; inch.

Darjiling. In coll. F. Moore.

Allied to the Bornean ZL. strigipennis, H. S. Lep. Spec. Nov.

f, 437.

LYCLENE INCONSPICUA.

Male. Pale ochreous red, semidiaphanous: fore wing with oblique

transverse basal and median indistinct dusky band, and discal streaks,

one along each vein and terminating in a marginal spot: hind wing

1878.] MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIIDE. 33

with a slight dusky apical streak. Underside—fore wing with the

discal markings confluent. Legs with dusky streaks,

Expanse +9 inch.

Northern India (Farr). In coll. F. Moore.

LYCLENE TERMINATA.

Male. Upperside pale yellow; fore wing with black irregular

basal streaks, an oblique recurved narrow median transverse line, an

oblique streak at end of the cell, and a discal series of narrow elon-

gated streaks, one on each vein and terminating ina spot at the outer

margin. Underside of fore wing as above. Legs black-streaked.

Expanse 49 inch.

Khasia hills (G.-Austen). In coll. F. Moore.

LycLene assamica. (Plate III. fig. 8.)

Male. Pale yellow. Upperside—fore wing with a purple-brown

basal spot, two subbasal transverse series of spots, a spot at end of

the cell, and a discal dentate band, each point having a terminal

spot which forms a submarginal series. Thorax black-spotted.

Expanse ;8; inch.

Dibrughur, Assam (A¢kinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.

Allied to both Z. undulosa and the Bornean L. cuneigera, Walk.

LYCLENE SPILOSOMOIDES, N. sp.

Male. Upperside yellowish white ; fore wing with two black spots

at the base and one on the costa, a subbasal and discal recurved series

of smaller linear spots, one on each vein. Body yellowish, tuft

brighter; a black spot on each tegula; palpi and band on lower

part of vertex brown. Underside uniformly paler, without mark-

ings.

Expanse 1,% inch.

N.W. India. In coll. F. Moore.

LycLeNneE INDISTINCTA, n.sp. (Plate III. fig. 9.)

Female. Fore wing dull yellow, with two very indistinct subbasal

curved series of pale brown spots, a bent discal series of spots, and

an outer series of short longitudinal streaks: hind wing and under-

side much paler ; fore tibise cinereous-brown above.

Expanse 144 inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.

JRMENE, Walker.

Aimene, Walker, Catal. Lep. B. M. it. p. 542.

ZEMENE MACULIFASCIA, n. sp. (Plate III. fig. 10.)

Male. Fore wing white, crossed by six black maculated bands ;

the first basal; second curved; third and fourth discal, irregular,

and with dusky-brown suffused interspace; the other two marginal ;

two spots within the cell, the one at the end largest ; cilia spotted

near apex: hind wing ochreous-white. Thorax black-spotted ;

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1878, No. III. a

34 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID. (Jan. 15,

palpi black ; fore legs black-streaked. Underside—fore wingbrown,

spots slightly visible; hind wing with a brown spot at end of the

cell, an indistinct submarginal fascia and spots on cilia near apex.

Expanse 1,4, inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.

EMENE SINvATA, 0. sp. (Plate III. fig. 11.)

Male. Upperside ochreous white: fore wing with five narrow

black sinuous bands, a spot within and a lunule at end of the cell,

and an outer marginal row of small spots; cilia with a black line

and three widely separated spots: hind wing pale brownish-grey ;

cilia brown-lined ; a black terminal spot on tegule. Underside

brownish grey, markings on fore wing indistinct; hind wing with

pale brown spot at end of the cell, and a submarginal fascia ;

palpi black ; fore legs black-streaked.

Expanse 1 inch.

Cherra Punji (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger.

EMENE SUBCINEREA, D. Sp.

Allied to 4. taprobanis ; the fore wing greyish-ochreous, with

markings more like those in 4. guttulosana, but smaller and

narrower ; hind wing and abdomen cinereous. Underside cinereous-

brown.

Expanse 7 inch.

N.W. India. In coll. F. Moore.

ARMENE MODESTA, 0. sp.

Male. Nearest to 4. guttulosana, Walk., from Bombay, but

smaller in size, darker in colour, and the hind wing pale fuliginous ;

the markings on the fore wing much smaller, the spot at end of the

cell narrow and lunular, and the sagittate mark below it nearly

obsolete.

Expanse 55; inch.

Formosa (Swinhoe). In coll. F. Moore.

ABMENE TENEBROSA, D. Sp.

Male and female. Fore wing hoary black, the grey scales pro-

minent, with some black spots on the costa within and below the cell,

and on the exterior margin ; hind wing and abdomen cinereous-grey.

Thorax hairy, black. Underside dark cinereous-grey ; apex of fore

wing ochreous; legs blackish above.

Expanse, ¢55;, 25% inch.

Bombay. In coll. F. Moore.

Allied to 4. sordida, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1877, p. 372, but

is a very much darker insect.

Setina, Schrank.

SETINA PUNCTILINEA, D. sp.

Male. Upperside—fore wing yellow; a black streak on base of

costal margin, a spot below it, two small very indistinct subbasal

1878. | MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIID£. 35

spots, one at end of the cell, and a more prominent marginal row of

spots: hind wing and abdomen pale yellow. Thorax black-spotted ;

legs black, streaked above.

Expanse +9 inch.

Ceylon. In coll. F. M. Mackwood and F. Moore.

Allied to the European S. irrorella.

SETINA DISCISIGNA, N. sp.

Female. Upperside pale yellow: fore wing tinged with ochreous

along hind margin; a black spot near base, a smaller spot at base of

costa, and a more prominent spot at end of the cell: hind wing suf-

fused with purplish-brown uear the apex and along abdominal margin.

Thorax and head yellow, both with black spots ; abdomen and legs

purplish-brown, tip yellow. Underside—middle of fore wing dusky

brown.

Expanse | inch.

Cherra (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Moore.

SETINA NEBULOSA, N. Sp.

Female. Upperside—fore wing yellow ; with a black basal spot, a

broad irregular-bordered discal ochreous-brown band and confluent

subbasal irregular-shaped band: hind wing cinereous white, with

broad dusky indistinct submarginal fascia. Thorax yellow; abdo-

men cinereous-white. Underside and legs paler.

Expanse 1,2; inch. .

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. Dr. Staudinger and F. Movre.

SetinocHroa, Felder.

Setinochroa, Feld. Nov. Voy. iv. pl. 106.

SETINOCHROA AURANTIACA, n. Sp. (Plate III. fig. 12.)

Male. Upperside bright orange-yellow: fore wing with a black

basal spot, two subbasal, a large spot at end of the cell, anda

recurved submarginal series of four or five spots : hind wing ochreous-

brown externally. Thorax black-spotted ; abdomen greyish-brown,

tip yellow. Underside—middle of the fore wing ochreous brown,

base of costa and subapical streaks black ; hind wing black-bordered

at apex.

Expanse 19 inch.

Khasia hills (G.-dusten). In coll. F. Moore.

Allied to S. infumata, Feld. Nov. Voy. iv. pl. 106. fig. 16, but

differs in being of a different yellow in colour, in the fore wing having

the subbasal spots, and the hind wing having only a marginal blackish

border.

SETINOCHROA PALLIDA, 2. sp.

Male. Upperside—fore wing pale yellow, with small black spot at

base, one at end of the cell, and a submarginal series of spots: hind

wing pale ochreous-brown externally. Underside—fore wing pale

ochreous-brown in the middle ; cell and apical spots very indistinct.

Expanse ;"; inch.

36 MR. F. MOORE ON THE LITHOSIIDZ. [Jan. 15,

Manpuri, N.W. India (Horne). In coll. F. Moore.

Differs from S. infumata in the wings being narrower, and of a

paler colour both above and beneath.

SETINOCHROA POSTICA, 0. Sp.

Male. Upperside bright ochreous-yellow : fore wing with a small

black spot at base, a prominent spot at end of the cell, and a recurved

submarginal series: hind wing slightly brownish-ochreous, with a

distinct black streak at end of the cell. Underside—fore wing

ochreous-brown in the middle, with black apical spots; cell-streak

in hind wing.

Expanse 14 inch.

Dhurmsala, N.W. Himalayas. In coll. F. Moore.

Nuparis, Haw.

Nudaria, Haw. Lep. Brit. p. 156.

NvuDARIA FASCIATA, 0. Sp.

Male and female. Pale yellow, diaphanous: fore wing with a

broad purple-brown band from the costa, decreasing to middle of

hind margin, and lunular streaks on exterior margin; hind wing

paler, slightly suffused with purple-brown at the base. Body yel-

lowish-white ; legs purple-brown above.

Expanse +9 inch.

Darjiling (Atkinson). In coll. F. Moore.

Allied to N. margaritacea, Walk. ; but that species differs in

pats the fore wing crossed by four distinct irregular sinuous

bands.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate I.

. Paraona splendens, p. 8.

. Sidyma apicalis, n. sp., p. 9.

. Mahavira flavicollis 8, un. sp., p. 11,

. Hesudra divisa 3, n. sp., p. 12.

. Vamuna maculata 3, n. sp., p. 10.

Chryseglia ferrifasciata 3, un. sp., p. 13.

Gandhara serva, p. 15.

Tarika varana, p. 15.

. Brunia antica, p. 15.

10. Ghoria albocinerea, n. sp., p. 13.

11. Vamuna bipars 3, n. sp., p. 10.

12. Churinga rufifrons 3, n. sp., p. 10.

13. Collita parva, un. sp., p. 16.

14, Katha terminalis, n. sp., p. 17.

nigrifrons, n. sp. p. 17.

16. Stmareea basinota, p. 14.

Prate II.

. Chrysorabdia viridata 8, p. 19.

Capissa innotata g, p. 19.

pallens, n. sp., p. 19.

—— fasciata 3 n. sp., p. 20.

. Tegulata basistriga, n. sp., p. 22.

protuberans 2, n. sp., p. 28.

—

Fig.

CO OAD CrP OD tO

1878.] | MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA. 37

Fig. 7. Systropha auriflua, un. sp., p» 18.

8. Dolgoma brunnea, n. sp., p. 20.

9. Mithuna quadriplaga, n. sp., p- 21.

10. Cossa quadrisignata, n. sp., p. 21.

brunned, n. sp., p. 22.

12. Ranghana punctata, n. sp., p. 22.

13. Teulisna tenuisigna, n. sp., p. 24.

14. Macotasa biplagella 3, n. sp., p. 25.

15. Zadadra distorta 3, p. 25.

16. Prabhasa venosa gn. sp., p. 26.

flavicosta 2, n. sp., p. 26.

18. Gampola fasciata S$, n. sp., p. 27.

Prats III,

1. Lyclene rubricosa, n. sp., p 30.

2. —— radians, n. sp., p. 30.

3 prominens, n. sp., p. dl.

4 zebrina, n. sp., p. dl.

5. —— palmata, nv. sp., p. 31.

. — meterserta, n. sp., p. 32.

obsoleta, n. sp., p. 32.

assamicd, 0. sp., p. 30.

indistincta, n. sp., p. 30.

10. Aimene maculifascia, un. sp., p. 33.

11. —— sinuata, n. sp., p. 34.

12, Setinochroa aurantiaca, n, sp., p. 35.

13. Bizone bellissima 3, n.sp., p- 27.

coccinea S, un. sp., p. 28.

15. Barsine flammealis, n. sp., p. 28.

gloriosa, n. sp., p. 29.

17. —— inflexa, n. sp., p. 29.

18, —— flavivenosa, n. sp., p. 30.

2. On Birds collected in Costa Rica.

By Apotprue Bovcarp, C.M.Z.S.

[Received Nov. 15, 1877.]

(Plate IV.)

Costa Rica, the most southern of the five Republics known together

under the name of ‘‘ Central America,”’ is said to contain 150,000 in-

habitants, of which 100,000 live in the valleys of San José and Car-

tago. The remainder of the population is widely distributed in small

villages, some of them lying at great distances from each other.

Thence the difficulty of travelling in the interior of the country.

I arrived at Puntarenas, the Pacific port, on the 29th of Decem-

ber 1876, and remained in the country till the 30th May 1877—in

all, five months.

My head quarters were San José, the capital. It is situated in the

centre of a very fertile valley, about midway between the Atlantic

and the Pacific, at the altitude of 4100 feet. It is said to contain

15,000 inhabitants. My intention was to take a house; but the

rent, furniture, and servants were so dear that I stopped all the time

at the Hotel Victor, where I was recommended to go.

38 MR, A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA. [Jan. 15,

My hunting-ground during the first weeks was in the valley of

San José; but I was rather disappointed, birds being very scarce,

which was due chiefly to the poverty of the vegetation, all the soil

for many miles having been turned into coffee-plantations. The

only places for hunting were the roads from San José to the towns

and villages of Heredia, Alajuela, Tres Rios, Desamparados, &c.

On the trees and shrubs surrounding the coffee-plantations small

flocks of birds were flying about. These flocks consisted of the

following species—Pyrgisoma cabanisi, Zonotrichia pileata, Buarre-

mon chrysopogon, Saltator grandis, Catharus melpomene, Turdus

grayi, Cyclorhis flavipectus, Hlainea pagana, Myiarchus crinitus,

and several other species of ‘l'anagride, Fringillidz, and Tyrannide.

Among the Trochilide Pyrrhophena riefferi, Saucerottia sophie,

and Chlorolampis osberti were the only three species to be seen at

that time.

In the gardens and maize-fields several species of Spermophila were

found feeding on seeds.

In the barrancas (deep ravines occasioned by the large quantity of

water which falls in the rainy season) the vegetation was more

varied, and several species of Columbidee were met with. In all

parts of the valley you always find the same species.

At the end of January, I made an excursion to the valley of San

Carlos, in company with MM. Koschny and Meil de Fontenay, who

proved to be very good travelling companions. The valley of San

Carlos divides the Republic of Costa Rica from that of Nicaragua.

It lies on the Atlantic slope, and extends as far as the river San

Juan, which is the boundary of the two countries. It is quite a

tropical climate, and considered very unhealthy. The forests are of

the most magnificent description. There are scarcely any roads or

inhabitants, except four or five settlers who are trying to raise cattle,

and some few Nicaraguans who are engaged in extracting the juice

of the india-rubber tree (Siphonia elastica).

To reach San Carlos we had to pass Sarzero and Laguna, two

small villages lying at the summit of the Cordillera, near the volcano

of Poas. Thence we had to descend gradually about 5000 feet

through a very picturesque country.

We arrived the third day, at twelve, at the rancho where we

intended to stop. From this rancho you can reach Greytown by

water in little more than half a day. The return takes about six

days, as you have then to go against the current.

The animal life is prodigious; flocks of birds are, constantly

passing to and fro. Early inthe morning and at sunset large quan-

tities of Howling Monkeys (Mycetes palliatus) are heard all around.

They make a fearful noise; and one who has not heard them before

may well fancy that the forest is thronged with Jaguars. These

last-mentioned animals used to be very common; but now they are

rather scarce, having been much persecuted.

Large flocks of Ara macao, Chrysotis farinosa, Pionus senilis,

Conurus astec, and other species of Parrots are constantly passing in

all directions.

1878.] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA. 39

This excursion lasted a fortnight. During that time I made a

good collection of bird-skins, amongst them a female of the rare

Cotingine bird, Carpodectes nitidus, quite new to science ; also many

other good species, as Myrmotherula melena, Urospatha marti,

Prionirhynchus carinatus, Crypturus boucardi, &e.

All the time I had to work at a great disadvantage. On the trunk

of a tree I prepared my skins, with an empty box for a seat. Pigs

and ants were always ready to do mischief; and I lost several good

specimens of birds by pigs devouring them when they were drying

in the sun.

My other excursions were to Cartago, Aguas Calientes, Navarro,

Orozi, the Volcano of Irazu, Candelaria, Naranjo, &e.

Cartago is a town of about 10,000 inhabitants. It was formerly

the capital; but owing to the frequent earthquakes felt there, and

the great destruction of property occasioned by the same, the govern-

ment was transferred to San José. The town is built at the base of

the Volcano of Irazu, in a beautiful valley which varies from three

to six miles in width and is about ten in length.

Aguas Calientes is a very prosperous village, only two miles and

a half from Cartago. Although at such a short distance, it is much

rae, being well sheltered from the north wind, and about 250 feet

ower.

A few miles further, going north-east, are the small villages of

Navarro and Orozi, the localities for Phainoptila melanoxantha, Chlo-

rophonia callophrys, Geotrygon costaricensis, Tetragonops frantzii,

&c.; and if you still go further north, you reach Tucuriqui, the

locality where Arcé procured the type-specimen ( ¢ ) of Carpodectes

nitidus. All these localities are from 500 to 2500 feet lower than

Cartago, and the fauna is very rich.

Naranjo is the name of a very important hacienda, belonging to

to the Tenoco family. Lately a small village of the same name has

been formed by the workmen of the hacienda. It stands on the

road from San José to Limon (the Atlantic port).

This locality is very good for a naturalist, lying between the

voleanoes of Irazu and Turrialba. In a few hours you can change

your altitude from 1500 to 8000 feet or more if you choose; con-

sequently there is a great variety of species to be got. The forests

are luxuriant, due chiefly to the climate, which is very wet. It rains

nearly all the year round. I found there many of the same species

met with at San Carlos.

From (artago I made several excursions to the Volcano of Irazu.

Up to the altitude of 6000 feet you only see maize- and wheat-

plantations, occasionally some potreros (plains) where they fatten

cattle, until you reach a small village called Potrero cerrado, where

they cultivate potatoes extensively. A little further on begins the

forest, where a species of oak tree is very abundant. Then the

fauna changes entirely. You do not meet any more with the species

of birds found in the valley, but such others as Ptilogonys caudatus,

Setophaga aurantiaca and S. torquata, Parula gutturalis, Pezopetes

capitalis, &e. Further on, at the altitude of from 7000 to 8000 feet

40 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM CosTa RICA. [Jan. 15,

the forest is more dense, and the animal life is very abundant. This

is the chief locality for Pharomacrus cestaricensis, Panterpe in-

signis, Dorycha bryante, and Turdus nigrescens.

At the altitude of 8000 feet the forest ceases altogether, and you

walk on scorize and ashes sent from the voleano of Irazu a long time

ago. Many small trees and aromatic plants grow in the soil up to

the summit of the mountain.

This is the locality for Selasphorus flammula and S. scintilla, which

are seen sucking the flowers of mistletoes and heaths. Here also I

met with my new species Zonotrichia vulcani. I reached the summit

of the volcano, and slept there. On the other side, looking north-

west, is the crater, which I have thoroughly explored.

Rancho redondo is a farm situated on the western slope of the

Volcano of Irazu. It is also a good locality for Phainoptila melano-

xantha, Eugenes spectabilis, Chasmorhynchus tricarunculatus, and

other rare species.

Atenas is about thirty miles west from San José, on the road to

Puntarenas.

San Mateo is on the Pacific slope, at the foot of the Aguacate moun-

tain (rich in gold-mines), about thirty-eight miles from the port. The

climate is quite tropical. Some of the species found at San Carlos

are also met with here. It is also a rich locality for reptiles and

insects.

Barranca is only about half a mile from the sea, and ten miles

from Puntarenas. The village is built near the river of the same

name.

Puntarenas is the port. Its name is very appropriate, as it stands

on a sandy peninsula extending for about six miles. On one side is

the sea, on the other a river; sometimes the width of this isthmus

between the river and the sea is only fifty yards, and never more

than one mile. It is excessively hot and unhealthy for a new comer.

The vegetation is poor; but four miles from the town is a fine forest,

where animal life is plentiful.

Altogether Costa Rica has been well explored by MM. Warzewicz

Frantzius, Hoffmann, Ellendorf, Carmiol, father and son, Endrés,

Arcé, Zeledon, Cooper, and others.

Up to this day 520 species of birds (some doubtful) are recorded

as having been collected in that country ; and I feel well satisfied

when I think that in a country so well worked up I have been able

to obtain several new species and some great rarities—such as both

sexes of Phainoptila melanoxantha, a new genus and new species just

described by Mr. Osbert Salvin, Carpodectes nitidus ( 9 ), Catharus

Srantzii, Catharus gracilirostris, Turdus nigrescens, Turdus obso-

letus, Parula gutturalis, Pezopetes capitalis, Melozone leucotis,

Eugenes spectabilis, Selasphorus scintilla, Selasphorus flammula,

Oreopyra hemileuca, Oreopyra cinereicauda, Panterpe insignis,

Conurus hoffmanni, Geotrygon costaricensis, Dendrortyx leucophrys,

Crypturus boucardi, &e. &e.

The total number of species which I collected is about 250; but

I worked very hard to obtain this result, and until the time of my

1878.] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA. 4]

departure I did not lose a single day, and often I had no repose

from morning till night. I could easily have obtained a larger

number of specimens; but I did not collect very well-known and

common birds which were already well represented in my collection.

I consider Costa Rica one of the worst places for making col-

lections, in consequence of the difficulty of transport, the bad

roads, and the great expense which these deficiencies occasion.

You must carry every thing with you, live and sleep as you can and

where you can, sometimes in the most miserable huts, sometimes in

the forest.

At first I was not able to find help at any price. A few hunters,

willing to work for me at high pay, made such bad skins that I

was obliged to dismiss them.

Others to whom I offered good prices for birds in the flesh never

came again after I gave them powder and shot. At last, a little

before my departure, I met with two good hunters, whom I

employed a few days, and did very well with them; but it was

rather too late, the time of my departure having arrived, and the

best season for birds being over.

The classification which I have followed in the following list is

that of my ‘ Catalogus Avium.’

Ordo Crypruri.

Family TrnamMipz.

1. NorHocEeRcus BONAPARTI, Gray.

Tinamus frantzii, Lawr.

Native name “Gallina del monte.’’ Only one specimen procured,

in May 1877, at Rio Navarro, at the base of the Candelaria Moun-

tains, twelve miles from San José.

This seems to bea rare species ; the typical specimen of 7’. frantzi,

Lawr., was collected at Cervantes by J. Zeledon. Cervantes is not

far from Rio Navarro.

Like all Tinamide, it is found in the dense parts of the forest,

where it feeds on insects and seeds. They can be easily detected by

the noise they make when scratching the ground in search of food.

They go in pairs, repeatedly calling one another. When fearing

danger they run with much rapidity.

2. CrYPTURUS BOUCARDI, Scl.

The type of this species was from Mexico, and not from Guate-

mala as stated in Gray’s ‘ Hand-list of Birds.’ As well as I can

remember, the first specimen (the type of this species) was obtained

by me at Playa Vicente, a small village up the river Papaloapam,

the mouth of which is at Alvarado, on the Atlantic, between Vera

Cruz and Minatitlan.

As far as I know, all specimens of this bird have been obtained

in the tropical forests a few hundred feet above the sea-level ; but

it is an interesting fact that this species has been obtained also in

Guatemala and Costa Rica.

42 MR, A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM CosTA RICA. [Jan. 15,

Only one specimen ( ) collected, at San Carlos, where it was

rather abundant in February. They are rather easy to detect, in

consequence of a plaintive cry which they repeat frequently, as if

calling one another.

The flesh is white and delicious to eat.

I have also one specimen, obtained at San Carlos, which is much

darker than C. bowcardi. It has not any of the black and yellow

spots, either on the back or on the secondaries and tertiaries, which

are so conspicuous in the former. Instead of that the secondaries

are nearly black, bordered with rufous grey, the tertiaries are rufous

grey, the back is rather dark rufous, darker on the rump, the

upper tail-coverts are rufous, with an indication of yellow and black

spots, as in C. boucardi. On the underside the abdomen is nearly

of the same grey colour as the breast, slightly rufous on each side.

Ordo GaLuInz.

Family Cracip2.

3. PENELOPE PURPURASCENS, Wagl.

Native name “ Faisan.”’

Hab. Volcan de Irazu.

Rather common in the forests on the slopes of the volcano. It is

also found in San Carlos, showing that it lives indifferently in low or

high altitudes.

4. CHAMZPETES UNICOLOR, Saly.

Hab. Volcan de Irazu.

They are in great demand for food in San José, where they sell at

from four to eight shillings.

Subfamily Cracinz.

5. Crax GLOBICERA, L.

Native name “ Pavo.”’

Hab. San Carlos, Volcan de Irazu, Naranjo.

Rather common.

Subfamily OpontTorHoRIN&.

6. OponrorHORus GuTTATUS, Gould.

Native name ‘‘ Perdiz.’’

Hab. Curridabat, near San José.

Two specimens, one male and one female, killed in March.

7. DENDRORTYX LEUCOPHRYs, Gould.

One specimen, from the Volcano of Irazu, May. Killed at the

altitude of 7000 feet. It was scratching the ground in search of

food.

8. Ortyx LEYLANDI, Moore.

Valley of San José. Common in the coffee-plantations during the

1878. | MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA. 43

rainy season, from May to December, rare in the other months ; then

it disappears completely from the valley. They are also met with

in small flocks in the plains. They run very: fast.

Ordo CorumBz.

Family CoLUMBID4.

Subfamily CoLuMBIN2.

9. CoLUMBA ALBILINEATA, Gray.

Several specimens from the Volcano of Irazu, May. Is found in

flocks of ten or twelve, feeding on seeds. I have seen them coming

from all directions to drink at a spring of mineral water near Desam-

parados.

10. CotumBA sUBVINACEA, Lawr.

Only one specimen, from Candelaria, May. Very rare.

11. ZENAIDURA CAROLINENSIS, L.

Several specimens, from San José, January to May.

Subfamily Gourin#.

12. CHAM#PELIA PASSERINA, L.

Common near San José, January to May.

13. CHAMHPELIA RUFIPENNIS, Gray.

Very abundant at Puntarenas in May.

14, Leproprita vERREAUXI, Bp.

Several specimens from San José, January to March.

15. Leproprtiua cassini, Lawr.

Only one specimen, from San Carlos, February. Inhabits the

forest. I also found two eggs of this species on a small tree. They

are uniform white. The male was sitting on the eggs.

16. GEOTRYGON MONTANA.

San Carlos, February.

17. GEOTRYGON COSTARICENSIS, Lawr.

Several specimens killed on the mountain of Candelaria, at the

altitude of from 3000 to 4000 feet.

Feeds on seeds, and very likely also on insects. The crop of one

of the specimens dissected, and which I have here, is full of small

seeds. I have always seen them on the ground, going singly. The

sexes are exactly alike.

18. GEOTRYGON CHIRIQUENSIS, Sclat.

Geotrygon ceruleiceps, Lawr.

Native name ‘“‘ Paloma del Monte.”

Volcano of Irazu and Candelaria.

This is a scarce species in Costa Rica, Like the former, it has the

44 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM Costa RICA. [Jan. 15,

same habits as the Tinamidz and Odontophorinee of going about on

the ground. I have never seen it perched.

Ordo LimicoLz.

Family CHARADRIIDA.

19. Oxyecuus vocireRvus, L.

Valley of San José.

Excessively common in the plains, where they are seen constantly

running about searching for food, and even catching grasshoppers

and small insects on the wing. When surprised they run very fast,

at the same time erying, as if to advise one another of some danger.

Family ScoLoracip2.

20. TRINGOIDES MACULARIUS, L.

Several specimens shot in the valley of San José. They are found

along the streams, flying from one stone to another, or searching for

food close to the water. When surprised they take to flight, emitting

a sharp cry, similar to pit, pit, pit.

Ordo HERODIONES.

Family PLATALEID.

21. PuaTauea agasa, L.

One specimen near San Jos¢, April.

Ordo ANSERES.

Subfamily ANATINA.

22. DENDROCYGNA AUTUMNALIs, L.

Native name “ Pato.”

Common at the laguna of Cartago, where the division of the waters

takes place, either for the Atlantic or the Pacific. ,

Ordo AccIPITREs.

Family FaLconrip2&.

23. MICRASTUR SEMITORQUATUS, Vieill.

One specimen, killed in the forests of Candelaria Mountains, May.

24. Burro LaAtissimus, Wils.

Buteo pennsylvanicus, Wils.

One specimen, killed at San José in January.

25. URUBITINGA GHIESBREGHTI, Du Bus.

One specimen, from Naranjo, April. Rare.

26. TuHrasatrus HARPYIA, L.

Native name “ Aguila.”

I have seen one specimen alive in San José. It was caught in the

1878.] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA. 45

Candelaria Mountains. It was kept in a large cage, and seems quite

at home. When you approach it, it erects its crest, and presents

then a very imposing sight.

27. ELANOIDES FURCATUS, L.

One specimen from Naranjo. I saw several in a place cleared for

sowing. They sat motionless for hours at the top of the highest

trees, probably watching for their prey.

28. Lepropon uNncINATUS, Temm.

Native name “ Gavilan.”

One specimen, from Naranjo, April. This bird has a strong cry,

which sounds like ova, ova, oua, repeated several times in succession.

It resembles very much the cry of the Peacock when asking for rain

(as vulgarly said). It is so loud that you can hear it at a long

distance. The capture of my specimen was due toit. It was perched

on the top of a high tree in the forest ; and if it had not been for its

ery, I donot think I should have detected it. Several of these birds

were at about half a mile one from the other, and crying in succes-

sion ; and it occurs to me that each one takes possession of a certain

part of the forest and admits of no intruder.

29. CERCHNEIS SPARVERIUS, L.

Common in all altitudes, January to May.

Family VuLtruripz.

30. CATHARTES PAPA, L.

Native name “ Rey de los Zopilotes.”’

Seen at San Mateo in May.

31. CATHARISTES ATRATUS, Barth.

Native name “ Zopilote.”

Common everywhere all the year round.

32. Ginops aura, L.

Native name ‘‘ Zopilote de cabeza colorada.”

San José, January to May.

Ordo SrricsEs.

Family BuBonipz.

33. Scops BRASILIANUs, Gm.

Native name ‘‘ Lechuza.”

One specimen from San José. It was perched on a small tree in

company with two adult specimens. I killed the young and the

female with the same shot.

34. LopHosTRIX STRICKLANDI, Sclat. & Saly.

San Carlos, February.

46 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM Costa RICA. [Jan. 15,

Ordo Psrrract.

Subfamily Arainz.

35. Ara Macao, L.

Native name ‘ Guacamaya.”

Common at San Carlos. Every morning they fly about in large

flocks. In the daytime you can see them in the forest eating fruit ;

they are easily detected by the noise they make, and by the rejected

pieces of fruit constantly falling down from the trees on which they

are perched.

36. ARA mitiITARIs, L.

San Carlos, Sarzero, February.

37. ConURUS HOFFMANNI, Cab.

Native name “‘ Perico.””

Several specimens killed at the foot of the Candelaria Mountains.

I have also seen small flocks at Aguas Calientes, near Cartago. When

flying they appear excessively beautiful: this is due principally to

the conspicuous colour of their wings.

38. Conurus astec, Souancé.

Native name “ Perico.”’

One specimen killed at San Carlos, amongst a large flock eating

fruit and seeds in the forest, February.

39. BroroGerys Tovi, Gm.

Native name “ Periquito.”

Common at San Carlos, February.

40. Pronus sENILI1s, Spix.

Native name ‘‘ Cotora.”’

Common at San Carlos in February. Found in company with

Conurus astec.

41. Curysotis rartnosa, Bodd.

Chrysotis pulverulenta, Gro.

Native name “ Loro.”

Common at San Carlos in February.

Ordo Coccyees.

Subordo ZyGopacTyLa.

Family RampHastip@.

42. RAMPHASTOS TOCARD.

Native name “ Pico de canoa.”’

Common at San Carlos in February.

43. PrEROGLOSSUS TORQUATUS, Gm.

Common at San Carlos in February.

1878.] | MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA. 47

44, PreroGLossus FRANTZII, Cab.

Common at San Carlos in February.

45. SeELENIDERA SPECTABILIs, Cass.

Naranjo, April.

46. AULACORAMPHUS C@RULEOGULARIS, Gould.

Naranjo, April.

All these species are found in the forests in small flocks of from

ten to fifteen. They live chiefly on fruit.

Family Carironip2&.

Subfamily Carrronin&.

47. TETRAGONOPS FRANTZII, Sclat.

Several specimens from Navarro, May. Found in the forests near

the streams.

48. Capito BourcieERt, Lafr.

Two specimens, from Orozi and Navarro.

Family Bucconip2.

49. Mawtacorpriua PANAMENSISs, Lafr.

Two specimens, male and female, killed at San Carlos in February.

Always seen in the forests.

Family GaALBULIDX.

50. GALBULA MELANOGENIA, Sclat.

Common at San Carlos in February.

Family Cucu.ip.

Subfamily CroropHAGIN.

51. CRoTOPHAGA SULCIROSTRIS, Sw.

Very common in the valley of San José on the edges of the coffee-

plantations. They go in flocks of from ten to fifteen, flying from one

bush to another. They do not notice the presence of man, and are

commonly called “‘Garapatero”’ (eater of Garapatas, a common para-

site which lives principally on cattle, and also on men). They are

often seen on the back of animals, eating the insects which infest

them. The cattle seem to enjoy very much the close company of

this auxiliary, which does such good service for them. I have one

egg of this species, which is of the size of a Pigeon’s, all white.

Subfamily Coccyzinz.

52. Coccyzus minor, Gm.

One specimen, from Puntarenas, May. This is the first time that

this species is recorded from Costa Rica.

48 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM Costa RICA. [Jan. 15,

53. PiayA MEHLERI, Bp.

Several specimens from San José. It is called commonly “ Bobo

de pecho aplomado.” ‘The expression “ Bobo” means imbecile,

because it is very tame, and you can shoot it very easily. I have

always seen them on the edges of the coffee-plantations.

54. Morococcyx eryTHropyGus, Less.

One specimen, from Atenas, May. It was on the side of the road,

where I observed it for several minutes before I killed it. It

jumped from one stone to another, then came down and scratched

the ground for insects, then perched on a low branch, and so on,

without taking any notice of me, although I was only a few yards

distant.

Subordo HETERODACTYL.

Family TROGONID2.

55. PHAROMACRUS MOCINNO, Lave, var. costaricensis, Gould.

Native name “ Quetzal.”

A large number of specimens, from the Volcano of Irazu, Navarro,

Candelaria, Naranjo, in fact from all the mountains around San

José and Cartago. Very difficult to get. It is only by imitating

the cry of the female that the men of the country can get a shot

at the males. They keep in the denser parts of the forest, chiefly

in the places called “‘barrancas”’ (deep ravines, very difficult of

access). They feed on seeds and fruit. In May (the season of

acorns) they are found in small flocks of ten to twelve on the robble

trees, and can then be easily killed. During the breeding-season

they go in pairs, male and female, constantly calling one another.

For further details on the habits of this bird, see part xi. of ‘Or-

nithological Miscellany’ ’.

56. TrRoGon MASSENA, Gould.

San Carlos, February. I have always seen these birds in the

forests. They perch high, and remain a long time stationary.

57. TrRoGon PUELLA, Gould.

Several specimens killed at Navarro and in the Candelaria Moun-

tains in May.

Subordo ANISODACTYL2.

Subfamily ALCEDININ &.

58. CmerYLE CABANIsI, Tsch.

Native name “ Martin pescador.”’

Common everywhere, January to May.

Family Momorip.

59. Momorus LEssonlI, Less.

Four specimens, from San José, January, March. It is vulgarly

? T have sent a full account of my observations on this species to Mr. G. D.

Rowley, which he has published in his interesting work.

1878. | MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA. 49

called ‘ Bobo,”’ because it is quite tame and easy to kill. I saw

these birds chiefly in the coffee-plantations near the streams. Its

cry has rather a hollow sound, sometimes like the word ‘‘mou mot,”

or “mot mot,” from which the name of the genus is derived.

60. UrospaTHa MARTH, Spix.

Several specimens from San Carlos, killed in February. Always

seen in the forest, where they make a fearful noise calling one

another. Its note has some resemblance to the cry of the former

species, but is much stronger and more hollow. They are easily

killed at first, but they are wilder after a few shots. I have met

with them in small flocks.

61. PrRioNIRHYNCHUS CARINATUS, Du Bus.

One specimen, a female, collected at San Carlos, February. Rare.

Goes by pairs in the forest. This is the first time that this species

has been found so far south.

62. EUMOMOTA SUPERCILIARIS, Sw.

One specimen, from Barranca, near Puntarenas, May. Like Mo-

motus lessoni and other Momotide, it will remain for a long time

perched on the same branch, and the only sign of its being alive is

the frequent movement of its tail.

Ordo Prct.

Family Picrpx.

63. Dycriopicus JARDINEI, Malh.

Native name ‘‘ Carpintero.”

Two specimens from the Volcano of Irazu and from Navarro, Jan-

uary and May 1877.

64. CenTURUS HOFFMANNI, Cab.

Two specimens, from San José, January, and Cartago, ‘April;

killed in the coffee-plantations. Also one specimen from Puntarenas

which I cannot possibly separate from this species, although it is a

much smaller bird.

65. CenTURUS PUCHERANTI, Malh.

Two specimens, one from San Carlos, February, the other from

Naranjo, April.

66. MELANERPES FORMICIVORUS, Sw.

Several specimens from the Volcano of Irazu, May 1877. I have

seen some also at Naranjo.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1878, No. IV. 4

50 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM CosTA RICA. [dan. 15,

Ordo PassEerREs.

Subordo Oscrnegs.

OSCINES DENTIROSTRES.

Family Turpvip&.

67. Turpus Gray, Bp.

Native name “ Giguira.”’

Several specimens from San José, where they are found in large quan-

tities during the fruit-season. They are particularly fond of a small

fruit called in the country ‘“‘cereza.” My specimens differ widely

from the ordinary form of T. grayi in their general coloration :

instead of being rufous, they are ashy grey with a rufous reflection,

but so different in coloration that it is impossible to mistake one for

the other; the sides of the abdomen are of the same colour as the

underside plumage, whereas in T. grayi they are rufous, nearly red.

I have two eggs of this bird, found in one nest built in the

centre of an aloe growing on the road. They are green, with rufous

spots.

68. Turpus PLEBEIUS, Cab.

One specimen, from Navarro, April.

69. TuRDUS NIGRESCENS, Cab.

Several specimens from the Volcano of. Irazu.

I never saw this species anywhere else. They are found in small

flocks in the oak-tree region, at the altitude of from 6000 to 10000

feet. I found a nest containing two eggs. They are of a pale

uniform green.

70. TuRDUS LEUCAUCHEN.

Only one specimen, from Orozi, May.

71. Turpvus oBsoLetus, Lawr.

Only one, female specimen, from Naranjo, April. This species

seems to be rare. It lives in the forest.

72. CATHARUS MELPOMENE, Cab.

Native name “ Paxaro ingles” (English bird) ; I could not learn

why.

Many specimens, from San José and Cartago, where they are found

on the edges of the coffee-plantations. They are often seen on the

ground searching for insects. They sing beautifully.

73. CATHARUS FRANTZI, Cab.

Two specimens from Navarro, May. Very rare.

74. CATHARUS GRACILIROSTRIS, Salyv.

Two specimens from the Voleano of Irazu, April. Very rare.

1878.] | MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA. 51

Family Syiviip#.

75. MyItADESTES MELANOPS, Salv.

Several specimens, from Navarro, May 1877. Always found in

the forest, where they are easily detected in consequence of their

beautiful and clear song. It is short; but nothing could be more

perfect in tone. Occasionally they are brought alive for sale to

San José; but they are not easily domesticated.

Family TROGLODYTID£.

76. TROGLODYTES INTERMEDIUS, Cab.

Troglodytes hypaédon, Sclat.

Many specimens, from San José, Cartago, and Naranjo. It is

vulgarly called ‘¢ Salta pared,” which means “ jump-the-wall.” They

are common in the gardens from January to May.

77. THRYOPHILUS MODEsTUS, Cab.

Many specimens, from San José, Cartago, and San Mateo. _I have

always found them on the edges of the coffee-plantations. January

to May.

“78. THRYOPHILUS CASTANEUS, Lawr.

Several specimens, from San Carlos ; killed in February. Found in

. the forests near the habitations.

“79. THrRYOPHILUS PLEUROSTICTUS, Sclat.

Two specimens, from Puntarenas, May. Killed in the forest close

to the sea.

80. THRYOPHILUS THORACICUS, Salv.

One single specimen, from San Carlos, February. Rare.

81. CAMPYLORHYNCBUS ZONATUS, Less.

Only one specimen, killed at San Mateo in May. They go in

small flocks, making a great noise as they fly from one tree to another

in the open spaces in the forest.

82. HeniIcorHINA LEUCOSTICTA, Cab.

Several specimens, from San Carlos and Orozi. Always found in

the forest on the ground.

83. HeNnIcORHINA LEUCOPHRYS, Tsch.

Only one specimen, from Navarro, May.

Family Mnrori,tip2.

84. S1uRUS NOVEBORACENSIS, Gm.

One specimen, from San José, March.

85. Srurus aurocaPILuus, L.

Two specimens, from San José, January and March.

| 4*

52 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM Costa RICA. [Jan. 15,

86. Mniotiuta vaArtA, L.

San Carlos, February.

87. ParuLA GUTTURALIS, Cab.

Several specimens, from the Volcano of Irazu, April and May.

Killed on the oak trees at an altitude of 6000 feet.

88. HELMINTHOPHAGA PEREGRINA, Wils.

Several specimens, from San José, January, March.

89. DeNDRG@CA BLACKBURNIA, Gm.

One specimen, from Naranjo, April.

90. DENDR@CA PENSYLVANICA, L.

San Carlos, February.

91. DeENpDR@CcA &sTIVA, Gm.

Several specimens, from San José, January, March.

92. DENDRECA VIEILLOTI, Cassin.

One single specimen, from Puntarenas, killed in May on the

mangrove trees, in close proximity to the river.

93. GroTHLYPIs TRICHAS, L.

Several specimens, from San José and Cartago, January to May.

94, GroTHLYPIS POLIOCEPHALA, Baird, var. caninucha, Ridgw.

Only two specimens, from San José, killed in January and

February.

95. Myoptocres pusiLuus, Wils.

Several specimens, killed at San José in January.

96. BASILEUTERUS MESOCHRYSUS, Sclat.

Many specimens, from San José and Cartago, January to May.

97. BASILEUTERUS CULICIvORUS, Licht.

San José, January to May.

98. BASILEUTERUS UROPYGIALIs, Sclat.

Only one specimen, from San Carlos, killed in February. Itis a

very rare species, living along the streams in the forest. It never

rests, but is constantly going up or down the river from one place to

another, sitting on stones or scratching the ground. I saw several

specimens in the same place, but could only get one, as it is a very

wild bird.

99. SETOPHAGA RUTICILLA, L.

Several specimens, from San José and Cartago, January and April.

1878. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA. 53

100. SrropHAGA AURANTIACA, Baird.

Several specimens from Cartago and Naranjo. ‘This species in-

habits the forests; in the middle of the day they go along the

streams, flying from one tree to another, feeding on insects. I have

always seen them going in pairs.

101. SerorpHaGa ToRQUATA, Baird.

Several specimens of this rare species, all of them killed in the

forest on the Volcano of Irazu. Always seen in pairs. The female

differs very little from the male.

Family VirEONID.

102. VrrEOSYLVIA FLAVOVIRIDIS, Cass.

One specimen, from San José, April.

103. VrrEOsYLVIA OLIVACEA, Linn.

San José, January to May.

104. VirrOSYLVIA PHILADELPHICA, Cass.

Several specimens, from San José, January.

105. VirEOSYLVIA FLAVIFRONS, Vieill.

Several specimens, from San José, January, March.

106. VIREOSYLVIA JOSEPH, Sclat,

Only one specimen, from Naranjo, April.

107. HyLorpuitus pEcurtatus, Bp,

One specimen, from San José, May.

108. CycLoRHIS FLAVIPECTUS, Sclat.

Cyclorhis subjiavescens, Cab.

Several specimens, from San José, February, March, and April.

Family AMPELIDA.

109. PriLoGonys caupatus, Cab.

Several specimens, killed in the forest of oak trees on the Volcano

of Irazu ; also some specimens from Navarro, May.

110. PHAINOPTILA MELANOXANTHA, Saly.

Several specimens of both sexes, from Navarro and Rancho Re-

dondo, January to May. Fouud in pairs along the streams—not in

the region of the oak trees, as suggested by Mr. G. Dawson Rowley,

but much lower down, at an altitude of about 4000 feet, and in

semitropical forests. The two sexes of this rare species have been

beautifully figured, from specimens obtained by me, in the ‘Orni-

thological Miscellany,’ part x.

54 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM CosTA RICA. [Jan. 15,

OscINES TENUIROSTRES.

Family CareBip2.

111. DigiuossA PLUMBEA, Cab.

Several specimens, from Cartago, Navarro, Naranjo, Voleano of

Trazu, and La Laguna; all of them killed at the altitude of from

4000 to 8000 feet.

112. Dacnis vENusTA, Lawr.

Several specimens, from Candelaria, May.

113. CHLoROpPHANES sPrIza, var. guatemalensis, Sclat.

One specimen, from Naranjo, April.

OscINES CONIROSTRES.

Family TanaGrip&.

114. CHLoroPpHoniA CALLOPHRYs, Cab.

Several specimens of this fine species, from Navarro and Canda-

laria, May.

115. EUPHONIA ELEGANTISSIMA, Bp.

Several specimens, from San José. Found on the road feeding on

the fruit of the mistletoe. These birds sing beautifully, and are

easily domesticated.

116. EvpHonia CRASSIROSTRIS, Sclat.

Only one specimen, from Cartago, April.

117. Evpnon1a Gou.nt, Sclat.

Two specimens, male and female, from San Carlos, February.

118. CALLISTE ICTEROCEPHALA, Bp.

Calliste frantzii, Cab.

Two specimens, from Naranjo and Orozi, June, May. Rather

abundant on the edges of the forests where clearings have been

opened.

119. CaLuisTeE GyroLorpes, Lafr.

Navarro, May.

120. Cauuisre LARVATA, Du Bus.

Calliste francisce, Latr.

Several specimens, from Naranjo, Orozi, and San Carlos.

121. CaLuisrE bowl, Salv.

Several specimens, from Navarro, May. Rare.

122. TANAGRA CANA, Sw.

Tanagra diaconus, Less.

Several specimens, from San José, January. Rather common on

the trees bordering the coffee-plantations.

1878. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA. 55

123. TANAGRA PALMARUM, Max.

Tanagra melanoptera, Hartl.

Common at Naranjo, April; San José, March to May.

124. RAMPHOCELUS PASSERINI, Bp.

San Carlos, February ; Naranjo, April. Found commonly in the

“rastrojos”’ (abandoned plantations near the habitations). Always

seen in pairs; but several pairs are often met with near one another

in the same locality.

125. PHLOGOTHRAUPIS SANGUINOLENTA, Less.

Orozi, May. I have seen them in pairs, like the above species ;

but sometimes five or six may be seen eating fruits or seeds on the

same tree.

126. Pyranca ruBRA, L.

San José, April.

127. PyRANGA ERYTHROMELENA, Licht.

Naranjo, April ; Candelaria, May. In the forest.

128. PyraNGA BIDENTATA, Sw.

Several specimens, from the forests of Navarro and Volcano of

Trazu, May.

129. PH@NICOTHRAUPIS FUSCICAUDA, Cab.

Two specimens, male and female, from San Carlos, February.

Found in the forest, perching on branches near the ground. Feeds

on insects.

130. TacuypuHonvus Luctuosvus, Lafr. & D’Orb.

San Carlos, February. Feeding on insects in the forest.

13]. TACHYPHONUS DELATTRII, Lafr.

San Mateo, May. I have always found these birds in company

with the above species, and many others, where large quantities

of migratory ants were travelling. They went in the same direction

as the ants; and now and then I saw them hopping to the ground,

and perching on low branches. Doubtless they were feeding on

these ants.

132. CHLOROSPINGUS ALBITEMPORALIS, Lafr.

Several specimens collected at La Laguna, Naranjo, and Navarro,

February, April, and May. This species seems to be widely dis-

tributed. I have seen them in the forest, chiefly at places where

openings had been made for sowing-purposes.

133. BuARREMON CAPITALIS, Cab.

Pezopetes capitalis, Cab.

Several specimens from the Volcano of Irazu, April and May. The

two sexes are exactly alike. They go in pairs; but several pairs

56 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM CosTA RIcA. [Jan. 15,

may be seen at a short distance from one another. They perch on

the lower branches in the forest, but are most of their time busy

scratching the ground in search of insects. They make such a noise

in doing so, that at first I thought they were Odontophori or Tv-

nami. The sexes are constantly calling each other; and as soon as

you see one appearing, the other follows shortly after. They run

fast. I have never seen this bird anywhere else.

134. BUARREMON BRUNNEINUCHUS, Lafr.

Several specimens from Cartago, Navarro, and Rancho Redondo,

April, May. Rather a rare species in Costa Rica ; all my specimens

were obtained on the edges of abandoned plantations at the altitude

of 4500 feet.

135. BUARREMON CHRYSOPOGON, Bp.

Many specimens, from San José and Cartago.

136. BuarREMON TIBIALIs, Lawr.

Several specimens, from Navarro and the Volcano of Irazu, May.

Rather scarce ; found in the forest, principally along the streams.

137. ARREMON AURANTIIROSTRIS, Lafr.

Arremon rufidorsalis, Cass.

One specimen, from San Carlos, February.

138. SALTATOR MAGNOIDES, Lafr.

Several specimens, from San José and Cartago. Common in March

and April.

139. SatTaToR GRANDIS, Lafr.

Several specimens, from San José. Common in March, April, and

May.

Family FRINGILLIDE.

140. CuHRYSOMITRIS BRYANTII, Cass.

One male specimen, from the Volcano of Irazu, May. Rare.

Subfamily PasseRELLINAE.

141. EMBERNAGRA STRIATICEPS, Lafr.

One specimen, from San Carlos, February. Killed close to the

rancho. I have also seen this species at Puntarenas.

142. Pyreisoma CABANISI, Sclat. & Saly.

Many specimens, from San José and Cartago, January to May.

Killed on a sort of hawthorn edging the coffee-plantations.

143. PyrGisoMa LEUCOTE, Cab.

Melozone leucotis, Cab.

Several specimens, from San José, February, and Cartago, April.

Very rare.

1878.] | MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA. 57

144, ZonorRicHIA VULCANI, sp.n. (Plate IV.)

Supra cinereo-olivacea, pileo, dorso alis et cauda pallide nigris,

plumarum marginibus olivascentibus, secundariorum dorso proxi-

morum marginibus externis rufis ; subtus plumbescenti-cinerea

unicolor, rostro et pedibus pallide flavis.

Forehead olivaceous grey, with the central extremity of each fea-

ther nearly black ; back and wing-coverts of the same colour, but

the black is darker and very conspicuous in each feather ; tail-coverts

olivaceous ; upper surface of the tail almost black, with olivaceous

fringes ; underside uniform plumbeous grey, slightly darker on the

breast and sides of the abdomen ; under tail-coverts olivaceous grey ;

underside of the wings and tail about the same grey as the abdomen,

with silky reflections; primaries and tertiaries black, with olivaceous

fringes ; secondaries with the fringes wider and rufous in the upper

part ; the upper mandible of the beak nearly red, then black, with

white tip; under mandible fleshy yellow ; toes of the same colour.

Full length 62 inches, wing 34, tail 3.

There is no difference whatever between the male and female,

except that the latter is a trifle smaller.

The young is very much like young of Junco, Peucea or Melo-

spiza; the upperside and underside are olivaceous grey, with the

centre of each feather black ; the fringes of the upper wing-coverts

are wider than in the adult specimens and more rufous.

Several specimens, from the Volcano of Irazu, obtained at the alti-

tude of 10,000 feet.

145. Zonorricu1A PILEATA, Bodd.

Many specimens, from San José, Cartago, Sarzero, and Volcano of

Trazu. Vulgarly called “Come-maiz” (Eat-maize), because they are

very injurious to the maize-plantation crops. It is met every where,

even in the gardens, and takes the place in America of the Passer

domesticus in Europe. I have seen them at nearly all altitudes.

The eggs of this bird are green, with rufous spots all over at the

broader end.

Subfamily Cyanospizinz.

146. VoLATINIA JACARINA, L.

San José, March.

147. Cyanospiza ciris, L.

One specimen from Tres Rios, January. Obtained in a curious

way. Having shot what I thought to be Cyanospiza cyanea, I could

not find my bird where I thought I saw it fall, but during my search

I found this specimen of Cyanospiza ciris, quite dead. It was so

thin that it had evidently died from cold and hunger ; and I attribute

to this fact the body not being decomposed, as I have no doubt that

it had been dead for some time. I took great care in skinning the

bird; and I had the satisfaction to make a fine skin of it, which

is now exhibited.

58 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM costa RICA. [Jan. 15,

148. Cyanospiza CYANEA, L.

San José, March.

149. PHONIPARA PUSILLA, Sw.

Several specimens, from San Jos¢, January and February. Found

in the rastrojos.

Subfamily SPERMOPHILIN.

150. HepyMELES LupoyicrANa, L.

One specimen, from San José, January.

151. PuHeructicus TIBIALIs, Baird.

Several specimens, from Navarro and the Volcano of Irazu, May.

152. SPERMOPHILA MORELETI, Pucher.

Several specimens, from San José, March and April. Very com-

mon in the maize-plantations in the time of the harvest.

153. SPERMOPHILA CORVINA, Sclat.

Two specimens, male and female, from San Carlos, February.

154. SpeRMOPHILA AURITA, Bp.

Spermophila semicollaris, Lawr.

One specimen, male, from San Mateo.

Subfamily EMBERIZIN&.

155. Evspiza AMERICANA, Gm.

Several specimens, from San José and Potrero cerrado (Volcano of

Irazu). Excessively common in March, flying about on the roads

in large flocks. It is then very fat, and delicious eating.

OscINES CULTRIROSTRES.

Family IcrERID&.

156. OcyaLus wAGLeRI, Gray and Mitch.

Orozi, May. I have also seen many specimens at San Carlos and

Naranjo.

157. Ostrnorps MONTEZUMA, Less.

Very common at San Carlos and Naranjo, February. The sight

of their nests hanging close together at the extremity of the branches

on the treesis very peculiar. They select the highest trees left where

the forest has been cleared ; so that they cannot escape detection. I

have seen as many as thirty nests in one single tree. They make a

fearful noise when they come and go out of their nests.

158. Casstcus pREvosTI, Less.

One specimen, from San José, March. Killed on the bushes

forming the edges of coffee-plantations. I have seen many other

specimens.

1878. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA. 59

159. IcrERUS BALTIMORE, L.

Several specimens, from San José, March and April. Called vul-

garly ‘‘ Cacique de Naranjo” (Cacicus of orange-trees) ; because they

are very fond of this fruit.

160. IcTERUS PROSTHEMELAS, Strickl.

One specimen, from Naranjo, April.

161. MoLorurus zNevs, Wagl.

Very common at San José, February to May. They go about in

large flocks, and are often seen in the gardens of the town, as well

as on the pavement in the streets.

162. SruRNELLA LUDOVICIANA, L.

Very common in the “ potreros”’ (plains), principally at Cartago,

April and May.

Family Corvip.

163. Psttoruinus morio, Licht.

Several specimens, from San José. Very common in the coffee-

plantations. Called vulgarly “Pepe;” because their cry is an imi-

tation of that Spanish word, in English “papa.” As soon as they

perceive any body, man or beast, moving about they fly, making a

fearful noise with their cries of pa, pa, pa. You can depend upon

it that when you hear these birds crying some one is near at hand.

Subordo TRACHEOPHONZ.

Family DENDROCOLAPTIDE.

164. SyNALLAXIS ERYTHROPS, Sclat.

Two specimens, from the Volcano of Irazu, March, and Navarro,

May. In the forest.

165. SynaLLaxis Pupica, Sclat.

Synallaxis nigrifumosa, Lawr.

One specimen, from Naranjo, April; killed on the edge of the

sugar plantations.

166. PsEUDOCOLAPTES BOISSONEAUTI, Lafr. (?).

One specimen from Navarro, May. It differs from the other

specimens which I have of P. doissoneauti in the sides of the throat

being yellow instead of pure white; however, for the present, I do

not consider this difference sufficient to make another species of it.

Subfamily Poityporinz,

167. PHILyDOR RUFO-BRUNNEUS, Lawr.

One specimen, from Navarro, May.

168. ANABAZENOPS VARIEGATICEPS, Sclat.

Several specimens, from Candelaria, April, May.

60 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM CosTA RICA. [Jan. 15,

Subfamily DENDROCOLAPTIN&.

169. MARGARORNIS RUBIGINOSA, Lawr.

Two specimens, from Navarro, May.

170. GuypHORHYNCHUS CUNEATUS, Licht.

One specimen, from Naranjo, April. Killed in the forest on the

trunk of a tree. This bird is constantly flying from one tree to

another. It is one of those which travel in company with many

other species.

171. DENDROCOLAPTES SANCTI-THOMA, Laft.

One specimen, from Navarro, April.

172. DENDROCOLAPTES PUNCTICOLLIS, Sclat. and Salv.

Two specimens, g and @, from Naranjo, April. I killed the two

on the same tree. They were busily engaged in building their nest

in a hole of the trunk.

173. DENDRORNIS SUSURRANS, Jard.

One specimen, from San Carlos, February.

174. Prcotarpres compressus, Cab.

Two specimens, from Navarro, May.

175. X1IPHORHYNCHUS PUSILLUS, Sclat.

One specimen, from Naranjo, April. This species seems to be rare.

My specimen was killed on the trunk of a tree when going up and

down on the same.

Family Formicariip&.

Subfamily THAMNOPHILINZE.

176. THAMNOPHILUS NIGRICRISTATUS, Lawr.

Thamnophilus punctatus, Cab.

One specimen, from San Carlos, February. Rare. All the species

of this genus go about in the forest in company with many other

birds.

177. THAMNOPHILUS N&VvIUS, Gm.

Two specimens, from San Carlos, February.

178. THAMNOPHILUS DOLIATUS, L.

One specimen, from San Mateo, May.

179. DysirHAMNUS STRIATICEPS, Lawr.

One specimen, from San Carlos, February. A very rare species.

180. DysIrHAMNUS SEMICINEREUS, Sclat.

Several specimens, Naranjo, April,

1878. MR, A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA. 61

Subfamily Formicrvorin#&.

181. MyRMOTHERULA MELZNA, Sclat.

Only one specimen of this fine species. It seems to be very rare.

I killed it in the forest perched near the ground. It formed part of

a large flock of birds which was not a single moment at rest. As I

said before, it is a very common occurrence to see large quantities of

ants where these birds are. I have always observed that the Tana-

grids (genus Buarremon), Turdidee (several genera) and Dendrocolap-

tidee (all the genera) and a few others keep to the ground, feeding on

ants and other insects. At the same time birds of other genera, as

Tanagra, Calliste, Pipra, and of many genera of Tyrannide, Coere-

bidz, and Ampelide, are perched on the trees above, some of them

feeding on fruit, others on insects. All of them are constantly flying

about all the time.

But the most interesting fact is that every species follows the same

route. They travel rather fast ; and it has always been an object of

admiration to me to see how far they could travel in one day, taking

their food at the same time.

I was in the habit of searching for one of these flucks. Once

found, it was only a matter for me of selecting what species I wanted ;

but you must follow the same route as they, and occasionally you

may lose yourself in the forest. These remarks apply to species

found in the tropical forests from the level of the sea to the altitude

of 4000 feet. But I have also observed the same thing with the

species which inhabit higher altitudes, whether they live in the

forests or on the plains.

182. MyrRMOTHERULA MENETRIESI, d’Orb.

One specimen, from Naranjo, April.

183. ForMIcIvVORA BOUCARDI, Sclat.

San Carlos, February.

Rather rare.

184, RAMPHOC@NUS SEMITORQUATUS, Lawr.

One specimen, from San Carlos, February. Very rare. Perch on

small trees in the forest. It was with the flock spoken of above.

185. CERCOMACRA TYRANNINA, Sclat.

San Carlos, February.

186. Myrmeciza immacuLatTa, Sclat. and Salv.

Several specimens, from San Carlos, February, and San Mateo,

May. Rare.

This species is found on both sides of the country—I mean, in the

tropical forests of the Atlantic and Pacific plains. It is therefore

very probable that tropical species travel from one sea to the other

where they have the facility to do so, without the necessity of pass-

ing to a higher altitude; and this is the case in Costa Rica. In a

certain part of the country you can pass from one sea to the

other without leaving the tropical forests.

62 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM CosTa RICA. [Jan. 15,

Subfamily ForM1IcaRriInz.

187. Pirays picotor, Lawr.

One specimen, from San Carlos, February.

188. FoRMICARIUS HOFFMANNI, Cab.

One specimen, from San Carlos, February, killed in the forest,

on the ground. This bird is constantly going about, and has a

peculiar way of raising and lowering its tail when running along,

with which I was very much amused. I saw several other speci-

mens always on the ground. ‘The same thing occurs with the birds

of the genus Siurus.

189. GRALLARIA PERSPICILLATA, Lawr.

One specimen, from San Carlos, February. Very rare.

Family TyrRaANNID&.

190. Savornis AQUATICA, Sclat. & Saly.

Several specimens, from San José, January, March. This bird has

the curious habit of staying all day long on the stones or bushes grow-

ing in or near the streams. It will always be seen at the same

place for hours and days one after another. It lives on all the

insects flying about over the stream. They are always seen in pairs,

g and @. Another pair may occasionally be seen at a short

distance.

Subfamily PLatyRHYNCHINZ&.

191. PuaryRHYNCHUS ALBIGULARIS, Sclat.

One specimen, from Navarro, May.

192. TopIROSTRUM CINEREUM, L.

Several specimens, from Cartago and San José. Rather rare.

193. EuscAaRTHMUS SQUAMICRISTATUS, Lafr.

Two specimens, from Naranjo, April. A rare species and difficult

to detect. Goes about in the forest on the small trees.

194. SERPOPHAGA CINEREA, Strickl.

From Naranjo, April. Excessively rare and remarkable for its habits.

It has exactly the same mode of life as Sayornis aquatica, living

along the streams and sitting on the stones lying in or near the

water.

First I killed the 2, in the morning, and for hours could not get

a shot at the ¢, and went away. In the afternoon I went again

to the same place, and after a little while managed to kill the g

bird. The two sexes are exactly alike.

My specimens differing from the Columbian bird, which I have

under the name of S. cinerea, I give a description of them :—

Forehead and cheeks quite black, with the inner webs of the

central feathers white, back and upper coverts of the tail ashy grey ;

1878.] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA. 63

throat, breast, and abdomen of the same colour, but much paler,

nearly white on the throat ; primaries and secondaries black, tertiaries

black with white ends or fringes ; upperside of the tail black, under-

side dark grey, nearly black; under wing-coverts of the same colour

as the abdomen ; bill and toes black.

Length 4 inches, wings 24, tail 13. The two sexes are exactly

alike. Closely alliedto S. cinerea, but a much smaller bird altogether ;

besides, the colour of the back has not the olive tint conspicuous in

S. cinerea.

Subfamily Evaineinz.

195. Mionecres oLEaGinus, Cab.

One specimen, from San Mateo, May.

196. Tyranniscus pAaRvus, Lawr.

One specimen, from Navarro, May.

197. ELAIneA pAGana, Licht.

Elainea subpagana, Sclat. & Salv.

Several specimens, from San José, January to May. On the

edges of the coffee-plantations.

198. Exarnra rrantzu, Lawr.

One specimen, from the Volcano of Irazu, March.

199. LeGatus ALBICOLLIs, Vieill.

Several specimens, from Naranjo, April, all of them killed on a

large tree standing by itself in a “ potrero” near the habitations.

200. Myiozeretes TEXENs!s, Giraud.

Two specimens, from San José, March, and Naranjo, April.

Common.

201. Ruyncnocycius suLPHURESCENS, Spix.

Only one specimen, from San Carlos, February.

202. MytopyYNastTEs LUTEIVENTRIS, Sclat.

Two specimens, from Orozi, May.

Subfamily Tyranninz.

203. MEGARHYNCHUs PITANGUA, L.

Native name “ Chorchita.”

One specimen, from San José, March. Not common here.

204. Muscivora MEXICANA, Sclat.

Native name “‘ Rey de los Traga moscas.”’

Two specimens, male and female, from San Ramon. Lives in the

forest only. When in love it shows its beautiful crest with much

effect,

64 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM CosTA RICA. [Jan. 15,

205. Myr1osrus sULPHUREIPYGIUS, Sclat.

Two specimens, from Naranjo, April.

206. Myrosius ERyTHRURUS, Cab.

One specimen, from San Carlos, February.

This seems to be a rare species. I wanted more specimens, and

could only succeed in seeing another, which I could not shoot.

207. MirREPHORUS AURANTIIVENTRIS, Lawr.

Several specimens, from La Laguna, February Naranjo, April,

and Candelaria, May. I killed these in the forest at the altitude of

4000 to 8000 feet. They used to stay at the same place for a long

time ; they select a branch, and you see them there ail day long.

All the time they fly about catching insects, and returning to the

same spot. I missed one of my specimens twice ; notwithstanding,

it came back to its favourite branch. There is no appreciable

difference between the two sexes. I have also one specimen with

the abdomen of the same colour as the throat and the breast ;

otherwise there is no appreciable difference. It was obtained at

San Mateo, altitude 1000 feet.

208. Emprmponax FLAVESCENS, Lawr.

Several specimens, from Naranjo, April.

209. Conropus virENs, L.

Several specimens, from Cartago, April.

210. My1arcaus CRINITUS, L.

Native name ‘‘ Traga mosca.”

Several specimens, from San José, January, and Cartago, April.

Rather rare in Costa Rica. They used to perch on a selected branch

of the trees edging the coffee-plantations, and remained there all day

long catching the insects passing by.

211. My1ArcHUS PANAMENSIS, Lawr.

Three specimens, from Punta Arenas, May. Killed on the mangle-

trees near the river.

212. My1arRcHUS LAWRENCEI, Giraud.

Myiarchus nigricapillus, Cab.

Many specimens, from San José, Cartago, and Naranjo, January

to May.

Native name “‘ Tonto vivo.”’

213. My1arcuus CINERASCENS, Lawr.

Two specimens, from Punta Arenas, May. Killed at the end of

the sandy point near the town.

214. TyRANNUS MELANCHOLICUS, Vieill.

Many specimens, from San José, January to May. Common

everywhere, especially on the trees surrounding the coffee-plan-

tations.

1878. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA. 65

215. Mitvuuus rorricatus, Gm.

Native name “ Tijerillo.”’

Several specimens from San José, January to May. Very common

in the Savana, a beautiful plain about one mile and a half from the

town. They are usually perched on the small shrubs in the plain.

Family Corineip 2.

216. Tiryra personata, Jard. & Selby.

Several specimens from Orozi. Always seen perched on the highest

trees, where they remain sometimes for hours, as if they were on the

watch. They are easily mistaken for Carpodectes nitidus, which they

resemble very much when seen at a long distance.

217. PacnyRHAMPHUS VERSICOLOR, Hartl.

Only one specimen, from Candelaria, May. Very rare.

218. PacHyrRHAMPHUS CINEREIVENTRIS, Sclat.

One specimen, from San Mateo, May.

219, Lipaucus HOLERYTHRUS, Sclat. & Salv.

Several specimens from San Carlos, February ; and Naranjo,

April.

220. CarPoDEcTES NITIDUs, Salv.

One adult female, from San Carlos, February. This sex, being

quite new to science, I give a description of it.

Head and back of a dark bluish grey, rather lighter on the fore-

head ; the upper feathers of the tail nearly black, the underside ashy

grey ; wing-coverts of the same colour as the back ; primaries black ;

the secondaries and tertiaries have a white border on their inner webs ;

cheeks, throat, and round the eyes white ; breast and abdomen pale

bluish grey ; under wing- and under tail-coverts white: the lower

part of the abdomen white ; thighs white ; toes black ; bill blue.

Total length 82 inches, wing 52, tail 28,

I procured this bird quite accidentally. During our stay at San

Carlos we used to bathe every afternoon in a stream close by the

rancho, and I always carried my gun with me. The third day after

our arrival at San Carlos we were quietly enjoying our bath when

my friend Meil saw this bird alighting on a tree close by. Imme-

diately he told me I came out of the water and took my gun; but

the bird was perched so high that I could not make out with cer-

tainty what species it was. I was struck by its colour, and I thought

immediately of Carpodectes, of which I had seen a figure in the

‘Proceedings.’ I had a shot at the bird; and it fell down, but far

away in the forest amongst Agave plants growing near the stream.

My friends saw the direction where it fell ; and although I was quite

naked, I went into the forest, and, after twenty minutes of the most

active search, I had the pleasure of finding it quite dead. Several

times I was near giving up the search ; but now I feel very happy

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1878, No. V. 5

66 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA. ([Jan. 15,

that I did not do so, as I consider this bird one of the most valuable

additions to my collection.

Every day after that. I went to the same place and in the neigh-

bourhood to look for more; but I was disappointed, until the day

before my departure, when I saw what I think was the mate of my

female; but, to my great annoyance, I could not get a shot at it.

It sat for more than two hours, without moving, at the top of a

tree more than one hundred feet high, where I could not kill it.

It kept me until nightfall with my head lifted up in such a manner

that I had a stiff neck when I left. I think it is the greatest punish-

ment for a naturalist to be looking at a very rare bird above his

head for several hours without being able to get a shot at it.

When I went away I recommended the people living in the rancho

to kill some specimens for me. I offered them a high price ; but all

for nothing: they said they never saw another. If it was not neglect

of theirs, this must be a very rare bird indeed.

221. CHASMORHYNCHUS TRICARUNCULATUS, Verr.

One specimen from the Volcano of Irazu, January. This seems

to be arare species. My specimen was killed at the altitude of

6000 feet.

222. CEPHALOPTERUS GLABRICOLLIs, Gould.

San Carlos, February ; Volcano of Irazu, May. This singular bird

is found at all altitudes up to 10,000 feet in the forests. Were it

not for its cries it would be excessively difficult to detect, as it

always keeps in the densest parts. Its ery is something extraor-

dinary. When I heard it first I thought it was a new species of

Crax or some other similar large bird. Being very anxious to see

what it was, I went into the forest ; and after a great deal of trouble

I found it. They perch rather high, but are easily killed when

once found.

Family Pirripz.

223. PrpRA MENTALIS, Sclat.

One specimen from San Carlos, February. Perches usually low,

and keeps in the forest.

224. PirrA LEUCORRHOA, Sclat.

Cervantes, Naranjo.

225. CHIROXIPHIA LINEARIS, Bp.

Several specimens, from Navarro, May.

226. CHIROMACHAERIS CAND&I, Parz.

One specimen, from San Carlos, February. Perches on the small

trees in the forest; and the male has the particular habit, as have

some other species of Pipridz, of making a great sound when flying

from one branch to another. It imitates exactly the sound produced

by the children’s toy rattle. I think this noise is produced by its

1378.] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA. 67

beak. It resembles the sound of mandibles opening and shutting with

noise several times in succession.

Ordo Macrocuires.

Family Caprimuteip2.

227. NYCTIDROMUS ALBICOLLIs, Gm. -

Two specimens, male and female, from Cartago. They were ina

small forest, on the ground. They usually fly away as you get quite

close to them, and settle again a little further on.

Family Hirunpinip2.

228. ATTICORA CYANOLEUCA, Vieill., var. monTANA, Baird.

Several specimens from San José, March; Cartago, April. During

these months they are building their nests in the roofs of the houses.

They appear in February, and leave when the rainy season comes.

229. STELGIDOPTERYX FULVIPENNIS, Sclat.

Stelgidopteryx fulvigula, Baird.

Several specimens, from San José, March to May. They are

principally seen flying near the streams, sometimes in large quanti-

ties.. The first time I had a shot at them I killed six ; there were

about fifty on a small tree. Although I have killed a good many,

I never found a female amongst them. I suppose the females must

have been in their nests somewhere ; but where, I was never able to

find out.

Family Cypseip&.

230. Hemiprocne zonaris, Shaw (?).

In one of my excursions, at the Volcano of Irazu I saw a large

quantity of birds which, I think, must have been this species. I am

certain about the genus; but not having been able to get a specimen,

I leave the question of species for the future.

Ordo Trocurtt.

231. PHaETHORNIS LONGIROsTRIS, Delattre.

Naranjo, April. This bird is always seen in the denser part of the

forest. One of the favourite flowers on which it feeds is that of the

plane-tree.

232. PHAETHORNIS EMILLE, Bourc.

Several specimens from Tres Rios, January ; Naranjo, April.

233. Pyemornis ADOLPHI, Gould.

San Carlos, February. This is a very common species—but very

difficult to detect, as it only comes out of the forest early in the

morning and late in the afternoon. In the middle of the day they

are very abundant in certain parts of the forest, many specimens being

seen at a few yards from one another. They are perched on small dry

5®

68 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM CosTA RICA. [Jan. 15,

branches near the ground. In the pairing-season they sing all day

long; the note sounds like ‘‘bebe, bebe,” repeated a great many times

in succession. Although it cannot be heard at a long distance, it is

perfectly amazing and amusing to hear them. As soon as one finishes,

another commences; and it is a puzzle to find where they are,

although they may be only at two or three yards distance, on account

of their colour and their diminutive size. When singing they move

their head and tail in the most pretty way. Now and then they fly

about, but soon return to their favourite branch. I have usually

heard the song of these birds in the breeding-season, the males

singing while the females are on their nests.

When in Mexico I have heard many species of Humming-birds

sing, and I could distinguish by its song what species it was.

Their songs are very pretty, and quite distinct from one another,

especially when they are of birds of distinct genera. I have heard

Pygmornis adolphi, Campylopterus hemileucurus, Sphenoproctus cur-

vinennis, Eugenes fulgens, Celigena clemencie, Lamprolema rhami,

Delattria henrici, Petasophora thalassina, and several other species

sing.

234. CAMPYLOPTERUS HEMILEUCURUS, Licht.

Several specimens from Tres Rios, January ; and Rancho redondo,

May. Rather rare in Costa Rica. Inhabits the forests; but takes

its food as well on the flowers of trees growing close by in the open

spaces. My specimens were obtained when sucking the flowers of

an acacia tree which is found abundantly in the coffee-plantations.

It has a special sharp cry when flying about. It commonly con-

structs its nest in the barrancas, on the plants growing between the

rocks, and generally uses moss for its construction.

235. EUGENES SPECTABILIS, Lawr.

One male and one female of this very rare species, from the Volcano

of Irazu, April and May. Altitude from 6000 to 8000 feet. It is

very fond of a parasitic plant something like mistletoe, which bears a

beautiful red flower. No description having been published of the

male of this species, I give it now.

Forehead dark metallic blue ; back black ; rump metallic green ;

tail bronzy black, with the two central feathers more greenish ;

wings black, with the upper coverts metallic green ; throat metallic

dark green ; breast and abdomen greyish, mixed with green feathers ;

feet and beak black.

Length 52 inches, wing 32, tail 18, beak 14. — (Mus. Boucard.)

The chief distinctions between this species and Eugenes fulgens are

in its much larger size, its longer beak, its grey breast and abdomen,

its back entirely black, and the colour of the crown and throat,

which are quite of a different green and blue. ‘,

236. OREOPYRA CINEREICAUDA, Lawr.

One specimen of this rare species, from Navarro, May. Inhabits

the forest. ;

1878. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA. 69

237. OREOPYRA CALOLAMA, Salv.

Many specimens of both sexes from Naranjo, April; Navarro and

Rancho redondo, May. I have not the least doubt that the bird

described as Anthocephala castaneiventris, Gould, is. the female of

this species. These birds are only met with in the forest.

238. OREOPYRA HEMILEUCA, Saly.

Two specimens, from Naranjo, April. It seems to be a very rare

species.

239. PerasopHoRA cyANoTISs, Bourc.

Petasophora cabanisi, Lawr.

Several specimens from the Volcano of Irazu, April. Rather

common at the altitude of 8000 feet, feeding on the flowers of a

small shrub. They take possession of a certain space containing

several of these shrubs; and when not feeding on these flowers,

they perch on a dry branch near the place, and fight all the other

Humming-birds that dare to intrude.

240. Hetropoxa sAcuLA, Gould.

Heliodoxa henryi, Lawr.

Several specimens from Naranjo, April; Volcano of Irazu, May.

One male, although it is not in very fine plumage, has a bright front,

and the throat exactly like the specimens from Columbia. Rather

rare in Costa Rica.

241. HELIOMASTER CONSTANTI, Delattre.

Only one young male, from San José, January ; killed while he was

sucking the flower of an acacia tree,

242. THALURANIA CoLOMBiIcaA, Bourc. & Muls., var. veNusta,

Gould.

Several specimens from San Carlos, February; and Naranjo,

April. It perches on very high trees in the forests, and is dithi-

cult to get at. It is a rare species in Costa Rica.

I spent many hours before I could get the pair which I have,

from San Carlos. I could not recognize the bird, because it was

standing and feeding on the flowers of a parasitic plant very high

on a large cedar tree. I thought it was a new species of Microchera,

so small was its appearance. When I killed the first I was quite

disappointed, and was sorry to have lost so much time for it.

243. Kuais cuimetti, Boure. & Muls.

Klais merriti, Lawr.

Only two specimens, from Navarro, May: a very rare species.

244. MicrocHERA PARVIROSTRIS, Lawr.

Only one specimen of a young male, given to me by Mr. Juan

Zeledon. Excessively rare. Although I knew the exact locality

where found, I could never find one.

70 MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA. [Jan.15,

245. PapHiosa HELEN#, Del.

I saw several male specimens of this species at San Carlos; but I

was never able to get a shot at them. I have one female specimen

from Turrialba.

246. Dorycua BRYANTA, Lawr.

San José, March; Volcano of Irazu, April. A very rare species.

It appears as soon as it is daylight, and is very quick. It never rests

long in one place. When on the wing it makes a great noise, similar

to that of a large Coleopteron (Scarabeidee) when flying.

247. TROCHILUS CoLUBRIS, Linn.

One specimen, from San José, January. Seems to be very rare in

Costa Rica.

248. SELASPHORUS SCINTILLA, Gould.

Several specimens from Cartago, April; and Volcano of Irazu,

May. Seen also at the high altitude of 10,000 feet in company

with Selasphorus flammula. Feeds on the flowers of small plants.

When I say feeds on the flowers, I mean that it takes from the flowers

not only the honey, but, above all, the minute insects which are inside.

This is usual with all the Humming-birds. I have no doubt that

they can live a certain time on honey only; but it is not sufficient,

and their principal food is insects. It is very seldom that you skin

a Humming-bird without finding the crop filled partially with insects

of all descriptions. I have brought home a certain number of

crops in alcohol. All of them contain insects, which I intend to

determine as soon as possible. SS. scintilla makes a very slight noise

when flying ; it is not more than that of a drone-bee.

The place where I killed my specimens had been taken possession of

by a certain number of Sancerottia sophie and Pyrrhophena riefferi.

Each one of these had its assigned place, and used to drive away any

trespasser. I noticed that S. scintzlla used to go only to the small

plants near the ground; and I have no doubt that the little noise

made by the bird was to escape its enemies S. sophie and P. riefferi.

Flying very low was another precaution; however, the sight and

the hearing of these little birds is so subtle that poor 8. scintilla was

soon detected and obliged to fly away. I think this also is the reason

why this species was rather scarce.

249. SELASPHORUS FLAMMULA, Sally.

Several specimens, male and female, of this very rare species.

All of them were killed at the summit of the Volcano of Irazu, on

parasitic plants (mistletoe) growing on small alpine trees in a soil

composed principally of ashes and scoriz. There, at the altitude of

10,000 feet and more, it takes possession of a locality where flowers

are abundant, and defends its property against S. scin¢il/a and other

birds,

1878. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON BIRDS FROM COSTA RICA. 71

250. THAUMATIAS CUPREICEPs, Lawr.

One specimen, from Naranjo, April, killed in the forest. I have

also several other specimens of this species sufficiently good for

skeletons.

251. EuPHERUSA EGREGIA, Sclat. & Salv.

One specimen, from Navarro, May.

252. AMAZILIA CINNAMOMEA, Less.

Several specimens, from San Mateo and Puntarenas, May. This

species seems to be found only on the Pacific coast. I have some

specimens from Tehuantepec; and I remember having seen this

species near Juquila (Mexico). The male and female are exactly

alike. They are fond of the flowers of orange-trees.

253. PyRRHOPHZANA RIEFFERI, Boure.

Several specimens, from San José and Cartago, January to May.

Very common species, and quite domestic in its habits. “Quantities

of them may be seen in private gardens.

254. SAUCEROTTIA SOPHLE, Bourc.

Several specimens, from San José and Cartago, January to May.

They are constantly fighting with P. riefferi; but this species is

seldom seen in the gardens of San José.

255. PANTERPE INSIGNIS, Cab. & Heine.

Several specimens of this fine species, from the Volcano of Irazu,

April and May. I never saw this bird anywhere else. It is very

rare. It feeds on the mistletoe growing on the robble (oak tree).

The female is a little smaller than the male ; but otherwise they are

exactly alike. This is one of the few species in which the female is

a bright-coloured bird, nearly as fine as the male. I have several

females, and I am quite sure about the sex.

256. Damopuita AMABILIS, Gould.

Several specimens, from San Carlos, February. A very rare species ;

found only in the forest.

257. SAPPHIRONIA BOUCARDI.

Arinia boucardi, Muls., Ann. Soc. Linn. de Lyon, 12 Oct. 1877.

Several specimens, from Puntarenas, May. Male and female.

Mus. Boucard.

258. CHLOROLAMPIS CANIVETI, Less.

Chlorolampis salvini, Cab.

Several specimens, from San José and Cartago, January to May.

Commonly found in the gardens, where it makes its nest.

“I

MR. G. F. ANGAS ON [Jan. 15,

3. Descriptions of seven new Species of Land-Shells recently

collected in Costa Rica by Mr. Adolphe Boucard. By

Grorce Frencu Aneas, C.M.Z.S., F.L.S., &.

[Received November 17, 1877.]

(Plate V.)

Hewix BovucarpI, n.s. (Plate V. figs. 5, 6, 7.)

Shell narrowly and profoundly umbilicated, depressedly conical,

moderately thin, very finely radiately striated, white, the upper surface

ornamented with two fawn-coloured bands passing into chocolate to-

wards the apical whorls, or entirely fawn-colour, with a narrow effuse

chocolate band next to the periphery ; whorls 43, somewhat convex,

strongly bluntly keeled at the periphery, with an impressed groove

below the keel ; apex obtuse, tinged with violet ; sutures impressed,

bordered with a narrow chesnut line; base convex, white; umbilicus

dark brown; umbilical region tinged with lemon-yellow ; aperture

very oblique, narrowly quadrately ovate, pale violet within; outer

lip a little expanded and reflexed, slightly sinuate and projected

above, arcuate below.

Diam. maj. 13 lines, min. 10, alt. 7.

Hab. Navarro, Costa Rica; on leaves of trees. (Mus. Boucard.)

Heurx ADELA, n.s. (Plate V. figs. 8, 9, 10.)

Shell umbilicated, discoidal, flattened, very finely radiately striated,

pale straw-colour, ornamented with a single narrow black band just

above the periphery of the last whorl ; whorls 33, somewhat convex ;

spire very much depressed; base flatly convex, with an excavated

area around the umbilicus which is shallow and non-perspective ;

aperture horizontal, narrowly oblongly ovate; outer lip slightly ex-

panded and reflexed.

Diam. maj. 12 lines, min. 9, alt. 4.

Hab. Novarro, Costa Rica, on trees. (Mus. Boucard.)

Herrix zsorus, n.s. (Plate V. figs. 11, 12.)

Shell umbilicated, depressedly conoidal, moderately solid, very finely

obliquely striated and finely granulated, the granules being denser

on the last whorl and obsolete towards the apex, brown, with a pale

suffused band at the periphery of the last whorl; whorls 5, some-

what convex, the last bluntly keeled, contracted and deflected behind

the outer lip; apex obtuse; base rather flattened; aperture hori-

zontal, ear-shaped, brown, with a prominent, erect, slightly undulating,

lamelliform, transverse ridge within upon the wall of the body-whor! ;

peristome white, somewhat thickened and reflexed, with a short blunt

tooth at the base of the columella and a longer compressed triangular

ove incurved within the aperture opposite the ridge on the body-

whorl; margins united by an erect lamella.

Diam. maj. 12 lines, min. 10, alt. 6.

GB Sowerby lith Hanhart imp.

NEW SHELLS FROM COSTA RICA &c.

1878. ] LAND-SHELLS FROM COSTA RICA. 73

Hab. Buena Vista, Costa Rica, at an altitude of 3000 feet.

(Mus. Boucard.)

This shell belongs to a group of Helices remarkable for their

curiously toothed apertures, having as its nearest allies H. quadri-

dentata, Brod., and H. auriculina, Petit.

Cycorus Bovcaror, n.s. (Plate V. figs. 3, 4.)

Shell widely and perspectively umbilicated, globosely turbinate,

white, with a broad olive-chestnut band above and-a narrower one

just below the periphery, very finely longitudinally striated and

crossed with rows of rugged irregular undulating oblique malleated

ridges; whorls 6, convex, rapidly increasing, the last large and

rounded ; aperture nearly circular, white within 3 peritreme simple,

scarcely thickened, with a semilunar notch at the junction of the body-

whorl.

Diam. maj. 16 lines, min. 13, alt. 12.

Hab. San Carlos, Costa Rica.

A fine species with an excavated notch where the peritreme touches

the body-whorl, as in Cyclotus mexicanus, Menke, from Vera Cruz.

(Mus. Boucard.)

BuLIMUs JOSEPHUS, 0. s. (Plate V. figs. 13, 14.)

Shell perforate, elongately ovate, moderately solid, very finely

obliquely striated, whitish, ornamented with somewhat distant irre-

gular slightly undulating narrow olive-brown stripes, which become

obsolete near the umbilical region; spire elevately conical; sutures

impressed ; apex brownish yellow; whorls 63, flatly convex ; aper-

ture ovate; somewhat effuse below ; outer lip expanded and flattened;

columella triangular and flattened inwards, ending in a blunt rounded

callus internally.

Diam. 7 lines, alt. 16.

Hab. San José, Costa Rica, on the trunks of acacia trees.

(Mus. Boucard.)

Buximvus 1razueEnsis, n.s. (Plate V. figs. 17—2().)

Shell somewhat elongately ovate, rimate, moderately thin, longi-

tudinally irregularly striated, shining, more or less longitudinally

striped or freckled with black, and ornamented with numerous smal}

white spots; whorls 6, rather convex ; spire a little shorter than the

aperture ; aperture oblong-ovate ; lip thin, simple, tinged inside with

rose-colour.

Diam. 6 lines, alt. 12.

Hab. Volcano of Irazu, Costa Rica, on low aromatic bushes on

the eastern slope of the volcano.

A variety of this pretty species occurs in which the prevailing

colour is light brown, profusely sprinkled with little white spots.

(Mus. Boucard.)

BuLimus NAVARRENSIs, n.s. (Plate V. figs. 15, 16.)

Shell narrowly rimate, more or less elongately ovate, thin, irre-

74 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON A NEW LATIAXIS. [Jan. 15,

gularly longitudinally striated, shining, whitish, tinged with pale

straw-colour towards the base, variously painted with irregular more

or less undulating longitudinal greyish black stripes or quadrilateral

blotches, frequently taking the form of a confused band towards the

centre of the whorl; spire conical, shorter than the aperture ; apex

acute ; whorls 53, rather convex, the last somewhat inflated ; aperture

elongately ovate ; peristome simple, thin ; outer lip slightly expanded

outwards.

Diam. 6 lines, alt. 12.

Hab. Navarro, Costa Rica; a somewhat smaller and more inflated

variety was obtained by Mr. Boucard at Cartago.

This species somewhat resembles B. iodostylus of Pfeiffer ; but it

is generally more inflated, with the outer lip expanded, and wants the

violet colouring on the columella characteristic of the latter.

Abundant on acacia trees. (Mus. Boucard.)

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

Figs. 1, 2. Latiaxis elegans, p. 74. Figs. 11,12. Helix esopus, p. 72.

3,4. Cyclotus boucardi, p. 73. 13, 14. Bulimus eae? 2M p- 73.

5-7. Helix boucardi, p. 72. 15, 16. navarrensis, p. 73.

8-10.

adela, p. 72. 17-20.

irazuensis, p. 73.

4. Description of a new Species of Latiazis. By GuorcE

Frencu Aneas, C.M.Z.S., F.L.S., &e.

[Received November 17, 1877.]

(Plate V.)

LaTIAXIS ELEGANS, 0.8. (Plate V. figs. 1, 2.)

Shell rimate, ovately turreted, solid, white; length of spire and

aperture equal ; whorls 54, irregularly distantly longitudinally ribbed,

flattened and excavated above, with a wide projecting keel, curving

upwards and scalloped at the edge, running round the periphery of

the whorls, which are encircled by scabrous ridges, fine and close-set

above the keel, stouter, wider apart, and more squamate below, one

ridge (intermediate between the keel of the body-whorl and the

base) being larger and more elevated than the others ; aperture semi-

oval; outer lip sulcate within; columella nearly straight ; umbilical

region bordered by an elevated squamose ridge; canal very short,

slightly twisted and recurved.

Diam. 11 lines, alt. 1 in. 2 lines.

Hab. Unknown.

This beautiful species of Latiawis has been placed in my hands

for description by Mr. Robert Geale.

1878. | DR. H, BURMEISTER ON CONURUS HILARIS. 75

5. Notes on Conurus hilaris and other Parrots of the Argen-

tine Republic. By Dr. H. Burmeister, F.M.Z.S.

[Received November 19, 1877.]

During my residence at Tucuman, in the years 1859-60, I saw

several flights of six or eight of a long-tailed parrot, of which I was

not able to obtain a specimen, although the birds came every week

during the maturing-time of the Indian corn to the garden of the

house in which [ lived, and did much damage to the seeds of the

plants cultivated there. This bird, while it had the same habit of

plundering the gardens as the other Parrots inhabiting this country

(for example Conurus patagonus and C. murinus), was also, like its

fellows, very cautious, some of them keeping watch on the top of the

highest plants, and, as soon as any one appeared with gun in hand,

giving a quick cry of alarm, upon which the whole flock flew away.

On this account I was unable to obtain a single specimen of this

beautiful bird, which I have not seen in any other part of this country,

and which I recognized at once, even ai a distance, as new to my

collection, from its large red front. At last I found a living specimen

in the possession of a shop-keeper, who would not part with it,

having reared it from the nest and made a great favourite of it.

But I was able to observe more carefully the specific distinctness of

this bird than from a distance; and from this examination I made

the description published in my ‘ Reise durch die La Plata-Staaten,’

vol. li. p. 442, as follows :—

Size and colour of Conurus murinus ; whole plumage bright green,

only the forehead at the base of the bill blood-red. Bill, in life,

pale rose-colour, or quite white in old individuals. Carpal region

green; the wing-feathers blackish, becoming bluer towards the

margins. Tail narrow and cuneiform, greenish towards the margins,

red at the base and below. Legs light flesh-colour. Iris orange.

Whole length 10 inches, wing 5, tail 43.

This short description, the only one I was able to give at the time,

was not sufficient to make the species thoroughly known. I there-

fore wrote to my friends at Tucuman, as soon as I returned to

Buenos Aires in the year 1862, to send me specimens of this

interesting Parrot ; but all my solicitations, though repeated many

times, were without effect. I never obtained a single specimen,

although the bird is not rare in the vicinity of the large forests on

the western sides of the town, near the slopes of the mountains, and

sometimes very common.

At last my friend Dr. Bruland, physician at Tucuman, an excel-

lent collector who had forwarded me many interesting objects for

my collection, brought me two well-preserved skins; and some

months before, Mr. Holmberg, of Buenos Aires, who made a

journey to collect zoological objects in the northern provinces,

brought home from Salta a skin of the same species, which I was

able to compare with the other two now in the Public Museum of

Buenos Aires.

76 DR. H. BURMEISTER ON CONURUS HILARIS-_ [Jan. 15,

These three skins enable me to give the following full description.

Beginning with the size, I find that the living specimen I examined

must have been very young, and by no means fully adult, as the

three skins now under my inspection are alllarger. The two largest

measure from the front to the tip of the tail 13 inches, and the

smaller specimen (from Salta) 12 inches, tail 63 inches, and the

wings 73-7}.

The predominating colour is pure green, somewhat darker on the

upperside, more especially on the head and neck, but clearer on the

underside ; the wing- and tail-feathers are of the same colour outside,

both with black shafts, and the former with a blackish interior margin

inclining to blue. The inside of these above-mentioned feathers is

yellowish grey, darker on the margins, and the yellow colour clearer

on the tail-feathers towards the base, which in some specimens are

of an orange appearance.

There is no red on these feathers in any of the three specimens ;

but it is possible that when alive it may have had this colour, if not

very distinct, at least visible. I find in one of these specimens a

red spot on two of the tail-coverts, which are generally completely

reen.

5 The red colour is regular only on the front of the head, beginning

from the base of the upper mandible, extending up to and behind the

eye; but a small space of green appears over the middle of the eye,

and descends on the cheeks to the ear and the under mandible,

with some green feathers near the angle of the mouth.

At first these red feathers are very small and of a dark red-

brown, and thence the others become blood-red. Besides this regular

frontal patch there are other red feathers on other parts of the

body, but without any constant regularity in different specimens of

the same species. I find in my three examples great difference in

the distribution of these red feathers.

There generally seem to exist some red feathers on the neck,

front of the throat, and breast ; also there is always a circle of red

feathers at the end of the tibia.

As to the habits and manner of living of this bird, I cannot add

any thing to what I have already said at the commencement of this

communication. It lives only in the northern mountainous dis-

tricts of the Argentine Republic, never coming to the plains of the

Pampas.

I take this occasion to correct some mistakes made by Dr. Finsch

in his work, respecting my previous communications on different

species of Parrots of this country and of Brazil.

The author says (vol. i. p. 174) that he knowns nothing of the

spines on the sides of the tongue of the Ar, mentioned by me in

my work on the Animals of Brazil. In that work (vol. ii. p. 152)

I described the tip of the tongue of this genus as like a stalk in

iorm (sténgelférmig). But this German word was a mistake of my

printers. I wrote “ stémpelformig”’ (shaped like a pestle), com-

paring the thick fleshy tongue of the Are (although not entirely

1878.] AND OTHER ARGENTINE PARROTS. 77

cylindrical) tothat instrument, but by no means to that of a stalk

of a flower or fruit, to which the tongue has no resemblance.

I have at this very moment under my inspection the tongue of a

large Macrocercus macao (Sittace chloroptera, Gray), which recently

died in the house of one of my friends. This tongue has on each

side, behind the two fringed lobes, with which the tongue of all

parrots terminate, several large spines.

In the tongue of Bolborhynchus murinus I find no spines in the

same place.

In volume i. of the same work, Dr. Finsch thinks it surprising

(auffallend) that I have not mentioned that Conurus nanday also

inhabits the Argentine Republic, although the specimen in Mr.

Sclater’s collection came from Buenos Aires. This latter fact may

be true; but I am still more surprised to find that Dr. Finsch thinks

that all specimens coming from Buenos Aires must necessarily have

lived in this country. The species alluded to is by no means an

inhabitant of the Argentine Republic, but comes only from Paraguay,

and is often brought to Buenos Aires alive, as the bird is here con-

sidered a great rarity. That it lives also at Bolivia I have never

heard here in Buenos Aires, though I have had a living specimen in

my room for a long while, which was very tame, and would stand on

my shoulder and remain in this position while I took long walks.

At last I gave it toa friend of mine who was going to Europe, with

the instruction that after its death it was to be put in the collection

at Halle.

The description of this bird given by Dr. Finsch is not entirely

correct. The head has no blackish brown on the front and vertex,

but is entirely black, the brown colour being the consequence of the

skin being old and dry.

In vol. ii. part 1, p. 116, of Dr. Finsch’s work, the Bolborhynchus

monachus is named “calita.’ The orthography of this term is

erroneous, the bird, which is very common in all parts of the Argen-

tine Republic, being called always catita. Again, Dr. Finsch says

the two sexes do not differ; but I find the breast of the male of a

much clearer grey than that of the female, and that it has very dis-

tinct, darker and clearer transverse stripes, while the latter are

wanting in the female, which has an obscure grey-coloured breast,

with a trace of brown-grey, which is not seen at all in the male.

In the young state both sexes are alike.

In vol. i. p. 126, Dr. Finsch describes my Bolborhynchus

rubrirostris from the young specimen sent by myself to the Bremen

Museum, and blames me for not mentioning the blue-grey-greenish

colour on the throat and breast. But this colour is not persistent,

but is only found in the young bird (of the first year). The adult

bird is entirely clear green on the breast, the same as on the neck

and the whole body. From the young state of the specimen ex-

amined by Dr. Finsch results also the discrepancy in the length of

the wing, which measures 5 inches in the old bird, and not 3” 10'”

as he says.

78 COUNT T. SALYADORI ON THE {Jan. 15,

6. Reports on the Collection of Birds made during the

Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.—No.VI. On the Birds

of Ternate, Amboyna, Banda, the Ké Islands, and the

Aru Islands. By T. Satvaport, C.M.Z.S.

[Received November 26, 1877.]

The collection of birds made at the above-mentioned localities is

not very large, numbering only 131 specimens, belonging to 79 species.

None of these are new to science ; but some are of special interest, as

having been described quite recently or as being new to the locality

where now they have been found.

I propose to treat of them separately, according to the localities.

I. Birds from Ternate.

[The ship arrived at Ternate on the evening of the 14th October,

1874, and sailed from Ternate at 11 a.m. on the 17th Oct. 1874.

—J. M.)

The birds are only 12 in number, and belong to 10 species; a

specimen of Lorius cyanauchen, although bought alive at Ternate,

must have been brought there from a very different and far-away

locality.

1. Scors moroTeEnsis, Sharpe.

Scops morotensis, Sharpe, Cat. Strig. p. 75, pl. vii. f. 1 (1875),

(type examined).

[No. 325. Male: eyes yellow; stomach contained large grass-

hoppers.—J. M.]

One “male” (No. 325) in the dark rufous plumage.

All the specimens from Ternate which I have seen agree better

with the form from Morty than with that from Halmahera, S. /euco-

spilus (G. R. Gr.).

I know of other instances in which the birds inhabiting the small

islands surrounding Halmahera, although very far one from the

other, agree better inter se than with the form inhabiting the main-

land.

2. TANYGNATHUS MEGALORHYNCHUS (Bodd.).

Psittacus megalorhynchus, Bodd. Tabl. Pl. Enl. p. 45 (1783)

(ex Buffon, Pl. Enl. 713).

Eclectus megalorhynchus, Schleg. ; Finsch, Die Papag. ii. p. 351

(1870).

[No. 337. Male: eyes white; bought alive at Ternate.—J. M.]

3. Eciectus roratus (Miill.).

Psittacus roratus, Mill. S. N. Suppl. p. 77 (1776) (2); Cass.

Pr. Ac. Nat. Sc. Philad. 1864, p. 240. no. 52.

Psittacus grandis, Gm. S. N. i. p. 335. no. 102 (1788) (2).

Eclectus grandis, Wagl.; Finsch, Die Papag. ii. p. 340 (1868).

1878. ] BIRDS OF TERNATE, AMBOYNA, ETC. 79

Eclectus polychlorus, ex Batchian, Halmahera et Ternate, auctt.

(nec Scop.) (¢); Finsch, Die Papag. ii. p. 393 (partim) (1868).

(336. Male: eyes yellow. 361. Female: this is the female of

No. 336 ; it was purchased along with others at Ternate and kept

alive on board till the 28th Oct., when it was killed and skinned, as

it proved a nuisance while alive.—J. M.]

Two specimens bought alive at Ternate, a “ male” (No. 336)

green and a “ female ’’ (No. 361) red; this one is very interesting,

having some green feathers among the scapularies.

Both specimens are much smaller than the birds which I have

seen from Halmahera.

4. Lorius pomice Lia (Linn.).

Psittacus domicella, Linn. S. N. i. p. 145. n. 26 (1766).

Domicella atricapilla, Wagl.; Finsch, Die Papag. ii. p.763 (1868).

[No. 325. Male: eyes red.—J. M.]

One “male” (No, 335) not fully adult, bought alive at Ternate }.

6. CyANALCYON pDiops (Temm.).

Alcedo diops, Temm. Pl. Col. 272 (1824) (type examined).

Halcyon diops, Steph. ; Sharpe, Mon. Alced. pl. 77 (1868-187 y:

[No. 334. Male: eyes black ; stomach had insects.—J. M.]

7. PACHYCEPHALA MENTALIS, Wall.

Pachycephala melanura, part., Bp. Consp. i. p. 388 (ex Moluccis)

(1850) ; G. R. Gr. (nee Gould), P. Z. S. 1860, p. 353; Schleg.

Ned. Tijdschr. voor de Dierk. iv. p. 44 (1871).

Pachycephala albicollis, Temm. Mus. Lugd. (nec Lafr.) (Bp. l. ¢.).

Turdus armillaris, Temm. (Bp. J. ¢.).

Lanius cucullatus, Licht. (Bp. J. ¢.).

Pachycephala mentalis, Wall. P. Z.S. 1863, p. 30 (type examined).

Pachycephala nigrimentum, G. R. Gr. Hand-list, i. p. 388. sp.

5880 (1869), descr. nulla (type examined).

[No. 333. Male: stomach had insects.—J. M.]

8. Cyrrostomus FRENATUS (S. Miill.). :

Nectarinia frenata, S. Mill. Verh. Land- en Volkenk. p- 173

(note) (1843).

Cinnyris frenatus, Shelley, Mon. Cinnyr. pt. iii. (1877).

Cyrtostomus frenatus, Salvad. Atti R. Ac. Sc. Tor. xii. p- 317

(1877).

? 5. Lortus cyanaucuen (Miill.).

Psittacus cyanauchen, 8, Mill, Verhandl. Land- en. Volkenk, p. 107 (1839-

1844) (type examined).

Domicella cyanauchen, Finsch, Die Papag. ii. p. 773 (1868).

Domicetla lory mysorensis, Meyer, Sitzb. k. Ak. Wiss, Wien, xx. p. 233 (1874).

[No. 335. Male: eyes red.—J. M.]

One ‘“‘male” bought alive at Ternate, but certainly brought there from the

Island of Mysore, in Geelvink Bay, where only L. cyanauchen lives in the

wild state. :

80 COUNT T. SALVADORI ON THE {Jan. 15,

[327. Male: eyes brown; stomach had insects. 329. Female.

—J. M.)

9. Hermorimia auricers (G. R. Gr.).

Nectarinia auriceps, G. R. Gr. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 348.

Hermotimia auriceps, Salvad. Atti R. Ac. Se. Tor. x. p. 228

(1874).

Cinnyris auriceps, Shelley, Mon. Cinnyr. pt. v. (1877).

[No. 326. Male: eyes brown; stomach had insects.—J. M.]

10. ToTanus GLAREOLA (Linn.).

(No. 330. Female: eyes brown; stomach contained shells.—

J. M.)

Il. Birds from Amboyna.

[The ‘Challenger’ arrived at Amboyna on Sunday 4th Oct., 1874,

and sailed from Amboyna on the 10th Oct., 1874, at 4 p.m..—J. M.]

During the stay 23 birds were procured, representing 15 species,

as follows’ :—

1. Urospizias 10GasTer (S. Mill.)

Falco hiogaster, S. Miill. Verh. Land- en Volkenk. p. 110, note

(1839-1844) (type examined).

Astur hiogaster, Sharpe, Cat. Accipitr. p. 104 (1874).

[No. 302. Male: eyes coral-red ; legs orange; stomach had fish-

bones and crabs.—J. M.]

2. Grorrroyus RHOoDOPS (G. R. Gr.).

Psittacus fuscicapillus, Vieill. N. D. xxv. p. 316, Java! (1817),

(descr. falsa; type examined) (9).

Psittacus rhodops, G. R. Gr. P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 436, Waigiou ! and

Mysol! (descr. nulla; type examined).

Eclectus rhodops, Schleg. Mus. P.-B. Psittaci, p. 43 (1864),

Ceram, Amboyna, and Bouru.

Pionias rhodops, part., Finsch, Die Papag. ii. p. 380 (1868).

Geoffroyus schlegelit, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. x. p. 29. no.

40, Buru, Boano, Ceram, Amboyna, Arouko, Goram, Monawolka

(1877).

[No. 304. Male: eyes white; bill, upper part reddish, lower

blackish.—J. M.]

This species resembles G. aruensis (G. R. Gr.); but it is larger,

has the under wing-coverts of a darker blue, and the female has. a

darker brown head.

The type of Psittacus fuscicapillus, Vieill., is certainly a female of

this species ; but the description is wrong, as also the locality.

Psittacus rhodops, G. R. Gr. (1. ¢.), was said to be from Waigiou

and Mysol; but knowing that in these islands lives a representative

1 [Besides the skins examined by Count T. Salvadori, two Cassowaries were

procured alive, and the skins afterwards preserved. They appear to be imma-

ture examples of Caswarius galeatus, or of a very closely allied species.—P. L. 8.]

1878. ] BIRDS OF TERNATE, AMBOYNA, ETC. 81

form, Geoffroyus pucherani, Bp., I thought that it could not be the

same bird as Eclectus rhodops, Schleg., from the Ceram group ;

accordingly I gave to Schlegel’s species the name of Geoffroyus

schlegelit. Having, however, quite recently seen Gray’s types in the

British Museum, I find that they really belong to the Ceramese

species; and I am quite sure that the localities Waigiou and Mysol

are wrong. Those specimens no longer bear Wallace’s original labels,

which circumstance may explain how it was that wrong localities

have been attributed to them.

3. Cryx Lepipa, Temm.

Ceyx lepida, Temm. Pl. Col. 595. f. 1, Amboyna (1836) ; Sharpe,

Mon. Alced. pl. 46 (pt. ii. 1868).

[No. 303. Female: bill and legs red; eyes black ; stomach had

insects.— J. M.]

4, MacropTeryx MysTacea (Less).

Cypselus mystaceus, Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. Atlas, pl. 22 (1826)

(type examined).

Macropteryx mystacea, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. x. p. 311.

sp. 1 (1877).

[298. Male; 299. Female: eyes black; stomach had insects.

—ZJ. M.]

Two specimens—one ‘‘ male’’ (No. 298), with the brown spot on

the ear-coverts, and one female (No. 299), without the brown spot.

5. CyrTosToMus ZENOBIA (Less.).

Cinnyris zenobia, Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. Atlas, pl. 30. f. 3 (1826),

i. 2, p. 679 (1828)*.

Cinnyris clementie, Less. Dict. Se. Nat. i. p. 18 (1827).

Cyrtostomus melanogaster, G. R. Gr. Hand-list, i. p. 112. sp.

1390 (1869), descr. nulla.

Cyrtostomus zenobia, Salvad. Atti R. Ac. Sc. Tor. xii. p. 319

(1877).

[No. 308. Male; 312. Female; 313. Male: eyes black; stomach

contained insects.—J. M.

Three “ males” (No. 308, 312, 313), apparently fully adult; all

three have the feathers of the forehead tipped with metallic blue;

one of them (No. 313) has the upper parts more greenish than the

other two, which have the same parts of a rich olive-brown.

6. Hermorimia aspastorpes (G. R. Gr.).

Nectarinia aspasioides, G. R. Gr. P. Z.S. 1860, p. 348, Am-

boyna.

Hermotimia aspasioides, Salvad. Atti R. Ac. Sc. Tor. x. p. 208,

216 (1874), xii. p. 306 (1877).

Cinnyris aspasioides, Shelley, Mon. Cinnyr. pt. v. (1877).

‘ T have not been able to find the type of this species in the Museum of Paris.

Proc. Zoo. Soc.—1878, No. VI. 6

82 COUNT T. SALVADORI ON THE [Jan. 15,

(314. Male: eyes black. 312. Female: eyes black ; stomach

had insects.—J. M.]

Two specimens—one “ male” (No. 314) not fully adult, with the

green cap mixed with blue, and one “‘ female” (No. 312).

7. Dic#uM VULNERATUM, Wall.

Diceum vulneratum, Wall. P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 32, note (Ceram ;

type examined).

[No. 315. Female: eyes brown; stomach had insects and seeds.

Small bird.—J. M.]

This sex has not yet been described.

Fem. Superne cinereo-fusca, alis et cauda obscurioribus, paullum

nitentibus ; pileo presertim frontem versus brunneo tincto ;

supracaudalibus rubris ; inferne cinerea; gastreo medio seu

gula, colli antici, pectoris abdominisque parte media et subcau-

dalibus albis ; rostro et pedibus fuscis.

8. BupyTes viripis (Gm.).

[305. Male: eyes brown; legs and bill black; stomach had

insects. 310. Female: eyes brown. 319. Male: eyes brown ;

stomach had insects.—J. M.]

Three specimens—one “ male” (No. 305) and one “female” (No.

310) scarcely different, and one ‘‘ male” (No. 319) with the under-

parts of a paler yellow, and with the back rather greyish.

9. MacropyGiA AMBOINENSIS (Linn.).

[301. Male: eyes red; feet red; bill black ; fruit in stomach.

320. Female: eyes orange; stomach had seeds; legs red.—J. M.]

Two specimens—one fully adult “male” (No. 301), and one

“female” (No. 320). The female has the cap of a uniform cinna-

mon colour, the breast more reddish than the male, and no green

or purplish reflections on the nape, which is finely mottled with

dark brown and reddish fulvous.

10. CHaraApRIvs FuLVUs (Gm.).

[No. 317. Male: eyes hazel; stomach contained worms and

land-shells.—J. I. ]

11. EvpromiAs veREDUus (Gould).

Charadrius veredus, Gould, P. Z. 8S. 1848, p. 38; id. B. Austr.

vi. pl. 14.

Eudromias veredus, Harting, Ibis, 1870, p. 209, pl. vi.

[No. 318. Male: eyes hazel; stomach contained worms and land-

shells.—J. M.]

12. AlGIALITIS GEOFFROYI (Wagl.).

Charadrius geoffroyi, Wagl. Syst. Av. gen. Charadrius, sp. 19

(1827).

Ayialitis geoffroyi, Harting, Ibis, 1870, p. 378, pl. xi.

[No. 311. Male: eyes brown.—J. M.]

1878.] BIRDS OF TERNATE, AMBOYNA, ETC. 83

13. TRINGOIDEs HYPOLEUCUs (Linn).

[No. 306. Female: eyes hazel; stomach had insects.—J. M.]

14. GALLINAGO sTeNURA (Kuhl).

“‘Scolopax stenura, Kuhl,” Bp. Ann. Stor. Nat. iii. fase. x (1830).

Gallinago stenura, Schleg. Mus. P.-B. Scolopaces, p. 12 (1864) ;

Salvad. Cat. Syst. Ucc. di Borneo, p. 334. sp. 353 (1874).

[No. 316. Male: eyes black ; stomach had worms.—J. M.])

15. Burorimes savanica (Horsf.).

Ardea javanica, Horsf. Trans. Linn. Soc. xiii. p- 190 (1820) ;

Schleg. Mus. P.-B. Ardea, p. 43 (1863).

Butorides javanica, Salvad. Cat. Uce. di Borneo, p. 351. sp. 370

(1874).

[No. 300. Male: eyes orange; legs yellow; bill black; crustacea

in stomach. 309. Female: eyes yellow; legs green.—J. M.]

Two specimens—one “male” (No. 300) fully adult, and a young

“female”? (No. 309).

Ill. Birds from Banda.

[The ‘ Challenger’ arrived at Banda on the 29th September, 1874,

and sailed from Banda on the evening of the 2nd October, 1874.—

J. MJ

Only 10 specimens, belonging to 7 species, are in the collection,

which, although a very small one, is of some interest, as birds from

Banda are rather scarce in Museums.

1. SauropaTis cHLorts (Bodd.).

[No. 293. Male; 294. Female: eyes black; legs have a dull

brown tinge; base of the lower mandible white, the rest black.—

J. M.)

2. Monarcua rnornatus (Garn.). *

Muscicapa inornata, Garn. Voy. Coq. Zool. Atlas, pl. 16. f. 2

(1826), & i. 2, p. 591 (1828), New Guinea (type examined).

Drymophila cinerascens, Temm. Pl. Col. 430. f. 2 (1827), Timor

(type examined).

Monarcha fulviventris, Hartl. P.Z.S. 1867, p. 830, Echiquier

Islands (type examined).

[No. 292. Male: eyes brown; legs and bill slate-blue; the bill

lighter than legs ; stomach contained insects.—J. M.]

After having examined the types mentioned above and having

compared together many specimens from Timor, Banda, Amboyna,

Goram, Tijoor, Ternate, Halmahera, Batchian, Tifore, Sula, Ké

Islands, Aru Islands, Mysol, New Guinea (Sorong, Dorei, and Man-

nam), Mafor, the Admiralty Islands, and the Echiquier group, I

have arrived at the conclusion that they all belong to one species.

The Drymophila cinerascens, Temm., represents the fully adult bird ;

84 COUNT T. SALVADORI ON THE (Jan. 15,

and the Muscicapa inornata, Garn., is the young stage of the same,

differmg from the adult in the reddish colour of the outer edgings

of the remiges. Under the name of M. fulviventris Hartlaub has

described a specimen from the Echiquier group, with the abdomen

rather pale, exactly like others from the other localities mentioned

above.

3. Rurprpura squamarta, S. Mill.

Rhipidura squamata, S. Mill. Verh. Land- en Volkenk. p. 189

(1839-1844), Banda (type examined).

Rhipidura griseicauda, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p. 924.

sp. 20 (1875), Waigiou.

[No. 289. Female: eyes hazel; stomach contained insects.—

J. M.]

This species is allied to R. rufifrons (Lath.) from Australia, from

which it differs in having the forehead black in the middle and

white on the sides ; the tail is grey, white-tipped, and with scarcely

any reddish colour near the base. S. Miller described this species

with the tail brown-black, instead of grey; and this mistake

made me believe that the bird from Waigiou, described by me, was

different.

4. PachycerHALa pH xonoTa (Miill.).

Myiolestes phajonotus, Mill. Mus. Lugd. (type examined) ; Bp.

Consp. i. p. 358 (1850), Banda.

Pachycephala brunnea, Wall. P. Z.S. 1865, p. 478, Banda, Sal-

watty (type examined).

Pachycephala senex, Pelz. Verh. k. zool.-bot. Gesellsch. Wien,

1872, p. 429, Aru (type examined).

[No. 290. Male; 291. Female: eyes light hazel; legs flesh-

colour ; stomach contained insects.—J. M.]

The sexes are exactly alike.

The types in the Museum of Leyden are marked “ Borneo,” which

is a mistake ; Bonaparte has given the exact locality.

This species has a very extensive range ; I have seen specimens

from Banda, Ceram-laut, Mysol, Salvatty, Waigiou, Mafor, Ternate,

Dammar, Mareh, Motir, and Tifore. It is not quite certain that

the bird described by Von Pelzeln (/. ¢.) was really from the Aru

Islands.

5. Myzome a Borel, 8. Mill.

Nectarinia (Myzomela) boiei, 8. Mill. Verh. Land- en Volkenk.

p- 172 (1839-44) (type examined).

[No. 295. Female: eyes brown ; stomach had insects. The

male of this bird had a red head ; but no specimen was shot.—J/. M.]

6. ZosTEROPS CHLORIS, 8. Mill.

Zosterops chloris, S. Mill. in Mus. Lugd. (type examined) ; Bp.

Consp. i. p. 398 (1850); Hartl. Journ. f. Orn. 1865, p. 24.

[Ne. 287. Male; 288. Female: eyes brown; legs slate-colour ;

1878.] BIRDS OF TERNATE, AMBOYNA, ETC. 85

stomach contained insects. In flocks on trees near the shore.—

J. M.}

The sexes are exactly alike.

To this species have been referred also specimens from Ternate

and Bouru ; but those from Ternate agree better with Z. intermedia,

Wall., from Celebes ; and one specimen from Bouru in the British

Museum, collected by Wallace, belongs to a species not yet described.

7. CARPOPHAGA CONCINNA, Wall.

Carpophaga chalybura, G. R. Gr. (nee Bp.), P. Z. 8. 1858, pp.

187, 196 (Aru).

“Carpophaga chalybea, Bp.” (errore), Rosenb. Journ. f. Orn. 1864,

p. 132. sp. 226 (Aru).

Carpophaga concinna, Wall. Ibis, 1865, p- 383. no. 52, Matabello

Island, Aru (a small island west of ) (type examined) ; Salvad. Ann.

Mus. Civ, Gen. ix. p. 200. no. 39 (1876).

Carpophaga roseinucha, patt., Schleg. Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. iii.

p- 197 (1865).

[No. 296. Female. This bird was sent on board alive as a present

to the Professor.—J. M.]

IV. Birds from the Ké Islands.

[The ship arrived at Ké Doulan, Ké Islands, on the morning of

the 25th September, 1874, and left on the morning of the 26th

September.—J. M.]

The birds from Ké Islands are 25, representing 14 species; they

have been all collected at the little island named Dulan’.

The Ké Islands were quite unknown to naturalists before Wallace

made a short stay there of six days in January 1857. He only

obtained thirteen species in all?, which were catalogued, together with

those from the Aru Islands, by Mr. G. R. Gray*. Von Rosenberg

made a longer stay on the Ké Islands, and collected there rather

extensively ; but no complete catalogue of his collection has been

published. He gave an account of his visit to the Ké Islands, and

of some of the birds collected there by him, in his ‘ Reis naar de

zuidoostereilanden gedaan en 1865,’ pp- 67-83.

Dr. Beceari in 1873 made a rather large collection of birds in

the Ké Islands. Of this some of the new species have been already

described by me‘; but I propose to give a complete account of it as

soon as my occupations permit.

* Cosmos di Guido Cora, ii. tay. ii. (1874).

? Ann. & Mag. Nat. Nist. (2), xx. p. 473 (1857).

° P.Z. 8. 1858, pp. 169-198.

+ “Nuove specie di uccelli delle Isole Aru e Kei, raccolte da Odoardo Beccari,”’

Ann. Mus, Ciy. Gen. vi. pp. 73-80 (1874) ; “Altre nuove specie di uccelli raccolte

nella Nuova Guinea dal Signor L. M. D’Albertis e nelle Isole Aru e Kei dal Dott.

O. Beceari,” op. cit. vi. pp. 308-314; “Deserizione di sei nuove specie di

uccelli delle Moluche, delle Kei e delle Isole Aru,” op. cit. vii. pp. 983-990

(1875).

86 COUNT T. SALVADORI ON THE [Jan. 15,

1. PANDION LEUCOCEPHALUs, Gould.

Pandion leucocephalus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 138; id. B.

Austr. i. pl. 6 (1848); Sharpe, Cat. Acciptr. p. 451 (1874).

[No. 268. Male: eyes yellow; legs whitish ; bill black ; stomach

contained fish. Shot by Chauner; no others were seen. Shot far

in the bush from the shore.—J. 27/.}

2. GEOFFROYUS KEYENSIS, Schleg.

Psittacus capistratus, G. R. Gr. (nec Bechst.), P. Z. S. 1858,

p- 183 (@), Ké Islands (type examined).

Eclectus personatus (part.), Schleg. Ned Tijdschr. Dierk. iii. p.

332 (A. grande forme (partim), p. 333) (1866); id. Mus. P.-B.

Psittaci, Revue, p. 18 (partim) (1875).

Pionias rhodops (part.), Finsch, Die Papag. ii. pp. 388, 955

(1868).

Geoffroyus keyensis, Schleg. MS. (Finsch, Die Papag. ii. p. 956) ;

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. x. p. 29. sp. 37 (1877).

[No. 271. Male; 269, 270. Females : eyes white ; upper mandible

red in the male, both black in the females ; stomach contained seeds

and fruit.—J. M.]

Three specimens—a young “male”? (No. 271) in transitional

plumage, an adult “female” (No. 270) with the head pale brown

olive, and a not fully adult “female” (No. 269) with the head

conspicuously tinged with green.

3. Eos rusra (Gm.)

Domiceila rubra, Finsch, Die Papag. ii. p. 786 (1868).

Psittacus (Eos) bernsteinii, Rosenb. Nat. Tijdschr. v. Ned. Ind.

xxv. p. 145 (1863), Ké Islands.

Lorius squamatus, Schleg. (nec Bodd.), Mus. P.-B. Psittaci, p.

124. no. 1, 2 (1864) (types examined).

Domicella schlegelit, Finsch, Die Papag. ii. p. 792 (1868),

Ké Islands (type examined).

[No. 272. Male; 273. Female: eyes light red ; bill dullred ; legs

black ; stomach contained seeds with some insects. Only two were

shot. The Professor has one of the same species alive on board,

bought at Ké Doulan.

No. 324. Female: eyes brown; legs black; bill rose-coloured.

This bird was purchased alive at Ké Doulan, Ké Islands, and kept

till today (Oct. 12, 1874) on board, and was killed on account of

the noise it made.—J. M.]

Three specimens—one “male” (No. 272) and one “ female”

(No. 273) fully adult and alike, and a “female” (No. 324) not

fully adult, with some of the feathers of the underparts edged with

blue and turning to greenish in the hidden part.

The Domicella schlegelit, Finsch, l. ec. (= Lorius squamatus,

Schleg.), was established on some young birds, which have the

feathers of the underparts edged with blue ; the same thing happens

in the young of Z. rictniata and of E. cyanogenys.

1878. | BIRDS OF TERNATE, AMBOYNA, ETC. 87

4. Rurpipura AssIMiLis, G. R. Gr.

Rhipidura assimilis, G. R. Gr. P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 176, Ké Islands

(type examined).

[No. 286. Male: insects in the stomach; eyes black.—J. M. |

This species is allied to R. isura, Gould, from Australia, and to

R. setosa (Q. & G.) from New Ireland and New Guinea; it

differs from the first in the larger dimensions, in the paler band

across the breast, and in the spot at the tip of the two outer tail-

feathers less extended and light fulvous instead of white; from R.

setosa it is easily distinguished by the upper tail-coverts rufescent.

5. GRAUCALUS POLLENS, Salvad.

Graucalus pollens, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. v. p. 75 (1874).

[No. 280. Female: eyes black; stomach contained seeds; feet

and bill black.—J. JL]

This specimen agrees entirely with the typical females described

by me. This species comes next to G. caledonicus (Gm.) from New

Hebrides and New Caledonia; but it differs in the dimensions being

somewhat smaller and in the darker colour. _ It is also allied to Gr.

personatus, Mill., from Timor; but it is larger, darker, and also

conspicuously different in the under wing-coverts, which are not

white, but dark like the rest of the plumage.

In the British Museum I have seen a Graucalus, said to have been

collected by Wallace in the Sula Islands, and wrongly named G.

temmincki, which is very much like the females from the Ké Islands,

except that it is a little smaller.

6. LauacE Karu (Less.).

Lanius karu, Less. Voy. Coq. Atlas, pl. 16 (1826).

Ceblepyris karu, Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. i. 2, p. 633 (1828) (type

examined).

Lalage karu, Hartl. Journ. f. Orn. 1865, p. 168.

[Nos. 282, 283. Males: eyes black; stomach contained in the

one seeds, in the other insects.—J. M.]

Two specimens, one “male” (No, 282) fully adult, with the

upper parts shining black, the under wing-coverts pure white, and

the breast and the abdomen barred across; this is exactly like

another specimen from Naiabui, collected by Signor D’Albertis and

marked female (!) (Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ix. p. 28. sp. 108, 1876).

The second specimen (No. 283) is also marked “ male:” it is not

fully adult ; it has the upper parts grey, and the under wing-coverts,

as well as the underparts, tinged with reddish.

I suspect that to the same species must be referred the Ceblepyris

rufiventris, Jacq. & Pucher., and I question whether it really was

from Raffles Bay. The type of this species, examined by me in the

Museum of Paris, agrees entirely with two specimens from the Aru

Islands, collected by Beccari, aud which are exactly like the type of

Lalage polygrammica, G. R. Gr., also from the Aru Islands.

88 COUNT T. SALVADORI ON THE [Jan. 15,

7. Dicruropsis MEGALORNIs (G. R. Gr.).

Dicrurus megalornis, G. R. Gr. P. Z. 8. 1858, pp. 199, 193,

Ké Islands (type examined).

Chibia megalornis, Sharpe, Cat. Birds in the Brit. Mus. iii. p. 242.

no. 9 (1877).

[Nos. 274, 275. Both females: eyes red; legs and bill black ;

stomach contained insects.—J. M.]

This bird and the other allied Austro-Malayan species have been

united by Mr. Sharpe to the genus Chibia, Hodgs., the type of

which, Chibia hottentotta (Linn.), has a much longer and more acute

bill, and is also very conspicuous for the tuft of silky hairs spring-

ing from the forehead—a feature which, among the Austro-Malayan

species, is only to be found in Dicrurus pectoralis, Wall., from the

Sula Islands’.

8. PHILeEMON PLUMIGENIS (G. R. Gr.).

Tropiderhynchus plumigenis, G. R. Gr. P. Z. 8S. 1858, pp. 174,

191, Ké Islands (type examined).

[No. 276. Male; 277. Sex uncertain: eyes brown; stomach

contained seeds.—J. M.]

Both are young birds, with the feathers of the sides of the breast

with broad yellow edges, and with the outer edges of the remiges

tinged with olive.

9. CALORNIS METALLICA (Temm.).

Lamprotornis metallicus,Temm. Pl. Col. 266, 1824, Amboyna

(type examined).

Calornis viridescens, G. R. Gr. P. Z. 8S. 1858, p. 181, Aru

Islands (type examined).

‘Calornis nitida, G. R. Gr. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 181, New Ireland

(type examined).

Calornis amboinensis, G. R. Gr. P. Z.S. 1858, p. 182, Amboyna

(type examined).

Calornis gularis, G. R. Gr. P. Z. S. 1861, p. 431, Mysol (type

examined).

Calornis purpurascens, G. R. Gr. Hand-list ii. p. 26. no. 6377,

(1870), Goram (type examined).

[No. 284. Female: eyes red; stomach contained seeds ; caught

by Suhm in a spider’s web.—J. M.]

One fully adult “female” (No. 284), resembling a fully adult

male.

This species has been found in nearly all the Moluccan and Pa-

puan Islands, from the Sula Islands westward to the Soloman Islands

eastward, and lives also in the northern part of Australia.

Temminck, in the text of the ‘ Planches Coloriées,’ says that his

1 T think that the Austro-Malayan species may be more properly referred to a

peculiar genus, which I propose to call Dierwropsis, characterized as follows :—

Rostrum crassum, rostro specierum generis Dissemuri simzle, sed culmine minus

acuto, crasstusculo ; cauda bifida divaricata, rectricibus eatimis superne introrsum

paullum convolutis.

1878. ] BIRDS OF TERNATE, AMBOYNA, ETC. 89

L. metallicus was from Timor and Celebes ; but this seems to be a

mistake, as the typical specimens in the Museum of Leyden, ex-

amined by me, are from Amboyna. In Celebes and in Timor lives

another species of the genus Calornis, and not C. metallica.

Specimens from the different localities do not differ specifically :

those from Cape York are somewhat more purplish, but not always

in the same way ; one from Goram, a small island near Amboyna (C.

purpurascens, Gray), is exactly like some specimens from Cape York.

Some specimens have the throat more purplish than others; one

from Mysol (C. gularis, Gray) cannot be separated from others from

Halmahera and Cape York.

10. CARPOPHAGA CONCINNA, Wall.

[Nos. 263-264. Males; 265, 266, 267. Females: eyes between

orange and a coral-red ; the stomach in all contained fruit and seeds ;

legs coral-red; bill black. There were a great many of these Nut-

meg Pigeons shot, enough for lunch for the whole ward-room. They

were very good eating.—J. M.|

11. Myristricrvora BICOLOR (Scop.).

Myristicivora bicolor, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ix. p. 276

(1877).

[No. 278. Male: white Pigeon ; eyes brown; stomach contained

fruit; feet blue; bill black.—J. M.]

This bird has the under tail-coverts entirely white.

In a recent paper of mine’ I have shown that M. dzcolor (Scop.),

M. spilorrhoa (G. R. Gr.), and M. melanura, G. R. Gr., are per-

fectly distinct species, and that M. bicolor (Scop.) most likely is a

migratory bird in the Moluccas, as it is in Celebes, and that, while

in Celebes it is to be found together with M. luctuosa (Reinw.), in

the Moluccas it lives together with M. melanura, Gray.

12. MacropyG1a KEYENSIs, Salvad.

Macropygia, sp., Wall. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) xx. p. 473

(partim), 1875, Ké Islands.

Macropygia phasianella, part., G. R. Gr. (nec Temm.), P. Z. 8.

1858, pp. 187, 196, Ké Islands; Wall. Ibis, 1865, p. 389. sp. 81

(partim) ; Rosenb. Reis naar zuidoostereil. p. 81 (1867).

Macropygia turtur, part., Schleg. Mus. P.-B. Columéa, pp. 110,

113, 114 (specimina Ins. Key), 1873.

Macropygia keyensis, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ix. p. 204.

sp. 64 (1876).

No. 279. Male: eyes hazel; stomach contained seeds; legs red ;

bill black.— J. M.]

I named this Ké-Islands species (J. s. c.) before seeing a fully adult

bird, feeling quite confident, from Schlegel’s description, that it was

really distinct. I have recently seen the adult specimens con-

tained in the Leyden Museum, and I am satisfied that the Ké-

1 « Qsservazioni intorno alle speci del genere Myristictvora, Rehb.” (Ann,

Mus. Ciy. Gen, ix. pp. 265-277).

90 COUNT T. SALVADORI ON THE {Jan. 15,

Islands bird belongs to a peculiar form. I shall now give a full

description of the adult bird collected during the ‘ Challenger’ expedi-

tion, and shall proceed after to point out the principal differences

from the allied forms.

Capite rufo-vinaceo, sincipite et genis pallidioribus ; vertice et

occipite grisescentibus ; collo postico viridi et purpureo nitente,

conspicue cinerascente ; dorso, uropygio, supracaudalibus alarum-

que tectricibus exterioribus brunneo-cinnamomeis, punctulis

nigris obsoletis adspersis ; gula rufescenti-albida ; collo antico

et pectore summo vinaceis, fasciolis transversis nigris notatis ;

pectore imo et abdomine albido-fulvescentibus, fasciolis trans-

versis nigris notatis; abdominis lateribus et subcaudalibus

brevioribus pallide cinnamomeis, nigro transfasciolatis ; sub-

caudalibus longioribus et tectricibus alarum inferioribus cinna-

momeis unicoloribus ; remigibus fuscis, exterius cinnamomeo

limbatis ; cauda superne brunneo-grisescente, inferne palli-

diore et magis grisescente ; rectricibus tribus utrinque latera-

libus partim lete rujis, fascia lata subapicali nigra notatis ;

rostro nigro; pedibus rubris.

Long. tot. circa 0™370; al. 0"-018; caud. 07190; rostr.

0™-018 ; tarsi 0"-021.

This species is intermediate between M. amboinensis (Linn.) and

M. doreya (Bp.).

It differs from UW. amboinensis (which it much resembles in the

light underparts) :—

Ist. In the greyish tinge of the vertex, of the occiput, and of the

hind neck ;

2nd. In the more vinaceous colour of the frout neck ;

3rd. In the more whitish underparts ;

4th. In the darker hue of the back ;

5th. In the larger dimensions.

From M. doreya, Bp., to which it bears a great resemblance in

the upper parts, it differs :—

lst. In the more greyish hind neck ;

2nd. In the much less vinaceous front neck and upper breast ;

3rd. In the more whitish underparts ;

4th. In the lighter and more greyish tail ;

5th. In the larger dimensions.

13. TRINGOIDES HYPOLEUCUS (Linn.).

[No. 285. Eyes black; stomach contained portion of shells.—

J. M.]

14. NumMEnrvus vRopyGistis, Gould.

[No. 281. Female: eyes black; stomach contained crustacea

(crabs).—J. M.]

In my Catalogue of the Birds of Borneo I have referred this

eastern form to N. ph@opus (Linn.); but now I think that N.

uropygialis, Gould, with the uropygium constantly mottled with

dark grey, is-entitled to specific rank.

1878.] BIRDS OF TERNATE, AMBOYNA, ETC. 91

V. Birds from the Aru Islands.

[The ship arrived at Dobbo, Aru Islands, about noon on the 16th

September, 1874. The same afternoon some birds were shot near

the village of Dobbo; these were all put in spirits. On the 17tha

large party landed on the island of Wokan and shot thirty-two

specimens. On the 19th September thirteen specimens were shot at

Wanumbai, and on the afternoon of the 22nd and morning of the

23rd seventeen more. The ship left Aru on the morning of the

23rd September, 1874, at 6 p.m.—J. M.]

The birds collected in the Aru Islands are 61, belonging to

40 species; they are from three different localities—Wokan, Wa-

numbai, and Dobbo, already visited by Wallace, Von Rosenberg, or

Beccari.

Only one species, Drymacedus beccarii, lately described by me from

the Arfak Mountains, is new to the islands.

1. CuncuMA LEUCOGASTER (Gm.).

Haliaétus leucogaster, Sharpe, Cat. Accipitr. p. 307 (1874).

[No. 262. Female: eyes yellow; stomach contained fish. Shot

on Wokan on 21st September. Skinned by Crosbie.—J. M.]

This bird is in transitional plumage, like the specimen figured by

Schlegel, Valkvog. pl. 4. f. 2.

2. HaLIASTUR GIRRENERA (Vieill.).

Haliaétus girrenera, Vieill. Gal. Ois. i. p. 31 (syn. emend.), pl. x.

(1825) (type? examined).

[No. 235. Male: eyes red; stomach contained crabs and cuttle-

fish. Shot on Wokan.—J. M.]

I have found in the Museum of Paris a specimen marked “ Papous

(Freycinet, 1820),” which seems to be the type of Vieillot.

3. Urospizias POLIOCEPHALUs (G. R. Gr.).

Accipiter poliocephalus, G. R. Gr. P.Z.S. 1858, pp. 170, 189,

Aru Islands (type examined); Sclat. Ibis, 1859, p. 276, 1860,

p- 322, pl. x. (fig. avis adulte tantum) ; Rosenb. Nat. Tijdschr.

Ned. Ind. xxv. p. 228. n. 47 (1863); id. Journ. f. Orn. 1864,

p- 116. n. 47; Kaup, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 177; Wall. Ibis, 1868,

p- 12 (partim); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p. 75, sp. 7,

Ansus (1875).

Nisus poliocephalus, part., Finsch, New Guin. p. 155 (1865); |

Schleg. Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. iii. p. 326 (partim) (1866); id. Mus.

P.-B. Revue Accipitr. p. 88 (1873); Gieb. Thes. Orn. ii. 711

(1875).

Leis poliocephalus, G. R. Gr. Hand-list, i. p. 34. sp. 336

1869).

: Astur poliocephalus, Rosenb. Reis naar zuidoostereil. p. 36 (1862);

Sharpe, Cat. Accipitr. p. 117 (specim. a, 6 tantum) (1874).

Urospizias poliocephalus, Gurn. Ibis, 1875, p. 365.

92 COUNT T. SALVADORI ON THE [Jan. 15,

Astur contumax, Rosenb. Reis naar zuidoostereil. p. 36 (Aru),

descr. nulla (1867).

Trospizias spilothoraz, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p. 900.

sp. 1 (1875), Arfak and Jobi, x. pp. 115, 117. sp. 5 (1877).

Accipiter etorques, part., Sclat. P. Z. S. 1877, p. 109. n. 45 (young

specimen).

[No. 253. Male, from Wanumbai.—J. M.]

This bird is young.

I have found in the museums of Leyden and Berlin two specimens

which are very much like my U. spilothorax; but they have only a

few longitudinal dark spots on the lower part of the breast, showing

that these spots are not a permanent character, and that my U. spilo-

thorax represents only a stage of U. poliocephalus.

4. MicroGLossus aTERRIMUS (Gm.).

[No. 206. Wokan. Male: eyes black; cheek-membrane red;

stomach contained many of the insides of kernels of nuts. This was

shot on the top of one of the highest trees. Only one seen at the

time.—J. M. |

I have seen many specimens from the Ara Islands, and these are

in general much smaller than those from New Guinea; and I think

that the type of Psittacus alecto, Temm., which I have seen in the

Museum of Leyden, must have come from the Aru Islands’. I do

not think that there is more than one species of the genus Micro-

glossus.

5. CYCLOPSITTACUS MELANOGENYs (Rosenb.).

*‘Psittacula melanogenia, Rosenb.” Schleg. Ned. Tijdschr. v.

Dierk. iii. p. 330 (1866), Aru (type examined); Rosenb. Nat. Tijdschr.

Ned. Ind. xxix. p. 142 (1867).

Psittacula melanogenys, Finsch, Die Papag. ii. p. 626 (1868).

Cyclopsittacus melanogenys, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. x. p. 29,

sp. 33 (1877).

[No. 207. Wokan. Female: eyes black; legs with a greenish

tinge.

No. 208. Wokan. Probably a male; but the specimen was too

much injured to determine.—J. M. |

The example, without indication of the sex, is most likely a female,

haying the ear-coverts orange.

6. EcLectus potycHLorus (Scop.).

Psittacus polychlorus, Scop. Del. Flor. et Faun. Insubr. p. 87,

n. 27 (1786) (ex Sonnerat), 3.

Eclectus linnei, Wag). Mon. Psitt. p. 571, t. xxi. (1832), 9.

Eclectus polychlorus, var. aruensis, G, R. Gr. P. Z. 8. 1858, p.

183.

' The specimen in the Berlin Museum, which has been regarded as a second

one of M. alecto, looks smaller than the New-Guinea specimens from having

the primaries cut off.

1878.] BIRDS OF TERNATE, AMBOYNA, ETC. 93

Eclectus polychlorus, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. x. p. 31. sp. 7

(1877).

[No. 212. Wokan. Male: eyes orange; upper mandible red

towards the base, and whitish-yellow towards the tip; lower one jet-

black; stomach contained inside-coating of cocoa-nut, and some

species of comminuted red coral (tubular coral) ; feet black.—J. M.|

Mr. G. R. Gray considered the Aru specimens as forming a pecu-

liar race of Z. polychlorus, on account of the yellowish band at the

tip of the tail being more conspicuous and tinged with reddish; but

the differences are very slight and not constant.

7. CHALCOPSITTACUS SCINTILLATUS (Temm.).

Psittacus scintillatus, Temm. Pl. Col. p. 569 (1835), Lobo, juv.

(type examined).

Chalcopsitta rubrifrons, G. R. Gr. P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 182. pt. 135

(ad.), Aru (type examined).

Domicella scintillata, Finsch, Die Papag. ii. p. 752 (1868).

Chaleopsittacus scintillatus, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. x.

p- 34, sp. 75 (1877).

[No. 213. Wokan. Male: eyes dull red; feet black; both man-

dibles black ; stomach quite empty.

No. 229. Wokan. Male: eyes orange; feet and bill black;

stomach contained insects and leaves.—J. M.]

Both specimens are fully adult.

8. TRICHOGLOSSUS NIGRIGULARIS, G. R. Gr.

Trichoglossus nigrigularis, G. R. Gr. P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 183, Aru

(type examined).

Trichoglossus cyanogrammus, part., Finsch, Die Papag. ii. 830

(1868).

[No. 237. Male, Wokan: eyes red, bill red; legs slate-colour ;

stomach contained small seeds. Shot at Wokan.—QJ. M.]

This species is confined to the Aru Islands and to the Ké Islands,

and it is quite distinct from TJ’. cyanogrammus (Wagl.), with which

it has been assimilated by Wallace, Schlegel, and Finsch.

I have seen many specimens of both species, and I have found that

constantly T. nigrigularis differs from T. cyanogrammus :—

Ist. In the red of the breast inclining to orange, paler and with a

most conspicuous yellow tint near the dark edges of the feathers.

2nd. The dark edges of the breast-feathers are much narrower,

as in 7. massene.

3rd. The head above has only two colours, blue in the anterior

half, greenish in the other half; while in 7’. cyanogrammus the head

above has three colours, blue on the sinciput, green on the vertex,

and purplish-brown on the occiput, like 7. massene.

4th. The middle of the abdomen is generally blackish.

5th. The dimensions are larger.

The Ké-Islands specimens are a little larger than those from the

Aru Islands.

94 COUNT T. SALVADORI ON THE (Jan. 15,

9. Sauropatis cHLorts (Bodd.).

Halcyon sordida, var., G. R. Gr. P. Z.S. 1858, p. 172 (Aru).

[No. 244. Female, Dobbo: legs slate, with slightly bluish tinge ;

eyes black. Shot on Dobbo on the 20th September, 1874.—J. M.]

This bird has the upper parts very dark, and in that respect ap-

proaches S. sordida (Gould), to which Mr. Gray thought that the

Aru birds should be referred ; but I have seen other specimens from

the Aru Islands with the upper parts of a much brighter colour,

exactly like others from Amboyna, Bouru, and other localities.

The true S. sordida (Gould) is a much larger bird.

10. Savropatis sancta (Vig. & Horsf.).

Halcyon sanctus, Sharpe, Mon. Alced. pl. 91 (1868-1871).

Sauropatis sancta, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. x. p. 306, sp. 33

(1877).

[No. 219. Male (young), Wokan: eyes black; upper mandible

and edge of lower black, under base of lower light-coloured; feet

brown.—J. M.]

11. SauRoMARPTIS GAUDICHAUDI (Q. & G.).

Dacelo gaudichaudii, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Uran. Zool. p. 112,

pl. 25 (1824), Waigiou, Guebé (type examined); Sharpe, Mon.

Alced. pl. 116 (1868-1871).

Sauromarptis gaudichaudi, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. x. p. 306.

sp. 35 (1877).

[203. Male; 204. Female, Wokan: eyes black; legs greenish,

yellow tinge ; stomach contained insects and portions of leaves.—

J. M.

The male has the tail blue; and the female has the tail chestnut.

12. Ssuromarptis Tyro (G. R. Gr.).

Dacelo tyro, G. R. Gr. P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 171, pl. 133, Aru (type

examined) ; Sharpe, Mon. Alced. pl. 117 (1868-1871).

Sauromarptis tyro, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. x. p. 307. sp. 36

(1877).

[No. 205. Young male? Wokan: eyes black; legs greenish-

yellow tinge ; stomach contained insects and portions of leaves.—

J. M.)

This bird differs from the adult in having the underparts entirely

reddish, and in the blue of the wings inclining to greenish.

13. AAGOTHELES WALLACE, G. R. Gr.

Aigotheles wallacei, G. R. Gr. P. Z. S. 1859, p. 154, Dorey,

(type examined) ; Schleg. Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. iii. p. 340 (1866),

Aru; Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. x. p. 310. sp. 7 (1877).

Caprimulgus brachyurus, Rosenb. Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. xxix.

p- 143 (1867), Aru (type examined).

[No. 259. Female, Wanumbai.—J. M.]

I have compared this specimen with the type in the British Mu-

1878. ] BIRDS OF TERNATE, AMBOYNA, ETC. 95

seum and with two other specimens from New Guinea, collected by

D’Albertis and Bruijn’s men. From all these it differs in the finer

vermiculations, and in the somewhat smaller dimensions, and perhaps

may belong to a different species; but we must see some more spe-

cimens from the Aru Islands before we can decide the question.

The Caprimulgus brachyurus, Rosenb., is a young bird with the

tail incompletely developed.

14. Macropreryx MYSTACEA (Less.).

[No. 254. Male, Wanumbai: eyes black.—J. M.]

This bird has a brown spot on the ear-coverts.

15. Hrrunpo savantca, Sparrm.

Hirundo frontalis, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Astrol. Zool. i. p. 204,

pl. 12. f. 1 (1830), Dorey (type examined).

[No. 225. Female, Dobbo: eyes black.—J. M.)

16. HyLocHELipon NIGRICANS (Vieill.).

Hirundo nigricans, Vieill. N. D. xiv. p- 523 (1817), New Holland

(type examined).

[No. 226. Male, Dobbo: eyes black. Shot by the Professor at

the village of Dobbo.—J. M.]

17. Macha2RoRHYNCHUS XANTHOGENYs, G. R. Gr.

Macherirhynchus xanthogenys, G. R. Gr. P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 176,

Aru (type examined) ; Salvad. Atti R. Acc. Sc. Tor. x. p. 375. sp. 2

(1875).

[No. 234. Male, Wokan: eyes and bill black ; feet slate. Shot

at Wokan.—J. M.]

18. Gravcatus mexanors (Lath.).

Campephaga melanops, var., G. R. Gr. P.Z.S. 1861, p. 435.

[No. 228. Female, Dobbo: eyes brown; stomach contained in-

sects ; legs and bill black. Shot by the Professor at the village of

Dobbo.—J. M.]

The specimen agrees entirely with black-faced Australian males,

and with male birds collected’ by Signor D’Albertis at Yule Island

(Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. (1875), p. 820. sp. 41).

19. EpoLiosoma MUELLERI, Salvad.

Ceblepyris plumbea, part., 8. Miill. (nec Wagl.), Verh. Land- en

Volkenk. p. 189 (1839-1844), New Guinea only (type examined).

Edoliosoma miilleri, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p. 928

(1875).

[No. 260, Wanumbai: male. No. 245. Female: eyes hazel ;

bill black ; legs dark with brownish tinge; stomach had insects.

Shot on 20th, Dobbo.—J. M.]

These specimens agree in every respect with New-Guinea specimens.

Edoliosoma tenuirostre (Jard. et Selby), from Australia, is scarcely

different from the New-Guinea bird ; perhaps it is a little larger.

96 COUNT T. SALVADORI ON THE [Jan. 15,

S. Miiller, under the name of Cedlepyris plumbea, has united a

specimen from Utanata and a young bird from Timor ; but this, ac-

cording to me, belongs to a much lighter species, not yet named, of

which I have seen adult specimens in the British Museum. With the

same name of C. plumbea there is in the Leyden Museum a specimen

marked ‘‘ Borneo :” it is a young bird exactly like that from Timor ;

and I think that the locality is wrong. On the evidence of this

specimen Hartlaub (Journ. f. Orn. 1865, p. 155) has asserted the

existence of C. plumbea, Miill., in Borneo.

20. Dicruropsis assimitis (G. R. Gr.).

Dicrurus assimilis, G. R. Gr. P. Z.S. 1858, p. 129, Aru (type

examined ).

Chibia assimilis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 239 (1877).

[No. 214. Female, Wokan: eyes dull red; feet and bill black ;

stomach contained insects.—J. M.]

21. CoLLURICINCLA MEGARHYNCHA (Q. & G.).

Muscicapa megarhyncha, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Astrol. Zool. i.

p- 172, pl. 3. f. 1 (1830), Dorey (type examined).

Napothera eleoides, Mill., Mus. Lugd. (type examined).

Myiolestes aruénsis, G. R. Gr. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 180, Aru (type

examined).

Pinarolestes megarhynchus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 295

(1877).

[No. 240. Male: eyes hazel; legs slate. Shot at Wanumbai.—

J. M.|

I quite agree with Mr. Sharpe in uniting the Aru bird with the

New-Guinea one.

22. Recres arvénsis, Sharpe.

Rectes dichrous, G. R. Gr. (nec Bp.), P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 179, Aru.

Rectes aruénsis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 285 (1877),

Aru (type examined)’.

[No. 238. Female, Wanumbai: eyes dull red; feet slate-colour

with a violet tinge; stomach contained land-shells and remains of

insects.—J. M.]

255. Female, Wanumbai: eyes hazel.—J. M.]

These specimens, both marked females, and a female collected by

Beccari in the Aru Islands, agree in having the head blackish, the

front neck blackish tinged with reddish brown, the uropygium and

the upper tail-coverts blackish brown, the tail blackish above, and

decidedly reddish brown underneath. These three specimens, all

1The type of Rectes dichrous ceramensis, Meyer (Sitzb. Ak. Wien, Ixix.

p. 208), which I haye lately seen in the Museum of Vienna, is a specimen of

R. uropygialis, Gray, and not of R. aruénsis,as Mr. Sharpe suspects. The

locality, Ceram, is, no doubt, wrong. Rectes draschi, Pelzelu, Verh. z.-b. Gesell.

Wien, 1876, p. 218, is a female of Hdoliosoma schisticeps, G. R. Gr. (ex Hombr.

& Jacq. Voy. Pole Sud, Atlas, Zool. pl. 10. f. 1, 2).

1878. ] BIRDS OF TERNATE, AMBOYNA, ETC. 97

marked females, differ from two other specimens collected by Beccari,

marked males. These have the head, the neck, the tail, and the

upper tail-coverts jet-black ; and the breast in one specimen is tinged

with black more conspicuously than in the others. Ought we to

believe that the plumage of the first three specimens, described by

Sharpe as that of the young bird, is also the plumage of the adult

female, or that by a strange combination all the three specimens

marked females are really young ones?

23. Cracricus cassicus (Bodd.).

[No. 218. Female, Wokan: eyes dark, deep blue; base of the

mandibles light-coloured, with a tinge of blue, tips of mandibles

black ; stomach with leaves and seeds.—J. M.]

24. CyrTosToMuS FRENATUS (S. Miill.).

|No. 222. Male, Wokan: eyes black ; bill and feet black—J. If.]

25. Myzometa nieriTA, G. R. Gr.

Myzomela nigrita, G. R. Gr. P. Z.S. 1858, p. 173, Aru (type

examined).

Myzomela erythrocephala, Meyer (nec Gould), Sitzb. k. Ak. Wiss.

zu Wien, Ixx. p. 204 (1874), 2 and young ¢ (specimens examined).

[No. 232. Wokan, male: eyes hazel ; bill and feet black ; stomach

had insects.—J. M. |

Gray describes the male as “ entirely shining deep black,’’ omit-

ting to mention that it has the under wing-coverts and the inner edges

of the remiges white.

26. XANTHOTIS FILIGERA (Gould).

Ptilotis filigera, Gould, P. Z.S. 1850, p. 278, pl. 34, Cape York.

[No. 261. Wanumbai, male.—J. M.]

This bird has the light spots on the nape scarcely visible. Two

specimens from Utanata, collected by S. Miiller, in the Museum of

Leyden, belong to this species and not to the northern form X.

chrysotis (Less.).

27. DRYMAG@DUS BECCARII, Salvad.

Drymacdus beccarit, Salyad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. vii. p. 963. sp.

52 (1875), Arfak.

[No. 257. Wanumbai, male.—J. W.]

This example agrees completely with the type from the Arfak

Mountains. ‘This is a new species for the Aru Islands.

28. CALORNIs METALLICA (Temm.).

[Nos. 215, 216,217. Males, Wokan: eyes coral-red ; bill and legs

black ; small black seeds in the stomach of the adult males. The

above were the most abundant birds we saw on the 17th September

1874.—J. M.]

Proc. Zoou, Soc.—1878, No. VII. 7

98 COUNT T. SALVADORI ON THE [Jan. 15,

29. Mino pumontyI, Less.

[No. 250. Wanumbai, male: eyes yellow. No. 233. Wanumbai,

female: eyes yellow; legs and bill yellow ; stomach contained seeds.

30. ParapisEA ApopA, Linn.

[Nos. 248, 249. Males: eyes yellow. No. 247. Female: eyes

brown. No. 202. Young male: eyes pale yellow; legs light fawn-

colour; the stomach wasempty. This bird was shot by Mr. Abbot ;

he saw two others at the same time, but noticed none of them with

plumes. The Professor and Captain Nares saw a large flock ; and,

again, none of them were noticed with plumes. No other specimens

were seen by the party. No. 246. Female: eyes brown.—J. M.]

Four specimens from Wanumbai, and one from Wokan.

Ist. An adult “male” (No. 249), but not in full dress, wanting the

long yellow feathers on the sides.

2nd. A “ male”’ (No. 248) not fully adult, having the two middle

tail-feathers with very large webs, like the lateral ones, and longer

than these, one about two inches, the other only one inch; they

are of a lanceolate shape.

3rd. An adult “ female ”’ (No. 247) with yellowish nape.

4th. A young “male” from Wokan (No. 202).

5th. A young “female” (No. 246). The two last are exactly alike in

colour; but the male is larger than the female. Both have no yellow

on the nape.

31. CicinnuRUS REGIUS (Linn.).

Cicinnurus regius, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ix. p. 192. sp. 24

(1876); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus. iii. p. 171 (1877).

[No. 201. Male: eyes dull red; legs a delicate sky-blue; the

stomach contained a few remains of insects. This bird was shot by

Mr. Abbot ; two others were in company with it at the time. These

were the only specimens seen, either by Mr. Abbot or any other of

the party. They were not apparently very shy. A gun is said to

have been fired, close by, just before they were observed. No. 241.

Male, shot at Wokan: eyes dull red; legs delicate sky-blue or cobalt

blue. Nos. 242, 243. Males, shot at Wanumbai. Nos. 250, 251.

Males: eyesyellow. No. 252. Male (young): eyes yellow.—/. M.]

Seven specimens—one fully adult “ male” (No. 201) from Wokan,

and five adult “‘males”’ (Nos. 241, 242, 243, 250, 251), and a young

“male” (No. 252) from Wanumbai.

32. Manucopia atTRa (Less.).

Manucodia atra, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ix. p. 189. sp. 4

(1876); Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit, Mus. iii. p. 183 (1877).

[Nos. 209, 210. Male, female: eyes orange; legs black ; the

stomach contained fruit and seeds.—J. M.]

The male is larger than the female.

1878.] BIRDS OF TERNATE, AMBOYNA, ETC. 99

33. AALURGDUS MELANOTIS (G. R. Gr.).

Ptilonorhynchus melanotis, G. R. Gr. P. Z. S. 1858, p. 181, Aru,

(type examined).

Ailureedus melanotis, Gould, B. of New Guinea, pt. i. (1875) ;

Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ix. p. 193, sp. 28 (1877).

[No. 211. Eyes red; legs with a bluish tinge. Appears to be a

young bird; could not make out the sex.—J. W.]

Mr. Gould has expressed some doubts about 4. arfakianus,

Meyer, being really different from this species; but the greater

amount of black on the head and on the neck of 4. arfakianus, the

triangular shape of the light spots, with the acute angle turning

downwards, on the upper part of the breast, and the smaller dimen-

sions, distinguish at once the New-Guinea bird from its Aruan

relative.

34. Pritorus rozonus, G. R. Gr.

Ptilonopus (!) iozonus, G. R. Gr. P. Z.S. 1858, p. 186, Aru (type

examined),

Ptilopus ionozonus, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ix. p. 198. sp. 24

(1876).

[No. 289. Wanumbai, female: legs red; base of upper mandible

red, tip yellow ; lower green, with the tip lighter ; stomach empty.

—J. M.)

35. Pritorus coronuLatus, G. R. Gr.

Ptilonopus coronulatus, G. R. Gr. P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 185, pl. 138,

Aru (type examined).

Ptilopus coronulatus, Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ix. p. 198. sp.

26 (1876).

[Nos. 220, 221. Wokan, males: eyes red; bill green; feet red

(dull) ; stomach empty.—J. M.]

36. CARPOPHAGA ZOEH (Less.).

Columba zoée, Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. Atlas, pl. 39 (1826), i. pt. 2,

p- 705 (1828), Dorey (type examined).

Carpophaga zoée, Salvad. Ann. Mus..Civ. Gen. ix. p. 201. sp. 47

(1876).

[No. 236. Wanumbai, male: eyes white; legs red; beak black ;

stomach contained seeds. Shot at Wanumbai.—J/. WV. ]

37. Macropyer1a poreEyA, Bp.

Macropygia doreya, Bp. Consp. ii. p. 57 (1854), New Guinea

(type examined); Salvad. Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen. ix. p. 204. sp. 65

(1876).

Macropygia phasianella, part., G. R. Gr. (nec Temm.), P. ZS.

1858, p. 187, Aru Islands only; Wall. Ibis, 1865, p. 389. sp. 81

(partim). ”

[No. 254. Wokan, female.—J. J/.]

100 MR. A. Hs GARROD ON THE MOMOTIDZ. (Jan. 15,

38. Mecapropius pUPERREYI, Less. & Garn.

Megapodius duperreyi, Less. & Garn. Bull. Se. Nat. viii. p. 113

( 1826), Dorey (type examined); Less. Voy. Coq. Zool. i. pt. 2,

p- 700, 703, pl. 36 (1826-1828).

Megapode reinwardt, Temm. Pl. Col. livr. 37, genre Megapode

(1823).

Megapodius rubripes, Temm. Pl. Col. 411 (25th October 1826'),

Celebes! Amboyna!

Megapodius reinwardtii (sic), Temm. apud Wag}. Syst. Av. Gen.

Megapodius, note (1827), descr. nulla.

Megapodius reinwardtii, Wagl. Syst. Av. Gen. Megapodius, Ad-

ditamenta, sp. 4 (1827).

Megapodius rufipes, 8. Miill., Verh. Land- en Volkenk. pp. 23,

109 (1839-1844), Utanata.

Megapedius, sp., Wall. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (2) xx. pp. 473,

477 (1857), Ké, Aru.

[No. 230. Female: eyes dull red; legs orange; bill horn-colour.

—J. M.)

A female (No. 230) from Wokan.

39. NUMENIUS UROPYGIALIS, Gould.

[No. 258. Wanumbai, male.—J. M.]

40. TRINGOIDES HYPOLEUCUs (Linn.).

[No. 227. Dobbo, female: legs light green; billdark green; eyes

hazel; stomach contained insects.—J. M.]

7. On the Systematic Position of the Momotide.

By A. H. Garrop, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

[Received December 3, 1877.]

In my paper on certain muscles of birds and their value in classifi-

cation *, I have made an error, which I desire to correct, with refer-

ence to the systematic position of the Momotide. I there included

them with the Coraciide as part of a single family, characterized

among the Anomalogonatee by the possession of a nude oil-gland,

together with colic czeca. Since the time my paper appeared, I have

had the opportunity of dissecting several species of Momotide, thanks

to the kindness of Mr. O. Salvin, including Momotus lessoni, M.

equatorialis, M. brasiliensis {a specimen which had lived in the

Society’s Gardens), Hylomanes gularis, and Eumomota superciliaris ;

and I find that in none of these are colic czeca present.

Further, in Hylomanes gularis and Eumomota superciliaris I find

' I doubt whether this date, given by Crotch (Ibis, 1868, p. 500), for the pub-

lication of the 69th livraison of Temminck’s ‘ Planches Coloriées,’ is exact ; my

doubts rise from the fact that Mf. rubripes is not mentioned by Wagler in his

‘Systema Avium,’ published in 1827.

2 P.Z.8. 1874, p. 128.

ia>

1878. ] MR. A. H. GARROD ON THE MOMOTIDS. 101

a minute tuft on the apex of the oil-gland, although in the several

species of Momotus there is no trace of any tuft; in fact they have

lost it, evidently since the family was differentiated off.

Such being the case, the Momotidz must be placed with the Pici-

formes, as defined by me, instead of with the Passeriformes ; and the

amended arrangement may be thus tabulated, the Todide and Mo-

motide almost certainly forming a single family, as has been sug-

gested by many, and which is confirmed by the observation made by

Dr. Murie that in the Todidze the beak is serrate’.

ANOMALOGONATE.

Aves Piciformes. Aves Passeriformes.

Bucerotide. Coraciide.

Alcedinide. Steatornithide.

Momotide. Caprimulgide.

Todide. Galbulide.

{ Ramphastide. Meropide.

Capitonidee. Trogonide.

Pici. Bucconidez (?).

Passeres.

In further favour of the inclusion of the Momotide with the Pici-

formes may be mentioned the pterylographic peculiarity found in

them all, namely that the outer pectoral branch of the inferior tract

is separated almost entirely from the inner branch, with which it

blends for nearly its whole distance, or entirely, in the Passeriformes.

From a skin, I have been able to determine that the deep flexor

tendons of the leg of Todus viridis are arranged on exactly the same

plan in it as in the Momotide’, and that its tensor patagii brevis

also terminates in exactly the same manner as it does in them?.

The syrinx of the Momotidz has never been fully described, so far

as I am aware. I therefore exhibit a figure of it as it appears in

Syrinx of Momotus lessoni.

Momotus lessoni, which resembles that of the other species which I

have examined. Fig. A is the anterior view; B, the posterior.

1 P.Z.8. 1872, p. 671.

2 Vide P. Z. 8, 1875, p. 344, 3 Vide P.Z. 8. 1876, p. 511.

102 MR. A. H. GARROD ON CARPOPHAGA LATRANS. [Jan. 15,

The large cartilaginous three-way piece, in which the trachea

terminates inferiorly, is compound, being formed of several fixed

rings. It is complete in front, being represented behind by a

hooked process on either side, extending inwards towards the middle

line, where the two nearly meet. The lateral muscles of the trachea

extend down to the upper margin of this peculiar syrinx ; and a few

of their anterior fibres continue onwards to the surface of the carti-

laginous box, where they terminate, sometimes higher and sometimes

lower, but always before reaching its inferior margin.

8. Note on the Gizzard and other Organs of Carpophaga

latrans. By A. H. Garrop, M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to

the Society.

[Received December 3, 1877.]

In the collection of birds preserved in spirit by H.M.S. ‘ Chal-

lenger’ is the body, after the skin had been removed, of a single

specimen of Carpophaga latrans, together with the gizzard of a second

individual of the same species, obtained at Kandavu, Fiji. These

form the material for the present communication.

In his note-book Mr. John Murrray makes the following remarks

on the species':—‘*Stomach contained the fruit of some tree un-

known to me. The coat of the stomach had hard _papilla-like

ossifications of a circular form, two or three rows. . . . These indura-

tions are composed of a horny substance”—from which it is seen

that Mr. Murray was the first to recognize the existence of the

strange arrangement to be here described.

The thin-walled and capacious crop contained only one thing in

its interior—a complete fruit, which has been identified for me

by Mr. W. T. Thiselton Dyer, as that of Oncocarpus vitiensis.

In the gizzard was also found a portion of a second example of the

same fruit.

Oncocarpus vitiensis is a tree belonging to the natural order Ana-

cardiaceze, which, according to Dr. Seemann’, is ‘ about sixty feet

high, bearing large oblong leaves and a very curious corky fruit, some-

what resembling the seed of a walnut.” The tree is included

among those which are poisonous by the Fijians ; and its sap produces

an intense itching of the skin, when brought into contact with it,

whence the native name Kau Karo or itch-wood.

For the crushing of this very hard fruit a special anatomical

modification of the gizzard-walls of this Fruit-pigeon is developed,

which is peculiarly interesting and tends to prove the plasticity of

organs when aberrant forces come into play.

The gizzard is not developed to any thing like the extent that it is

‘1 Vide P. Z.8. 1877, p. 737.

2 Seeman’s Mission to Viti, p. 334,

1878.] MR. A. H. GARROD ON CARPOPHAGA LATRANS. 103

in the Gallinze or Anseres, but, as in most Carpophagine birds, is

small, and has its muscular- walls comparativaly ill-developed. No

stones of any kind were found in it.

It is the epithelial lining which is so peculiar in Carpophaga

latrans. Instead of being smooth, or folded into plications, as is

usually the case, its surface is raised into horny cones which closely

resemble in appearance the tubercles for the attachment of the spines

of the Echinoderm genus Cidaris. In fig. 1, a, the interior of the

gizzard is represented; fig. 1, 6, is a section of one of the cones

resting upon the muscular gizzard-wall.

These conical processes are corneous throughout, are erect, and

are quite transparent when cut into sections. There are twenty-

Fig. 1.

Interior of the gizzard of Carpophaga latrans.

three of them, large and small, in each of my specimens. The larger

cones, which are the more numerous, average seven millimetres in

diameter at their bases, their axial length being about four milli-

metres; the smallest cone is four millimetres across and of nearly

the same height.

The cones are arranged, close to one another, in a fairly regular

manner upon the two muscle-masses, being distributed in rows of

three, counting either transversely or longitudinally. This disposes of

eighteen of the twenty-three cones. The remaining five are found

on the tendinous intermuscular walls of the organ, in longitudinal

rows, two in one row, three in the other.

A section of any one of the cones demonstrates that it is not

in the least ossified, but corneous throughout, and of about the

density of ox-horn. It is also seen that the attached surface of

the epithelium does not participate in the undulations of the free

surface, being quite smooth. Neither does it send any processes into

the cones. Between the cones the epithelium is yielding, and only

semicorneous.

A still further exaggeration of this abnormal condition of the

epithelium of the gizzard of Carpophaga latrans has been described

104 MR. A. H. GARROD ON CARPOPHAGA LATRANS. (Jan. 15,

by MM. Jules Verreaux and O. Des Murs in Phenorhina goliath’

ot New Caledonia, which ‘se nourrit de graines de semicarpum.”

In this bird “le gésier, déja on ne peut plus musculeux par lui-méme,

a sa surface intérieure réguliérement recouverte . . . de pointes véri-

tablement osseuses, rappelant la forme de celles quise voient a la sur-

face ducorps de la Raia bouclée, ou Clavel, ou Clavelade. Ces

pointes, en céne aplati, ont leur base plane de 5 millim. de diamétre,

d’une hauteur de 5 a 6 mill., sont légérement inclinées sur elles-

mémes, et quelquefois recourbées par la dessication, lextrémité en

étant mousse.” A central fibrous peduncle is also said to run

through each osseous element.

Phenorhina goliath, from what has been said above, therefore

differs from Carpophaga latrans in having the cones of the gizzard

proportionally longer, at the same time that they are ossified

(which necessitates the presence of vessels in the ossification, which

appear after death as the fibrous cord) and oblique. There is,

however, a great similarity between the two organs.

I am informed by the Rev. S. J. Whitmee that Carpophaga pacifica

in the Samoan Islands feeds on nutmegs, from which it is highly

probable that in that species the gizzard-epithelium is modified in a

manner similar to that of the Fijior New Caledonian species. Speci-

mens of C. pacifica preserved would therefore be of special interest

for the determination of this point.

Syrinx of Carpophaga latrans.

With reference to the other parts of Carpophaga latrans, the

intestine is very capacious, only nine inches long, and transversely

sacculated from the contraction of its outer longitudinal muscular

coat, this producing the appearance of thirty bold transverse folds on

the mucous surface. There are no colic ceca; and, as in the genus

Carpophaga generally *, the gall-bladder is well developed. The

liver-lobes are equal in size.

* Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 1862, p. 168, * Vide P.Z.S, 1874, p. 258.

1878.] MR. E. A. SMITH ON A HELIX FROM JAPAN. 105

The syrinx (fig. 2, p. 104) is Columbine, with its lateral muscles

attached inferiorly to the membrane between the penultimate and

antepenultimate tracheal rings. The trachea is composed of rings

which are very yielding in the middle line posteriorly. As can be

seen in the figure, the musculi sterno-tracheales, which are inde-

pendent of the intrinsic muscles, are not quite symmetrically attached.

The furcula, as is the rule in the subfamily, is very slender, but

complete, wherein this species differs from Phenorhina goliath, in

which it is cartilaginous at its symphysial end, according to MM.

Verreaux and Des Murs’.

Myologically, the ambiens is to be found, not large ; the femoro-

caudal with its accessory head are well developed ; the semitendinosus

and its accessorius are the same.

There are two carotids; so that in this as well as all the other

features above mentioned Carpophaga latrans agrees with my

definition of the division of the Columbide into which it naturally

falls, its gizzard differing, however, from that of all but one of the

species which have been examined. iv

9. Description of a new Species of Helix from J apan.

By Enear A. Suirnu, F.Z.S.

[Received December 4, 1877.]

Hewrx (CaMENA) CONGENER, n. sp.

Testa convewiusculo-orbiculata, spira breviter conica, subaperte

umbilicata, tenuis, sordide pallido-virescenti-albida, fasciis

tribus nigrofuscis, media latissima, infima umbilicum pingente ;

anfractus 54, conveviusculi, lineis incrementi obliquis flexuosis,

striisque spiralibus confertis insculpti, ultimus subtus satis con-

vecus, prope aperturam leviter breviterque descendens; apertura

perobliqua, semilunaris, intus fasciata ; peristoma tenue, rosa-

ceum vel liliaceum, marginibus conniventibus, supero breviter

expanso, basali et columellari latius reflexis.

Diam. max. 30 mill., min. 25, alt. 18 ; aperture long. 15, lat. 14.

As this form approaches very closely to H. peliomphala of

Pfeiffer, I will give a comparative description as the best means of

showing its distinctness.

It is uniformly smaller, more narrowly umbilicated and of a paler

ground-colour ; its spire is constantly more elevated, aperture smaller;

the banding in the fourteen specimens examined invariably follows

the same arrangement, and not one of them exhibits any trace of the

opaque yellow stripes or blotches which are almost invariably ob-

servable in a greater or less degree (on the bands most conspicuously)

in H. peliomphala.

-This is a very pretty, delicate species, and of a thin semitransparent

texture. On the front of body-whorl, about two thirds of its whole

extent from the lip, there is an obliqne strongly marked line which is

? Loc. cit, p. 140.

106 THE MARQUIS OF TWEEDDALE ON (Jan. 15,

suffused with a pinkish tint, evidently marking a period of cessation

of growth, the colour having stained that part of the shell which then

formed the lip of the aperture.

The uppermost dark band of the last whorl is situated a little above

the middle, and passes just above the suture, and can be traced in part

almost to the apical whorl. Adjoining this thin line there is a second

thread-like one which borders the sutural edge of the whorls. The

median band is very broad, frequently more than twice as wide as

that above it, and encircles the whorl somewhat below the periphery ;

and the basal one, equally broad with the preceding, winds around

the rounded margin of the umbilicus.

Helix (Camena) congener.

Other allied forms of this species are H. luhuana, Sowerby, which

seems to be distinct from H. peliomphala, H. simode, Jay, and H.

herklotsit, Martens.

Whether these five are good and distinct species or only local forms

of one and the same, of which intermediate gradations have not yet

been observed, remains yet to be ascertained ; but, so far as our

present knowledge extends, the differences of form, texture, banding,

&c., warrant the presumption that they are specifically distinct.

The series of specimens upon which the above description is based

has been kindly placed in my hands for examination by Mr. G. B.

Sowerby, junior, who has presented two of them to the national

collection.

10. Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippmes.—

No. IV. On the Collection made by Mr. A. H. Everett

in the Islands of Dinagat, Bazol, Nipah, and Sakuyok.

By Arruur, Marquis of TweErpparz, F.R.S., President

of the Society.

[Received December 11, 1877.]

(Plates VI.—VIII.)

The four islands in which Mr. Everett collected the birds of

which I propose to give an account are situated to the north of the

TIVDOATUIVMWIC OMT PaTIa

it ti Es I ce Ue LS he a (ELE Dp Lilo

2 MIXORNIS CAPITALIS

J.Smit lith

Neo

DICAAUM &

DICAUM EVERE

PRIONOCHILUS

Hanhart imp

_ 1878.) THE ORNITHOLOGY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 107

shores of Mindanao, and are only separated from that island by

narrow channels. Through these channels the wind blows with

considerable force throughout the greater part of the year, being

either the gales of the S.W. or the N.E. monsoon.

Mr. Everett’s observations on the ornithological features of these

islands, coming as they do from a personal observer, merit transcrip-

tion. He writes :—“ No district visited so far has equalled the vici-

nity of Manilla in the number and variety of its birds. The progress

of the work shows that a very close general similarity exists between

the islands of Mindanao and Luzon, though there are some marked

local differences. This was to be expected; and it is rather sur-

prising that the differences are as marked as they are, when we con-

sider that not only are the islands separated from another by very nar-

row spaces of sea, but that they are situated in an area where strong

winds blow in various directions, with little cessation during the major

part of the year, accompanied with violent squalls and typhoons, so

that any high degree of specialization in the local avifauna would

seem, @ priort, out of the question.”

In the island of Dinagat, Mr. Everett writes, he found birds to be

excessively rare ; still he obtained 39 species, 7 of which were unde-

scribed :—

Ceyx argentata. Diceum everetti.

Hypothymis celestis. Prionochilus olivaceus.

Mizxornis capitalis. Aithopyga dubia.

Diceaum schistaceum.

Only 13 species were obtained in the small islands of Nipah,

Bazol, and Sakuyok; and they are all known inhabitants of Min-

danao.

1, Cacarua H&MATUROPYGIA (1).

[Nipah, 2, July. ]

2. LoricuLus HARTLAUBI (7).

[a. Dinagat, ¢,2, June. 6. Bazol, o, July.]

The example figured, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 819 (¢), is in full adult

plumage, the occipital feathers being orange-red, grading into orange

on the nape, which colour suffuses and descends the back, losing

itself in the pure green of the lower back. There is no blue about

the face, chin, or throat ; the dark blue of the under surface of the

rectrices fades into pale blue at their apices. The orange hue on

the back of the female figured is less intense.

3. HaRPacTES ARDENS (34).

[Dinagat, ¢, June. Iris brown; bill yellow, base green. j

A single example, in adult plumage, and which has a more massive

bill than is found in Luzon individuals. Otherwise alike, and di-

mensions equal.

4. MEROPS PHILIPPINUS (35).

[Bazol, ¢, July.]

108 THE MARQUIS OF TWEEDDALE ON [Jan. 15,

5. EurRYSTOMUS ORIENTALIS (37).

[a. Dinagat, g, June. 6. Nipah, 2, July.]

6. PELARGOPSIS GIGANTEA,

Pelargopsis gigantea, Walden, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xiii.

p. 123, P. Z.S. 1877, pp. 541, 822.

[Dinagat,?, ¢, June. ]

Neither example in full plumage ; and both are not separable from

the Butuan male observed upon/. c. Butuan, Pasananca, Malanipa,

and these Dinagat individuals appear to belong to a small race of

P. gigantea.

7. CEYX ARGENTATA. (Plate VI.)

Ceyx argentata, Tweeddale, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx.

p- 533, 2 (1 December 1877).

[Dinagat, 2, June. Iris brown; bill black ; feet pale reddish.]

Q. Chin, throat, upper breast, abdomen, ventral region, major

under wing-coverts, and thigh-coverts pure white. Cheeks, sides

of head, and ear-coverts black. Lower breast and flanks black, washed

with deep blue. Rectrices and under tail-coverts black. Plu-

mage above black; a bold supercilium commencing above the eye

and running into the occipital crest, formed by the component

plumes being tipped with pale silvery blue; many of the feathers of

the vertex minutely tipped with silvery blue. Occipital crest tipped

with pale silvery bluish green, or silvery blue, or the two together.

Dorsal plumage and lengthened upper tail-coverts black at base, then

silvery bluish green, then pale silvery blue. Wings black. Major

coverts each with a terminal silvery-green spot. Loral spot white ;

an isolated tuft on the sides of neck, white tipped with creamy fulvous.

Bill black.

Wing 2°62 inches, tail 1°37, tarsus 0°45, culmen 1°50.

8. SAUROPATIS CHLORIS (47).

[Dinagat, 9, June.]

9. PyRRHOCENTOR MELANOPS (65).

[Nipah, 2, July.]

10. PENELOPIDES AFFINIS.

Penelopides affinis, Tweeddale, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xx.

p-. 534; P.Z.8. 1877, p. 824.

[Dinagat, ¢, June: iriscrimson. a. Q, June: iris rather dark

brown-orange. |

11. GRAUCALUS sTRIATUS (74).

[Nipah, ¢, 9, July: iris Naples-yellow. |

12. Latace pomrnica (76).

[Dinagat, ¢, 2, June. ]

1875. ] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 109

13. HyLorerre PHILIPPINENSIS (78).

[Dinagat, g, June; 4. Q: iris dark brown; bill black; legs

bluish grey. ]

Sexes alike—not to be distinguished from the type.

14. DicrurRvus STRIATUS.

Dicrurus striatus, Tweeddale, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 545, no. 20.

[Nipah, ¢, July.]

15. LevcocEeRCA NIGRITORQUIS (83).

[Dinagat, 2, June.]

16. CyorNIS PHILIPPINENSIS.

Cyornis philippinensis, Sharpe, Tr. Linn. Soc. ser. 2, Zool. 1.

p- 325, “ Panay ” (1876).

{Dinagat, ¢, June. ]

A single example, hardly separable from Zebu individuals, and

agreeing with them in dimensions, consequently larger than Luzon

and North-Mindanao specimens. Wing 3°66 inches, as against

2°95 ; tail, 3-00, as against 2°75.

17. Hypotaymis cexestis. (Plate VII. fig. 1.)

Hypothymis celestis, Tweeddale, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4)

xx. p. 536, 2 (1 Dec. 1877).

{Dinagat, 2, June: iris dark-brown; bill blue tipped and

margined black ; interior of gape yellow-green ; orbital ring light

green; legs grey blue. |

9. Azure. Feathers of the head grey at their insertion, and

each tipped with glistening azure; a lengthened occipital crest

similarly marked. Space before the eye and lores pale blue. Chin,

cheeks, throat, sides of neck, and upper breast rich velvety turquoise-

blue, darker than the blues of the rest of the plumage. Back and

upper tail-coverts with grey bases to the feathers, the extremities

being blue, which is paler on the upper tail-coverts. Wing-coverts

of the same shade of blue as the head. Quills dark brown externally,

margined with a paler shade of blue. Lower breast, abdomen, vent,

flanks, and under tail-coverts white, tinged with pale greenish blue,

most intense on the flanks. Axillaries grey, tinged with pale blue.

Rectrices above like the quills; underneath dark brown like under

surface of the quills. Shafts of the rectrices brown above, almost

white underneath. Shoulder-edge blue.

Wing 2°82 inches, tail 3-00, tarsus 0°62, culmen 0°56.

A form nearly allied to H. azurea, but differing in its lengthened

crest, its paler tints of blue, and in the absence of any black mark-

ings. The blue shade of the throat and upper breast is about equal

in tint to that of the predominant colour of the older known species.

18. HrruNpDO JAVANICA.

Hirundo javanica, Sparrm., Mus. Carls. fase. iv. t. 100 (1789).

[Dinagat, ¢, June.]

110 THE MARQUIS OF TWEEDDALE ON (Jan. 15,

19. SARCOPHANOPS STEERII.

Eurylemus steerii, Sharpe, ‘ Nature,’ vol. xiv. p. 297. “ Basilan.”

Sarcophanops steerit, Sharpe, Tr. L.S. ser. 2, Zool. i. p. 344,

t. liv.

[Dinagat, 2, June: iris brilliant sap-green ; bill, orbital skin,

and legs fine blue, paler on the tarsal scales ; nails light grey.]

20. BropERIPUS ACRORHYNCHUS (90).

[Dinagat, 5, June.]

21. Mrxornis capitauis. (Plate VII. fig. 2.)

Mizxornis capitalis, Tweeddale, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

xx. p. 535 (Dee. 1, 1877).

[Dinagat, 2, June: iris orange; bill blackish grey; legs greenish

lead-grey ; soles and nails ochreous yellow. ]

Q. Forehead, vertex, and occiput rufous, each feather with a

pale fulvous central streak. Space before the eyes and lores dull

grey. Cheeks, ear-coverts, and sides of neck ashy, each feather

with a pale albescent central streak. Nape, back, and wing-coverts

the same, the pale striations on the back being very prominent in

consequence of the abnormal length of the dorsal plumage. Uropy-

gium and upper tail-coverts olive rusty grey and unstriated. Rec-

trices brown ; outer pair with the whole outer and apical third of

the inner web pale yellowish white; remaining pairs, middle

excepted, broadly tipped on both webs with white, middle pairs

slightly tipped with white. All the quills brown, narrowly margined

externally with fulvous grey, the tertiaries with pale rusty. Basal

portion of quills margined on their inner webs with white. Chin

and throat rufous and rufous-white. Breast, under wing-coverts,

abdomen, vent, and under tail-coverts white, faintly tinged with very

pale yellow.

Wing 2°75 inches, tail 2°50, tarsus 0°70, culmen 0°62.

22. MACRONUS STRIATICEPS.

Macronus striaticeps, Sharpe, Tr. L. 8. ser. 2, Zool. i. p. 331,

‘* Basilan”’ (1876).

[Dinagat, 9 : iris white. ]

The type specimen is not quite so rufous below, otherwise

identical.

23. Ixus GOIAVIER (99).

[Nipah, 2, pairing, July. |

24. PotioLopHus uRostictus (101).

[Dinagat, ¢, June: orbital ring lemon-yellow. 6, 2, June.]

Sexes alike.

25. CRINIGER EVERETTI.

Criniger everetti, Tweeddale, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol.

xx. p. 535, et P. Z.S. 1877, p. 827, pl. Ixxxiv.

[Dinagat, ¢, 9, June.]

1878. } THE ORNITHOLOGY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 111

26. ORTHOTOMUS FRONTALIS.

Orthotomus frontalis, Sharpe, Ibis, 1877, p. 112, t. ii. f. i.;

Tr. L. S. (2) Zool. i. p. p. 336.

[Dinagat, ¢, 2, June.]

27. ZOSTEROPS EVERETTI.

Zosterops everetti, Tweeddale, P. Z.S. 1877, pp. 762, 829.

[Dinagat, ¢, June: iris yellowish brown; bill blackish; legs

pale grey. 0b, 9, June.]

Dinagat, North-Mindanao, and Zebu birds do not differ.

28. Dic#uUM RUBRIVENTER (120 partim).

Diceum rubriventer, Lesson, Tr. p. 303; Tweeddale, P.Z.S.

1877, p. 763.

[Dinagat, 3, June. }

The Dinagat birds in no respect differ from Luzon, Zebu and

North-Mindanao examples.

29. Diczum scuisTaceuM. (Plate VIII. fig. 1.)

Diceum schistaceum, Tweeddale, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. xx. p. 537 (December 1, 1877).

[Dinagat, ¢, June. ]

3. Above fuliginous ashy; below ashy white. Remiges and

rectrices above dark ashy brown, underneath paler. Under wing-

coverts and axillaries pure white. Base of mandible (in dry speci-

mens) yellowish white. Apex and the maxilla pale ruddy brown.

Wing 2°25 inches, tail 1°37, tarsus 0°62, culmen 0°35.

A large species with a short stout bill.

30. Dic#um EvERETTI. (Plate VIII. fig. 2.)

Diceum everetti, Tweeddale, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol.

xx. p. 537 (December 1, 1877).

[Dinagat, ¢, June: iris greyish brown; bill brown, base orange;

legs light grey. |

dg. Above dark olive-green, paler on the cheeks. Chin, throat,

and breast pale grey. Remainder of underparts albescent grey

tinged with palish yellow. Major coverts narrowly margined with

greenish yellow. Quills above dark brown, almost black, with very

narrow pale olive-green external margins. Rectrices above like the

quills, narrowly tipped with albescent fringe. Under wing-coverts

and axillaries pure white. Bill (dry specimen) brown at tip, yellow

at base.

Wing 1-94 inch, tail 1:00, tarsus 0°50, culmen 0°37.

31. PrronocuiLus otivaceus. (Plate VIII. fig. 3.)

Prionochilus olivaceus, 'Tweeddale, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. xx. p. 536 (December 1, 1877).

[Dinagat, 2, June: iris sienna-brown ; bill grey-black, base of

mandible paler ; legs light grey. |

112 " THE MARQUIS OF TWEEDDALE ON (Jan. 15,

Q@. Entire upper surface, wing-coverts, and surface of closed

wing uniform pure olive-green, which colour encircles the eye and

covers the sides of the neck. Space before the eye, cheeks, sides of

throat, and the upper breast grey. Lower breast, abdomen, flanks,

and under tail-coverts the same grey washed faintly with olive-green,

the mesial line being albescent. Chin and throat white, slightly

greyish, forming a broad well-defined greyish white stripe, com-

mencing at the chin and descending to the breast. Axillaries and

under wing-coverts pure silky white. Remiges and rectrices dark

brown, margined with the olive-green hue of upper plumage.

Wing 2°12 inches, tail 1:25, tarsus 0°62, culmen 0°37.

Since I described this species (/. c.) I have received the male, which

in no way differs.

32. NECTAROPHILA SPERATA (122).

[Dinagat, ¢, June; 6, 9: iris brown; bill very dark brown;

legs black. c, June: iris dark brown; bill black, mandible brown ;

legs black. d, ¢ (juv.), June: iris dark brown. e, Nipah, ¢,

July. ]

I cannot separate example d ( ¢juv.) from examples 4 and ¢ (2).

A slight supercilium, chin, throat, cheeks, and whole lower surface

pale uniform greenish-yellow, above olive-green. They differ from

a supposed female, ex Surigao, described (P. Z.S. 1877, p. 830) by

having the chin, throat, and cheeks uniformly coloured with the

breast and abdomen, but agree in the ruddy colouring of the wing

when closed. A fourth example (sex not stated on label) is undis-

tinguishable from the Surigao female previously described (J. ¢.).

33. ARACHNECHTHRA JUGULARIS (123).

[Dinagat, 2, June. ]

+ 34. ALTHOPYGA DUBIA, N. sp.

[Dinagat, ¢, June: iris yellow-brown; bill brown; legs dark

grey ; feet ochreous. 6, ¢, June: bill and legs very dark brown.

c, 2, June: iris bright Indian-red ; bill black; legs light brown. |

3 (juv.?). Above, wing-coverts, and exposed surface of quills

olive-green. Uropygium bright sulphur-yellow, forming a broad

yellow band. Rectrices black, edged with olive; laterals tipped

with pale yellow-olive. Feathers of the lower surface ashy at their

base, and all tipped pale yellow; lores the same; cheeks rather

albescent-ashy. Under wing-coverts white; carpal edge very pale

yellow. Quills dark brown.

@. Like the male above described.

Wing. Tail. Tarsus. Culmen.

6 1°82 1-12 0°62 0:75

2 1°80 1-00 0°62 0°75

The three examples on which this species is founded are difficult

to distinguish, by their plumage alone, from 4. bella 2 vel 3

1878. | THE ORNITHOLOGY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 113

juv. ; but the dimensions are considerably greater :—culmen 0-7 5, as

against 0°50 ; wing 1-80, as against 1-62. Doubtless the adult male

will closely resemble that of 2. bella.

35. ANTHOTHREPTUS GRISEIGULARIS.

Anthothreptus griseigularis, Tweeddale, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 830.

[Sakuyok, ¢, July.]

36. RHABDORNIS MYSTACALIS (124).

[a. Dinagat, ¢, June: iris crimson ; bill black. 6. ¢: legs

yellowish brown. c. ¢: legs dark grey. |

The only female in a series of seven examples wears the same

dress as the males. Luzon individuals do not differ.

37. Corvus PHILIPPINUS (125).

[Dinagat, 3, 9.]

Female smaller than male.

38. CALORNIS PANAYENSIs (128).

[a. Nipah, 3,9, July. 5. Sakuyok, 2, July. |

39. Sarcops caLvus (129).

[Dinagat, ¢, June.]

40. OsMOTRERON AXILLARIs (136).

| Dinagat.)

A single example (¢), which cannot be separated from typical

individuals.

41. PHABOTRERON AMETHYsTINA (139).

[Dinagat, 2, June: iris yellowish brown. ]

This, Luzon, and N. Mindanao (Butuan) examples do not differ.

42. PHABOTRERON BREVIROSTRIS.

Phabotreron brevirostris, Tweeddale, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 549,

[Dinagat, 2, May.]

Undistinguishable from N. and S.W. Mindanao examples.

43. CARPOPHAGA £=NEA (141).

[ Dinagat. ]

44. Myristricivora BICcoLor (143).

[a. Nipah, 9, July: iris dark brown; bill blackish blue ; feet

light lead blue. 6. Sakuyok, ¢, July. |

45. HEMIPHAGA POLIOCEPHALA (144).

[Dinagat, 2, June. Iris Indian-yellow, passing into red on outer

circumference; orbital ring and patch crimson; bill black; feet

carmine ; nails dark grey. ]

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1873, No. VIII. 8

114 ON A NEW PHILIPPINE BIRD. [ Jan. 15,

46. ORTYGOMETRA CINEREA (172).

[Dinagat, 2, June: iris crimson. |

47. HypoTznipi1a TorRQvATA (177).

{Dinagat, 9, June. |

48. BuroripEs JAVANICA (197).

[a. Dinagat, 9; 6. Nipah, ¢ 9, July: ins bright yellow; legs

bright chrome-yellow. |

No date on label of Dinagat example, but killed in June.

49. Dysporvus suta (214).

[Dinagat, ¢, June: iris white; feet light leaden-green ; bill

whitish green. |

In full white and rich brown plumage. Wing 15-30, tail 10-00,

culmen 3°90, tarsus 1°60.

11. On a new Philippine Genus and Species of Bird. By

Artuur, Marquis of Tweeppate, F.R.S., President of

the Society.

[Received December 12, 1877. |

(Plate IX.)

Until Dr. Steere some three years ago discovered in the island of

Basilan two species’ belonging to the Timelitde, this natural family,

so characteristic of the Indian region, was supposed to be unrepre-

sented in the Philippines. Since then Mr. Everett has discovered

a third species’ in the island of Dinagat, and a fourth, the subject

of this note, in the island of Negros. This last bird is so anomalous

in its structure that I propose to constitute it the type of a new genus,

DASYCROTAPHA’.

Base of maxilla densely clothed with short feathers, space behind

the eye naked. Bill about the length of head, and formed as in

Mixornis. Wing lengthened, longer than tail, first primary half the

length of the second, which is a fifth shorter than the third, third a

little shorter than the fourth, which is equal to fifth and sixth. Tail

moderate and square. Tarsus strong; hallux with claw stout

and long; digits short, slender; outer a little shorter than inner.

DasycRoTAaPHA SPECIOSA, sp.nov. (Plate IX.).

Head crested ; forehead with dense short plumes covering the

base of the maxilla; circle round the eye, whole space before the eye,

tuft on the side of the base of mandible, chin and uppermost

‘ Macronus striaticeps, Sharpe, and Dendrobiastes basilanica, Sharpe.

2 Mixornis capitalis, Tweeddale.

3 dacs, villosus, et kpdradot, tempora capitis.

ee. eo 1 te,

J.Smit hth. Hanhart imp.

DASYCRGTAPHA SPECIOSA.

aes $

= Pe

“, i ? ay (

: | os 4p we

1878.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 115

part of throat pure lemon-yellow ; crown of the head black ;

postoccipital plumes yellow ; nape yellowish green tipped with black ;

a lengthened tuft of plumes springing from above the eye bright

orange ; a line immediately below this tuft black ; a tuft of stiff

decomposed feathers springing from below the eye and extending over

the ears white or greyish white ; an irregular band across the throat

black ; dorsal feathers grey with light olive-green tips and white shafts;

uropygium yellowish green ; upper tail-coverts the same, tinged

with rufous; lower throat and upper breast bright yellow, most of the

feathers with black terminal drops ; lower breast and rest of under

plumage duller yellow tinged with green on the flanks ; quills brown

margined with yellowish olive-green, inner margin of quills pale

yellow ; wing-coverts dull olive-green, carpal edge and wing-lining

yellow ; tail dull rufous.

Wing 2°62, tail 2°37, tarsus 0°87, culmen 0°75.

Hab. Valencia, Island of Negros, ¢, August. Iris crimson;

bill orange-yellow. (Everett.)

The hereditary affinity of this new form with Macronus striati-

ceps and Miwornis capitalis is betrayed by the colouring and

markings of the dorsal plumage.

February 5, 1878.

Prof. St. George Mivart., F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of January 1878.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of January was 91, of which 43 were by pre-

sentation, | by birth, 41 by purchase, and 6 were received on deposit.

The total number of departures during the same period, by death and

removals, was 78.

The most remarkable additions during the month of January were

as follows :—

1. A Japanese Wild Dog, presented by Harry Pryer, Esq., of

Yokohama, January lst—an animal apparently allied to the “Dhole”

of India and the “Dingo” of Australia. Mr. E. W. Janson has

kindly favoured me with the following extracts from two letters which

he has received from Mr. Pryer on this subject.

“Yokohama, Oct. 8th, 1877.

“T have sent by the ‘ Loudoun Castle,’ via New York, a fine speci-

men of the Japanese Wild Dog. This is an animal quite new, and is

neither a Wolf nor an ordinary Dog. Its principal distinguishing

features are its long narrow feet and its head ; it most resembles the

dog used by the hunters here, one of which is figured in Siebold. Its

habits are totally different from those of any domesticated Dog. When

pleased it has a most extraordinary way of laughing, and also, when

pleased or very angry, has a curious dancing gait. ie specimen

116 PROF. MIVART ON THE FINS OF ELASMOBRANCHS. | Feb. 5,

was taken a puppy on the slopes of Fujisan last year. I bought him

for $11 in November last. He has learnt a sort of bark from the other

dogs which he did not know when I first had him; he comes out

sometimes with a regular wolf’s howl, but not often. In his muzzle

he resembles more the mainland Wolf, the northern Wolf being, like

the Siberian one, very long in the nose, and those on the mainland

(C. hodophylax) much shorter. My first impression was that this dog

was a cross between a wolf and the hunter’s dog ; but both its parents

then would have had very Jarge round feet, which this has not. A

friend told me that it is very like the Indian Dhole. In winter it has

a thick coat ; but in summer all the long thin hair comes out, and it

then has only its coarse wiry hair on. It is a much scarcer animal

than the Wolf on the mainland, which latter is rather common in the

mountains, anywhere where the sheep-faced Antelope is found.”

“Yokohama, Noy. 17th, 1877.

“T am trying to get a Southern Wolf (Canis hodophylax) to

send as a present to the Society. I have sent the Wild Dog in

the ‘ Loudoun Castle,’ and should like to hear what they say about

him. He is a complete puzzle to me. At one time I would look at

him and think that he was only an abnormal form of the common

Dog, run wild, and at other times feel as perfectly convinced that

he had nothing in common with it. He has very narrow feet, clean

limbs, very long canines, coarse hair in summer and plenty of long

thin hair in the winter, eyes and ears like a Wolf. I heard of

the animal wherever I went from the hunters, but only succeeded in

getting this one, as they say it is very difficult to catch, more so than

the Wolf, the capture of which is no easy task, as I know, as I have

been in places where they were plentiful, but only saw one and

poisoned another, although I have heard half a dozen at a time

howling quite close to me in the forests of Yamato.

“« My Wild Dog differs considerably from C. lupus, which is found

in Yesso, and C, hodophylax, which is confined to the Main Island,

although in his shorter muzzle he resembles the latter. When we

know more about the cave and other recent bone-deposits of Japan,

we shall be able to speak more definitely about him.”

2. A young Penguin of the genus Spheniscus, purchased January

24th. This bird is said to have been obtained in Chili, and is

probably the young of Spheniscus humboldti. lt is very tame, and

has been for the present placed in a compartment of the Fish-house,

where it seems likely to do well.

Prof. St. George Mivart, F.R.S., read a Memoir entitled, ‘“ Notes

on the Fins of Elasmobranchs, with Considerations on the Nature

and Homologies of Vertebrate Limbs,” of which the following is an

abstract :—

In this paper I describe (from dissections made for the purpose)

the skeleton of the paired and azygos fins, especially the dorsal fins,

of Zygena malleus, Mustelus antarcticus, Notidanus cinereus, Scyl-

1878.] PROF. MIVART ON THE FINS OF ELASMOBRANCHS. 117

lium canicula, Ginglymostoma cirratum, Chiloscyllium ocellatum,

Acanthias blainvillei, Spinax niger, Pristiophorus japonicus, Pristis

cuspidatus, Rhynchobates djeddensis, Trygonorhina fasciata, and

Callorhynchus antarcticus ; and I add notes made from preparations

of Lamna cornubica, Cestracion phillippi, Squatina angelus, Polyodon

foliosus, and Polypterus bichir.

Besides wishing to ascertain the positive conditions of skeletal

structures in these forms, the examinations were partly undertaken

with a view to the questions :—

(1) What is the nature of Vertebrate limbs generally ?

(2) What is the relation of Piscine to other limbs?

To these questions four others are subordinate :—

A. Are the paired-limb structures of a nature distinct from that

of azygos fins ?

B. Are paired limbs essentially axial structures which have become

more or less detached from skeletal axis, or peripheral structures which

have become secondarily more or less connected with it ?

C. What is the nature of limb-girdles ?

D. What is the line of genesis of the cheiropterygium.

I then note and discuss the opinions on these matters of Oken,

Carus, Cuvier, Owen, Maclise, Goodsir, Humphrey, Gegenbaur,

Macalister, Huxley, Balfour, and Parker.

I have myself arrived at the conclusion that the nature of the

paired and azygos limbs is fundamentally the same. I have, in fact,

been brought to this conviction by finding various degrees of coales-

cence between the cartilaginous rays supporting the dorsal fins, and

various degrees of connexion or continuity between such fin-supports

and the subjacent axial skeleton. I have noted coalescence amongst

the rays in Seyllium canicula, Ginglymostoma cirratum, and especially

in Notidanus cinereus, where it is carried to such an extent that the

rays are supported by one continuous basal cartilage. Continuity with

the axial skeleton is described as existing in the dorsal fin-cartilages in

several forms, but especially in Pristis and Pristiophorus; and I would

suggest that the lateral pressure of its saw-like rostrum must be more

or less aided by very firm fixation to the vertebral column of the

cartilages supporting the dorsal fin.

I have found much resemblance between the skeleton of the ventral

and the dorsal fins, as, for example, in Notidanus, in Chiloscyllium and

Raia; also between the anal and ventral fins, as again in Notidanus.

But the ventral fin of Polyodon is the most striking, presenting as it

does a longitudinal double series of simple parallel rays, quite like the

simplest form of the skeleton of the dorsal fins. Now, as the ventral

and pectoral fins are admitted on all hands to be of the same nature,

if the ventrals are of the same nature with the azygos fins, the pectoral

ones must be also of that same nature.

As to the objection which may be drawn from the attachment of

the pectoral fins to the axial skeleton by a shoulder-girdle instead

of by a direct continuous longitudinal adhesion, as in some dorsal fins,

I observe :—(1) The pectoral-fin support could not continuously adhere

to the axial skeletun longitudinally without impeding the flexure of

118 PROF. MIVART ON THE FINS OF ELASMOBRANCHS. [Feb. 9,

the body in swimming ; (2) the pectoral fins join the body at too low

a level to abut directly on the vertebral column; (3) such direct

connexion is prevented by the existence of the body-cavity.

I believe that the limb-girdles are lateral ingrowths from the

paired-fin skeleton (an idea already suggested by Mr. J. K. Thacher of

New Haven); and I believe such skeleton is the modified remnant of

a longitudinal series of similar rays formed primitively in a continuous

longitudinal lateral fold.

Similarly, I believe that the skeleton of the azygos fins is a structure

also formed primitively in a continuous median fold, and that the

dorsal rays are not outgrowths from the vertebral column. If, how-

ever, neural spines are homologous with the cartilaginous rays of

dorsal fins, then it seems to follow that the spinous processes of higher

animals and of man are essentially exoskeletal parts which have

adhered to, and grown to be connate with the axial skeleton.

As to the caudal fin, I note a constant difference both as to the

number and form of the skeletal parts of its dorsal and ventral por-

tions, seeming to point to some genetic difference needing investi-

gation.

I then proceed to the question of the homologies of piscine and

digit-bearing limbs, adopting the view that the preaxial margin of

the pectoral fin is that turned obliquely dorsad,—a matter which

seems established by its innervation, apart from other proof.

I oppose the view which adopts the Ceratodus type of limb as the

representative of the archipterygium (Elasmobranch ventrals certainly

lend no vestige of support to the theory), and then consider and criti-

cise the successive modifications of opinion expressed by Gegenbaur

and Huxley.

I regard some Rays as having pectorals hypertrophied indeed, yet

most like the true archipterygium (7. e. the least-modified by coales-

cence) of all Elasmobranch pectorals. As to Teleosteans, not only

do I think with Giinther that the arrangement of the limb-skeleton of

Ceratodus is foreshadowed in the pectoral fin of Acipenser, but I

think it probable that the Teleostean form of limb as seen in Anguilla

and Blennius affords us indications of a very primitive type, whence

the pectorals of Teleosteans on the one hand and of Elasmobranchs

on the other may both have been derived.

I cannot think that the metapterygium has developed into the limb-

axis of the digit-bearinglimb ; I believe such axis to be rather derived

from the mesopterygium, or (as this is sometimes absent, as in Chi-

loscyllium, or imperfect as in Polypterus) from the propterygium.

The conclusions I have arrived at as to the probable genesis of

Vertebrate limbs are as follows :—

(1) Two continuous lateral longitudinal folds were developed

similar to dorsal and ventral median longitudinal folds.

(2) Separate, narrow, solid supports in longitudinal series, and

with their long axes directed more or less outwards at right angles

with the long axis of the body, were developed in varying extents in

all these four longitudinal folds.

(3) The longitudinal folds became interrupted variously, the

1878.] PROF. MIVART ON THE FINS OF ELASMOBRANCHS. 119

lateral fold so as to form two prominences on each side, i.e. the

primitive paired limbs.

(4) Each anterior limb increased in size more rapidly than the

posterior limb.

(5) The bases of the cartilaginous supports coalesced as was

needed according to the respective practical needs of the different

separate portions of the longitudinal folds, 7. e. the respective needs

of the several fins.

(6) Occasionally the dorsal radials coalesced (as in Notidanus &c.)

and sought centripetally (as in Pristis &c.) adhesion to the skeletal

axis.

(7) The rays of the hinder paired limbs did so more constantly,

and ultimately prolonged themselves inwards by mesiad growths from

their coalesced bases, till the piscine pelvic structure arose as we see

it in Squatina '

(8) The pectoral rays with increasing development also coalesced

proximally, and, thence prolonging themselves inwards to seek a

point @ appui, shot dorsad and ventrad to obtain a firm support and

at the same time to avoid the visceral cavity. Thus they came to

abut dorsally against the axial skeleton and to meet ventrally together

in the middle line below.

(9) The lateral fins, as they were applied to support the body on

the ground, became elongated, segmented and uarrowed, so that

probably the line of the propterygium, or possibly that of the meso-

pterygium, became the axis of the digit-bearing limb.

(10) The distal end of the incipient cheiropterygium either pre-

served and enlarged preexisting cartilages or developed fresh ones to

serve fresh needs, and so grew into the developed cheiropterygium ;

but there is not as yet enough evidence to determine what was the

precise course of this transformation.

(11) The pelvic limb acquired a solid connexion with the axial

skeleton, a pelvic girdle, through its need of a point d’uppui as a

locomotive organ on land.

(12) The pelvic limb became also elongated; and in those cases

where its function was quite similar to that of the pectoral limb its

structure became also quite similar (e.g. Icthyosaurus, Plesiosaurus,

Chelydra, &c.); but for the quadrupedal mode of progression it

became segmented and inflected in a way generally parallel with, but

(from its mode of use) in most cases in part inversely to, the inflec-

tions of the pectoral limbs.

The amount of apparently spontaneous change needed to effect

these transformations may appear excessive ; but I believe that the

excessive plasticity of the animal organism is generally too little ap-

preciated—a plasticity which results in and is evidenced by the many

instances we now know of the independent origin of similar structures.

The plasticity of animals might be expected to be great ; for plasticity

is bodily reaction in response to external stimuli. The response which

ig most rapid and complete is sensation ; and an animal is a creature

' This view has been put forward by Mr. J. K. Thacher of New Haven,

Connecticut, See Connecticut Trans. vol. iii.

120 MR. W. A. FORBES ON BIRDS [Feb. 5,

the essence of which is ‘‘impressibility,” and may be described as

a more or less complex arrangement for carryiug about, nourishing,

and propagating a plexus of sensations.

The two initial questions may then, in conclusion, be answered as

follows :—

(1) Vertebrate limbs are differentiations of continuous lateral folds.

They are therefore not limited to four, and are for locomotive conve-

nience. There might apparently be several successive paired limbs on

each side, just as there are often several successive dorsal fins paired ;

and azygos fins and limbs being of the same nature, each separate

part may be called a pterygium, and for the sum total of the whole

the term sympterygium may be employed.

(2) Piscine limbs are related to digit-bearing limbs as structures which

have diverged less from the primitive condition, a natural consequence

of fishes making use of their fins in that medium in which the primi-

tive continuous lateral folds were first developed.

This paper will be puplished entire in the Society’s Transactions.

The following papers were read :—

1. Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the

Voyage of H.M.S. ‘Challenger.—No. VII. On the

Birds of Cape York and the neighbouring Islands (Raine,

Wednesday, and Booby Islands). By W. A. Forsss,

F.Z.8.

[Received December 18, 1877.]

The collection of Birds made by H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ at Cape

York and in its neighbourhood, of which the following is an account,

comprises 61 skins, referable to 37 species, As might have been

expected, all, or nearly all, belong to well known Australian forms,

one or two only being left uncertain for want of more materials and

on account of the immature condition of the specimens. Most of

the skins are in excellent condition; and their value is much increased

by the notes in Mr. Murray’s journal as to the colour of the soft

parts &c. Besides Cape York, Raine Island (at the end of the

Barrier Reef), Wednesday Island (in Torres Straits), and Booby

Island (also in Torres Straits) were visited, and collections made. I

copy the following extracts from Mr. Murray’s journal as regards

the localities where birds were obtained :—

‘Raine Island, Barrier Reef, Australia. Ship landed two boats

for nearly three hours. The following birds were taken” (several

sea-birds, Rallus pectoralis, and Strepsilas interpres).

**Cape York, Somerset. Ship arrived on evening of Ist Sept.,

1874; left Cape York on Sept. 8th.” (44 skins were obtained here).

*‘Wednesday Island, Torres Straits. Parties landed the same

day (Sept. 8). Most of the birds seen were the same as those shot

1878. ] COLLECTED BY THE ‘CHALLENGER.’ 121

about Cape York. The following two, however, have not been pro-

cured at Cape York ; they were shot on shore (TYotanus incanus and

4igialites inornatus). A great many flocks of Bee-eaters were

noticed making passages between the islands.”’

* On 9th Sept., 1874, a party landed on Booby Island, a very

small island, with only a few shrubs on it. The following land birds

were shot or brought on board; and in addition a Rail was seen, a

Megapodius, and one other land bird.” (The species obtained were

Todirhamphus sanctus, Merops ornatus, Zosterops luteus, Pachy-

cephala sp., Ptilopus superbus, and Syncecus cervinus.)

In the following list I have, with a few exceptions, followed the

arrangement and nomenclature of Mr. Gould’s ‘Hand-book to the

Birds of Australia.’

1, Nrnox Boosook (Lath.).

Ninozx boobook, Sharpe, Cat. of B. ii. p. 168.

Spiloglaux marmoratus, Gld. Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 73.

One male skin of this species from Cape York. No. 167.

** Stomach contained insects”? (Murray, MS.).

The specimen sent agrees generally with two skins in Mr. God-

man’s collection from the same locality, and with Mr. Gould’s de-

scription of Spiloglaua marmoratus, which Mr. Sharpe, in the

second volume of his catalogue, treats as “the adult of the large

form of N. boobook”’ (l.c. p. 170).

2. PoDARGUS PAPUENSIS, Quoy & Gaim.

Podargus papuensis, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. de |’ Astrol. Ois. t. 13 ;

Gould, B. of Austr. Supp. pl. ; id. Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 91.

“No. 186, 2. Eyes red, feet and bill light yellow. Stomach

contained insects.’”” Cape York, one specimen.

3. Merops ornatus, Lath.

Merops ornatus, Gld. B. of Austr. ii. pl. 16; id. Handb.i. p. 117.

Tn all four specimens of this common Australian species. Two

females from Booby Island (Nos. 199, 200), and a pair (¢ & 2)

from Cape York (nos. 147 and 178). Of all the eyes are stated to

be “red,” and the feet and legs black, except the female from Cape

York, which is described as having the legs “with violet tint.’

The three females differ considerably from one another in the length

of the produced middle tail-feathers ; in the male the produced part

is thinner and at least twice as long as in the other sex.

4, TopIRHAMPHUs SANCTUs (Vig. & Hors.).

Todirhamphus sanctus, Gld. Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 128 ; Sharpe,

Alced. pl. 91.

One specimen from Booby Island. ‘No. 192, ¢. Eyes black ;

mandibles black, except base of lower one, which is whitish.

Stomach had remains of a crab.”

122 MR. W. A. FORBES ON BIRDS [Feb. 5,

5. Hatcyon macreayt, Jard. & Selby.

Haleyon macleayi, Jard. & Selby, Il. Orn. vol. iii. pl. 101; Gld.

B. of Austr, ii. pl. 24; Sharpe, Ale. pl. 78.

Cyanaleyon macleayi, Gld. Handb. B. Austral. i. p. 133.

One male specimen from Cape York. ‘No. 161. Eyes, bill, and

legs black. Stomach contained insects.”

6. ARTAMUS LEUCOPYGIALIS, Gld.

Artamus leucopygialis, Gld. B. of Austr. ii. pl. 33; id. Handb.

i. p. 154.

One specimen from Cape York. “No. 177, ¢. Bill blue tipped

with black, feet black. Stomach contained insects.”’

7. GRAUCALUS HYPOLEUCUS, Gld.

Graucalus hypoleucus, Gld. B. of Austr. ii. pl. 57; id. Handb.

i, p. 196.

One skin of this species from Cape York. “No. 151, 2. Legs,

bill, and eyes black. Stomach contained insects.”

8. PacHYCEPHALA, sp. ine.

“No. 196, g¢. Pachycephala. Eyes brown, bill and legs horn-

colour. Stomach had insects.”

A single skin of a -Pachycephala from Booby Island, immature,

still retaiming some of the rufous feathers characteristic of imma-

turity in its wings. It is certainly one of the species which, when

adult, are yellow beneath, the under tail-coverts being bright gam-

boge-yellow. The species of this group are so hard to determine,

unless males and in adult plumage, that it seems better to leave this

bird, although not exactly like any Pachycephala I have been able

to examine in the British Museum or in Mr. Godman’s collection,

without a name for the present, more particularly as Mr. Sharpe is,

I believe, now working at this group for the next volume of his

catalogue.

9. PINAROLESTES RUFIGASTER (Gld.).

Colluricincla rufigaster, Gld. B. of Austr. i. p. xxxvii; id. Handb.

B. Austr. i. p. 226.

Pinarolestes rufigaster, Sharpe, Cat. of B. iii. p. 296.

No. 170, 9. Snrike.

One specimen, from Cape York, of this difficult genus. Mr. Gould,

to whom I showed the specimen, was inclined to identify it with his

Colluricincla parvissima* (Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 4, x. p. 114), and

has kindly lent me the type of that species (which Mr. Sharpe, ¢. ¢.

p- 297, treats as the young of P. rufigaster) for comparison. I find,

however, that the Cape-York bird has a distinctly shorter wing, a

stronger and more arched bill, and is less rufous on the underside.

Mr. Sharpe, who has recently worked up this group for his cata-

logue, has examined this specimen, and refers it to P. rufigaster.

Count Salvadori suggests that this really=P. megarhynchus of New Guinea.

1378. ] COLLECTED BY THE ‘CHALLENGER.’ 123

10. Manucop1a Goutnt, Gray.

Manucodia gouldi, Gld. Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 236; Sharpe,

Cat. of B. iii. p. 181.

Manucodia keraudreni, Gld. B. Austr. Suppl. pl. 9.

Two female specimens. ‘No. 152. Bower-bird. Eyes orange,

bill and legs black. Stomach contained small seeds. For curious

loop in the wind-pipe see body. his bird was shot on the island

opposite Somerset by Moseley.” The colours of the soft parts and

contents of the stomach are the same in the other specimen.

The two skins sent agree well with Mr. Sharpe’s description and

differ from Mr. Elliot’s figure of the New-Guinea species (M. he-

raudrent) in the points noticed in Gray’s original description of the

species. The curious conformation of the trachea in M. heraudreni

has long been known, having been originally described by Lesson.

Beccari (Ibis, 1876, p. 252) says he thinks it probable that this

is a peculiarity of the male sex. Mr. Murray’s notes, however,

would seem to contradict this view, unless, as is hardly likely, two

species otherwise so nearly allied should differ in this peculiarity,

11. Pritoruis ALBERTI, Elliot.

Ptiloris alberti, Ell. P. Z.S. 1871, p- 583; id. Mon. Parad. pl.

xxiv.; Sharpe, Cat. of B. iii. p. 156.

Ptiloris magnificus, Gould, B. Austr. Supp. pl. 51.

Craspedophora magnifica, id. Handb. i. p. 595.

Six skins of this Rifle-bird from Cape York, four of which are

adult males in full plumage, and one a female. Another, marked Oe

is either a young male coming into full plumage, or more probably

an aged female assuming male plumage, as some of the feathers on

the top of the head show traces of a metallic blue colour, as also

does the shoulder, whilst more or fewer of the primaries on each

side have acquired the black colour characteristic of the male. Of

Nos. 164 and 165 it is noted in Mr. Murray’s journal :—<“ Males:

eyes, bill, and legs black, soles of the feet yellow. The stomach

contained a red fruit, with a large stone about the size of a pea.

Some parts of insects in 165.” Of No. 184, “Female: eyes black;

stomach contained ants and grubs.” Besides the specimens sent,

several others seem to have been procured. An interesting account

of the shooting of these specimens will be found in Lord George

Campbell’s ‘ Log Letters from the ‘ Challenger,’’ p. 185.

12. Mimeta virints (Lath.).

Mimeta viridis, Gld. Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 462.

Oriolus viridis, Gld. B. Austr. iv. pl. 13; Sharpe, Cat. of B. iii.

p. 212.

A young male from Cape York, agreeing generally with Mr.

Sharpe’s description (/. ¢c.) of the young bird. “No. 169, ¢.

Thrush.”

13. Mimera rLavocrncrtus (King).

Mimeta flavocineta, Gid. Handb. B, Austr. i. p. 466.

124 MR. W. A. FORBES ON BIRDS [Feb. 5,

Oriolus flavocinctus, Gld. B. of Austr. iv. pl. 14.

Oriolus flavicinctus, Sharpe, Cat. of B. iii. p. 206.

An adult male from Cape York, agreeing with skins in Mr. God-

man’s collection, collected by Cockerell. “No. 189, ¢. Shrike.

Eyes red, bill red, feet bluish.”

14. SPHECOTHERES FLAVIVENTRIS, Gld.

Sphecotheres flaviventris, Gld. B. of Austr. Suppl. pl. 37; id.

Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 468; Sharpe, Cat. of B. ili. p. 225.

Three specimens from Cape York, of which two are males in full

plumage, agreeing with specimens in Mr. Godinan’s collection.

“Nos. 172, 173. Eyes black, feet flesh, bill black.” The third

specimen is marked female (‘‘No. 174, 2. Eyes black, bill horn,

legs brownish. Stomach contained insects and seeds’’), but, as there

are traces of yellow on the breast, is more probably a young male

assuming the adult plumage. The orbits in this bird (in the skin)

are dark brownish black, not yellow, though this is probably acci-

dental. In other points, too, particularly in the plainly striated under

tail-coverts, and the colouring of the upper surface of the head, the

specimen hardly agrees with Mr. Gould’s description of the female

S. flaviventris. Mr, Gould, to whom I have shown it, would give

no decided opinion on it; but Mr. Sharpe has examined it, and pro-

nounces it to be of this species.

15. Pritotis curysotis, Lewin.

Ptilotis chrysotis, Gld. B. of Austr. iv. pl. 32.

Ptilotis lewinii, Swains.; Gld. Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 503.

Three skins of this common Australian species, which is not re-

corded from N. Australia in the ‘ Hand-book’—two from Cape York,

one from Cape-York Island. ‘No. 150, 2. Eyes brown, legs

slate, bill black. Stomach contained insects.’ ‘No. 157, ¢.

Eyes brown, bill black, legs blue, different from No. 156 (P. filigera).

Stomach contained insects, same as 156.”

16. PritoTis FILIGERA, Gld.

Ptilotis filigera, Gld. B. of Austr. Suppl. pl. 42; id. Handb.

B. Austr. 1. p. 522.

A single example, from Cape-York Island, of this distinct Honey-

eater, originally described by Mr. Gould from this district. ‘“ No.

156, ¢. Eyes brown, bill black, legs bluish. Stomach contained

insects and small brown bodies like seeds.”

17. PHILEMON BUCEROIDES, Swainson.

Tropidorhynchus buceroides, Gld. B. of Austr. Suppl. pl. 44; id.

Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 547.

One specimen from Cape York, agreeing with specimens in Mr.

Godman’s collection. ‘‘No. 160, 2. Leatherhead. Eyes dark

red, bill and skin about the head black. Stomach contained beetles

and other insects.”

1878. } COLLECTED BY THE ‘ CHALLENGER.’ 125

18. Myzometa osscura, Gld.

Myzomela obscura, Gld. B. of Austr. iv. pl. 67; id. Handb. B.

Austr. i. p. 559.

A single skin from Cape York. ‘‘No. 159, ¢. Eyes brown'.’’

19. DicauM HIRUNDINACEUM (Shaw).

Diceum hirundinaceum, Gld. B. of Austr. ii. pl. 34; id. Handb.

B. Austr. i. p. 581.

A single specimen in full plumage, from Cape York. “No. 149,

3. Eyes black, legs and bill black. Stomach contained green

fruit.”

20. NecraRINiA FRENATA, Mill.

Nectarinia australis, Gld. B. of Austr. Suppl. pl. 45; id. Handb.

B. Austr. i. p. 584.

Three specimens from Cape-York Island (two males in full

plumage, and a female) of this Sun-bird, which Mr. Sclater has re-

cently shown to be the Nectarinia frenata of Miiller (see P. Z.S.

1877, p. 104). ‘No. 153, 3; 154, ¢; 155, 9. Eyes brown, legs

and bill black. Stomach contained small insects.”

21. ZosreRoprs LuTevs, Gld.

Zosterops luteus, Gld. B. of Austr. iv. pl. 83; id. Handb. B.

Austr. i. p. 590.

One specimen from Booby Island (“ No. 197, 2. Eyes brown,

feet and bill with a bluish tinge. Stomach had small seeds”), which

agrees with a specimen of this species collected by Macgillivray,

kindly lent to me by Mr. Gould for comparison.

22. CACOMANTIS FLABELLIFORMIs (Lath.).

Cacomantis flabelliformis, Gld. Handb. B. Austr. i. p. 618.

Cuculus cineraceus, Gld. B. of Austr. iv. pl. 86.

A female, from Cape York, of this Cuckoo, agreeing with specimens

in Mr. Godman’s collection, except in having the breast and under-

parts much duller rufous, and faintly freckled and banded with

dusky— indications, probably, of a young bird. “‘No.146, 2. Cuckoo.

Eyes brown, legs yellow on hind aspect, brown on front, bill brown.

Contained insects in stomach.”

23. CENTROPUS PHASIANUS (Lath.).

Centropus phasianus, Gld. B. of Austr. iv. pl. 92; id. Handb. B.

Austr. i. 634.

A female from Cape York. ‘No. 163. Legs bluish, bill horn.

Stomach contained insects.”

24. MicRoGLossuM ATERRIMUM (Gmel.)

Microglossum aterrimum, Gld. B. of Austr. Suppl. pl. 61; id.

Handb. B. Austr. ii. 27; Finsch, Pap. i. p. 370.

A pair of specimens from Cape York. ‘No. 185, ¢: eyes

2 Mr. Gould says “bright red.”

126 MR. W. A. FORBES ON BIRDS [Feb. 5,

black ; stomach contained seeds and fruit. No. 188, 2: stomach

contained fruit, same as 185.” The male has the beak larger, and

feathers of the crest more developed than the female.

25. TRICHOGLOSSUS SWAINSONII, Gld.

Trichoglossus swainsonii, Gld. B. of Austr. v. pl. 28.

Trichoglossus multicolor, Gld. Handb. B. Austr. ii. p. 93.

A pair of this well-known species from Cape York. ‘No. 145,

3. Legs and eyes grey. Bill orange, with a darker tinge. Green

fruit.” ‘No. 166, ¢. Same as 145.”

This species of Trichoglossus is not recorded from the north part

of Australia in Mr. Gould’s Hand-book, though, as noticed by

Finsch (Papag. ii. p. 822 and 824), it extends northwards as far as

Cape York.

26. Pritopus suPeRBus (Temm.).

Ptilonopus superbus, Gld. B. of Austr. v. pl. 57.

Lamprotreron superbus, id. Handb. B. Austr. ii. p. 108.

Two males and a female, from Booby Island, of this Fruit-pigeon.

“No. 193, 2; 194, g. Eyes yellow, bills greenish, feet red.

Stomachs had nothing in them.” ‘‘ No. 198, ¢. Dove; same as 194.

Stomach contained nothing.”

27. CARPOPHAGA ASSIMILIS, Gld.

Carpophaga assimilis, Gld. B. Austr. Suppl. pl. 67.

Megaloprepia assimilis, Gld. Handb. B. Austr. il. p. 111.

A male from Cape York, agreeing in coloration and size with

specimens in Mr. Godman’s collection. ‘‘No. 180: Feet green,

eyes red, bill greenish yellow, red at base and about nostrils.”

28. GEOPELIA HUMERALIS (Temm.).

Geopelia humeralis, Gld. B. of Austr. v. pl. 72.

Erythrauchena humeralis, id. Handb. B. Austr. ii. p. 142.

One from Cape York. “No. 171, ¢. Eyes red, feet purple,

bill black. Stomach contained fruit.”’

29. GEOPELIA TRANQUILLA, Gld.

Geopelia tranquilla, Gld. B. Austr. v. pl. 73; id. Handb. B.

Austr. ii. p. 144.

A single specimen, apparently immature, of this little ground-

dove from Cape York. ‘No. 148, 2. Eyes white, cere blue, bill

slate, legs pale flesh-colour. Stomach contained small seeds.’’

30. MreGaropius TuMuLuvs, Gld.

Megapodius tumulus, Gld. B. of Austr. v. pl. 79; id. Handb.

B. Austr. ii. p. 167.

A single specimen, unsexed, of a Megapode, from Cape York,

agreeing with Mr. Gould’s description of M. tumulus. “No.

168.”

1878. ] COLLECTED BY THE ‘CHALLENGER.’ 127

31. TaLeGaLua LaTHAMi (Gray).

- Talegalla lathami, Gld. B. of Austr. v. pl. 77.

A male from Cape York, a district from which it is not recorded

by Mr. Gould.

“No. 187. Eyes yellow’, head red. Stomach contained seeds.”’

32. TuRNIx MELANOTA, Gld.

Turnix melanotus, Gld. Handb. B. Austr. ii. p. 182.

Hemipodius melanotus, B. of Austr. v. pl. 84.

Two females of this species, originally described by Mr. Gould

from Moreton Bay, agreeing perfectly with the description in the

‘Hand-book.’ ‘No. 176. Cape York, Albany Island. Eyes

white, feet yellow, bill yellow and black. Stomach contained in-

sects.” “No.195. Booby Island. Eyes white, legs yellow, base of

bill yellow, tip black. Stomach contained small round seeds.”

33. Syna@cus cervinus, Gld.

Syneecus cervinus, Gld. Handb. B. Austr. ii. p. 195.

A Quail, from Cape-York Island, which agrees with specimens of

this species in Mr. Gould’s collection. ‘No. 175, 3. Eyes brown,

feet yellow, (bill?) bluish black.”

34. ANGIALITEs INORNATUs (Gld).

Hiaticula inornata, Gld. B. of Austr. vi. pl. 19.

Ochthodromus inornatus, Gld. Handb. B. Austr. ii. p. 237.

A female, from Wednesday Island, agreeing with specimens in

Mr. Godman’s collection, but with the markings on the face and the

pectoral band somewhat darker. ‘‘No. 191. Wednesday Island.

Eyes, legs, and bill black.”

35. ToTanus INCANUS (Gm.).

Totanus pulverulentus, Mill. Natuurk. Verhand. Land- en Volkenk.

p. 152.

Totanus griseopygius, Gld. B. of Austr. vi. pl. 38.

Gambetta pulverulentus, Gld. Handb. B. Austr. ii. p. 268.

One from Wednesday Island. ‘‘No. 190, 2 Sandpiper. Legs

yellow, bill blackish, eyes black. Stomach contained remains of

Crustacea.”

36. STREPSILAS INTERPRES, L.

Three specimens from Raine Island. “No. 128, ¢. Eyes brown,

feet light red with black claws, bill black. Stomach contained small

calcareous particles.” ‘No. 129, 9. Sameas 128.” “No. 142, 9.

Same as 128.”

37. Raxuvus pecroratis, Gld.

Rallus pectoralis, Gld. B. Austr. vi. pl. 76.

Two males and a young female, from Raine Island, of this well-

t “ Brown,” according to Mr. Gould; his was probably a younger bird.

128 MR. F. NICHOLSON ON BIRDS FROM ABEOKUTA. [Feb. 5,

known species. The young bird, No. 130, resembles the old one

generally in coloration, but has all the colours duller, the transverse

barring of the lower surface much less conspicuous and altogether

wanting on the breast, the white spots of the scapularies absent,

those on the wing-coverts smaller, and those on the tertiaries also

smaller, and tinged with rufous; the primaries also are less con-

spicuously banded with rufous.

‘Nos. 126, 127, males. Eyes red, upper mandible dark, the

lower with a slight red tinge, feet light brown. Stomach contained

beetles, egg-shells, and small calcareous particles.”

2. On a Collection of Birds from Abeokuta. By Francis

NicHoxson, F.Z.S.

[Received December 20, 1877.]

(Plate X.)

I have lately received from my friend, Mr. Henry Robin, a small

collection of birds made by him in the neighbourhood of Abeokuta.

Although preserved in spirits, the birds arrived in very good con-

dition, and have made fair specimens. On showing them to my

friend Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe, he strongly advised me to publish a

short list of the species, inasmuch as we have never received any

natural-history specimens from Abeokuta before. This collection

also adds a species or two to the avifauna of Western Africa ; and

one bird appears tobe new. I have deposited a series of the skins in

the British Museum ; and Mr. Sharpe has confirmed my identifica-

tions. I am indebted to him for a comparison of some of the more

obscure species.

1, Scors teEvcotis (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 97.

One specimen, which has apparently died in captivity. I am not

aware of the occurrence of this species in West Africa below Senegal]

having been noted.

2. MeLm=NORNIS EDOLIOIDES (Sw.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. ili. p. 315.

One specimen, somewhat extending the range of this. species in

Western Africa.

3. Lantus smiTuit, Fraser; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 50. no. 478.

Two adults, and three young birds in changing plumage; all ap-

parently males, with no red on the flanks.

4. Dryoscopus GamBensis (Licht.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B.

p. 48. no. 453.

One male specimen.

5. Dryoscopus masor, Hartl.; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 47.

no. 450.

An adult specimen.

Zot fase ls Xe

C. Davenport del et lith,

| AMADINA SHARPEI.

Mintern Bros imp

1878.] MR. F. NICHOLSON ON BIRDS FROM ABEOKUTA. 129

6. Burais crisoxa (L.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 42. no. 391.

One specimen.

7. Exmry1a Loncicaupa (Sw.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 42.

no. 400.

Four specimens.

8. Bras musicus (V.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 43. no. 403.

An adult male.

9. Puarystrra cyANEA (Miil.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 44.

no. 412.

A large series of specimens, containing both sexes and the young

birds.

10. Hirunpo xruropica (Blanf.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 46,

no. 432.

The first occurrence of this Swallow in Western Africa, I

have compared it with several specimens from North-eastern Africa

in the British Museum, and I have no hesitation in pronouncing it

to be H. ethiopica. It is not quite so purple as Bogos-Land skins ;

but this is probably due to the fact of its having been preserved in

spirits.

11. Turpus ICTERORHYNCHUS, Cab.

T. pelios, Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 21. no. 187 (nec Bp.).

Four specimens.

12. CrinigeR stmpLex (Temm.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 22.

no. 197.

Four specimens.

13. Pycnonotus BARBATUS (Desf.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 23.

no. 2]4.

Five specimens.

14. CossypHa veRTICALIs, Hartl.; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 26.

no. 237.

Three specimens.

15. Hypouars opaca (Licht.); Dresser, B. Eur. part xxviii.

One specimen.

16. Crinnyris FuLIGINosus (Shaw).

Nectarinia fuliginosa, Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 39. no. 362,

One specimen.

17. CrnNyRIS SPLENDIDUs (Shaw).

Nectarinia splendida, Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B, p. 38. no. 357.

One specimen.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1878, No. IX. i)

130 MR. F. NICHOLSON ON BIRDS FROM ABEOKUTA. [Feb. 5,

18. Crnnyris VENusTUus (Shaw).

Nectarinia venusta, Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 40. no. 376.

Three specimens.

19. PHoLipAUGES LEUCOGASTER (Gm.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B.

p. 04. no. 514.

Two pairs, the males exhibiting the very extreme of the bluish

and reddish purple shades prevalent in this species.

20. HyPHANTORNIS BRACHYPTERA (Sw.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B.

p- 59. no. 561.

One example.

21. Hypaanrornis TexTor (Gm.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p.

59. no, 257.

Two adult males.

22. NiGRiTa CANICAPILLA(Strickl.) ; Hartl. Orn. W.-Afr. p. 130,

The single specimen sent is more ashy and not of such a clear

cinereous grey as Gaboon examples, and the spots on the wings are

smaller ; the shade, however, may be owing to the specimen having

been preserved in spirits, The conspicuous white spots on the

wings and the white rump show that the bird belongs to N. cani-

capilla and not to N. emilie.

23. EKUPLECTES FRANCISCANA (Isert) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 62.

no, 988.

Four adult males in full plumage.

24. Vipva princrpatis (L.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 63. no. 600.

A female bird.

25. HypocuEera cHatyBeEata (Miull.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B.

p- 64. no, 604.

26. PyrRENEsTES CaPITALBUS (Temm.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B.

p. 68. no. 650.

A female bird, doubtless belonging to this species.

27. SPERMOSPIZA HZMATINA (V.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 68.

no, 653.

One specimen, not in full plumage.

28. CrirHaGRa curysopyGa (Sw.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 67.

no. 638.

One specimen.

29. AMADINA SHARPII, n. sp. (Plate X.).

Supra olivascenti-flava, tectricibus alarum dorso concoloribus ;

remigtbus fuscis, extts dorsi colore marginatis, secundartis in-

1878.] MR. F. NICHOLSON ON BIRDS FROM ABEOKUTA. 131

ternis dorso concoloribus: caudd olivascenti-flavd, rectricibus ex-

terioribus intus fuscis ; pileo summo colloque postico cinereis ;

Sronte angustd, loris et facie laterali albis; lined angustd

pone-auriculari nigrd; guld totd nigrd; jugulo et pectore

summo cinereis ; abdomine, subcaudalibus tibiisque cinerascen-

tibus; corpore laterali leté flavo; subalaribus fulvis, flavo

lavatis ; margine alari flavo; remigibus infra brunneis, intis

albicanti marginatis ; rostro nigro ; pedibus brunneis. Long.

tot. 4°3, culm. 0°4, al@ 2°35, caude 1°95, tarsi 0°65.

The accompanying figure will give a good idea of this beautiful

little Finch, which is not allied to any other African species, and

appears to be quite new to science.

30. CypsELus pArvus (Licht.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 2.

no. 13.

One specimen,

31. Merors surerci.iosus (L.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 3.

no. 2).

One specimen.

32. Isprptna Picta (Bodd.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 7. no. 53.

Five specimens.

33. HaLcyon SENEGALENSIS (L.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 8-

no. 66.

One specimen.

34. Curysococcyx KLAAst (V.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 13.

no. 112.

Ten specimens, in all states of plumage.

35. BARBATULA SUBSULPHUREA (Fras.); Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B.

p- 16. no. 139.

Three specimens.

36. Denpropicus GorRT# (Miill.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 18,

no. 165.

One specimen.

37. PerisTERA TYMPANISTRIA (Temm.); Hartl. Orn, W.-Afr.

p. 197.

One specimen.

38. Acritrs nypoLEeucus (L.); Hart]. Orn, W.-Atr. p. 235.

One specimen.

132 REY. S. J. WHITMEE ON THE HABITS OF FISHES. [Feb. 5,

3. On the Manifestation of Anger, Fear, and other Passions,

in Fishes, and on the Use of their Spines.* By the Rev.

S. J. Warmer, C.M.Z.S.

[Received January 2, 1878.]

In his remarks on the erection of the dermal appendages by

various animals under the excitement of anger and terror Mr.

Darwin (‘ Expression of the Emotions in Men and Animals’) confines

himself to “three of the great Vertebrate classes,” viz. mammals,

birds, and reptiles (p. 95). When I first read the passage referred

to, I tried to think of some reference to the manifestation of anger

by fishes in books with which I am familiar, but I failed to call any

to mind. And as Mr. Darwin has not brought forward any ex-

amples as to how fishes manifest their ‘emotions,’ I am almost

compelled to believe no observations have been recorded. I read,

too, in the article ‘ Ichthyology,’’ in the ‘ Encyclopzedia Britannica’

(vol. xii. p. 221, Sth ed.), after a fanciful comparison between birds

and fishes, to the great disadvantage of the latter, that “the silent

dweller in the deep knows few attachments, expresses no language,

cherishes no affections, . . . the cravings of hunger seem alone

to exercise a frequent and influential action over his monotonous

movements ;” and that “by whatever scenes in nature fishes are

surrounded, their perceptions are probably indistinct and dull” *.

Notwithstanding that so little appears to be written on the mani-

festation of feeling by fishes, it strikes me many persons who have

kept an aquarium must have noticed that they show anger quite as

plainly as any other animals.

For some time past I have kept a good sized aquarium for the

instruction and amusement of myself and my family. My house is

situated on the coast, and has a belt of shallow and smooth water

before it, formed by the coral-reef which runs along in front of it

nearly a mile out at sea. This lagoon is a fine place for fishes; and

I encourage the natives to bring me any thing remarkable they obtain

when fishing there. I have therefore often had fishes belonging to

several genera together in my aquarium. Amongst other things I

have had opportunities of watching their quarrels, which are by no

means infrequent among the individuals of the same species, and

which are of constant occurrence between different species and genera.

The signs of anger in most fishes are so obvious that one of my boys,

between three and four years old, who is fond of making his own

observations in natural history, knows an angry fish as well as most

people know an angry bull or an angry boar.

1 This paper was written in Samoa, in October 1875, and is given in its

original form. §. J. W., December 27, 1877.

2 There are other remarks in the article mentioned which, I presume, will be

corrected in the new edition of the ‘ Encyclopedia ’—such, e. g., as the statement

that, the elegant and diversified colours of fishes are probably for the special

gratification of man. Unfortunately these quickly disappear when man gets

possession of the fish.

1878.| REV. S.J. WHITMEE ON THE HABITS.OF FISHES. 133

When swimming in a placid condition, the anterior portion of the

dorsal fin in fishes is seldom elevated ; hence the spines which occupy

this position are laid back more or less closely, and are often scarcely

visible’. The anal fin is also often not fully expanded ; but I have

not usually seen this so marked as in the dorsal. On the least fright

up goes the dorsal, and the spines are at once elevated. As an ex-

ample of how slight a cause will suffice to produce this change, I

may mention that, before writing the last sentence, I rose from my

desk and lightly tapped the front of my aquarium. The anterior

dorsal fins of its inhabitants (previously laid back) were instantly

elevated, and all assumed the attitude of attention. Under the

influence of great anger or fear, such as would be caused by the

presence of a carnivorous fish in the aquarium, the dorsal fin is

raised to its extreme height, and the spines, both of the dorsal and

anal fins, are very prominent. The scales all over the body are

also more or less raised, and with them, of course, any other dermal

appendages the particular fish may possess. This causes it to

assume larger proportions than under ordinary circumstances.

I believe the spines are elevated under the influence of fear as well

as by anger. I was once trying to catch a Tetrodon nigropunctatue

which was in my aquarium, when it inflated itself and elevated the

fine spines with which its body was covered, and which were pre-

viously buried in its loose and flabby skin. This of course was

under the influence of fear. And this appears to give a hint as to

the purpose for which this fish and those of the genus Diodon inflate

themselves.

When I have observed fishes chasing each other, apparently in

playfulness rather than anger, I have often seen them swim at each

other with open mouths as if to bite. But when they have appeared

to intend a serious attack they have always turned suddenly round

and lashed at one another with the caudal fin. I believe serious

fighting is always done with the tail. And from their anatomy

one would naturally expect this to be the chief mode of attack in

most fishes.

I incidentally mentioned this way of fighting by fishes in a paper

recently sent to the Society, in which I described an attack made

by some small fishes on an Antennarius*. These little things were

evidently in great dread of their carnivorous neighbour. But,

like small birds in presence of a bird of prey, they could not keep

at a distance, but continually tried to torment it. In attacking it

they always took care to strike at its posterior part, although this

was protected by a block of coral. I said, in the paper referred to,

that this mode of attack by the tail ought to be very effective in the

case of an Acanthurus, and that it may account for the armature of

the Acronuridee.

In connexion with this subject I will mention a thought which

has often occurred to me as to the chief purpose served by fishes’

' Drawings of fishes usually represent them with al/ the fins fully expanded

and the spines prominent ; but this is not their ordinary condition,

? See P. Z. S. 1875, p. 545.

134 REY. S, J. WHITMEE ON THE HABITS OF FISHES. [ Feb. 5,

spines, viz. protection against the attacks of those of the class which

are carnivorous. I have never seen a fish try to use its dorsal spines

actively to strike with. But I have seen a Balistes swim rapidly

past an antagonist, and graze its side with its file-like lateral spines.

I am strongly inclined to believe the dorsal and anal spines are used

for defence only.

There is little doubt that most carnivorous fish capture their prey

by outswimming them, as most carnivorous quadrupeds capture theirs

by outrunning them. In the shallow waters within our reefs it is a

very common thing to see shoals of fish leaping out of the water

when chased by the larger ones which prey upon them. They pass

along with a series of springs at a great rate; and the noise they

make is heard at a long distance. Most fishes thus chased would, if

captured, be seized from behind. If so, the strong spines on the

anal and dorsal fins, inclined as they are backwards, would often be

of immense value to their possessors in preventing them from being

swallowed. I am inclined to believe this is the chief, if not the sole,

use of these spines’.

If this view be correct, those fish most exposed to the attacks of

others which are carnivorous ought (other things being equal) to be best

protected. I have not given sufficient attention to the subject to say

whether this be so or not. But from a merely superficial examina-

tion I fancy further investigation would prove that spiny fishes are

more frequently found in confined and shallow waters, where they

have little opportunity of escape: and that slow-swimming fishes are

most frequently protected with peculiar defensive armature. The

Diodon and Tetrodon may serve as examples of the latter. They

swim slowly, and if unprotected would be specially liable to be

preyed upon by carnivorous fish. Unless alarmed neither look for-

midable. In both of them the spines are ordinarily concealed in the

soft and loose skin ; and then they present a very different appearance

from the stuffed specimens or plates by which they are chiefly known.

But the individuals of both genera possess the power of very rapidly

inflating their loose skins, and thus erecting the spives with which

they are more or less completely covered. In the case of the Diodon

there can be no doubt that its inflated and bristling appearance would

serve to protect it from attack; and I imagine the most voracious

monster would think twice before attempting to feast on the less-pro-

tected Tetrodon.

1 Since the above was written I have seen a proof of the correctness of this

view as to the use of spines. I was one day passing along the lagoon on the

shores of Upolu, when my boatmen noticed a great splashing in the water at a

distance. Knowing the cause, they pulled for the place. There we saw a large

fish with a smaller one sticking in its jaws, caught apparently by the erected

spines. They got separated just as we approached, and before my crew could

secure them; but the natives told me they not unfrequently take fishes in that

way. Sometimes they find both dead, one firmly sticking by its spines in the

jaws of the other.— December 1877.

“Ne

eee nme ee nme en Eno mMEnere

Gort PIEYWEL

ies &;

ii oy

(4 ‘

7 4 ia

r af

Rar nist

. ————" DPIGRBESOLIdivid

“UHL FAAS L

ue}

1878.] ON BIRDS FROM SOUTH AMERICA. 135

4. On the Collection of Birds made by Prof. Steere in South

America. By P. L. Sctarer, M.A., Ph.D., F.R.S.,

and OsperT Satvin, M.A., F.R.S.

[Received January 3, 1878.]

(Plates XI.—XIII.)

At the request of Prof. J. B. Steere, of the University of Michi-

gan, U.S. A., we have had great pleasure in examining the collection

of birds which he made during his recent transit across South Ame-

rica, from Para to Callao, and in determining and naming the speci-

mens.

In Nov. 1870, Prof. Steere went from Para first to Vigia, on the

south bank of the Amazons, near the mouth, above fifty miles below

Para. Returning to Para he next visited Arare, on the south side

of the island of Marajo. On finally leaving Para for the interior,

in June 1871, he ascended the river to Santarem, and from Santarem

visited Obidos on the north bank. From Santarem he continued

upwards to Manaos, or Barra, as it was formerly called, and thence

made an excursion up the Purus river to Ituchy and Marrahan.

Leaving Manaos in Oct. 1871, he ascended the main stream to

Pebas, in Peru, where several skins, having the well-known “make” of

Mr. Hauxwell (amongst which is a skin of Porzana hauxwelli, nobis),

were procured. From Pebas Prof. Steere continued the ascent of

the river to Barrancas and Pongo Manseriche, at the foot of the

Andes, but returned downwards to the mouth of the Huallaga, and

then ascended that stream to Yurimaguas, where he arrived in

March 1872.

Here the voyage by steam came to an end, and Prof. Steere pro-

ceeded across country, via Tarapota, Moyobamba, Rioja, Chacha-

poyas, and Caxamarca, to the Pacific coast at Truxillo. From

Truxillo Prof. Steere kept along the coast, via Pacasmayo to

Sorritos} and Tumbez, where, as will be seen by our notes, many

of the local and interesting species of Western Peru were met with.

From Tumbez Prof. Steere went to Guayaquil, and thence up to

Quito and back. Next he proceeded to Lima by Callao, and made

an excursion from the Peruvian capital up the Rimac and over the

Andes, to the vicinity of Cerro de Pasco, returning finally to Callao.

From Callao Prof. Steere sailed, in May 1873, for China and the

Philippines, where he made those great discoveries in ornithology

which have already rendered his name well known to ornitholo-

gists *.

! Sorritos I do not find marked in the maps; but Professor Steere tells us it

is on the coast, about 20 miles south of Tumbez.

’ 2 See Mr. Sharpe’s memoir in Trans, Linn. Soe, n. s. Zool. yol. i. p. 807 e¢

seqg. (1877).

136 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON BIRDS [Rebs Ss

During his journey across South America Prof. Steere made a

collection of 911 skins of birds, belonging to about 362 species of

the following groups :—

ex. sp. ex, sp.

1. Pagseres .... 503. 145 9. Herodiones .. 13 9

2. Cypseli...... 108 52 10. Anseres 4,..°5 <2 5 4

38 Biches eek 23 17 M=*Columbx, ..>: 27. 14

4. Coceyges.... 93 45 12. Galline ...... acl 5

Oe PSittacke erik OD 16 Poe AaTHEs fee ac Te 4

6. Striges ..-...; 14 5 14. Limicole .... 41 18

7. -Aceipitres... .;..: 23 16 15. Gavi. :....'. 7 5

8. Steganopedes. 38 3 16. CrypturL ... 36. 9 4

As might have been expected from the fact of Prof. Steere not

having made a lengthened stay at any of the localities visited, the

greater number of the specimens which he collected belong to

well-known species, which we have named according to our ‘ No-

menclator Avium Neotropicalium.’ But there are examples of

twenty-two species amongst them, either unknown to us or other-

pik of interest, concerning which we have the following notes to

offer.

1. ORYZOBORUS ATRIROSTRIS, Sp. NOV.

Ater eneo-nitens unicolor ; remigibus primariis ad basin albis,

speculum parvum teetricibus absconditum efficientibus ; rostro

erasso, nigro; caudd paulum rotundata: long. tota 60,

ale 2°9, cauda 2°7, tarsi 0°75.

a. Head of Oryzoborus crassirostris.

b. Head of O. atrirostris.

Hab. Moyobamba, Peru (Steere).

Obs. Ab O. crassirostri et affinibus rostro robustiore et nigro

diversus.

This Oryzoborus, of which Prof. Steere only obtained a single

example, now in the Museum of the University of Michigan, is

quite new to us’. It is readily distinguishable from O. erassiros-

1 Sporophila othello, Bp. Consp. i. p. 498, ex Am. Centr. (Mus. Berol.) is

unknown to us and indeterminable, unless the type is existent.

1878.] COLLECTED BY PROF. STEERE IN SOUTH AMERICA. 137

tris and its representative forms (O. maximiliant, O. occidentalis,

and O. melas) by its black bill, which, as will be seen by the out-

line given, is also more robust than in O. crassirostris.

There is a small white speculum, which does not extend onto the

outer web of the three outer primaries, and is concealed by the

greater coverts when in their natural position. On the under sur-

face of the wing the white extends barely half an inch beyond the

black under wing-coverts, and then passes into grey, and at the

extremities of the feathers into black.

2. PirzorRHINA CINEREA, Laft.

Guiraca cendre, Préyv. et Des Murs, Voy. ‘ Venus,’ Ois. p- 209.

Gutraca cinerea, Lafr. Mag. de Zool. 1843, pl. 20 (subg. Piezo-

rhina).

Camarhynchus cinereus, Gray and Mitch. Gen. B. ii. p- 369 ;

Bp. Consp. i. p. 542; Salvin, Trans. Zool. Soc. ix. p- 491; Tacz.

P. Z.'S. 1877, p: 321.

MM. Jelski and Stolzmann first discovered the true habitat of

this curious Finch, which, through an error of the Naturalists of the

Voyage of the ‘ Venus,’ had been assigned to the Galapagos,

Prof. Steere’s series contains a single skin obtained in Dec. 187 2,

at Sorritos, in Western Peru. It is marked “ male: eyes light

hazel.” It agrees in every respect with an example from Tumbez

(Jelski) in Sclater’s collection.

3. Ha@MopuILa sTOLZMANNI, Tacz.

Hemophila stolzmanni, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 322, pl. xxxvi.

fig. 2.

Of this recently described Finch, from the same district, Prof.

Steere likewise obtained a single example at Sorritos, in Dec. 1372.

It is marked “male: eyes hazel.” The discovery of a typical

Hemophila (of which the six previously known species are entirely

confined to Central America) in Western Peru is a fact of the highest

interest.

4, GNATHOSPIZA RAIMONDH, Tacz..

Gnathospiza raimondii, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 320, pl. xxxvi.

fig. 1.

Of this peculiar Fringilline form Prof. Steere obtained four exam-

ples during his sojourn at Sorritos.

5. IcTERUS GRACE-ANN&, Cassin.

Ieterus grace-anne, Tacz. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 323.

Prof. Steere’s series contains two skins of this well-marked Icterus,

described in 1867 by the late Mr. Cassin, from a single specimen in

the museum of the Academy of Philadelphia, of which the exact

locality was uncertain. The western sea-board of Ecuador and Peru,

however, is its undoubted habitat, as the late Prof. James Orton

138 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALYIN ON BIRDS [ Feb. 5,

obtained specimens at Machala, near Guayaquil, as recorded by

Salvin (Ibis, 1874, p.323). Jelski and Stoltzmann also found it at

Tumbez, as recorded by Taczanowski, /. s. c.; and Prof. Steere col-

lected two examples—one at Pacasmayo on the coast north of

Truxillo, and the other at Tumbez.

6. CYANOCORAX MYSTACALIS.

Pica mystacalis, Geoffr. Mag. de Zool. 1835, pl. 34.

Cyanocorax mystacalis, Sel. et Salv. Nomencl. p. 39, et P.Z.S.

1876, p. 272; Tacz. P. Z.S. 1877, p. 323.

Cyanocorax ortoni, Lawr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. xi. p. 166.

Of this fine species Prof. Steere obtained one example at Tumbez,

where MM. Jelski and Stoltzmann also procured it. Having now,

through Mr. Lawrence’s courtesy, had the opportunity of examining

the type of his C. ortoni, we are able to state that our anticipation -

as to its identity with C. mystacalis was quite correct. Prof. Orton’s

skin is labelled as having been obtained at “ Zicapa, Peru, Oct. 22,

1874.” It may be remarked, however, that, whereas in Prof. Steere’s

specimen the five outer pairs of rectrices are wholly white, in Prof.

Orton’s the pair next to the middle pair have the basal half blue

and indications of like colour in the centres of the adjoining pairs.

It is probably on some such specimen as this that C. dellus of

Schlegel * was established.

7. EUSCARTHMUS ZOSTEROPS

A skin of a Tyrant, obtained by Prof. Steere at Moyobamba, so

nearly agrees with FZ. zosterops, Pelzeln, Orn. Bras. p. 173, that we

are unwilling to separate it on the faith of a single specimen. But

it is certainly larger in its dimensions *, has a rather shorter bill,

and the edgings of the wing-coverts and secondaries are paler and

more distinct.

8. OrcHiLus EcAuDATUS (Lafr. et D’Qrb.).

A skin of this species from Rioja, Peru, seems to agree well with

Sclater’s example from San Esteban (P. Z.S. 1868, p. 631).

D’Orbigny’s original type was from Yuracares, Bolivia.

9. MyIARCHUS SEMIRUFUS, sp. nov. (Plate XI.)

Supra fuscescenti-cinereus ; uropygio et alarum caudeque mar-

ginibus castaneis, remigum omnium et rectricum mediarum parte

media mgricante ; subtis ochraceo-rufus unicolor ; rostro et

pedibus nigris; long. tota. 7°5, ale 3°4, caude 3°3, tarsi 1:0.

H1ab. Pacasmayo, Peru (Steere).

1 Cf. Sel. et Salv. P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 272.

Long. tota, ale, caude.

4 Fix. ex Borba (Natt.). ........:.20 40 2:0 LZ

», Moyobamba (Sfcere)...... 50 2°2 2:1

1878.] COLLECTED BY PROF. STEERE [IN SOUTH AMERICA. 139

Although so abnormal in colour, we cannot arrange this bird, of

which Prof. Steere unfortunately obtained but a single specimen, as

otherwise than a typical Myiarchus. The wings are rather short,

the third, fourth, and fifth primaries being nearly equal and longest.

The wing-end, embracing the first five or six primaries, is black, as

are the centre portions of the other remiges ; but the latter are bor-

dered above and below with rufous. In the tail the black colour is

confined to the inner webs of the three middle pairs of rectrices, the

two outer pairs being wholly rufous, and the next pair having only a

slight trace of the black patch.

10. MACHZROPTERUS PYROCEPHALUS, Sclater.

Macheropterus pyrocephalus, Sclater, Ibis, 1862, p. 176.

Of this beautiful Manikin two examples were procured by Prof.

Steere—one at Rioja, and the other at Moyobamba.

11. ATTILA TORRIDUS, Sclater.

Altila torridus, Sclater, P. Z.S. 1860, p. 280.

A single skin from Santa Rosa agrees with Sclater’s types of his

A. torridus, except in being rather brighter below and in being

rather shorter in the wing. We do not think it distinguishable.

12. FuRNARIUS PILEATUS, Sp. nl.

Supra castaneus, superciliis albis; pileo obscure brunneo; subtis

albus, lateraliter ochraceo perfusus; remigibus nigris rufo

bifasciatis ; rectricibus castaneis, macula in pogonio interiore

nigra preditis; rostro corneo, mandibuld inferiore ad basin

albicante ; pedibus nigris : long. tota 6°8, ale 3°5, cuude 2:4,

tarsi 1:1.

Hab. Santarem, Amazons (Steere).

Obs. F. figulo affinis, sed pileo brunneo ed pedibus majoribus

diversus.

A single skin of a Furnarius obtained at Santarem, on the south

bank of the Amazons, seems to be referable to a representative

form of F. figulus, of S.E. Brazil, distinguishable by its dark brown

cap. In F. figulus the head is of exactly the same colour as the

back. *

13. THAMNOPHILUS SIMPLEX, Sclater.

Thamnophilus simplex, Sclater, Ibis, 1873, p. 387.

A single skin obtained at Vigia exactly agrees with Sclater’s type

of this little-known species, now in his collection. It is marked

‘‘male: eyes red.”

14. STEATORNIS CARIPENSIS.

A skin of this bird in Prof. Steere’s collection is labelled as having

been obtained at Caxamarca, in the Peruvian Andes. This, so far as

we know, is much further south than any previously recorded locality

140 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON BIRDS (Feb. 5,

for this wonderful bird. Since we examined this skin, Mr. C. Buckley

has sent an example of Steatornis from Sarayacu on the Rio Bobo-

naza, a confluent of the Pastaza, in Ecuador, thus connecting Prof.

Steere’s Peruvian locality with those hitherto known for Steatornis

in Columbia and Venezuela.

15. Picumnus scLaTeRt, Tacz. P. Z. 8S. 1877, p. 327.

We are inclined to refer a skin of a Picumnus, obtained at Tumbez

in December 1872, to this recently described species, although in

this difficult group an actual comparison of specimens is necessary to

establish identity.

Prof. Steere’s specimen is marked ‘* male,”’ but agrees with a bird

described as a female by M. Taczanowski in having the head spotted

with white. If, therefore, the sexes are rightly determined in both

cases, it would seem that this species differs from most of its con-

geners in not having the head spotted with red or yellow in the male

Sex.

16. CHLORONERPES SEDULUS.

Campias sedulus, Cab. et Hein. Mus. Hein. iv. p. 153.

Chloronerpes sedulus, Scl. et Salv. Nomencl. p. 99.

A “male” of this little known species was obtained by Prof.

Steere at Obidos, on the Amazons. Sclater’s collection contains a

single female from Guiana; and the type described by Cabanis and

Heine was of the same sex. The male, which is hitherto undescribed,

differs from the female in having the feathers of the cap terminated

with red instead of yellow.

The species is easily recognizable by the large well-defined pale

yellow spots on the wing-coverts. Prof. Steere notes the eyes as

* blood-red.”

17. CoLapres RuPICOLA (Lafr. et D’Orb.).

Colaptes rupicola, Scl. et Salv. Nomenel. p. 101.

A “female” skin from Cajamarca, which we refer to this species,

differs slightly from skins obtained in Southern Peru by Mr. Whitely

(see P. Z.S. 1869, p. 154) in having the spots on the chest produced

laterally into narrow transverse bands. The rump and lower surface

are likewise rather deeper in colour.

The label states that the bird is found ‘‘in the Upper Andes, among

the rocks; nests in mud walls; eyes sulphur yellow.”

18. Capiro sTEERI, sp. nov. (Plate XII.)

Supra let viridis, pileo vivide coccineo, nuchd ce@ruled ; subtis

pallidé limonaceo-flavus, plagd gulari et alterd subpectorali

coceineis ; ventre viridi flavoque variegato; rostro plumbe-

scente, tomiis et apice flavis ; pedibus obscure plumbeis: long.

tota 5°8, ale 2°8, caud@ 1°8, tarsi O'S.

Hab. Moyobamba, Peru (Steere).

1878.] COLLECTED BY PROF. STEERE IN SOUTH AMERICA. 141

Obs. Affinis C. richardsoni, sed colore corporis superioris_palli-

diore viridi, nucha cyane, et pectore limonaceo-flavo sané diversus.

Of this beautiful new Capito, which we have the pleasure of dedi-

to its discoverer, there is, unfortunately, but one specimen in the

collection, now in the Museum of the University of Michigan. The

species is closely allied in form and disposition of colour to C.

richardsoni, but may be distinguished by the differences pointed out

above.

Among some birds lately sent by Mr. G. N. Lawrence of New

York to Sclater for determination, we find an imperfect skin, evi-

dently of the same species. It was obtained by Walter S. Church

at the ‘* head-waters of the Huallaga,” during his journey up that

river, and belongs to the collection of the Smithsonian Institution,

19. CoLuMBULA CAMPESTRIS (Spix).

Five specimens of this species are in Prof. Steere’s collection, all

of them obtained at Arare, in the island of Marajo. The species,

though long ago deseribed by Spix, has seldom been met with by

more recent collectors. Natterer, however, secured several examples,

mostly in the Brazilian provinces of Goiaz and Cuyaba,

20. Limosa FEDOA (Linn.).

Limosa fedoa, Scl. & Salv. Nomencl. p. 146.

One of two specimens of this Godwit was obtained at Santa Rosa,

Ecuador ; the other is without precise locality. Though the allied

L. hudsonica ranges throughout South America, this species, so far

as we know, has not hitherto been noticed south of Central America.

21. Xema SABINII, J. Sab.

Xema sabinii, Coues, Birds of the North-west, p- 660.

Prof. Steere’s collection contains a single example of the Fork-

tailed Gull, shot at Tumbez, Western Peru. This is the first instance

of the occurrence of the species in any thing like so southern a locality,

the limit of its southern range having been hitherto supposed to be

the Great Salt Lake, Utah. The specimen is in adult'winter plumage,

the head being white, the nape and back of the neck ashy black,

each feather with a very narrow white margin; the mantle is pure

grey, and the primaries coloured as in the adult bird.

22. CRYPTURUS TRANSFASCIATUS, sp.n. (Plate XIII.)

Supra ochraceus, dorso toto et alis extius nigro transfasciatis ;

cervice posticd murino-brunned ; pileo nigro, ochraceo brunneo

transfasciato ; superciliis, guld et abdomine medio albis ; cervice

umd et pectore griseis ; hypochondriis et tectricibus caude@ infe-

rioribus cervinis nigro transfasciatis ; rostro corneo, mandibule

basi flavicante, pedibus flavis: long. tota 12, ale 6:2, caude 2"1,

tarsi 2°9, rostri a rictu 1°5.

Hab. Santa Rosa, Ecuador (Steere).

142 PROF. A. H. GARROD ON THE BINTURONG, [Feb. 5,

Obs. C. variegato et C. bartletti forsan affinis, sed statura majore

et pectore griseo distinguendus.

This apparently undescribed Tinamou has the back conspicuously

transversely barred as in C. variegatus, but is much larger than that

species and has the whole of the lower part of the neck brownish

grey instead of cinnamon. C. bartletti, desczibed by us from speci-

mens obtained by Mr. E. Bartlett in Eastern Peru (P. Z. 8. 1873,

p. 311), is also a smaller bird, and has the whole under surface

except the throat fawn-colour ; it also wants the light supercilium

and the transverse marks on the occiput. In size the new species

approaches C. sallzi; but the totally different colour of the under

surface of this species renders further comparison unnecessary.

Prof. Steere’s collection contains two specimens of this species,

exactly resembling one another in colour, but differing slightly in

size, the bird described above being the larger of the two.

5. Note on the Anatomy of the Binturong (Arectictis

binturong). By A. H. Garrop, M.A., I’.R.S.

[Received January 7, 1878. ]

In an earlier communication ' I was able to confirm the observa-

tions of others, and to add fresh details, with reference to the anatomy

of Arctictis binturong. Since that paper was published, two other

specimens of the species have passed through my hands, the earlier

of which differed in no respect from the one which I had previouly

described. The last, however, which died on January 4, 1878, pre-

sented a peculiarity which I feel to be deserving of record. It was

a female, apparently adult, having lived in the Gardens of the

Society since October 19, 1875. The abnormal feature which it pre-

sented was the total absence of any trace of the colic cecum, which,

as is shown in a drawing accompanying my former paper, is normally

extremely small.

The line of separation between the small and large intestines is

well defined ; and there is no valvular constriction between the two

tubes, as is the case in the Arctoidea generally. There is a large

Peyer’s Patch quite close to the termination of the smaller gut.

The non-constancy of the presence of the diminutive cecum in

Aretictis binturong, and its total absence in Nandinia binotata’,

makes it evident that the existence of the cecum is a less import-

ant diagnostic character than was inferred by earlier investigators.

1 P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 196.

Vide Prof. Flower’s “ Note,” P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 683.

1878.] PROF. A. H. GARROD ON PASSERINE BIRDS. 143

6. Notes on the Anatomy of Passerine Birds. Part IV.

By A. H. Garrop, M.A., F.R.S.

[Received January 7, 1878.]

In my “Notes on the Anatomy of Passerine Birds,” Part II.,

whilst discussing the systematic position of the Eurylemide, I

mention that the method of insertion of the tensor patagii brevis

muscle of the arm is unknown’. Through the kindness of Lieut.-

Colonel Godwin-Austen, who has placed at my disposal carbolized

specimens of Psarisomus dalhousie and Serilophus rubropygius, I

have recently had the opportunity of dissecting these species, and

am now able to state that in both of them the tendon of the tensor

patagii brevis is perfectly passerine, agreeing precisely with the

typical arrangement previously described by me in the Order >—the

two tendons which traverse the distance between the point where

the main tendon joins the extensor metacarpi radialis longus and

the elbow running independently and parallel as they course to

their humeral attachment.

Tn neither specimen was I able to dissect out the plantar tendons,

because they were so dry and brittle that no amount of soaking

would render them fit for observation. I was, however, able to

determine some other anatomical points, including the existence of

a single carotid artery (the left), a normal disposition of the vessels

of the thigh (the main artery of the leg being the sciatic), the con-

‘siderable size of the femoro-caudal, of the semitendinosus, and of

the accessory semitendinosus, and the absence of the accessory

femoro-caudal and of the ambiens muscles.

Previous evisceration, I regret to say, prevents my adding any thing

with reference to the syrinx and the abdominal viscera ; nevertheless

I think that now the vomer and the tensor patagii brevis are known

to conform exactly with the Passerine type, all shadow of doubt as

to the perfectly Passerine structure of the Eurylemide may be dis-

missed, notwithstanding the aberrant vinculum joining their deep

flexor tendons.

So far as its sternum is concerned, Psarisomus dalhousie so

closely resembles Eurylemus javanicus, as figured by Mr. Sclater in

‘ The Ibis’, that no further remark with reference to it is neces-

sary, except to draw attention to the unforked condition of the

manubrium. My specimen of Serilophus was too much shot for me

to make out its sternal peculiarities.

1 P, Z. 8. 1877, p. 449.

2 P. Z, 8. 1876, p. 508.

$ Third Series, vol ii., 1872, p. 179.

144. MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. [Feb. 5,

7. Descriptions of new Species of Phytophagous Coleoptera.

By Martin Jacosy.

[Received January 10, 1878.]

Family EumM oLPip&.

Genus CHALCOPHANA.

1. CHALCOPHANA RUFIPENNIS, Sp. Nov.

Above, shining bright rufous; below, black; legs testaceous ;

head with a median depression, impunctate, labrum and antennz

light testaceous ; thorax finely and very sparingly punctate, together

with the head rufous; elytra of the same colour, distinctly and

regularly punctate-striate on the disk, more irregular towards the

sides, where also three distinct ribs or coste are visible running

parallel to each other. Underside black, with a metallic green tint;

legs and tarsi yellowish or testaceous.

Length 4 lines.

Hab. Costa Rica.

Collected by Mr. Rogers.

This species is closely allied to C. discolor of v. Harold, but

differs abundantly in the coloration of the antennze, the underside,

and legs.

2. CHALCOPHANA COSTATIPENNIS, Sp. nov.

Upper and underside rufous testaceous ; antennee black, the basal

three joints ferruginous ; femora red; tibiee and tarsi black ; head

minutely punctured, with a fovea between the eyes; thorax with a

few minute punctures ; scutellum smooth ; elytra each with about

seven distinct costz, all of which, with the exception of the fifth

and sixth, commence below the transverse and deeply marked basal

depression; the fourth, fifth, and sixth costz united at a little dis-

tance from the apex ; the interstices deeply punctate, the punctures

united in pairs.

Length, 3 to 33 lines.

Hab. Chontales, Nicaragua.

This species, although closely allied to C. discolor, Harold, and

C. rufipennis above described, is distinguished from both by the

strongly raised costee on the entire disk of the elytra and by the

entirely black tibiz.

Genus CoxasrorpeEs, Castelnau.

3. CoLASPOIDES VIRIDICOLLIS, sp. nov.

Oblong-ovate, convex, fulvous above ; head, thorax, and a broad

margin round the elytra bright metallic green ; head sparingly but

deeply punctate, with a deep longitudinal groove; antennz with

the first six joints, the labrum, and palpi fulvous, the last four joints

of the antennze much depressed and widened, of a fuscous colour ;

thorax with the anterior and posterior margin gradually produced

in the middle, the sides evenly rounded, with a shallow but distinct

1873.] MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 145

oblique depression at a little distance from the anterior angles,

surface distantly but distinctly punctate ; scutellum smooth, metallic

green. Elytra scarcely wider at the base than the thorax, evenly

rounded towards the apex, finely punctate-striate, the interstices

plane; the entire lateral margin, with the apex to a greater extent,

is of a bright, shining, metallic green, while the rest of the surface

is of a light fulvous colour, where the punctures are also surrounded

by a piceous spot. Underside (with the exception of the thorax and

part of the breast) and legs entirely fulvous.

Length 2 to 23 lines,

Hab. Amazons.

Collection Jacoby.

Family CoRYSOMELID.

Genus DorypHora.

4. DoryPHORA FLAVOGUTTATA, Sp. nov.

Ovate, convex, above dark brown with a slightly greenish tint,

each elytron with three fulvous spots; head greenish black, spa-

ringly but distinctly punctured, the punctures ou the clypeus more

strongly marked; antenne black, with the underside of the first

joint testaceous, as well as the apex of the last joint ; thorax with

the middle of the anterior margin nearly straight, the lateral margins

a little thickened and evenly rounded anteriorly, surface but little

shining, of the same colour as the head, deeply punctate, more

closely so towards the sides; scutellum triangular, smooth; elytra

much wider than the base of the thorax, convex till their middle,

but rather suddenly declining towards the apex, surface punctured in

the same way as the thorax, and partly arranged in double lines of

striee, each elytron with an oval patch near the scutellum, a trans-

verse one in the middle, and another smaller near the apex, the

latter spot sometimes obsolete, of a reddish fulvous colour. Under-

side and legs greenish, shining ; the mesosternal process straight and

very acute.

Length 5 lines.

Hab. Volcano of Irazu, Costa Rica.

5. DoRYPHORA PUNCTIPENNIS, Sp. nov.

Oblong, convex, above brown ; base, lateral margins, a transverse

vitta, and a subsutural stripe near the apex, of the elytra, flavous ;

head light brown, with a slight greenish reflection, moderately close

and distinctly punctured, labrum lighter-coloured ; antennz larger

than the thorax, with the first five joints shining brownish green,

the basal joint testaceous below, the rest blackish, hairy ; thorax

narrowed at the base, from there diverging to the apex, the anterior

angles acutely produced, of the same colour as ihe head, very

deeply and coarsely punctate towards the sides, on the disk a little

less closely, and leaving a longitudinal middle line smooth ; scutellum

impunctate ; elytra much wider at the base than the thorax, closely

variolose-punctate, the punctures arranged in strize towards the

suture, and everywhere distinctly visible to the naked eye, of the

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1878, No. X. 10

146 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. [Feb. 5,

same colour as the head and thorax, shining, the base and the

lateral margins (with the exception of a small space a little before

the middle, where the margin is interrupted by a brownish black

spot, which also extends across the elytral seam below), a transverse

vitta from one side to the other, and a short streak running from

the apex parallel with the suture flavous. Underside brownish

black.

Length 54 lines.

Hab. Volcano of Irazu, Costa Rica.

Collected by Mr. Rogers.

6. DoryYPHORA FLAVOMARGINATA, Sp. nov.

Oblong-ovate, subdepressed, greenish or brownish ; head, lateral

margin of thorax broadly, elytral one narrowly testaceous ; head

and mouth testaceous, the former closely punctate in front of the

eyes, nearly smooth in the middle, with a greenish V-shaped mark ;

antennee reaching to the base of the thorax, with the first four

joints testaceous, the rest more or less stained with greenish black ;

thorax with the front margin slightly convex in middle, and the

sides evenly rounded, surface closely and distinctly punctured at

the base only, the rest sparingly and very minutely ; a subquadrate

greenish black patch narrowed towards its base occupies the middle

of the disk, leaving the sides testaceous ; scutellum flavous, more or

_less stained with fuscous, smooth ; elytra very little wider at the base

than the thorax, semiflattened, of a greenish or brownish tint,

irregularly and rather closely punctate-striate, with fine transverse

and longitudinal scratches, the lateral margin from the shoulder to

the apex testaceous, only punctured near the inner edge, the outer

half perfectly smooth with the exception of a single row of rather

deep punctures near the extreme margin. Body below, with the

exception of the mesosternal process, the tibie externally, and the

margins of the abdominal segments (the latter of which are testa-

ceous) fuscous, shining.

Length 43 lines.

Hab. Peru.

Collection Jacoby.

7. DoRYPHORA DORSOMACULATA, Sp. nov.

Ovate, regularly convex, dark fuscous ; elytra light green, with a

pear-shaped sutural patch, fuscous ; head very finely punctate,

~ fuscous, labrum flavous, antenne with the first joint light, the rest

darker brown; lateral margins of the thorax rounded throughout,

slightly sinuate in middle, more dispersedly but not coarser-punctured

than the head, and of the same colour; scutellum subtriangular,

impuncetate ; elytra strongly punctate-striate (visibly to the naked

eye), the strize arranged in single rows, of which the first is short

and the seventh disturbed by a few extra punctures near its middle ;

the interstices also extremely finely punctate, of a light olive-green

colour, with the suture narrowly, the lateral margins more distinctly,

part of the extreme base, and, connected with it, a common sutural

1878.] MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 147

pear-shaped patch extending to nearly the middle of the length of

the elytra, fuscous brown; a narrow light-flavous stripe accom-

panies the marginal and sutural one through its entire length.

Entire underside and legs fuscous brown.

Length 5 lines.

This species was discovered by Mr. Rippon in Nicaragua.

8. DoRYPHORA INSULARIS, sp. nov.

Ovate, regularly convex, above greenish black, with a submarginal

broad longitudinal vitta light testaceous ; head sparingly and finely

punctate, labrum fulvous; antenne rather long, the last five joints

flattened and broad, of a greenish black colour ; thorax of the same

colour, throughout finely punctured with seven or eight deep punc-

tures parallel with the extreme lateral margin; scutellum smooth,

triangular ; elytra slightly wider at the base than the thorax, punc-

tate-striate towards the suture, the rest of the surface confused-

punctate of a more or less dark shining green colour, interrupted

only by a broad longitudinal stripe of light testaceous colour com-

mencing a little below the shoulder and extending not quite to the

apex. This stripe runs parallel with the extreme lateral margin,

but has the inner margin concave a little before the middle, but

nearly straight thence to the apex. Underside and legs of a little

darker green, shining.

Length 63 lines.

Hab. Peru.

Collection Jacoby.

Genus CaALLIGRAPHA, Erichs.

9. CALLIGRAPHA VIOLACEO-MACULATA, Sp. nov.

Oblong, convex ; head and legs ferruginous ; thorax and under-

side greenish, very shining ; elytra light flavous, the suture, three

transversely placed irregular spots at the posterior half, a median

one at the lateral margin, and an oblique, large, bifurcate mark con-

nected with the suture below the base, shining purplish; another

short branch of the same colour is sent off from the suture below

the middle of each elytron ; head very sparingly and minutely punc-

tured, with a triangular-shaped mark at the back greenish eneous;

antenne gradually thickened towards the apex, entirely ferruginous ;

thorax shining greenish, sides parallel at the base, rounded ante-

riorly, surface with a shallow fovea near each anterior margin,

minutely and sparingly punctate on the disk, with a few deeper

punctures near the base; scutellum triangular, the sides a little

rounded, greenish black, smooth. Elytra wider at the base than the

thorax, of a bright yellow hue, punctate-striate near the suture, the

rest of the punctures only plainly visible within the darker mark-

ings, the suture broadly, the lateral margins narrowly, purplish ; the

first is greatly widened in the middle, and connected with an

obliquely placed two-branched mark below the base, and another,

shorter streak with an upward direction below the middle; besides

10*

148 MR.M.JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. [ Feb. 5,

this, and two transverse markings at the apex, and placed laterally,

is a distinct “~-shaped spot placed directly below the middle of each

elytron. Legs and apex of abdomen ferrugineous.

Length 45 lines.

Hab. Costa Rica.

Collection Jacoby.

The absence of all smaller spots usually found in the species of

this genus, and the peculiar pattern of the elytral markings, as well

as the purplish hue of the latter, will distinguish this species from

others.

Family GALLERUCID2.

Genus Diasrortica, Chevrol.

10. DiABROTICA SEXPUNCTATA, SD. nov.

Elongate, subparallel, above dark brick-red, each elytron with

three black spots ; head flavous, front impressed with a short longi-

tudinal groove, which terminates in a deep fovea, between the eyes,

vertex very minutely punctured ; antennz more than half the length

of the body, very light testaceous; thorax subquadrate, the lateral

margins bulging out slightly before the middle, with all the angles

obtuse, surface impunctate, but little convex, of a flavous colour,

stained with darker irregular patches ; scutellum smooth, triangular :

elytra wider at the base than the thorax, and increasing in width

towards the apex, distinctly margined at the sides, and closely punc-

tate, the interstices here and there subrugose; they are of a brick-

red colour, with a small round spot on the shoulder, another below

the base near the sutural margin, and a third behind the middle

black. Underside blackish, finely yellowish-pubescent ; tibia tes-

taceous ; claws darker.

Length 5 lines.

Hab. Volcano of Irazu, Costa Rica.

This insect closely resembles in colouring the D. tripunctata of

Oliv., but differs in the want of the impression on the thorax,

besides the different shape of the elytral spots.

11. DiaBROTICA VENTRICOSA, sp. nov.

Elongate-ovate, very convex and widened posteriorly, black ; head

and thorax ferrugineous ; elytra with two basal spots, a transverse

band in middle and another at the extreme apex flavous ; head finely

punctate, with two crescent-shaped elevations between the antenne ;

the latter very light testaceous, with the apical joints a little darker ;

thorax subquadrate, very convex, the posterior margin sinuatein middle,

and the sides very deflexed near the posterior angles, disk obliquely

foveolate on each side, finely punctured everywhere; scutellum

transversely impressed near the base, black ; elytra very swollen

posteriorly, and much widened from before the middle, distinctly

punctured, the punctuation partly arranged in strize, especially so

towards the apex, shining black; a large round spot near the

scutellum, another small one directly below the humeral callus, a

1878.] MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 149

transverse narrow band in the middle extending from one side to the

other, and a still more narrow and shorter vitta at the apex flavous.

Body beneath black ; legs and tarsi testaceous.

Length 3 lines.

Hab. Panama.

12. DiaBrorica FUSCOMARGINATA, sp. nov.

Elongate, convex, light brown above; head, disk of thorax, and

the elytral margin dark fuscous or black; head entirely black, im-

punctate, with a deep fovea between the eyes, the latter very promi-

neut and black, base of the antenne divided only by a sharp longi-

tudinal ridge ; palpi and antennz entirely flavous ; thorax scarcely

wider than long, quadrate, distinctly emarginate at the sides, the

latter slightly widened before the middle, from there straight to the

base ; surface very obscurely punctate, shining black or fuscous, with

the lateral margins flavous; scutellum also of this colour; elytra

much wider at the base than the thorax, slightly widened towards

the apex, with a narrow but very distinct margin, surface closely

and irregularly punctured, of a light brown colour, assuming a

flavous hue towards the apex, the base to a greater or lesser extent,

and a narrow stripe near the extreme lateral margins not reaching

the apex, dark fuscous. Underside, with the exception of the breast

(which is black), and legs entirely testaceous.

Length 42 lines.

Hab. Volcano of Irazu, Costa Rica.

Collected by Mr. Rogers.

13. DIABROTICA MULTIPUNCTATA, sp. nov.

Head, thorax, and a narrow sutural and lateral margin of the

elytra rufous ; elytra flavous, each elytron with eight small black

spots ; head impunetate, with a deep fovea in the middle; antennz

robust, dark rufous or fuscous; thorax transversely quadrate, disk

bifoveolate, with a black spot in front of each fovea ; scutellum black,

impunctate ; elytra subdepressed, widened behind, flavous, the spots

placed as follows—one immediately below the base near the scutellum,

a second one below the first but near the lateral margin, three

placed transversely in the middle, a triangular-shaped spot directly

below, and two others, transversely placed, at a little distance from

the apex, the sutural and lateral margins rufous. Body below

black, closely pubescent ; femora testaceous, with a black line above;

tibize and tarsi dark fuscous or black.

Length 3 lines.

Hab. Mexico.

Allied to D. mezicana, Harold, but principally differing in the

rufous emargination of the elytra.

14. Diasrortica NIGROLINEATA, Sp. nov.

Elongate, light flavous ; head and two longitudinal vittee on each

elytron black ; head impunctate, with a deep fovea in the middie;

antennz longer than half the length of the body, with the third

150 MR. M.JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. [Feb. 5,

joint scarcely double the length of the second, the middle joints

fuscous, the first and three last joints almost. white, extreme apex

fuscous; thorax quadrate, obsoletely impressed on the disk, the

latter impunctate, shining flavous ; scutellum black ; elytra irregu-

larly and closely punctate, of a little lighter colour than the thorax,

the base, suture, a submarginal longitudinal stripe from the base to

the apex, and another stripe on the disk of each elytron, not reaching

the apex, black. Body below and femora testaceous ; breast, tibiee,

and tarsi black.

Length 3 lines.

Hab, Guatemala.

Collected by Mr. Salvin.

15. D1ABROTICA VIRIDIMACULATA, Sp. Nov.

Above black; thorax, a round spot near the base, a transverse

vitta behind the middle, the apex, and the extreme lateral margin of

each elytron greenish ; head black, shining, impunctate, with a deep

fovea in the middle; antennz long, filiform, with four middle joints

fuscous, the others light testaceous ; thorax quadrate, obsoletely

impressed on the disk with two foveze, and a smaller one near the

base ; scutelium obscure fuscous ; elytra widened behind, narrowly

margined, surface closely and finely punctate, with a short longitu-

dinal depression near the sides, black, the margins, a large round

spot occupying the apex, another smaller one below the base, and

a transverse band behind the middle, not quite touching the suture,

light greenish. Underside light flavous; breast, tibize, and tarsi

fuscous.

Length 3 lines.

Hab. Cayenne.

Collection Jacoby.

16. DIABROTICA GRACILIS, Sp- nov.

Oblong, greeu, each elytron with the base and a spot near the

apex fulvous; head black, impunctate ; antennz with the second

and third joints very short, equal, the first joint light green, the

second to the eighth fuscous, ninth and tenth joints light flavous,

and the apical one black ; thorax quadrate, narrowed near the base,

disk bifoveolate, bright green, obsoletely punctured ; scutellum

black, smooth; elytra closely punctate, a little rugose near the

sides, of the same green colour as the thorax, the base in shape of a

transverse band, and a large round spot near the apex, bright fulvous,

the suture in the neighbourhood of the scutellum, and extending to

the end of the basal vitta, narrowly edged with black. Underside

green; breast, tibize, and tarsi black.

Length 23 lines.

Hab. Brazil.

17. D1aBROTICA NIGROMACULATA, Sp. NOV.

Elongate, green; head and five markings on the elytra black ;

head shining, with the usual fovea in the middle; antennse dark

1878.] MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. 151

ferruginous ; thorax of the same shape as that of D. gracilis, obliquely

bifoveolate, green, impunctate; scutellum black; elytra a little

widened behind the middle, distinctly longitudinally suleate below

the shoulder, surface closely punctured, green, an irregular blotch

on the shoulders, a small elongate, triangular sutural mark near the

base and below the scutellum, and a transverse narrow spot near the

apex of each elytron, not touching the margin or the suture, black.

Underside and legs exactly as in D. gracilis.

Length 23 lines.

Hab. Ecuador.

Two specimens, collected by Mr. Buckley, in my collection.

18. DraBROTICA VARIOLOSA, Sp. nov.

Oblong, convex, widened behind, entirely dark green ; head and

disk of thorax dark fuscous; head impunctate, with a fovea in

middle and a highly raised ridge between the antennz ; the latter

with the second and third joints very short, the three basal joints

light green, the following three flavous, and the rest ferruginons ;

thorax quadrate, rather convex, the disk with two foveze and an

indistinct transverse fuscous mark; scutellum triangular, black ;

elytra convex, much widened towards the apex, and coarsely and

irregularly variolose and punctured, of adark green colour. Under-

side pitchy black, femora green; the breast on each side covered

with a longitudinal patch of golden-yellow hair, and the abdominal

segments margined with long greenish hair, which also covers the

legs.

Length 3 lines.

Hab. Ecuador.

Oue specimen in my collection.

This species is allied to D. marginata of Sturm, but is devoid of

the brownish margin round the elytra, and is distinguished by the

colour of the underside and legs as well as of the antenne.

19. DIABROTICA PERUANA, Sp. Nov.

Elongate, convex, much widened behind, black beneath ; thorax

flavous ; elytra flavous, with the base and a large spot near the apex

bluish black ; head impunctate, with two distinct tubercles in front

of the usual middle fovea; autenne long, filiform, entirely black ;

thorax subquadrate, impunctate on the disk, with two fovez near the

sides light flavous ; scutellum black; elytra of the same colour as

the thorax or a little lighter, with a broad band at the base, not

touching the lateral margins, and a large subquadrate spot behind

the middle bluish black ; the punctuation on the disk very distinct

and even coarse towards the base. The entire underside with the

legs and tarsi black, finely covered with yellowish hair.

Length 33 lines.

Hab. Peru.

20. DIABROTICA SEXPLAGIATA, Sp. nov.

Elongate, parallel ; head and thorax testaceous, the latter with a

152 MR. M. JACOBY ON PHYTOPHAGOUS COLEOPTERA. [Feb. 5,

longitudinal stripe on each side fuscous; elytra dark brown or

fuscous, the lateral margins and six roundish spots, 2, 2, 2, whitish ;

upper part of head finely punctured, in some specimens obscure, of

light brown colour, lower part light testaceous ; thorax transversely

quadrate, the sides rather broadly margined, surface bifoveolate,

impunctate, lighter or darker testaceous, with a longitudinal black

stripe near the lateral margins ; scutellum testaceous ; elytra closely

rugose-punctate, dark fuscous, with the margins, the apex, and 6

large roundish spots, placed transversely in pairs, whitish. Underside

and femora testaceous, with the tibize and tarsi fuscous, in one

specimen entirely testaceous.

Length 2 to 23 lines,

Hab. Peru, Panama.

Genus Ca@Lomera, Chevrol.

21. C@&LOMERA ATRO-CERULEA, Sp. Nov.

Broadly ovate, widened posteriorly; head, thorax, and apex of

abdomen rufous ; elytra bluish black ; antennz and legs black ; head

more or less deeply and longitudinally depressed, with a narrow mesial

groove through its entire length, finely punctate and flavous-pubescent;

antennze with the third joint double the length of the fourth, black,

the extreme base of the first joint flavous; thorax broadly rounded

at the sides, about twice as broad as long, surface deeply depressed

on each side, with a longitudinal groove in the middle of the disk,

throughout closely punctate, and covered with short flavous

pubescence ; scutellum rufous, the apex broadly rounded; elytra

much widened towards the middle, distinctly marginate, the sides

suddenly deflected from the shoulder, so as to form a distinct lon-

gitudinal ridge, which limits the disk of each elytron laterally to the

extent of its entire length, surface extremely closely punctate-rugose.

Underside dark fuscous, the last abdominal segment rufous ; legs

and tarsi black.

Length 4 to 43 lines.

Hab. Peru, Panama.

Notes on previously described Species.

CRIOCERIS AUSTRALIS, Jacoby, P. Z.S. 1876, p. 807.

This species, described by me in 1876, is (as a comparison with the

type in the British-Museum collection, of the existence of which I was

previously not aware, has convinced me) the true C. nigripes of

Fabricius. Lacordaire’s description of that species (vol. i. p. 573),

which I took as a guide, and which made me believe that the insect

before me was a different species, is totally at variance with the insect

of Fabricius ; and my description is therefore the right one, although

the name australis must stand as a synonym.

RHYPARIDA MADAGASCARIENSIS, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 512.

RHYPARIDA COSTATIPENNIS, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 513.

i=.

YRar HstO~

PL. S. TOtGREIXLV..

aed

untern Bro®

avi

R.Mintern del et lth.

LOPHOSALEA ANAMALLAYANE

1878.] COL. R. H. BEDDOME ON A NEW TREE-LIZARD. 153

RuyPaRIDA NIGRICOLLIs, P. Z.S. 1877, p.513.

These three species, described by me under the generic name of

Rhyparida, belong, as subsequent studies have convinced me, to the

genus Syagrus of Chapuis.

8. Description of a new Genus of Tree-Lizards from the

higher Ranges of the Anamallays. By Lieut.-Colonel

R. H. Beppome, C.M.Z.S.

[Received January 12, 1878.]

(Plate XIV.)

LoPHOSALEA, nov. gen.

Gen. Char. No femoral pores, no lateral wings, tympanum naked ;

crest of the back and anterior portion of the tail very high, the lobes

separate ; scales of the back and sides large, irregular, imbricate, sub-

equal in size, but mixed with a few small scales, strongly keeled, the

tips directed backwards ; a few trihedral or spinous scales above the

tympanum ; a large gular sac; tail of moderate length, very much

compressed ; all the scales keeled, the lower ones very prominently.

LOPHOSALEA ANAMALLAYANA, Sp. nov. (Plate XIV.)

Three large scales between the base of the orbit and the top of

the tympanum ; the last of which is much raised and subtrihedral ;

a spine behind the tympanum, and another between it and the

commencement of the nuchal crest; crown of head concave; the

rostral shield is subvertical and over the first labial only (not hori-

zontal and over the first and second labials as in Salea) a few large

trihedral scales form a semicircle across the occipital region in front

of the nuchal crest ; seven or eight upper labials, the last very small ;

seven lower labials ; tympanum large ; eye rather small, eyelid large

and scaly as in Salea; longitudinal series of quadrangular scales on

each side of the gular sac, nuchal crest composed of two small and

four large scales, the interspace between this and the dorsal crest

very small and occupied by three small crest-scales ; the dorsal and

subcaudal crest is composed of twenty-eight large thin erect some-

what crimped scales one half an inch in length, and extends along

more than one half the length of the tail. Head much narrowed

in front, somewhat elongate and pointed as in Cophotis ; the hind leg,

if laid forward, only reaches the shoulder ; toes with carinated trans-

verse plates below, the third and fourth toes are very long, the

fourth being a little the longer ; length of body 42 inches, of tail 73

inches ; colour of body fawn with irregular transverse bars of white,

edged and intermixed with black, three across the body and eight

across the tail, a white band along the labials and from the angle of

the mouth to the shoulder ;_ belly white.

Hab. Anamallay Mountains, 6000 feet—a very rare lizard.

154 COL. R. H. BEDDOME ON NEW UROPELTIDA. [Feb. 5,

This genus is allied to Salea, from which it differs in its gular sac ;

it has more the aspect of the Ceylonese Cophotis, from which, how-

ever, it is further removed by its naked tympanum.

9. Descriptions of new Uropeltide from Southern India,

with Remarks on some previously-described Species.

By Lieut.-Colonel R. H. Buppomr, C.M.Z.S.

[Received January 12, 1878.]

SILYBURA NIGRA, 0. sp.

Snout short, slightly pointed, rostral not nearly separating the

nasals; eye very small, in the front part of the ocular shield, no

supraorbital ; scales all in nineteen rows, abdominals 180-185,

caudal disk convex, not well defined, scales slightly keeled, sub-

caudals six to nine pairs, terminal scute of tail bicuspid; body black,

very iridescent, with irregular transverse rows of yellowish-white

spots, a yellowish streak commences at the fourth labial and ex-

tends along the sides for 1 to 2 inches, sides and belly more or

less blotched with broad transverse patches of yellow, the first one

or two inches of the belly generally uniform black.

Hab. Pulney Mountains, 4000 ft. elevation.

SILYBURA NITIDA, 0. sp.

Snout obtusely pointed; rostral very small, not nearly separating

the nasals ; eye small, in the front part of the ocular shield ; no supra-

orbital ; fourth upper labial reddish yellow, caudal disk convex, in-

distinct ; scales three to six; keeled terminal scute rather large, not

laterally compressed, bicuspid, the points side by side, scales in

seventeen rows, abdominals 188 to 194. Colour nearly jet-black,

but very iridescent ; the belly with very distant large reddish-yellow

blotches, the black colour much predominating.

Hab. Anamallays, 4000 to 5000 ft.

STILYBURA PETERSI, N. sp.

Snout obtuse ; rostral very small, not separating the nasals; tail

laterally compressed, caudal disk not defined ; the scales nearly quite

smooth or faint traces of keels, the terminal seute shovel-shaped, not

bicuspid ; eye very small, in the front part of the ocular shield; no

supraorbital ; abdominals 155 to 158 ; subcaudals ten to twelve pairs ;

scales in seventeen rows ; above uniform brown; sides with indistinct

yellowish white spots or narrow transverse bars, which sometimes

extend across the belly ; a broad yellowish patch across the vent.

Hab. Anamallays, 4000 ft. Rare; a small species.

SILYBURA MACULATA, N. sp.

Snout obtuse ; rostral very smali, not separating the nasals, which

are as large as the frontals ; eye rather large, in the front part of the

ocular shield ; no supraorbital; tail laterally compressed, not well

defined ; caudal disk without keels, but a few of the terminal scales

a little rugose, terminal scale slightly bicuspid, the points side by

1878.] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&. 155

side. Scales round the body in seventeen rows, abdominals about

156, subcaudals eight to thirteen pairs. Colour of a uniform brown

or sometimes quite black, with several deep-red blotches along the

sides of the anterior portion of the trunk and about the tail, and

rarely several of these are present along the sides of the trunk.

Hab. ?

The tail of this species is more like that of Plectrurus than that

of Silybura; but I prefer to restrict Plectrurus to those species

which have a supraorbital shield and only fifteen rows of scales.

The snake I formerly described as Plectrurus trilineatus has been

placed by Dr. Giinther in a new genus, “ Platyplectrurus:’’ this has

the supraorbital and only fifteen rows of scales, but it differs from

Plectrurus proper in the presence of an elongated temporal shield over

the fourth labial, besides in other poiats, as noted by Dr. Giinther ;

and I think the genus may stand. Plectrurus sanguineus (which I

find, on a reexamination of the species, has always fifteen rows of

scales only round the centre of the body, not seventeen) will belong

to this genus; and I have described two other species, P. hewstoni

and P. madurensis.

My Plectrurus pulneyensis has been placed by Dr. Giinther in

Rhinophis ; but it should, I think, rather be referred to Silybura.

My Silyéura canarica has been referred to Plectrurus: it has only

fifteen rows of scales (but it wants the supraorbital); the tail, however,

is exactly that of the type of Plectrurus, with the points of the

terminal scutes one above the other. It may form a distinct section

in the genus, or have a new genus constituted for it. The only

other St/ybura described with fifteen rows of scales is Silybura

macrolepis of Peters, which I have never seen, and its locality is

unknown ; it has evidently the typical caudal disk of Stlybura. Dr.

Giinther omits all mention of this species in his synopsis of the

species published in the Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ in March 1875.

I wish that I could attach the same importance as Dr. Giinther

does to the number of the abdominal plates; if he is correct in this,

I have several new species of the ocellated Silybure like S. ocellata,

hiura, and melanogaster.

Specimens of all the species described in this paper have been

sent to the British Museum.

10. On the Larine or Gulls.

By Howarp Saunpers, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

[Received December 31, 1877.]

A revision of the Larine is a more difficult task than that of the

Sternine, the members of the present subfamily being subject to far

greater variations in plumage on their passage from youth to age

than is customary with the Terns. The latter, although offering

differences in individual size and graduation of tint which are often

extremely puzzling, may be said to have only two, or at most three,

stages of plumage, viz. the immature, the winter-, and the adult

156 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&. [ Feb.+4,

breeding-state, in the last of which the majority assume a black head

or crest; but with the Gulls these conditions are more complex.

Even in those species which are destitute of hood at all seasons there

is a seemingly endless variation in the pattern of the primaries, the

general tendency being to an increase in the lighter anda diminution

in the darker portions of the webs with the advancing age of the indi-

vidual—a rule which also holds good with many of those species the

adults of which bear a hood in the breeding-season, whilst, on the

other hand, there are others which exhibit the apparent anomaly of

having a hood in the immature stage, and losing it in the adult plu-

mage. The individual variations in size are even greater than in the

Terns; and the range of the Gulls being, as a rule, less extensive,

there are to be found several remarkable isolated and specialized

forms, side by side with others, which are little more than climatic

varieties of a general type. These circumstances have led to the

establishment of a multiplicity of genera and of species, many of

them exceedingly ill defined ; and it was not until I had examined

a considerable series of specimens here, and had visited the Museums

of Paris, Leiden, Mainz, Berlin, and Copenhagen, for the purpose

of identifying the types with the descriptions, that I could hope to

clear up some of the more obscure questions.

The literature of this group has been rendered especially intricate

through the perverted ingenuity of two systematists who have

undertaken its revision. Boie and Brehm are not guiltless in the

matter of genera- and species-making; but their labours were

chiefly confined to sorting the European Gulls backwards and for-

wards into fanciful groups, and to splitting up each species into

three or four, which can, for the most part, be easily referred back

to their origin. But when Bonaparte and Bruch undertook the

revision of the Larine of the whole world, they speedily enveloped

the question in a perfect fog of synonymy, their only object being,

apparently, to make as mauy genera and species as possible. Even dis-

tinct genera were erected for one and the same species in different plu-

mages; the most closely allied forms were placed far apart, and widely

divergent ones were united ; whilst it seemed to be accepted as an

axiom that a different geographical habitat was sufficient to constitute

a species. Revision followed revision; and to the work of the declining

days of both these authors we owe at least half of the synonymy

which encumbers these pages. It was their intention to perform

a similar office for the Terns; but death cut their plans short,

and to this is owing the comparative simplicity of the synonymy of

the Sternine.

The result of their labours appears in Bonaparte’s last completed

list (for that in the ‘Conspectus Avium’ was never finished), in the

‘Comptes Rendus,’ xlii. p. 770 (1856), in which he makes 68

“undoubted”’ species and 22 genera of Larine alone, besides 5

more species which he considered doubtful—with justice, as re-

gards four of them, two being his own, one Bruch’s, and one

Wagler’s, whilst the fifth, Larus fuliginosus, is an excellent species

with which he was evidently unacquainted. To this succeeded the

1878. | MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&. 157

reaction of common sense in the shape of one of Professor Schlegel’s

admirable Catalogues raisonnés of the Mus. d’Hist. Nat. des Pays-

Bas, a monographical review which, in the words of Prof. Blasius,

“tis destined to be the foundation of all true Gull-knowledge for

those whose ideas of what really constitutes a species are not sacri-

ficed to an arbitrary whim or a geographical sport.’”” The remarks

which I have thus translated are to be found in a critical review of

great merit in the J. f Orn. (1865, p. 369, and 1866, p. 73). In

this Blasius reduces Bonaparte’s species to 35—a diminution which

to some degree falls into the other extreme, partly owing to the fact

that the author was then unacquainted with several perfectly good

species, of which series have since become available, and also to his

having united some closely allied forms which, in my opinion, are

more conveniently treated by giving them specific rank.

As regards the North-American Larine, Dr. Elliott Coues has

contributed two important reviews (Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. 1862,

p- 291, and ‘Birds of the North-west ’ (1874); and these, coupled

with the excellent Revised List of the Neotropical Laride by Messrs.

Sclater and Salvin (P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 564), make us better acquainted

with the American species than with those of any other great divi-

sion of the globe. But although there are probably no undiscovered

forms, there still remain many details to be learned respecting the

haunts, nidification, and various plumages of the American Larine,

especially those of the Pacific-coast islands ; and, indeed, there are

two from the Galapagos Islands so rare that the one, L. fuliginosus,

is only to be found in three or four collections, whilst of the other,

Xema furcatum, only two examples are known to exist, the one in

the Paris, the other in the British Museum.

With regard to several of the Old-World species there are also

some important gaps to be filled up ; but with one solitary exception,

viz. Rhodostethia rosea, the least-known species and the most

interesting forms are those which are found on the shores and islands

of the Pacific, on both the Asiatic and American sides. These will

be noticed under their respective heads; and I will now pass on to

consider the genera and subgenera amongst which the species have

been divided. Most of these have been based upon colour, geogra-

phical distribution, or upon the mere caprice of the systematist—upon

any thing in short except those structural differences which afford

a valid reason for their employment; but as many of these genera

are either used erroneously or in a perverted sense by those who

have not studied the question, I will give a full synopsis of them with

remarks. Those genera which appear worthy of retention are printed

in small capitals.

GENERA.

Larus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p-. 224 (1766).

For all Gulls.

Xena, Leach; J. Ross, App. ii., Ross’s Voy. p. 57 (1819).

The generic characters are given as defined dy Leach; these

158 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&. [Feb. 5,

are afterwards stated more fully by Stephens in Shaw’s Gen. Zool.

xili. p. 176 (1825). Type and sole representative then kuown, Xx.

sabinii. Principal characteristic, the forked tail.

Xema, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 563.

For the European hooded Gulls ; but

Xema, Boie, Isis, 1844, p. 192,

Includes all those Gulls, either with or without hoods, which he

has not otherwise located under Gavia or Larus.

(N. B. Gavia, Moehring, 1752, Gen. Av. is prior to the 12th ed.

Linn., and need not be considered ; and Gavia, Brisson, is undefined.)

Gavia, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 563.

No description, but is applied to two such structurally different

species as L. eburneus and L. tridactylus.

Gavia, Boie, Isis, 1826, p. 980,

Is limited to LZ. eburneus only.

Gavia, Boie, Isis, 1844, p. 191,

Contains the two former and L. audouini.

Gavia, Kaup, Nat. Syst. Eur. Thierw. pp. 99, 196 (1829).

For L. ridibundus and ‘“‘ L. capistratus.”

Gavia, Macgill. Man. Brit. Ornith. p. 239 (1842).

For all the hooded Gulls, including Xema sabinit.

Gavia, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 106.

For the small grey-mantled Gulls without hoods.

Rissa, Leach, Stephens in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiii. pt. 1. p. 180

(1825).

Type, R. brunnichii=L. tridactylus. Character—hind toe absent

or rudimentary.

Cheimonea, Kaup, Nat. Syst. Eur. Thierw. pp. 84, 196 (1829).

Type, RB. tridactyla.

Pacoruita, Kaup, op. cit. pp. 69, 186 (1829).

Type, Larus eburneus.

Leucus, misprint Lencus, Kaup, op. cit. pp. 86, 196 (1829).

For L. marinus, glaucus, and fuscus ; but

‘“Leucus, ex Kaup,”’ Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 215 (1857),

Omits the black-mantled species and includes the larger grey-

backed Gulls.

1878. ] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&. 159

Hydrocoleus, Kaup, op. cit. pp. 113, 196 (1829).

For L. minutus and “L. plumbiceps,” “Gulls with black heads

and white eye-streak.”’

Ichthyaétus, Kaup, op. cit. pp. 102, 196 (1829).

Type and sole representative, L. ichthyaétus.

Laroides, Brehm, Vig. Deutschl. p- 738 (1831).

Includes most of the European hoodless Gulls.

Chroicocephalus, Eyton, Brit. Birds, p- 53 (1836).

Based upon the coloured hood, small size, and more naked tibia.

The latter characteristic only holds good with regard to a limited

number of hooded Gulls, and is by no means confined to them ;

whilst none of the other peculiarities adduced seem to be sufficient

for generic distinction.

The spelling of this word has been altered to

Kroicocephalus, Jameson, Journ. Asiatic. Soc. viii. p- 243 (1839),

Chroiocephalus, Reichenbach, Nat. Syst. Vég. p. v.,

Chrecocephalus, Strick], Ann. Nat. Hist. p. 40 (1841),

and to

Chroocephalus, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1871, p. 576 (note)*.

Rossia, Bonap. Comp. List B. Eur. & N. Am. p. 62 (1838).

For ZL. roseus. No description of generic character ; and the name

had already been employed otherwise by Owen.

Ruoposreruta, Macgill. Man. Brit. Orn. pt. ii. p. 252 (1842).

Type, L. roseus. Generic character described.

Cetosparactes, Macgill. Man. Brit. Orn. pt. ii. p- 251 (1842).

Type, Pagophila eburnea. Generic character described. Name

altered to

Catosparactes, Gray, Gen. Birds, iii. p. 655, note (1845).

*“‘Plautus, Klein,” Reichenbach, Nat. Syst. Vog. Longip. p. 5

(1852).

(NV. B. Klein’s Hist. Av. Prodromus, pp. 146-148 (1750), is out

of date ; and his Plautus includes Auks, Gulls, and Petrels.)

Glaucus, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 101.

For the large and medium-sized grey-mantled species.

“Gabianus, Bp.,” Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 100 (description) ;

Bonap. Naumannia, 1854, pp- 211, 215; Consp. Av. ii. p. 212 (1857)

Type, L. pacificus.

|» Whilst these sheets are passing through the press, Mr. H. T. Wharton

(‘Zoologist,’ March 1878, p. 105) has pointed out the existence of an adjective,

Xpwikds, meaning coloured ; so that Eyton’s error (if any) appears to have been

merely the omission of the marks of diseresis over the second vowel.—H. 9.

160 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINZE. [Feb. 5,

Gavina, Bp. Naum. 1854, p. 212.

For L. canus and allies, and Z. audouini; but in

Gavina, Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 222 (1857),

the type and sole representative is L. audouint.

Dominicanus, Bruch, J.f.Orn. 1853, p. 100; id. op. et¢. 1855, p. 280.

For the large dark-mantled Gulls, including the author’s idea of

what L. cachinnans of Pallas should be.

“‘ Leucopheus, Bp.,’’ Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 108 (descrip-

tion).

Type and sole representative, L. scoresbii; but

Leucopheus, Bonap. Naumannia, 1854, p. 211,

also includes Z. heermanni; and in

Leucopheus, Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 231 (1857),

are substituted for the latter L. fuliginosus and L. belcheri.

‘* Blasipus, Bp.,”’ Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 108 (description).

Type and sole representative, LZ. modestus, Tsch.; but

Blasipus, Bonap. Naumannia, 1854, p. 211,

also includes ZL. crassirostris, Vieill., and, in the Consp. Av., further

includes LZ. heermannt.

‘‘Adelarus, Bp.,” Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 106, “Hdelméwen.”

For those species which have both a dark mantle and a hood.

Gelastes, Bonap. Naumannia, 1854, p. 212 (deser. nulla).

For L. gelastes and the small unhooded southern Gulls.

Atricilla, Bonap. Naumannia, 1854, p. 212.

For L. atricilla and the three other pretended species evolved

from it.

Creagrus, Bonap. Naumannia, 1854, p. 213 (descript. nulla) ;

Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 292 (descr.).

Type, L. furcatus.

Subgen. Melagavia :

Gavia, Br. Gavia ae migra

Cirrhocephala 94, pp. , .

For certain hooded Gulls.

Cirrhocephalus, Bruch,

For a species which had a grey hood !

Bruchigavia, Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 228.

A genus playfully made, because Bruch’s Gavie were not the

1878.] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&. 161

same as the author’s Gavie! Its only claim to remembrance is its

adoption by Mr. W. L. Buller as a genus for a New-Zealand species.

Procellarus et Epitelarus, Bonap. Naumannia, 1854, pp. 211,

213.

Genus defined. Type and sole representative, P. neglectus, which

is an immature L. scoresbii. This species the author had already

located in the genus Leucopheus.

Clupeilarus, Bonap. Consp. Av. ii. p. 220 (1857).

For L. fuscus, cachinnans, and verreauxti. This genus has not

even the merit of consistency ; for it contains such different species

as above, whilst it omits Z. dominicanus (of which L. verreauwi is

only the African form) and L. marinus.

Of the rejected genera one of the best is Gabianus, Bp., of which

the sole representative, L. pacificus, has a remarkably deep, strong

bill. But it differs in no other structural point from other typical

species of Larus, whilst even in the form of the bill it is at times

closely approached by old males of LZ. dominicanus ; so that I think its

adoption would be inexpedient. Lewcopheus, Bp., has been confused

between the author and Bruch until it includes species which Bona-

parte himself has almost simultaneously located in two other genera ;

and I can see no structural difference sufficiently marked to make it

desirable to employ either it or Blasipus, which, according to Bona-

parte’s latest view, includes two species differing considerably in the

form of the bill. Adelarus, Bp., appears to be the result of an attempt

to Latinize the compound word “ Edelméwen,” and should rank with

his Bruchigavia and kindred genera.

The arrangement of the species of Larus is matter of considerable

difficulty. The plan adopted by Schlegel of dividing the Gulls into

Lari marini, for unhooded species, and Lari cucullati, for those which

at one time or another bear a hood, will not stand the test of later

experience,—almost all of those which have a hood in their immature

stage being emphatically Sea-gulls, as are also a few of those which

have a hood in the breeding-season; whilst at least two of the un-

hooded species are partial to inland waters, and present, in conse-

quence, the slight modifications of form shown by many of the

hooded marsh-breeding Gulls. Under these circumstances any

ascending or descending arrangement must necessarily be artificial ;

but I have endeavoured to group the species in the most natural

manner which seemed to me to be practicable.

It may be as well to observe that by an “adult” bird I mean one

which has lost the mottlings, barred tail, and other signs of imma-

turity ; but an “old”? bird is often subject to important alterations

in the coloration or “pattern” of the webs of the primaries, although

the general plumage may undergo no material change. The distine-

tion between the age (in years) of the individual and the age (in

months) of the primary and other feathers should also be held in

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1878, No. XI. 11

162 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&E. [Feb. 5,

mind, to prevent confusion, although I have endeavoured to avoid

any ambiguity on this point.

Genus Pacopuina.

The short stout bill, coarse rough feet with serrated membranes,

much excised webs, and strong curved claws appear to entitle this

species to generic separation. The hallux is connected on the inside

of the foot by a serrated membrane with the imner toe, a peculiarity

which I do not recollect seeing noticed elsewhere. The name has

been in use for nearly half a century, and is of general acceptance.

]. PaGorpHILA EBURNEA (Phipps).

Larus eburneus, Phipps, Voy. N. Pole, App. p. 187 (1774) ; Gm.

Syst. Nat. i. p. 596 (1788); Scoresby, Arct. Voy. i. p. 535 (1820)

(Spitzbergen) ; Schl. Mus. P.-Bas, Lavi, p. 6 (1863).

Larus candidus, Miller, Prodromus, p. viii. (1776); O. Fabr.

Faun. Green. p. 103 (1780).

Larus niveus, Bodd. T. des Pl. Enl. p. 58, no. 994 (1783) (nee

Pallas).

Larus albus, Schiff. Mus. Orn. p. 65, tab. 42 (1789).

Gavia eburneus, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 563; Brehm, Vog. Deutsch.

p- 765 (1831).

Pagophila eburnea, Kaup, Nat. Syst. eur. Th. pp. 69, 196 (1829);

Gray, Gen. Birds, iii. p. 655 (1849); Newton, Ibis, 1865, p. 507

(Spitzbergen, breeding); P. Wright, Ibis, 1866, p. 217 (Polynia

Island, breeding); Dresser, B. of Eur. pts. lix. lx. May 1877.

Gavia nivea, Brehm, Vog. Deutsch. p. 766 (1831).

Cetosparactes eburneus, Macgill. Man. Brit. Orn. pt. ii. p. 252

(1842); Brit. Birds, vol. v.

Larus brachytarsus, Holb. Fn. Greenl. p. 52 (1846).

Pagophila eburneus, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 106.

Pagophila brachytarsa, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 106; Lawr. B.

N. Am. p. 856 (1858); vide Reinht. Ibis, 1861, p. 18.

Pagophila nivea, Bp. Compt. Rend. xlii. p. 772 (1856); Consp.

Ay. ii. p. 230 (1857).

Larus (Pagophila) eburnea, Coues, B. N.W. Am. p. 648 (1874).

Hab. Arctic regions, from Novaya Zemlya to Baffin’s Bay, and

the eastern portion of Arctic America, but not as yet found in the

North Pacific. Straggles down the western coast of Europe and

Eastern America in winter. I can see no reason for considering

Holboll’s L. drachytarsus to be a distinct species.

Genus Rissa.

The principal characteristic assigned to this genus by Leach is

the rudimentary character, or absence, of the hind toe. As this

is not always constant, and as certain rare individuals from

the North Pacific out of many hundreds, are occasionally to be

found with a visible hind claw, and even with a nail, it has been

urged by some systematists that it is not a valid genus. The

1878. ] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&. 163

strongest evidence against it is that brought by Dr. Coues in his

‘Birds of the North-West,’ p. 646, where he says that whereas ‘a

part of the Kittiwakes from the North Pacific are not distinguishable

tn any way from the North-Atlantic bird, others have the hind toe as

perfectly formed and proportionately as large as in any species of

Larus! And there is a gradation between them.” He goes on to

cite an extreme example from Plover Bay, with a hallux, including

the nail -2 in., with a perfect claw. Whilst writing this paper I have

received, through the kindness of the authorities of the Smithsonian

Institution at Washington, a similar extreme form with a hallux and

nail -2 in., the claw being well formed and curved, although the whole

is certainly but small for the size of the bird, as may be seen by a com-

parison with a species of about the same size, Z. canus, in which the

hallux and nail measure ‘5 in. Mr. O. Salvin has also lent me two

specimens, both, as well as my own, from Alaska, in the one of

which the nail is somewhat less developed, whilst in the other it

is absent, as in the Atlantic bird. It is probable that this ex-

treme form is both rare and local; at least I have never been able to

find any but these two examples amongst the many Kittiwakes,

Pacific and others, which I have examined. However, there it is; and

if the genus Rissa depended solely upon the absence of the hind toe,

it would have to be given up. There are, however, other structural

characteristics, which, when united, seem to me to have weight. The

tarsus is remarkably short, being only 12 against 1-9 in. in length

of middle toe and claw, proportions unknown in any other group of

Gulls ; the shape of the curved bill is also peculiar ; the fail is visibly

although not deeply, forked ; whilst these structural differences are

supplemented by such minor characteristics as the peculiar livery of

the immature bird, totally unlike that of the adult, or of the young

of any other species, and by its exclusively crag-nesting habits. Bear-

ing all these points in mind, I think that, although it is no longer

absolutely correct to say that the genus Rissa depends upon the

absence of the hallux, yet it is advisable to retain it as, on the whole,

a valid natural division, sanctioned, moreover, by general use during

upwards of half a century.

2. Rissa TRIDACTYLA (Linn.).

Larus rissa, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 224 (1766); Phipps, Voy.

N. Pole, App. p. 187 (1774); Leach, Syst. Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 40

(1816); Scoresby, Arct. Voy. i. p. 534 (1820).

Larus tridactylus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 224 (1766); O. Fabr.

F. Greenl. p. 98 (1780) ; Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 595 (1788); Schl.

M. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 31 (1863) ; Godman, Ibis, 1872, p- 222 (Ca-

naries),

Larus albus, P. L. 8. Miiller, Natursystem, p. 108 (1776) (based

on Buffon’s Mouette cendrée tachetée).

“Larus cinerarius, Linn.” O. Fabr. F. Greeal. p. 101 (1780), nee

Linn. (winter-plumage, from description).

Larus riga (mispr.), Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 594 (1788).

Larus nevius, Schiff. Mus. Orn, p. 64 (1789).

164 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINZ. [Feb. 5,

Larus torquatus et Larus gavia, Pallas, Zoogr. Rosso-As. ii. pp.

328, 329 (1811).

Gavia tridactylus, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 563.

Rissa brunnichii, Stephens, ex Leach, in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiit.

pt. i. p. 181, pl. 21 (1825), type of genus Rissa.

Cheimonea tridactylus, Kaup, Nat. Syst. eur. Th. pp. 84, 196

(1829), type of genus Cheimonea.

Laroides tridactylus, Brehm, Vog. Deutschl. p. 754 (1831).

Laroides rissa, id., op. cit. p. 755 (1831).

Laroides minor, id., op. cit. p. 756 (1831).

Rissa cinerea, Eyton, Cat. Brit. B. p. 52 (1836).

Rissa tridactyla, Macgill. Man. Brit. B.ii. p. 249 (1842) ; Hist.

Brit. B. v. p. 515; Gray, Gen. Birds, iii. p. 655 (1849); Bruch, J.

f. Orn. p. 103 (1853) ; Bp. Consp. Av. il. p. 225 (1857).

“Rissa brachyrhynchus (Gould),”’ Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 1038,

nec Gould.

Rissa borealis et gregaria, Brehm, Naum. 1855, p. 294.

* Rissa niveus (Pall.),’’ Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 285, nec Pallas.

Rissa kotzebui, Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 226 (1857).

Larus (Rissa) tridactylus, Coues, B. N.W. Am. p. 644 (1874).

Larus tridactylus, var. kotzebui (Bp.), ibid. p. 646 (1874).

Hab. Arctic region, and along the sea-coasts of the subarctic

region, down to about 40° N. lat., breeding perhaps even in the

Canaries (Godman) ; in winter it is abundant about the Azores,

Canaries, and opposite coast of Africa. In America it is found on

both Atlantic and Pacific coasts, but does not seem to extend far

down the latter, nor to Japan or China even in winter.

In treating of the genus, I have already noticed that examples

are occasionally found about Alaska and the Aleutian Islands with

a minute but tolerably developed hind toe, and, at times, with a

visible nail, a variation which is rare and not always equal in extent,

even on both feet of the same individual. I have therefore treated

var. kotzebui as a synonym, there being no other difference between

this and the ordinary Kittiwake, and a gradation between them

existing.

3. Rissa BREvIROSTRIS, Brandt.

Larus brachyrhynchus, Gould, P.Z.S. 1843, p. 106; Zool. Voy.

of “Sulphur,” p. 50, pl. 34 (1844), nee Richardson (1831).

“ Rissa nivea (Pall.),’’ Gray, Gen. Birds, iii. p. 655 (1849), nec

Pallas; Lawr. B. N. Am. p. 855; Elliot, B. N. Am. pl. 54.

“Rissa brevirostris, Brandt,” Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 103;

id. 1855, p. 285; Dall and Bann. Tr. Chic. Ac. i. 1869, p. 305.

“Gavina citrirostris, Schimper,” Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 284

(Kamtschatka).

Rissa brachyrhyncha, Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 226 (1857); Coues,

P. Ac. N. Se. Philad. 1862, p. 306.

Larus warnecki, Coinde, Rey. et M. Zool. 1860, p. 401 (Aleutian

Islands).

1878. | MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&. 165

Larus brevirostris, Coues, Key Am. B. p. 315 (1872); Elliot’s

Prybilov Is. Birds, no. 553.

Larus (Rissa) brevirostris, Brandt ; Coues, B. N.W. Am. p. 646

(1874).

Hab. The North Pacific, between Alaska and Kamtschatka,

where it is very abundant, breeding in thousands on the Prybilov

Islands.

This is a very distinct species, and may at once be recognized by

its very short stout bill, orange-red legs and feet, and dark mantle ;

the ground-colour of the primaries is also dark grey. I am indebted

to the liberality of the authorities of the Smithsonian Institution for

a fine specimen of this species, which is as yet rare in collections.

A variation in the hind toe and nail, similar to that in R. tridac-

fyla, although in a smaller degree, is observable in this species. My

own specimen has no claw on the right hind toe, and only a minute

black speck on the left ; of two others, from Alaska (e Mus. Salvin

& Godman), the one has no hind nail whatever, whilst the other has

small black nails, unequal in size, on both hind toes.

Genus Larus.

4, Larus Guaucus, Fabr.

Larus glaucus, O. Fabricius, Faun. Greenl. p. 100 (1780, ex

Briinn.); Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 600 (1788) ; Scoresby, Arct. Voy. 1.

p. 535 (1820); Middendorff, Sib. Reise, il. p. 241 (1853); Newton,

This, 1865, p, 509 ; Schlegel, Mus. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 4 (1863) ; Coues,

B. N.W. Am. p. 620(1874) ; Swinhoe, Ibis, 1874, p. 165 (Japan) ;

Seebohm & H. Brown, Ibis, 1876, p. 453 (Lower Petchora) ; Dresser,

B. of Europe, pts. lix., lx. (1877).

“Larus giganteus, Temm,”’ Benicke, Ann. Wetterau. Gesellsch.

il. p. 140 (1814).

Larus leuceretes, Schleep, N. Ann. Wetterau. G.i. p. 314 (i819).

Larus consul, Boie, Wiedemann’s Zool. Mag. p. 126.

Larus islandicus, Edmonst. Mem. Wern. Soe. iv. (1822) p. 185

(nee Edmonst. op. cit. p. 506=L. leucopterus).

Larus glacialis, Macgill. Mem. Wern. Soc. v. pl. i. p. 270 (1824).

Leucus glaucus, Kaup, Natiirl. Syst. p. 86 (1829).

“ Larus glacialis, Benicke,” Brehm; Vig. Deutschl. p. 732 (1831).

Larus hutchinsii, Richards. F. Bor.-Am. ii. p. 419, note (1831) ;

Cassin, P. Philad. Ac. 1862, p. 290; Coues, ibid. p. 294; Elliot,

B.N. Am. ii. pl. 53; Dall. & Bann. Tr. Chic. Ac. p. 304 (1869).

Plautus glaucus, Reich. Nat. Syst. Av. Longip. p. 5 (1852); Ie.

Ay. pl 47. fig. 316-318, pl. 50. fig. 2640.

Glaucus consul (Boie), Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 101.

Laroides glaucus, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 281.

Hab. Arctic regions; seldom breeding much to the south of the

arctic circle. In winter it goes southwards, and has been known to

straggle as far as the Mediterranean, to Long Island on the Atlantic

coast of America, also on to the coasts of Japan, whence I have seen

specimens obtained at Hakodadi by Capt. Blakiston.

166 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINZE. [Feb.5,~ -

L. hutchinsii 1 consider to be an immature L. glaucus in the stage

where the mottled brown of immature plumage has passed away, and

the pearl-grey mantle has not yet begun to show. This stage lasts

but a short time, which will account for the fact that this supposed

species has so rarely been obtained; but I have always observed in

young specimens in captivity that at this stage they are nearly, and

sometimes quite, white. A fine example in this state, obtained off

Japan by Capt. St. John, H.M.S. ‘Sylvia,’ is in the Marquis of

Tweeddale’s collection. Mr. Collett obtained one in Norway in

September 1871; and several have been recorded from America.

The feet and legs in adults of this Gull are bright flesh-pink, and

not lemon-yellow as depicted by an extraordinary freak of the

colourist in Mr. Dresser’s ‘ Birds of Europe.’

5. LaARuS LEUCOPTERUS, Faber.

Larus argentatus, E. Sabine, Tr. Linn. Soc. xii. p. 546 (nee

auctt.).

Larus leucopterus, Faber, Prod. Isl. Orn. p. 91 (1822) ; Sw. &

Rich. F. Bor.-Am. ii. p. 418 (1831) ; Schl. Mus. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 5

(1863); Dall. & Bann. Tr. Chic. Ac. i. 1869, p. 304 (Alaska and

Lower Yukon); Coues, B. N.W. Am. p. 622 (1874); Dresser, B.

of Europe, pt. xlix (1876).

“ Larus glaucoides, Temm.’’ Meyer, Taschenb. iii. p. 197 (1822);

Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 562.

Larus glaucoides, Temm. Pl. Col. 77° live. Introd. Larus (1828).

Larus islandicus, Edmonst. Mem. Wern. Soe. iv. p. 506 (1823)

(nec Edmonst. op. cit. p. 185).

Larus arcticus, Macgill. Mem. Werner. Soc. v. no. xii. p. 268

(1824) (large specimen).

Larus minor, Brehm, Vog. Deutschl. p. 736 (1831).

Laroides glaucoides, Brehm, op. cit. p. 744.

Laroides leucopterus, Brehm, op. cit. p. 745; Bruch, J. f. Orn.

1855, p. 281.

Laroides subleucopterus, Brehm, op. cit. p. 746.

Glaucus leucopterus, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 101.

Glaucus glacialis, Bruch, op. cit. p. 101.

Larus chalcopterus, Licht. Nomencl. Av. Mus. Berol. p. 99

(1854), sine descr. (type examined, H.%.).

? Laroides chalcopterus (Licht.), Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p.22.

Laroides glacialis, Bruch, op. cit. 1855, p. 282.

Leucus chalcopterus, Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 216 (1857).

Leucus arcticus, Bp. op. eit. p. 216.

Leucus leucopterus, Bp. op. cit. p. 217.

Hab. Even more thoroughly arctic, during the breeding-season,

than L. glaucus; straggling southward in winter as far as the coast

of France. It is not even authenticated as breeding in Iceland or

Spitzbergen ; but it does so within the arctic circle from Greenland

to Behring’s Straits, It also breeds in Alaska; and I have examined

a specimen which was obtained in Japan by Capt. Blakiston.

1878.] ~ MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINA. 167

6. Larus GLaucescens, Licht.

Glaucus glaucescens (Licht.), Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 101 (type

examined, H. S.).

“Glaucus glaucopterus, Kittlitz,’ Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p.

101.

Larus glaucopterus, Licht. Nomencl. Av. Mus. Berol. p. 99, sine

descr. (1854), Behring’s Straits, Chamisso (type examined, H. 8.).

Laroides glaucescens, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p- 281.

Leucus glaucescens, Bp. Compt. Rend. xlii. (1856) p. 770 ; Consp.

Av. il. p. 216 (1857).

Larus glaucescens, Licht.; Lawr. B. N. Am. p. 842 (1858); Coues,

Proce. Philad. Ac. 1862, p. 295; id. B. N.W. Am. p- 622; Swinhoe,

Ibis, 1874, p. 165 (Japan).

Larus chalcopterus, Lawr. B. of N. Am. p- 843, 1860; Coues, Proe.

Philad. Ac. 1862, p. 295 (nec Licht. ).

Hab. Pacific coast of North America up to Behring’s Straits, and,

on the Asiatic side, Kamtschatka, and as far south as Hakodadi,

Japan, whence 1 have seen a specimen obtained by Capt. Blakiston.

This apparent link between the large Gulls with white primaries

and those with barred primaries may be roughly described as a

Herring-Gull with the black portion of the primary-pattern nearly

washed out. It is quite unmistakable. The changes of plumage in

its progress to maturity show, however, that its relationship to L.

glaucus is closer than to L. argentatus.

7. Larus ARGENTATUs, Gm.

Larus fuscus, Penn. Brit. Zool. ii. p. 131 (1768), nee Linn. ; Mont.

Orn. Dict. i. (1802).

Larus argentatus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 600 (1788), ex Briinn. ;

Schl. M. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 16 (includes allies) ; Gundlach, J. f. Orn.

1857, p. 236 (Cuba) ; B. du Bocage, Jorn. Soe. Lisb. 1868, pp. 149,

330 (Angola); Hartlaub, Syst. Orn. W.-Afrik. p. 251 (1857),

Senegal; Dresser, B. of Europe, pt. xxii. (Oct. 1873); Coues, B.

N.W. Am. p. 625, 1874.

Larus marinus, var. 3, Latham, Ind. Orn. ii. p. p. 814 (1790).

Larus glaucus, Retzius, F. Suec, i. p. 156 (1800), nee Briinn. ;

Meyer & W. Taschenb. ii. p. 471 (1810).

Larus cinereus, Leach, Syst. Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 40. (1816).

Larus argentatoides, Brehm, Beitr. Vigelkunde, iii. pp. 791, 799

(1822).

Larus argenteus, Macgill. Mem. Wern. Soc. vy. p. 264 (1824).

“Larus argentatoides (Bonap.),’ Sw. & Richards. F. Bor.-Am.

Birds, p. 417 (1831), nec Brehm, nee Bonap. ;

Laroides major, argentatus, argenteus, urgentatoides, et argenta-

ceus, Brehm, Vog. Deuischl. pp. 738-743 (1831).

Glaucus argentatus, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 101.

Glaucus aryentatoides, Bruch, op. cit. p. 101.

Larus marinus, Gundl. J. F. Orn. 1857, p- 236; Lembeye, Aves,

de Cuba, p. 122 (1850), cf Gundl. J. f. Orn. 1871, p. 291.

168 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINZ. [Feb. 5,

Larus smithsonianus, Coues, Pr. Ac. N: Se. Philad. 1862, p. 296

(North America).

In this species the amount of white on the primaries increases with

the age of the individual. Mr. Dresser (B. of Europe, xxii. L. ar-

gentatus, p. 3) describes an adult male from the Orkneys in summer,

in my collection, as having ‘the outermost primary almost entirely

blackish, white towards the tip, and crossed by a subapical black

band; the next two grey at the base, black towards the tip, being

finally terminated by a large white spot.” This is correct, so far

as any breeding bird with unspotted pearl-grey mantle may be termed

adult; but the example in question is far from being an old bird.

Bearing in mind that the extreme white tip diminishes by abrasion

with the age of the feather, the following are the patterns of the

outer primaries with the increasing age of the bird :—QOn the outer

primary the white spot, or “ mirror,” absorbs the black bar till the

latter wholly disappears, leaving the primary pure white from the

tip to more than two inches upwards; whilst from above, a grey

“* wedge’ along the inner web gradually eats into the black portion,

reducing the width of the black along the inner web to only two

inches. In the second primary a white “mirror”? appears, which

also increases with the age of the bird; but in this feather, so far

as I have yet seen, it does not wholly absorb the black bar and

unite with the white tip ; what it does, however, is to eat round the

black above it, so as to cut off the black from the inner web, and

thus unites with the grey wedge, which has been gradually increasing

its dimensions downwards. _ It is needless to give a minute description

of the remaining primaries; it will suffice to say that, as a rule, the

encroachment of the light portions upon the dark ones increases with

the age of the bird, and there may easily be stages of further pro-

gression with which I am not yet acquainted. This grey ‘‘ wedge”

on the upper portions of the primaries should be borne in mind, as

it is an important distinction between some closely allied species.

These observations equally apply to the Yellow-legged Herring-Gull

(L. eachinnans) and to the American bird which Dr. Coues formerly

distinguished as L. smithsonianus, Dr. Coues, although he has

given it up as a species, even now maintaias (B. of N.W. Am. p. 628)

that if a subapical spot (or ‘‘ mirror’’) is present on the second pri-

mary of the American bird, it is small; but in two examples before

me, of the correctness of whose locality I am well assured, the one

from Grand Manan, in June, has it well developed, whilst in another,

from Long Island, the mirror extends right across the feather, and

on the inner web has nearly eaten through the black and effected a

junction with the grey wedge above. Indeed only one European

bird in my collection has the mirror still more developed. The

average of American may possibly be a little larger than the average

Old-World specimens ; but I have not examined a sufficient series of

the former to speak with the same confidence upon this point that Dr.

Coues does ; at any rate that difference is admittedly unworthy of

specific distinction. The mané/e in the true adult L. argentatus is,

as every one knows, pearl-grey, the legs and feet being flesh-

coloured ; and the ring outside the eye is of a pale yellow. Taking

1878. ] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINA. 169

these as the characteristics to distinguish it from its congeners, its

range may be defined as the north-west of Europe from the Varanger

Fiord, the Baltic, the western coasts down to North Africa, the

Azores (where it breeds), Madeira, and the Canaries (Godman). To

Greenland it is a very rare straggler; but it was obtained at Winter

Islands, near Melville Peninsula, occurs in Hudson’s-Bay territory

as far as the Mackenzie River, and probably reaches right across to

the Pacific coast, where it certainly occurs, a specimen from Kodiak,

collected by Wosnesensky, in the St.-Petersburg Museum, being, as

Mr. Seebohm informs me, much lighter in the mantle than Z. ca-

‘chinnans ; and several specimens from the west coast of Mexico are in

my collection. Dall and Bannister also record what seems to be this

species from Alaska and from the Upper Yukon. There can be no

doubt that examples from northern latitudes have a somewhat lighter

mantle than those from more temperate regions, although the trans-

ition is very gradual; and this light form has received the name of

L. argentatoides. From Labrador this species ranges down the coast

and along the great rivers and inland lakes as far as Texas; it also

visits Cuba and Bermudas. Prof. Barboza du Bocage, in his “ List

of Birds in the Lisbon Museum” (J. f. Orn. 1876, p. 291),

cites an example obtained on the Angola coast, and another at Porto

Alexandre, Benguela, more than 15° south of the equator, and in

the latitude of the island of St. Helena. ‘lhis is indeed an exten-

sion of its range, provided there is no error in the identification of

the specimens.

8. Larus CACHINNANS, Pall.

Larus cachinnans, Pallas, Zoogr. Ross.-As. ii. p. 318 (1811).

Larus argentatus, Bp. tconogr. F. Ital. Uccelli, Introd. (1832-41) ;

Middend. Sib. Reise ii. p. 242 (part.), (1853); Schlegel, Mus.

Pays-Bas, Lari, p. 17 (part.), 1863 ; Blasius, J. f. Orn. 1865, p. 380

(part.) ; Hume, Yarkand Exp. Zool. p. 299 (1873), Kashmir; id.

Stray Feath. i. p. 270 (1873), Scinde.

Larus cachinnans, Pall.; v. der Mihle, Orn. Griechenl. p. 143

(1842).

Glaucus leucopheus, (Licht.) Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 101 (Red

Sea).

Glaucus michahellesit, Bruch, tom. cit. p. 101.

“ Glaucus borealis, Brandt,” Bruch, tom. cit. p. 101.

Laroides michahellesti, Bruch, op. cit. 1855, p. 282.

Laroides cachinnans, (Pall.), Bruch, tom. cit. p. 282.

“ Laroides borealis, (Brandt)”’ Bruch, tom. cit. p. 282.

Larus epargyrus, Licht. Nomencl. Av. Mus, Berol. p. 99 (1854),

sine descr. (type examined, H. S.).

Larus leucopheus, Licht. Nomencl. Av. Mus. Berol. p. 99 (1854),

descr. nulla (type examined, H. 8.) ; Salvadori, Cat. Ucc. Sard. p.

129 (1864) ; Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ost-Afrik. p. 818 (1870);

Dresser, B. of Europe, pt. xxii. (Oct. 1873).

Larovdes leucopheus, Bp. Naumannia, 1854, p. 212; id, Consp. ii.

p. 219 (1857).

170 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINE. [ Feb. 5,

Larus fuscescens, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 315, et Rev. List of

Vert. (1872), p. 316.

? Larus fuscescens, Licht.; Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 100,

(part.). One of the two specimens so labelled in the Berlin

Museum is of this species ; the other is a L. fuscus.

After much consideration and the examination of a very. large

series of specimens from various localities, I have come to the con-

clusion that this form, or species, is sufficiently distinct to be treated

apart from L. argentatus. The distinguishing characteristics of L.

cachinnans are the darker mantle, yellow legs and feet, and the deep

orange-red ring round the outside of the eye. These colours are:

naturally much more apparent in life than in dried skins; but the

colour of the mantle is enough to enable any one with an ordinary

perception of shades to separate the two birds at a glance. In the

pattern of the primaries, and in the individual variations in size both

are alike. With regard to the name which I have adopted, it seems

to me that there cannot be the slightest doubt as to the species

Pallas meant by his Larus cachinnans from the Caspian and the

Steppes: he describes it fully ; and, to avoid any ambiguity as to the

shade of colour of the mantle, he uses precisely the same term that

he does for the mantle of ZL. ichthyaétus, which exactly suits this

species, whilst it is too dark for LZ. argentatus, and too light for L.

affinis. Yet more, my friend Mr. Seebohm, on his return from

Siberia, examined the Larine in the St.-Petersburg Museum; and,

thanks to him, I am able to state from absolute comparison that L.

cachinnans, and L. leucopheus of the Mediterranean are the same,

Pallas’s name having the priority.

It appears, indeed, to be a form which, whether from living in a

more brilliant atmosphere, or from frequenting inland seas as dis-

tinct from great oceans, or from other causes with which we are not

acquainted, has acquired a greater intensity of coloration than its

congener ; but it is not altogether easy to indicate its precise range.

The most northern example that I have examined is from Havre,

an adult male, the oldest, to judge by the primaries, of any grey-

backed gull in my collection ; so that it appears to straggle up the

French coast. It is not, however, till the Mediterranean is reached

that L. cachinnans replaces L. argentatus; thence it ranges through-

out that inland sea, breeding on its shores and islands ; goes up the

Black Sea, across the steppes and the low-lying marshy and salt-

lake districts of Russia from the mouths of the Volga and the shores

of the Caspian, as far as Vologda, across the Ural river and the

Kirgish steppes, to the Irtich and as far as Lake Baikal. The above

seems to be, roughly, its breeding-range ; for Meves’s description of

the ‘‘ Z. eachinnans’’ obtained at Cholmogory on the Dwina applies

better to the next species: it was so dark in the mantle that he at

first took it to be L. fuscus. The species found in Kashmir by the

Yarkand expedition was probably L. cachinnans. It goes down the

Red Sea, and in winter visits the Persian Gulf, and the Mekran coast

as far as Kurrachee. It is also found along the coasts of China and

Japan in winter, and is the species recorded by Swinhoe under the

1878. | MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN®. 171

names of LZ. cachinnans and L. occidentalis ; but his birds are most

decidedly not the true L. occidentalis of Audubon, which has never

as yet been obtained anywhere on the Asiatic shores. All Asiatic

birds show very distinctly the grey wedge in the outer primaries,

which L. occidentalis never does: besides, their mantles are not

nearly dark enough for that species. I possess, or have examined,

a large series of specimens from almost all the localities I have

indicated, and have taken very little from descriptions ; indeed it

is necessary to rely in this matter on one’s own observations, as the

confusion respecting this group is inconceivable to any one who has

not studied the question. In Japanese and Chinese specimens, all

obtained in winter, my collection is especially rich, owing to the

efforts of Capt. St. John, of H.M.S. ‘Sylvia,’ and Lieut. Stanley

Muggeridge, of H.M.S. ‘ Kestrel ;’ Professor ‘Taczanowski has sent

me specimens from Lake Baikal, and Mr. W. Muloch and Mr.

Blanford examples from Kurrachee and the Mekran coast, whilst

as regards Russia and the Mediterranean Mr. Seebohm’s and other

collections have been available. I may observe that I think it quite

possible that in individuals from more northern localities the feet may

not be so distinctly yellow as in examples breeding in the Mediter-

ranean, believing, as I do, that certain atmospheric conditions exercise

a considerable effect upon coloration.

9. Larus AFFINIS, Reinh.

Larus afinis, Reinhardt, Vidensk. Meddel. 1853, p. 78, et Ibis,

1861, p. 17 (type examined, H. 8.); Seebohm and H. Brown, Ibis,

1876, p. 452.

Larus argentatus (partim), Midd. Sib. Reise, ii. p. 242. (The

description of the bird from Sea of Okhotsk clearly applies to this

species.)

Larus cachinnans, Licht. Nomencl. Av. Mus. Berol. p. 99, nec

Pallas (specimens examined, H. 8.).

Larus fuscus, Jerdon, B. of India, ii. p.-830 (1864).

Larus cachinnans, Meves, Ofv. k. Vetensk. Ak. Férh. 1871, p. 786

(Cholmogory) ; Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr. Bd. 2. Abth. ii. p. 1392 (nee

Pallas).

ian sp.? No. 39, Heuglin (nec Pallas), Ibis, 1872, p. 65

(Novaya Zemlia and Waigats): description can only apply to this

species.

eae occidentalis, Hume, Stray Feath. 1873, p. 273 (nec

Audub.).

Larus heuglini, Bree, B. Eur. 2nd ed. v. p. 58 (1876).

Professor J. Reinhardt, of Copenhagen, was the first to discrimi-

nate and to confer a name upon an individual of this species which

had straggled to Greenland; but for a knowledge of its habitat and

distribution we are indebted to Messrs. Seebohm and Harvie Brown,

who found it breeding upon the Petchora, where, however, it only

comes about 11th May, and retires southward on the approach of

winter. The series of specimens brought home by these energetic

naturalists threw a light upon many points which had hitherto been

obscure, and showed the real position of numerous specimens from

172 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINE. [Feb. 5,

the Red Sea and the Beloochistan coast, which had formerly been a

great trouble, most of them being in immature plumage, and not

suiting either LZ. cachinnans or L. fuscus.

Mr. Hume’s description of the pattern of the primaries of the birds

found in winter about Kurrachee (Stray Feathers, 1873, p. 273)

shows clearly that his LZ. occidentalis is this species, and by no

means the true American bird, the occurrence of which, as I

have said before, has never yet been authenticated on the coasts of

Asia.

Heuglin’s dark-mantled bird from Novaya Zemlia is clearly L.

affinis ; and Middendorff’s description of a variety of L. argentatus

found round the southern shores of the Sea of Okbotsk also applies

to this species.

It may appear strange at first sight that this species should have

been first described from Greenland; but that is merely due to the

unusually careful attention which the fauna of that country has

received from Dr. Reinhardt, whose watchful eyes not even a straggler

could escape. I have examined the type, and am satisfied that it is

of this species. It connects with L. fuscus rather closely (although

quite distinct) in the length of its foot as compared with that of the

tarsus, it having a proportionally smaller foot than either L. argen-

tatus, L. cachinnans, or L. occidentalis, but larger than L. fuscus.

From the last it may also be distinguished by its larger size and the

distinct “pattern” of the outer primaries, the grey wedge being

quite marked in this species, whilst it is absent in the outer feather

of Z. fuscus. The mirror on the second primary is moreover ouly

to be found in very old birds (not one of thirteen breeding-birds

obtained on the Petchora had it); whilst in old Z. fuscus this

mirror is always present. The present species is in fact a Herring-

Gull which passes the whole of the year in a brilliant atmosphere ;

and I cannot help thinking that to this, and to other conditions of

existence with which we are as yet unacquainted, its intensity of

coloration is mainly attributable.

10. Larus occrpentatis, Audubon.

Larus occidentalis, Aud, Orn. Biogr. v. p. 320 (1839) ; Lawr. B.

of N. Am. p. 845 (1858); Elliot, B. N. Am. il. pl. lii.; Coues,

P. Ac. N. 8. Philad. 1862, p. 296; Schl. M. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 15

(1863).

Giaucus occidentalis, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 101.

Laroides occidentalis, id. op. cit, 1855, p. 282; Bp. Consp. Av. ii.

p- 219 (1857).

Larus argentatus, var. occidentalis, Coues, Key N. Am. Birds,

p- 312 (1872); id. B. of N.W. Am. p. 633 (1874).

Larus fuscus?, Saund. P. Z.S. 1875, p. 158 (Lower California).

Hab. Pacific coast of North America down to Magdalena Bay,

Lower California.

It seems to me that this is a very recognizable form, and fully

deserving of consideration as a species. Its nearest ally is, on the

whole, L. afinis; but in the wing-pattern the grey wedge is absent in

1878. | MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN#. 173

the two outer primaries; and their ground-colour is rather darker

than in most examples of L. fuscus. In the colour of the mantle

many specimens are quite as dark as L. fuseus, especially those

from Southern California, one of which I should have referred to

that species but for its long coarse foot ; for at that time I had only

northern specimens of L. occidentalis available, and these are con-

siderably lighter on the mantle and in general tint. Since then [

have had the opportunity of inspecting more examples and of knowing

the species better ; and it seems to me that its large deep bill will

generally, and its large coarse foot, longer than the tarsus, will

always, suffice to separate it from L. Juscus, which has a delicate

foot, much shorter than the tarsus. ‘As a rule L. occidentalis is a

stouter bird; but some males of L. fuscus from the south of Europe

run very long in the wing and as large in the bill, whilst on the other

hand the Magdalena-Bay ZL. occidentalis is a female, and has an

unusually slender bill. In one example I have found a tiny sub-

apical spot on the second primary on one side, but not on the other ;

so that it is probably a mark ‘of extreme age; but in fully adult

L. fuscus this is common. Although I have laid stress upon the

characters which distinguish this Gull from L. Juscus, yet it is rather

more closely related to the Herring-Gull group, as shown by its

generally larger size, stout bill, and large feet, which are flesh-coloured

in this species, although, as in many other cases, they are sometimes

rather yellow when dried.

11. Larus ruscus, Linn.

Larus fuseus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 225 (1766); Scop. Ann. i.

Hist. Nat. p. 80 (1769); Gmel. Syst. Nat. i. p. 999 (1788); Lath.

Ind. Orn. p. 815 (1790); Temm. Man. @’Orn. p. 496 (1815); Schl.

M. Pays-Bas, Lari, p. 15 (1863); Finsch & Hiartl. Vog. Ost-Afr.

p- 820 (1870) ; Sharpe and Dresser, B. of Europe, pt. xvi. (Feb-

ruary 1873).

Larus flavipes, Meyer, Tasch. Vig. Deutsch. ii. p. 469, pl. front.

(1810).

Larus cinereus, Leach, Syst. Cat. Mamm. &c., Brit. Mus. p- 401

(1816).

“Larus argentatus, Mont.” Bewick, Brit. B. Supp. p. 39 (1821).

Leucus fuscus, Kaup, Natiirl. Syst. pp. 86 and 196 (1829).

Laroides melanotos, harengorum et fuscus, Brehm, Voég. Deutschl.

pp. 747-749 (1831).

Dominicanus fuscescens (Licht.) partim, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853,

p- 100. Lichtenstein’s example from Arabia is this species; the

other bearing this name is L. cachinnans (specimens examined, H. S.).

Dominicanus fuscus (Linn.), Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 100; id.

op. cit. 1855, p. 281, including his L. fuscescens of 1853.

Clupeilarus fuscus, Bonap. Consp. Av. ii. p- 220 (1857).

“* Larus medius, Hempr. & Ehr.” in Mus. Berol. “Gumfudde.”

An immature specimen of this species, H. S.

Hab. The north of Europe, the Faroes, the Baltic, Russia as far

east as Archangel, the British Islands, the French coast, and the

174 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&E. [Feb. 5,

Canaries (probably its south-west breeding-limit, although it is

known to go as far south as Senegal, whence [ have examined spe-

cimens obtained in May). It visits the Portuguese and Spanish coasts,

goes up the Mediterranean to the Black Sea, ascends the Nile to

Nubia, and is found throughout the Nile country, whilst on the Red

Sea, as far as Aden, it is stated to be sedentary (Finsch § Hartlaub).

Jerdon’s solitary immature specimen procured at Jaulna, in the

Deccan, was probably LZ. affinis, the length of the wing (18 to 19

inches) being greater than that of any L. fuscus I ever saw, 1737

inches being the very extreme for an old and fresh-moulted bird;

and, indeed, Mr. Dresser gives only 15:7! Mr. Dresser states that

Dybowski found it in Dauria ; but Prof. Taczanowski, in his “ Faune

de la Sibérie Orientale” (Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, i.) does not

mention it amongst that traveller’s collection; and with regard to

the quotation by the above author of Mr. Swinhoe’s authority for its

occurrence on the coast of China, a reference to the revised “ List

of the Birds of China,” P. Z.S. 1871, p. 421. no. 656, shows that

the species referred to (‘Ibis,’ 1860, p. 68) as L. fuscus was really

L. crassirostris, Vieill. (LZ. melanurus, Temm.), thus considerably

circumscribing the eastern range attributed toit. As regards America,

Dr. Coues considers that there is no good evidence of its occurrence

on the coasts of the United States.

The distinguishing characteristics of the adult of this species are

its dark slate-coloured mantle, chrome-yellow legs and feet, and the

shortness of the foot as compared with the tarsus. The outer pri-

maries are very dark, and may be termed black, with a subapical

patch or mirror on the first; and in old birds there is a small

mirror on the second primary ; but even in these there is xo sign of

the grey wedge on the upper part of the inner web of the outermost,

scarcely so on the second, and but rarely even on the third—a

marked difference from the LZ. argentatus group. In L. fuscus the

inner web merely fades into a lighter shade towards the edge; and

this dark ground of the primaries, and the absence of distinct

‘pattern,’ coupled with its average smaller size, and especially the

smaller foot, will generally be sufficient to distinguish it from either

L. affinis or L. occidentalis. But for the large coarse foot, I should

have assigned a specimen of L. occidentalis, from Magdalena Bay,

California, to this species ; for at the time I had never seen so dark a

form of the American bird. In shade of mantle there is much

variation, some being in this respect quite as light as LZ. afinis, whilst

the blackest are Egyptian specimens, in which the yellow feet .are

also brightest, probably due to climatic influences. ‘These very dark

birds when old have certainly a white subapical spot on the second

primary, although Blasius imagined that this was confined to northern

and lighter-mantled birds. The examples which run closest to L.

affinis are some from Malaga and Tangiers, two of which I have with

the subapical spot on the second primary, showing considerable age ;

but even with these the difference between them and L. affinis is very

marked, L. afinis having the grey wedge so much more defined.

The adults, therefore, are quite distinguishable ; but some years ago,

1878.1 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&. 175

before Messrs. Seebohm and Harvie Brown’s explorations on the

Petchora had made me acquainted with a series of ZL. affiinis, I was

much puzzled by Mr. W. Blanford’s immature birds from the

Baluchistan coast, obtained in December 1871 to January 1872, and

I led him into the error of ascribing them to L. fuscus. By my

note-book of specimens examined I find that I was in much doubt

even at that time, owing to their size and the relative dimensions of

the feet and tarsi; but according to my lights I could then ascribe

them to nothing else. I now consider them to have been Z.

affinis.

12. Larus cattrornicus, Lawr,

? Larus niveus, Pall. Zoogr. Rosso-As. ii. p: 320, pl. 86 (1811),

(Kamtschatka), nee Bodd. T. Pl. Enl. 994 (1783).

? Laroides americanus, Brehm, Vég. Deutsehl. p- 743 (1831).

Larus californicus, Lawr, Aun. Lye. New York, vi. 1854, p. 79;

id. Birds N. Am. p. 846 (1858); Coues, Pr. Ac. N. S. Phil. 1862,

p- 300; id. B. of N.W. Am. p. 634 (1874).

Laroides californicus, Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 220 (1857).

Larus delawarensis, var. caltfornicus, Coues, Key N.-Am. B.

p- 313 (1872). é

Hab. Pacific coast of North America from Vancouver’s Island to

Lower California, and the interior as far as the vicinity of Great

Slave Lake; also Japan coast, whence I have examined an adult

specimen in the Marquis of Tweeddale’s collection, obtained by Capt.

St. John, H.M.S. ‘Sylvia,’ off Kali, Japan, in January 1872.

The name L. niveus, Pallas, is not available, having been previously

employed by Boddaert for Pagophila eburnea; but I have long been

of opinion that the bird described by Pallas under that name was

really this species—a conviction strengthened by the sight of an un-

doubted example from J apan, proving that it dues cross the North

Pacific. It has generally been supposed to apply to a larger race of

L. canus ; but Pallas knew L. canus perfectly well, and he describes

his Z. niveus as a somewhat scarce visitor to the northern and

Kamtschatkan seas, and not in the habit of going far up the rivers,

also as “‘magnitudo corvi coracis.”? Now the largest ZL. canus could

hardly be described as of the size of a Raven ; and, except in the wing,

which is proportionally long in that Gull, the other measurements

are too large for it; but they exactly suit ZL. californicus, and

Pallas’s figure is a perfect portrait of a specimen recently sent to me

through the kindness of the authorities of the Smithsonian Institu-

tion. Perhaps these remarks may assist in laying the ghost of that

Larus niveus which for nearly a century has been haunting the lists

of systematists.

Dr. Coues inserts with a ? DL. argentatordes, Bonap. Synopsis,

Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, p- 360 (1828), as the earliest name

for this species, whilst disavowing any desire to supersede Lawrence’s

title; but as the name had already been applied by Brehm in 1822

for L. argentatus, it could not be used for this species, even if correct.

But Bonaparte says of his species :—‘ Common near New York and

176 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&, [ Feb. 5,

Philadelphia ; we have also shot it on the southern coasts of Eng-

land.” Now I am not aware of this species having been found within

2000 miles of New York ; and the description and measurement (20

inches in length) suit L. delawarensis, the length of which Dr. Coues

gives as 19°75 inches, better than any other. Dr. Coues goes on

to identify L. argentatoides of Richardson with Bonaparte’s species :

but this cannot be ; for Richardson’s birds were from 23 to 25 inches

in length, with a mantle of the same shade as the Iceland Gull—both

too large and too light for Z. ealifornicus. Richardson got his bird at

Melville Peninsula, and speaks of it as found at Hudson’s Bay. Dr.

Coues says the Smithsonian Institution possesses specimens ‘ from lo-

calities not far distant from those of Richardson ;” but it seems to me

that Great Slave Lake is a very considerable distance from Melville

Peninsula, although nearer to it than to New York. Dr. Coues gives

the length of L. ealifornicus as 20 inches; and as Richardson’s 23

to 25 inches do not suit him, he quite gratuitously suggests that

Richardson drew up his measurements from the largest specimens ;

whilst as for the colour of the legs, which are described as “ flesh-

coloured,” whereas in L. californicus they are olivaceous, his assump-

tion is that Richardson described them from dried skins! There can

be very little doubt that Richardson’s birds were examples of L. ar-

gentatus; for his measurements and descriptions suit that species

better than any other.

I am glad to see that Dr. Coues, in his ‘Birds of North-West

America,’ has reconsidered his previous hasty determination that this

species was merely a large variety of L. delawarensis. To judge

from the examples I have examined, L. californicus, although cer-

tainly the connecting-link between the Z. argentatus and the L. canus

group, is perfectly distinct from either. In the pattern of the

primaries it rather goes with L. argentatus, in the colour of the soft

parts with Z. delawarensis ; in the colour of the mantle it is much

darker than either, though not so dark as L. occidentalis.

13. Larus DELAWARENSIS, Ord.

Larus delawarensis, Ord, Guthrie’s Geogr., 2nd Am. ed., i. p. 319

(1815) fide Lawr. B. N. Am. p. 846 (1858); Coues, B. of North-

West Am. p. 636 (1874); Wheeler, Rep. Exp. and Surv. W. of

100th Mer. p. 485 (1876); Reid, Zoologist, 1877, p. 489 (Ber-

mudas).

Larus canus, Bp. Speechio Comp. p. 69 (1827), nec auctt.

? “ Larus argentatoides, Brehm,” Bp. Synopsis, p. 360 (1828),

nec Brehm.

Larus zonorhynchus, Richardson, F. Bor.-Am. ii. p. 421 (1831) ;

Audubon, B. Am. viii. p. 35, pl. 446 (1839) ; Schlegel, Mus. P.-

Bas, Lari, vi. p. 22 (1863); Blasius, J. f. Orn. 1865, p. 380; Bp.

Consp. Av. ii. p. 224 (1857); Gundlach, J. f. Orn. 1857, p. 236

(Cuba).

Glaucus zonorhynchus (Rich.), Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 102.

“Glaucus occidentalis (Audub.),” Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 101,

taf. ii. fig. 20, nec Audubon. ’

1878. | MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&. 177

Gavina zonorhynchus (Richards.), Bp. Naum. 1854, p. 212;

Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 282.

Gavina bruchi, Bp. Naumann. 1854, p. 212; Bruch, J. f. Orn.

1855, p. 283.

“Laroides occidentalis (Audub.),” Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 282,

nec Audubon

Larus zonorhynchus, var. mexicanus et var. bruchi, Bp. Consp. Ay.

il. p. 224 (1857).

Hab. Interior and coasts of North America from the Saskatche-

wan and Labrador to Great Salt Lake (breeding), and in winter to

the middle and southern States, Cuba, and the Bermudas. An im-

mature bird in my collection obtained by Mr. H. Whitely at Hako-

dadi, Japan, 14th December, 1864, seems from its size and stout

barred bill to belong to this species.

The adult is easily distinguished from Z. canus by its larger size,

stout, double-zoned bill, and lighter mantle; it is smaller than L.

californicus, its wing-pattern is different, and the mantle is much

lighter.

14. Larus canus, Linn.

Larus canus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 224 (1766); Gm. Syst. Nat.

1. p. 596 (1788) ; Schl. Mus. P.-Bas. Lavi, p. 23 (1863) ; Sharpe

& Dresser, B. of Eur. pt. xvii. (1873) ; David & Oust. Ois. de la

Chine, p. 517 (1877).

Larus cinereus, Scop. Ann. i. Hist. Nat. p. 80 (1769).

Larus hybernus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 596 (1788).

Larus procellosus, Bechst. Orn. Tasch. p. 373 (1802).

Larus cyanorhynchus, Meyer, Tasch. Vog. Deutschl. ii. p. 480

(1810).

Laroides procellosus et L. canescens, Brehm, Vog. Deutschl.

pp- 750-753 (1831).

Larus canus, var. major, Middendorff, Sib. Reise, ii. p. 243 (1853).

Larus heineit, Homeyer, Naumannia, 1853, p. 129.

Glaucus canus, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 102.

“Glaucus lacrymosus (Licht.),” Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 102,

nee Licht.

Gavina kamtschatchensis, Bp. Naumanuia, 1854, p. 212.

Gavina heinei, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 283.

Gavina canus, id. op. cit. p. 284.

? Rissa nivea, Bp. Cat. Parzudaki, p. 11 (1855).

“Larus niveus, Pall,’ Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 224 (1857); Swinhoe,

P.Z.S8. 1871, p. 420; David & Oust. Ois. de la Chine, p. 518,

1877, nec Pallas.

Larus delawarensis, Coues, Pr. Ac. N. Se. Phil. 1861, p. 246.

Larus canus major, Schl. Mus. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 26 (1863).

“Larus suckleyi, Lawr.”’ Schl. M. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 27 (1863), nec

Lawr. (Japan).

Larus audouini, Tristram, Ibis, 1868, p. 330, nee Payr.

Hab. Throughout the Palearctic region, but very rare in Ice-

land ; once in Labrador.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1878, No. XII. 12

178 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&. [ Feb. 5,

A specimen bearing the label of the Labrador Expedition of Dr.

E. Coues and Mr. J. W. Dodge in 1860, obtained at Henley Harbour

on the 2lst August, and marked ZL. delawarensis, came into my

hands indirectly from Mr. Krider, of Philadelphia. I have very little

doubt as to its being really Z. canus; but the American naturalists

will have an opportunity of disputing or confirming my view, as I

have sent it to the Smithsonian Institution.

Few species differ so much in individual size as L. canus; and I

cannot admit the specific validity of the large race found throughout

Northern Russia and Siberia. Off Japan all sizes are found ; and the

colour of the mantle is also very variable, being lightest in Scotch

breeding-birds. It appears to be a species which attains its greatest

development in the north and east, and deteriorates in size as it

ranges south and west. I have already pointed out that I consider

I. niveus of Pallas to be really the earliest name of L. ealifornicus,

Lawr.

15. Larus BRACHYRHYNCHUS, Rich.

Larus canus, Richardson, F. Bor.-Am. ii. p. 420 (1831), nee Linn.

nec auctt. (adult).

Larus brachyrhynchus, Rich. F. Bor.-Am. ii. p. 421 (1831), juv.

(nec Gould, P.Z.S. 1843), type described, Great Bear Lake, May

23rd, 1826; Coues, P. Ac. N.S. Philad. 1862, p. 302; Elliot, B.

N. Am. ii. pl. 53; Dall & Bann. Tr. Ch. Ac. 1869, p. 305.

Larus suckleyi, Lawr. Ann. Lye. New York, 1854, p. 264; id.

B. N. Am. p. 847 (1858) ; Schl. M. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 27 (1863).

Rissa septentrionalis, Lawr. Ann, Lye. New York, 1854, p. 266;

id. B. N. Am. p. 854 (1858),

Larus canus, var. brachyrhynchus, Coues, Key N. Am. B. p. 313

(1872); id. B. N. W. Am. p. 638 (1874).

Hab. North-Pacific coast of America, from Sitka downwards, and

the interior to Great Bear Lake.

I can refer to no other species the specimens obtained by the late

Mr. Hepburn at San Mateo, California, and one very old and fresh-

moulted bird in the Copenhagen Museum from Sitka. They are

certainly not L. delawarensis ; and they are smaller than any L. canus

in my collection except one, a quite abnormally small female from

Orkney. The bill is slender and weak; and the foot with the middle

toe and nail is nearly as long as the tarsus, which in LZ. canus is con-

siderably longer. The bill is olive-green to mandible, in front of

which it is yellow, the former colour being much more predominant

than in old Z. canus, There is much more grey from the base of

the primaries downwards than in LZ. canus ; and on the third primary

the wedge descends to the level of the tip of the fifth primary, whilst

there is a broad subapical mirror on the third primary, which, again,

is seldom, if ever, the case in L. canus; also the ends of the prima-

ries are much more broadly tipped with white.

So far, I think, I am in accord with Dr. Coues, who has had the

advantage of examining Richardson’s type, which, however, is a

young bird ; but as regards the adult, of which he has seen far more

1878. ] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN#E. 179

examples than I have, there is a slight discrepancy to be explained.

He says that the colour of the mantle of L. brachyrhynchus is rather

lighter than in LZ. canus; my specimens are certainly rather darker

than the darkest £Z. canus. Perhaps this is a slip of the pen, or an

inversion of his reference; otherwise I cannot understand it. I

retain this species as it has aiready been described, because the

specimens before me have a general appearance so different from L.

eanus that they are distinguishable at a glance, although it is rather

difficult to define the differences on paper ; but I expect that a larger

series will throw light upon the subject. Schlegel’ bird from

Japan assigned to this species seems to me to be merely a large L.

canus,

16. Larus aupouint, Payr.

? Larus quadricolor, Scop. Ann. i. Hist. Nat. p. 81. no. 109 (1769).

Larus audouini, Payraudeau, Ann. Sc. Nat. viii. p. 462 (1826) ;

Temm. Pl. Col. livr. 81, pl. 480 (1826); Gould, B. Europe, v.

pl. 438 (1837) ; Schl. M. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 22 (1863); Degl. & Gerbe,

Orn. Europ. ii. p. 420 (1867) ; Lilford, Ibis, 1875, p. 31.

Larus payraudei, Vieill. Faun. Frang. Ois. p. 396 (1828), fide

Deg. & Gerbe, loc. cit.

Gavia audouinii (Payr.), Boie, Isis, 1844, p. 191.

Glaucus audouini (Payr.), Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p.. 102.

Gavina audouini (Payr.), Bp. Naum. 1854, p. 212; Consp. Av.

li. p. 222 (1857).

Laroides audouini (Payr.), Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p, 282 ; Brehm,

Naum. 1855, p. 294.

Hab. Mediterranean, especially about Corsica and Sardinia, and

the neighbouring coasts of Italy, the Balearic Islands, and North

Afriea. Mr. Gould quotes Natterer (7m litt.) as having shot three

specimens outside the Straits of Gibraltar, between that place and

Tarifa. Lord Lilford found it breeding on the island of Toro, off

Sardinia. Canon Tristram’s reputed Z. audouini from Palestine are

all Z. canus.

This Gull is one of the most unmistakable species, owing to its

length of wing, dark primaries, lead-coloured or black legs, and, when

adult, its cherry-red double-zoned bill, From the description given

by Scopoli of his Z. guadricolor it is probable that it is this species ;

but in the absence of certainty it is undesirable to use that name,

17. Larus Marinus, Linn.

Larus marinus, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 225 (1766); O. Fabr.

Faun. Greenl. p. 102 (1780); Meyer, Tasch. Vég. Deutschl. pl. ii.

p- 465; Temm. Man. d’Orn. p. 490 (1815); Macgill. M. Wern.

Soc. vol. v. p. 255 (1824); Schlegel, M. Pays-Bas, Lari, p. 10

(1863); Sharpe and Dresser, B. of Eur. pt, xv. (1872); Coues, B.

of North-West (America), p. 624 (1874); Swinhoe, Ibis, 1874,

p- 165 (Japan) ; Reid, Zoologist, 1877, p. 489 (Bermudas),

Larus nevius, Linn. Syst. Nat. p. 225 (1766).

12*

180 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN. [Feb. 5,

Larus maculatus, Bodd. Tab. Pl. Enl. p. 16 (1783).

Larus maximus, Leach, Syst. Cat. Brit. Mus. p. 40 (1816); Brehm,

Vég. Deutschl. p. 728 (1831).

Leucus marinus, Kaup, Natiirl. Syst. pp. 86, 196 (1829).

Larus miilleri, Brehm, op. cit. p. 729 (1831).

Larus fabricii, id. op. cit. p. 730 (1831).

Dominicanus marinus, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p.100; id. ib, 1855,

p. 280.

Larus albus, P. L. 8. Miller, Natursystem, p. 108 (1776), has

generally been quoted by copyists as a synonym of this species ; but

investigation shows that it.is based upon Buffon’s ‘‘ Mouette cendrée

tachetée”’ (vol. vii. p. 424; Pl. Enl. 387), which represents a young

Rissa tridactyla.

Hab. Northern and temperate Europe and Iceland (breeding) ;

visiting the Mediterranean in winter, as far as Greece; the Canaries,

and probably the Azores. In Northern Greenland Prof. Reinhardt

assures me that it is very rare; it breeds in Labrador, occurs on the

great lakes of North America, and visits Florida in winter. Lem-

beye’s specimen, recorded from Cuba, turned out to be Z. argen-

tatus (vide J. f. Orn. 1871, p. 290); but it has occurred at the Ber-

mudas (Reid). No record from the American side of the Pacific ;

but I have examined undoubted specimens from Japan collected by

Capt. Blakiston. This is a very great extension of its previously

known range.

18. Larus pominicanvs, Licht. .

Larus dominicanus, Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 82 (1823); Darwin,

Zool. “ Beagle,” Birds, p. 142 (1841); Cassin, Orn. U.S. Expl.

Exp. p. 377 (1858), Callao?; Schlegel, M. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 12

(1863); Layard, B. S. Africa, p. 367 (1867) ; Durnford, Ibis, 1877,

p. 45 (Chuput, Patagonia) ; id. tom. cit. p. 201 (prov. B. Ayres).

Larus littoreus, Forster, Deser. Anim. p. 46 (1844), Cape of

Good Hope.

Larus antipodus, Gray, Cat. Anseres Brit. Mus. p. 169 (1844),

New Zealand. j

Dominicanus antipodus, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 100.

“Dominicanus pelagicus Anglor.,” Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 100

(India and Oceania) ; id. op. cit. 1855, p. 280; Bp. Consp. Av. ii.

p. 214 (1857).

Dominicanus vetula, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 100, 1855, p.

281 (Cape Good Hope); Bp. Consp. Av. ii. 214 (1857).

“‘ Dominicanus vociferus Anglor.,” Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 100,

1855, p. 281 (South America).

Dominicanus antipodum, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 281; Bp.

Consp. Av. ii. p. 214 (1857).

Dominicanus fritzei, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 281 (Straits of

Sunda, near Java?) (type inWiesbaden Mus. examined, H.S.); Bp.

Consp. Av. ii. p. 214 (1857).

Larus vociferus, Burm. Syst. Uebers. Th. Bras. p. 448 (1856) ;

id. La Plata-Réise, ii, p. 518 (1861).

1878. ] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&. 181

Clupeilurus antipodum, Bp. Compt. Rend. xlii. p. 770 (1856).

Larus verreauxii, Bp. Rev. et Mag. Zool. vii. 1855, p. 16.

Dominicanus verreauxii, Bp.; Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p.281(Chili).

Dominicanus azare (Less.), Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 214 (1857).

Lestris antarcticus (!), Ellman, Zool. 1861, p. 7472.

Lestris fuscus, id. Zool. 1861, p. 7472.

Larus vetula, Gurney, Andersson’s B. Damara Land, p. 357

(1872) ; Shelley, Ibis, 1875, p. 86 (Natal).

Hab. New Zealand, Kerguelen Island, and the other islands

between it and Cape of Good Hope, African coast to 22°S. lat., the

opposite coast of South America, the Falkland Islands, Patagonia,

the coast of Chili, and the island of Juan Fernandez. Iam sceptical

as to the locality assigned to L. fritzei, whilst equally unable to

accept Bonaparte’s version of Sunda being a mistake for Sund[ Lund? |

in Sweden!

In a large series of specimens from the above localities I can detect

no specific differences, individuals from the same localities often

varying quite as much in the dimensions of the bill as do those

from widely remote places. The absence or presence of the white

mirror near the tip of the first primary is of no specific value what-

ever, being entirely dependent upon the age of the individual ; it

does not appear till after the bird has assumed the full black mantle,

and increases in size with age.

The deep drown-black of the mantle, as distinct from the slate-

black of Z. fuscus, and its strong bill and larger size, will distin-

guish Z. dominicanus from that species; it is smaller than LZ. ma-

rinus, has a different pattern of primaries, and has olivaceous-coloured

legs and feet.

Messrs. Sclater and Salvin state (P. Z. S. 1871, p. 576) that the

examples then living in the Society’s gardens had flesh-coloured

legs and feet ; but this is either a slip of the pen, or else they must

have been looking at a ZL. marinus, the only ‘ Black-back” which

when adult has those parts of that colour.

19. Larus paciricus, Latham,

Larus pacificus, Latham, Suppl. Ind. Orn. p. 68 (1891); Gould,

B. of Austral. vol. vii. pl. 19; Schlegel, M. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 7

(1863).

Larus frontalis, Vieillot, in Nouv. Dict. H. Nat. 2nd ed. t. xxi.

p- 505 (1818), im. ad. (Tasmania).

Larus leucomelas, Vieillot, N. Dict. H. Nat. 2nd ed. t. xxi. p. 509

(1818), adult (Tasmania).

Larus bathyrinchus (sic), Macgill. Mem. Wern. Soc. vy. (1823-4),

« 253.

. Larus georgii, King, Surv. Intertrop. Australia, ii. p. 423 (1826)

(King George’s Sound, S.W. Australia).

Gabianus pacificus (Lath.), Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 100, et

1855, p. 280; Bonap. J. f. Orn, 1854, p. 211; Rev. et Mag. Zool.

1855, p. 13; Consp. Av. ii. p, 212 (1857).

182 MR H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINE. [Feb. 5,

Gabianus bathyrhynchus, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 280; Bp.

Consp. Av. ii. p. 212 (1857). se

Gabianus georgii (King), Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 213 (1857).

Hab. South-west portions of Australia, Bass’s Straits, and Tas-

mania; not included by Mr. Buller in his ‘ Birds of New Zealand,’

but there are three specimens labelled from that locality in the British

Museum, obtained by the Antarctic Expedition.

Mr. Gould’s plate hardly gives a correct idea of the dimensions and

great depth of bill in this fine species, which may easily be distin-

guished by this feature in all stages. In the adult the tail is

crossed by a black band; and this peculiarity in the plumage, coupled

with the stout bill, seems to place this species midway between the

typical Gulls and those of the next group. The value of Gabianus

_ as a genus for this species has been already discussed.

20. LARus BELCHER], Vigors.

Larus belcheri, Vigors, Zool. Journ. iv. p. 358 (1829); id. Zool.

Beecher’s Voy. ‘“ Blossom,” p. 39; Schlegel, M. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 9

(1863), excl. syns.; Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1871, p. 575.

Adelarus belcheri, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 107; id. 1855,

p- 279; Bp. Naum. p. 212 (1854).

Leucopheus belcheri, Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 232 (1857).

« Larus fuliginosus, Gould,” Cassin, U.S. Expl. Exp. Orn. p. 378

(1858), nec Gould (Cape Horn to Callao).

Larus frobeenii, Phil. & Land. Wiegm. Archiv, 1861, p. 292.

Larus frobeni, iid. Cat. Aves Chil. An. Univ. Chil. tom. xxxi.

p- 288.

Hab. West coast of S. America, from Callao southwards to Chili,

the western portions of the Straits of Magellan, and down to Cape

Horn.

I have the fully adult bird with pure white head and underparts

from Chorillos, near Callao, Peru; but I observed the immature birds

with dark hoods in far greater numbers. Although several of these

Pacific Gulls have a hood in the immature stage, which is lost in the

adult, in none of them is the change so remarkable as in this species.

I confess that I cannot see any adequate reason for giving it generic

rank ; but Bonaparte thought differently, for he made it the type of

his genus Procellarus, being quite unaware that it was absolutely

the same species as the bird which he had already located in the

genera Leucopheus and Adelarus!

Dr. Coues, in a general notice of American Gulls, under the head

of L. heermanni (B. of N.W. p. 642), says that L. belcheri is “ not

a white-headed Gull at all,’ though he afterwards says that he

should not be surprised if, in the adult state, it lost its hood. In

this last surmise he is quite right; the adult L. belcheri isa perfectly

white-headed Gull, at the first glance being like a stout LD. fuscus

with a black band on its tail.

21. LARUS HEERMANNI, Cassin.

Larus heermanni, Cassin, Proc. Ac. Nat. Se. Philad. vi. p. 187

1878.} MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&E. 183

(1852) ; id. B. Californ. p. 28, pi. 5; Sel. & Salv. P.Z.S. 1871,

p- 574; iid. Nomencl. Av. Neotrop. p. 148.

Adelarus heermanni, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 107, et 1855,

. 279.

3 Leucopheus heermanni, Bp. Naumannia, 1854, p. 211.

Blasipus heermanni, Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 211 (1857).

Larus ( Blasipus) heermanni, Coues, B. N.W. Am. p. 641(1874).

Hab. Pacific coast, from Vancouver’s Island and California (breed-

ing), down to Panama in winter.

The nearest ally of this species is perhaps Z. crassirostris of the

opposite Asiatic coast and islands; but its red bill and the lead-

coloured neck and underparts will always serve to distinguish the

adult ; in Z. crassirostris the neck and underparts are white.

22. Larus crassrrostris, Vieill.

Larus crassirostris, Vieill. N. Dict. H. Nat. 2nd ed. p. 508 (1819),

ex Krusenstern (Nagasaki, Japan); Schlegel, M. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 8

(1863); Swinh. P.Z.S. 1871, p. 421; David & Oust. Ois. de la

Chine, p. 518 (1877).

Larus melanurus, Temm. Pl. Col. 77 liv. pl. 459 (1828); Temm.

& Schl. Faun. Japon. Aves, p. 132, pl. 88 (1850); Taczan. Bull.

Soc. Zool. France, i. p. 264 (1876).

Adelarus melanurus, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 107, et 1855,

p-. 279,

Blasipus crassirostris, Bp. Naumannia, 1854, p. 211; id. Consp.

Av. li. p. 212 (1857).

Larus fuscus, Swinhoe, Ibis, 1860, p. 68 (nee Linn.).

Hab. Coasts of Japan and China, and large lakes and rivers of

latter ; breeding in colonies, generally on islands.

I have already pointed out roughly the distinctions between this

species and L. heermannt ; superficially the present bird is not unlike

the adult of L. beleheri ; but the mantle is much lighter, and the tail

is white with a black bar, whereas in L. belcheri the greater portion

of the tail is black.

23. Larus mopestus, Tsch.

Larus modestus, Tschudi, Wiegm. Arch. 1843, pt. i. p. 389; id.

Fauna Peruana, Aves, p. 306 (1845-6), pl. 35; Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S.

1871, p. 573; id. Nomencl. Av. Neotrop. p. 148 (1873).

Larus bridgesi, Fraser, P. Z. 8. 1845, p. 16; id. Zool. Typ. t. 69

(1849), type in Brit. Mus.

Blasipus bridgesi (Fraser), Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 108, et

1855, p. 280; Bp. Rey. Zool. 1855, p. 21; Consp. Av. ii. p. 212.

“ Blasipus polios (Natt.),’ Bp. Rev. Zool. 1855, p. 21; Consp.

Ay. ii. p. 212 (1857).

Leucophaius modestus, G. R. Gray, Hand-l. Birds, iii. p. 116

(1871).

Hab. Pacific coast of South America, from Callao to Valparaiso,

and probably further south.

This species, which in its immature plumage bears an indication

184 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINZE. [Feb. 5

of a dusky hood, has been confused with L. fuliginosus of the Gala-

pagos Islands; but its much _slenderer bill, tarsi, and feet will

at once distinguish it from the latter, even in youth; whilst in

the adult the clear grey of the underparts and the white blending

into grey of the forehead and head, distinguish it from any other

known species of Gull. Mr. Fraser’s plate above cited gives a very

fair idea of the adult; but very old birds are much lighter about the

upper parts than his example.

24. Larus ruLicinosvs, Gould.

Larus fuliginosus, Gould, Zool. “ Beagle,” iii. p. 141 (1841) ;

Sel. & Salv. P. Z.S. 1871, p. 573; Salvin, Trans. Zool. S. ix. p.

505, pl. Ixxxvil.

Leucopheus fuliginosus et Adelarus neptunus, Bp. Rev. Zool.

1855, p. 20; et Consp. Av. ii. p. 232 (1857).

Procellarus heermanni! (part.), G. R. Gray, Hand-l. Birds, ii.

p- 116 (1871).

Hab. Galapagos Islands,

This stoutly built and well-marked species appears to be restricted

to the Galapagos group. Mr. Salvin’s illustration above cited will

probably prevent further confusion between this bird and ZL. mo-

destus ; but it is most extraordinary that the late Mr, G. R. Gray

should have confounded it with Z. heermanni, when he had the

type of the present species before him. Specimens are exceedingly

rare in collections ; and of the eggs and nestlings no examples are

known.

Although this species differs from the preceding ones in having

a hood in its adult plumage, yet its other affinities seem to indicate

that its proper place is here and not with the ordinary hooded

Gulls.

25. Larus scoressi, Trail.

Larus scoresbii, Trail, Mem. Wern. Soc. iv. p. 514 (1823), (New

South Shetland Islands) ; Pelzeln, Orn. Novara Exp. p. 151; Abbott,

Ibis, 1861, p. 165 (Falkland Islands).

Larus hematorhynchus, Vigors, in lett. King’s Zool. Journ. iv

p. 103 (1828-9); Jard. & Selby, Ill. Orn. ii. pl. 106 ; Gould, Zool.

“* Beagle,” Birds, p. 142.

Leucopheus hematorhynchus, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 108,

et 1855, p. 287; Bp. Naum. 1854, p. 211.

Procellarus neglectus, sive Kpitelarus neglectus, Bp. Naumann.

1854, pp. 211, 213; id. Rev. et Mag. Zool. p. 13 (1855); id. Consp.

Ay. ii. p. 211 (1857), type and sole representative of Procellarus.

Leucopheus scoreshii, Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 231 (1857); Blasius,

J. f. Orn. 1865, p. 378; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1871, p. 579; iid.

Nomencl. Av. Neotrop. p. 148.

Larus seoresbyi, Schl. M. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 33 (1863).

Hab. Patagonia, east coast, south of about 45° S. lat., down to

New South Shetland Islands, in about 63° S.; the Falkland Islands,

the Straits of Magellan, and up the coast of Chili as far as Chiloe.

1878. ] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINA. 185

In spite of the somewhat peculiar shape of the bill in this species

I hardly think it desirable to place it on that account in a distinct

genus, especially as Bonaparte’s genus Leucopheus also includes

such dissimilar species as the present and L. heermanni of North

America. His Procellarus is founded on a young bird of the same

species! Larus scoresbii, however, is a very well-marked species,

from its short, stout, crimson bill, and coarse legs and feet, the webs

of the latter being a good deal incised. In the immature stage this

bird has a sooty hood ; but in the adult the upper parts are grey.

26. LaARUS NOV#-HOLLANDIA, Steph. (Fig. 1.)

Larus nove-hollandia, Stephens, Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiii. pt. i.

p- 196 (1826), ex Latham.

Larus scopulinus, var. major, Forst. Deser. Anim. p- 106 (1844),

Figat:

is 2. 3.

Three outer primaries of L. nove-hollandie, jr. (from the type of Gavia

pomarre, Bruch, of 1853, not of 1855).

Larus jamesonii, Wilson, Il. Zool. pl. xxiii. (1831),

Xema jamesonii, Gould, Birds of Australia, vol. vii. pl. xx (1848).

aoe Jamesonii,. Wils. Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 102; 1855,

p. 285.

186 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINZ. [Feb. 5,

Gavia andersonii, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 102, et 1855, p. 285

(type examined, H. S.).

Gavia pomarre, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 103, not Gavia pomare

of 1855, p. 285, which is L. bulleri (type in Mainz Mus. examined,

H.S8.), Society Islands.

Gelasies gouldi, Bp. Naumann. 1854, p. 216.

Gelastes corallinus, Bp. Naumann. 1854, pp. 212, 216 (type in

Paris M. examined, H. 8.).

Gelastes andersonii, Bp. tom. cit. p. 212.

Gavia gouldii, Bp. Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 285.

Fig. 2.

is 2. 3.

Three outer primaries of L. nove-hollandie, ad. (from the type of Gavia

andersonit, Bruch),

Bruchigavia gouldi, Bp. Consp. Av. i. p. 228 (1857).

Bruchigavia pomare, Bp. tom. cit. p. 229.

Bruchigavia jamesonii, Bp. tom. cit. p. 228 (1857); Gould, Handb,

B. Austral. ii. p. 387 (1865).

Bruchigavia corallinus, Bp. op. cit. p. 228 (1857).

Larus scopulinus major, Schlegel, M. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 29 (1863),

Hab. Australia from Raine Island, Torres Straits, to Bass’s Straits,

and Tasmania ; also New Caledonia, and perhaps the Society Islands.

1878. | MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN#. 187

Although very close to LZ. scopulinus of New Zealand, I think

this species may fairly be distinguished by its larger size throughout,

and by the greater amount of white mirror in the pattern of the

three outer primaries. In old birds of L. nove-hollandieé there is

always a mirror on the third primary as well as on the first and

second ; in a large series of LZ. scopulinus 1 have never found this.

The amount of white is also greater in the Australian bird, and the

shape of the mirror is different, as is shown in the accompanying

fignres. L. corallinus of Bonaparte has been supposed to be LZ. macu-

lipennis, Licht., on the strength of the assertion in the Conspect. Av.

that the type was obtained in Brazil by Castelnau. I have examined

the type, which bears no indication of locality, nor do I for a moment

Fig. 3.

Three outer primaries of L, nove-hollandie, old.

believe that it ever was killed in Brazil ; it is, however, of this species,

and a large-billed example.

To make matters plainer, I have had figures prepared of the three

outer primaries in three different specimens of this species. In

fig. 1 (p. 185) is given the pattern in a young bird, taken from a

drawing by Dr. O. Finsch of the type of Gavia pomarre of Bruch,

1853 (but noé his G. pomare of 1855, which latter =Z. dulleri), in

the Mainz Museum. Fig. 2 (p.-186) represents the primaries of

Bruch’s G. andersonii, from the same source. Fig. 3 (p. 187)

188 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINZ, [Feb. 5,

shows the pattern of an old L, nove-hollandie, obtained in Tasmania

by Capt. V. Legge, R.A., and, if compared with fig. 4 (p. 188), will

show the difference between this species and old L. scopulinus.

27. Larus scoputinus, Forst. (Fig. 4.)

Larus scopulinus, Forster, Descr. Anim. p. 106 (1844), New

Zealand ; Schlegel, M. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 28 (1863); Finsch, J. f.

Orn. 1870, p. 360; Buller, B. of N. Zeal. p. 273 (1873).

Fig. 4.

)

Three first primaries of L. scopulinus, old.

Larus nove-hollandie, Gray, Voy. Ereb. & Terr. Birds, p. 18

(1844), New Zealand (nec Stephens).

Lestris scopulinus, Ellman, Zoologist, 1861, p. 7472.

Hab. New Zealand.

Under the head of the preceding species I have pointed out the

differences which seem to me to separate this form from L. nove-

hollandie ; but the drawing (p. 188) of the first primaries of an old

bird will show the principal point of distinction better than any

description.

28. Larus HartLaust (Bruch). (Fig. 5.)

Gavia hartlaubi, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, 102, et 1855, p. 268,

Cape G. Hope (type examined, H. S.).

1878. ] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINE. 189

“Larus poiocephalus, Sw.,’, Layard, B. 8. Africa, p. 368 (1867),

nec Sw.

Larus hartlaubi, Saunders, P. Z. 8S. 1874, p. 293.

Hab. Southern coast of Africa, especially about Table Bay, Cape

of Good Hope, where Mr. Layard obtained many specimens and also

eggs, some of which he presented to me.

For along time this species was supposed to be the winter or

hoodless dress of the grey-capped L. pheocephalus, Sw.; but, as I

have already pointed out (P. Z. S. 1874, p. 293), the present species

Fig. 5.

1 z: 3.

Three first primaries of L. hartlaubi, ad.

never has a hood at all. It is quite distinct from its close allies L.

scopulinus and L. nove-hollandia, and may be recognized by its

smaller size, proportionally longer and slenderer bill, which is of a

rich crimson, and by the more sooty colour of the under wing-

coverts, especially along the carpal joint. There is a small elongated

mirror on the first and second primaries ; but the remaining portions

of those feathers are black almost to the roots. The drawing (fig. 5)

shows the pattern of the primaries.

190 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINZ. (Feb. 5;

29. Larus BuLLERI, Hutton. (Figs. 6 & 7.)

Gavia pomare, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 285 (not of 1853,

which = L. nove-hollandie).

Bruchigavia melanorhynehus, Buller, Ibis 1869, p. 43 (nee L.

melanorhynchus, Temm.).

Larus (Bruchigavia) melanorhynchus, Finsch, Ibis, 1869, p. 381 ;

Travers, Trans. N.Z. Inst. 1871, p. 209.

Larus bulleri, Hutton, Cat. Birds New Zeal. 1871, p. 41; Potts,

Ibis, 1872, p. 38; Buller, B. New Zeal. p. 276, et fig.

Hab, This species appears to be restricted to New Zealand, and

perhaps to the South Island,

I have examined the type of Bruch’s Z. pomare of 1855; anil it is

undoubtedly of this species; but the type of his Z. pomarre of 1853

Fig. 6.

Three outer primaries of ZL. dulleri, old, from the type.

is as certainly L. nove-hollandi@ ; and it is to the latter that Mr.

Buller alludes as having been examined by him previous to the pub-

lication of his ‘ Birds of New Zealand.’ The third specimen entitled

L. pomare in the Mainz collection is a young L. ridibundus! Bruch’s

name, therefore, cannot be employed, having been previously applied

to another species; and this species must stand as Larus bulleri,

1878. | MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINZ. 191

Hutton. It is very distinct from L. scopulinus, and appears to fre-

quent inland lakes and river-beds in preference to the sea-shore.

The drawings (pp. 190, 191) showing the distinctive markings of the

three outer primaries will be better than any description,

i Oe 3

Three outer primaries of L, bulleri, nearly ad., from the type of Gavia

pomare, Bruch, of 1855.

During my recent visit to Bremen I went into the question of this

and the three preceding species with Dr. Finsch, who had previously

studied the subject and had made numerous and careful drawings of

the primaries of Bruch’s types of Z. pomare in the Mainz Museum,

and of many other specimens. These drawings he most generously

placed at my disposal ; and, thanks to his liberality, I am enabled to

figure the primaries of two of Bruch’s types, bearing the same name,

but belonging to two totally distinct species,

39. Larus Getasrrs, Licht, (Fig. 8.)

Larus gelastes, Licht. in Thienem. Fortpflanz. Vog. Eur. pt. v.

p. 22 (1838), type in Berlin Mus. ; Keys. & Blas. Syst. Verzeichn.

Europ. Siiug. p. 95 (1840); Degl. Orn, Europ. ii. p. 318 (1849) ;

Bree, B. Eur. 2nd ed. v. p- 72 (1876); Blanford, East Persia, ii.

p- 291 (Makran coast),

“Larus leucocephatus, Boissonneau,”’ fide Keys. & Blas. op. cit,

p. 22.

192 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINZ. | Feb. 5,

Larus genei, De Bréme, Rev. Zool. ii. (1839) p. 321.

Larus tenuirostris, Temm. Man. d’Orn. 2nd ed. pt. iv. p. 478, pl.

(1840) ; Crespon, Faune Mérid. ii. p. 126 (1844).

Xema lambruschinii, Bp. Icon. Faun. Ital. i. Uce. p. 135, pl. (livr.

xxvii. 1840).

Xema gelastes (Licht.), Boie, Isis 1844, p. 192.

Xema genei (De Bréme), id. loc. cit.

Gavia gelastes, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 102, et 1855, p. 286.

Larus columbinus, Golowatschow, Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mose.

1854, t. i. p. 435.

“« Gelastes rubriventris (Vieill.),”’ Bp. Naum. 1854, p. 216.

Fig. 8.

a 2. 3.

Three outer primaries of L. gelastes, juv.

Gelastes lambruschini, Bp. Cat. Parzud. p. 11 (1855) ; id. Consp.

Av. ii. p. 227.

Larus subroseus et Larus brehmii, Heug). Syst. U. Vog. N.O.-

Afr. Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien, 1856, p. 321; cf. Heugl. Orn. N.O.-Afr.

ii. Abth., Band 2, p. 1412.

Gelastes columbinus. Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 227 (1857).

“ Gelastes leucocephalus, Brisson,” Bp. Consp. Av. ii. p. 227

(syn.).

1878. } MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN®. 193

Larus lambruschini, Bp., Schl. M. P.-Bas, Lari, p- 28 (1863) ;

Hume, Stray Feath. i. p. 274 (1873).

Chroicocephalus gelastes, Licht. Nomencl. Av. M. Berolst. p. 98.

“Larus arabicus, Hemp. & Ehr.,” Mus. Berolst. (fide H. S.),

Hab. South coast of Spain, the Mediterranean and Black Sea

(breeding); the Red Sea, Persian Gulf, and the coasts as far as

Kurrachi; also West Africa to Senegal, whence there is a specimen

in the Paris Museum.

This species seems to have no very near allies. It never hasa hood ;

yet its structure and wing-pattern remind us of L. ridibundus. In

appearance it is like ZL. scopulinus; but its wings are very long, its

bill is slender, its flight is Tern-like, and its eggs are singularly like

those of Sterna cantiaca and S. media. I locate it here because I

do not know of any better position for it.

31. Larus LevcopHTHaumus, Licht.

Larus leucophthalmus, Licht.; Temm. Pl. Col. liv. 62, pl. 366

(1825); id. Man. d’Orn. 4™° pt. p. 486 (1840); Heugl. Ibis, 1859,

p- 349; Konig-Warth. Ibis, 1860, p- 129; Finsch & Hartl. Vog.

Ostafr. p. 821 ; Finsch, Trans. Zool. Soc. vii. pt. vi. p. 302; Schl.

M. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 32.

Iris (mispr.) leucophthalmus, Lesson, Tr. d’Orn. p- 618 (1831).

Xema lecophthalmum, Bp. Ucc. Eur. p- 78 (1842).

Xema leucophthalma, Gray, Brit.-M. List, Anseres, p. 171 (1844).

Adelarus leucophthalmus, Bruch, J.f. Orn. 1853, p. 106, et 1855,

p. 278; Bp. Compt. Rend. xlii. p. 771 (1856) ; Blasius, J. f. Orn.

1865, p. 378.

Chroicocephalus leucophthalmus, Brehm, Naumannia, 1855, p- 295.

Larus masauanus, Heugl. Peterm. Geogr. Mittheil. 1861, p. 31.

Hab. Temminck states that this species visits Greece and the

shores of the Bosphorus; but no recent travellers in those parts

have ever met with it; and although two energetic naturalists, Dr.

Kriiper and M. Alléon, have for years been resident in the neighbour-

hood and have thoroughly explored the Greek Archipelago and the

Bosphorus, they have never met with it, either there or in the Eubcean

channel, which Lindermayer (Vog. Griech. p. 177) so particularly

indicates. Even in the Red Sea it is, according to Von Heuglin,

very scarce north of the tropic, though frequent more to the south ;

it does not, however, appear to go beyond the Gulf of Aden and the

Somali coast ; for neither Blanford nor Hume mention it as occurring

along the Mekran coast ; and its range is therefore much less exten-

sive than that of the allied species LZ. hemprichi.

32. Larus HempPricut (Bp.).

Xema crassirostris (Licht.), Boie, Isis. 1844, p- 192.

Larus crassirostris, Licht. Nomencl. p. 99 (1854) (nec Vieill.),

Mus. Berolst.

Adelarus hemprichii, Bp.; Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p- 106 (deser.),

et 1855, p. 278; Bonap. Naum. 1854, p- 212; Blasius, J. f. Orn.

1865, p. 378.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1878, No. XIII. 13

194 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN. [Feb. 5,

Larus hemprichi, Heugl. Ibis, 1859, p. 350 ; Konig-Warth. Ibis,

1860, p. 129 (nidif.); Schleg. Mus. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 32; Finsch,

Trans. Zool. S. vii. pt. vi. p. 302, pl. xxvii.; Finsch & Hartl.

Vig. Ostafr. p. 823; Blanford, Abyssinia, p. 441 (Red Sea) ;

Hume, Stray Feath. i. p. 279; Blanford, East Persia, il. p. 292

(Aden to Kurrachee harbour); Hume, Stray F. 1876, p. 414; Butler,

op. cit. 1877, p. 296.

Hab. This Gull appears to have a wider range than its congener L.

leucophthalmus, as it is not confined to the Red Sea south of the

tropic, but also frequents the Persian Gulf and the coast eastward as

far as Bombay. Von Heuglin and Baron Ko6nig von Warthausen

(Joc. cit.) have given an excellent account of the habits and nidifi-

cation of both these species; and more recently in ‘Stray Feathers’

Capt. Butler has given a description of the great colony on the island

of Astola.

In the Bulletin de la Société Zoologique de France, 1"° partie, 1877,

p. 32, M. Jules Vian gives an account of two immature specimens,

one of L. leucophthalmus and one of L. hemprichi, which were

supposed to have been obtained on the coast of Nice. M. Vian

showed me these specimens when I was last in Paris; and they are

undoubtedly genuine examples ef the respective species. M. Vian

thinks that the opening of the Suez Canal may have caused their

appearance upon the shores of France; I cannot prove the contrary,

but, from the make-up of the skins, I must confess I am very sceptical

as to their having got so far as Nice alive. They had passed through

at least one, if not two dealers’ hands before M. Vian saw them.

33. Larus arricitua, Linn.

Larus atricilla, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 225 (1766), nec Pallas (ex

Catesby) ; Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 600 (1788); Temm. Man. d’Orn.

ed. 2, pt. ii. p. 779 (Mediterranean, in error); Montagu, Orn.

Dict. Rennie’s ed. p. 259 (1833) (Winchelsea) ; Schl. M. P.-Bas,

Lari, p. 44 (1863); Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 576; Coues,

B. N.-West Am. p. 650 (1874); Reid, Zoologist, 1877, p. 489

(Bermudas).

Larus ridibundus, Wilson, Am. Orn. ix. p. 89, pl. 74. fig. 4

(1814), nee Linn. ; Léotaud, Ois. de Trinidad, p. 532.

Xema atricilla, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 563; Cab. in Schomb.

Guiana, ili. p. 761.

Gavia atricilla, Macgill. Man. Brit. Orn. ii. p. 240 (1842).

Chroicocephalus atricilla, Bruch, J.f. Orn. 1853, p. 106; Lawr.

B. N. Am. p. 850 (1858).

Chroicocephalus serranus, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 106 (nec

Tschudi).

Atricilla catesbyi, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 287.

*‘Atricilla megalopterus,” Bp.; Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 287.

*Atricilla micropierus,’ Bp.; Bruch, tom. cit. p. 288.

Hab. America, from Maine, on the east coast, down to the mouth

of the Amazons and to the West-Indian Islands; on the west coast,

1878. | MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&. 195

California, Mexico, Guatemala, and as far south as Tumbez, the

northern frontier of Peru (Jelski). Once obtained by Col. Montagu

at Winchelsea, Sussex. The specimen in the British Museum, from

his collection, is undoubtedly of this species ; but there seems to be

no warrant for its reputed occurrence in Southern Europe and the

Mediterranean.

This species may always be known by its black primaries.

34. LARUS FRANKLINI, Sw. & Rich.

Larus atricilla, J. Sabine, App. Franklin’s Polar Sea, p. 695

(1823), nec Linn. nec auctt. (the description clearly applies to this

species).

Larus franklini, Sw. & Rich. F. Bor.-Am., Birds, p. 424, pl. 1xxi.

(1831); Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Lari, p. 36 (1863); Scl. & Salv.

P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 577; Newton, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 57, pl. iv. fig. 4,

ege (Manitoba) ; Coues, B. N.-West Am. p. 653 (1874).

Larus cucullatus, Licht. MSS. (Mexico), type in Berlin Mus.

(examined, H. S.).

Larus pipixcan, Wagler, Isis, 1831, p. 515.

Xema franklini, Bp. Comp. L. B. Eur. & N. Am. p. 62 (1838) ;

Boie, Isis, 1844, p. 194.

Xema pipixcan, Boie, loc. s. cit.

Chroicocephalus franklini, Bruch, J. f. Orn, 1853, p. 104, et 1855,

p- 289; Lawr. B. N. Am. p. 851 (1858).

Chroicocephalus cucullatus, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 104, et 1855,

p. 290; Lawr. B. N. Am. p. 851 (1858) ; Coues, Proc. Phil. Ac.

1862, p. 309.

Chroicocephalus kitlitzii, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 104 (described

from a drawing), nec Swinhoe, P. Z.S. 1860, which=ZL. saundersi.

Chroicocephalus schimperi, Bruch, J. t. Orn. 1853, p. 104 (nec

Schlegel, 1863, which = Z. saunders?).

Larus cinereo-caudatus, Ph. et Landb. Wiegm. Arch. 1861], p. 293.

Hab. Interior of North America, west of the Mississippi; breeds

in Manitoba; seldom visits the Atlantic coast, but has once occurred

at St. Bartholomew’s, West Indies (Sund.) ; goes down the Pacific

coast as far as Chili, whence I have a fully adult example with partial

hood, collected by Mr. E. Reid, of Santiago, and also one from

Callao, Peru.

The primaries of this species undergo much alteration with the

age of the bird; and in time the subapical mirror on the first extends

over the greater part of the webs.

From the description there can be little or no doubt that Bruch’s

L. kitlitzi and L. schimperi are referable to this species. Both

were suppressed in his second review (1855), when he corrected a

few of his more glaring errors; and all trace of the second name has

vanished from the Mainz Museum, where J especially looked for it, as

Schlegel had adopted it for a totally different Chinese species. The

type was said to have come from New Zealand, had a bright red bill,

dark hood, and black primaries with white tips. i

196 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINE. [Feb.5,

35. Larus serrANus, Tsch. (Fig. 9.)

Larus serranus, Tschudi, Wiegm. Arch. 1844, pt. i. p. 314;

Fauna Peruana, Aves, p. 307 (1845-6) ; Scl. & Salv. P. Z. S. 1871,

3 GGT

7 Chroicocephalus personatus (Natt.), Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 104,

et 1855, p. 289.

Xema cirrhocephalum, Peale ; Cassin, U.S. Expl. Exp. Orn. p. 381

(1858).

Larus glaucotis, Cassin, 7. e. p. 381 (1858).

Gavia serrana, Bp. Rey. Zool. 1855, p. 19.

Larus personatus, Natt.; Schl. M. Pays-Bas, Lari, p. 35 (1863).

Gavia personata, Blasius, J. f. Orn. 1865, p. 372.

Larus bonapartit, Scl. & Salv. P. Z. 8. 1868, p. 178.

Hab. This fine black-hooded species is found throughout the Cor-

dillera and the Andes of Northern Chili, Bolivia, Peru, and as far

north as Ecuador, whence Mr. Salvin has a specimen. It breeds

Fig. 9.

ir 2. 3.

Three outer primaries of L. serranus, ad.

in colonies on the shores of mountain-lakes, and is well known to

the Quichua-speaking Indians under the name of ‘ Quiulla,” doubt-

less an imitation of its ery. During the bad weather it descends to

the west coast. The eggs and nestlings are as yet unknown to me.

1878.] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&. 197

Messrs. Sclater and Salvin (P. Z. S. 1871, p. 577) quote Bur-

meister as an authority for the occurrence of this species near Mendoza

in the Argentine Republic; but the deseription which he gives

clearly applies to L. maculipennis; indeed the dimensions cited

being smaller than those of his L. maculipennis, Licht. (which,

again, is not that species, but L. cirrhocephalus, Vieill.), show

clearly that his bird cannot possibly be the real Z. serranus, which

is the largest of the group of the true Hooded Gulls in America.

On the other hand, the dimensions assigned by Peale and Cassin to

their respective X. cirrhocephalum and L. glaucotis (18 inches long),

and the descriptions of the markings of the primaries, go to prove that

those names must be referred to this species. The figure (p. 196)

shows the pattern of the primaries in an adult and tolerably old bird.

36. LARUS BRUNNEICEPHALUs, Jerdon. (Fig. 10.)

Larus brunneicephalus, Jerdon, Madras Journ. xii. p- 225 (1840);

Schl. Mus. P.-Bas, Lari, p- 35 (1863).

Fig. 10.

Three outer primaries of Z, brunneicephalus, ad.

Xema brunnicephala, Gray, List of B. in Brit. Mus. iii. p- 172

(1844); Jerdon, B. of India, iii. p. 832 (1864); Holdsworth, P. Z. 8,

1872, p. 480 (Ceylon).

198 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN. [Feb. 5,

Chroicocephalus brunnicephalus, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 105.

Chroicocephalus brunniceps, Cabanis, J. f. Orn, 1853, p. 105

(note); Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 291. :

Chroicocephalus brunneicephalus, Bp. Compt. Rend. Ac. Se. xli.

p. 73 (1856) ; Swinhoe, P. Z.S. 1871, p. 421; Dav. et Oust. O. de

la Chine, p. 521. c

Xema brunneicephalum, A. David, N. Arch. Mus., Bull. vii. no.

460 (1871).

Larus lacrymosus, Licht. (Bengal, imm.), type in Berlin Mus.

(examined, H. S.).

Gavina lacrymosus (Licht.); Bp. Naum. 1854, p. 212.

Gavia brunnicephalus (Jard.); Bp. Naum. 1854, p. 213.

Chroicocephalus tibetanus, Gould, P. Z.S. 1864, p. 54. (Tibet,

Major Hay. |

Xema brunneicephala, Hume, Yarkand Exp. Orn. p. 300, pl.

xxall. (1873); Blyth, J. A.S. B. 1875, pt. ii. p. 162 (Burma).

Hab. Henderson found this Gull very abundant in full breeding-

plumage in July, at an elevation of 15,000 feet, near the Pangong

lake ; and in winter it occurs both on the inland waters and along the

coast of India, as far west as Sind. Eastward it occurs in Burma and

visits Ceylon, where it is abundant. David obtained it abundantly in

Mongolia and China, apparently as near to the sea-board as Pekin.

Taczanowski, however, does not cite it amongst the species found in

any part of Siberia; and it is therefore doubtful if it can be

Middendorff’s L. ridibundus, var. major. As regards its reported

occurrence in Japan, Cassin’s bird obtained in Parry’s expedition is

clearly L. ridibundus.

37. Larus 1cuTHyAETUuS, Pall.

Larus ichthyaétus, Pallas, It. ii. App. no. 27 (1776), Caspian ;

Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 599 (1788); Pallas, Zoogr. Ros.-As. ii. p. 322

(1811) ; Riipp. Reise N. Afr. Atlas, p. 27, pl. 17 (1826), Red Sea;

Cassin, Perry’s Exp. Japan, ii. p. 232 (1856) (?); Tristram, Ibis,

1868, p. 330, Palestine; Shelley, B. of Egypt, p. 307, pl. 13

(1872); Schlegel, M. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 34 (1863) ; Dresser, B. of

Europe, pt. xviii. (June 1873).

Ichthyaétus, Kaup, Nati]. Syst. pp.102,169 (1829), type of genus

Ichthyaétus.

Xema ichthyaetum, Bp. B. Eur. & N. Am. p. 62 (1838).

Larus kroicocephalus, Jameson, Journ. As. Soe. viii. p. 242 (1839).

Kroikocephalus ichthyetus, Jerdon, B. of India, iii. p. 831

(1864).

Chroicocephalus icthyaétus, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 104;

Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 327.

Larus ichthyaétus minor, Schl. M. P.-Bas, Lavi, p. 34 (1863).

Hab. Caspian Sea and inland lakes, Lake of Galilee (Tristram),

Mediterranean coast of Egypt and up to Nubia, the Red Sea, thence

to Bombay and down the coast to Madras, and on the lakes and

Jarge rivers of Northern India. As a straggler, in the Black Sea and

the Greek Archipelago, and once at the mouth of the Exe, in Eng-

1878. | MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINZE. 199

land Cassin states that Perry’s expedition obtained two specimens

in Yedo Bay, Japan, where it is described as abundant ; but both the

supposed examples were young birds without a trace of a hood, only

striated on the head; and the other points of the description would

equally apply to young Herring-Gulls, which I am inclined to think

they were. At all events the reported occurrence of this Gull in

Japanese waters remains unconfirmed; Capt. Blakiston has never

met with it; and Capt. St. John, H.M.S. ‘Sylvia,’ during the years

he was surveying those coasts, never saw it.

38. Larus MELANocEPHALUS, Natt. (Fig. 11.)

Larus melanocephalus, Natt. Isis, 1818, p. 816; id. in Temm.

Man. d’Orn. 2nd ed. ii. p. 777 (1820); Schl. M. P.-Bas, Lari,

Fig. 11.

Three outer primaries of L. melanocephalus, jr.

p. 43 (1863); Degl. & Gerbe, Orn. Europ. ii. p. 437 (1867) ;

Bree, B. of E. 2nd ed. y. p. 81 (breeding in Black Sea) ; Saund. Ibis,

1872, p. 79 (Thames).

Xema melanocephalus, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 365.

Xema melanocephalon, Brehm, Vig. Deutschl. p. 757 (1831).

200 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN2. [Feb. 5,

Xema caniceps, Brehm, Vog. Deutschl. p 758.

Chroicocephalus melanocephalus, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 104.

Melagavia melanocephalus, Bp. Naum. 1854, p. 213.

Gavia melanocephala, Bp. Compt. Rend. 1856, xhi. p. 771.

Hab. Mediterranean and Black Sea ; outside the Straits of Gib-

raltar I observed it, apparently breeding, in the marshes of Huelva;

and it regularly ascends the west coast of the Iberian peninsula and of

France as far as Bordeaux, as is proved by the specimens annually ob-

tained there. It is therefore not at all astonishing that an immature

specimen should have been shot out of a flock of ZL. ridibundus at

Barking Creek in January 1866. This example is in the British

Museum.

In old birds the primaries are white, excepting a very black streak

down the outer web of the first primary only ; but it is not unusual

to find birds with the full black hood and white tail indicative of

maturity, but with a good deal of black on both the outer and inner

webs of the outer five primaries, the black crossing both webs near

their extremities and forming a subapical bar. The drawings (fig.

11, p. 199, and fig. 12, p. 201) show the differences between the

pattern of the three outer primaries of a bird of the year, shot in

March, and that of a L. ridibundus of about the same age.

39. Larus r1ipiBuNDvs, Linn. (Fig. 12.)

? Larus cinerarius, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 224 (1766).

Larus ridibundus, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1. p. 225 (1766) ; Schl. M. P.-

Bas, Lari, p. 37 (1863).

Larus erythropus, Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 597 (1788).

Larus cinerarius, Schaff. Mus. Orn. p. 63 (1789); Pall. Z.

Rosso-As. ii. p. 326.

Larus canescens, Bechst. Orn. Tash. p. 370 (1802).

Larus atricilla, Pallas, Zoogr. Rosso-As. ii. p. 324 (1811), nee

Linn.

Larus nevius, id. tom. cit. p. 327.

Larus capistratus, Temm. Man. d’Orn. 2nd ed. pt. ii. p. 785

(1820).

Xema ridibundus, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 563.

Xema capistratus, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 563, et 1844, p. 192.

Xema ridibundum, Brehm, Vog. Deutsch. p. 760 (1831).

Xema pileatum, id. op. cit. p. 761.

Xema capistratum, id. op. cit. p. 762.

Chroicocephalus capistratus, Eyton, Hist. Rarer Brit. B. p. 63

(1836); Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 105.

Chroicocephalus ridibundus, Eyton, Cat. Brit. Birds, p. 53 (1836) ;

Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 105; Swinhoe, P. Z. 8. 1871, p. 421;

David & Oust. Ois. de la Chine, p. 520 (1877).

Gavia ridibundus, Bp.. Naumannia, 1854, p. 213.

Gavia capistratus, Bp. op. cit. p. 213.

Chroicocephalus pileatus, Brehm, Naum. 1855, p. 295.

Larus brunneicephalus?, Cassin, Perry’s Exp. Japan, ii. p. 233

(1856), clearly this species in winter dress.

1878. ] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&. 201

Larus eahirinus, “ Hemp. & E., Syria,’ Mus. Berolst (fide H. S.).

Larus eahiricus, “ Ehr, Arabia,” id. (fide H. S.).

Hab. Northern and temperate Europe, breeding; the Mediter-

ranean coast to Egypt and Asia Minor, the Hed Sea, Arabian coast,

and the coast, interior waters, and rivers of India; ascending for 500

miles up the Burrampootra (Godwin-dusten), Burma, China, and

Three outer primaries of L. ridibundus, jr.

Japan in winter; also throughout the more temperate portions of

Siberia (breeding). It is said by Schlegel to visit “‘South Africa ;”

but I remain rather suspicious of the accuracy of the collectors who

are responsible for that somewhat vague locality, so long as this state-

ment is unconfirmed from other sources.

40. Larus macutirennis, Licht. (Fig. 13.)

Larus maculipennis, Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 83 (1823), Monte

Video (type examined, H. S.); Scl. & Salv. Nom, Av. Neotrop. p.

148 (1873); Durnford, Ibis, 1877, p. 43 (Chuput valley, Patagonia) ;

id. tom. cit. p. 202 (prov. B. Ayres).

Xema cirrhocephalum, Gould, Zool. Beagle, iii. p. 142 (1841),

partim.

202 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&. [Feb. 5,

Xema cirrhocephala?, Gray, List Birds Brit. Mus. iii. p. 173 (1844),

partim (East Patagonia).

Chroicocephalus maculipennis, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 105.

Gavia maculipennis, Blasius, J. f. Orn. 1865, p. 374.

“* Larus serranus, Tsch.,” Burmeister, La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 519

(1861), nee Tschudi (Entre Rios, Mendoza).

Larus cirrhocephalus, Hudson, P. Z.S. 1870, p. 802; id. P. Z.S.

1871, p.4, nee Vieillot.

Larus glaucodes, Saunders, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 294 (partim).

Hab. Chuput valley, North-east Patagonia (breeding), up to the

La Plata, the Argentine Provinces, Mendoza, Entre Rios, Uruguay,

and the south coast of Brazil.

Fig. 13.

Three outer primaries of L. maculipennis, old,

Burmeister’s description of the bird which he calls L. serranus

clearly applies to this species; the dimensions (length 12 in., wing

11 in., tarsus 2 in.) exactly suit it, whilst the wing of true L. serranus

is over 14 in. long.

The distinction between this species and the next, Z. glaucodes,

seems to rest upon the patterns of the primaries, as shown in the

drawings (figs. 13 and 14). In L. maculipennis the black forms a

bar ; in L. glaucodes it is a mere border: and this is perfectly constant.

1878. ] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINE. 203

T have selected the primary of the oldest L. maculipennis I could

find as presenting the least amount of black, and therefore closest to

L. glaucodes ; but, in spite of that, the difference is quite recognizable.

41. Larus euaucopes, Meyen. (Fig. 14.)

Larus glaucodes, Meyen, Obs. Zool. p. 115, pl. xxiv. ; id. Beitr.

Zool. p. 239, pl. xxxiv. (1834); Gay, Faun. Chil. Aves, i. p. 480

(1847); Cassin, Birds U.S. Astronom. Exp. p. 204 (1855); Scl. &

Salv. Nom. Av. Neotrop. p. 148 (1873).

Larus glaucotes, Cabanis, Ibis, 1861, p. 312.

Larus glaucotis, Schlegel, Mus. P.-B. Lari, p. 42 (1863).

Xema cirrhocephalum, Gould, Zool. Beagle, ili. p. 142 (1841),

part., nec Vieill.

Xema cirrocephala, Gray, List Birds Brit. Mus. iii. p. 173 (1844).

Fig. 14.

1. yep 3:

Three outer primaries of L. glaucodes, old.

Xema glaucodes, Boie, Isis, 1844, p. 192 ?

Larus albipennis, Peale, Zool. U.S. Expl. Exp. p. 288 (1848) ;

fide Cassin, in Orn. U.S. Expl. Exp. p. 379 (1858) ; Chili.

Larus albipennis, Licht. M.S.; Gray, List B. Brit. M. p. 173

(1844), type in Berlin Mus. (examined, H. 8.).

Chroicocephalus glaucotes, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 105, et 1855

p- 291.

204 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&. [Feb. 5,

Gavia roseiventris, Gould, P. Z.S. 1859, p. 97 (Falkland

Islands).

Larus roseiventris, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 391; Abbott, Ibis,

1861, p. 166 (Falkland Islands).

Gavia glaucotis, Blasius, J. f. Orn. 1865, p. 374.

Chroicocephalus glaucodes, G. R. Gray, Hand-l. Birds, iii. p. 114.

Hab. Falkland Islands, Straits of Magellan, Western Patagonia,

and coast of Chili. I caunot find any evidence of its occurrence in

Eastern Patagonia; and certainly at the Chuput river, lat. 43° S., its

place is taken by L. maculipennis.

Specimens from the Falklands seem to be smaller on the average

than Chilian examples; but there is no other point of difference.

42. Larus CIRRHOCEPHALUS, Vieill.

Larus cirrhocephalus, Vieillot, in 2nd ed. Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat.

t. xxi, p. 502 (1818), Brazil; id. Gal. des Ois. ii. p. 223, pl. 289

(1834); Schlegel, M. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 37 (1863); Scl. & Salv. P. Z.S.

1871, p. 578; iid. Nom. Av. Neotrop. p. 148 (1873) ; Saunders, P.

Z.8. 1874, p. 292; Durnford, Ibis, 1877, p. 201.

Larus poliocephalus, Temm. M. d’Orn. ii. p. 780 (1820); Max.

v. Wied, Beitr. iv. p. 854 ; vide Salv. Ibis 1874, p. 320.

Chroicocephalus cirrhocephalus, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 106.

Cirrhocephalus plumbiceps, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 288.

“Larus maculipennis, Licht.,’’ Burm. Syst. Ueb. Th. Brasil. iii. p.

448 (1856), nec Licht. (Brazil coast, especially the small islands) ;

id. La Plata-Reise, ii. p. 518. no. 256 (1861) (R. Parana).

Gavia cirrhocephala (part.), Blasius, J. f. Orn. 1865, p. 376.

Hab. Coast of Brazil, bays and lakes, down to Rio de la Plata,

and up the Parana. Mr. Durnford did not observe it south of Buenos

Ayres. On the Pacific coast it occurs near Callao, one specimen

from Chorillos being in my own collection, and another, obtained by

M. Grec of Lima at the Chinchas Islands in 1855, being in the

Bordeaux Museum.

43. Larus PHHZOCEPHALUS, Sw.

Larus poiocephalus (sic), Swains. B. W. Afr. ii. p. 245, pl. 29

(1837) : ad. ex. believed to be the type, in Cambr. Mus. from Sene-

gambia, examined, H. S.

Xema pheocephala, Strickl. & Scl. B. of Damar., Contrib. Orn.

1852, p. 160.

Gavia cirrhocephala (part.), Blasius, J. f. Orn. 1865, p. 376.

Larus poiocephalus, Swains., Layard, B. 8. Afr. p. 368 (1867),

partim ; Barboza du Bocage, J. f. Orn. 1876, p. 293 (Cunene, Ben-

guela).

Larus pheocephalus, Hart]. Orn. W.-Afr. p. 252 (1857); id. J. f.

Orn. 1861, p. 273; Finsch & Hartl. Vég. Ost-Afr. p. 825 (1870) ;

Saunders, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 292.

Cirrhocephalus poiocephalus, Gurney, Anderss. B. Damaral. p. 358

(1872).

Hab. West Coast of Africa from the Gambia down to Walvisch

1878. ] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&. 205

Bay, Damaraland, and at Lake Ngami (Chapman). I possess or

have examined specimens from the above localities. The species may

extend as far as the Cape of Good Hope and to the south-east coast ;

but of this I have no positive information.

This species is very closely allied to L. cirrhocephalus; but it is

smaller, and the bill and feet are orange-red, whilst in the larger

American species those soft parts are of a deep lake-colour ; and the

feathers in this species do not come down so close to the base of the

nostrils—differences which are quite sufficient to separate the two

forms. The African species was long confounded with L. hartlaubi

of the Cape of Good Hope, a bird belonging to a totally distinct

group, and which never has a hood at all.

44. Larus saunprrs! (Swinhoe). (Fig. 15.)

“Gavia kittlitziit, Bruch,’ Swinhoe, Ibis, 1860, p. 68 (not of

Bruch, which is described from a drawing and is L. franklini).

Larus schimperi, Schlegel, M. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 40, 1863 (not of

Bruch, 1853, nor of Bp., which =Z. franklini).

Three outer primaries of L. sawnders?, ad.

Chroicecephalus kittlitzit, Swinh. Ibis, 1863, p. 428, et P. Z.S.

p. 328.

Xema kittlitzii, David, N. Arch. Mus. Bull. vii. 1871, no. 461.

Chroicocephalus saundersi, Swinhoe, P. Z. S. 1871, pp. 273, 421,

pl. 22; David & Oustalet, Ois. de la Chine, p. 523 (1877).

Hab. The coasts of China, especially about Amoy, in winter

206 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINA. [ Feb. 5,

(Swinhoe), and the interior waters, and those of Mongolia (David).

Nidification unknown.

This well-defined species, with which my friend the late R. Swinhoe

did me the honour to associate my name, is, to judge by the struc-

ture of its feet, an inland species or river-Gull during a great part

of the year. The tarsi are slender, the hind toe elevated and long,

and the webs of the feet are much scalloped; indeed the foot is

almost that of a Marsh-Tern. Had Bonaparte or Bruch been

acquainted with it, they would doubtless have created a genus for it.

The bill is very stout and corvine-looking ; the hood, in breeding-

plumage, is of a deep metallic black; and the pattern of the pri-

maries (see fig. 15, p. 205) is also peculiar, these being principally

white with a black bar near the tip, and a black border to the edge

of the inner web.

45. Larus minutus, Pallas.

Larus albus, Scop. Aun. i. Hist. Nat. p. 80. no. 106 (1769).

Larus minutus, Pallas, Reise Russ. Reichs, iii. p. 702, App. no.

35 (1776); Gm. Syst. Nat. i. p. 595 (1788); Pallas, Zoogr. Rosso-

As. ii. p. 331 (1811); Schlegel, M. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 42 (1863);

Sharpe and Dress. B. of Eur. pt. iv. (1871).

Larus atricilloides, Falk. Itin. iii. p. 355, t. 24, fide Gm. Syst.

Nat. i. p. 601 (1788).

Xema minutus, Boie, Isis, 1822, p. 365.

Larus @ orbignyi, Audouin, Hist. Nat. de I’ Egypte, pl. 9. fig. 3,

Expl. p. 271 (1825).

Hydrocoloeus minutus, Kaup, Nat. Syst. p. 113 (1829).

Larus nigrotis, Lesson, Tr. d’Orn. p. 619 (1831).

Chroicocephalus minutus, Eyton, Hist. R. Brit. B. p. 61 (1836) ;

Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 105.

Gavia minuta, Macgill. Hist. Brit. B. v. p. 613 (1852).

Hab. European coasts and occasionally inland (on passage and in

winter); breeding in the marshes of Russia, and formerly in Gottland.

Middendorff obtained it in May on the Lena, to the south of Jakusk,

and as far east as the sea of Okotsk. Once in north India (Irdy) ;

North Africa to Egypt in winter.

Scopoli’s description of Z. albus applies fairly to this species, but

it is not sufficiently precise to enforce the adoption of that name to

the prejudice of a long accepted one like that of Pallas.

46. Larus PpHILADELPHLE (Ord). (Fig. 16.)

Sterna philadelphia, Ord, Guthrie’s Geogr. 2nd Am. ed. ii. p. 319

(1815), fide Lawr., B. N. Am. p. 252.

Larus minutus, J. Sabine, App. Franklin’s Polar Sea, p. 696

(1823); Sw. & Rich. F. Bor.-Am. Birds, p. 426 (1831), nec Pallas.

“Larus capistratus, Temm.,”’ Bp. Specch. Comp. p. 69 (1828),

nec Temm.

Larus melanorhynchus, Temm. Pl. Col. livr. 85, tab. 504 (1830),

Chili?

Larus bonapartii, Sw. & Rich. F. Bor.-Am., Birds, p. 425, pl. 72

1878. ] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINZ. 207

(1831); Thompson, B. of Ireland, iii. p. 317 (1851), near Belfast ;

Schlegel, Mus. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 41 (1863).

Xema bonapartii, Bp. Birds of Eur. and N. Am. p. 62 (1838).

Chroicocephalus bonapartit, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 105, et

1855, p. 292.

Chroicocephalus subulirostris, Bp.; Bruch, J.f. Orn. 1853, p. 105

(type in Mainz Mus. examined, H. 8.).

Gavia bonapartii, Bp. Naumannia, 1854, p. PAGE

Gavia subulirostris, id. tom, cit. p. 213.

Fig. 16.

il 2. 3.

Three outer primaries of L. philadelphie, jr.

Chroicocephalus philadelphia, Lawr. B. N. Am. p. 852 (1858);

Dall & Bann. Tr. Chicago Ac. 1869, p. 305 (Alaska) ; Newton,

P. Z. S. 1871, p. 57, pl. iv. fig. 6, egg (Arctic America).

Gavia bonapartei, Blasius, J. f, Orns,.1865, p.371.

Larus philadelphia, Allen, Am. Nat. iii. p. 643 (Salt Lake) ;

Harting, Handbk. Brit. B. p. 172 (1872); Reid, Zoologist, 1877,

p. 489 (Bermudas).

Hab. British North America and Alaska (in summer), breeding

on the Yukon and neighbouring localities. In autumn it descends

the coasts of America, as far as California on the west and North

Carolina on the east; as a straggler it has visited the Bermudas and

also the British Islands.

The drawing (fig. 16) of the outer primaries in the young shows

wherein the pattern differs from those of allied species. In the adult

the distinctions are yet more marked.

208 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&E. [ Feb. 5,

Genus Ruopostetuts, Macgill.

The distinguishing characteristic of this genus is the cuneate tail,

in which respect the sole representative species is unlike every other.

On account of this elongation of the central feathers of the tail,

some systematists have placed it next to the Stercorariine; but it

should not be inferred frem this solitary point of resemblance that

the two genera are at all closely related, their representatives being

in other respects far apart. It is much to be desired that the ster-

num of the next specimen obtained should be preserved, as I believe

this part of its structure has never been critically examined.

47. Ruoposteruia RosEA, Macgill.

Larus roseus, Macgill. Wern. Soe. Trans. v. no. xiii. p. 249 (1824),

descr. of sp. from Melville Peninsula; Jard. & Selby, Ill. Orn. vol. i.

l. xiv.

: Larus rossii, Richards. App. Parry’s 2nd Voy. p. 359 (1825),

Melville Peninsula; J. C. Ross, App. Ross’s 2nd Voy., Nat. Hist.

p- 36 (1835), Felix Harbour, Boothia ; Sw. & Rich. F. Bor.-Am. ii.

Birds, p. 427 (1831); J. C. Ross, App. Parry’s Narr. p. 195 (1828).

Rossia rosea (Macgill.), Bp. Comp. List, p. 62 (1838).

Rhodostethia rossi, Macgill. Man. Brit. Orn, pt. ii. p. 253 (1842).

Rhodostethia rossii, id. Brit. Birds, v. p. 618.

Rhodostethia roseus, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 106.

Rhodostethia rosea, Saunders, Ibis, 1875, p. 484 (jr.) ; Payer,

Austrian Exp. ii. p. 91 (English transl.) ; Dresser, B. of Eur. pt.

i. (1877)

Larus collaris,’’ MS., Schreibers, in Mus. Vindob.

Hab. Melville Peninsula, 693° N. lat., and Boothia, straggling to

Greenland, once to the Faroes, once to Heligoland, and (on very

questionable authority) once to England. This last specimen, which

I have examined, has every appearance of having been mounted from

a skin and not from the flesh. Ross and Parry state that it was

seen to the north of Spitzbergen in about 82° N. lat.; but they did

not obtain specimens, and no subsequent visitors te that district have

observed it; more recently Lieut. Payer says that it was obtained

about Franz-Josef Land.

There can be no doubt of the prior claim of Macgillivray’s name

for this species; but its imposition, in anticipation of that which

Richardson intended to bestow on it, gave rise to a good deal of bad

feeling at the time.

In ‘The Ibis,’ 1875, p. 484-487, I gave a description of the im-

mature plumage of this Gull from two specimens in the Mainz

Museum, and enumerated the eleven examples known to exist; to

these may be added one more in Copenhagen, and one, of which Mr.

O. Salvin has recently informed me, in the museum of Vienna: total

thirteen specimens.

In reply to inquiries respecting the Vienna example, Hr. von

Pelzeln informs me that it formed part of the collection made by

Giesecké during his seven years’ residence in Greenland, and came

1878. ] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARINZ. 209

into the possession of the Imperial Museum in 1818, when it re-

ceived from Professor Schreibers the MS. and unpublished name

of Larus collavris. In the interval between the publication of

the 4to edition of Ross’s ‘ Voyage to Baffin’s Bay’ and the later

8vo edition (both of which bear the date of 1819), Ross, or Leach

(for, although under Ross’s name, Leach was probably the real

authority) heard of Schreibers’s name, and, jumping at the con-

clusion that Schreibers’s bird was LZ. sabini, inserted the synonym

of X. collaris (Schr.) for that species in the 8vo edition. Had

Schreibers’s description been published, his name would have con-

siderably antedated the present one.

Genus Xena, Leach.

The real distinguishing character of this genus, as instituted by

Leach, is the forked tail; but the name has been improperly

employed by Boie and others for many other species. Leach,

however, defined it most clearly ; and a generic name should never

be used in any other sense than that of the founder.

48. Xema saBrinir (Sabine).

Larus sabini, J. Sabine, Tr. Linn. Soc. xii. p. 520, pl. 29 (1818);

J. Wilson, Ill. Ornith. pl. iii. (1831).

“Xema sabini, Leach,” J. Ross, App. Ross’s Voy. Baff. Bay, p.57

(1819), 4to ed. ; Steph. in Shaw’s Gen. Zool. xiii. pt. i. p. 177, pl. 20

(1826); Eyton, Rarer Brit. B. p. 54 (1836).

“‘Xema collaris (Schreibers),” Ross in App. Ross’s Voy. Baf.

Bay, il. p. 164 (1819), 8vo ed. (not in 4to ed.), nec Schreibers.

Gavia sabini, Macgill. Man. Brit. Orn. ii. p. 241 (1842).

Larus sabini, J. C. Ross, App. Ross’s 2nd Voy. p. 37 (1835).

Larus sabinii, Richardson, App. Parry’s 2nd Voy. p. 360 (1824) ;

Sw. & Richs. F. Bor.-Am., Birds, p. 428 (1831); Middendorff, Sib.

Reis., Zool. ii. p. 244, pl. xxiv. fig. 5, xxv. fig. 1 (young and egg),

(1853).

Xema sabinii, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1855, p. 292; Lawr. B. of N.

Am. p. 856 (1860); Newton, P. Z.S. 1871, p. 57, pl. iv. fig. 5

(egg); Dresser, B. Europe, pt. xxxi. August 1874.

Larus sabinei, Schl. M. P.-Bas, Lari, p. 44 (1863).

Xema sabinei, Coues, B. of N.W. Am. p. 660 (1874-5) ; Reid,

Zoologist, 1877, p. 420 (Bermudas).

Hab. Arctic America, breeding to the north of Upernavik, in

Greenland, and then across to the west, breeding in Alaska (Dall) ;

not rare in Plover Bay, Eastern Siberia (Dall), and breeding on the

tundras of the Taimyr, north of 74° (Middendorf’). In autumn it

migrates southward ; and many specimens have from time to time

been obtained on the British coasts and those of the continent, as

far east as Holstein, and on the French coasts. Most of these are

birds of the year; but Dr. L. Bureau has an adult, with full black

hood, captured on the coast of Brittany on August 25th, 1872. In

America its southern range, as until now recorded, was down to New

York on the east, and to Great Salt Lake, Utah, on the west—

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1878, No. XIV. 14

210 MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&. [Feb. 5,

roughly speaking, as far as 40° N. lat. ; but Messrs. Sclater and Salvin

have recently shown me a specimen from Prof. Steere’s collection’,

Mus. University of Michigan, labelled “ Macabi, September 1872,”

and on the card-label ‘‘ Tumbez,’’ Macabi Island being a little to the

north of Huanchacho on the coast of Peru, in nearly 8°S. lat.—an

enormous extension of its previously known limits. It is in adult

plumage, with the exception of some dusky feathers on the nape;

the forehead and head are white and devoid of the hood, which it

was reasonable to suppose would only be worn during the breeding-

season, although this is the first absolute proof I have had of this;

the bill as in adults; the tail white and well-forked; feet rather

faded. I imagine this to be a bird of the second year. This species

has once occurred at the Bermudas.

The name of X. collaris was applied to this species as a synonym

in the 8vo edition of Ross’s ‘ Voyage’ (1819), under the erroneous

impression that this was the LZ. collaris to which Prof. Schreibers,

then Director of the Vienna Museum, had given that MS. and un-

published name; but as a matter of fact that name belongs to an

example of Rhodostethia rosea. For the elucidation of this point I

am indebted to the kindness of Herr A. von Pelzeln, who also in-

forms me that the Vienna Museum is the possessor of what is pro-

bably the oldest specimen of this species in any European collection,

it having been received, without any published name or description,

from the Ornithological Institution of that city about 1806.

49. Xema FuRcATUM (Neboux).

Mouette a queue fourchue, Neboux, Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 290.

Larus furcatus (Neboux), Voy. ‘ Vénus,’ Atlas, pl. x. (1846);

Prévost & Des Murs, Voy. ‘ Vénus,’ v. Ois, p. 277 (1855).

Xema furcatus, Bruch, J. f. Orn. 1853, p. 103.

Creagrus furcatus, Bp. Naumannia, 1854, p. 213; Bruch, J. f.

Orn. 1855, p. 292; Salvin, Tr. Zool. 8. ix. p. 506 (Galapagos).

Hab. The type of this species in the museum of Paris is said to

have been obtained at Monterey, California, in November, by Dr.

Neboux of the French frigate ‘ Vénus.’ The only other specimen

known to exist is in the British Museum, and was obtained during the

voyage of H.M.S.’s ‘ Herald’ and ‘ Pandora,’ at Dalrymple Rock,

Chatham Island, Galapagos group. The ‘ Herald’ appears to have

visited Chatham Island between the 11th and 16th January, a date

which is worth bearing in mind, as the British-Museum specimen

seems to be in fully adult plumage ; the grey tint which pervades the

lower part of the neck and breast in the Paris specimen, and which is

probably a sign of comparative immaturity, having disappeared, leaving

the hood well defined. But for the absence of the distinct collar at

the bottom of the hood, and the narrow white band of feathers at

the base of the upper mandible, this bird might be briefly described

as a gigantic Sabine’s Gull, the tail being rather more forked in

proportion than in that species. It is certainly remarkable that, in

spite of the researches of the American naturalists, no other speci-

1 See aboye, p. 141.

1878. ] MR. H. SAUNDERS ON THE LARIN&. 211

men of this Gull should ever have been obtained in any part of

California; and Mr. Salvin inclines to think the Californian locality

an erroneous one, in view of similar mistakes known to have been

made with the birds collected during the voyage of the ‘Vénus.’ It

is on the other hand somewhat strange that if the head quarters of

this Gull, of which the appearance is sufficiently striking to attract

attention, are in the Galapagos group, none of the other visitors or

naturalists should have brought any news of it.

Creagrus is one of Bonaparte’s arbitrary and undefined genera ; and

there seems to be no structural difference to warrant the generic

separation of this species from Xema sabinii.

In this paper I have from time to time acknowledged with much

pleasure the assistance I have received from my friends and cor-

respondents ; and I have now to render my especial thanks to the

authorities of the British and Cambridge Museums, and of the

Smithsonian Institution, Washington, and to Dr. Brewer of Boston,

to Professor Peters of Berlin, Professor Reinhardt of Copenhagen,

M. Oustalet, M. Bouvier, Mr. O. Salvin, Mr. H. Seebohm, .Mr.

Harvie-Brown, Mr. Gervase Matthew, R.N., and Mr. E. Hargitt,

for the opportunities they have severally afforded me of examining

examples of rare species and also series of specimens.

P.S. (April 1st).—I take this Opportunity of correcting an error

in my paper on the Sterning (P. Z. 8.1876, p. 671) where two

species are united under the name of Anous ceruleus. At that

time had not geen a Specimen of the real A. ceéruleus, Bennett ;

and that species and 4. cinereus, Gould, are so very much alike

that, until examples were available for comparison, the descriptions

and plates might easily have been taken to refer to the same species

in different stages of plumage. Seen by the light of further expe-

rience they appear to be distinct ; and the following is their synonymy

and habitat :—

ANOUS CHRULEUS (Bennett).

Sterna cerulea, F. D. Bennett, Narr. Whaling-Voy. round Globe,

li, App. p. 248 (1840), Christmas Island, Pacific.

“Sterne cendré,” Neboux, Rev. Zool. Oct. 1840, p. 291, et

Stolida cinerea. id. Voy. ‘ Vénus,’ Atlas, pl. 9 (1846); nee Anous

cimereus, Gould, P. Z. 8.1845 (Pacific, N. of Equator),

Sterna teretirostris, Lafresnaye, Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 242, et

Procelsterna tereticollis, id. Mag. de Zool. 1842, pl. 29: no lo-

cality; both described from a single specimen purchased from a

dealer at Havre.

Anous parvulus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1845, p. 104 (deseribed from a

Specimen obtained by Bennett at Christmas Island); Cassin, U.S,

Expl. Exp., Birds, p. 393 (Honden Island, Low archip, 14° S.,

138° W.).

Megalopterus plumbeus, Peale, U.S. Expl. Exp. p. 285 (1848),

Honden Island.

14*

212 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON CASUARIUS SALVADORII. [Feb. 19,

Anous cinereus (Neb.), Finsch and Hart]. F. Central- Polynesiens,

p- 239 (1867), Pheenix group, 3° 8’S., 171° W., nee Gould.

Hab. Pacific, from a little north of the Equator; Christmas Island;

the Ellice group, 9° S., 179° E., whence there are two specimens in,

the British Museum recently obtained by the Rev. S. J. Whitmee ;

the Pheenix group; and Honden Island, Low archipelago.

ANOUS CINEREUS, Gould.

Pelecanopus pelecanoides, G. R. Gray, L. Birds Brit. M. iii. p. 180

(Australia, presented by Sir T. Mitchell).

Anous cinereus, Gould, P. Z.S. 1845, p. 104 (N.E. Australia) ;

id. B. Australia, vii. pl. 76 (1848), Norfolk I. and N.E. coast Aus-

tralia.

Procelsterna albivitta, Bp. Compt. Rend. xlii. 1856, p. 773 ; Gould,

Hand-b. B. Austr. ii. p. 420 (1865); Gray, Hand-l. ili. p. 128

(1871).

Sterna cinerea, Schlegel, M. P.-Bas, Sterne, p. 38 (1863), Aus-

tralia.

Anous albivittatus, Fisch, P. Z. 8S. 1877, p. 776 (Eua, Friendly

group).

Hab. Norfolk Island; N.E. Australia and the Tonga or Friendly

group, in about 22°S., 175° W. It is presumably the species

observed by Mr. E. L. Layard in the Fiji group.

The range of these two species appears to be nearly parallel, that

of A. ceruleus bemg the more northerly. A. ce@ruleus is smaller

than A. cinereus, Gould, and is darker all over, especially on the

underparts, which are blue-grey, whereas in 4. cinereus they are

nearly white. The differences are too great to be explained away as

being due to age, and I admit the distinctness of the two species ;

but they are very closely allied. The fact of their being found in

such close proximity within so limited an area is very remarkable.

February 19, 1878.

Prof. Mivart, F.R.S, V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. P. Geddes read a memoir on the mechanism of the odonto-

phore in certain mollusca. In this paper the view of Cuvier that

the movements of the radula depend upon those of the under-

lying cartilages was substantially revived. Arguments were adduced

against the more recent theory of Prof. Huxley that it runs like a

chain-saw, the cartilages merely forming a pulley-block. The

use of bacteria as food by Limneus was also described in the

memoir, which will be published in the Society’s ‘ Tranasctions.’

Mr. Sclater exhibited the skin ofa fine adult Cassowary, which had

recently been acquired for the collection of the British Museum.

The specimen was labelled ‘‘ Wandammen, May, 1876,” and was

1878.] MR. P.L. SCLATER ON CASUARIUS SALVADORII. 213

Head of Casuarius salvadorii.

214 MR. F. DAY GN FEAR AND ANGER IN FISHES. [Feb. 19,

believed to have been obtained by the collectors of Herr Bruijn, of

Ternate. Wandammen is situated on the western coast of the

Bay of Geelvink, near the southern extremity’.

Mr. Sclater stated that the only Cassowary of the present form

known from this locality was the species shortly indicated by Bec-

cari in his ‘‘ Lettera Ornitologica” (Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, vii-

p- 717) as Casuarius tricarunculatus’; but there were no traces

whatever of a third wattle in the present specimen.

The form of the casque in the present bird was nearly that of C.

australis, the summit being elevated high above the head, and much

compressed laterally, but forming almost a point at the summit

instead of a longitudinal ridge (see fig., p. 213). The wattles were

two, one on each side of the median line, closely approximating at

their bases, but divided down nearly to their origin, and about three

inches in length.

The species, which Mr. Sclater considered to be new to science,

must, he said, be placed in the first section of his arrangement as

given in P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 87, next to C. galeatus, from which the

form of the helmet distinguished it. From C. Jeccarii of the Arru

Islands it might be known by the more completely divided neck-

wattles.

The whole length of the body of the bird, from the tip of the

casque to the tip of the tail, was about five feet ; the tarsus measured

12°5 in., the middle toe 85 in. The distance from the commis-

sure of the mandible to the top of the casque was 7°5in., the dis-

tance from the gape to the extremity of the bill 7°5 in.’

A communication was read from Mr. F. Day, F.Z.8., containing

the following remarks on Mr. Whitmee’s paper on the manifesta-

tion of fear and anger in Fishes, read at the last meeting.

** At the last meeting of the Society (February 5th), Mr. Whitmee

read a paper on the manifestation of fear, anger, &c., by Fishes,

observing that a recent author, ‘On the Expression of the Emo-

tions,’ had entirely omitted allusion to this class of Vertebrates,

whilst, as regards anger, he believed that no observations had been

recorded. I propose offering a few remarks upon the foregoing,

as well as upon some other subjects touched upon by Mr. Whitmee.

«The means of expression in animals adverted to by Mr. Darwin

(excluding those of the ears, which would be out of place in

fishes) are :—sounds, vocally or otherwise produced; the erection

1 See the chart of Geelvink Bay in ‘Cosmos,’ yol. viii. tabb. 3 & 10.

2 The only known specimen of C. tricarunculatus was, as Count T. Salvadori

kindly informs me, still living in Ternate in July last, where it was seen by

M. Laglaize.

3 [Since these remarks were made I find that an example of this same

Cassowary was exhibited by M. Oustalet at a meeting of the Association Scien-

tifique de France on February 23rd, and the species named C. salvadorii (see

Bull. Ass. Se. de France, no. 539, vol. xxi. p. 649). I have therefore withdrawn

my name in favour of that of M. Oustalet. I think it probable that the Casso-

wary from Southern New Guinea, formerly living in the Society's Gardens,

which I referred (P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 527) with some doubt to C. beecarit. is a

younger individual of this same species,—P. L. 8. |

1878. | MR. F. DAY ON FEAR AND ANGER IN FISHES. 215

of dermal appendages under the influence of anger or terror, which

last would be analogous to the erection of scales and fin-rays in the

class Pisces. Regarding special expressions, as those of joy, pain,

astonishment, &c., we could hardly expect to find such so well

marked in fishes as in some of the higher animals, in which the

play of the features often affords us an insight into their internal

emotions. Eyes’ destitute of movable eyelids, cheeks covered

with scales, or the head enveloped in dermal plates, can scarcely

mantle into a smile or expand into a broad grin. We possess,

however, one very distinct expression in fishes, which is absent or

but slightly developed in many* of the higher animals—namely,

change of colour. All are aware that when a fish sickens its

brilliant colours fade, but less so how its colour may be aug-

mented by anger, and a loss of it be occasioned by depression

the result of being vanquished by a foe. Some forms also emit

sounds when actuated by terror, and perhaps in times of anger ; but

of this last I possess no decided proofs.

“As regards manifestations of anger, Dr. Cantor makes the

following remarks on the Macropodus pugnaz * :-——‘ When the fish

is in a state of quiet, with the fins at rest, the dull colours present

nothing remarkable. But if two are brought within sight of each

other, or if one sees its own image in a looking-glass, the little

creature becomes suddenly excited, the raised fins and the whole

body shine with metallic colours of dazzling beauty, while the pro-

jected gilt membranes, waving like a black frill round the throat,

add something grotesque to the general appearance. In this state

it makes repeated darts at its real or reflected antagonist. But

both, when taken out of each other’s sight, instantly become quiet.

. . . . The Siamese are as infatuated with the combats as the Malays

are with their cock-fights, and stake considerable sums, and some-

times their own persons and their families. The license of exhibit-

ing fish-fights is farmed, and affords a considerable annual revenue

to the King of Siam.’

“The foregoing extract shows anger in fishes demonstrated by

change in colour and the erection of the fins and gill-membranes. I

will now give an observation respecting the three-spined Stickle-

back*. After a fight between two examples ‘a strange alteration takes

place almost immediately in the defeated party : his gallant bearing

forsakes him ; his gay colours fade away ; he becomes again speckled

and ugly; and he hides his disgrace amongst his peaceable com-

panions, who occupy together that part of the tub which their

tyrants have not taken possession of ; he is, moreover, for some

time the constant object of his conqueror’s persecution.’ In fact we

here perceive how the disgrace of defeat affects the spirits of the

1 Couch (Ilustrations, &e., p. 305) says, “ The faculty of giving forth brilliant

light from the eyes, as in a cat, is said to have been observed by fishermen in

the Blue Shark.”

2 Numerous examples of the Saurians are exceptions.

3 Cantor, Catal. Mal. Fish, 1850, p. 87. Sir J. Bowring, in his account of

Siam, p. 155, gives a very similar account of the battles of these fishes.

* Couch, ‘ British Fishes,’ 1865, vol. iv. p. 172.

216 MR. F. DAY ON FEAR AND ANGER IN FISHES. [Feb. 19,

vanquished ; this reacts on his health, and as a result his brilliant

hues fade away. The conqueror, on the other hand, exulting in

his victory becomes more resplendent ; he does not forget his former

triumph, and considers it no disgrace to occasionally lord it over his

beaten foe.

‘Fear is shown by fish in many ways. ‘When hooked or netted

they sometimes empty their stomachs by an instinctive act of fear,

or to facilitate escape by lightening their load? (Owen, Comp.

Anat. i. p. 419). There is not an angler unacquainted with the

natural timidity of fishes, nor a keeper in charge of a salmon-pass,

who does not know how easy it is for poachers to deter the salmon

from venturing along the path raised expressly for his use.

« Amongst the coral-reefs of the Andaman Islands I found the

little Heliastes lepidurus abundant. As soon as the water was

splashed they appeared to retire for safety to the branching coral,

where no large fish could follow them; so frightened did they

become, that on an Andamanese diving from the side of the boat,

they at once sought shelter in the coral, in which they remained

until it was removed from the sea. In Burma I observed, in 1869,

that when weirs are not allowed to stretch across the rivers (which

would impede navigation), the open side as far as the bank, is

studded with reeds; these, as the water passes over them, cause

vibration, and occasion a curious sound alarming the fishes, which,

crossing to the weired side of the river, become captured.

“Under the influence of fear or anger the well-known Climbing

Perch of India (Anabas scandens) not only erects its spiny-rayed

fins and its gill-covers, but also the scales on its body, even down to

those along the base of the caudal fin’; this to a less extent,

pethaps, appears common to spiny-rayed forms.

“Hooker, alluding to Gulls, Terns, Wild Geese and Pelicans in the

Ganges valley, observes, ‘These birds congregate by the sides of

pools and beat the water with violence, so as to scare the fish,

which then become an easy prey—a fact which was, I believe, first

indicated by Pallas during his residence on the banks of the Caspian

Sea’?, Fishes, under the influence of terror, dash about with their

fins expanded, and often run into places which must destroy them.

Thus droves and droves of Sardines in the East, impelled by the

terror of pursuing Sharks, Bonitoes, Seir, and other voracious fishes,

frequently throw themselves on the shores in enormous quantities.

Friar Odoric, who visited Ceylon about 1320, says, ‘There are fishes

in those seas that come swimming towards the said country in

such abundance, that for a great distance into the sea nothing can

be seen but the backs of fishes, which, casting themselves on the

shore, do suffer men for the space of three daies to come, and to

take as many of them as they please, and then they return again

into the sea’ °.

“Fishes frequently show distinet signs of affection. Yarrell

(‘British Fishes’) mentions how a person who had kept two

1 | Rishes of Malabar’ (1865), p. 133.

2 Himalayan Journals, yol. i. p. 80. > Hakluyt, vol. ii. p. 37.

1878. ] MR. F, DAY ON FEAR AND ANGER IN FISHES. 217

small ones together in a glass vessel gave one away; the other

refused to eat, and showed evident symptoms of unhappiness until

his companion was restored: Pennant, how the River-Bullhead

‘deposits its spawn in a hole it forms in the gravel, and quits it

with great reluctance: General Hardwicke, how the Gouramy

(Osphromenus olfax), in the Mauritius, forms a nest amongst the

herbage growing in the shallow water in the sides of tanks. Here

the parents continue to watch the place with the greatest vigilance,

driving away any interloping fish. The amphibious walking fish of

Mysore (Ophiocephalus striatus) appears to make a nest very

similar to that of the Gouramy, and over it the male keeps guard ;

but should he be killed or captured, the vacant post is filled by his

partner (Colonel Puckle). When very young the fishes keep witb,

and are defended by their parents, but so soon as they are suffi-

ciently strong to capture prey for themselves they are driven away

to seek their own subsistence (see ‘ Fishes of India,’ p. 362). But

it is not only these monogamous amphibious fishes which show an

affection for their eggs and also for their fry, but even the little

Etroplus maculatus has been observed to be equally fond of its ova.

‘The eggs are not very numerous, and are deposited in the mud at

the bottom of the stream, and, when hatched, both parents guard

their young for many days, vigorously attacking any large fish that

passes near them’ ’*.

** Although the proceedings of the members of the marine and

estuary genus Arius and its allies show not quite so distinctly signs

of affection, still it must be a well-developed instinct which induces

the male to carry about the eggs in his mouth until hatched, and to

remove them in this manner when danger is imminent. I have taken

the ova just ready for the young to come forth out of the mouth and

fauces of the parent (male) fish ; and in every example dissected there

was no trace of food in the intestinal tract.

“At many temples in India fishes are called to receive food by

means of ringing bells or musical sounds. Carew, in Cornwall, is said

to have called his Grey Mallet together by making a noise like chop-

ping with acleaver. Lacépéde relates that some fishes, which had

been kept in the basins of the Tuileries for more than a century,

would come when called by their names, and that, in many parts of

Germany, Trout, Carp, and Tench are summoned to their food by

the sound of a bell. These instances are doubtless mostly due to

the fishes having learnt by experience that on the hearing certain

sounds they may expect food. But Lacépéde mentions that some

were able to distinguish their individual names; and the same occurs

in India. Lieutenant Conolly remarked upon seeing numerous fishes

coming to the Ghaut at Sidhnath to be fed when called; and on

‘expressing our admiration of the size of the fish, “‘ Wait,” said a

bystander, “until you have seen Raghu.” The Brahmin called out

his name in a peculiar tone of voice; but he would not hear. I

threw in handful after handful of ottah (flour) with the same

success, and was just leaving the ghaut, despairing and doubting,

* Jerdon, ‘Madras Journal of Literature and Science,’ 1849, p. 143.

218 MR. F. DAY ON FEAR AND ANGER IN FisHES. [Feb. 19,

when a loud plunge startled me. I thought somebody had jumped

off the bastion of the ghaut into the river, but was soon undeceived

by the general shout of “ Raghu, Raghu,” and by the fishes, large

and small, darting away in every direction. Raghu made two or

three plunges, but was so quick in his motions that I was unable to

guess at his species’’.

« Although I have alluded to an increased brilliancy of colour being

caused by anger, and a dull hue occasioned by terror or illness, there

appears to be still another cause at work. During the breeding-

season some species, such as Periophthalmus schlossert, appear to

become more brilliant, especially the males, as I have observed in

my report on the freshwater fishes of Burma.

“ Pallegoix states that in Siam the Dog’s-tongue is a fish shaped

like a Sole; it attaches itself to the bottom of boats, and makes a

sonorous noise, which is more musical when several are stuck to

the same boat and act in concert (vol. i. p. 193). These noises

can scarcely be due to anger or fear. Sir J. Bowring (vol. i.

p- 276) also remarks upon having heard this fish, ‘which sticks

to the bottoms of the boats, and produces a sound something like

that of a Jew’s harp struck slowly, though sometimes it increases in

loudness, so as to resemble the full sound and tones of an organ.

My men have pointed me out a fish about four inches long as the

author of the music.’

‘««Some years since, at Madras, I obtained several specimens of a

freshwater Siluroid fish (Macrones vittatus) which is termed ‘ the

fiddler’ in Mysore. I touched one which was on the wet ground,

at which it appeared to become very irate, erecting its dorsal

fin, making a noise resembling the buzzing of a bee, evidently a

sign of anger or terror. Having put some small Carp into an

aquarium containing one of these fishes, it rushed at a small example,

seized it by the middle of its back, and shook it like a dog killing a

rat ; at this time its barbels were stiffened out laterally like a cat’s

whiskers”.

“Many fish, when captured, make noises, perhaps due to terror.

Thus the Caranx hippos, Tetrodon, and others grunt like a pig.

Darwin (Nat. Journ. vol. vii.) remarks on a Silurus found in the

Rio Parana, and called the Armado, which is remarkable for a harsh

grating noise when caught by hook and line; this noise can be

distinctly heard when the fish is beneath the water.

‘« Aristotle and Ailian were aware of this faculty in some of the

fishes of the Mediteranean *.

“The Cuckoo-Gurnard (Trigla pini) and the Maigre (Sciena

aquila) utter sounds when taken out of the water*; and Herrings,

when the net has been drawn over them, have been observed to do

1 “Observations on the Past and Present Condition of Onjein,” ‘ Journal

of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ vi. p. 820.

? «Fishes of India,’ p. 449.

3 See ‘De Animal.’ lib. iy. cap. ix.; lian, lib. x. cap. xi.; Pliny, lib, ix.

cap. Vili. and lib. xi, cap. xviii. ; Atheneeus, lib. vii. cap. i. & vi.

4 Yarrell, ‘ British Fishes,’ i. pp. 44-107.

1878. | MR. F. DAY ON FEAR AND ANGER IN FISHES. 219

the same: ‘this effect has been attributed to an escape of air from

the air-bladder; but no air-bladder has been found in the Coftus,

which makes a similar noise.’

«The Lesser Weaver buries itself in the loose soil at the bottom of

the water, leaving only its head exposed, and awaits its prey. If

touched, it strikes upwards or sideways; and Pennant says it

directs its blows with as much judgment as a fighting-cock (Yarrell,

vol. i. p. 26). Fishermen assert that wounds from its anterior

dorsal spines are more venomous that those caused by the spines on

its gill-covers.

* As regards fighting, I should suppose that, unless some portion

of the body is peculiarly adapted for this purpose, as the rostrum of

the Sword-fish, or the spine on the side of the tail in the Lancet-

fishes, we must chiefly look to the armature or covering of the

jaws for weapons of offence.

“And this naturally leads us on to ask if, as suggested by Mr.

Whitmee, ‘the chief purpose served by fishes’ spines is protec-

tion against the attacks of those of the class which are carnivorous.’

The first inquiry is, Do the carnivorous forms most abound amongst

Acanthopterygians or Malacopterygians? The spiny-rayed forms

(speaking as a whole) have the teething far better developed than

the soft-rayed Carps of the fresh waters, or the Herrings of the sea,

the former (spiny-rayed forms) being the most carnivorous, the

latter (or soft-rayed fish) being preyed upon by the former, and by

the Elasmobranchii.

TI observed’, ‘ It may not be amiss to point out that the Acantho-

pterygian or spiny-rayed fishes appear to be most numerous in the

ocean (preying upon their articulated-rayed neighbours, the Clupeidee,

&c.); but as we examine waters more inland, the Salmonide or Cypri-

nidee usurp their place, these latter not being possessed of spinate,

but merely articulated rays. A maritime residence appears most

adapted for the Acanthopterygian or spiny-rayed fishes, a fresh-

water inland one to the Malacopterygians or spineless forms.’

**Spinate dorsal and anal fins being much more frequent in the

carnivorous and voracious forms than in their weaker neighbours

leads me to suppose that they must have some other function than

protection of the fish from its enemies. One of these is probably

to guard the fin-membrane from injury, for which purpose spines

are much better adapted than rays in fast-swimming species. One

has only to witness how commonly the spineless anal fins of Clupeoids

and Siluroids are found injured in the tropics, to feel sure that much

of this is owing to the absence of spinate protection. We do not

see the same injury existing to any thing like a similar extent in

Teleosteans whose fins are armed with strong spines; but in the

intermediate forms, as the first dorsals of Sier-fishes (Cyécum), the

weak spines of the fins are frequently injured.

““Mr. Whitmee remarked that in serious attacks fish ‘always

turned suddenly round and lashed at one another with the caudal

fin ;’ and he continued that he believed serious fighting is always

«Journal of the Linnean Society, Zoology,’ vol. xiii. p. 111.

220 MR. F. DAY ON FEAR AND ANGER IN FISHES. [Feb. 19,

done with the tail. ere I am unable to concur. Fish, the same

as other animals, when they commence to fight, employ that portion

of the body most suited to such a purpose. Thus the Perch will

employ his teeth, the Sword-fish his elongated snout, the Lancet-

fish the spine at the side of its tail, the Siluroid may use his dorsal

or pectoral spine. Instances of all these modes of attack may be

referred to.

‘Continuing Couch’s illustration of the Stickleback, he observes,

‘The bite of these little furies is so severe that I have frequently

known it, when inflicted on the tail, produce mortification and,

consequently, death. They also use their lateral spines (ventral

fins) with such fatal effect that, incredible as it may appear, I have

seen one during a battle absolutely rip his opponent quite open, so

that he sank to the bottom and died.’

“That the Sword-fish employs his sword-like projection for this

purpose is well known ; frequent examples occur of his driving that

formidable weapon into ships, whilst, according to Swainson, he is

very fierce, and attacks a Whale whenever he encounters one ; other

observers, however, represent the Sword-fish as gentle and inoffensive

except to Whales.

“The Lancet-fish as it swims past its enemy tears up an open wound.

“« As regards the Siluroids we have more than one mode of attack;

but I do not know of any Siluroid that employs its tail for this

purpose. In one of the Siluroids of the Ohio ‘the first ray of the

dorsal is formed of a very strong, sharp spine, which the animal uses

to kill others of a smaller size ; for this purpose it gets beneath the

fish it intends to attack, and then, suddenly rising, wounds it re-

peatedly in the belly.’

‘“‘Mr. Whitmee supposes that most carnivorous fish capture their

prey by outswimming them; but to this there are numerous excep-

tions. The Angler, or Fishing Frog (Lophius piscatorius), ‘ while

crouching close to the ground, by the action of its ventral and

pectoral fins, stirs up the sand and mud; hidden by the obscurity

thus produced, it elevates its appendages (situated on the upper

surface of the head), moves them in various directions by way of

attraction as a bait, and the small fishes approaching either to

examine or to seize them, immediately become the prey of the

Fisher’ (Yarrell). In India we find a freshwater Siluroid (Chaca

lophioides) which ‘ conceals itself among the mud, from which, by

its lurid appearance, and a number of loose filamentous substances

on its skin, it is scarcely distinguishable; and with an immense

open mouth it is ready to seize any small prey that is passing along’

(Ham. Buchanan). In March 1868 I obtained a fine example of

Ichthyscopus inermis (‘ Fishes of India’ p. 261), which I placed

in water having a bed of mud: into this it rapidly worked itself,

first depressing one side and then the other, until only the top of

its head and mouth remained above the mud, whilst a constant

current was kept up through its gills. It made a noise, half snap-

ping and half croaking, when removed from its native element.

This sound I consider most probably due to fear. Some fish, in

1878. ] MR. F. DAY ON FEAR AND ANGER IN FISHES. 221

short, invariably seize their prey with their mouths, and that without

calling the caudal fin into play. In fact, a stroke with the tail appears

sometimes to denote contempt in fishes; it is not rare that anglers

find fishes sometimes swim up to their bait, which they not only

refuse, but, giving it a lash with their tail, decline to rise any

more. This may, however, be a symptom of curiosity, which is

largely developed in the finny tribe.

“I might multiply instances from many authors, but consider those

adverted to are sufficient to show that various ichthyologists have

remarked upon the emotions of anger and terror in fishes being

shown by the erection of their dermal appendages and gill-covers,

as well as by changes of colour, whilst terror induces some species

to emit sounds that are not commonly perceived; that fishes some-

times show affection for their partners in captivity, mourning their

removal ; that they may be tamed sufficiently to come to a recognized

sound, even to individual names that have been bestowed upon them ;

and that some species have an instinctive affection for their eggs and

young, which they guard against intruders with the greatest deter-

mination.

‘At the present time, in the Royal Westminster Aquarium, is a

live example of the Electric Eel (Gymnotus electricus) which has

in its electric organs the means of showing when it is affected by

anger or terror. Some consider this curious property is for protec-

tion against Alligators ; it is certainly used against fishes for the

purpose of obtaining food ; but when we remember how, when the

Indians drive in horses and mules to the waters infested by the Eels,

they immediately attack them, we must admit that such cannot be

for the purpose of preying upon them, but is due to anger or terror

at being disturbed.”

Mr. Whitmee being unable to attend, the Secretary read the

subjoined reply to Mr. Day’s remarks.

“* By the courtesy of the Secretary I have seen Mr. Day’s comments

on my paper. As I cannot attend the meeting to-morrow evening,

I crave the liberty of presenting two or three written observations.

“‘1. My paper was written in Samoa in 1875; and my position

there, of course, prevented me from having access to the whole

literature of this subject. I was aware of the conduct of the Stickle-

back in guarding its nest, and also of similar conduct in some other

fishes. But my object was to show, in opposition to a view quoted,

that fishes, as a class, manifest as much feeling as most other

animals. In stating that I had not met with observations showing

this, I did so as an excuse for presenting a paper which I feared

possessed little intrinsic value. I am glad the paper has led Mr,

Day to bring forward so much evidence in confirmation of the view

I advocated.

«2. Mr. Day gives a more general application than I intended to

my observations about the mode of fighting with the tail. I stated

an observed fact, viz. that certain fishes in my aquarium, when

fighting, lashed at each other with their tails. From this I inferred

222 MR. A. H.GARROD ON TOLYPEUTES TRICINCTUs. [Feb. 19,

that such a mode of attack might be common among most, not all,

fishes. Of course, those which possess more effective weapons in

another part of the body would not resort to such a mode of

warfare.

«*3. As to the way in which carnivorous fish capture their prey, I

said, ‘doubtless most do it by outswimming them,’ and not that ad/ do

this. In P.Z.S. for 1875, p. 545, I mentioned an observed fact of

an Antennarius multiocellatus angling for small fish. Of course no

one would ever imagine that the slow-moving fish mentioned by

Mr. Day would outswim their prey.”

1. Notes on the Anatomy of Tolypeutes tricinctus, with

Remarks on other Armadillos. By A. H. Garrop,

M.A., F.R.S., Prosector to the Society.

[Received January 14, 1878.]

The Society purchased, on the 3rd of October 1877, a young

female living specimen of the Apar (Tolypeutes tricinctus), which

was the first example of the species exhibited alive in the Gardens,

and probably the first ever brought alive to this country. It was in

bad health on its arrival, and, never recovering, died, without any

visible lesion, on the 27th of December following. Its death has

given me an opportunity of determining some of the most important

points in its anatomy, which may be accepted as a supplement to Dr.

Murie’s valuable and elaborate memoir on T'olypeutes conurus in the

‘Transactions of the Linnean Society’ *

The measurements of the specimen under consideration are as

follows :—

inches

From tip of nose to base of tail........ 12°55

Lienpthinae head wot hora t ss aed Poe ees 2°8

Lengthinfstailtindte: alt: Sh tara 2°1

from which it is evident, on comparison with the table of measure-

ments of the specimens in the national collection given below, that

the individual was not adult, but fairly grown.

The differences between the two known species of the genus Toly-

peutes are so slight that it may be worth while referring to them

before going further. It is to M. Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire that we

owe the discovery of the second species (7. conurus) ; and his most

lucid description is to be found in the ‘Comptes Rendus’ for 1874?.

Therein the history of the Apar is fully expounded, references being

given to all previous important accounts of the animal.

It is in the central portion of the cephalic shield that the most

important peculiarities are to be seen. ‘The marginal plates of the

posterior two thirds of this shield form a regular series, and enclose

other larger plates—namely, a posterior median plate, followed ante-

1878.] MR. A. H. GARROD ON TOLYPEUTES TRICINCTUS. 223

riorly in 7. tricinetus by a pair of plates, in front of which, again, is

another smaller pair.

In T. conurus the posterior median plate is followed by a single

larger plate, and that by a pair of plates the transverse breadth of

which is greater than that of the second median plate behind and

in contact with it. In fig. 1, a and 4 exhibit these features, as well

as their effect in causing the characteristic difference in the general

shape of the cephalic shield of the two species—that in T. tricinctus

being triangular, with its greatest breadth opposite the posterior of

the pairs of plates, that in T. conurus being oval, with its greatest

breadth opposite the single pair of plates.

a. T. tricinctus. b. T. conurus. - e. T. muriei.

Cephalic shields of Tolypeutes.

On referring to the beautiful illustrations given by Dr. Murie of

the animal dissected by him', the cephalic shield of which is here re-

produced in outline (fig. 1, ¢), it is evident that it does not corre-

spond with either of those above described; and I may mention that

there is a skin in the national collection (Brit. Mus. spec. 140 a)

which agrees with it. In these the posterior median plate is followed

by a second larger median plate, as in 7. conurus, and that, more

forward, by a small median plate in association with two small lateral

plates. The difference makes me feel justified in establishing a third

species of Tolypeutes, based upon Dr. Murie’s figure, together with

_ the skin in the national collection above referred to, for which I

would suggest the name Tolypeutes muriei, after the author who has

* Traus. Linn, Soc. vol. xxx. pl. xxxi. fig. 3,

224 MR. A. H.GARROD ON TOLYPEUTES TRICINCTUS. [| Feb. 19,

so well described its structure. Dr. Murie’s figure, being based upon

a photograph of the specimen, is thoroughly reliable.

M. Is. Geoffroy St.-Hilaire has so well differentiated 7’. tricinctus

and 7’. conurus that it will be necessary for me only to mention that

in the former there are five toes on the fore feet (as in the Society’s

specimen in my possession), whilst in 7’. conurus, following the

account of the discoverer of the species, there are ‘‘ trois doigts seu-

lement, avec le rudiment d’un quatriéme, aux pattes antérieures (ce

rudiment represente le doigt interne). Point de doigt externe.”

The same remarks apply to 7’. muriei; for in the specimen in the

British Museum there are four toes on each fore foot, whilst in Dr.

Murie’s example the pollex was not present.

The tail, with its infundibuliform armature, is distally covered

with four pairs of small rows of plates, arranged in longitudinal lines,

there being one superior and one inferior pair, one supero-lateral and

one infero-lateral. In 7’. tricinctus the whole organ is flattened from

above downwards; in Z’. conurus and 7’. muriei it is not so. Two

and a quarter inches appear to be its extreme length along its dorsal

curve in all but the largest individuals, where it may reach two and

a half inches. I do not find that the different species differ in the

length of this appendage, which is correlated, as far as its length

goes, with the length of the head, on the right side of which it

always lies when the animal is rolled up'.

I can find no important differences among the species in the ante-

rior portion of the carapace. In the three free transverse semizones

T. conurus and T', muriei agree, and differ from T’, tricinctus in that

the terminal or marginal lateral scutes of each zone (which with the

scute above on each side of each zone are less tuberculated than the

rest, to reduce the friction when the animal rolls itself up) are more

detached from the second scute, are more rounded, and are smaller

proportionately.

In the posterior moiety of the carapace of 7’. conurus and T. mu-

rie. fifteen, sixteen, seventeen, or eighteen rows of scutes can be

counted along the middle line from before backwards if the marginal

scutes are included in the numeration; in 7’. évicinctus I never find

more than thirteen or fourteen rows.

In 7. tricinctus only there is a triangular area composed of small

scutes, with its apex directed downwards, and basally in contact

with the cephalic shield, which interpolates itself between the eye

and ear on each side.

The following measurements of the specimens of the different

species in the national collection may prove of service in determining

the proportions of each. They demonstrate that the head is decidedly

shorter than the anterior moiety of the carapace in 7’. éricinctus,

whilst in 7’. conurus and ZY. muriei it is nearly always longer; that

in 7. tricinetus the head is more than half the length of the poste-

rior moiety of the carapace, whilst in the two other species it is not

so much as half that measurement.

1 Dr. Murie figures the tail on the left of the head (/, c.)—the photograph

from which the drawing was made not haying been reversed, most probably.

1878.] MR. A. H. GARROD ON TOLYPEUTES TRICINCTUS.

Length of cephalic

shield ...........+

Length of ante-

rior shield .....

Length of poste-

rior shield ......

Length of tail

(upper aspect).

T. tri-

cinctus,

in.

2-25

BM.

. Ino. 1403.

T. conu-| T. conu-| T. conu-

rus. rus. rus.

in, in. in.

2-75 2°75 2°75

2°75 2°55 2°65

5D 5°75 58

2'2 2-2 2:2

B.M. | B.M. 52, B.M. 46,

. 140 2.| 8, 24,10. |9, 28, 35.

225

T.muriei,| T. muriei,

in. in

31 [;

2'8 2°65

63 6:3

? ?

B.M. | Dr. Mu-

no. 1404] rie’s

specimen.

It should also be mentioned that in T. fricinctus there is much

more hair on the carapace at the posterior margins of the scutes than

in the two other species, and that it has only eight teeth on each side

of each jaw, whilst both in 7. conurus and in T. muriei there are

nine.

All the specimens of the genus Tolypeutes agree, as far as my ex-

perience goes, in the manner in which their cervical vertebrze anky-

lose—the atlas,

free.

together with vertebrae 5, 6, and 7 alone being

Concerning the geographical distribution of the genus Tolypeutes,

the localities whence both Dr. Murie’s and my specimen were ob-

tained cannot be determined, they having been both purchased of

dealers. :

The specimen 140 a in the British Museum, of 7. muriei, was

presented by Burnett and Fitzroy, and therefore must have pro-

bably come from some part of the coast of La Plata or Patagonia.

A national specimen of 7. conurus is marked as having come from

Bolivia. Another of the same species, in the museum of the Royal

College of Surgeons, was presented by Mr. Darwin.

The type specimen of 7. conurus was obtained in the province of

Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Bolivia; and for a cast of its cephalic shield,

from which I have been able to determine the correctness of the

nomenclature above adopted, I have to express my very best thanks

to Professor Alphonse Milne-Edwards.

The species described by Burmeister’ from Buenos Ayres is 7’.

conurus.

Azara found a four-toed species in Paraguay ; it was therefore not

T.. tricinctus.

The brain of no species of Tolypeutes has been described, Dr.

Murie having met with an accident with his specimen. By Gervais a

cast is figured of the interior of the skull, which demonstrates the

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1878, No. XV.

* Anales del Museo Publico de Buenos Ayres 1871 tom. ii. p. 117.

226 MR.A.H.GARROD ON TOLYPEUTES TRICINCTUS. [Feb. 19,

large size of the olfactory lobes’, together with its general propor-

tions, and but little more.

Our knowledge of the brain of the Dasypodide has been much

increased by a paper from the pen of Prof. Turner in the first

volume of the ‘Journal of Anatomy and Physiology’* on the brain

of Dasypus sexcinctus, in which the bibliography of the subject is

fully given.

The general appearance of the brain of Tolypeutes tricinctus differs

but little from that of Dasypus sexcinctus, whilst in surface-markings

it much more closely resembles that of Tatusia peba, as figured by

Rapp *, being comparatively simple in its gyration. There is not

that difference in the breadth of the anterior and posterior portions

of the cerebral hemispheres which is found in Dasypus sexcinctus.

The Sylvian fissure is only represented by an open and very shallow

angle, above which, on the surface of the hemisphere, is a slight,

partly encircling, shallow groove of some length, separated from it

by a very short distance (wide fig. 2, c).

Brain of Tolypeutes tricinctus.

The large olfactory lobes are are much broader than they are deep.

On the surface of each cerebral hemisphere there are two sulci.

One of these, the anterior, is horizontal, and divides the frontal lobe

into an upper and a lower part. Its outer extension is nearly to the

lateral margin, not going backwards more than one fifth the length

of the hemisphere. Internally it ceases on the flat interhemispheral

surface as far backward as its outer end (wide fig. 2, a).

The second sulcus is upon the superior cerebral surface, running

from behind forwards and inwards. Posteriorly it commences at the

outer posterior angle of the hemisphere a short distance from its ex-

1 «Ties formes cérébrales des Edentates,’ Nouv. Archiy. du Muséum, 1869,

tom. v. pl. ii. fig. 8.

2 186%, p: 313. 3 Hdentaten, tab. viii. fig. 3.

1878.] MR. A. H. GARROD ON TOLYPEUTES TRICINCTUS. 227

tremity. It does not, therefore, turn round the posterior end of the

hemisphere to become continuous with the fissure of the hippocam-

pus, as it does in Dasypus sexcinctus. Anteriorly it ceases in the

middle of the superior surface of the frontal lobe, a short distance

behind the convex margin of its upper moiety, and at about the

transverse level of the ends of the anterior sulcus. The general

direction of this sulcus is horizontal when viewed from the side, it

being slightly curved, with its convexity downwards.

The sulcus present on the superoparietal cerebral surface of Dasy-

pus sexcinctus is entirely absent in Tolypeutes tricinctus.

The internal cerebral surface very closely resembles that of Dasy-

pus sexcinctus as figured by Prof. Turner. The corpus callosum is

short, pointed in front, inclined obliquely upwards and backwards,

being rounded and thick posteriorly, where it becomes continuous

with the psalterium of the fornix. The anterior commissure is well

developed. The sides of the corpus callosum are very much

upturned. The calloso-marginal sulcus is feebly represented, being

of about the length of the corpus callosum, and situate at a level a

little anterior to it (vide fig. 2, d).

The corpora quadrigemina are large, and separated by a deep lon-

gitudinal fissure, the pineal gland being extremely small. In the

natural position of the spirit-preserved specimen it was quite impos-

sible to cover the testes by the posterior margins of the cerebral

hemispheres, which leads me to think that Prof. Turner is hardly

justified in his correction of Tiedemann, Cruveilhier, and Stannius,

who all say that the corpora quadrigemina are uncovered by the

cerebrum (in part at least) (wide fig. 2 a).

The median and lateral lobes of the cerebellum are nearly equal in

size. The medulla is very large, and the fifth nerve is enormous.

The optic nerves and commissure are insignificantly small. I could

not see any corpora albicantia.

With reference to the visceral anatomy of Tolypeutes tricinctus,

the tongue was 23 inches long in my specimen, and °4 inch broad at

the base. It is soft and elongate-triangular (lanceolate) in shape,

flattened above. No circumvallate papille are visible, the others

being inconspicuous and uniformly distributed. On the palate

there are nine larger and smaller transverse ridges on each side, the

interval between the last pair of molar teeth being smooth. The

number of teeth is eight above and seven below, on each side.

The epiglottis is slightly indented by a notch in the middle line ;

and the soft palate embraces it, so that the rima glottidis opens into

the posterior nares, as in so many mammals, during ordinary respi-

ration. A tonsilitic pit exists on each side of the fauces.

The Jungs are divided into four lobes on the right side, and two

on the left. In most Dasypodide there are three lobes on the left

side; but in the animal under consideration the two upper were

blended. Three is said by most authors to be the number of lobes

of the right lung; but I always find a fourth azygos lobe as well,

hidden behind the heart, in the genera Dasypus and Xenurus, absent

in Tatusia. Dr. Murie’s figure of the lungs ee eS ex-

15*

228 MR. A.H.GARROD ON TOLYPEUTEs TRICINCTUS. [Feb. 19,

cept in the absence of division of the left upper lobe, from my speci-

men.

The stomach is of the ordinary shape, with but a short lesser cur-

vature. It is muscular, but not powerfully so, at its pyloric end.

Along its greater curvature, when laid out flat, it measures 63 inches.

The liver has the lateral fissures deep, whilst the umbilical fissure

is comparatively insignificant, The gall-bladder is partly, but not

deeply, embedded in the abdominal surface of the right central lobe.

The Spigelian lobe forms a short rounded cone, very broad at its

base. According to the method elsewhere suggested by me’, the

formula of the bulk of the lobes is thus expressed :—

L.L. 13>R.C.>R.L. 2>L.C. 2>C.

The small intestines measure 75 inches, the large intestine 6°5

inches. There are no ceca; but there is an abrupt change in the

diameter of the alimentary canal at the ileo-ceecal valve, as in T’.

conurus and in the genus Tatusia.

The uterus is triangular, the fundus being perfectly straight when

viewed from in front, and the Fallopian tubes joining it at the ex-

treme upper and outer angles. The conical clitoris is an inch long ;

and the genito-urinary orifice is a longitudinal slit 0°3 inch from its

apex.

vom the various papers on the visceral anatomy of the Dasy-

podidee I may refer to Hunter’s description of Tatusia peba*, Pro-

fessor Owen’s account of the same species, and of Dasypus sexeinc-

tus*, and Hyrtl’s monograph of Chlamydophorus truncatus*. To

these I may add my own notes on Xenurus unicinctus, together with

those upon the other species which have passed through my hands,

as an assistance towards the determination of the affinities of Z'oly-

peutes.

In Xenurus unicinctus the gall-bladder is so deeply embedded in

the tissue of the right hepatic lobe that it nearly penetrates to its

diaphragmatic surface. This I find to be the case in Dasypus vil-

losus, D. sexcinctus, and D. vellerosus; whilst in Tatusia hybrida

and Tolypeutes tricinctus it is much less sunk. The cystic duct is

very much twisted in a corkscrew manner. The proportional bulk

of the hepatic lobes is almost exactly the same as in Tolypeutes tri-

cinctus. In Tatusia peba and T. hybrida the right central lobe is

the largest, not the left lateral. In Tatusta the umbilical fissure is

less significant than in Dasypus, Xenurus, or Tolypeutes.

The junction of the large and small intestines in Xenurus is as in

Tatusia peba and T. hybrida, there being no cecal dilatations, as

there are in Dasypus villosus, D. sexcinctus, D. minutus, and D.

vellerosus.

The following measurements of the intestines demonstrate their

relative lengths :—

1 P. 7.8. 1875, p. 57.

? «Essays and Observations on Natural History,’ 1861, vol. ii. p. 182.

° P.Z. 8. 1831, pp. 141 and 154, and P. Z. 8. 1832, p. 180.

* Denkschr. der kais. Akad. Wien, ix. 1855.

1878.] | MR. A. H. GARROD ON TOLYPEUTES TRICINCTUS. 229

SY PS] Ces iene are

Sto | Sor] 8. | Seo} So] § .

sxi|sx |] 8s/8s/e¢)] 98

BeF/ Ss] SS] SS] ss] SX

Ee ee ieee rae ay “hs

ft ft ft tt: ft. ft.

Small intestine...... 16:3 | 146 |} 185] 115] 5-1 43

Large intestine...... 15 15 16 1°25) 7-0 0:66

In Xenurus unicinctus the vesiculz seminales are not present, the

distal ends of the ureters being enlarged. Cowper’s glands and a

prostate are present; and the apex of the glans penis is not trilobed

as in Tatusia, but simple, as in Dasypus and Tolypeutes. The

penis itself is huge. In Tolypeutes, according to Dr. Murie, the

vesiculee seminales are also absent.

In Tatusia peba and T. hybrida the vesiculze seminales are large,

and there is a pair of lateral lobes to the apex of the glans penis.

The whole penis is proportionally smaller in Twtusia than it is in

Dasypus, as is the clitoris. In these respects Tolypeutes and Xenu-

rus agree with Dasypus, my experience being, as far as the male

organs of Dasypus are concerned, confined to D. sexeinctus.

In Dasypus, Tolypeutes, and Xenurus there are only a pair of

nipples, in J'atusia there are two pairs. In NXenurus unicinctus

the uterus is triangular, as in Dasypus and Tolypeutes.

Fig. 3.

Brain of Xenurus unicinctus.

The brain of Xenurus is intermediate in its form and surface-

markings between Dasypus and Tolypeutes. The hemispheres, when

230 MR. J.H. GURNEY ON A SPECIMEN OF POLYBORUS. [Feb. 19,

viewed from above, are considerably broader posteriorly than an-

teriorly, as in Dasypus. The olfactory lobes are large; and the

corpora quadrigemina are completely covered. The oblique sulcus

on the back part of the superior surface of each hemisphere, which

runs forwards and outwards, is present, as in Dasypus, but it is very

short. The two other sulci are well developed, that in the frontal

portion being longer than in either Dasypus or Tolypeutes. The

upper or second sulcus runs from in front—near the anterior internal

angle of the superior surface of the hemisphere—backwards and

outwards for some distance, but not nearly as far as the posterior

margin of the cerebrum, it ceasing a little behind the level of the

outer extremity of the posterior oblique sulcus. In this respect it

resembles Tolypeutes and differs from Dasypus (vide fig. 3).

It is to Prof. Owen that we are indebted for our knowledge of

the great differences between the colic ceca and female generative

organs of the genera Tatusia and Dasypus. These facts, when

taken in association with other characters above brought forward and

referred to, may be thus tabulated :—

Dasypus.

Ears apart.

Nipples 2.

Uterus triangular.

External genitalia

enormous.

|Glans penis simple.

Vesiculz seminales

absent.

Lateral colic cxeea

present.

Azygos lobe of lung

present.

Tolypeutes.

Ears apart.

Nipples 2.

Uterus triangular.

External genitalia

enormous.

Glans penis simple.

/Vesicule seminales

absent.

No colic exea.

|Azygos lobe of lung

present.

Aenurus.

Ears apart.

Nipples 2.

Uterus triangular.

‘External genitalia

enormous.

Glans penis simple.

Vesiculz seminales

| absent.

‘No colic ezeca.

present.

Chlamydophorus.

Ears apart.

|Nipples 2.

Uterus pyriform.

External genitalia

small in female.

Lateral colie cca

present.

Azygos lobe of lung) Azygos lobe of lung

present (Hyrtl).

Tatusia.

Ears approximate.

Nipples 4.

Uterus pyriferm.

External genitalia

not excessive.

Glans penis tri-

lobed.

Vesiculz seminales

present.

No colie cxea,

Azygos lobe of ling

absent.

Thus we may infer that the genera Dasypus, Tolypeutes, and

Xenurus resemble one another more than any of them do Tatusia.

Chlamydophorus, in other respects so different from them all, is

like Dasypus alone in its colic ceea, like Dasypus, Tolypeutes, and

Xenurus in most respects, and like T'atusia only in the shape of its

uterus.

2. Notes on a Specimen of Polyborus lately living in the

Society’s Gardens. By J. H. Gurney, F.Z.S.

[Received Jan. 17, 1878.]

The Society’s ‘ Progeedings’ for 1876 contain at p. 333 a plate

and a concise notice of two remarkable Polyéori which were said to

have been obtained in Patagonia, and which were placed in the

Gardens on the 2nd of March of that year.

1878.] | MR. J. H. GURNEY ON A SPECIMEN OF POLYBORUS. 231

On the 27th of May, 1877, one of these birds unfortunately died ;

and on examining the skin of this specimen, which proved on dis-

section to be a male, I have noticed the following points.

The wing measures 15°6 inches; but the ends of the primaries are

worn considerably, and except for this the measurement would, I

think, have exceeded 16 inches ; the length of the tarsus is 3°7, and

that of the middle toe s. u. 2°3 inches.

I have had the opportunity of comparing these measurements with

those of four specimens of Polyborus tharus which have been kindly

lent to me by Messrs. Salvin & Godman, and with those of two

specimens in the Norwich Museum; also with the measurements

given by Mr. Sharpe, at p. 32 of the first volume of his Catalogue,

of two others in the British Museum.

Unfortunately in none of these eight examples is the sex recorded ;

but the result appears to prove that Polyborus tharus is subject to

considerable variation of size, which further investigation may show

to be incident, in part, to the different localities from which the

specimens have been obtained.

The following are the measurements alluded to :—

Tn the collection of

Messrs. Salvin & Godman. Wing. Tarsus. Middle toe 8. «.

Bahia 14°8 3°0 1-9

of 15:1 35 2°2

156 3°5 21

Supposed to be from

_ Bolivia 16:0 3°5 2°2

In the Norwich Museum.

Locality unknown

17°2 3°7 2°3

» 17-4 3°9 PN

In the British Museum,

as given by Mr. Sharpe.

Locality not quoted 15°5 3°8

» 17°9 3°8

It will be seen from the above measurements that there is nothing

in the dimensions of the specimen which died at the Gardens to show

that it is not an abnormal example of P. ¢harus ; and although the

extraordinary paleness of the ground-colour of its plumage presents

a curious difference from the coloration of the same portions of

the plumage in P. tharus, the form and disposition of the markings

in great measure agree with those of that species in its immature

stage.

The following notes refer to the details in which the pale specimen

agrees with the ordinary P. ¢harus in its immature stage :—The upper

part of the head, including the occipital crest, is decidedly darker

than the adjacent plumage ; the ear-coverts are whole-coloured and

of a castaneous tint; the feathers of the throat and upper breast

have strongly marked longitudinal shaft-marks ; and similar shaft-

marks, but narrower and fainter, are perceptible on the lower breast

232 MR. J. H. GURNEY ON A SPECIMEN OF POLYBORUS. [Feb. 19,

and on the interscapular feathers. All these shaft-marks resemble

greatly in shape those on the corresponding portions of the plumage

in the normal immature P. ¢harus; but in the latter the shaft-marks

are paler than the sides of the feathers, while in the pale Patagonian

specimen they are darker and more rufous. In the last-named bird

faint transverse marks of a similar rufescent tint, but very pale, are

perceptible on the abdomen and under tail-coverts ; similar transverse

marks, but darker, less rufous and more numerous, are apparent in

a specimen of P. tharus in Messrs. Salvin & Godman’s collection,

marked “ Bolivia ?,’? which seems to me to be passing from the im-

mature to the adult stage. Transverse bars alternately dark and pale

and of a similar character are found on the lower part. of the back in

Polyborus tharus in all its stages; and these markings, though

modified in their coloration, especially by the substitution of dull

fulvous bars for those of blackish brown in ordinary specimens, are

unmistakably present in the pale specimen under consideration.

The latter bird was moulting its primaries when it died; and I

observe that the transverse bars on the new quill-feathers are broader

than on the old, the latter agreeing in general character with the

corresponding bars in immature specimens of the normal P. tharus,

and the former with the same bars in adult birds. ‘These bars are

much more rufous, especially on the newly acquired feathers, than

is the case in normal specimens; in the latter they are of various

shades of brown, but not tinged with rufous.

The narrow transverse bars on the upper surface of the tail are

less distinct in the Patagonian pale bird than in ordinary specimens

of P. tharus ; but they are similar in character and of about the same

number (from 15 to 16). The broad terminal blackish-brown band at

the end of the tail in the ordinary bird is represented in the pale

one by a dull fawn-coloured band of similar dimensions tinged with

rufous on its upper edge and on the external webs of the outer pair

of rectrices ',

During a recent visit to the Zoological Society’s Gardens, I observed

that the bare skin on the face of the survivor of the two pale birds,

changed rapidly from carmine-red to pale pink ; but Mr. Bartlett

informed me that in neither of the pale specimens did these occasional

and transient changes assume a wider range, and that in them the

bare skin never became yellow, as may be sometimes seen to be the

case (even to the extent of a decided lemon-colour) in the normal

specimens of Polyborus tharus inhabiting the adjacent cages.

On the whole, I incline to agree with the opinion expressed by

Mr. Sclater in his original notice of this curious pair of birds, that

they are “ young individuals of P. ¢harus in an abnormal phase of

plumage,” or, as I would rather say, of colouring generally.

* The tail in the pale birds was imperfect when they were drawn for the

plate in the Proce. Zool. Soe, ; but the specimen under consideration obtained its

full tail subsequently,

1878.] MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLIDE. 233

3. A Study of the Pteroclide or Family of the Sand-Grouse.

By D. G. Exxon, F.R.S.E. &e.

[Received January 18, 1878. ]

The materials for the present paper were supplied by the

splendid collection in the Paris Museum, kindly placed at m

disposal by Prof. A. Milne- Edwards, who afforded me every facility

for investigating this interesting group of birds, and to whom, as

well as to Dr. E. Oustalet, Aide-Naturaliste, I desire to express my

thanks. With the exception of P. decoratus, the type of which is,

I believe, unique, every known species of the Pteroclidz is repre-

sented in that Museum, many of them by series of both sexes in

different plumages ; and certain Specimens are the types of the older

writers. In the treatment of my subject I have followed the same

method as that adopted for my “ Review of the Thidinee”’+, and give

first the Literature of the Family, then the Classification, followed

by some remarks upon the different genera proposed for the group ;

LITERATURE OF THE Famity.

Linneus is the first author to claim our attention.

1766. Linnavs, « Systema Nature,’

In the list of Species comprised in the genus Tetrao, this author

Places among those characterized by « pedibus nudis” a single

species belonging to the Pteroclide, called by him Teérao alchata,

Species 1,

1771. Linnzus, ‘ Mantissa.’

In this work the P, senegalus is described as Tetrao senegalus.

Species 2.

1773. Pauxas, ‘Reise durch Verschied. Provinz. Russisch. Reichs.’

Syrrhaptes paradoxus is described as Tetrao paradoxus. Species 3.

1774. Pauas, ‘Nov. Comm. Petropol.’

Pierocles arenarius first made known as Tetrao arenarius.

Species 4,

1786. Scoroxt, ‘ Deliciz Faun et Flore Insubrice.’

Pterocles fasciatus first described as Tringa Jasciatus, Species 5,

1788. Gme tin, ‘ Systema Nature,’

Five species of this family are given by this author, all placed in

innzus’s genus Tetrao, viz. T. alchata, Linn., 7. namaqua, de-

scribed for the first time, 7. indicus (=T7. fasciata, Scop.), 7.

arenarius, Pall., and T. paradoxus, Pall. Species 6.

* P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 477.

234 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLIDE. [Feb. 19,

1815. Temminck, ‘Histoire Naturelle Générale des Pigeons et

Gallinacés,’

A general review of the Pteroclide is here given, as known to the

author, with some species renamed that were previously described.

They are as follows :—P. arenarius, Pall., P. bicinctus, P. quadri-

cinctus, both described for the first time, P. setarius (=T. alchata,

Linn.), P. tachypetes (=T. namaqua, Gmel.), and Syrrhaptes

pallasii (=T. paradowa, Pallas). Species 8.

1817. Virrixot, ‘ Nouveau Dictionnaire d’ Histoire Naturelle.’

In his genus Gnas are here included such species of this family

as were known to the author, viz. @. cata (=T. alchata, Linn.),

. bicineta, Gi. indica (=T. fasciata, Scop.), Gi. namaqua, and

CE. arenaria. No new species are described.

1822. Burcue tt, ‘Travels in South Africa.’

Pterocles variegatus first described. Species 9.

1823. LicuTEeNstTrErIn, ‘ Verzeichniss der Doubletten des zool.

Museum zu Berlin.’

Pterocles coronatus first described. Species 10.

1825. Temminck, ‘Planches Colorices.’

Pterocles exustus and P. lichtensteini first described and figured.

In an earlier portion of the work, in the 9th livraison (1823), P.

arenarius is figured ¢ and 9; and in the 57th livraison (1825) a

representation of both sexes of P. coronatus is given. Species 12.

1837. Swainson, ‘ Birds of West Africa.’

Pterocles quadricinctus, Temm., renamed P. tricinctus.

1843. Gou.p, in the ‘ Voyage of the Sulphur, Birds.’

Pterocles personatus described. Species 13.

1849. Smiru, ‘Illustrations of South-African Zoology.’

Pterocles yutturalis described. Species 14.

1850. Gouxp, in ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society of

London.’

Syrrhaptes thibetanus described. Species 15.

1856. Bonaparte, in ‘Comptes Rendus.’

In his Table des Galinacés, Bonaparte proposes the genus Péero-

clurus for certain species of this family, of which the 7’. alchata,

Linn., may be considered as the type.

1870. Casanis, in ‘Von der Decken’s Reise.’

Pterocles decoratus described. Species 16.

CLASSIFICATION.

The natural position of the Pteroclide (called by Prof. Huxley

Pteroclomorphe), in the Class Aves, is between the Columbide

(Peristeromorphz) on the one hand, and the Tetraonine series of the

1878. | MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLIDE. 235

Gallinaceous birds (Alectoromorphz) on the other, supplying the link

which connects these two great divisions, and with them constitutes

the Gallo-Columbine series. The Pteroclide resemble the Alecto-

romorphe in their skull, palatines, maxillo-palatines, and bill; but

the pterygoid and basipterygoid processes, sternum, furcula, coracoid,

and fore limb are like those of the Pigeon. The foot, with its

almost absent hallux (entirely wanting in Syrrhaptes), and tbe short

tarso-metatarsus are, however, very unlike a Pigeon’s. The vocal

organs, as shown by Mr. Parker’, are the same as a Pigeon’s; the

trachea is cartilaginous, and possesses a pair of laryngeal muscles

at its bifurcation; but the crop, gizzard, gall-bladder, and small

intestines are like those of Gallinaceous birds. The czeca coli are

very voluminous, but have twelve continuous longitudinal folds in

their mucous membrane, instead of seven as in Lagopus. The

proventricular glands, however, are Pigeon-like. The pterylosis of

the Saud-Grouse, although very similar to that of a Pigeon, differs

somewhat on its dorsal surface. The lateral neck-spaces are shorter,

only reaching to the beginning of the neck; the superior wing-space

is absent ; the lumbar tracts coalesce with the posterior part of the

dorsal tract, which latter also joins the plumage of the tibia. In

some species the narrow spinal tract is wanting. The Pteroclide

also differ from the Pigeons in possessing an after-shaft on the

contour feathers, and from the Gallinaceous birds in having a

naked oil-gland.

From the above it will be clearly seen how intermediate these

singular birds are of the two great groups between which they are

placed. In some of their characters they are also pluvialine, and

their flight is especially Plover-like; but in their method of drinking

they resemble the Pigeons, as the bill is thrust up to the nostrils

into the water, and retained there until the bird’s thirst is allayed.

The members of the two genera adopted for this family closely

resemble each other in their outward shape, being generally rather

heavy of body, with long pointed wings and extremely short legs

and toes, apparently quite disproportionate in size to the rest of

the bird. The species, therefore, are awkward when on the ground,

run clumsily, and appear to great disadvantage; but on the wing

they move rapidly and gracefully. The bill, though small, is strong

and Grouse-shaped ; in Pterocles the tarsi are feathered in front ; in

Syrrhaptes both tarsi and toes are com pletely covered with feathers,

as in the winter coat of the Ptarmigan. I have arranged the

members of Pterocles in two divisions, distinguished by the pre-

sence or absence of a conspicuous band across the breast. ‘The first

of these, without a pectoral band, contains five species, all but one

having the breast of a uniform coloration.

The second division, with a pectoral band, possesses nine species,

having, as a rule, a very different style of coloration from those in

the other section of the genus. In the remaining genus Syrrhaptes,

but two species are as yet known, separated in their outward appear-

ance from their relations in Pterocles by the feathered leg and foot

1 Trans. Zool. Soe. vol. y. p. 204,

236 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLID. [ Feb. 19,

and the entire absence of a hind toe. One character by which

Syrrhaptes was formerly distinguished was the extremely lengthened

filamentous first primary observed in S. paradoxus; but since the

discovery of the second species, which does not possess a similar

formation, this peculiarity will not answer as a means of generic

distinction. Both species of Syrrhaptes have the median rectrices

much lengthened beyond the rest; but as this also occurs with

several species of Péerocles, it cannot be regarded as of generic

importance.

GENERA.

But few generic terms fortunately have been proposed for these

birds. Usually placed by the older authors, who were misled by

their feathered tarsi, in Yetrao, they were first separated from

the Grouse by Temminck, who, in 1815’, created for them the term

Pterocles. In 1811 Illiger proposed Syrrhaptes for the Tetrao

paradora of Pallas, separating it from the other species of the

family. In 1812 Fischer instituted the term Mematura for the

same bird, followed in 1816 by Vieillot with Heteraclitus, and also

with Gnas for the other members of the family. Lastly Bona-

parte, in 1856, created the term Pteroclurus. Two generic forms

are evidently represented among the Pteroclide, for which the terms

Syrrhaptes, of Iliger, to contain the two species S. paradoxus and

S. thibetanus, and Pterocles of Temminck to include all the rest of

the family, have the claim of priority, and are amply sufficient for

the recognition of the generic divisions now existing. In the

osteology of the two genera there are considerable differences obser-

vable, as has been well shown by Mr. Parker, some of which are the

following :—The skull of Syrrhapées is weaker, less gallinaceous,

and more pigeon-like than that of Pterocles; the upper frontal

region is narrower between the eyes, and the alze of the ethmoid are

less swollen between the crura of the nasal. In Pterocles the bones

of the face are as strong as is observed in a Pigeon; the lower

jaw is stronger than in Syrrhaptes, and bends further back; the

postorbital and squamosal processes are stronger, as is also the

malar arch; in some characters of the skull and skeleton they are

neatly alike. Péerocles has the scapula more like that of a Grouse,

and also possesses one more caudal vertebra than Syrrhaptes, and the

styliform and sacral ribs have no appendage; but both genera have

a rudiment attached to the last hemapophysis. The sternum is

stronger, with the episternum and hyosternal processes as in Syr-

rhaptes ; but the external hyposternal processes are shorter.

Of fossil remains of Pteroclidee but two tarso-metatarsal bones have

been found, which have been described by Prof. A. Milne-Edwards, in

his great work ‘Les Oiseaux Fossiles,’ as Pterocles sepultus. By the

kindness of their possessor I have had an opportunity of examining

1 In his ‘Manuel d’Ornithologie’ (1820), 2nd part, p. 474, in a footnote,

Temminek states that he published an account of these birds under the generic

name of Pterocles in 1809. I have not been able to find this publication, nor

any record of it, and 1815 is the earliest date I can assign to the genus.

1878.] MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLID&. 237

these interesting specimens. ‘There is a slight difference observable

in their size, one being rather stouter than the other; and they evidently

belong to two individuals, perhaps different sexes of the same species ;

and, as stated by Monsieur A. Milne-Edwards’, represent a species

between the P. alehata, Linn., and the P. gutturalis, Smith.

The following are the genera proposed for these birds, with the

type of each added :—

Type.

(1811) Syrrhaptes, Illiger, Prodr. p. 243 ......... Tetrao paradoxus, Pall.

(1812) Nematura, Fisch. Mém. Soc. Natur. Moscou Tetrao paradoxus, Pall.

(1815) Pterocles, Temm. Man. Ornith, p. 299...... Tetrao alchata, Linn.

(1816) Gnas, Vieillot, Analyse, p. 52 ............08 Tetrao alchata, Linn.

(1816) Heteraclitus, Vieillot, Analyse, p. 53 ...... Tetrao paradoxus, Pall.

(1856) Péeroclurus, Bon. Compt. Rend. slii. p. 880 Tetrao alchata, Linn.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION.

The Pteroclide have been found in only three of the zoogeogra-

phical divisions of the earth’s surface, viz. the Palearctic, Oriental,

and Ethiopian regions; and in these they are chiefly restricted to

tracts devoid of cultivation, or actual deserts. From the fact that

of the sixteen known species twelve are met with in the Ethiopian

region, we may safely regard the Pteroclidz as having originated in

Africa, from which they spread into the other two regions named

above. Of the twelve Ethiopian species, seven (or a little over half)

are not found in the other zoogeographical divisions. In the

Oriental region, which is the next richest in the birds of this family,

seven species are found, one of which is peculiar to it ; and, lastly,

the Palearctic region is tenanted by five species, two of which,

constituting the genus Syrrhaptes, are not found elsewhere. Com-

mencing with the Ethiopian region, where the species appear confined

mainly to the eastern side of the continent, we find the Pé. gut-

turalis extending its range from Abyssinia to Kurrichane, just north

of the Cape Colony, where it was procured by Sir A. Smith. In

Egypt and Nubia P¢. coronatus is found, not going south of the

last-named country on this coast. It is also met with in the

southern part of the desert of Sahara, and again on the plains of the

Sinaitic peninsula, and probably occurs throughout Arabia, as, together

with the three species next mentioned, it is found in Sindh of the

Oriental region. In the region extending from and including

Egypt to the Somali country Pt. evustus, Pt. senegalus, and Pt.

lichtensteint are found ; while Pt. quadricinctus appears to be re-

stricted to Abyssinia and Sennaar, although given by Swainson as

a bird of West Africa under the name of Pt. tricinctus. Passing

southwards along the same coast, we find Pt. variegatus, Pt.

namaqua, and Pt. bicinctus inhabiting the Trans-Vaal, whence

they range across this part of the continent into Damaraland.

Somewhere in the interior of Eastern Africa Pé. decoratus dwells,

according to Cabanis; but its precise distribution does not appear

1 Oiseaux Fossiles, tom. ii. p. 295, pl. 141. figs. 1-9.

238 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLIDA. [ Feb. 19,

to be exactly known. The type and only known specimen was

obtained near Lake Jipe. It is most probable that the range of

some of the species mentioned above may be much greater; but

before this can be definitely determined our knowledge of the

interior of the continent and its avi-fauna must be greatly increased.

Pt. exustus is given by Hartlaub, in his ‘System der Ornith. West-

Afrika’s,’ upon the authority of a specimen in the Berlin Museum,

as an inhabitant of Senegal. I have not seen this corroborated by

any other writer; and the species seems to be more particularly a

bird of East Africa, although it is not unlikely that it may skirt the

southern border of the Sahara quite across the continent. Finally,

according to Tristram, P¢. arenarius is found everywhere in the

Sahara, except in the extreme south. In the Oriental region,

the next in order, we find that in Sindh, with the exception of

Pt. decoratus and Pt. quadricinctus, all of those species already

mentioned as dwelling in the Ethiopian region are met with, two

of which (Pé. coronatus and Pt. lichtensteini) do not seem to be

found in any other part of India. P¢. senega/us is met with along

the shores of the Runn of Cutch and in Northern Guzerat ; while

Pt. arenarius goes north into the Punjaub and thence through the

North-west Provinces; and P¢. alehata occurs in the Peshawur

valley. Pt. exustus and Pt. fasciatus are distributed generally

throughout India, the last-named species not being found in Sindh.

The last zoogeographical region in which these birds occur is the

Paleearctic ; and commencing in the far east we have the members

of the genus Syrrhaptes; of which S. paradoxus ranges from the

plains of Pekin and Tientsin, through Mongolia and the Great

Gobi desert into the Kirghis steppes, occasionally wandering into

parts of Western Europe in more or less extensive numbers. The

year 1863 was a uotable one for a great migration of this species,

flocks of considerable size having been observed as far west as

Ireland. The only other known species, S. tibetanus, is dis-

tributed from the Kokonor basin on the east, through Northern

Thibet to Ladakh. In this region also, Pé. senegalus is a native

of Palestine, where, according to Tristram, it is numerous. P2.

arenarius is common throughout Turkestan, and is not rare in the

eastern steppes of New Russia and the Caucasus. It is also met

with in Persia and about Erzeroom, not uncommon in Palestine,

and is distributed generally throughout south-western Europe, being

common in Spain and Portugal. It is also a dweller of the Algerian

deserts, whence it extends into the Ethiopian region as already

enumerated, and has also been obtained in Greece. Its most

western locality that I have seen recorded is the Canary Islands,

where it has been observed in the Gran Canaria. The only re-

maining species to be noticed in the Palearctic region is Pé. alchata,

which ranges from the Kirghis steppes into southern Russia ;

it is common in Asia Minor and Palestine, and occurring through-

out Southern Europe, is found in France where Pt. arenarius is

not known. It is also common in Spain, and frequently met with

in Portugal, and is abundant in the Algerian deserts. It has been

1878. | MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLID. 239

obtained at Malta, and also in Greece, where, according to Von der

Miihle, a specimen has been procured in Eubecea.

Genus PTEROCLEs.

Body rather long and heavy; bill rather stout; culmen curved ;

groups ascending; sides of mandibles compressed. Nostrils basal,

open, oblong, partly covered by a membrane; frontal feathers pro-

jecting over, but not intruding upon, the nasal aperture. Wings long,

pointed ; first primary longest. Tail cuneate; median rectrices

sometimes lengthened heyond the rest. Tarsi short, covered an-

teriorly with downy feathers; feet small, bare, the hallux extremely

short, almost obsolete, not reaching the ground.

Key to the Species.

A. Without pectoral band. .

@, Bront and: chin) black y «ac .4.% es -ccasesvcss oe cveviot 1. Pt. personatus.

6. Loral space black; throat yellowish, bordered

on its lower edge with a band of black ; breast

greenish-grey ; abdomen chestnut ............... 2. Pt. gutturalis.

c. Stripe on each side of forehead, from nostril to

above the eye, chin, and centre of throat black 3. P¢. coronatus.

d. Lores and band encircling back of head pearly-

grey; cheeks, ear-coverts, and throat orange

yellow; centre of abdomen black ............... 4, Pt. senegalus.

e. Top of head yellowish-brown, streaked with

black; throat pearly-grey; underparts rufous,

spotted with white........... siccSine yoberibackcscogebcs 5. Pt. varicgatus.

B, With pectoral band.

a. Without black bar on forehead.

a’, Median rectrices not lengthened much be-

yond the rest.

Upper part of throat and sides of neck

rufous; lower portion of throat black ;

band on lower part of breast; abdomen

and flank black ............ BPR told. RE 6. Pt. arenarius.

b'. Median rectrices greatly lengthened be-

yond the rest.

a’, Throat yellow; black band across

breast ; abdomen and flanks chest-

Wulf dacs tasesasbederrededaneemenere nr siaaee 7. Pt. exustus.

b". Throat and stripe behind the eye

black; sides of throat rufous; centre

of breast chestnut, bordered above

and below with black ; rest of under-

DANUSLWOMLON Mesitssec rade: ssectk aes tee 8. Pt. alchata.

oe”. Throat orange-yellow; breast crossed

by a white and a chestnut band;

abdomen rufous brown............ vee «9, Pl. namaqua,

6. With black bar across forehead.

wd. Breast uniform greenish buff.

a”, Lower part of breast bordered with a

chestnut band, succeeded by a white

one; rest of underparts yellowish-

white, barred narrowly with black ;

wing-coverts with two black bands,

margined on the upper side only

with white .......... Belk cat Thome « cpeeee 10. Pt. fasciatus,

240 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLID. [Feb. 19,

6”. Lower part of breast bordered with a

rather broad white band, succeeded

by a broad black one; rest of under-

parts yellowish-white, irregularly

barred with black .............c.seeee- 11. Pt. bicinetus.

ec”. Lower part of breast crossed by four

bands, first a maroon one, succeeded

by a white one, then a black, and

lastly a white one, alternating ;

wing-coyerts with only one black

band, margined on both sides with

WILE Aisne rte tian: Ba ctkeieacteeea dase 12. Pt. quadricinctus.

4’, Throat pale buff; upper part of breast buff,

crossed with numerous narrow black

bars; middle of breast uniform buff,

crossed in centre by a narrow black bar,

and another of the same hue on its

lower edge; rest of underparts yellow-

ish-white, barred narrowly with black... 18, Pé. lichtensteini.

e. Black bar on forehead, divided in the centre by

a white spot; throat and abdomen black ; black

bar crosses the breast, between which and the

abdomen is a broad white band .............0-00s 14, Pt. decoratus.

1. PreROCLES PERSONATUS.

Pterocles personatus, Gould, Voy. ‘Sulphur,’ Zool. pl. 30 (1843) ;

id. P.Z.S. (1843), p. 15; Gray, Gen. B. vol. iii. p. 519 (1845) ;

Reich. Syn. Av. Gallinze (1851), pl. ceviii. figs. 1821, 1822.

Hab. Madagascar.

This is one of the largest species of the genus, readily recognized

from its relatives by the entirely black forehead and chin. M.

Grandidier informs me that it is very abundant in Madagascar,

where he has shot many, and that its flesh is palatable. In its

economy and habits it does not differ from the other members of the

genus.

Male. Forehead and chin jet black. Lower part of throat and

sides of face buffy-white. Top of head, occiput, upper part of back

and breast dark isabelline or vinous. Middle of back dark brown,

greyish tinge on some feathers; rest of back, rump, and upper tail-

coverts black, barred narrowly with light buff. Wings uniform,

like the breast ; a few of the greater coverts tipped with brownish

black, forming three irregular bars upon the wing. Inner secon-

daries dark grey, tipped with vinous. Primaries dark chocolate-

brown, with light edges on the inner webs. Abdomen, flanks, and

vent barred narrowly with black and rufous; the feathers nearest

the breast barred with black and buffy white. Under tail-coverts

light chestnut. Tail brownish black, barred with white (these

broadest and most numerous on the outer webs), the feathers largely

sped with white. Bill apparently bluish, with dark tips. Feet

ack.

Total length 133 inches; wing 93, tail 5, bill along gape 3.

Female. Throat and sides of face buffy white; breast vinous.

Entire upper parts and wings pale buff, barred irregularly with black.

Primaries dark brown, with light edges and tips. Flanks and

1878. ] MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLIDA. 241

chest barred with white and black; abdomen and vent barred with

rufous and black. Under tail-coverts ochraceous. ‘Tail blackish

brown, barred and largely tipped with yellowish white. Bill and feet

blue-black.

Total length 113 inches; wing 83, tail 47, bill along gape 3

A young eed Hite frome the female in having the breast vinous

in the centre, pale buff on the sides, each feather with two narrow

brown bars. Abdomen, flanks, and vent chestnut, barred sparingly

with black. Wings very pale buff, barred with black. Rest of

plumage as in the female.

2. PrEROCLES GUTTURALIS.

Pterocles gutturalis, Smith, Ill. 8.-Afr. Zool. (Birds), pl. 3 3,

pl. 31 2 (1849); Gray, Gen. B. vol. iii. p. 519 (1849); Reich.

Syn. Av. Galline (1851) pl. cex. figs. 1829, 1830; von Heugl.

Syst. Uber. Vig. N.O.-Afr. (1855) p. 304; Parker, Proc. Zool.

Soc. (1862) p. 258; id. Journ. fiir Ornith. (1862) p. 286; Layard,

Birds S. Afr. (1867) p- 278; id. Ibis (1868) p. 269; Ayres, Ibis

(1869) p. 297; Blanf. Geol. & Zool. Abyss. (1870) p. 421; Von

Heugl. Ornith. Nordost-Afr. Band ii. (1873) p. 862; Buckle, Ibis

(1874) p. 385.

Hab. Kurrichaine, South Africa (Smith); Trans-Vaal (Ayres,

Buckley) ; Adoa and Axum to Shoa, Abyssinia (Heuglin); Agula,

Antalo, Abyssinia (Blanford).

This fine species of Sand-Grouse was first described by Sir A.

Smith (/. c.), who obtained it about eighty miles to the eastward of

Latakoo, his attention having been drawn to the bird by its cry,

which was very different from that of P. namaqua, and resembled

the syllables tweet-tweet. Like all the other species they resorted

to the water in large flocks, but when feeding were dispersed and

observed only singly or in pairs. Grass-seeds and abundance of

gravel were found in the stomachs of the individuals that were killed.

The eggs, which are two or three in number, are laid upon the bare

ground; and the young take to a wandering life almost immediately

after they are hatched.

In Abyssinia Mr. Blanford considers this species to be local, as

he only saw it in two or three places in the highlands, at Agula

and Antalo; and Riippeil mentions it only at Shoa, though Von

Heuglin procured it near Adowa.

Mr. Ayres states that in the neighbourhood of Potchefstrom, in

the territory of the Transvaal, this species is abundant towards the

end of winter and beginning of spring. Their flight is strong, re-

sembling that of Pigeons ; and when alarmed, they do not run, but

lie close to the ground, from which they take wing at once. Their

notes, uttered only on the wing, are harsh, and may be heard at a

considerable distance. They feed upon a species of tare or pea, and

upon bulbous roots of a species of grass; from the aromatic pro-

perties of these last the birds, after feeding freely upon them, are

thoroughly scented. Iris is dusky-brewn. The egg is “14% in.

by +3 in. ; the ground-colour is dusky-tawny, marked with lines and

Proc. Zoou. “Soe. —1878, No. XVI. 16

242 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLIDE. [ Feb. 19,

blotches of umber, especially towards the base of the egg, where

these marks form an encircling zone.”

Male. Black stripe from nostrils to the eye; sides of head, neck,

and throat pale buff; a black line encircles the lower part of the

throat, and extends onto the back of the neck, where it is broadest.

Top of head dark brown; back of neck pale greenish yellow.

Breast dark greyish buff, with a wash of green. Entire rest of

underparts chestnut. Back and inner secondaries greenish grey.

Wing-coverts brownish grey, the greater ones tipped with ochra-

ceous. Primaries dark brown, with pale edges. Median rectrices

greenish grey; lateral ones black, tinged with ochraceous on edge

of outer web, and tipped with light rufous. Under tail-coverts

bright chestnut. Iris deep brown. Bill and feet black.

Total length 11% inches; wing 9, tail 4%, bill along gape 3.

Female. Top of head black; feathers margined with light buff.

Back of neck buff, with a central streak of black. Feathers of back,

wings, and breast black, with a large buff spot on each web at the

tip, those on lower part of back and wings being rather circular in

form, giving those parts a spotted appearance, while the breast and

upper part of back seem to be streaked with broad black lines on a

buff ground. Secondaries black, scalloped on the edges, and tipped

with light buff. Primaries blackish brown. Flanks, abdomen,

thighs, and vent deep rufous, narrowly barred with black. Tail

black, barred with deep buff along the margins of the webs, and

tipped with reddish buff. Upper tail-coverts like the back ; under

coverts deep chestnut, barred on their basal half with black. Bill

and feet black.

Total length 11 inches, wing 9, tail 4, bill along gape $.

3. PTEROCLES CORONATUS.

Pterocles coronatus, Licht. Verz. d. Doubl. (1823) p. 65; Temm.

Planch. Color. (1825) nos. 339, 340; Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. (1823-

1835) p. 114; Wagl. Syst. Av. (1827) Pterocles, sp.4; Gray, Gen.

B. vol. ili. p. 519 (1849); Reich. Syn. Av. Gallinze, pl. ceviii. figs.

1815, 1816 (1851); Heugl. Syst. Uber. N.O.-Afr. (1855) p. 304;

Tristr. Ibis (1860) p. 71; Von Heugl. Journ. fiir Ornith. (1862)

p- 415; Hartm. Journ. fiir Ornith. (1863) pp. 303, 307; Adams,

Ibis (1864) p. 27; Allen, Ibis (1864) p. 240; Wyatt, Ibis (1870)

pp: 9, 16; Shelley, Ibis (1871) p. 144; id. B. Egypt (1872) p.

221; Hume, Str. Feath. (1873) vol.i. p. 224; Von Heugl. Ornith.

Nordost-Afr. (1873) Band ii. p. 863; Wise, Str. Feath. (1876)

vol. iv. p. 230.

Hab. Rare in Egypt and Nubia (Shelley) ; southern parts of the

Sahara (Tristram) ; El Kab, Egypt (Allen); Nubia and Kordofan

(Heuglin) ; Nubia and Arabia (Riippel/); Plain of El Goa, Sinai

(Wyatt); Jacobabad, N.W. Sindh (Hume); Kurrachee district

(Wise).

According to Tristram this Sand-Grouse is confined to the more

southern portions of the Sahara, where it supplants P. arenarius.

He only met with it in parties of four or five; and the egg was of an

1878. ] MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLID RE. 243

ashy white with a few almost obliterated pale-brown markings. In

Egypt Capt. Shelley found this species to be rare, and also in Nubia ;

and he does not think it goes into the Delta. Dr. Adams met with it

at the Second Cataract; and when at El Kab, Mr. Allen killed a

pair out of a flock that came down to drink at a pool. Their ery

was hoarser than that of the common species (P. exustus?),

Male. A line on each side of the forehead, from the nostril to

above the eye, chin, and a narrow line down the centre of the throat

Jet black. A pearly grey band on each side of the occiput, meeting

at the back of the neck. Centre of forehead white. ‘Top of head

vinous. Sides of neck, throat, and lower part of neck behind

orange. Upper parts and wings vinous, with the tips of the wing-

coverts pale buff, surrounded by a dark grey margin on the inner

side. Primaries dark brown, with the tips of the 5th to 9th buffy-

white; shafts of first two pure white, of the rest brownish white.

Entire underparts pale sandy-buff, darkest on the middle of abdo-

men and vent. Median rectrices not extending beyond the rest,

vinous. Lateral feathers pale rufous, with a subterminal bar of

black, and white tips. Bill bluish. Feet dark brown.

Total length 10 inches ; wing 73, tail 34, bill along gape 3.

Female. Throat and sides of the neck orange, palest on the chin.

Entire upper parts sandy buff with a vinous tinge, barred narrowly

with black. Wings paler buff, irregularly barred with fine black

lines, broadest and most conspicuous on the scapulars and some of

the inner secondaries. Breast and underparts very pale buff, almost

white upon the flanks, each feather margined with pale brown.

Under tail-coverts yellowish white. Tail vinous, with a subterminal

black bar, and white tip.

Total length 10 inches, wing 73, tail 34, bill along gape 3.

4. PrEROCLES SENEGALUS.

Tetrao senegalus, Linn. Mantissa (1771) p. 526; Lath. Ind. Orn.

vol. ii. p. 642.

La Gélinotte de Sénégal, Buff. Planch. Enlum. p- 130.

Pin-tailed Grous, var. A, Lath. Gen. Syn. (1783) p. 748.

Senegal Grous, Lath. Gen. Hist. B. vol. viii. (1823) p. 253.

Pterocles guttatus, Licht. Verz. d. Doubl. (1823) p. 64; Riipp.

Neue Wirbelth. (1823-1835) p. 114; Wagl. Syst. Av. (1827), Pée-

rocles, sp. 8; Less. Trait. Ornith. (1831) p. 517. sp. 8; Allen, Ibis

(1864) p. 240; Gould, B. Asia, pt. ui. pl. 6; Hume, Ibis (1872)

p- 468; Von Heugl. Ornith. Nordost-Afr. Band ii (1873) p. 860.

Pterocles senegalensis, Shaw, Nat. Misc. vol. iv. pl. 933 ; Taylor,

This (1859) p. 50, (1867) p- 67; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. Vig. Nordost-

Afr. (1855) p. 304; Speke, Ibis (1860) p. 247; Tristr. Ibis (1868)

p- 211; Taczanow. Journ. fiir Ornith. (1870) p. 51; Shelley, Ibis

(1871) p. 144.

Pterocles senegalus, Gray, Gen. B. vol. iii. p- 519 (1845); Tristr.

Ibis (1860) p. 71.

Pteroclurus senegalus, Bon. Compt. Rend. (1856) vol. xlii, p-

880; Reich. Syn. Av. Galline (1851) pl. cex. figs. 1831, 1832.

244 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLIDA. [Feb. 19,

Pterocles senegalus, Shelley, B. Egypt (1872) p. 220; Hume,

Str. Feath. (1873) vol. i. p. 221; James, Str. Feath. vol. iti. (1875)

p. 418; Butler, Str. Feath. (1875) vol. iii. p. 4, (1877) vol. v.

p- 231.

Fukee, Somali (Speke).

Hab. Egypt (Shelley) ; extreme south of the Sahara (T'ristram) ;

Somali country, East Africa (Speke); Egypt and Nubia ( Riippell) ;

Palestine (Tristram) ; Sindh, Northern Guzerat, along the shores

of the Runn of Cutch (ume).

Canon Tristram states that this species is confined to the extreme

south of the Sahara, but is more plentiful there than P. coronatus.

He obtained one nest; and the egg had a ground-colour similar to

that of P. alchata, but was scarcely more than half the size, and

had very faint brown spots. .

In the Somali country Capt. Speke met with this Sand-Grouse on

the plateau in large flocks. In Sindh Mr. Hume found this species

in certain localities to be very numerous. Their habits are very

much like those of other Sand-Grouse, keeping together in parties

of from fifty to sixty ; and very often in winter a flock consists of one

sex only. They trot about on the dry soil, picking up seeds and

insects, or squat and enjoy the warmth of the morning sun. They

seemed to be less pugnacious than some of the other species, as,

although he watched them closely, he did not observe the perpetual.

skirmishing among the males, such as he had noticed took place with

those of P. arenarius in the Punjaub. It is probable that this

species breeds in Sindh. '

Male. General plumage sandy buff. Lores and a band encircling

the back of the head pearly grey. Underparts sandy-buff, washed

with grey on the breast. Middle of abdomen black. Basal portion

of scapulars, greater wing-coverts, and secondaries dark brown,

tips buff. Primaries pale buff, graduating into brownish black

towards the tips, which are buff. Central rectrices lengthened

beyond the rest, pale buff, apical half black; lateral ones greyish

brown, with a subterminal black band and white tips. Bill and feet

lead-colour.

Total length 122 inches, wing 73, tail 3, bill along gape 2.

Female. Throat and sides of neck orange, lighter on the chin.

Entire upper parts and wings sandy~buff, covered with black spots.

Primaries sandy-buff, graduating into dark brown near the ends, and

tipped with pale buff. Underparts bright buff, spotted on the breast

with dark brown. Centre of abdomen black. Upper tail-coverts

like the back. Median rectrices buff, faintly barred with black,

their elongated tips brownish-black. Lateral feathers pale brown,

lightest on the outer webs, with a subterminal brownish-black bar,

and white tips. Bill dark horn-colour. Feet dark brown.

Total length 113 inches, wing 8, tail 44, bill at gape 3.

5. PreRocLes VARIEGATUS.

Pterocles variegatus, Burch. Trav. 8. Afr. vol. ii. p. 345 (1822) ;

Gray, Gen. B. vol. iii. p. 519 (1849); Reich. Syn. Av. Gallinze

1878. | MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLIDS. 245

(1851) pl. cex. figs. 1833, 1834; Strickl. & Sclat. Contr. Ornith.

(1852) p. 157; Lay. B. S. Afr. (1867) p. 279; id. Ibis (1868)

p- 269, (1869) p. 375; Ayres, Ibis (1871) p. 262; Anderss. B.

Dam.-1. (1872) p. 242.

Pterocles maculosus, Smith, Ill. 8.-Afr. Zool. vol. ii. p. 345 (1822);

Gray, Gen. B. vol. iii. p. 519 (1845).

Hab. Between Latakoo and the Tropics, South Africa (Smith) ;

banks of the Limpopo and Mariqua (4yres); Damaraland (An-

dersson).

Male. Throat and sides of face pearly-grey. Top of head and

occiput deep buff streaked with black. Upper parts and wings

brownish-black, tipped with yellowish-ochre, and spotted with white ;

the tips of the greater coverts, however, are reddish-ochre. Primaries

brownish black, with light edges. Breast and entire underparts

bright rufous, each feather with a subterminal white bar. Tail

brownish-black, barred with light buff, and tipped with yellowish

ochre. Bill black, feet yellowish-brown.

Total length 93 inches, wing 62, tail 34, bill along gape 2.

Female. Top of head bright buff, streaked with dark brown.

Sides of head and throat bright uniform buff. Feathers of the back

and wings blackish-brown, tipped with light yellowish-brown, and

with two or three white bars on the webs, which do not, however,

reach the shaft, and give to the back the appearance of being spotted

with white. Primaries blackish-brown, edged at the tip with white.

Breast reddish-buff, indistinctly barred with white. Underparts

dull white, barred with pale brown. Upper tail-coverts like the back.

Tail brownish-black, barred and tipped with light buff. Under tail-

coverts uniform light buff. Bill black; feet yellowish-brown.

Total length 93 inches, wing 63, tail 34, bill along gape 4.

6. PrmRocLEs ARENARIUS,

Tetrao arenaria, Pall. Noy. Comm. Petropol. vol. xix. p. 418,

tab. 8 (1774); id. Itiner. vol. iii. App. p. 699, no. 271; id. Zoogr.

Rosso-Asiat. vol. ii. p. 73, pl. (1831); Lath. Ind. Orn. vol. ii.

p- 642 (1790); Bonnat. Ency. Méth. tom. i. p. 200 (1790).

_ Sand-Grous, Lath. Syn. vol. ii. pt. 2. p. 751 (1783) ; id. Gen. Hist.

B. vol. viii. (1823), p. 254.

Tetrao fasciatus, Desfont. Mém. de Y Acad. des Se. p. 502 (1787).

Aragonian Partridge, Lath. Syn. Suppl. p. 223 (1787).

Perdiw aragoniea, Lath. Ind. Orn. p. 645 (1790); id. Gen. Hist.

B. vol. viii. (1823). p. 256 B.

_ Pterocles arenarius, Temm. Pig. et Gallin. vol. iii. (1815) pp. 240,

712; id. Planch. Col. nos. 52, 53; id. Man. Ornith. (1820)

vol. ii. p. 476, vol. iv. p. 330; Wagl. Syst. Av. (1827) Péerocles ;

Less. Trait. Ornith. (1831) p. 516, sp. 1; Fras. Proc. Zool. Soe.

(1839) p. 121; Gray, Gen. B. vol. iii. p. 518 (1849) ; Blyth, Cat.

B. Mus. Asiat. Soc. (1849) p. 249; Reich. Syn. Av. Gallinze (1851)

pl. cevii. figs. 1809-12; Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. (1858) p. 501;

Salv. Ibis (1859) p. 352; Tristr. Ibis (1860) p. 69, (1868)

p- 211; Irby, Ibis (1861) p, 223; Jerd. B. Ind. vol. iii. p. 496;

246 MR. D. G, ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLID&. [Feb. 1

Bree, B. Eur. vol. iii. p. 226, pl. (1862) ; Tristr. Proc. Zool. Soc.

(1864) p. 449; Lilford, Ibis (1866) p. 379; Drake, Ibis (1867)

p. 428; Smith, Ibis (1868) p. 450; Taezanow. Journ. fiir Ornith.

(1870) p.51; Saund. Ibis (1871) p. 223; Rey, Journ. fiir Ornith.

(1872) p. 154; Godman, Ibis (1872) p. 219; Garrod, Proc. Zool.

Soe. (1873) pp. 468, 639, (1874) p. 254; Hume, Str. Feath. vol. i.

(1873) p. 219; Kriper, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1875) p. 282; James,

Str. Feath. vol. ii. (1875) p. 418; Butler, Str. Feath. (1876) vol.

iv. p. 4, (1877) vol. v. p. 231; Dresser, Ibis (1876) p. 322; Scha-

low, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1876) p. 186; Scully, Str. Feath. (1876)

vol. iv. p. 1792; Danf. Ibis (1877) p. 273.

Tetrao subtridactyla, Hasselgq. It. p. 250.

Tuturuk, Boora-kurra, in Afghanistan (Jerdon). Buht-titar,

Bakht-tit, Buklit, also Ban-chur-Kurmoor, at Peshawur (Jerdon).

Ll Koudhre, Arabic (Tristram). Corteza, near Seville (Saunders).

Ortega Churra, in Spain (Lilford). Barrigra negra in Portugal

(Smith). Beghitak, Yarkand (Scully).

Hab. Desert regions of Asia, Southern Europe, and North Africa

(Blyth) ; plains of Fuerteventura, Gran Canary (Godman); Harak-

ta plains of the Eastern Atlas, Djendeli, Madracen (Sa/vin) ; Sahara

desert everywhere, except in the extreme south (Tristram); Erze-

roum (Dickson and Ross) ; Asia Minor (Danford) ; Palestine (Tvis-

tram); very common in Jodhpoor, not uncommon in Sindh, fairly

plentiful in eastern portions of Cutch, all along the eastern shores of

the Runn, and in the north-eastern portions of Kattiawar (Hume) ;

Punjaub, N.W. Provinces, Bengal (Adams), Besharik, Yarkand, and

Koshtak in Eastern Turkestan (Scully) ; Western Persia (De Filippi).

When in Yarkand Mr. Scully states (/. c.) that he heard of a bird

called Beghitak by the natives, which lived in the desert ground,

was yellowish brown in colour, and had feathered legs, and long

pointed wings. Its blood was reputed a specific for consumption.

Although he did not succeed in obtaining a specimen, yet once near

Besharik he saw a pair at a distance, and the next day he saw three

more, which appeared to be yellowish brown above, breast dove-

colour, abdomen dark or black, and lower tail-coverts white. They

were so wild and wary that he could not get a shot at them. Al-

though he refers these birds to P. arenarius, it is more probable, as

suggested by Mr. Hume, they were Syrrhaptes paradoxus.

Jerdon, in the ‘ Birds of India,’ says that this Sand-Grouse is only

found in the north-west provinces and Sindh, rarely extending so

low as Allahabad, is tolerably abundant in the Punjaub, and stated

to be very abundant on the edges of the great desert. He had also

heard of its having been killed near Nusserabad and in Khandeish.

It arrives at the end of September, and leaves in March, and is there-

fore only a winter visitor in India. It frequents sandy plains, flies

in vast flocks, and, like others of the family, it regularly visits twice

a day certain drinking-places, and is fond of basking in the sun and

rolling in the sand. The flight of this species is very strong and

swift ; and sometimes it traverses great distances. It is a very shy

bird, difficult of approach, and much esteemed as an article of food.

1878. | MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLID. 247

In flocks it is stated that one or other sex greatly preponderates ;

sometimes seven females are obtained to one male, and vice versi,

Canon Tristram states (/. c.) that this species is universally dis-

tributed throughout the Sahara, except in the extreme south, where

it gives place to P. senegalus. It has so much of the Plover-cha-

racter that he took the first covey that he saw for large Plovers.

He did not find it so wary as P. alehata; but when approached

closely it would suddenly rise to a great height and fly for a long

distance. The species lays three eggs of a pale fawn-colour, with

obsolete pale brown blotches ; they are elliptical in shape, and are

placed two in a line, and the third lengthwise outside, in a depression

in the ground. He observed that when the hen was sitting one wing

was spread out to cover the eggs ; and she thus presented a grotesque

lopsided appearance. The flesh, although extremely white, was very

poor and dry, without any flavour. In support of this testimony

Capt. Irby says, in his paper “On the Birds of Oudh and Kuma-

on,” that this bird, obtained by him near Hurdue, was uneatable

and tended to confirm what the natives say, “‘that they live upon

sand.”

Male. Top of head and occiput dark brownish grey, with a pearly

tinge, becoming a lighter grey on loral space, around the eye, and

ear-coverts. Upper part of throat and sides of neck chestnut, be-

* coming deep orange towards the back of the neck. Lower part of

throat in front black. Breast pearly grey, crossed on the lower part

by a rather broad black band, succeeded by another of rich buff,

which is widest on the sides near the wings. Rest of underparts

jet-black. Feathers of’ the back and wing-coverts are rich buff, each

feather with a subterminal greyish-black bar, and tipped with orange-

yellow. Secondaries deep buff, the terminal third of outer web

bright orange; some of the inner ones with a subterminal greyish-

black bar like the coverts, and some with this colour only along the

shaft. Greater wing-coverts orange-yellow on their apical third.

Primaries greyish black. Upper tail-coverts like the back; under

coverts black, tipped with white. Rectrices pale rufous, crossed

with narrow black bars, and tips white. Thighs black; tarsi

covered in front with buffy white feathers. Bill bluish. Feet

brownish. Iris brown. Total length 114 inches, wings 94, tail 41,

bill along gape 2.

Female. 'Vop of head and occiput rufous, streaked with black.

Upper part of throat and sides of head yellowish white, the feathers

of the lores and ear-coverts with a fine central black streak ; lower

part of throat crossed by a blackish band. Breast rich buff, becoming

buffy white near the abdomen, the feathers of the upper part, with

a central streak and spot at the tip, black. A black band crosses

the lower part, beneath which there are no spots. Rest of under-

parts black. Back and wings deep buff, crossed irregularly with

narrow black lines; the greater coverts tipped with orange. Secon-

daries deep buff, barred narrowly with black, and all but the inner-

most ones with a broad band of deep orange on the outer webs at

their tips. Primaries greyish black, edges whitish. Rectrices very

248 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLIDZ. [ Feb. 19,

dark brown, crossed with narrow indistinct brownish-black lines, and

tipped with buffy white. Under tail-coverts black, tipped with

white. Thighs brownish black; tarsi covered in front with short

buffy-white feathers. Bill brownish, with a black tip. Total length

11} inches, wing 9, tail 33, bill along gape 3.

A young bird from Erzeroum has the head, back, wings, ard breast

hight buff, with a central line and one or more bars on each feather

black, some crossing in a direct line, some in the shape of arrow-

heads. Primaries greyish black, with buffy-white tips. Abdomen

and flanks black. Middle rectrices light buff, crossed with nume-

rous narrow curved black bars ; the lateral ones greyish black along

the shafts, buff on the outer margin, barred with black and tipped

with white, this last increasing in extent as it goes towards the ex-

ternal feather. Under tail-coverts brownish black, and tipped with

white.

7. PTEROCLES EXUSTUS.

Bahtah Grous, Lath. Gen. Hist. Birds, vol. viii. (1823) p. 258.

Pterocles senegalensis, Licht. (nec Shaw), Verz. Doubl. p. 64

(1823).

Pterocles exustus, Tem. Pl. Col. (1825) nos. 354, 360; Wagl.

Syst. Av. (1827), Pterocles, sp. 9; Riipp. Neue Wirbelth. (1823-35)

p- 114; Less. Trait. Ornith. (1831) p. 517, sp. 9; Sykes, Proc.

Zool. Soc. (1832) p. 154; Gray, Gen. B. vol. iii. p. 519 (1849) ;

Blyth, Cat. B. Mus. Asiat. Soc. (1849) p. 249; Reich. Syn. Av.

Gallinee (1851) pl. ecix. figs. 1823-24; Jerd. Madr. Journ. vol. xii.

p- 3; Hutt. Journ.. Asiat. Soc. Beng. vol. xvi. p. 785; Burgess,

Proc. Zool. Soc. (1855) p. 30; Von Heugl. Syst. Uebers. Vog. N.O.-

Afr. (1855) p. 304; Hartl. Syst. Ornith. W.-Afr. (1857) p. 205;

Adams, Proc. Zool. Soe. (1858) p. 502; Taylor, Ibis (1859) p. 50,

(1867) p. 67; Irby, Ibis (1861) p. 235; Jerd. B. Ind. vol. iii.

(1864) p. 502; Tristr. Proe. Zool. Soc. (1864) p. 449; Gould,

B. Asia, pt. 11. pl. 13; Adams, Ibis (1864) p. 27; Allen, Ibis

(1864) p. 240; Tristr. Ibis (1868) p. 211; Beavan, Ibis (1868)

p- 378; Blanf. Geol. & Zool. Abyss. (1870) p. 4i0; Shelley, Ibis

(1871) p. 158; id. B. Egypt (1872) p. 218; Lloyd, Ibis (1873)

p-415; Hume, Str. Feath. (1873) vol.i. p. 225; Adams, Str. Feath.

(1873) vol. 1. p. 392; Von Heugl. Ornith. Nordost-Afr. Band ii.

p- 855 (1873); id. Journ, fiir Ornith. (1875) p. 57; Butl. Str.

Feath. (1875) vol. iil. p. 4; Fairb. Str. Feath. (1876) vol. iv.

. 262.

‘ Pteroclurus exustus, Ball, Str. Feath. (1874) vol. ii. p. 426.

Bar-titar, Bakt-titar, Kumar-tit, Hind.; Kuhar, N.W. Prov.;

Jam polanka, Tel. ; Kal-Kondari, Tam. (Jerdon). Gutta in Egypt

(Adams).

Hab. N.E. Africa and Arabia (Heuglin); Egypt and Nubia

(Shelley) ; Upper Egypt (d4dams) ; Hindustan, Middle and Western

Asia, Southern Europe, North Africa (Blyth); Abyssinia (Blan-

ford); Senegal, Mus. Berl. (Hartlaub) ; Casamanze (Verreauz) ;

Nubia and Abyssinia (Riippell) ; Palestine (Tristram) ; India, gene-

1878. | MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLID. 249

rally in desert places, unknown in Malabar, in wooded districts of

Central India, in Lower Bengal, and in Assam, Sylhet, and Burmah

(Jerdon); Dukhun (Sykes) ; Punjaub (Adams) ; Ahmednagar dis-

trict, Khandala (Fairbanks); Chotah Nagpur (Ball); Oudh

(Jrby) ; common in Sindh (Hume) ; Sambhur lake (ddams) ; Um-

ballah and Morar (Beavan) ; Kattiawar (Lloyd).

This species, Capt. Shelley states (/. ¢.), is the most abundant of

the various kinds of Sand-Grouse met with in Egypt, and ranges

throughout that country, as wellas Nubia. It goes in small flocks,

uttering, when on the wing, a peculiar loud note which is heard for

a considerable distance in the morning and evening, when on their

way to their drinking-places. The localities in which he found them

most abundant were Fayoom, Golosaneh, Karnak, and between

Silsilis and Kom Ombo. Tts nest is simply a hole in the sand, lined

with dried grass ; and it breeds in April.

According to Jerdon this is the most common Sand-Grouse found

in India, and is met with in every part of the country, except in the

wooded districts. It frequents the open plains and ploughed lands

or fallow fields. This species feeds early in the morning, and be-

tween eight and nine o’clock goes to drink, and again visits the water

at about four o’clock in the afternoon. At such times thousands

congregate at these places; and they come from all quarters, flying

at a great height, and announcing their presence by a peculiar loud

piercing call. They stay but a moment at the water-side, and then

fly off. . They are difficult to approach, and when on the ground can

hardly be distinguished from it, the colour of their plumage assimi-

lating so closely. This Sand-Grouse feeds on various hard seeds,

especially of the Alysicarpi, Desmodium, &c., as well as on grass-

seeds and grain. It breeds in the Deccan and Southern India from

December to May, and still later in Central India. The eggs are

laid on the bare ground, and are of a greenish colour, thickly spotted

with grey and brown, and nearly of the same thickness at both ends.

If kept some time after being killed, this bird is very good as an

article of food. In Oudh, says Capt. Irby, this species is very

common on the sandy plains from January to July. Two eggs,

which he found in June, resembled in size and markings those of

Caprimulyus europeus; and if there had been any trees near the

place, he would: have. referred them to some species of Goat-

sucker. Dr, Adams says that this bird, when wounded, spreads out

its tail and wings, hiding its head under the breast, and emits a series

of chuckles, like a fowl. As with the same Species in India, he

found the flesh very dry, and the only possible way of making them

fit for the table was to remove the skin before cooking them.

Male. Head, neck, entire upper parts, and breast sandy buff,

lightest on the breast, and having a greenish shade on the back.

Throat orange. Across the breast at the shoulders is a narrow black

band, occasionally edged on its upperside with white. Rest of

underparts bright chesnut, with the centre of the abdomen black.

Wings like the back, each feather margined at the tip with a narrow

line of blackish chestnut, and the outer webs of secondaries and

250 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLIDE. [ Feb. 19,

greater coverts yellow on the terminal third. Some of the feathers

also have a smail white spot just beneath the dark line on the tip.

Primaries brownish black ; the inner ones tipped with white, broadest

on the inner web. Central rectrices much lengthened beyond the

rest, deep buff, indistinctly mottled with dark brown near the base,

with an irregular scalloped subterminal black bar, then buffy white,

and the lengthened narrow apical portion black. Lateral ones with

the inner webs dark rufous brown; outer ones buff, barred with

blackish brown, a subterminal black bar, and white tips. Under

tail-coverts brownish black, with white tips. Thighs chestnut, tarsi

covered in front with short buffy-white feathers.

Total length 92 inches, wings 7, tail 33, bill along gape 3.

Female. Top of head buff, darkest in the centre, each feather with

a central line of black. Throat and loral space pale orange-yellow.

Sides and back of neck and breast bright buff, each feather with a

wedge-shaped central black line, the widest part being at the tip,

and also with another black bar crossing it in the centre. The fea-

thers on the lower part of the breast are tipped with black, margined

on the upperside with white, forming an irregular band across,

below which there is an unspotted light buff space. Flanks, abdomen,

thighs, and vent black, narrowly barred with rufous. Upper parts

bright buff, barred narrowly with jet-black. Wing-coverts like the

back, the lesser ones tipped with blackish chestnut, the greater ones

broadly tipped with light yellow, forming a broad band on lower side

of the wing when closed. Secondaries light buff, barred with black,

the tips of outer webs of some of the outer secondaries light yellow.

Primaries chocolate-brown, broadly tipped on inner webs with white.

Upper tail-coverts like the back. Median pair of rectrices extended

beyond the rest, attenuated for their terminal third, which is brownish

black, the remaining portion being bright buff, barred narrowly with

black ; lateral feathers dark brown on inner webs, bright buff on

outer, with numerous bars of black, and tips white. Under tail-

coverts yellowish white, barred with black. Bill brownish black.

Total length 11? inches, wing 7, tail to end of central rectrices

42, bill along gape 2.

8. PreROCLES ALCHATA.

The Little Pin-tailed Grouse, Edw. Glean. p. 84, pl. 249 (1758).

Tetrao alchata, Linn. Syst. Nat. (1776) vol. i. p. 276; Gmel.

Syst. Nat. (1788) vol. i. p. 754; Lath. Ind. Orn. vol. ii, p. 641

(1790) ; Bonnat. Ency. Méth. (1790) tom. ii. p. 203, pl. 92.

fig. 3.

Pin-tailed Grous, Lath. Gen. Syn. (1783) vol. ii. pt. 2nd,

». 748.

Pterocles setarius, Temm. Pig. et Gallin. vol. iii. pp. 256, 714

(1815); id. Mon. Ornith. vol. ii. p. 478 (1820), vol. iv. p. 330; Wagl.

Syst. Av. (1829) Pterocles, sp. 6; Less. Trait. Ornith. (1831) p.

516. sp. 6; Parker, Proc. Zool. Soc. (1864) p. 258; Taczanow. Jour.

fiir Ornith. (1870) p. 51.

Gnas cata, Vieill. Nouv, Dict. Hist. Nat. vol. xii. p. 418 (1817),

1878. ] MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLID. 2

Pin-tailed Grous, Lath. Gen. Hist. B. vol. viii. (1823) p. 250.

Pterocles alchata, Licht. Verz. Doubl. p. 64 (1823) ; Tristr. Proc.

Zool. Soc. (1864) p. 449; Jerd. B. Ind. vol. iii. p. 500 (1864) ;

Gould, B. Eur. pl. 258; Blyth, Cat. B. Mus. Asiat. Soc. (1849) p.

249; Gray, Gen. B. vol. iii. p. 518; Reich. Syn. Av. (1851) Gallinee,

pl. cevii. figs. 1813-14; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. Vog. Nordost-Afr.

(1855) p. 303; Salv. Ibis (1859) p. 352; Tristr. Ibis (1860) p. 70;

Powys, Ibis (1860) p. 239; Wright, Ibis (1864) p. 139; Lilford,

Ibis (1866) p. 379; Bartl. Proce. Zool. Soc. (1866) p. 78; Drake

Ibis (1867) p. 428; Beaven, Ibis (1868) p. 377 ; Smith, Ibis (1868)

p- 451; Hume, Str. Feath. (1873) vol.i. p. 221; Garrod, Proc. Zool.

Soe. (1873) p. 468; Severzov, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1873) pp. 385,

386; Von Heugl. Ornith. Nordost-Afr. (1873) vol. ii. p. 853.

Tetrao chata, Pall. Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat. vol. ii. p. 73 (1831).

Pterocles caspius, Ménétr. Cat. Rais. de Zool. p. 47 (1832).

Pteroclurus alchata, Bon. Compt. Rend. vol. xlii. p. 880 (1856).

El-Guettha Arab (Tristram). Ganga inSpain (Lilford). El Koudre

in Tangiers (Drake). Corticol in Portugal (Smith).

Hab. Middle Asia, Afghanistan, Syria, Spain, N. Africa (Blyth) ;

Portugal (Smith) ; common in Spain (Lelford) ; Tangier (Drake) ;

Harakta Plains of Eastern Atlas (Salvin) ; Malta (Wright); Pales-

tine (Tristram) ; Punjaub and Sindh (Jerdon); Jacobadad, Sindh,

Nundan, near Altock, Peshawur valley, Abbotabad, and isolated

localities in Huzara (Hume); Western Persia (De Filippi).

Jerdon says that this is a rare bird in India, only a few finding

their way across the Sutlej. It flies in flocks, and is shy and wary.

The specific appellation is taken from its Arabic name El-chata

or Ll-katta; and in India there does not seem to be any special

native name for the bird.

Tristram found this Sand-Grouse in vast flocks in winter in the

Mzab and Tonarick country ; and, except in the breeding-season,

it was very difficult to approach, and when packed it is necessary

to be well-mounted to get a second shot. It is even more vigo-

rous upon the wing than P. arenarius, and when on the ground

is very garrulous. Its breeding-habits are exactly the same as

those of the species just named; but the egg has a much richer

fawn-coloured tint, and is covered and sometimes zoned with large

maroon-red blotches.

In Spain, as stated by Lord Lilford (J. c.), this species, as well as

P. arenarius, is common in many parts of the Castilles, La Mancha,

Murcia, Andalusia, Estremadura, and in some districts of Aragon

and Catalonia. They delight in bare and stony ground; and even

in “hungry Spain” they are considered ‘ muy male carne.”

Male. Top of head and nape dark greyish brown ; superciliary

stripe and sides of the throat deep orange; ear-coverts yellowish;

a black line goes from behind the eye and down the sides of the

nape. Throat black; upper part of breast greenish buff; rest of

breast chestnut, bounded above and below with a narrow black line ;

remainder of underparts white. The back has the feathers vinous at

base, rest pale yellowish green, with a yellowish spot at tip.

252 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLID. [Feb. 19,

Rump and upper tail-coverts buff, barred narrowly with black.

Lesser wing-coverts pale vinous at base, then a narrow line of white

followed by a broader one of pale chestnut, and then a narrow line

of yellow, and tipped with pale chestnut. Some of the outer

larger wing-coverts were like those just described ; but the imer

ones are dark, have the base dark ash, then rich yellow, and narrowly

bordered with black. Inner secondaries rufous at base, barred

with black, tipped with pale green, and a conspicuous yellow spot

in the centre. Rest of secondaries pale yellowish-green, with

yellow on their outer webs near the tips. Primaries ashy grey,

margined on inner webs with white; the secondaries and tertiaries

inclined to buff along the shaft on inner webs; shafts black. Tail-

feathers. buff, barred with black and tipped with white; the two

central ones entirely black on their apical half, are extremely

narrow, and extend far beyond the other rectrices.. Under tail-

coverts buff, barred with black, and tipped with white. Feathers of

the tarsi. white. Bill horn-brown. Bare space around the eye lead-

colour; iris dark brown.

Total length 1314 inches, wing 8, tail to end of longest rectrices

6, bill along gape +4.

Female. Top of head and back of neck deep buff, barred with

black. Sides of face and neck orange-yellow. Chin and throat

white. A black band around the lower part of neck, but not

extending onto the back of the neck, beneath which is a broad

light chestnut band bordered above and below with black as in the

male. Enutire underparts pure white. Upper parts buff, narrowly

barred with black. Wing-coverts buff, barred with black, and with

a grey spot on inner web near tip, this spot on some of the

greater coverts being enlarged into a bar crossing the feathers near

the tip. Secondaries buff, barred with black, and having a sub-

terminal grey bar. Primaries like those of the males. Upper tail-

coverts yellowish buff, irregularly barred with black. Rectrices like

those of the male. Bill horn-colour.

Total length 13 inches, wing 73, tail 53, bill at gape 3.

9. PreEROCLES NAMAQUA.

Namaqua Grous, Lath. Gen. Syn. B. (1783), vol. ii. pt. 2, p. 750 ;

id. Suppl. p. 215; id. Gen. Hist. B. vol. viii. (1823) p. 251.

Tetrao namaqua, Gmel. Syst. Nat. (1788) vol. i. p. 754; Lath.

Ind. Orn. vol. ii. p. 642, sp. 19; Sparrm. Voy. vol. i.p. 153; Bonnat.

Enc. Méth. (1790) tom. ii. p. 204.

Pterocles tachypetes, Temm. Pig. et Gall. (1815) pp. 274, 715;

Wagl. Syst. Av. (1827), Pterocles, sp. 7; Less. Trait. Ornith. (1831)

p. 517, sp.7; Layard, B. S. Afr. (1867) p. 277; Ayres, Ibis (1871)

p. 262.

Gnas namaqua, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. (1817) vol. xii.

», 422.

Pterocles simplex, Less. Trait. Ornith. (1831) p. 517.

_ Pterocles namaqua, Gray, Gen. B. vol. iil. p. 518; Bocage, Journ.

fiir Ornith. (1876) p. 303.

1878. ] MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLID#. 253

Pteroclurus namaqua, Reich. Syn. Av. Galline (1851) pl. CCix. ;

Anderss. Dam.-l. (1872) p. 242.

Hab. Palestine (Tristram) ; Transvaal, between Potchefstroom

and Marico (Ayres) ; Damara-land (Andersson).

Mr. Ayres first met with this species in the Transvaal between

Potchefstroom and Marico, and afterwards along the river Limpopo,

but nowhere very abundant. They squat on the approach of danger,

and rise suddenly, with a quick beat of the wings; and their flight

is very rapid. The iris is dusky, and eyelids yellow.

According to Layard, the Namaqua Grouse is very abundant on

the Karroo plains throughout the Cape colony and in Namaqua-

land. It congregates in small parties, runs with considerable

swiftness, and the flight is very rapid. Its note, when on the wing,

resembles the piping of a Plover, to which bird this species bears a

considerable resemblance. It sometimes, during droughts, extends

its migrations to the Cape Flats. It lays from seven to ten eggs,

light cream-colour, spotted with -brown and purple, axis 17",

diameter 12'’, Andersson states that this bird is common in some

parts of Damara-land, and generally comes to the water about eight

or nine o’clock in the morning. They circle around at a consi-

derable height, and frequently do not attempt to descend until

directly over the spot, when they shoot down with great velocity,

describing more or less of semicircles before they alight. They feed

on seeds, berries, and small bulbs, and swallow gravel to assist the

digestion.

Male. Top of head dark brown. Throat orange. Upper part of

breast vinous, crossed on the lower part by a band of white, followed

by another of reddsh chestnut. Flanks dark vinous grey. Middle

of abdomen chestnut ; vent and under tail-coverts yellowish white.

Upper parts dark brown, lighter on the rump and upper tail-

coverts, and washed with green. Scapulars dark brown, with a

subterminal light buff bar and publish rey tips. | Wing-coverts

ashy brown, subterminal buffy white bar, and chestnut tips. Secon-

daries dark vinous brown, inclining to light buff near their tips.

Primaries rufous brown; shafts rufous, except those of first and

second, which are white, and the sixth to tenth broadly margined

with white on their inner webs towards their tips. Median rectrices

extending slightly beyond the rest, rufous brown, graduating into

dark brown on their attenuated portion ; rest of tail rufous brown,

and tipped with yellowish white. Bill horn-colour. Feathers on

tarsus buffy white.

Total length 104 inches, wing 7, tail 44, bill along gape 4.

Young male. Differs in having the entire underparts very deep

vinous buff, inclining to rufous on the abdomen, and ochraceous on

the vent and under tail-coverts. Feathers of the back and wings

barred with rufous and black irregularly, and tipped with greyish

purple on the scapulars and some of the inner secondaries. Tail

buff, barred narrowly with dark brown. Head, throat, and back of

neck as in the adult males.

Female. Top of head, back, and sides of neck and breast deep

254 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLID. [ Feb. 19,

buff ; feathers of the first with a central streak of black ; those of the

other parts barred irregularly with the same colour. Rest of under-

parts buffy white, graduating into light buff upon the flanks and

lower tail-coverts, and all, except the last-named, barred narrowly

with black. Upper parts buff, barred irregularly with narrow lines

of black, and some of the scapulars tipped with greyish purple as

in the male. Primaries same as the male. Median pair of rectrices

slightly elongated beyond the rest, reddish-buff, barred narrowly

with black, and with black tips; the lateral feathers blackish brown,

with irregular reddish-buff bars on the outer webs, and with yellowish-

white tips. On the inner webs the buff bars are very faintly

indicated, and on some of the feathers they are obsolete. Bill

horn-brown.

Total length 94 inches, wing 63, tail 44, bill along gape 4.

10. PrEROCLES FASCIATUS.

Tringa fasciata, Scop. Delic. Faun. et Flor. Insubr. vol. ii. p. 92

(1786).

Indian Grous, Lath. Gen. Syn. (1783) p. 752; id. Gen. Hist.

B. vol. viii. (1823) p. 260.

Tetrao indicus, Gmel. Syst. Nat. (1788) vol. i. p. 755 ; Bon-

nat. Ency. Méth. (1790) tom. i. p. 201.

Perdix indica, Lath. Ind. Orn. vol. ii. p. 650, sp. 23 (1790).

Ginas indicus, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. (1817) p. 422.

Pterocles quadricinctus (nec Temm.), Less. Trait. Ornith. (1831),

p. 526, sp. 3; Sykes, Proc. Zool. Soc. (1832) p. 155; Burgess,

Proc. Zool. Soc. (1855) p. 30.

Pterocles fasciatus, Gray, Gen. B. vol. iii. p. 518; Blyth, Cat.

Birds Mus. Asiat. Soc. (1849) p. 249 ; Jerd. Ind. Ornith. pls. 10,

36; Reich. Syn. Ay. Gallin. (1851) pl. ceviii. figs. 1815-16 ;

Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. (1868) p. 502; Jerd. B. Ind. vol. iii. p.

498 (1864); Gould, B. Asia, pt. ii. pl. 14; Beavan, Ibis (1868) p.

378 ; Lloyd, Ibis (1873) p. 415; Adams, Str. Feath. (1873) vol. i.

p- 391; Ball, Str. Feath. (1873) vol. ii. p. 426; Fairb. Str. Feath.

(1876) vol. iv. p. 262; Wise, Str. Feath. (1876) vol. iv. p. 230;

Butler, Str. Feath. (1877) vol. v. p. 231.

Handeri in the south ; Boot-bur in the north-west ; Sunda polanka

Tel. (Jerdon).

Hab. India generally, except Malabar and Lower Bengal (Jerdon);

Dukhan (Sykes) ; Punjab (Adams); Deccan (Burgess); Khandesh

(Wise); Morar, near Gwalior, Umballah (Beavan); Kattiawar

(Lloyd); Hindustan generally (Blyth) ; Sambhur lake (4dams) ;

Chota Nagpur (Ball); Ahmednagar district, Kandalia (Fair-

bank).

Jerdon (/.c.) states that this species is found over the greater part

of India, but not in Malabar and Lower Bengal, and is not abundant

anywhere. He had seen it in the Carnatic, the Deccan, and in

Central India; and Adams records it as pretty common in the

jungles around the base of the Sewalik range in the Punjaub. Un-

like other Sand-Grouse, it frequents thickets, and chiefly bushy and

1878. | MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLIDE. 255

rocky hills. ~ It is generally met with in pairs, towards the end of

the rains in parties of eight or ten, and when flushed rises with a low

chuckling call, and after a short low flight drops again into cover. The

eggs, cylindrical in form, are a dull earthy green, with a few dusky

spots. It was procured in Kattiawar, Western India, by Capt. Lloyd,

in the Than district, where one evening a small party, coming to

drink after dusk, alighted in front of his tent. He thought they

were Goatsuckers ; and on firing at them was surprised to find he

had secured a specimen of this Sand-Grouse. In the vicinity of

Sambhur lake, Central India, Mr. Adams found this species common

about all the low ranges of hills. The nest was simply a hollow scraped

in the ground, with anumber of small pieces of stone round the edge,

and some loose grass for a lining. The number of eggs varied from

two to three ; in one instance, however, four were found. He gives

their colour as very different from that mentioned by Jerdon, viz. a

deep to pale salmon-colour when fresh ; but, on being blown, in a

few days this tint changes to a rich cream-colour, and the spots are

light lavender and rusty. They are of a blunt oval form, 1:4 inch in

length by 1 inch in breadth.

Male. A conspicuous black band crosses the forehead, below which,

covering the nostrils and also over each eye, is a pure white spot.

Top of head and occiput buff, streaked with narrow black lines.

Sides of head, throat, neck, and upper part of breast uniform sandy

buff. Upper part of back similarly coloured, but darker. Across

the breast, extending from the shoulders of the wing, are, first, a

band of deep chestnut, widest in the centre, succeeded by a broader

one of light buff, beneath which is an irregular one of black. Rest

of underparts black, narrowly banded with white or buffy white.

Feathers of back and rump generally crossed by three black bars,

and tipped with sandy buff; and between the first and second black

bar from the tip is one of white. Shoulders uniform sandy buff.

Wing-coverts and outer secondaries crossed by several black and

white bars, forming two or three conspicuous bands across the wing,

the tips of all the feathers being fulvous. The inner secondaries

are buff, barred only with black, no white. Primaries brownish

black, edged on both webs with whitish. Tail and under tail-

coverts fulvous, barred with black. Bill red, orbital skin lemon-yel-

low ; irides dark brown. Feet yellowish. Total length 94 inches,

wing 7, tail 37, bill at gape 3.

Female. Throat and cheeks pale buff. Head reddish buff, streaked

with black. Entire upper and under surface sandy buff, barred

irregularly with brown. Tips of wing-coverts pale buff. Primaries

_ and secondaries dark brown, edged on inner webs with white. Bill

red. Dimensions about the same as the male.

11. Prerocies BIcINCTUus.

La Gélinotte des Indes, Sonner. Voy. aux Indes Orient. et & la

Chine, vol. ii. pl. 96 (1782).

Péerocles bicinctus, 'Temm. Pig. et Gall. tom. iii. pp. 247, 718 ;

Gray, Gen, B. vol. iii, p. 518.

256 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLIDS. [Feb. 19,

Gnas bicincta, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. vol. xii. (1817) p.

421; id. Gal. Ois. vol. ii. (1834) p. 60 (text).

Double-banded Grouse, Lath. Gen. Hist. B. vol. viii. (1823) p.

259.

Pterocles bicinctus, Wag). Syst. Av. (1827) Pterocles, sp. 2; Less.

Trait. Ornith. (1831) p. 516, sp. 2; Reich. Syn. Av. Galline

(1851) pl. ceviii. figs. 1819-20 ; Strickl. and Sclat. Contr. Ornith.

(1852) p. 157; Layard, Birds S. Afr. (1867) p..278 ; Ayres, Ibis

(1869) p. 298; Gurn. Anderss. Birds Dam. L. (1872) p. 241;

Buckley, Ibis (1874) p. 385; Bocage, Journ. fiir Ornith. (1876)

p. 303.

Hab. Transvaal, near the Limpopo (Ayres) ; Limpopo, to the

Matabili country (Buckley); Damara and Great Namaqua Lands

(Andersson).

This is the most common of the Sand-Grouse found near the

Limpopo, according to Mr. Ayres, with perhaps the exception of P.

gutturalis. The greater number in June were in flocks, although

some few had paired and were breeding. The eggs are laid on the

bare ground, and are brownish pink, spotted and blotched all over,

particularly at the thick end, with a lighter tint of the same colour.

Size 155 by 12 inch. This species was also found to be very abun-

dant from the Limpopo to the Matabili country by Mr. Buckley ;

and in the evening they come down in immense flocks to the water-

holes to drink. During the day he met with them chiefly in pairs,

or three individuals together ; and when they rose from the ground

they uttered a creaking note. According to Andersson, this species

is very abundant in Damara and Great Namaqua Lands, and can

always be met with during the dry season at any of the permanent

watering-places to which they resort at morning and evening. When

dispersed they usually go in pairs, and feed chiefly onthe seeds of

grasses and berries, mingling with their food considerable quantities

of coarse sand.

Their flesh, though very white, is excessively tough, and it is best

to skin the bird before cooking. The iris is deep red, the skin round

the eye chrome-yellow.

The figure given by Sonnerat in his ‘ Voyage aux Indes Orien-

tales et A la Chine’ is evidently referable to this species ; from having

only two bands upon the breast, a white one succeeded by a black one,

it cannot possibly represent P. fasciatus, Scop., to which it has

been referred by some authors, In his text Sonnerat only mentions

one band, the white one, which does not describe any species of

Sand Grouse at present known. The locality, ‘‘ céte de Coromandel,”

however, is not one of the habitats of the present species, so far as I

am aware, as it is apparently solely found in Africa.

The specimens described by Temminck were given to him by Le

Vaillant, who procured them in Namaqualand.

Male. Black bar across the forehead, in front of which and over

each eye is a white spot, these latter sometimes coalescing and form-

ing a white bar behind the black one. Top of head and occiput

rufous, streaked with black. Throat, sides of neck, upper part of

1878. ] MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLID &. 257

back, breast, and shoulders of the wing uniform sandy buff, with a

greenish tinge. Lower part of breast crossed by two rather broad

bands, the upper one pure white, the lower jet-black. Rest of under-

parts barred narrowly with buffy white and brownish black. Feathers

of the back rufous, barred with greyish black, those on the rump

tipped with yellowish white. Greater wing-coverts and secondaries

brownish grey, with a white Spot at the tip of each feather. Pri-

maries rufous-brown, all but the first two tipped with white. Tail,

with the upper and under coverts, light buff, barred with brownish

black. Bill reddish ; feet yellow.

Total length 92 inches, wing 63, tail 34, bill (along gape) 2.

Another, younger male specimen differs in having a narrow black

line over each eye, between it and the white mark, and also by

having the back and inner secondaries deep rufous,i rregularly barred

with black, the wing-feathers tipped with buffy white. Outer secon-

daries blackish brown, like the primaries, some tipped on outer web

with light buff, others with a subterminal bar of the same colour.

The greater wing-coverts are blackish brown tipped with yellowish

white.

Female. Head, back, neck, and breast buff, irregularly barred

with brownish black, and tipped with buffy white on.the back and

breast. No band across the breast. Flanks, abdomen, and vent

barred with white and black. Wings irregularly barred with black

and reddish buff, the feathers tipped with white ; primaries choco-

late-brown. Tail and its coverts reddish buff, barred with black and

tipped with fulvous. Bill reddish, tip black ; feet yellowish.

Total length 92 inches, wing 7, tail 31, bill along gape 2.

12. Prerocies quapRicinctus.

Pterocles quadricinctus, Temm. Pig. et Gallin. (1815) vol. iii.

pp. 252, 713; Wagl. Syst. Av. (1827), Péerocles, sp. 3; Strickl.

Proc. Zool. Soe. (1850) p. 220; id. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 2nd ser.

vol. ix. p. 347; Heugl. Syst. Uebers. Vig. N.O.-Afr. (1855) p. 304;

Hartl. Syst. Ornith. W.-Afr. (1857) p. 205.

Gnas bicinctus, Vieill. (nec T emm.) Gal. Ois. pl. 220, nec text

(1834).

Pterocles tricinctus, Swains. Birds W. Afr. (1862) vol. ii. pl. 23 ;

Von Heugl. Ornith. Nordost-Afr. (1873) Band ii. p. 867.

Hab. Sennaar, Abyssinia (Heuglin) ; West Africa (Strickland).

Some confusion has been created in the synonymy of this species

by Vieillot having figured it in his ‘Galerie des Oiseaux’ as bicinctus

(a name given by Temminck to quite a different species), while in

the text he has correctly described the true dicinctus and not the

bird represented in his plate. Although Vieillot’s figure only shows

three bands across the breast, yet Temminck asserts, in the ‘ Planches

Coloriées’ (genre Ganga, footnote), that it is his quadricinctus ;

and as it is natural to suppose he knew his own species when he saw

it, I have taken his determination as the correct one, more especially

as I have never been able to find a specimen of Pterocles with four

well-defined bands across the breast. So far as I can judge from the

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1878, No. XVII. M7

258 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLIDA. [Feb. 19,

specimens I have seen, the name t¢ricinctus, given to this species by

Swainson, is by far the most appropriate one ; and itis to be regretted

that it cannot be employed.

Temminck also refers to the present species the bird figured and

described by Sonnerat, who, he states, was the first to make it known

as La Gélinotte des Indes. In this determination I believe Tem-

minck to hare been mistaken, and that he confounded Sonnerat’s

bird with the P¢é. bicinctus of Temminck. The species figured by

Sonnerat has but two bands on the breast, a black and a white one ;

and I consider it to be the Pt. bicinctus, Temm., and have accord-

ingly referred it to that bird.

The only habitats I can find for Pt. guadricinctus are Abyssinia

and Sennaar on the east coast, while Swainson gives West Africa

as the place whence his specimen came. It has never, so far as I am

aware, been found in India. The examples described by Temminck

were in the cabinet of M. de Breukelewaert at Amsterdam.

Male. Spot on the forehead, covering the nostrils, and one over

each eye white. A broad black band crosses the forehead just in

front of the eyes. Top of head and occiput fulvous, streaked nar-

rowly with black. Throat yellowish white. Nape, sides of neck,

and breast uniform sandy buff. Across the lower part of the breast

are three bands, the first dark chestnut, the second white, and the

third black. Temminck says there is a fourth one, of white. I do

not perceive this in the specimens before me; but I am inclined to

think individuals vary in the number of these bars. | Underparts

black, narrowly barred with white. Back deep buff, barred with jet-

black. Wings fulvous, the shoulders uniform, not spotted. Wing-

coverts and secondaries crossed by a single black bar, margined on

both sides with white. The innermost secondaries have numerous

black bars, and xo white ones. Tail and under-coverts deep buff,

barred with black. Bill red; feet yellow.

Total length 91 inches, wing 74, tail 33, bill (along gape) 2.

Specimen described from the White Nile.

Female. The entire top of head fulvous, streaked with black, and

the back of neck spotted with the same. Throat white. Breast

bright fulvous, without any bars, and the underparts barred with

white and narrow lines of brownish black. Feathers of back and

inner secondaries rufous, barred with black and margined with fulvous.

Wings and outer webs of outer secondaries pale buff, crossed by

several narrow jet-black bars. Inner webs of outer secondaries and

primaries brownish black. Tail and its under-coverts deep buff,

barred with black. Bill reddish horn-colour ; feet yellow.

Total length 91 inches, wing 741, tail 34, bill (along gape) 3.

13. PrerRocLes LICHTENSTEINI.

Pterocles lichtensteinit, Temm. Planch. Col. (1825) no. 355, 361

Rupp. Neue Wirbelth. (1823-38) p. 114; Wagl. Syst. Av. (1827),

Pterocles, sp. 8; Less. Trait. Ornith. (1831) p. 516. sp. 8; Gray,

Gen. B. vol. iii. p. 518 (1849) partim; Reich. Syn. Av. Gallin.

(1851) pl. ccix. figs. 1827-28; Heugl. Syst. Ubers. Vog. Nord-

1878. | MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLIDE. 259

ost-Afr. (1855) p. 304; id. Ibis (1859) p. 343; Speke, [bis (1860)

p. 247; Blanf. Geol. & Zool. Abyss. (1870) p. 419; Hume, Ibis

(1872) p. 468; Finsch & Hart]. V6g. Ost-Afr. p. 563; Hume, Str.

Feath. (1873) p. 219; Von Heugl. Ornith. Nordost-Afr. (1873)

Band ii. p. 865; Wise, Str. Feath. (1876) vol. iv. p. 230.

Pterocles bicinctus, Licht. (nee Temm.) Verz. Doubl. (1823)

p- 65.

Hab. Very common in the Danakil and Somali countries (Heuglin,

Speke); Abyssinia (Blanford); Egypt and Nubia (Rippell); Gool

Mahomed Mehur, Upper Sindh (Hume); Kurrachee district (Vise).

Blanford (J. c.) states that the habits of this bird in Abyssinia

are the same as those of the Pt. fasciatus of India. It is but rarely

met with in the open plains, but keeps to bush- or tree-jungle, and

in such places is usually found in pairs. The drinking-hours are at

daybreak and at dusk; and the scene at a spring in the evening, he

says, is very interesting, the birds coming in with a constant rush until

dark. Single birds and small flocks, uttering a note like ‘“ queep-

queep,” would fly up and down the watercourse, keeping but a

few feet above the bushes, the noise of their wings announcing their

presence in the dusk before the birds themselves could be seen. Mr.

Blanford says they are excellent eating, the flesh, though rather

hard, being of a delicious flavour. The species appears to be con-

fined to the coast region. In the Lebka valley, at Mohabar, only

2000 feet above the sea, but few were seen at the spring in the even-

ing; and at higher elevations none were met with.

Mr. Hume relates, in ‘ Stray Feathers’ (1873), that he met with

this species at Gool Mahomed Mehur, Upper Sindh. Only one pair

were seen and procured.

Male. Forehead white, crossed by a circular jet-black line, com-

mencing at the opening of the mouth; over each eye a black spot.

Throat pale buff. Centre of breast fulvous, with a narrow black bar

crossing it in the middle, and another bordering it on the lower side.

Rest of plumage of body buff or buffy white, barred narrowly with

black. Wings barred with black and white and tipped with buff.

Scapulars in some specimens dark buff or rufous, barred with black,

in others like the rest of the wing-feathers just described. Pri-

maries dark brown, edged with yellowish white. Tail pale buff,

barred with black and tipped with yellowish buff, as are also the

upper and under coverts. Iris brown; orbit lemon-yellow. Bill

red ; feet flesh-colour.

Total length 10 inches, wing 74, tail 34, bill along gape 2.

Female. Throat pale buff, spotted minutely with blackish brown.

Breast, wings, and back light buff, inclining to rufous on the secon-

daries, with all the feathers crossed by numerous narrow black lines.

Primaries chocolate-brown. Abdomen, flanks, and vent dull white,

barred narrowly with black. Tail with its coverts buff, barred with

black. Bill light horn-colour ; feet yellow.

Total length 10 inches, wing 71, tail 31, bill along gape 3.

17%,

260 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLIDZ. (Feb. 19,

14. PTEROCLES DECORATUS.

Pterocles decoratus, Cab. Journ. fiir Ornith. (1868) p. 413 ; id.

Von der Deck. Reis. vol. iii. p. 43, pl. 13 (1869); Finsch & Hartl.

Vog. Ost-Afr. p. 565; Von Heugl. Ornith. Nordost-Afr. (1873)

Band ii. p. 870.

Hab. Vuterior of East Africa, Lake Jipe.

I have never seen a specimen of this bird, and only know it from

Cabanis’s description and figure. He compares it to ¢ricinctus,

Swains. (=quadricinctus. Temm.), but says it is smaller, and

gives no description of the wings. It is, however, a very distinct

species, and can easily be recognized by the characters given below,

most of which are not found in any other known species.

Male. Centre of forehead white, a large spot on each side and

throat black. Top of head, neck, and back reddish grey, crossed

with narrow lines of black. Superciliary stripe buffy white. Sides

of head and breast sandy buff, with a greenish gloss, beneath which

is an irregular black bar extending upwards to the shoulders of the

wing, succeeded bya broad white band. Abdomen and flanks black,

the feathers margined with rufous.

“Total length 9; bill along gape 7!" ; wing 6°5''; tail 2! 7'"’.

Genus SyRRHAPTES.

Body large, comparatively heavy. Bill rather small, delicate,

pointed at tip ; culmen slightly curved, gonys ascending. Nostrils

basal, hidden in feathers. Wings very long, pointed, first primary

longest ; primaries in one species filamentous. Tail cuneate, median

pair of rectrices always lengthened beyond the rest, apical portion

attenuated and pointed. ‘Tarsus short, entirely covered by short

feathers. Feet tridactyle ; hallux obsolete; toes very short, com-

pletely hidden in feathers above ; the soles bare and scaly. Claws

moderate, curved and acute.

Key to the Species.

A. Median rectrices prolonged far beyond the rest.

a. Primaries filamentous. Breast uniform vinous, tinged

with green on upper part, and crossed in the centre

by an irregular bar formed of the narrow black

lines at the tips of the feathers. Abdomen blackish... 1. S. paradorus.

6. Primaries not filamentous. Upper part of breast buffy

white, irregularly barred with black ; rest of under-

parts pale buff, becoming white on the under tail-

COVORES Siird.ceectehey al Rin daaee-s shen -Roas tues eengerennie stent 2. S. tibetanus.

1. SyRRHAPTES PARADOXUS.

Tetrao paradozus, Pall. Reis. Russ. Reichs, vol. ii. App. p. 712,

tab. F (1773); Gmel. Syst. Nat. (1788) vol.i. p. 755. sp. 30 ; Lath.

Ind. Ornith. vol. ii. p. 643. sp. 20 (1790) ; Bonnat. Ency. Méth.

(1790) tom. ii. p. 205, pl. 93. fig. 1 ; Pall. Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat. vol. ii.

p. 74 (1831),

Heteroclite Grous, Lath. Gen. Syn. Birds, vol. iv. p. 753 (1783);

id. Gen. Hist. Birds, vol. viii, (1823) p. 261.

1878. | MR, D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLID2. 261

Syrrhaptes paradocus, Ilig. Prodr. (1811) p. 243.

Syrrhaptes pallasit, Temm. Pig. et Gallin. vol. iii. pp. 282, 716

(1815) ; id. Planch. Col. 95.

Heteroclitus tartaricus, Vieill. Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. vol. xiv. p.

453 (1817).

Syrrhaptes paradoxus, Licht. in Evers. Reise nach Buch. p. 134

(1823); Gray, Gen. B. vol. iii. p. 519; Reich. Syn. Av. Gallin.

(1851) pl. cevii. figs. 1807-8 ; Moore, Ibis (1860) pl. iv. p. 105;

Swinh. Ibis (1861) p. 341; Newt. P. Z.S. (1861) pp. 203, 397 ;

Wortley, P. Z.S. (1861) p. 196; Parker, P. Z. S. (1862) p. 257,

(1863) p. 516; Swinh. P. Z. S. (1863) p. 306 ; Radde, Reis. S. O.-

Siber. (1863) vol. ii. p. 287, pl. xiv. fig. 3 (egg); Newt. Ibis (1864)

p. 185; Salvad. Ibis (1864) p. 228; Von Droste, Journ. fiir Orn.

(1868) p. 406 ; Mill. Journ. fiir Orn. (1869) p. 118; Von Homey.

Journ. fiir Orn. (1870) p. 170; Malmgr. Journ. fiir Ornith. (1870)

p- 295; Fritsch, Journ. fiir Orn. (1871) p. 312; Swinh. P. Z. S.

(1871) p. 398; Severzov, Journ. fiir Orn. (1873) p. 380; Von

Heugl. Journ. fiir Orn. (1874) p. 399 ; Taczanow. Bull. Soc. Zool.

France (1876) vol. i. p. 241 ; Dress. Ibis (1876) p- 322; id. B.

Eur. pt. 53 (1877) pl. ; Prjevalsky, in Rowl. Ornith. Misc. pt. ix.

p- 382; David & Oust. Ois. de la Chine (1877) p. 389.

Tetrao arenaria, Pall. Zoogr. Rosso-Asiat. (1831) pl. 53, nec

text.

Syrrhaptes heteroclita, Vieill. Gal. Ois. vol. ii. p. 64, pl. 222

(1834).

Stepnaya kuritza, Mongolia (Prejevalsky).

Hab. Tientsin, China (Wortley) ; Pekin and Tientsin (Swinhoe);

Turkestan (Severtzov) ; Mongolia (Prjevalsky); Kirghis steppes,

Donaria, plains of Petchely (David ¢ Oust.).

Pallas’s Sand-Grouse is essentially an Asiatic species, making its

home in the arid Kirghis steppes, the great Gobi desert, and east-

ward through Mongolia to the plains between Pekin and Tientsin in

North China, where it is especially numerous during the winter. The

year 1853 is the earliest in which this bird’s presence is recorded in

Europe, Moschler having met with it at Sarepta, on the Volga

(Naum. vol. iii. p. 305). In 1859 a few specimens were obtained

in various parts of Western Europe ; but in 1863 a great number of

this species, estimated at many hundreds, suddenly appeared in many

parts of Europe, constituting a veritable ornithological “Tatar”

invasion, as it was aptly called by the historian of this remarkable

event. The birds proceeded as far as Ireland, in the west, to the

Feeroes, in the north, and to Perpignan in France, to the south. Great

numbers of them were killed; and it is doubtful if many survived

to return to their eastern resorts. The cause of this singular migra-

tion has never been ascertained.

About the plains between Peking and Tientsin, according to

Swinhoe, flocks of hundreds of this species constantly pass, flying

swiftly like the Golden Plover. The natives call them “ Sha-chee,”’

or Sand-fowl. They are generally caught in nets; and after a fall

of snow a space is cleared, upon which the net is placed and

262 MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLIDZ. [Feb. 19,

the place strewed with small green beans. Upon these catching

the eyes of the birds, the flocks descend into the snare and are

trapped. Great numbers could be taken in this way. Although

shy when on the ground, yet on the wing they would dart within

a few yards of aperson. Their cry wasa kind of melodious chuckle.

According to native testimony, they are numerous on the great plains

of Tartary beyond the Great Wall, where they breed in the sand.

In Mongolia, according to Prjevalsky, as given in Rowley’s ‘ Orni-

thological Miscellany,’ this is one of the most characteristic birds,

and is found both in the steppes and deserts. In summer they

go beyond Lake Baikal in the north to breed, but spend the winter

in the Gobi desert and in Ala-shan. They go in enormous flocks,

and feed chiefly upon the seeds of Agriophyllum gobicum. They fly

rapidly, with a peculiar noise of the wings; and at a distance the

sound a flock makes is like the sighing of the wind. When flying

they utter a note like “ truck-turuck, truck-turuck;’ and small

flocks are accustomed to rise in the air and swoop down towards the

ground, as Rooks do when migrating. On the ground they run

clumsily, and their tracks much resemble those of small mammals.

Like the species of Pterocles, these birds visit some drinking-place

every morning and evening, but never settle without first describing

a circle to assure themselves that there is no danger. Prjevalsky also

met with this species in the Hoang-ho valley in South-east Mongolia,

and also about Kalgan. This species deposits its eggs in the sand ;

and the female does not sit very closely, but leaves her charge when

approached, and also every morning and evening exposes the eggs to

the weather, in order to visit the drinking-places. It is a very shy

bird, and takes wing generally before one can get near enough to

oe Falco hendersoni persecutes them, but cannot always catch

them.

Male. Top of head, occiput, back of neck, a line behind the ear-

coverts, and breast grey ; on the forehead an ochraceous tinge ; chin

pale buff. Throat, ear-coverts, and a line on each side of the upper

part of the hind neck dark orange. Across the breast a band of dull

white, each feather margined narrowly with black. Back and wings

vinous, the former barred with black. Outer webs of the greater

coverts chestnut, forming a conspicuous bar along the wing when

closed. Spurious wing-feathers buff, with a central black line. Pri-

maries light ashy grey on outer webs, dark brown on inner ; the fifth

to ninth conspicuously margined on both webs with light buff. The

first primary considerably elongated and attenuated. Abdomen jet-

black. Vent and under tail-coverts pure white. Tail grey, like the

primaries, scalloped on the edges of the feathers with buff and tipped

with white. The median pair elongated, filamentous, their lengthened

portion brownish black. Tarsi and toes thickly covered with short

buffy-white feathers. Bill yellowish brown; iris dark brown ; nails

black.

Total length 144 inches, wing to end of first primary 10, tail to

end of median rectrices 74, bill along gape 4.

Young. Top of head buff, streaked with black. Throat buffy

1878. ] MR. D. G. ELLIOT ON THE PTEROCLID. 263

white, with a narrow black line bounding its lower edge. Upper

part of breast grey ; abdomen and a spot on the centre of flanks

dark chestnut; chest and upper part of flanks, rest of underparts,

and under tail-coverts pure white. Entire upper parts buff; secon-

daries and lesser wing-coverts barred irregularly with black. Greater

wing-coverts chestnut on their outer webs, Spurious wing-feathers

buff, with a central black line. Primaries grey on outer webs, dark

brown on inner, and margined on the innermost ones with buff. Tail

dark grey, tipped with white and barred on the inner webs with buff,

the outer webs having only a slight buffedging. First primary and

median rectrices filamentous, the lengthened portion brownish black.

Tarsi and toe: covered with greyish feathers. Bill brown.

Total length 104 inches, wing to end of lengthened primary 832,

tail to end of median rectrices 53, bill along gape 3.

Ihave not seen this stage of plumage described by any writer.

There are two specimens in the Paris Museum—one a little more

mature than the other, with the bar across the breast commencing

to show as in the adult male.

Female. Crown and neck buff, striated with black. Throat ochra-

ceous yellow, feathers edged with black. The upper parts like those

of the male, but barred more closely with black; and the wing-coverts

are spotted with black. Across the throat is a black band; and the

sides of the neck and breast are spotted with black. Rest of plumage

like that of the male; but the primaries and median rectrices are

notso lengthened. ‘The dimensions are about the same as those

of the male.

2. SyRRHAPTES TIBETANUS.

Syrrhaptes tibetanus, Gould, Proc. Zool. Soc. (1850) p. 92 ; id.

B. Asia, pt. ii, pl. 12; Reich. Syn. Av. Gallin. (1851) pl. cevii. B.

figs. 3020-2] ; Adams, Proc. Zool. Soc. (1858) p. 502, (1859) p.

186; Hend. & Hume, Lahore to Yark. (1873) p. 279; Prjevalsky

in Rowl. Orn. Mise. pt. ix. p. 384 (1877).

Kaling, Tibet and Ladak (Henderson), Stepnaya Kuritza, Tibet-

skaya (Prjevalsky).

Hab. Salt Lakes of Ladakh (Adams); Karakash valley, Yarkand

(Henderson); Northern Tibet, steppes of Kokonor (Prjevalsky).

Mr. Henderson (J. ¢.) says that this species was met with by the

Yarkand Expedition in the Karakash valley towards the end of July,

also at a lake twenty miles south-west of Mallik Shah, and was very

abundant at Chagra, above the Pangong lake, where it flew up and

down the stream in flocks of several hundred individuals, uttering

all the time a ery like “ Yak, yak.” It was very tame; and a great

many were shot and, unfortunately, eaten.

Lieut. Prjevalsky (J. c.) first met with this Sand-Grouse in the

Kokonor steppes in flocks of from ten to thirty, but in Northern

Tibet saw it in flocks of about a hundred individuals. They were

generally on the sandy plains, and fed on the seeds of various grasses

and beans. When so engaged they could be approached quite

close, and seldom flew above a hundred yards before settling again,

264 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON NEW [Feb. 19,

even when shot at. When flying they utter a note like ‘‘caga, caga,”

and on the ground run clumsily and slowly, generally forming a line.

In Northern Tibet they were frequently heard flying about at night ;

but no cause could be found to account for this strange behaviour.

The Kokonor basin, according to Prjevalsky, forms the northern and

probably also the eastern limit of its geographical distribution.

Male. Head and back of neck barred alternately with black and

white, chin and front yellowish white. Sides of neck and throat

orange-yellow. Breast buffy white, barred irregularly with brownish

black. Upper part of back and wings buff, lower part of back and

rump buffy white; all the feathers minutely mottled with black,

hardly perceptible on the wings. Inner webs of scapulars black.

Primaries and secondaries brownish black ; the fourth to eighth

primary brownish white at the tip, mostly on the inner web. Median

rectrices like the back, lengthened and filamentous, their apical half

black ; lateral feathers reddish buff, barred with black, and tipped

with white. Under surface white; under tail-coverts reddish buff,

barred with black and tipped with white. Legs and feet covered

with buffy-white feathers ; bill and nails black.

Total length 153 inches, wing 10, tail 73, bill along gape 4.

4. Descriptions of nineteen new Species of Diurnal Lepi-

doptera from Central America. By F. DuCanz GopMan

and OsBerT SALvIN.

[Received Jan. 18, 1878.]

Nearly half of the species described in this paper have been sent

us during the past year by Mr. H. Rogers from Costa Rica, where

he has been collecting on the slopes of the voleano of Irazu. The

rest of the species are selected from unnamed specimens in our col-

lection, some of them from Guatemala and some from Mexico.

Figures of most of them have been prepared and will be published

shortly. Specimens of all the species are in our collection.

SATYRID.

1. EvurrycHIA PHILODICE.

3g. Exp.1:9in. Margin entire, anal angle of secondaries slightly

produced ; rich brown, central portion of the primaries slightly

paler, middle of the secondaries rich reddish fulvous with a very

distinct tawny-yellow patch, the inner edge slightly sinuate, the

outer extending to two black submarginal spots between the radial

nervules; a third nearly obsolete black spot between the median

branches : beneath reddish brown, a dark band crossing both wings

through the middle of the cell of each, strongly sinuate on the

secondaries ; beyond the cell of the primaries are two subparallel

transverse bands including towards the inner margin a tawny yellow

band; a conspicuous tawny yellow band crosses the secondaries

1878.] DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA FROM CENTRAL AMERICA. 265

beyond the cell, five argenteous spots surround the margin of the

secondaries, whereof those between the lower radial nervule and the

third and second median branches are the pupils of black ocelli ;

that between the first and second median branches is sagittate.

Q. Exp.1°95. Similar to the male, the colour somewhat paler and

the wings more rounded.

Hab. Costa Rica, Irazu (H. Rogers).

Obs. This well-marked species belongs to the Z.-phocion group of

the genus (cf. Butler, Journ. L. S. Zool. xiii. p. 123), and comes

next H. argentella and #. pyracmon, having the wings similarly

shaped. The peculiar tawny-yellow marks of the secondaries render

the species very distinct from its allies. This marking on the upper

surface is subject to some variation, being more restricted in some

specimens and divided by the reddish brown of the inner portion of

these wings running through it longitudinally. Mr. Rogers has sent

us a good series of this fine species.

2. EvprycHIA ROGERSI.

3S. Exp. 1°9. Form as in &. argentella: uniform brown above,

with a single conspicuous black spot near the margin of the second-

aries, between the third median branch and lower radial nervule:

beneath paler, a dark red-brown sinuate band crosses both wings

through the cell of each; another, nearly straight on the primaries,

sinuate on the secondaries, also crosses both wings beyond the cell,

outside of which is a pale-brown common band margined exteriorly

by a red-brown band hardly traceable on the secondaries; two

argenteous spots near the apical angle of the secondaries, and an

elongated submarginal one between the first and second median

branches; a conspicuous ocellus corresponding to the black spot of

the upper surface, the outer ring of which is fawn-yellow, and in the

black pupil is a concentric silver spot.

Q. Exp. 1:9. Similar to the male but rather paler and the wings

more reunded ; the dark bands of the underside appear as indistinct

reddish bands on the upper surface.

Hab. Costa Rica, Irazu (H. Rogers).

This species also belongs to the Z.-phocion group of the genus.

The presence of a single black submarginal spot on the secondaries,

as well as other characters, distinguishes it from its allies #. argen-

tella, E. pyracmon, and E. philodice.

3. EUpTyYCHIA VETONES.

¢. Exp.1‘8in. Primaries slightly faleate ; outer margin of second-

aries sinuate, most produced at the end of the second median branch :

uniform brown above: beneath brown mottled with paler scales; an

obscure narrow band crosses the cell of both wings ; a broad sub-

marginal pale reddish-brown band, expanding towards the outer

margin, on the primaries; a distinct, yellowish, narrow, nearly

straight band traverses the secondaries from inside the apical to in-

side the anal angle; a distinct ocellus with an argenteous crescent

266 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON NEW [Feb. 19,

inside between the second and third median branches ; argenteous

spots on either side of this ocellus.

Q. Exp. 1:95in. Like the male, but the upperside crossed with

reddish bands corresponding to the markings of the underside ; the

ocellus of the underside shows above as an indistinct black spot.

Hab. Costa Rica, Irazu (H. Rogers).

Obs. A close ally of EH. ithama, Butler (Lep. Ex. p. 9, t. iv. f. 4),

from which it differs in the much clearer definition of the markings

of the underside, the extracellular transverse cross band of the

secondaries being yellowish and not reddish as in H. ithama. The

male of FZ. ithama is not known to us; but, comparing the females of

the two species, the red markings of the upper surface of the southern

race are much more conspicuous than in the northern. Mr. Butler’s

figure of HZ. ithama (the type of the species being before us) is much

too pale in general tint, and the cross bands far too conspicuously

shown.

4. LYMANOPODA EUVOPIS.

6. Exp. 2:2in. Primaries with apical angle rather pointed, outer

margin of secondaries rounded ; rich brownish-black ; black ocelli

with white pupils between the radial nervules and the second and

third median branches, halfway between the cell and the outer mar-

gin; a transverse row of obsolete black spots beyond the cell of the

secondaries: beneath reddish-brown, yellowish beyond the cell; a

bicurved row of five distinct black ocelli with white pupils between the

cell and the outer margin of the primaries, on either side of this row

a sinuate black band, the distal one reddish towards the apical angle ;

at the end of the cell a dusky yellowish spot surrounded by a black

line: secondaries beneath with dark red-brown bands from costal

margin across the cell, and beyond the cell from the third median

branch to the inner margin; a submarginal band made up of out-

wardly concave concentric marks ; across the wing beyond the cell

runs a band of seven small white-pupillated black ocelli, each on a

patch of rich red-brown.

Q . Exp. 2°22in. Brown ; primaries with six black white-pupillated

ocelli arranged in a double curve beyond the cell on a tawny-yellow

ground; secondaries with distal half (except the margin) tawny-

yellow, a band of six black spots crosses the wings beyond the cell:

beneath tawny-yellow, the base of the primaries rather darker, ocelli

and markings of primaries as in the male ; secondaries almost uniform

tawny-yellow, the ocelli and markings almost obsolete.

Hab. Costa Rica, Irazu (H. Rogers).

Obs. A very distinct species of this Andean genus, the first as yet

found north of the Isthmus of Panama.

5. PEDALIODES TRIARIA.

3. Exp. 2°45 in. Allied to P. praaithea (Hew. Ex. Butt. Prono-

phila, pl. v. f. 28, 29), differing in the more pointed primaries ; the

orange band of the same wings is narrower and of nearly equal

width ; in the secondaries the orange spot, instead of being restricted

1878.] DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA FROM CENTRAL AMERICA. 267

to the apical angle, extends halfway along the outer margin. Be-

neath the difference between the two species is more obvious; the

whole under surface of the secondaries in P. triaria is dark brown

mottled with black, two broken black bands crossing the wings, one

through the cell, the other beyond it; a row of six submarginal

ocelli with white pupils, that between the first and second median

branch being much the largest and most conspicuous ; the mottling of

the apical area of the secondaries is upon a yellowish ground-colour ;

the light ground-colour at this part, and over the distal third of the

secondaries in P. praxithea is wanting.

Hab. Costa Rica, Irazu (H. Rogers).

6. PEDALIODES CREMERA.

Q. Exp.2°9in. Primaries entire, apical angle somewhat produced,

outer margin of secondaries sinuated ; dark brown; primaries crossed

by a broad submarginal band of obscure tawny, the inner edge of

which is concave, and the outer serrate running parallel to the outer

margin: beneath mottled with blackish brown, in the tawny band

of the primaries, between the first and second median branches is a

white-pupillated ocellus; an irregular dark line follows the outer

margin of the secondaries halfway between the outer margin and

the cell; between the first and second median branches near the

margin is a large black ocellus with a white pupil, and two smaller

ones near the anal angle.

Hab. Costa Rica, lrazu (H. Rogers).

7. OXEOSCHISTUS ROGERSI, Sp. 0.

Q. Exp. 3in. Allied to 0. phaselis (Hew.), differing above in

having a conspicuous row of tawny oval spots, separated by the

nervules running parallel to the outer margin, the three spots sepa-

rated by the first and second median branches, and that between the

middle and upper radials bearing large dark brown spots of the same

brown coloui as the rest of the wings: beneath, the markings re-

semble those of O. phaselis, except that the marginal region of the

primaries is strongly marked with fulvous corresponding with the

markings of the upper surface.

Hab. Costa Rica, Irazu (H. Rogers, type mus. nostr.) ; Chiriqui

(Ribbe: mus. O. Staudinger).

Dr. Staudinger’s Chiriqui specimen exactly resembles ours, except

that it is rather paler, being not so fresh.

O. phaselis has been placed in the genus Pronophila by Mr.

Hewitson, and in that of Dedalma by Mr. Butler (Cat. Satyr. p.

184); but, so far as we can see, its proper place is in the genus Oweo-

schistus, with the members of which it agrees in neuration, and with

some of them in style of coloration.

NyYMPHALID.

8. PHyYCIODES THEBAIS, Sp. n.

Exp. 1:5 in. Allied to P. orseis, Edwards, ex California, as to the

position of the marks of the upper surface, and as to the coloration of

268 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON NEW [Feb. 19,

the under surface of the wings: the markings above are pale yellowish

instead of deep fulvous, and the submarginal row of ocelli of the

secondaries is almost obsolete ; the outer margin of the primaries is

more sinuate, being slightly concave about the middle, instead of

following a simple convex outline: beneath the dark marks near the

outer margin and inner angle of the primaries are more clearly

defined.

Hab. Mexico, Mountains of Oaxaca (Fenocchio, type) ; Guate-

mala, Highlands near Duenas, 4800 ft. (S. & G.).

Mus. nostr. Two examples.

9. PHYCIODES BOUCARDI, sp. n.

Exp. 1:3 in. Form of P. elada (Hew.), which it somewhat re-

sembles on the upperside, but from which it differs completely on

the underside. The tawny spots are all of nearly equal size, that

halfway between the end of the cell and the apex of the primaries

(divided into three by the nervules) being slightly the largest. The

spots on the secondaries beyond the cell are arranged in three con-

centric lines, the submarginal one consisting of a series of lunules,

the middle one consisting towards the anal angle of obsolete ocelli.

Beneath nearly uniform tawny, the secondaries being paler; the basal

two thirds of both wings crossed irregularly with fine dark lines ;

the outer third of the primaries submarginally dark, enclosing round

tawny spots; secondaries with a dark patch about the middle of the

outer margin, and a row of black spots corresponding to the obsolete

ocelli of the upperside.

Hab. Mexico, Putla (Rébouch).

Mus. nostr. One example.

We are indebted to Mr. Boucard for the possession of this

species.

10. PuyciopEs sUBOTA, sp. n.

$. Exp. 1°7in. Allied to P. ardys (Hew.), from which it differs

on the upperside in the submarginal lunate lines of the secondaries

being obsolete, and in having the bases of both wings without the

faint marking seen in P. ardys. Beneath, the deep-tawny spots

and pale fulvous wash are replaced by deep brown and pinkish grey ;

a well-defined band of pale spots crosses the middle of the second-

aries.

@. Exp. 1°95 in. Similar tothe ¢, but larger, and all the marks,

especially the band crossing the secondaries, better-defined.

Hab. Guatemala, valley of the Rio Polochic (S. §& G.); Costa

Rica, Irazu (Rogers).

Mus. nostr.

The Costa-Rica specimens are slightly aberrant, the base of the

wings beneath being darker and the cross band of the secondaries

narrower.

1]. PuycioDEs DRYM#A, sp. n.

3.14 in. Allied to P. ardys, Hew., and the last-described

1878.] DIURNAL LEPIDOPTERA FROM CENTRAL AMERICA. 269

species ; from both it differs in the absence of the band crossing

the secondaries, its place being occupied by a row of very small

spots: beneath, the markings of the secondaries are very indistinct,

and consist chiefly of dark marks near the region of the anal angle,

and one projected from beyond the middle of the costa halfway

across the wing.

Hab. Guatemala; hacienda “las Nubes ;” valleys of the rivers

Chisoy and Polochic.

Mus. nostr.

12. Paycroves cynras, sp. n.

3. Exp. 1:45 in. Allied to P. leanira, Feld., ex California, from

which it differs in having a well-defined submarginal row of red spots

on the secondaries above, and also some red spots near the middle of

the outer margin of the primaries, but none on the inner part of the

wing : beneath, the dark markings of P. deanira across the cell and

towards the costa of the secondaries are wanting ; but, as in that

species, the nervules are black.

Hab. Mexico, mountains of Oaxaca (Fenocchio).

Mus. nostr.

13. PuyctopEs NeBuLosa.

3. Exp.1-5in. Belongs to the P.-ardys (Hew.) group. Markings

of wings above deep tawny red; wings more elongated than in P. ardys

and its allies; base of the secondaries with obsolete tawny marks;

secondaries beneath pale greyish, region of the outer margin dark,

and a dark subtriangular mark from the costa halfway across the

wing.

Hab. Guatemala, hacienda “las Nubes ” (0. S.).

Mus. nostr.

Taken in the beginning of February 1874.

14. EResta MECHANITIS, Sp. n.

Q. Exp.2-2in. Like E. eunice (Hiibn.), but differing in having

the apical half of the primaries crossed with two well-defined yellowish

bands: the inner one is but slightly indented and not distinetly

broken as in B. eunice ; the outer one crosses the apex as a distinct

band instead of being an obsolete spot.

Hab. Nicaragua (Janson).

Probably a northern race of Z. eunice, but differing slightly from

all the forms of that species found in the Amazonian region.

15. ErEsta DRYPETIs, sp. n.

3. Exp. 2-2in. Differs from E. eunice and the last-described

species chiefly in the narrowness and direction of the transverse band

of the secondaries. The dark mark over the median nervure of the

primaries is obsolete ; the dark band crossing the primaries is con-

tinuous.

Hab. Panama (MecLeannan, type) ; Guatemala, interior (§. s- G.).

270 ON LEPIDOPTERA FROM CENTRAL AMERICA. [Feb. 19,

16. TIMETES PHIALE, Sp. 0.

g. Exp. 2°5in. Closely allied to 7. corita, Bates, from which

species the male hardly differs : the region of the costa of the secon-

daries is suffused with the reddish tawny colour of the apical angle ;

and beneath the general tint is paler.

Q. Exp. 2°5 in. Differs from 2 7’. corita in general tint of the

wings being brick-red instead of rich brown, the transverse markings

of the wings being much more clearly defined ; beneath the markings

are all very indistinct, both wings being crossed by a common rufous

band.

Hab. Guatemala, Volcano of Atitlan (Salvin).

Mus. nostr. Three examples.

Taken at the end of January 1874, in forest, at an elevation of

about 4000 feet.

17. ADELPHA FALCATA, Sp. n.

3. Exp. 22 in. Primaries elongated, outer margins concave,

dark brown ; both wings with a common white band extending from

the space above the second median branch of the primaries to the

anal angle of the secondaries, where the usual tawny spot is absent.

A tawny spot extends curving outwards from about the middle of

the distal half of the subcostal nervure of the primaries towards the

margin; the outer margin of this spot is deeply sinuated, apex nar-

rowly white. Beneath rich tawny ; the white band as above, but

with a dark margin on either side; the tawny spot is paler and

rounded ; a submarginal row of glaucous spots, obsolete about the

middle of the margin of the primaries; two glaucous spots in the

cell and one beyond it ; two transverse series across the base of the

secondaries, all with dark margins.

Q. Similar to the ¢, but larger (exp. 2°55 in.); the primaries

being less falcate.

Hab. Guatemala, valley of the Rio Polochic.

Mus. nostr.

Obs. In pattern of coloration this species somewhat resembles J.

iphicla (L.); but it may be at once distinguished by the strongly

falcate wings, the absence of the tawny spot at the anal angle of the

secondaries, and the coloration of the under surface.

18. ADELPHA DIOCLES, p. n.

3. Exp. 2:1in. Dark brown, with three darker submarginal

bands to both wings; a common white band crosses both wings from

above the second branch of the median nervure of the primaries to

the anal angle, near which is a tawny spot; a tawny spot runs from

the costa of the primaries, parallel to the margin, nearly as far as the

first median branch, and is separated from the white band by an

oblique dark line ; two dark-margined tawny spots cross the cell, one

at the end and one in the middle. Beneath the bands are as on the

upperside ; the margins of both wings are bluish white, with a mar-

ginal and central tawny line ; this marginal band is separated from

1878. | ON BIRDS FROM THE ELLICE ISLANDS. 271

the central bands by a tawny dark-edged band ; the cell of the pri-

maries is whitish at the base and crossed by a dark-margined spot of

the same colour near the end; beyond it is a similar mark running

into the central white band.

Hab. Voleano of Chiriqui (drcé).

Mus. nostr.

A beautiful and distinct species, coming perhaps nearest A. syma

(Hiibn.) of S. Brazil.

PAPILIONID.

19, PapILio SYEDRA, sp. n.

o. Exp. 5 in. Allied to P. abderus, Hopff., and P. asclepius,

Hiibn., the yellow submarginal lunules of the secondaries being absent

as in the former of these two species. From it the present species

differs in the row of black lunules which traverse the secondaries be-

neath, beyond the yellow band, being distinctly margined on their inner

convex edges with maroon, the outer concave edges enclosing an area

of blue; these marks in P. abderus are respectively grey and yellow:

the submarginal lunules beneath on the secondaries are deeper ma-

roon than in P. abderus.

Hab. Volcano of Chiriqui (Arcé § Ribbe).

Mus. nostr. et O. Staudinger.

We have long possessed a single specimen of this species. Having

recently seen others in the collection of Dr. Staudinger, we have been

able to test the stability of the characters by which it differs from

P. abderus. ‘

5. Ona small Collection of Birds from the Ellice Islands.

By R. Bowprer Suarpe, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &. With a

Note on other Birds found there, by the Rev. S. J.

WHITMEE.

[Received January 21, 1878.]

The Rev. S. J. Whitmee has been so kind as to submit to me a

small parcel of birds obtained for him by a collector in the Ellice

Islands. The few skins do not give materials fora large paper ; but

I trust that the details connected with the synonymy of Anous ceru-

leus will be found interesting.

1. Arpra sacra, Gm.; Finsch & Hartl. Faun. Central-Polyn. p.

201 (1867).

Two specimens in changing plumage, one with the white dress

nearly complete, the other still with plentiful remains of ashy-brown

feathers.

2. ANOUS CHRULEUS.

I must acknowledge the assistance which I have received from Mr.

272 MR. R. B. SHARPE ON BIRDS [Feb. 19,

Howard Saunders’s paper on the Sterninz in the ‘ Proceedings of

this Society for 1876; and it is solely through want of material that

he was unable to discriminate the two Grey Noddies of the Pacific,

as I am able to do from the receipt of the present specimens.

Two examples are in the collection now sent ; and I saw at once

that they belonged to a different species from the bird marked as A.

ceruleus in the national collection. The following is a description

of one of these specimens :—

Supra cinereus, alis cauddque quam dorsum vix saturatioribus :

primariis duobus externis extiis magis nigricantibus : pileo col-

loque undique purius canis, fronte et facie anticd albicantibus :

maculd parvd anteoculari nigrd : corpore reliquo subtis cinereo,

subalaridus eaternis et margine alari canescentibus : rostro nigro.

Long. tota 9°3, rostri a fronte 0°95, alee 6:6, caudze 2°75, rectricis

penultimee 3°85, tarsi 0°9.

It appears that this small species is unquestionably the true Sterna

cerulea of Bennett, and that Mr. Gould was perfectly right when

he separated the North-Australian bird as Anous cinereus, and that

he was wrong in sinking this name, published in 1845, in favour of

Néboux’s, which was not published until 1846. The following

appears to be the true synonymy of the two species.

ANOUS CEHRULEUS.

Sterna caerulea, F. D. Bennett, Narr. of a Whaling Voyage, ii.

App. p. 248 (1840).

Sterng cendré, Néboux, Rev. Zool. 1840, p. 291.

Sterna tereticollis, Lafr. Rev. Zool. 1841, p. 242.

Procelsterna tereticollis, Lafr. Mag. de Zool. 1842, pl. 29.

Anous parvulus, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1845, p. 104; Cassin, U.S.

Expl. Exp. Birds, p. 393 (1858); Gray, Cat. B. Pacifie Isl. p. 60

(1859).

Anous gracilis, Gray, Gen. B. iii. p. 661 (1846, lapsu).

Stolida cinerea, Néboux, Voy. Vénus, Atlas, pl. 9 (1846, nec

Gould).

Megalopterus plumbeus, Peale, U.S. Expl. Exp. p. 285 (1848).

Anous cinereus, Prévost et Des Murs, Voy. Véuus, v. p. 276 (1855);

Finsch & Hartl. Faun. Central-Polyn. p. 239, taf. xiii. fig. 4, taf. iv.

figs. 4 & 5 (1867).

Procelsterna cinerea, Bp. C. R. xiii. p. 773 ee

Anous cinerea, Gray, Hand-l. iii. p. 123. no. 11083 (1871).

Diagn. : Minor, schistaceo-cinereus, pileo et corpore subtus toto vix

pallidius cinereis ; secundariis externis angustissimé ad apicem

albo limbatis ; subalaribus schistaceo-cinereis.

Hab. in insulis orientalibus maris Pacifici.

ANOUS CINEREUS. nboes Kis,

Pelecanopus pelecanoides, Gray, List of Anseres, p. 180 (1844).

Anous cinereus, Gould, P. Z.S. 1845, p. 104; id. B. Austr. fol.

pl. 46 (1848): Reichenb. Vég. Neuholl. p. 181. no. 536 (1850).

ns)

1878.] FROM THE ELLICE ISLANDS. 273

Anous tereticollis, Gray, Gen. B. iii. p. 661 (1846).

Procelsterna albivitta, Bp. C. R. xlii. p. 773 (1856); Gould,

Handb. B. Austr. ii. p- 420 (1865).

Sterna cinerea, Schleg. Mus. P.-B. Sterne, p. 38 (1863).

Anous albivitéa, Gray, Handl. B. iii. p- 123, no. 11089 (1871).

Anous ceruleus, Saunders, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 671 (nee Bennett).

Diagn. : Major, supra cinereus ; pileo et collo undique et corpore

subtis toto albicanti-cinereis 3 secundariis conspicue albo termi-

natis ; subalaribus albis.

Hab. In Australia septentrionali et orientali usque ad insulas Pa-

cificas ‘ Friendly ’ dictas,

Dr. Finsch, in his paper read before the Society on the 20th of

November last, records this Species from Eua in the F riendly group.

He recognizes the distinctness of the two species; but there is no

need to restore the name of Anous albivitta, as the title cinereus

was given by Gould in 1845, and Néboux’s .A. cinereus was not pub-

lished till 1846.

3. ANOUS sTOLIDUS (L.) ; Saunders, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 669.

Two specimens.

4. Anous LEUCOCAPILLUS, Gould; Saunders, P. Z. S. 1876,

p- 670.

A single example of a Noddy apparently referable to this species.

5. STERNA ANESTHETA (Scop.); Saunders, P. Z. S. 1876,

p- 664.

One specimen.

6. Gyers canpipa (Gm.) ; Saunders, P. Z. S. 1876, p. 667.

One specimen.

Besides the above-named Species there are some eggs, two of a

Noddy Tern, sent with the skins of Anous stolidus and A. leucoca-

pillus and probably belonging to the former, and three eggs appa-

rently of a Duck. In one box were also two wings of a small

Parrot.

Note on the preceding Communication. By the Rev. S. J.

Wuirmer, F.R.G.S., C.M.Z.S.

During 1876 Mr. Fritz Jansen, a Danish Botanical student who

had been residing with me in Samoa for a year, collecting the flora

of those islands, went on a cruise through several groups of islands to

collect for me the flora and as much as possible of the fauna existing

there. In addition to the birds included in the foregoing list, he

saw a Carpophaga in the Ellice Islands ; and the Frigate-bird (Fre-

gaia aquila) also occurs there. In fact, the latter bird is domesti-

cated by the natives ; and when I was in those islands in 1870 I saw

scores of them about the villages sitting on long perches erected for

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—-1878, No. XVIII. 18

274 MR. E.R. ALSTON ON THE DENTITION OF CusCUS. [Feb. 19,

them near the beach. The natives procure the young birds and tie

them by the leg and feed them till they aretame. Afterwards they let

them loose, and they go out to sea to get their food, and return to

their perches in the villages at intervals.

I cannot say to what species the Carpophaga is referable, not

having seen it myself. Mr. Jansen procured young ones in May and

June ; but he, thinking they were the same as the Pigeon found in

Samoa (C. pacifica), did not preserve any specimens. Natives of the

Ellice Islands who were in Samoa when [I left there, told me their

pigeon is like the Samoan species, ‘‘ except that it is smaller, owing

to its food being less plentiful.” That is their own explanation of

the cause of difference. They say it feeds almost entirely on the fruit

of the native fig (Ficus, sp.). They also tell me it is not gregarious

in those small islands as it is in Samoa during part of the year. As

far as they know it does not migrate, but may always be found

sparsely distributed over the islands.

So far as I have been able to learn, no Pigeon occurs in the Gilbert

Tslands ; but a Carpophaga occurs in the Union or Tokelau Islands.

Mr. Jansen tells me that all the birds he procured in the Ellice Is-

lands, which are included in the foregoing list, are found also in the

Union Islands. This may probably be considered nearly a complete

list of the avifauna of those small atolls.

6. Note on the Dentition of Cuscus.

By Epwarp R. Atsron, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c.

{Received January 25, 1878.]

In reporting last year on the Rev. G. Brown’s collection from

New Ireland and the vicinity’, I observed that the two specimens of

Cuscus contained in it differed from the characters usually given of

C. orientalis in haying but two small teeth behind the large lower

incisors, and in wanting the small extra upper premolar. At the

same time I corroborated Mr. Waterhouse’s remark® that the num-

ber of functionless teeth is not always trustworthy in this group,

and observed that it must be left to future investigation to show

whether the New-Ireland Phalangers were or were not constant in

the peculiarity of their teeth.

Mr. Sclater has now kindly placed in my hands a second small

collection received from Mr. Brown, consisting of one example of

Mus browni, Alst., one of Uromys rufescens, Alst., ten of Belideus

ariel, Gould, and eight of Cuscus orientalis, Pall. All these species

were represented in Mr. Brown’s former consignment ; but the series

of the last-named now available enables me to decide the question as

to its dentition.

In four of these eight specimens the extra upper premolar is

1 P. Z.8. 1877, p. 126. * Nat. Hist. Mamma, i. p. 265.

Hanhart

TSmit lith

NEW OPISTHO-BRANCHIATE MOLLUSCA

1878.] MR. CHEESEMAN ON NEW OPISTHOBRANCHIATES. 275

present, being in one case nearly as large as the constant first pre-

molar, while in another it is a mere rudiment ; in the other Sour

examples it is altogether absent. In the number of the functionless

teeth of the lower jaw (which I carelessly called small incisors in

my previous paper, but which Professor Owen regards as the homo-

logues of the canines and anterior premolars") there is the greatest

possible variety, one example having three in one ramus and none

at all in the other; three, however, appears to be the normal num-

ber. These differences have nothing to do with the age of the in-

dividual ; for the extra upper premolar is absent in a half-grown

animal, and the small lower teeth are present in one of evidently

great age.

It appears, therefore, that the dentition of this genus is even more

variable than has been believed, and that the existence of the addi-

tional teeth must be dropped from the specific characters of C.

orientalis. I may add that in several of these specimens, which are

all females, the dark dorsal stripe is absent; this also has been re-

garded as a diagnostic character,

7. Descriptions of three new Species of Opisthobranchiate

Mollusca from New Zealand. By S. T. Currseman,

F.L.S., Curator of the Auckland Museum.

[Received January 29, 1878.]

(Plate XV.)

From a number of new species of Opisthobranchiate Mollusca

collected in or near Auckland Harbour I have selected for descrip-

tion the three following prominent forms,

1. PLEUROBRANCHUS ORNATUS, 0. sp. (Plate XV. figs. 1, 2.)

Body 3-4 inches long, broadly elliptical, depressed, nearly equally

rounded at both ends, colour varying from pale buff to a clear

reddish brown, with irregularly disposed blotches of a rich dark

red-brown ; mantle large, extending over and concealing both head

aud foot, quite smooth, margin thin, entire ; dorsal tentacles short,

stout, abruptly truncate, finely transversely wrinkled, approximate

at their origin, but gradually diverging at their apices ; colour

reddish brown tipped with white ; eye-specks black, placed a little

distance behind the tentacles, embedded in the integument, but

appearing through it; oral tentacles united in front by a thin semi-

circular expansion which forms a veil concealing the mouth, and

which is carried in advance of the foot ; mouth roundish, with

fleshy lips; buccal plates two, regularly reticulated ; odontophore

with numerous rows of similar unciform teeth. Branchial plume

placed in the groove between ‘the foot and the mantle, very large,

* Odontography, i. p. 382.

[3*

276 MR. CHEESEMAN ON NEW OPISTHOBRANCHIATES. [Feb. 19,

composed of about 22-24 pectinations; foot oblong, thin and

flexible, pale waxy white.

Shell internal, 3 to ? inch long, squarish oblong, thin and mem-

branous, semitransparent, slightly iridescent, closely marked with

somewhat irregular concentric strie or folds; colour varying from

nearly white to pale pinkish or tawny brown. Spire minute, ob-

scure, mouth occupying the whole of the undersurface.

My first specimens of this handsome species were obtained from

under stones between tide-marks in Auckland Harbour; where,

however, it is by no means common. Near Waiwera and in some

other localities on the Hauraki Gulf it is much more frequently met

with. It is easily kept alive in an aquarium, but is very sluggish in

its movements.

2. PLEUROBRANCH4&A NOVH-ZEALANDIA, nu. sp. (Plate XV.

fig. 3.)

Body oval, convex, thick and fleshy, smooth and lubricous to the

touch, but the whole surface nevertheless covered with minute

puckers and folds. Colour light grey, copiously streaked with

irregular anastomosing lines of dark greyish-brown, and sprinkled

with numerous minute and almost microscopic white dots. Mantle

smooth, not nearly so long as the foot, and not concealing the

branchize, rather broader on the right side; oral veil broad, extend-

ing over and concealing the mouth, in front semicircular, and with a

delicate fringed margin, but at each side produced into a short

tentacle-like lobe ; mouth large, round, in a state of rest concealed

in the sulcus between the oral veil and the foot, but capable of being

greatly protruded in a proboscidiform manner ; buccal plates two,

large, finely and regularly reticulated or faceted; odontophore

broad, with numerous rows of similar unciform teeth ; tentacles

dorsal, wide apart, short and stout, projecting outwards, folded down

the outer side, tips obliquely truncate; eyes minute, black, placed

within the integument at the inner bases of the tentacles, quite in-

ternal, and not to be seen without dissection ; foot long, extremely

flexible, sole pale ashy grey ; branchial plume often over an inch in

length, and free for half that distance; pectinations about 17,

finely ciliated ; shell none ; length 2°5 to 3°25 inches.

This species is very abundant in Auckland Harbour, usually

affecting sandy or muddy localities. In the winter and spring

months large numbers are often exposed at neap tides, having pro-

bably come into shallow water to deposit their ova. Capt. Hutton,

of the Otago Museum, informs me that he has collected the same

species at Port Nicholson. It is hardy and not easily killed, and

may be kept in confinement for a long time. When in a healthy

state it is by no means inactive, crawling along by means of its

muscular foot much more quickly than might be expected. It has

a curious habit of floating in a reversed position, just under the

surface of the water; and I have also observed it swimming by

means of rather violent vertical undulations of its body.

1878.| THE MARQUIS OF TWEEDDALE ON A NEW HORNBILL. 277

3. ACLESIA GLAUCA, n. sp. (Plate XV. fig. 4.)

Body from 3 to 5 inches long, about ovate when at rest, but

capable of considerable extension, a little contracted behind the

head, then elevated, and suddenly sloping to a point posteriorly ;

entirely covered with numerous simple and branched tentacle-like

processes, the largest of which are sometimes eight lines long.

Colour on the sides pale greyish-brown, passing on the back into a

dull sea-green; the whole surface with numerous irregularly shaped

black blotches that are longest on the back. Along the back there

is also a double row of from 8 to 12 emerald-green specks, each sur-

rounded with a zone of umber. Dorsal tentacles # inch long, folded

down the outer side so as to appear tubular, beset with filiform ap-

pendages. Labial tentacles similar in shape, but rather larger.

Branchial cavity large, protected by the folded-in edges of the

mantle, branchiz quite internal ; foot long and narrow, pointed be-

hind, without side-lobes as in Aplysia, sole pale sea-green ; mouth

roundish, placed under the head; odontophore with very numerous

rows of simple hooked teeth ; gizzard strengthened with large trian-

gular calcareous plates; shell none.

Like many of the species of the allied genus Aplysia, this animal

possesses the power of emitting a purple fluid from the edges of the

mantle, but only in small quantity ; and it may often be handled

without any thing of the kind being observed. All my specimens

are from Auckland Harbour, and were obtained from rather sandy

localities near the extreme verge of low-water mark.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XV.

Fig. 1. Pleurobranchus ornatus.

2. Shell of the same.

3. Pleurobranchea nove-zealandie.

4, Aclesia glauca.

8. On a new Species of the Genus Buceros. By Arruur,

Marquis of Twerppatz, F.R.S., President of the Society.

[Received February 2, 1878.]

In a collection of birds made at Amparo (in the extreme south of

the Philippine island of Leyte), and sent to me by Mr. Everett,

are some examples of a Hornbill of the genus Buceros, which differ

from the two other known Philippine species’ sufficiently to require

description. The characters which differentiate the large Buceros

of Mindanao, B. mindanensis, from the one which inhabits Luzon

were stated some mouths ago before this Society (see P. Z. S. 1877,

543). But in those two species the form and general contour of

the bill and casque are alike, whereas in this second representative

form of B. hydrocorax the form of the casque is very different.

The colouring of the bill resembles that of B. mindanensis ; and in

278 THE MARQUIS OF TWEEDDALE ON A NEW HORNBILL. [Feb. 19,

the general colouring of the plumage there is little or no difference.

It is the form of the casque that provides the differential specific

character. Instead of being produced forward as in B. hydrocorar

and B. mindanensis, with an abrupt, compressed, and elevated

anterior margin, the superior plane of the casque loses itself and

dies away on the culmen. The superior plane of the casque is not

flat but arched along its length, the crown of the arch during the

course of its auterior half forming an almost acute ridge. In the

Fig. 1.

Head of Buceros mindanensis, from above.

two known species the contour of the superior flat plane cf the

casque is that of an oval, the posterior end being rounded and the

anterior pointed, In this Leyte species the posterior end is also

rounded ; but the sides, instead of gradually expanding to the greatest

breadth of the superficial area and then graduaily contracting to the

apical point, continue in almost parallel lines for about two thirds of

the length of the major axis of the casque, and then terminate ab-

ruptly, forming corners from which the sides of the remainder of the

casque recede until they reach the culmen.

[S. Leyte, g (adult), September. Iris light yellow; orbital skin

darkest sepia, almost black; gular skin dark Indian-yellow ; feet

coral-red ; nails dark brown-grey.— Everett. |

1878.| THE MARQUIS OF TWEEDDALE ON A NEW HORNBILL. 279

The iris of an adult male from the island of Panaon is recorded by

Mr. Everett as being ‘pale blue.’

Distinct slightly corrugated basal plates are present on the walls

of the mandibles of the adult birds.

The first plumage has little resemblance to that of maturity. The

space between the rami of the mandible and the patch at the base of

the sides of the mandible is dirty brown. The head, neck, breast,

Side view of head of Buceros semigaleatus,

Fig. 4.

Head of Buceros semigaleatws, from above.

and abdomen are dirty greyish fulvous-white, the feathers of the

head, neck, and upper breast being ferruginous at their insertions

and grey at their tips ; and such is the character of the thigh-coverts

and ventral plumage. The upper tail-coverts are also dirty greyish-

fulvous white, with either brown or ferruginous bases. The dorsal

plumage and the quills and other wing-feathers are brown, the quills

dark brown, with broad terminal dirty greyish-fulvous white marks

or edgings. The middle pair of rectrices are for two thirds of their

length pale brown, the apical third being white or dirty creamy

white. All the other rectrices have the basal part to a greater or

less extent pale brown, or pale rusty-brown. In some, probably the

new feathers, the whole rectrix is white. In the plumage described

280 THE MARQUIS OF TWEEDDALE ON [Feb. 19,

the bill is black with a yellow tip, and the casque is not formed.

The colouring of the soft parts of the young bird is noted by Mr.

Everett as follows :—‘*S. Leyte, 2, September. Iris dark brown ;

bill black ; orbital skin greenish yellow; gular skin yellow; legs and

feet dark orange. 6. S. Leyte, 2, October. Iris grey-brown ; bill

jet-black, tip orange; feet dull orange.’

The bill remains black after the bird has assumed the completely

mature plumage and after the casque is almost perfectly formed.

Dimensions. Casque.

a= =F A... = ——— — -—--eeoreneee

Wing. Tail. Tarsus. Bill Length. Breadth. Sides.

from

gape.

in. in. in. in. in. in. in.

fof 15°80 15-00 2-20 5°85 4:90 2-00 3°35

2 14:30 14:50 2:20 5:30 4-75 1°65 3°30

3 juy. 14:50 14:00 2-20 5:20 4:80 1:40 0-00

For this Hornbill I propose the title of Buceros semigaleatus.

9. Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippimes.—

No. V. On the Collection made by Mr. A. H. Everett in

the Island of Negros. By Artuur, Marquis of Twrrp-

DALE, F.R.S., President of the Society.

[Received January 30, 1878.]

Mr. Everett has been continuing his zoological researches in

the Philippine Islands unremittingly, and, by the consignment of a

collection of birds made during the month of August last in the

neighbourhood of Nueva Valencia and Dumaguete, situated at the

extreme south of Negros, has enabled me to continue these contri-

butions to the ornis of the archipelago.

“The southern extremity of Negros,” Mr. Everett writes,

“‘which is the most mountainous part of the island, and where I

hoped to find accessible virgin forest, is simply one vast field of maize,

sugar-cane, and hemp, perfectly cleared, even far up the steep sides

of the mountains, and is a very poor district indeed for birds.”

Notwithstanding, Mr. Everett in the space of one month secured

56 distinct species, 24 of which are now recorded for the first time

from Negros. Of these 24 there are 6 new to the Philippine area,

3 of which are new to science.

Species not hitherto known as being inhabitants of the Philip-

pines :—

Collocalia francica. Dasycrotapha speciosa,

Butalis latirostris. Zosterops nigrorum.

Limosa egocephala. Macropygia eurycerca.

The last three are new species.

1878. | THE ORNITHOLOGY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 281

The exact habitat of one previously recorded Philippine bird has

been determined by Mr. Everett,

Eudromias geoffroy? ;

and there now remain 38 Philippine birds of which the precise

habitat still continues undecided.

The number of species known to inhabit the island of Negros

previous to the date of Mr. Everett’s visit was about 59'; and to

this number he has added 24, and raised the total of known Negros

species of birds to 83.

The remarkable species Dasycrotapha speciosa, a new type of

Timeliine genus, and the discovery of a second Philippine species of

Collocalia are the most interesting results of Mr. Everett’s ornitho-

logical researches in Negros.

1. CacatuaA HZMATUROPYGIA (1).

[Valencia, ¢, August. ]

2. TANYGNATHUS LUZONENSIS (3).

[Valencia, 3, 2, August.]

Of two examples (¢) shot in August, one has the crown and

occiput blue, the otber green; in both the uropygium is green.

3. LorRIcULUS REGULUS (6).

Loriculus regulus, Souancé; Rowley’s Ornith. Mise. pt. vii.

p- 238, pl.

(Dumaguete, ¢, 9, August: bill orange-red; cere orange ;

feet lighter orange; claws black. @Q (juy.), August: feet dirty

ochre-yellow. |

The series consists of eight examples, four marked as belonging to

males, and four to females.

The males are in the adult typical plumage of the species. Two

of the females have the occiput faintly golden, and traces of the

orange nuchal band. The two other females have the whole head

green, and the crimsen upper tail-coverts covering only half the

length of the rectrices. No blue about the chin, cheeks, and throat.

The male, as figured by Keulemans (/. c.), only exhibits a red

band across the throat, whereas the lower throat and breast possess

a large orange-red plastron.

4. Limnaétus PHILIPPENSIS (14).

[Valencia, 2, August: iris pale brownish grey ; bill black ; lores

and cere dull greenish ; feet light dirty yellow; claws black. ]

Pure white underneath, the thigh-coverts being very faintly barred

1 Dr. Steere added 21 species to the 38 recorded by me (Tr. Z. 8. ix. p. 252)

as known from Negros. Dr. Steere collected partly in North Negros, and

partly at Dumaguete in the South; but, from the general term “ Negros” being

frequently all that is given as the locality by Mr. Sharpe (Tr. L. 8. 2nd Series,

Zool. vol. i.), it is impossible in many cases to determine the exact part of the

island in which Dr. Steere’s specimens were obtained.

282 THE MARQUIS OF TWEEDDALE ON [Feb. 19,

with irregular lines of pale fulvous. Head and neck pure white, a

few feathers with brown terminal drops. Back brown, each feather

natrowly margined with pale tawny rufous. Uropygium and upper

tail-coverts pale earthy brown, some of the coverts tipped with pure

white. Minor wing-coverts brown, edged with dirty white. Major

coverts pale earthy brown, with paler margins and white terminal

edges. Quills dark brown, more or less blotched with paler brown

and white. Rectrices above rich brown, with five or six very narrow

cross dark brown irregular bands, a broader dark brown subterminal

band. Shafts pure white for three fourths of their length. Ree-

trices underneath albescent, the brown bands being more conspicuous

than above.

Wing 15°20 inches, tail 12°00, tarsus 3°50, culmen 1°50. Nuchal

crest-plumes dark brown, tipped with white; length 3°30.

5. HALIASTUR INTERMEDIUs (17).

[Valencia, 9, August. }

In full plumage.

6. Merops pHiLipPinus (35).

[Valencia, ¢, 9, August. Dumaguete, 2, August. ]

The series (7) consists cf examples ranging from first plumage to

that of the almost adult. None are in full plumage.

7. MERops BICOLOR (36).

[Valencia, ¢, 9, August. ]

In a series of five examples, one is in perfect plumage, the

remaining four represent different stages of immaturity.

8. EURYSTOMUS ORIENTALIS (37).

[Dumaguete, 2, August. ]

9. EnromMostiA GULARIS (44).

[ Valencia, ¢, August. Dumaguete, 2, August.]

10. SauROPATIS CHLORIS (47).

(Valencia, 2, August. Dumaguete, 2, August. |

11. XANTHOLEMA ROSEA (51).

[ Valencia, ¢, August. }

12. CoLLOCALIA FRANCICA.

Hirundo francica, Gm. S. N.i. p. 1017; Walden, Ibis, 1874,

p- 132. no. 70.

[Valencia, d, 9, August. ]

Mr. Everett’s researches enable me to make known the existence

in the Philippines of a second species of Collocalia. He has sent

five examples. Underneath they are mouse-grey ; above fuliginous

brown, faintly tinged with bottle-green. The wings and tail darker

brown than the back, showing a greenish gloss on the new feathers.

1878.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 283

I can find no character whereby to separate these Negros individuals

from those inhabiting Malacca, the Andamans, Sikim, Ceylon, the

Neilgherries, the Mauritius, and the Fiji Islands. Wing 4:50.

Formerly (7. ¢.) I referred by implication C. troglodytes to the C.-

JSrancica section of the genus ; but a reexamination of a considerable

series of C. troglodytes shows that it more properly belongs to the

section of which true C. esculenta may be taken as being the type.

13. Cenrrococcyx vrrivis (64).

. [Valencia, ¢, August. Dumaguete, ¢, August. ]

14. PENELOPIDES PANINI (68) ?

[Valencia, 9, August: iris dull chestnut-brown ; orbital and

other bare skin white faintly tinged bluish ; bill brown with olive-

green tinge; feet dark lead-grey with a faint greenish cast ; nails

black. |

The single example sent wears the dress of the mature female of

P. panini; but the bill is smooth, without lateral plates, grooves,

or casque. The upper tail-coverts are ferruginous and not. black.

It may belong to a distinct representative form.

15, ARTAMUS LEUCORYNUS (73).

[Dumaguete, ¢, 2, August. }

16. GraucaLus striatus (74).

[Dumaguete, g, August. Iris crimson. ‘alencia, 9, August.

Iris crimson ; bill black ; legs grey-black. |

Of four examples three (3) have the throat and upper breast uni-

form slate-colour, the remainder of the lower plumage, the uropygium

and upper tail-coverts being broadly banded with black and white.

One example (marked 2 ) differs by having the entire lower plumage

banded with black and white.

17. Votvocivora? c#RULESCENS (75)?

[Valencia, ¢, August: iris dark chocolate; bill black ; legs

blackish grey. ]

A single example of a bird (marked ¢ ) which I provisionally

refer to the above species is sent from Negros by Mr. Everett. it

differs from every example in my series ex Luzon and Zebu in

having a longer and larger bill, in being dark ashy grey above, with-

out any dark brown almost black margins to the feathers, the uro-

pygium and upper tail-coverts being of still paler grey, in being

below pale grey and not dark iron-grey, in having the major wing-

coverts pure white and the tertiary quills broadly margined with pure

white, and in having the two outer pairs of rectrices broadly tipped

with white and some of the other rectrices slightly white- tipped. The

under tail-coverts are also almost pure white. The general dimensions

are about equal in all. The adult males of V. cerulescens are jet black;

the adult females are dark plumbeous grey (conf. P. Z. §, 1877, p.

759. no. 23), while this bird is pale-coloured. V. cerulescens is as

284 THE MARQUIS OF TWEEDDALE ON [Feb. 19,

yet only known to inhabit Luzon and Zebu; and this may possibly

belong to a representative form. But as it may also be V. c@rules-

cens in first plumage, I refrain from bestowing on it a distinet title.

18. LALAGE pomrnica (76).

{Valencia and Dumaguete, ¢, 2, August. ]

19. Dicrurus MIRABILIs (81).

[Valencia, 5, 9, August. ]

20. PHILENTOMA ALBIVENTRIS.

Philentoma albiventris, Sharpe, Tr. L.S. 2nd series, Zool. i.

p- 325. no. 49, “ Guimaras” (Nov. 16, 1876).

[Valencia, ¢, August. ]

A single example is sent by Mr. Everett ; and it seems to belong

to a species distinct from P. eyaniceps, and Mr. Sharpe appears to

have been justified in separating it, notwithstanding the doubt he ex-

presses (J. c.). Besides the lower breast and abdomen being pure

white, the dimensions of the rectrices and wings, when compared with

those of an adult Luzon male, are longer ; tail 4:12 as against 3°50) ;

wing 3°25 as against 2°87. These, however, are larger dimensions

than those given by Mr. Sharpe of his type.

21. LeucocERCA NIGRITORQUIS (83).

[Valencia, ¢, August. Dumaguete, 9, August. ]

22. CyORNIS PHILIPPINENSIS.

Cyornis philippinensis, Sharpe, Tr. L. S. 2nd series, Zool. i. p.

325.

Valencia, ¢ (juv.), August: iris dark brown; bill black ; legs

bluish grey. Dumaguete, August. |

The young birds (of which a series of five are sent) have their

plumage, with the exception of the remiges and rectrices, which are

brown, washed with blue or greenish blue, marked with large pale

rufous spots. In one the whole of the body-plumage is so marked ;

in another the abdomen and throat are white ; in another several of

the uniform blue dorsal feathers have come in, and the breast is

turning to pure rufous. The throat-plumes are the last to change

to the adult colouring, while full maturity is indicated by the inten-

sity of the rufous on the throat and breast.

23. HyporHyMIs AzuREA (85).

{ Valencia, ¢ (not adult), August: iris dark brown ; bill black ;

legs dark grey. Dumaguete, ¢, August. ]

24. BuUTALIS LATIROSTRIS.

Muscicapa latirostris, Raffles, Tr. L. S. xiii. p. 312; Walden,

Ibis, 1873, p. 308.

[Valencia, 2, August. |

A single example in first plumage, with pale rufous spots on the

1878. | THE ORNITHOLOGY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 285

sides of the neck and margins to the secondary and tertiary quills

and major coverts ; wing 2°56.

25. BropERIPUS ACRORHYNCHUS (90).

[Valencia, 9 (juv.), August: bill dark sepia-brown. Dumaguete,

3 (juv.), August: bill dark vandyke-brown. |

Judging by the series Mr. Everett sends (seven) and other examples

of the Negros Oriole I have examined, it would appear that the ex-

tent of the yellow on the forehead is more restricted in the Negros

and Guimaras forms than in examples from any of the other Philip-

pine islands.

26. MEGALURUS RUFICEPS.

Megalurus ruficeps, Tweeddale, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4,

vol. xx.; P.Z. 8. 1877, p. 94.

[Valencia, 2, August: iris light clay-brown. ]

Males from the same locality are of equal dimensions. New to

Negros.

27. DasyCROTAPHA SPECIOSA.

Dasycrotapha speciosa, Tweeddale, P. Z. 8. 1878, pl. ix. p. 114.

[Valencia, ¢, August: iris crimson ; bill orange-yellow. ]

28. Ixus GoravieR (99).

[Valencia and Dumaguete, ¢ and 9, August. |

A series of five, with ear-coverts and sides of head brown.

29. HysplPETES PHILIPPINENSIS (102),

[Valencia and Dumaguete, 9, August. |

30. CopsyCHUS MINDANENSIS (105).

[Valencia, ¢ and 2, August. Dumaguete, 9, August. |

31. Cisticoxa, sp. ?

[Valencia, ¢, August: iris light grey-brown; bill brown; legs

pale tinged with brown. |

Mr. Everett’s note, above quoted, refers to a single example of

the genus Cisticola which I am unable to determine. The example

is in perfect plumage and belongs evidently to an adult; but the

great variations in plumage the members of the genus exhibit make

it possible that it belongs to some described species; and I refrain

from bestowing what may be a useless title. Its dimensions are

smaller than those of any species known to me. Wing 1°62, culmen

0°31, tarsus 0°62. The first primary is relatively long and broad,

0°53. Underneath the general colouring yellow-white, with a rufous

tinge on the breast; flanks, under tail-coverts, wing-lining, and

thigh-coverts pale ferruginous. Above the colouring is pale ferru-

ginous-brown, each feather dark centred with brown; the nape is

uniform pale ferruginous-brown, the upper tail-coverts being

brighter ferruginous; the quills are brown margined with the

286 THE MARQUIS OF TWEEDDALE ON [Feb. 19,.

same pale ferruginous as the upper plumage. Rectrices above pale

brown, underneath much paler, with bold subterminal dark brown

almost black spots, which show through on the upper surface

as brown marks; the inner margins of the quills are pale ferru-

ginous.

This Negros bird differs from N.-Mindanao, Celebes, and Bangkok

(Siam) examples of C. grayi in its smaller dimensions and longer

and broader first primary, and in the absence of the pure uniform

rufo-fulvous cap.

The description of C. semirufa, Cab., is too meagre for identifi-

cation, and no dimensions are stated; but it is probably the same

bird as C. grayi. O. ruficeps, Gould (Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 98),

belongs to C. grayi, the only difference Dr. Brown’s example

exhibits being the absence of the rufous tinting of the breast and

under surface generally.

32. ORTHOTOMUS CASTANEICEPS (113).

[Valencia, ¢ and 9, August. ]

New to Negros and not separable from the type, which inhabits

the island of Guimaras.

33. CorypALLA LuGuBRis (117).

[Dumaguete, ¢ and 2, August. |

34. Parus ELEGANS (118).

[Valencia, ¢ and 9, August. ]

New to Negros.

35. ZosTEROPS NIGRORUM, Ni. Sp.

[Valencia, ¢ and 9, August. ]

Male and female. Above light olive-green ; whole under plumage

light greenish-yellow, almost pure yellow; closed wing hike the

back, outer quill-margins paler ; space before the eye almost pure

yellow; axillaries and under wing-coverts very pale yellow ; a narrow

black mark margins the white feathers of the underside of the

orbit ; rectrices pale brown edged with olive-green. Wing 2°18,

tail 1°87, tarsus 0°62, culmen 0°44.

Closely allied to Z. austent, Walden, ex Karen-nee, this Negros

species differs in being of a darker shade of green above and a

lighter yellow underneath.

36. Dic&uM H&ZMATOSTICTUM.

Diceum hematostictum (Sharpe, ‘ Nature,’ August 1876, p. 297;

Tr. L. S. ser. 2, Zool. i. p. 339).

[Valencia, 3, August. |

37. NECTAROPHILA SPERATA (122).

[Valencia, ¢ and 2, August. ]

38. ARACHNECTATHRA JUGULARIS (123),

Valencia, ¢ and 9, August. ]

1878. | THE ORNITHOLOGY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 287

39. ASTHOPYGA MAGNIFICA.

Athopyga pacifica (Sharpe, ‘ Nature,’ August 1876, p. 297;

Tr. L. S. ser. 2. Zool. i. p. 342; Shelley, Monogr. Cinnyride, pt.

3, pl.

[Valencia, ¢ and 2, August. ]

In one example (¢) the uropygium is deep orange and not

yellow.

40. ANTHOTHREPTUS CHLOROGASTER.

Anthreptes chlorogaster (Sharpe, Tr. L. S. ser. 2, Zool. i. p. 342.

no. 107, ‘‘ Negros,” (1876).

[Valencia, 2, August: iris indian-red.]

41. Corvus pHrLippinus (125).

[Dumaguete, ¢, 2, August. ]

The disproportion between the dimensions of sexes in the Philip-

pine Crow exhibits itself in the Negros examples sent by Mr. Everett,

the wing of the male measuring 12 inches, as against 11 in the

female ; culmen of male 2°37, of female 2.12.

42. CALORNIS PANAYENSIS (128).

(Dumaguete, ¢, 2, August. |

43. Sarcops caLvus (129).

[Dumaguete, 5, 9, August. ]

44. Munia sacort (1382).

[Valencia, ¢, 2, August. Dumaguete, ¢, 2, “ breeding,”

August. |

May not Meyen’s Fringilla minuta (Walden 133) be M. jagori

in first plumage, before the black feathers comein? Otherwise it is

remarkable that a species stated by Meyen to occur in numberless

troops in the Luzon sugar-plantations has not, since he wrote (1834),

been recognized.

45. OSMOTRERON AXILLARIS (136).

[ Valencia, ¢, August. Dumaguete, 2, August. ]

46. LeucorrEeRon GironiERt (137)?

[ Valencia, ¢, August. }

A single example of a Pigeon much resembling L. gironiert, ex

Luzon and Guimaras, and probably representing an immature stage

of its dress, is sent by Mr. Everett. It differs from all the phases

of plumage described by me (/. c.) in having the throat, breast, and

abdomen pale ashy white, much stained pale verdigris green. The

crown and nape rich green like the back. A purple pectoral band

is indicated by a few isolated plumes. The first primary is not

_abruptly attenuated ; but perhaps the attenuated first quill is only

produced later. The species has not heretofore been recorded from

Negros.

288 ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF THE PHILIPPINES. [Feb. 19,

47, CaARPOPHAGA &NEA (141).

[Dumaguete, dg, 9, August.

48. IANTHG@NAS GRISEIGULARIS (145).

[Valencia, 3, August: iris orange ; orbital region and basal half

of bill dark crimson ; apical half of bill pale yellow ; feet dull car-

mine ; nails yellowish grey. |

49. MacropyGIA EURYCERCA, sp. n. (146, partim).

[Valencia, ¢, August: iris yellow, with outer ring crimson; or-

bital region and base of bill crimson; bill light brown; feet car-

mine. |

Mr. Everett sends a single example, which agrees in every respect

with the example obtained in Negros by Dr. B. Meyer, and described

by me (Tr. Z. S. ix. p. 218. no. 146) when writing on M. tenui-

rostris. A recomparison made with Luzon examples leaves no doubt

that the Negros bird is specifically distinct.

50. TurTuR pussuMIERI (147).

[Valencia, ¢, August. Dumaguete, ¢, August. ]

51. CHALCOPHAPs INDICA (150).

[Valencia, ¢, August. |

52. Eupromias GEoFrrroy! (161).

[Dumaguete, 2, August: bill black; legs very pale greenish

grey; feet darker grey. |

53. RALLINA EURYZONOIDES.

Gallinule euryzonoides, Lafresn. Rev. Zool. 1845, p. 368; Tweed-

dale, P. Z.S. 1877; p. 767.

[ Valencia, ¢, August. |

New to Negros. The Luzon (Manilla) bird (Tr. Z.8. ix. p. 231.

no. 175) has to be compared ; for it is doubtful whether it does not

rather belong to this species than to R. fasciata.

54. Hypora2nipia TorQuAtTA (177).

[ Valencia, 9? , August. ]

New to Negros.

55. Limosa #GOCEPHALA.

Scolopax egocephala, Linn. S. N. i. p. 246. no. 16.

[Valencia, August. ]

56. NycTicoRAX MANILLENSIS (198).

(Dumaguete, ¢, August: iris golden yellow; bill black, the base,

greater part of lower half, and bare orbital skin bright yellow-green ;

legs and feet light yellow-green, clouded with olive-green in front,

and on the upper surface of toes. |

In first plumage.

1878.] ON BIRDS FROM DUKF-OF YORK ISLAND, ETC. 289

March 5, 1878.

Prof. Newton, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of February 1878 :—

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of February was 63, of which 27 were ac-

quired by presentation, 17 by purchase, 4 by exchange, 6 were bred

in the Gardens, and 9 were received on deposit. The total number

of departures during the same period, by death and removals, was 93.

The most noticeable additions during the month of February

were

A pair of Leopards (Felis leopardus), obtained from Capt. Phillips,

of the S.S. ‘Mesopotamia,’ February 18th. These Leopards, which

were brought from the Persian Gulf by Capt. Phillips on his last

voyage, are remarkable for their long hairy coats, bushy tails, and

pale body-colour, which reminds one rather of the Ounce (Felis

uncia). They are probably from some part of the mountainous

district of Persia.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a second collection of birds from Duke-of-

York Island, New Britain, and New Ireland, which he had received

from the Rev. G. Brown, C.M.Z.S. These were mostly duplicates

of the collection brought before the Society on the 19th of February

last year’, and consisted of examples of the following species :—

1. Rhipidura setosa. 12. Centropus ateralbus.

2. Monarcha alecto. 13. Helectus polychlorus.

3. Dicranostreptus megarhyn- 14. Nasiterna pusio.

chus. 15. Lorius hypeenochrous.

4. Nectarinia aspasia. 16. Carpophaga rubricera.

5. Srenata. Ly. van-wycki.

6. Philemon cockerelli. 18. Gdirhinus insolitus.

7. Calornis nitida. 19. Chalcophaps stephani.

8. Gracula kreffti. 20. Calenas nicobarica.

9. Corvus orru. 21. Megapodius eremita.

10. Dendrochelidon mystacea. 22. Tringoides hypoleucos.

11. Halcyon sanctus. 23. Tringa acuminata.

Mr. Sclater called special attention to the following specimens, and

read the subjoined notes on them ;—

6. PHILEMON COCKERELLI (/.c. p. 104).

Two additional examples of this Philemon, both from New Britain,

are in the collection. The species is exactly of the same form as P.

plumigenis (Tropidorhynchus plumigenys, G. R. Gray, P.Z.S.

1 See P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 96; also Mr. Ramsay’s notes on the same collection,

Proc. Linn. Soc. New 8. Wales, vol. i. p. 369.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1878, No. XIX. 19

290 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON ATHENE VARIEGATA. [Mar. 5,

1858, p. 174) of the Ké Islands, but is a larger and stronger bird,

darker on the head, and paler on the throat and belly.

10. DENDROCHELIDON MystTacea (J. c. p. 105).

Five skins from Duke-of-York Island.

12. CENTROPUS ATERALBUS (/. c. p. 106).

Three examples of this Coucal from New Britain. In one the

head is black, and back of the neck partly so; in the second the

neck is white; and in the third the head is also white,—showing

that, as I suggested (J. s. c.), there is much variation in colour in

this species.

13. EcLecrus poLYcHLoRUsS (I. c. p. 106).

Of twenty skins of this species, mostly labelled ‘‘ Duke-of- York

Island,” but without indication of sex, fifteen are males (green) and

five females (red).

18. CEDIRHINUS INSOLITUs (J. ¢. p. 110).

Of this singular Fruit-pigeon, until lately supposed to be so ex-

cessively rare, there are no less than nineteen skins from Duke-of-

York Island. The sexes are not marked; but there is no variation

in their plumage; so we may consider them identical in this

respect. Some of the specimens have the frontal knob much more

developed, and are probably males.

In Part viii. of his ‘Ornithological Miscellany’ (pl. lxvi.) Mr.

Rowley has given us an excellent figure of this species.

21. Mrearopius EREMITA, Hartlaub, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 830.

Count T. Salvadori informs me that he has satisfied himself that

Megapodius hueskeri of Cabanis and Reichenow, as I had called this

bird, /. s. c., is identical with the species previously described by

Hartlaub under the name above given. He further assures me that

my Megapodius rubrifrons from the Admiralty Islands (P. Z.S.

1877, p. 556) is undistinguishable.

23. TRINGA ACUMINATA, Horsf.

One skin of this species, which was not represented in the first

series, from New Ireland. ‘

Mr Sclater took this opportunity of exhibiting the specimen re-

corded by him (P.Z.S. 1869, p. 123) as Athene variegata, and

subsequently described and figured by Mr. Sharpe (P. Z. 8. 1876,

p- 673, pl. lxii.) as Ninow solomonis. Mr. Sclater had compared

this specimen with the type of Noctua variegata of Quoy and

Gaimard, and had ascertained that his identification was correct, and

that there was therefore no need of Mr. Sharpe’s new name for the

specimen.

1878.] PROF. NEWTON ON PEZOPHAPS SOLITARIA. 291

Mr. Sclater exhibited a stuffed Coot belonging to the Museum of

Science and Art at Edinburgh and believed to be the typical speci-

men of Fulica gallinuloides of King (Zool. Journ. iv. p. 96), and

showed that it was really an example of Fulica leucoptera, Vieillot,

and not of Fulica armiilata, as he and Mr. Salvin (P. Z. 8. 1868,

p- 465 et Ex. Orn. p. 115), misled by Capt. King’s imperfect de-

scription, had supposed.

Professor Newton, M.A., F.R.S., V.P.Z.S., exhibited a stone sent

him by Mr. Caldwell, C.M.Z.S., and remarked :—

«The veracity of the earliest writer who treated at any length of

the Solitaire (Pezophaps solitaria) affords a pleasing contrast with

that of the latest. Many of the statements put forth by Leguat

concerning that bird have already been curiously confirmed; and I

have much pleasure in laying before the Society what appears to be

another proof of his accuracy. Writing of the hen Solitaires he

says :—

«On leur trouve toujours dans le gésier (aussi bien qu’aux males)

une pierre brune de la grosseur d’un Oeuf de poule; elle est un peu

raboteuse, platte d’un coté & arrondie de l’autre, fort pesante, & fort

dure. Nous avons jugé que cette pierre nait avec eux; parce que

quelque jeunes qu’ils soient, ils en ont toujours, & n’en ont jamais

qu’une; & qu’outre cela, le canal qui va du jabot au gésier, est trop

étroit de moitié pour donner passage 4 une pareille masse. Nous

nous en servions préférablement 4 aucune autre pierre, pour aiguiser

“nos couteaux’?.

‘When Mr. H. H. Slater was appointed by the Royal Society

Naturalist to the Transit-of-Venus Expedition in Rodriguez, I

especially drew his attention to this statement; but I have under-

stood from him that, notwithstanding his careful examination of

the caves of that island, he never found any thing bearing out

Leguat’s assertion. Shortly after his return, our Corresponding

Member, Mr. Caldwell, of Mauritius, visited Rodriguez, as the Society

is already aware (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875, pp. 644-647). He was,

as he has told us, more fortunate, and obtained three or four of what

he believes to be the stones mentioned by Leguat. One of these he

has been so good as to give to my brother, Mr. Edward Newton;

and on behalf of both those gentlemen I now exhibit it. You will see

that in most respects it agrees closely with the description of Leguat.

It is brown, somewhat rough, heavy and hard. It is hardly,

however, flattened on one side ; and in connexion with that fact I may

remark that the bird with whose remains it was associated appears to

have been young. Its mineralogical nature has yet to be determined ;

but before it is cut up for that purpose I thought the Members of the

Society would like to see it. Its weight is a little over 14 oz.

**Mr. Caldwell has also been so kind as to furnish me with some

remarks on this and the other specimens he obtained ; but his state-

l Voyages et Avantures de Francois Leguat &c. Londres: MDCCVIII,

vol. i p. 100,

ise

292 MR. PARKER ON THE COMMON ROCK-LOBSTER. [ Mar. 5,

ments respecting them will possibly be more advantageously published

as an appendix to the account of this bird which, as most (though

apparently not every one) of our Members are aware, was drawn up

more than twelve months ago, at the request of the Royal Society, by

Mr. J. W. Clark and Mr. Edward Newton.”

Mr. T. J. Parker exhibited and made remarks upon the stridu-

lating organ of the Common Rock-Lobster (Palinurus vulgaris).

He stated that the apparatus in question was produced by a peculiar

modification of the antennulary sternum and of the basicerite or

second joint of the antenna. The antennulary sternum forms a pro-

jecting vertical keel, with a rounded anterior border, and slightly

convex sides; the anterior border is grooved in the middle line, the

groove being bounded on each side by a strong smooth ridge; each

lateral surface is marked with a shallow groove; and between this

groove and the border, to which it is parallel, the surface is so smooth

as to have the texture of polished ivory. The basicerite is uncalcified

along a slit-like space on its inner surface; this space is filled up

with a thick chitinous membrane, which is produced superiorly into

a large flap, projecting outwards from the surface of the joint.

Immediately beneath this flap the chitin becomes thickened, takes

on the form of an oval area or pad, about } inch long by 7 inch

wide, and marked by a number of fine parallel ridges. In relation

with the inferior edge of this pad is a small calcified tubercle.

When the antenna is in place, the flap works over the ridge on*

the corresponding side of the anterior border of the antennulary

sternum, the tubercle fits into the groove on its lateral surface, and

the ridged pad is closely applied to the smooth space between the

groove and the border. Under these circumstances, when the

antenna is moved upwards the friction of the pad against the smooth

surface produces a loud grating noise, the principle being similar to

that of the sound produced by the friction of india-rubber against

paper. The apparatus can at any time be thrown out of gear, and

the antenna moved noiselessly, by slightly abducting the latter. In

November last, Mr. Saville Kent remarked in ‘ Nature’ upon the

“shrill squeaking sound”’ emitted by living specimens of Palinurus

when handled, this sound being due, according to Mr. Kent, to the

friction of the abdominal somites; and Mr. Parker suggested that

the noise referred to may possibly have been produced by the

apparatus described. He stated further that the apparatus was

possessed by both sexes, although in the two specimens examined

the noise produced was far louder in the male ; and he also remarked

upon the fact that, notwithstanding the great perfection of the

stridulating organ, the auditory organ of Palinurus is in a very

imperfect condition.

The following papers were read :—

WPurkass hth Hanhart ump

NEW SPECIES OF PLUSIOTIS

1878.] MR. A. BOUCARD ON THE GENUS PLUSIOTIS. 293

1. Notes on some Coleoptera of the Genus Plusiotis, with

Descriptions of three new Species from Mexico and

Central America. By A. Bovcarp, C.M.Z.S.

[Received F ebruary 4, 1878.]

(Plate XVI.)

I have again the pleasure to exhibit to the Fellows of this Society

a fine series of Beetles of the genus Plusiotis, which I have acquired

since I wrote my former paper on these Insects in the ‘Proceedings’ !.

Amongst them are four new species totally distinct from all others.

Three of these have been liberally given to me by my friends MM.

Sallé, Baden, and Rodriguez. The fourth I discovered during my

last voyage in Costa Rica. This increases the number of species

known of these fine insects to twenty, of twelve of which the types

are in my collection.

During my recent Journey in Costa Rica, 1 have also been able

to procure one more specimen of Plusiotis batesii, which agrees com-

pletely with the type, and one specimen of Plusiotis chrysargyrea,

Sallé, varying from the original types of the species, not being quite

of the same colour.

These insects are excessively rare, and appear to confine themselves

to the forests, at a very high altitude.

I was in Costa Rica in the proper season, and at the exact locality

where these insects are found; but I was not able to get more than

three specimens, although I offered a high price tor them to the

natives, and did myself all that possibly could be done; I made

several excursions on purpose, but with no result.

Every ove in the country knew what I meant when I asked for

golden and silvery beetles; but they did not procure me any.

PLusIorIs BATESIL.

Plusiotis batesii, Boucard, P, Z. S. 1875, p. 119, pl. xxiii.

ITab. Volcano of Irazu, Costa Rica.

One specimen of this fine Species, found in May near Potrero

Cerrado, at the altitude of 8000 feet, was alive, but had lost its abdo-

men and some of its legs. It had evidently just been caught by a bird

and dropped, or had disengaged itself, after having lost its abdomen.

The vitality of this insect is so great, that several hours after I had

found my specimen it could still move part of its body and its remain-

ing legs. Although I looked with the greatest care for this insect, I

was uot able to find any more Specimens,

At the suggestion of my friend Sallé, who thought that they ought

to be found abundantly on Mimosa trees, like Pelidnota, I searched

for them during many days on these plants, but without success,

and those which I secured ‘were found in the oak-tree region.’ I saw

another specimen, which I consider to be a very fine variety of this

" See P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 117.

294 MR. A. BOUCARD ON THE GENUS PLusiIoTIs. _[ Mar. 5,

species, in a small collection of insects made by Mr. Rogers. It is

of the most splendid brass-colour ; it was found near Rancho redondo,

on the Volcano of Irazu, by an Englishman who was in the company,

Mr. Rogers.

This insect is now in the collection of Mr. Du Cane Godman.

PLUSIOTIS CHRYSARGYREA.

Pelidnota chrysargyrea, Sallé, Annales de la Soc. Ent. de France,

tome iv. p. 362.

One specimen of this magnificent species, found in April in the

Candelaria Mountains, at the altitude of 5000 feet, in the oak-tree

region.

It is quite perfect, and was taken alive on a roble tree (Tecoma

pentaphylla, Jacq.). Being somewhat different from the types of the

species, I give a description of it :—

Oblongo-ovata ; capite thoraceque aureo-pallidis, marge rubro ;

elytris aureis, tenuiter punctatis, punctis in stris regulariter dis-

positis ; infra aurea, tibiis tursisque cupreis, antennis fuscis.

Length 1 inch 1} line. Mus. Boucard.

Head, thorax, and elytra very slightly punctured, of a pale burnished

gold-colour with coppery-red reflections ; the anterior margin of the

head and the sides of the thorax of a coppery-red colour, which dis-

tinguishes this species from P. bates? ; tibize and tarsi of the same

colour, with blue claws ; abdomen and pygidium of a brilliant golden

colour; antenne rufous.

Its place is near P. batesi, to which it is closely allied.

Puiusiotis Lara, Sturm, Cat. 1843, p. 341.

According to M. Auguste Sallé, of Paris, who possesses the type of

P. leta, Sturm, this species must be abolished, as it was described

from a bad specimen of Plusiotis psittacina, which is from Mexico.

This proves that I was right when I suggested in my former paper

that the locality of Valparaiso for this species was probably wrong ;

as up to this date no species of Plusiotis has been found south of

Columbia.

PLUSIOTIS BADENI, n. sp. (Plate XVI. fig. 2.)

Oblongo-parallela, valde convexa, supra viridi-argentea, cupite

cupreo-violaceo, medio viridi crebre punctulato ; thorace subtiliter

punctulato, margine cupreo-violaceo, scutello violaceo levi; elytris

tenuiter punctatis, punctis in strus profundis regulariter dispo-

sitis; infra viridi-argentea, femoribus viridibus, tibiis cwpreo-

violaceis, tarsis cupreo-aureis, antennis fuscis.

Length 7+ lines.

Head of a coppery purple colour with the centre green, thorax

silvery green, with a broad margin of the same colour as the head,

both slightly punctured ; the seutellum is also of that same colour ;

elytra silvery green, slightly darker than the head and thorax,

strongly punctured, the punctuation disposed in regular striz ; the

1878. ] MR. A. BOUCARD ON THE GENUS PLUSIOTIS. 295

underside is of a paler green with silvery reflections ; tibize coppery

purple, and tarsi coppery metallic; antennze rufous.

Hab. Mexico.

The female of this species is of the same size, but a little wider ;

the tarsi are less coppery ; and the colour of the thorax, elytra, and

pygidinm is slightly paler.

This species must be placed between P. gloriosa, and P. lacordairet.

I have pleasure in naming this fine insect after my friend Doctor

Baden, to whom I am indebted for the specimen now in my collection.

Types, museums Baden and Boucard.

PLUSIOTIS RODRIGUEZI, n. sp. (Plate XVI. fig. 1.)

Oblongo-convewa, supra viridi-aurea ; capite thoraceque subtiliter

punctulatis ; elytris punctatis, punctis in striis regulariter dis-

positis, margine lato aureo splendido; infra pallide viridis,

tibtis tarsisque aureis, antennis rufis.

Length 1 inch.

Head and thorax slightly punctured, the latter twice as long as it

is broad, convex, with areddish gold margin, elytra strongly punctured ;

the punctuation is disposed in regular strie, convex, broader in the

middle and rounded in the base with a magnificent gold margin all

round ; the underside is of a pale uniform green with silvery reflec-

tions ; tibiz and tarsi golden; antennz rufous.

Hab. Guatemala.

I have only one specimen of this charming species, the only one

which was collected in the neighbourhood of Guatemala City by my

intimate friend Mr. Juan Rosé Rodriguez, to whom I have the plea-

sure of dedicating this fine insect. It was found by him in the forests

of oak trees near the capital. Its place is between P. costata and

P. sallei, Bouc.

Type, mus. Boucara.

PLUSIOTIS PRASINA, 0. sp. (Plate XVI. fig. 5.)

Oblongo-ovata, supra viridi-prasina ; capite fortiter punctulato,

thorace subtiliter punctulato ; elytris fortiter punctatis, punctis

in striis irregularitus ; infra viridis, tibiis tarsisque violaceo

micantibus.

Length 1 inch 1 line.

Head and elytra of a dark metallic green, both strongly punctured ;

on the latter the punctuation is disposed in irregular strie ; they are

oblong, a little broader in the middle, with a prominent, thick, and

compressed margin on the sides, which is very conspicuous ; thorax

slightly punctured, of the same colour ; the underside is metallic green;

tibize metallic purple ; tarsi of the same colour, with coppery reflec-

tions ; claws nearly black ; antennee dark rufous.

Hab. Mexico.

Its place is between P. auripes and P. sallet.

I have only one specimen of this insect, which was given to me by

my intimate friend M. Auguste Sallé.

Types, museums Boucard and Sallé.

296 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON LEPIDOPTERA [ Mar. 5,

Puusioris BoucARDI, Sallé. (Plate XVI. fig. 3.)

Oblongo-parallela, valde convexa ; capite thoraceque viridi-aureis,

subtiliter punctatis, margine cupreo; elytris splendide viridi-

aureis, fortiter punctatis ; infra cupreo-rufa, tibiis tarsisque

nigris, antennis fuscis.

Length 1 inch 2 lines.

Head, thorax, pygidium, and elytra of a magnificent metallic golden

green, with red reflections, surrounded by a narrow coppery-red mar-

gin. The elytra are rugose and strongly punctured ; the underside

is of a coppery red; femora, tibize, and tarsi quite black in the ante-

rior legs; in the middle and posterior pairs the femora are coppery

red and the tibiee and tarsi are black ; antennze nearly black.

Hab. Costa Rica.

I have only one specimen of this magnificent species, found in the

mountains of Candelaria, in the forest of robles (oak trees) at the

altitude of 5000 feet.

Its place is near P. victorina.

Type, museum Boucard.

I have seen all the species of this genus described in this and my

previous paper, and am satisfied that they are good and distinct. I

have examples of all of them in my collection, except P. psittacina

and P. gloriosa.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI.

Fig. 1. Plusiotis rodriguezi, p. 295.

2. P. badeni, p. 294.

. P. boucardi, p. 296.

. P. mnizechii, P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 124.

. P. prasina, p. 299.

Ore Co b

2. On a small Collection of Lepidoptera obtained by the Rey.

J.S. Whitmee at the Ellice Islands. By Arruur G.

Butter, F.L.S., F.Z.8., &e.

[Received Feb. 6, 1878.]

The little series of Lepidoptera obtained from the Ellice Islands by

Mr. Whitmee, although it contains only five species of Butterflies

and two of Moths, makes a valuable addition to our knowledge of the

geographical distribution of the forms inhabiting the Australian

region, since we have hitherto been quite ignorant of the insect-fauna

of these islands.

Of the seven species, all of which are described, one is of special

interest to me; I refer to Huploea distincta, a form figured by

Herrich-Schiiffer, from an example taken in the Viti Islands, as a

variety of £. eleutho. To this insect I gavea name in my “ List of

the Diurnal Lepidoptera of the South-Sea Islands” (P. Z. 8. 1874,

pp. 274-291), and was severely censured for so doing by Herr

1878. ] FROM THE ELLICE ISLANDS. 297

Schmeltz, in a paper criticising my determinations of South- Pacific

Butterflies. Herr Schmeltz considered 2. distincta to be an indi-

vidual variety, and regarded it as an injury to science to give ita

name ; it is therefore satisfactory to find that Z. distincta is the

common Euplea of the Ellice Islands, and consequently may be re-

garded as a fixed local form, of equal importance with L. helcita, E.

angasii, and others of the #.-eleutho group.

RHOPALOCERA.

NYMPHALID.

Evrxiaa, Fabricius.

1. EUPL@A ELEUTHO.

Danais eleutho, Quoy & Gaimard, in Freycinet’s Voy. pl. 83.

fig. 2 (1815).

The fact that this species is so rare that Mr. Whitmee only brought

home a single example seems to show that its time of appearance is

not synchronous with that of EL. distincta. It represents the oppo-

site extreme of modification in the group to which it belongs, and

therefore is not likely to be a variety, since forms more nearly ap-

proaching #. distineta in character are known to be locally con-

stant.

2. EUPL@A DISTINCTA.

Euplea distincta, Butler, P. Z.S. 1874, p. 278.

A good series, in both sexes, was obtained by Mr. Whitmee.

Junonia, Hibner.

3. JUNONIA VILLIDA.

Papilio villida, Fabricius, Mant. Ins. p. 35. no. 366 (1787).

Resembles Australian examples, being less suffused with orange

tawny than Samoan specimens.

Diapema, Boisduval.

4. DIADEMA NERINA.

Papilio nerina, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 509. no. 277 (1775).

The whole of the specimens are rather small, resembling those of

Cape York.

5. DIADEMA OTAHEIT.

Diadema auge, Cramer, var. otaheite, Felder, Verh. zool.-bot.

Ges. Wien, xii. p. 492. no. 185 (1862).

This may possibly be a dwarfed race of the preceding species ; it

is the common form of Samoa, where the specimens run eyen smaller

than in the Ellice Islands.

298 MR. E. J. MIERS ON THE PENZIDE. [Mar. 5,

HETEROCERA.

Lirgosiip&.

Deroreta, Stephens.

6. DEropEIA PULCHELLA.

Tinea pulchella, Linneeus, Syst. Nat. |, 1. p. 884 (1766).

Larger than Australian specimens, and with the red dashes on the

primaries broader and longer.

OpHIvusIDa.

Acu#a, Hubner.

7. ACHEA MELICERTE.

Phalena-Noctua melicerte, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent. i. p. 46, pl. 23.

fig. 1.(1770).

One worn example was obtained of this widely distributed moth.

3. Notes on the Peneide in the Collection of the British

Museum, with Descriptions of some new Species. By

Epwarp J. Miers, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Zoological Depart-

ment, British Museum.

[ Received February 12, 1878.]

(Plate XVII.)

Mr. G. E. Dobson, M.B., F.L.S., lately presented to the Trustees

of the British Museum a remarkable specimen of Peneus, with the

request that I should lay a description of it before the Society. In

studying the affinities of this form, which is described below under

the name of P. dobsoni, I found it necessary to revise the characters

of the whole of the species of this large and difficult genus ; and al-

though the materials existing in the national collection are not rich

enough at present to permit of a complete review of the subject, it is

hoped that the following notes on the species in the collection will

contribute toward the elucidation of the genus, while the synoptical

key to the genus appended will serve to indicate what appear to be

the principal distinctive characters of the different species, and to

mark what are desiderata in the collection of the British Museum.

I have added some remarks upon the Funchalia woodwardi, and on

the Peneus edwardsianus of Mr. J. Y. Johnson, showing that this

latter species must be referred to the genus Aristeus of Duvernoy ;

also a description of a species of Sicyonia not hitherto recorded.

PENZUS CANALICULATUS.

Palemon canaliculatus, Olivier, Encycl. Méth. Hist. Nat. vii.

p. 660 (1811).

Penaeus canaliculatus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 414

(1837); De Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust. p. 190 (1849).

P 2.9.18 76, Pl 2V0

C.Berjeau del et lith.

NEW SPECIES OF PENAZIDA.

Mintern Bros imp.

1878. ] MR. E. J. MIERS ON THE PEN®ID. 299

Penaeus marginatus, Randall, Journ. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. viii.

p- 146 (1839).

? Peneus plebejus, Hess. Arch. f. Nat. p- 168, pl. vii. fig. 19

(1865).

The series in the British-Museum collection includes specimens

from the Gulf of Suez, Shanghai, Yokohama (Japan), Torres Straits,

Shark Bay, Houtmann’s Abrolhos, Sir-C.-Hardy Island, and the

Loyalty Islands (Lifu). In both sexes there is a single spine on the

second joint of the first and second pairs of legs, and none on the

third pair of legs. In the closely allied European P. caramote there

is, besides these spines, a spine upon the first joint of each of the

first three pairs of legs. The sixth postabdominal segment is not

sulcate in either species; and in both the terminal segment is armed

with lateral marginal spines.

PENAUS BRASILIENSIS.

Peneus brasiliensis, Latr. Nouv. Dict. Hist. Nat. xxv. p. 256

(1817); M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 414 (1837) ; Stimpson,

Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, x, p- 132 (1871).

This species in external characters closely resembles the prece-

ding, but differs in the following particulars :—There is a spine upon

the second and third joints of the first pair of legs, one upon the

second joint of the second pair of legs, and none upon the third pair

of legs, The sixth postabdominal segment is grooved on either side

of the longitudinal median carina on its upper surface. There are

no spines on the lateral margins of the seventh postabdominal

segment.

Specimens from Whydah on the west coast of Africa agree in all

respects with authentic specimens from Brazil presented by the

Paris Museum, and with specimens from the West Indies (Barba-

does) and North America, proving that this, like many other species.

occurs on both sides of the Atlantic.

PEN ZUS SEMISULCATUS.

Peneus semisulcatus, De Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust. p. 191,

pl. xlvi. fig. 1 (1849).

A large series of specimens of both sexes is in the Museum collec-

tion, agreeing with De Haan’s description and figure. It is probable

that under the Fabrician name of P. monodon two closely allied

but apparently distinct species were confounded by earlier authors.

In P. semisulcatus the rostrum is 7-8-toothed above and 3-toothed

below, the dorsal carina, which is faintly or obsoletely canaliculated,

extends to the posterior margin of the carapace, and the gastro-

hepatic sulcus is faintly defined. There are examples from India

(Pondicherry, Calcutta), Formosa, the Philippines, North Australia,

and the Fiji Islands (Mbau), in the Museum collection.

In two specimens from Australia (Shark Bay), and one from Cey-

lon, the rostrum is 6~7-toothed above, the teeth toward the apex

separated by much wider intervals than in the specimens referred to

300 MR. E. J. MIERS ON THE PENEZIDA. [ Mar. 5,

P. semisulcatus, there is a short dorsal carina which does not reach

to the posterior margin of the cephalothorax and is not canaliculated

above, and the gastro-hepatic sulcus is very deep and strongly de-

fined. For this latter form I propose to retain Fabricius’s name of

P. monodon, if the two species be distinct; as it would seem that

the common Indian form must be designated by De Haan’s name of

P. semisulcatus, it having been first distinctly characterized by him,

while it is impossible to ascertain from Fabricius’s brief description

which of the two species was known to that author.

The figure of P. tahitensis of Heller (Reise der Novara, Crust.

p- 121, pl. xi. fig. 2, 1865) resembles this species ; and in it the ros-

trum is represented as 3-toothed below; but it is described as eden-

tate; so I cannot refer it with certainty to P. semisulcatus.

The P. carinatus of Dana(U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii., Crust. i. p. 602,

pl. xl. fig. 2, 1852), from Singapore, is only briefly described, but

appears to be identical with P. semisulcatus, with which it agrees in

the form and number of the teeth on the rostrum. It is not, how-

ever, mentioned in the description whether the longitudinal carina

on the cephalothorax is sulcate or not.

PENZUS HARDWICKI, sp. n. (Plate XVII. fig. 1.)

The cephalothorax is very minutely granulated; the cervical

suture is in its posterior half, and the cardiaco-branchial altogether,

obsolete ; a canaliculated dorsal crest extends from the base of the

rostrum to the posterior margin. The rostrum reaches beyond the

peduncles of the antennules, is 8—9-dentate above, the last tooth

separated by twice the ordinary distance from the preceding; the

inferior margin is entire; it is curved regularly upward toward the

distal extremity, which is acute. There is a spine on the underside

of the second joint of the first and second pairs of legs, and none on

the third pair. The form of the sternum is as in the P. curviros-

tris of Stimpson ; and the third to sixth postabdominal segments are

carinate as in that species. The last postabdominal segment is

deeply longitudinally sulcate above, and, as in P. semisulcatus, acute

at apex, without lateral spines.

Hab. Indian Seas? (Hardwicke).

There are two specimens in the British-Museum collection, of

which the exact locality is not known. This species is most nearly

allied to P. curvirostris, Stimpson, from Simoda, Japan, but differs

in having a canaliculated dorsal crest, and a longer rostrum, which

is acute at the extremity ; the sutures of the cephalothorax are also

much less distinct. From the P. semisulcatus of De Haan, which

resembles this species in having a single longitudinal dorsal sulcus,

it differs in the form of the rostrum, which is edentate below, and

in having only a single spine at the base of the first pair of legs,—

and from the P. sculptilis of Heller, from Java, another unisul-

cate species, in the longer, more curved rostrum, and in the post-

abdomen being keeled only on the third to sixth segments, whereas

in P. sculptilis all the postabdominal segments are said to be

keeled.

1878.] MR. E. J. MIERS ON THE PENEIDE. 301

PEN XUS INDICUS.

Peneus indicus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 415 (1837).

Peneus stylirostris, Stimpson, Ann. Lyc. N. H. N. York x. p. 134

(1871).

In specimens in the British-Museum collection from the Indian

seas, Ceylon, and Chefoo, which I refer to this species, the first pair

of legs are bispinose at base, the second pair unispinose, and the

third pair unarmed ; there are no lateral marginal spines on the last

postabdominal segment. The rostrum in young specimens consider-

ably projects beyond the antennal scale, and the median dorsal carina

reaches nearly to the posterior margin of the cephalothorax ; in adult

specimens, however, the rostrum scarcely projects beyond the anten-

nal scale, and the dorsal carina is nearly obliterated. In one speci-

men, fully adult, from Amoy, which is probably only a variety of

this species, the rostrum is even shorter than the antennal scale, and

4-dentate.

I cannot find any valid characters by which to distinguish from

this species the P. stylirostris, Stimpson, of Panama, of which speci-

mens, from that locality, are in the British- Museum collection.

PENZUS MONOCEROS.

Peneus monoceros, Fabr. Ent. Syst. Suppl. p. 409 (1798) ; M.-

Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 415 (1837); De Haan, Faun. Japon.

Crust. p. 192, pl. xlvi. fig. 2, P. ensis (1849); Dana, U.S. Expl.

Exp., Crust. i. p. 605, pl. xl. fig. 5 (1852).

Specimens in the British-Museum collection from the Indian seas,

Calcutta, Ceylon, and Penang, agree with M.-Edwards’s short de-

scription, and possess the diagnostic characters indicated by De

Haan, but differ from De Haan’s longer description in having no

lateral marginal spines on the terminal segment. De Haan’s speci-

mens belong perhaps to a distinct species, in which case the name

of P. ensis, as they are designated in the plate, would be applicable

to them.

PENZUS MEMBRANACEUS.

Peneus membranaceus, Risso, Crust. des environs de Nice, p. 98

(1816) ; Hist. Nat. Eur. Mérid. v. p. 68 (1826); M.-Edw. (part.),

Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 417 (1834); Heller, Sitz. Akad. Wissensch.

xlv. i. p. 423, pl. 1. fig. 49 (1862) ; Crust. siidl. Europa, p. 296,

pl. x. fig. 11 (1863).

Penaeus longirostris, Lucas, Explor. Sci. Algérie Crust. p. 46,

pl. iv. fig. 6 (1849).

Peneus bocagei, Johnson, Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 255 (1863), p. 900

(1867).

See Johnson’s remarks (P. Z.S. 1867, p. 900) on the complicated

synonymy of this species. If Dr. Heller’s views are correct, Milne-

Edwards attributes to P. membranaceus some of the characters of

the Solenocera siphonocera (Peneus siphonocerus, Philippi), subse-

quently described by Lucas, Ann. Soe. Ent. France, vill, p. 219

302 MR. E. J. MIERS ON THE PEN 4ZIDS. [ Mar. 5,

(1850), under the name of Solenocera philippii. Besides P. stpho-

nocerus the Peneus distinctus of De Haan (Faun. Japon. Crust.

p- 194, 1849) evidently belongs to this genus, and must be desig-

nated Solenocera distincta. Of it I have seen no specimens.

Perhaps also the Pencus crassicornis of Milne-Edwards (Hist.

Nat. Crust. ii. p. 418, 1837) from India should be referred here.

PreN&US DOBSON, sp. n. (Plate XVII. fig. 2.)

Cephalothorax smooth, not hairy or scabrous, with the cervical,

gastro-frontal, and cardiaco-branchial sutures faintly indicated.

Antennal and hepatic spines present, but no pterygostomian spine at

the antero-inferior angle of the cephalothorax. Rostrum slender,

not quite reaching to the apex of the antennal scale, 7—9-dentate

above, about four of the teeth being posterior to the frontal margin,

the posterior tooth separated by a greater interval than the others,

which are equidistant from one another; there are no teeth on the

anterior third of the upper margin, nor on the inferior margin; the

apex, in the only specimen which appears perfect, is acute. Poste-

riorly the rostrum is prolonged into a short median dorsal crest,

which terminates at some distance from the posterior margin. There

are no longitudinal median dorsal su/c?. The first five postabdomi-

nal segments are rounded at their postero-lateral angles ; the poste-

rior margins of the first, second, fourth, and fifth have a semicir-

cular notch on each side of the body ; there is a longitudinal median

dorsal carina on the third_to sixth segments, which is but faintly

indicated on the third segment, and a faintly indicated lateral carina

on each side of the fifth and sixth segments; the terminal segment

is longitudinally sulcate above, the extremity very slender and acu-

minate, the lateral margins ciliated, but without mobile spines; the

appendages of the sixth segment somewhat oblong-oval, and nar-

rowed at the distal extremities.

The eyes are very large; the antennules with the joints of the pe-

duncle flattened on their inferior surfaces, and with two flagella, of

which the inner is nearly twice as long as the outer, but not as long

as the cephalothorax. Antennee with the flagella very long. The

crowns of the mandibles are slightly concave on their inner surfaces,

the cutting-edges thin, and with a tooth near the apex; the palpus

tomentose and 2-articulate, the terminal joint foliate, triangular and

acute. The second maxillipedes are densely hairy ; the outer maxil-

lipedes are very slender, almost styliform, and their exognathi reach

almost to the extremity of the penultimate joimt. The three ante-

rior pairs of legs are small and very slender, successively slightly in-

creasing in length, but the third pair not more robust than the pre-

ceding ; they are very feebly didactyle, and the fingers are much

shorter than the palmar portion of the hand; the fourth pair of legs

are very feeble, and much shorter than the preceding ; the fifth pair

are obsolete, thickened, and two-jointed, the terminal joint consti-

tuting an indurated corneous lobe; there is also a small lobate pro-

longation at base of each of the fourth legs; and the lobe between

the bases of fifth pair of legs (which resembles in form that usual

1878.] MR. E. J. MIERS ON THE PENEZID. 303

in the female of Peneus, but is not divided by a median fissure) is

of the same corneous consistency. All the legs, except the fifth

rudimentary pair, are furnished with an exopodite. There is a spine

on the under surface of the second joint of the legs of the first three

pairs, that on the third pair of legs very small.

Hab. Mangalur (Mangalore), west coast of India.

Collected by Dr. G. E. Dobson, to whom I have much pleasure

in dedicating the species.

I have examined four specimens of this species, all of which are

certainly females. Oue of these has been presented by Dr. Dobson

to the trustees of the British Museum. The fact that no males

have yet been observed renders it possible that the rudimentary and

indurated condition of the fifth pair of legs may be peculiar to the

female sex—an opinion shared both by Dr. Semper and Mr. Wood-

Mason, who have seen the specimens ; and as the mouth-appendages,

although presenting some peculiarities, do not depart widely in struc-

ture from the type usual in Peneus, I think it advisable until more

specimens shall have been examined, to retain the species in that

genus. Should further researches, however, prove that the rudi-

mentary condition of the fifth legs exists in both sexes, the name

Mangulura may be adopted to designate the genus, which will be

characterized not only by the above-mentioned character, but also

by the triangular shape of the terminal joint of the mandibular pal-

pus (which is less delicate and transparent in texture than is usual

in Peneus), and the slender outer maxillipedes. The species will then

stand as Mangalura dobsoni’.

The form of the fifth pair of legs is not analogous with that cha-

racteristic of the very different genus Sergestes, wherein these

members, although rudimentary, are very slender, and similar in

structure to the preceding pairs.

In the form of the rostrum P. dobsoni resembles the Peneus

sculptilis of Heller, from Java (Voy. Novara, Crust. p. 122, pl. xi.

fig. 1); but, besides the characters derived from the fourth and fifth

pairs of legs, which are of the normal form in P. seulptilis, that

species differs, if the figure be correct, in the much longer flagella of

the autennules, and in the absence of a notch in the posterior mar-

gin on the sides of the first and second postabdominal segments, in

the form of the first postabdominal segment, which is rounded at its

1 Since writing the above, Professor Wood-Mason has discovered, among speci-

mens of P. dobsoni from the same locality (Mangalore), a single male individual,

in which he observed that the fifth legs are fully developed, and which, by his

kindness, I am now enabled to figure (see Pl. XVII. fig. 2, f). It is of very small

size, not much more than half as large as the females described by me, which

it in all respects resembles, except in the fifth legs. These are very slender and

elongated, longer, in fact, than those of the preceding pair, with the dactylus

much shorter than the preceding joint. The fact, therefore, thatthe rudimen-

tary condition of the fifth legs is a sexual character peculiar to the female may

be regarded as definitely established ; nor does it seem that this can possibly

be accidental, or due to the loss of the legs and subs2quent induration of the

joint, as the indurated terminal lobe is of the same shape on both legs in all

four of the specimens seen by me, and I have never obseryed a similar condition

of the joint in any other specimen of the genus.

304 MR. E. J. MIERS ON THE PENZIDS. [ Mar. 5,

antero-inferior angle, &c. The sex of the specimens of P. sculptilis

is not stated.

In the P. avirostris, Dana (U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Crust. i. p. 603,

pl. xi. fig. 3, 1852), from Singapore, which is but shortly charac-

terized, the rostrum is somewhat of the same form, but straighter,

shorter, and only 6-toothed above, the legs of the two posterior pairs

much more slender than the preceding (sex not stated). The

cephalothorax is not dorsally carinate in its posterior half.

PEN ZXUS AFFINIS.

Peneus affinis, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 416 (1837);

De Haan, Faun. Japon. Crust. p. 192, pl. xlvi. fig. 3, P. barbatus

(1849).

Penaeus velutinus, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp. xiii. Crust. i. p. 604,

pl. xl. fig. 4 (1852).

Whether this species be the P. afinis of Milne-Edwards must remain

uncertain, as his type specimen has not been figured, and his short

description leaves many particulars unnoticed ; but it is certainly the

one figured by De Haan under the name of P. barbatus, and referred

by him in the text to P. affinis. P. velutinus of Dana (U.S. Expl.

Exp. xiii. Crust. i. p. 604, pl. xl. fig. 4, 1852) from Lahaina, Sand-

wich Islands, seems to be also referable to the same species. His

description applies to it ; and although his figure, when compared with

that of De Haan, presents some slight differences, they are probably

due to inaccuracies of drawing. Examples of this species are in the

British-Museum collection from Japan, Sandy Cape, Sharks’ Bay,

West Australia, and the Gulf of Suez; hence it would appear to

have a wide geographical range.

P. constrictus, Stimpson (Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. New York, x.

nos. 4, 5, p. 135, 1871), from the coast of Carolina, U.S., of which

there is one specimen in the British-Museum collection, presented

by the Smithsonian Institution, is nearly allied to the above. The

teeth of the rostrum are stated to be equidistant by Stimpson; but in

the specimen I have examined, the last tooth is (as in P. affinis)

separated by a wider interval than the preceding. It differs, how-

ever, in being much less pubescent (the postabdomen is naked and

glossy), and in having a very deep longitudinal median sulcus on the

last segment, which is margined by lateral carinee.

P. pubescens of the same author (/. c. p. 133), based upon a single

female example with imperfect rostrum from St. Thomas, would also

seem from the description to be closely allied to P. affinis, and, in

the absence of specimens for comparison, I am unable to say how it

may be separated from that species. It will probably prove to be

distinct, on account of the widely distant locality ; therefore I do not

quote it as a synonym of the Indo-Pacific form. ‘

PEN ZUS STYLIFERUS.

Peneus styliferus, M.-Edw. Hist. Nat. Crust. ii. p. 418 (1837).

There is a single specimen, a male, in bad condition, which I refer

1878. ] MR. E. J. MIERS ON THE PEN XID. 305

with some hesitation to this species, in the Museum collection. The

rostrum is of the form described by Milne-Edwards, but reaches but

little beyond the peduncle of the antennules, and scarcely at all be-

yond the antennal scale. The fifth pair of legs is considerably

longer than the preceding, and very slender; the dactylus small,

of the usual form. This species cannot be the male sex of P.

dobsoni, described above, as it differs in the form of the postabdo-

minal segment, which is rounded at its antero-lateral angle, in the

existence of spines on the lateral margins of the last postabdominal

segment, &c. The median dorsal carina is prolonged to the poste-

rior margin of the cephalothorax ; and there isa raised lateral line on

each side, extending from a point immediately above the antennal

spine halfway to the posterior margin.

If the genus Xiphopeneus of Smith (Trans. Conn. Ac. ii. p. 26,

1871) be sustained, it will probably be necessary to refer this

species to it, as it agrees in the form of the rostrum, and in the length

of the legs of the fifth pair, although the dactylus is quite short.

PENZXUS KROYERI.

Peneus kroyeri, Heller, Wien. Akad. Wissensch. Sitzungsb. xlv.

(Abth. 1.), p. 425, pl. ii. fig. 51 (1862).

Aiphopeneus harttii, Smith, Trans. Conn. Ac. ii. p. 28, pl. i.

fig. 1 (1871).

I have little hesitation in referring the Xiphopeneus harttii of

Smith, from Caravelhas, Bahia, to the previously described P. kréyeri

of Heller, from Rio Janeiro. A comparison of the figures and de-

scriptions will, I think, suffice to establish their identity: and there

is a specimen from the West Indiesin the British-Museum collection

which appears to belong to the same species. The genus Xipho-

peneus was characterized by its author mainly by the long and slender

antennules (which have a small lamelliform appendage which is not

foliaceous and expanded over the eye as in Peneus), the form of the

cephalothoracic sulci, aud the great length of the fourth and fifth

thoracic legs (which have the terminal joints slender and flagelliform

or, rather, styliform). The mouth-organs, antenne, &e. are not

different from those of Peneus.

It will be seen that these characters are not of greater value than

those which distinguish the Peni of Milne-Edwards’s first and second

sections (which have never been considered of generic importance).

Moreover the length of the posterior legs is certainly a character

that varies in the different species ; and in one (P. styliferus) already

referred to, which agrees in most of its characters with Xiphopeneus,

the dactylus of the fifth pair of legs is quite short. Nor do we kaow

at present how far these peculiarities are dependent upon the sex of

the animals (the specimens of P. Ardyert and P. styliferus in the

Museum collection are both males).

If the genus Xiphopeneus be retained as distinct, it will be neces-

sary to constitute more than one other new generic division for species

hitherto included in Peneus; and as the materials at present existing

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1878, No. XX. 20

306 MR. E. J. MIERS ON THE PEN ZID&E. [ Mar. 5,

in the British-Museum collection do not enable me to adopt this

course, as many species are not as yet represented in it, I have, in

the synopsis of the species given below, and until a more complete

revision of the genus shall have become possible, included the species

in Penaeus.

Synoptic Table of the Species of Penzus.

The object of the following analytical Table is to indicate the prin-

cipal external characters by which the species of Peneus may be

distinguished. There are certain species which have not been

described with sufficient detail to allow of their incorporation in the

list ; these are either previously referred to, or are mentioned by Milne-

Edwards in the ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Crustacés.’ The species of

which there are no specimens in the British-Museum collection, and

which are therefore unknown to me, are distinguished by an asterisk,

I, Antennules with both flagella extremely short. Two deep longitudinal

sulci extending along the whole length of the cephalothorax, adjacent to

the rostrum and the median carina, which is itself deeply sulcate. (A

supraorbital spine present.)

First and second pairs of legs bispinose, third pair unispinose at base.

Seventh postabdominal segment with lateral marginal spines.

1. P. caramote, Risso.

European.

First pair of legs bispinose, second pair unispinose, third pair unarmed at

base, Terminal segment without lateral marginal spines.

2. P. brasiliensis, Latr.

Atlantic region.

First and second pair of legs unispinose, third pair unarmed at base. ‘Ter-

minal segment with lateral marginal spines.

3. P. canaliculatus, Oliv.

Indo-Pacific region.

II. Antennules longer. No lateral sulci on the cephalothorax, bordering the

rostrum and median carina. (Supra-orbital spine usually absent.)

A. Rostrum much longer than the eyes, reaching nearly to, or beyond, the end

of the antennal scale.

a. Carapace with a ridge extending backward from the origin of the rostrum

to, or nearly to, the posterior margin of the cephalothoraz.

§ The carina between the base of rostrum and posterior margin sulcate,

and reaching to the posterior margin.

First pair of legs bispinose, second pair unispinose, third pair unarmed at

base. Rostrum ‘dentate, third to sixth postabdominal segments keeled.

4. P. semisulcatus, De Haan,

Japan, Indo-Pacific region.

First and second pairs of legs unispinose, third pair unarmed at base.

Rostrum = dentate, curved upward toward the apex; third to sixth post-

abdominal segments keeled.

5. P. hardwickii, Miers,

Indian Seas.

Rostrum 2 dentate, slightly ascending toward the apex. All the postab-

dominal segments keeled.

*6, P. sculptilis, Heller.

Java.

1878. ] MR. E. J. MIERS ON THE PEN EIDE. 307

§§ The carina between the base of rostrum and posterior margin of the cephalo-

thorax not sulcate, and often not reaching to the posterior margin.

* Rostrum with the inferior margin dentate. (No lateral spines on last post-

abdominal segment.)

9-10 c . . -

Rostrum 5-5-dentate. Terminal segment ending in a long spine.

*7, P. setiferus, Linn.

West Indies, east coast of North America.

Rostrum a dentate, not reaching beyond the antennal scale. ‘Terminal

segment acute.

8. P. monodon, Fabr.

Indian and Australian Seas.

Rostrum yery slender and styliform in its distal half, qe-dentate and reach-

ing slightly beyond the antennal scale.

9. P. indicus, M.-Kdw.

Indo-Malayan Seas; Panama ?

** Rostrum with the inferior margin entire.

1. Rostrum not reaching far beyond the end of the antennal scale.

Rostrum ensiform, straight, 8-10-dentate above, the teeth extending along

nearly the whole upper margin. Terminal postabdominal segment without

lateral marginal spines.

10. P. monoceros, Fabr.

Indo-Malayan Seas.

Rostrum curyed upward toward apex, 8-dentate above, dorsal carina reach-

ing nearly to the posterior margin. Terminal segment as in P. monoceros.

*1. P. curvirostris, Stimpson.

Japan, Simoda.

Rostrum robust, curved slightly upward, 8-9-dentate above, the last tooth

situated on the dorsal carina at considerable distance from the preceding.

Terminal segment with a pair of lateral spines.

12. P. membranaceus, Risso.

Mediterranean, Madeira.

Rostrum styliform at apex, nearly straight, 7-9-dentate above in its proximal

half. Terminal segment without lateral marginal spines; 5th legs (in the

female) rudimentary. ;

13. P. dobsoni, Miers.

West Coast of India.

Rostrum slender, styliform and produced at apex, 6-9-dentate above at its

base. Terminal segment with prominent lateral marginal spines; 5th legs

(in the male) long and slender, dactylus small.

14, P. styliferus, Edw.

Bombay.

2. Rostrum reaching far beyond the end of the antennal scale.

Rostrum 9-10-dentate above; the 3-4 last teeth placed upon the slender

styliform distal half. Last postabdominal segment with lateral spines.

*¥15. P. foliaceus, Risso.

Mediterranean.

Rostrum 6-dentate above, the styliform distal portion without teeth. Ter-

minal segment without lateral spines.

16. P. Aroyeri, Heller.

Brazil West Indies.

b. Cephalothorax without any median dorsal ridge. (Rostrum entire below.)

Rostrum straight, dentate nearly to its apex; first tooth separated by a

20*

308 MR. E. J. MIERS ON THE PENHID. { Mar. 5,

wider interval than the preceding. Cephalothorax and postabdomen tomentose.

Terminal segment not carinate, with minute lateral spines.

17. P. affinis, Edw.

Indo-Pacific region.

Rostrum and cephalothorax as in P, affinis. Postabdomen naked. Termi-

nal segment with the deep longitudinal median sulcus defined by lateral carine,

and with lateral spinules.

18. P. constrictus, Stimpson.

East Coast United States.

Rostrum somewhat sinuated, 9-dentate above, with the teeth equidistant.

Terminal segment without lateral spines.

*19. P. tenuis, Dana.

North Patagonia.

Rostrum styliform toward apex, nearly straight, 6-dentate above near its

base; the last tooth separated by a wider interval. Terminal segment without

lateral marginal spines.

*20, P. avirostris, Dana.

Singapore.

B. Rostrum very short, not reaching beyond the eyes.

* Rostrum slender.

Eye-peduncles long. Rostrum not half as long as the eyes, 7-dentate above.

*21. P. podophthalmus, Stimpson.

Hong Kong.

Eye-peduncles of moderate length. Rostrum a little shorter than the eyes,

5-dentate above.

*22. P. gracilis, Dana.

Sooloo Sea.

Eye-pedunceles thick. Rostrum scarcely reaching beyond them, 8-9-dentate

above. (5th? legs greatly elongated, with the dactylus nearly half as long as

the cephalothorax.)

*23. P. stenodactylus, Stimpson.

Hong Kong.

** Rostrum laminiform, high, and laterally compressed.

Rostrum 9-10-dentate above. Flagella of the antennules half as long as

the peduncle.

*24, P, lamellatus, De Haan.

Japan.

Rostrum 6-dentate above. Flagella of the antennules about as long as the

peduncle,

* 95. P. brevicornis, M.-Edw.

Indian Seas.

ARISTEUS EDWARDSIANUS. (Plate XVII. fig. 3.)

Peneus edwardsianus, Johnson, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 897.

The typical example of this very fine species is in the collection

of the British Museum; and I have little hesitation in referring it

to the genus dristeus of Duvernoy (Ann. Sci. Nat., sér. 2, Zool. ‘xv.

p- 101, 1841). The character principally relied upon by Duvernoy

for the distinction of the genus was derived from the ramose structure

of the branchize, which he conceived were formed upon a different

type from that found in other genera of the Caridea ; but I am able,

from an examination of the branchiz of 4. edwardsianus, to con-

firm Dana’s observation that they do not differ essentially in struc-

1878. ] MR. E. J. MIERS ON THE PENEZIDS. 309

ture from those of the species of Peneus. There are, however,

other points in which the genus Aris¢eus differs from Peneus, and

which seem to warrant the retention of Duvernoy’s generic name.

The two flagella of the antennules are very unequal ; one is extremely

short, the other remarkably long, as long as the animal itself; the

palpi of the mandibles are robust, not foliaceous and membrana-

ceous, as in Peneus ; the fifth pair of legs is very long and slender,

not shorter than the preceding pair; the first pair of postabdominal

appendages terminate in a single ramus, the second ramus being

rudimentary or entirely absent. I may add that the anterior margin

of the first postabdominal segment does not form an angle with the

lateral margins, as usual in Peneus, but the antero-lateral angles

are rounded.

Duvernoy established the genus upon specimens from Nice, which

he referred, no doubt correctly, to the Peneus antennatus of Risso

(Hist. Nat. Eur. Mérid. v. p. 68, 1826).

P. edwardsianus resembles in general appearance the figure of

P. antennatus given by Duvernoy ; but the carapace is marked

with strong ridges upon the hepatic, pterygostomian, and branchial

regions, the last postabdominal segment is not sulcate above, and

the rami of the postabdominal appendages, especially of the first

pair, are much longer. There are also some marked differences in

the mouth-appendages which can scarcely be due to inaccurate

drawing of the details of Aristeus antennatus; the palpus of the

mandible in A. edwardsianus is much more robust than in the

Mediterranean species, is densely hairy, and the third joint is

bilobate; the exognath of the second pair of maxillipedes is very

long, reaching beyond the end of the antennal scale, and more than

twice the length of the endognath itself, while that of the third

pair of maxillipedes is quite short.

The specimen is a female.

The genus Xiphopeneus of Smith (referred to above) resembles

Aristeus in the form of the carapace and rostrum, and length of the

posterior legs and postabdonimal appendages; but there does not

exist the marked disparity in length in the flagella of the antennules,

nor isit stated that the mandibular palpi and rami of the first pair of

postabdominal appendages differ from those of the ordinary Penei.

FUNCHALIA WOODWARDI.

Funchalia woodwardi, Johnson, P. Z.S. 1867, p. 896.

The mouth-organs of the unique example of this remarkable form

(which is in the British-Museum collection) have not been dissected ;

but the long, corneous, and somewhat sickle-shaped processes of the

mandibles are plainly visible, and suffice to establish its generic

distinctness ; the ‘‘ broad lamellar appendage” at each side of the

mouth, referred to by Mr. Johnson, is evidently the foliaceous

palpus of the mandible, the terminal joint of which is large and

truncated at its distal extremity.

The specimen is a female.

310 MR. ANGAS ON A NEW GENUS OF LAND SHELLS. __|[{ Mar. 5,

Sicyonia Furcata, sp.n. (Plate XVII. fig. 4.)

This species, in the form of the body, closely resembles Sicyonia

ocellata, Stimpson (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. p. 43, 1860), of which

young specimens from Hong Kong, presented by the Smithsonian

Institution are in the British-Museum collection, and also one fully

adult from Ceylon, presented by E. W. H. Holdsworth, Esq. As in

S. ocellata, the dorsal carina is very convex and strongly dentate,

the cephalothorax tomentose, and the first to sixth postabdominal

segments deeply channelled and without spines on the lateral margins.

The terminal segment, however, is of very different form, being fur-

cate at the extremity, the lobes of the fork divergent, acute at apex

and deeply channelled above, the inner and outer margins carinate

and ending in small subterminal spines on each lobe of the fork.

In S. ocellata the last postabdominal segment is simple and acute at

apex.

Hab, Sooloo Islands.

A single adult example is in the collection. This specimen, and

also those of S. ocellata that I have seen, appear to be of the

female sex.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

Fig. 1. Peneus hardwichii (p. 300), lateral view, natural size.

Ja, Terminal segment and uropoda of the same, natural size.

2. Peneus dobsoni (p. 302), lateral view of cephalothorax, natural size.

2a. Mandible, magnified.

26. Second maxilla, magnified.

2¢. First maxillipede, magnified.

2d. Second maxillipede, magnified.

2¢, Third maxillipede, magnified.

2f. Part of the ventral surface of the cephalothorax of a male individual,

showing the form and position of the fifth pair of legs (from a

specimen lent by Prof. J. Wood-Mason, see note p. 308).

2q. The same view of a female, showing the rudimentary and indurated

condition of the fifth pair of legs.

3. Exognath of the mandible of Aristeus edwardsianus (p. 308), natural

size.

4. Sicyonia furcata (p. 310), lateral view, natural size.

4a, Terminal segment and uropoda of the same, magnified.

4. Description of a new Genus of Land Shells belonging to

the Family Cyclophoride. By Guorcr Frencu ANGas,

C.M.Z.8:, F..8i, &e:

[Received Feb. 16, 1878.]

Genus Mascara, Angas.

Operculum horny, ovate, pointed above ; whorls few ; nucleus situ-

ated near the base of the columellar margin.

Shell rimate, elongately ovate, conically turreted, nearly smooth

or faintly longitudinally striated ; aperture ovate, rounded below and

angulate above ; peristome continuous, single; outer lip thickened

and slightly expanded.

Hanhart imp.

GSowerby lth

NEW SHELLS FROM KURRACHI, MADAGASCAR,

ECUADOR & AUSTRALIA

1878. ] ON NEW LAND AND MARINE SHELLS. 311

J have established this genus for the reception of certain species

of land shells that have hitherto been included in the genus Megalo-

mastoma of Guilding, a natural West-Indian group, from which,

however, they appear to me to differ so greatly in several important

characters that I do not hesitate to separate them from the Megalo-

mastomata as a distinct natural group, having its habitat in Madagas-

car and the Mascarene Islands.

The type of my genus Mascaria is the Cyclostoma croceum of

Sowerby, which has been placed in the genus Megalomastoma by

H. & A. Adams, Pfeiffer, Troschel, and other authors. With it

must be included a species recently described by M. Morelet, in the

‘Journal de Conchyliologie’ (tome xvii. No. 2, April 1877), under

the name of Megalomastoma litteratum.

Mascaria crocea is peculiar to the Mauritius, where it was found

alive by Sir David Barclay on the hills in the neighbourhood of

Black River. M. litterata is from Madasgascar, and was collected

there in some abundance by Mr. Waters.

5. Descriptions of nine new Species of Land and Marine

Shells from various localities. By Grorcs Frencu

Aneas, C.M.Z.S., F.L.S., &c.

[Received February 16, 1878. ]

(Plate XVIII.)

Buimus waters, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. fig. 1.)

Shell imperforate, elongately turreted, rather thin, shining, finely

irregularly longitudinally striated, the striee here and there forming

tessellated rows and patches, pale olive, lighter towards the apex,

mottled with small brown spots and irregular markings, with indica-

tions of two paler bands, one below the suture, and the other towards

the base of the last whorl ; spire acuminate, somewhat obtuse at the

apex ; whorls 9, rather convex, the last of equal length with the

spire ; sutures impressed and slightly crenulate ; aperture subovate,

one third the length of the shell, pale violet within ; outer lip simple,

scarcely thickened at the edge; columella with a slight callus below,

a little arcuate towards the base.

Alt. 3 inches, diam. 11 lines; length of aperture 1 inch.

Hab. Madagascar. :

This species is allied to B. obtusatus, Gmel., and B. moreleti,

Desh., with which, including perhaps B. clavator, Petit, and B.

balstoni, Angas, it combines to form a natural group of Madagas-

car Bulimi. The specimen from which my description is taken is

in the collection of Sir David Barclay. There is a second example

in that of Mrs. De Burgh.

I would here correct the name of a species in the list I gave in the

Society’s ‘ Proceedings’ for 1877 (p. 527), of certain land shells from

the Island of Madagascar that had been submitted to me by Mr.

312 MR. G. F. ANGAS ON NEW | Mar. 5,

Edward Bartlett. For Helix cornu-giganteum, Chemn., read H.

questieriana, Crosse (see Journ. de Conchyliologie, 1868, p. 269, pl.

ix. fig. 4). A large series of specimens of this latter species were

sent home lately from Madagascar by Mr. Waters; and although I

observed certain peculiarities about them on comparing them with

typical specimens of H. cornu-giganteum, I then hesitated to sepa-

rate them from the latter species, regarding them as possibly a local

variety, and not being aware at the time that they had been elevated

to the rank of a species by M. Crosse. I have now great pleasure

in adopting that gentleman’s name.

Helix guestieriana differs from H. cornu-giganteum, Chemn.

(=H. vesicalis, Lam.), in being somewhat smaller, paler in colour,

and more tumid, with the base less flattened and the umbilicus con-

cealed by a callus, and especially by having the inner lip constantly

more or less granulated—a character that I do not see referred to in

the description of the shell in the French Journal.

Butimus (OrosroMus) QUADRIFASCIATUS, 0. sp. (Plate XVIII.

figs. 2, 3.)

Shell elongately ovate, rimate, moderately solid, shining, finely

longitudinally striated, white, transversely banded with light brown,

the last whorl with four bands, the central one being the widest ;

spire conical, apex obtuse; whorls 6, somewhat convex; aperture

oval, eyual to the spire; outer lip flattened and expanded at the

base. 7

Alt. 1 inch 3 lines, diam. 64 lines.

Hab. Ecuador.

Butimus (Orostomus) NAPo, n.sp. (Plate XVIII. figs. 4, 5.)

Shell rimate, ovately fusiform, moderately solid, shining, very

finely and irregularly striated, pale fawn-colour, with a narrow white

band next below the suture and a similar white band surrounding the

perforation ; spire sharply conical, somewhat obtuse at the apex ;

whorls 6, slightly convex ; aperture ovate, same length as the spire ;

outer lip expanded and flattened at the base, white behind, bordered

by a narrow suffused orange band.

Alt. 1 inch 3 lines, diam. 5} lines.

Hab. Ecuador.

Buutimus (Eurytus) Eros, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. figs. 6, 7.)

Shell imperforate, oblong-ovate, thin, very finely and closely sha-

greened all over, the apical whorls marked with irregular longitudinal

strize, light-greenish olive, ornamented with small spots and cloudy

patches of a darker colour; spire very short, apex obtuse, pink ;

whorls 4, rather convex, the last very large; aperture ovate, more

than two thirds the length of the shell, effuse below; outer lip

slightly expanded and reflexed, which, together with the columella

and the interior of the aperture, is of a bright rose-colour.

Alt. 1 inch 54 lines, diam. 8 lines.

Hab. Ecuador.

1878. | LAND AND MARINE SHELLS. 313

A beautiful species, characterized by its closely granulated sculp-

ture, and the rosy coloration of the mouth.

ROSTELLARIA LUTEOSTOMA, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. figs. 8, 9.)

Shell fusiform, solid, light brown, paler below the sutures ; spire

attenuated, apex sharp-pointed; whorls 15, the first 9 or 10

longitudinally strongly plicate, those nearest the apex being cancel-

lated with fine transverse ridges, the lower whorls nearly smooth,

with a few concentric grooves near the base or the last whorl; colu-

mella covered with a strong tumid polished callus; outer lip with 5

digitations on the lower half of the margin ; posterior canal extend-

ing upwards beyond the centre of the third whorl; beak moderate,

nearly straight in the young shell, somewhat curved outwards in

the adult ; aperture golden yellow, deepest on the lower portion of

the columella.

Length 4 inches 3 lines, diam. 1 inch 3 lines.

Hab. Kurrachi, near the mouth of the Indus.

This beautiful shell forms an interesting addition to the restricted

genus Rostellaria (Gladius of Klein), of which hitherto only about

half a dozen recent species have been described.

All the known species inhabit the Asiatic seas, none having been

met with in any part of the New World. The two examples (one

young and the other in the adult state) from which I have taken my

description, are from the collection of Sir David Barclay, and are, so

far as I am aware, unique in this country.

Mirra (CosTELLARIA) LINCOLNENSIS, n. sp. (Plate XVIII.

figs. 10, 11.)

Shell acuminately fusiform, solid, whitish, tinged with irregular

longitudinal chestnut flames, with a narrow band of interrupted spots

encircling the centre of the whorls, the lower half of the Jast whorl

chestnut, with a faint band of reticulated brown and white spots in

the middle ; whorls 7, a little convex, with numerous, stout, rounded

longitudinal ribs, which are slightly nodulous below the sutures ;

interstices smooth, sutures impressed ; spire longer than the aperture;

outer lip simple, a little contracted below ; columella with 4 strong

plaits, the posterior one the largest: basal canal short, slightly re-

curved.

Length 7, breadth 2 lines.

Hab. Port Lincoln, South Australia.

Mirra sCHOMBURGKI, n.sp. (Plate XVIII. figs. 12, 13.)

Shell ovately fusiform, moderately solid, strongly longitudinally

ribbed, the ribs becoming nearly obsolete towards the lower portion

of the last whorl, livid brown, with a broad pale suffused band on

each whorl and four narrow dark brown lines encircling the last

whorl, one above and three below the band; whorls 64, convex ;

spire turreted ; sutures impressed; aperture subovate, equal in

length to the spire; outer lip simple, arcuate, sulcate internally ;

314 MR. G. E. DOBSON ON BATS { Mar. 5,

columella with three stout plaits, which are carried round the base

of the last whorl. é

Alt. 5, diam. 2 lines.

Hab. South Australia.

SIPHONARIA ALBIDA, n. sp. (Plate XVIII. figs. 14, 15.)

Shell elongately ovate, subsymmetrical, sharply conical, rather thin,

white ; ribs very numerous, rounded, unequal, crossed more or less

with squamose ridges ; apex subcentral, prominent, smooth, recurved ;

siphuncle inconspicuous ; interior white, shining, almost pearly.

Long. 8, lat. 6, alt. 34 lines.

Hab. St. Vincent’s Gulf, South Australia.

A pure-white conical species, with the ribs very numerous and

crossed with irregular squamose ridges.

Lepa (ApRANA) NEWCOMBI, n.sp. (Plate XVIII. figs. 16, 17.)

Shell equivalve, very inequilateral, flattened, lanceolate, the poste-

rior side obtusely angled, the anterior terminating in a point slightly

curved upwards, thin, shining, white, sculptured with very fine, re-

gular, close-set concentric strize, which on the posterior side extend

nearly to the margin of the valves, whilst anteriorly they cease

abruptly, leaving about one third of the surface smooth, faintly

marked with the lines of growth only; front dorsal margin very

slightly concave, two thirds the length of the shell ; ventral margin

somewhat arcuate behind, flattened below, and again slightly arcuate

towards the anterior extremity ; beaks very small, approximate, in-

curved.

Length 1 inch 4 lines, alt. 4 lines, lat. 24 lines.

Hab. Dredged in Navy Bay, Aspinwall, in 8 fathoms (Dr. W.

Newcomb).

I have much pleasure in dedicating this new species of Adrana to

my old friend and correspondent Dr. W. Newcomb, of Ithaca, a

distinguished American conchologist.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.

Fig. 1. Bulimus watersi, p. 311. | Fig. 10, 11. Mitra lincolnensis, p. 313.

2, 3. quadrifasciatus, p. 312. 12, 13. schomburgki, p. 313.

4, 5. —— napo, p. 312. 14,15. Stphonaria albida, p. 314.

6, 7. eros, p. 312. | 16,17. Leda newcombi, p. 314.

8, 9. Rostellaria luteostoma, p, 313.

6. Additional Notes on the Chiroptera of Duke-of-York

Tsland and the adjacent Parts of New Ireland and New

Britain’. By G. E. Dozson, M.A., M.B., F.L.S., &c.

[Received Feb. 18, 1878.]

The following notes are derived from an examination of a second

collection of Chiroptera, consisting of forty-five specimens, recentl

y I ’ y

1 See P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 114.

1878. | FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 315

sent home by the Rev. G. Brown, C.M.Z.S., and kindly placed in

my hands by Mr. P. L. Sclater, Secretary of the Society.

This second collection contains no species which were not repre-

sented in the first; but the opportunity afforded of examining ad-

ditional specimens of certain species enables me to correct and add

to the notes published in my first paper, and to show that the Chiro-

pterous fauna of Duke-of-York Island is even more characteristic of

the Australian region than there stated.

Preropus MELANOPOGON, Var. NEOHIBERNICUS.

Pteropus melanopogon, var. neohibernicus, Peters, Monatsb. Akad.

Berl. 1876, p. 317.

Three specimens, an adult female with forearm 7'-3, one younger

with forearm 7'':0, and one quite immature with forearm 6’°5. All

have the ear one inch in length, and quite similar in shape to that of

typical examples of P¢. melanopogon from the Malay archipelago.

The index finger appears to be remarkably long, probably propor-

tionally longer than in any other species of the genus. In the

largest specimen (with forearm 7°3 inches) it is 5:8, the metacarpal

bone of the middle finger being 5:1, while in a full-grown specimen of

Pt. melanopogon from Bouru (with forearm 7'*75), in which the meta-

carpal of the middle finger is 5''"2, the index finger measures 5!'*5

only. Jn all the specimens the second upper premolar is separated

by a rather narrow space from the canine, and the premolars and

molars are very large, but with scarcely developed internal cusps,

and no trace of basal projections. In the older female the fur is very

short, and almost bright yellowish brown throughout, the back of the

head and across the shoulders brighter than the rest of the body, on

the thighs brown, the fur of the face and throat of a reddish brown

shade, but no trace of a black patch of hairs beneatlf the chin and

throat. In the younger female the fur is much longer and darker,

but, as in the older specimen, it is reduced to a narrow line about an

inch wide along the centre of the back ; the face about the eyes, the

cheeks, and under the muzzle and throat reddish brown, the whole

under surface paler reddish brown ; the back of the head bright yel-

low ; the neck above and on the sides light yellowish brown, shoulders

brighter; the narrow line along the centre of the back bright yellow-

ish, edged with dark brown, which colour extends upon the hairs

clothing the thighs. The immature specimen rather resembles the

older one; but the back of the head is paler yellow, the face and chin

darker brown, and the fur along the back is much broader and

almost uniformly light brown.

PrreRoPus CAPISTRATUS.

Pteropus capistratus, Peters, Monatsber. Akad. Berl. 1876,

p. 316 (with a coloured plate); Dobson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1877,

p- 116.

A single female specimen, not differing from those previously de-

scribed; the black ring surrounding the muzzle between the ears

316 MR. G. E, DOBSON ON BATS [Mar. 5,

and eyes very conspicuous where it passes round the lower jaw in

front of the throat.

CyNONYCTERIS BRACHYOTIS.

Cynonycteris brachyotis, Dobson, P. Z. 8.1877, p. 116.

A large number of specimens representing all ages of this animal ;

so that the full size of the species can be determined with considerable

certainty. This scarcely differs from that given in my original de-

scription. In the largest specimen, an adult male, the forearm is

2°9 inches, or only one twentieth of an inch longer than that of the

type. In all, the peculiar nakedness of the shoulders is present,

and the fur of the sides of the neck radiates from a central point

near the place of origin of the antebrachial membrane, corresponding

to the position of neck-glands, which, in the adult male referred to

above, are covered on each side by a circular tuft of coarse yellow

hairs, as in most of the species of the genus Pteropus. The colour

of the fur is very similar in all, being greyish yellow-brown, the base

of the hairs darker ; in the immature specimens the fur is longer

and darker throughout. In all, except the oldest individuals, there

is a minute first upper premolar between the approximated canine

and second premolar, generally so small as to be seen with diffi-

culty.

CEPHALOTES PERONII.

Cephalotes peronii, Geoffroy, Ann. du Muséum, xv. p. 104

(1810).

More than one third of the whole collection consists of specimens

of this species, which, therefore, appears to be very abundant in these

islands.

From the yeung with milk-dentition to the aged with worn teeth,

all have the back equally naked from the shoulders backwards.

They correspond closely in measurements and other respects with

specimens from other parts of the Austro-Malayan subregion, of

which this species is eminently characteristic.

MELONYCTERIS MELANOPS.

Melonycteris melanops, Dobson, P. Z.S. June 1877, pp. 119-121,

figs. 4—7, and pl. xvii.

Pteropus (Cheiropteruges) alboscapulatus, Ramsay, Proc. Linn.

Soc. New South Wales, July 1877, p. 17.

An adult female, scarcely differing in the colour of the fur from

those previously described, having also the white spot near the place

of origin of the antebrachial membrane from the shoulder. The

canines appear to be as large as in the male. The wings are at-

tached posteriorly, as in other specimens, to the base of the third

toe, or to the space between the bases of the second and third

toes.

This is undoubtedly the species described under the name of Pte-

ropus (Cheiropteruges) alboscapulatus by Mr. Pierson Ramsay in

1878. | FROM DUKE-OF-YORK ISLAND. 317

the publication referred to above, as may be seen by comparing the

descriptions. In my original description of this species, I did not

notice the white spot on the shoulder, very correctly described by

Mr. Ramsay, as it was completely concealed from view in the speci-

mens examined by me (owing to the manner in which the dry skins

were preserved, the wings being brought forward in front of the

head); nor have I referred to the yellow spots ou the wings, which,

as they do not appear in this specimen, may be accidental.

PHYLLORHINA TRICUSPIDATA.

Rhinolophus tricuspidatus, Temm. Monogr. Mammal. ii. p. 20,

pl. 32. figs. 11, 12 (1835-41).

An immature specimen with light-brown fur, of a dull shade

throughout, very different from the bright reddish brown fur of the

adult individual from the same locality referred to in my former

paper.

PHYLLORHINA CERVINA.

Rhinolophus cervinus, Gould, Mammals of Australia, iii. pl. xxxiv.

(1853).

A careful examination of the additional specimens in this collec-

tion has shown me that I was mistaken in referring to Ph. galerita,

Cantor, of the Oriental region, a single specimen in the first collec-

tion, which really belongs to the Australian representative of that

Phyllorhina cervina. Phyllorhina galerita.

species. Recent specimens, and specimens preserved in alcohol, of

this Australian species (Ph. cervina, Gould) are readily distinguished

from the closely allied Ph. galerita by the much larger frontal

glandular sac in adult males, by the much narrower anterior portion

of the horizontal horseshoe-shaped nose-leaf (compare the woodcuts

above), and by the much greater length of the calcaneum. In

dried skins, however, these parts become so altered in appearance

that it is almost impossible to distinguish the species.

PHYLLORHINA CALCARATA.

Phyllorhina calcarata, Dobson, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 122, fig. 8.

A specimen of an immature individual with (as in the type) ver-

tical ridges dividing the concave front surface of the transverse erect

318 MR. R. COLLETT ON CERTAIN GOBIOID FISuES. [ Mar. 5,

portion of the nose-leaf, and having also the last caudal vertebra

free.

Ph. coronata, Peters, from the Philippine Islands, approaches this

species in size and in the remarkable length of the calcaneum ; but the

very different form of the nose-leaf and ears at once distinguishes it.

7. On Latrunculus and Crystallogobius, two remarkable

Forms of Gobioid Fishes. By Roserr Corer, of

Christiania, C.M.Z.S.

[Received February 18, 1878.]

Upon different occasions, at meetings of the Scientific Society of

Christiania, I have communicated my observations on a singular

group of our Gobioid fishes, which differ from the typical genus

Gobius not only in the almost perfect transparent body, but also in

differences in the structure of the scales, fins, and the form of the

body’.

As the said group in several points offers much of interest, I will

endeavour to relate the general results of these researches, all of

which have been made in the Christiania fjord, a most favourable

locality for marine fishes and invertebrates. From these researches I

find :—

1. Each of the genera, Latrunculus, Gunth., 1861, and Crystallo-

gobius, Gill, 1863, include one single species, L. pellucidus (Nardo)

1824, and C. nilssoni (Diib. & Kor.) 1844.

2. Latrunculus pellucidus (Nardc) from the Mediterranean, L.

pellucidus (Kessler) from the Black Sea, L. albus (Parn.) from

Scotland, and LZ. stuwitzii (Diib. & Koren) from Norway are all

one and the same species.

3. The males of both species havea dentition totally different from

that of the females; in Z. pellucidus these teeth are only developed

during the spawning-season.

4. The female of C. nilssonii has the first dorsal and the ventral

fins rudimentary ; and the ovaries of this species reach back far

behind the vent.

5. Both species are annual vertebrates, and accomplish their life

in the course of one year.

Genus Latruncuuus, Giinth.

Genus Latrunculus, Giinth. Cat. Acanth. Fishes, Brit. Mus.

vol. ili. p. 80 (1861).

Body transparent, elongate, rather compressed, covered with large,

deciduous, rounded scales attached to parallel muscular impressions.

Both sexes dentiferous, the mature male with a series of long teeth,

1 Sleeten Latrunculus og dens nordiske Arter (Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christ. 1872).

Norges Fiske, med Bemezrkunger om deres Udbredelse (Tillegsh. til Forh. Vid.

Selsk. Christ. 1874). Om Slegterne Latrunculus og Cryscallogobius (Forh. Vid.

Selsk. Christ. 1876).

1878.] MR. R. COLLETT ON CERTAIN GOBIOID FISHES. 319

and with strong canine teeth, which form the hinder series in the

upper jaw. Two separated dorsal fins, the first composed of 5

spines. Ventral fins united, gill-openings rather wide. Pseudo-

branchiz present.

Latrunculus pellucidus 3 ad., in the breeding-season, 2.

L. pELLuciDuS (Nardo).

1824. Gobius pellucidus, Nardo, Giorn. Fis. Chim. Stor. Nat.

Pavia, tom. iii. Osserv. p. 7 (teste Giinther).

1826. ? Aphia meridionalis, Risso, Hist. Nat. Eur. Mér. tom. iii.

p- 287 (Paris, 1826).

1837. Gobius albus, Parn. Trans. Roy. Soe. Edinb. vol. xiv. p-

137, Feb. 1837 (Edinb. 1840).

1844. Gobius stuwitzii, v. Diib. & Kor. Kel. Vet. Akad. Férhandl.

1844, p. 51, tab. ii. fig. 4 (Stockh. 1846).

1859. Gobius pellucidus, n. sp., Kessl. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. 1859,

tom. xxxii. No. 2, p- 260 (Mose. 1859).

1861. Latrunculus albus, Ginth. Cat. Acanth. Fish. Brit. Mus.

vol. iii. p. 80, and p. 556 (Lond. 1861).

1861. Latrunculus pellucidus, Giinth. Cat. Acanth. Fish. Brit.

Mus. vol. iii. p. 556 (Lond. $861).

1861. Gobiosoma stuvitzii, Giinth. Cat. Acanth, Fish. Brit. Mus.

vol. iii. p. 86 (Lond. 1861).

1863. Boreogobius stuvizii, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.

1863, p. 269 (Philad. 1864).

1872. Latrunculus stuwitzii, Coll. Forh. Vid, Selsk. Christ. 1872,

p- 9 (Christiania, 1873).

Teeth in the mature male long and cylindrical, and with strong

curved canine teeth in both jaws; teeth in the female and the im-

mature male minute. The ventral fins united to a funnel, with the

longer rays towards the body. The ovaries do not project behind

the vent.

D'5, D’ 13 (12); C. 10417410; A. 14; V.6; P. 16;

Lin. lat. 25; Vertebr. 27; M. Br. bi

A. Remarks on the Synonymy.

The first northern form of the transparent Gobioids was discovered

by Parnell in the Scottish friths, and shortly described in Feb. 1837,

in the | 4th volume of the Trans. of the Royal Society of Edinburgh,

under the name of Godius albus. His description (which, by the way,

320 MR. R. COLLETT ON CERTAIN GOBIOID FISHES. [ Mar. 5,

is rather incomplete) bas afterwards, without any further addition, been

repeated in the various editions of Yarrell’s History of Brit. Fishes.

In May, 1844, Von Diiben and Koren in Ofv. Kgl. Vet. Akad. Forh.

for the same year introduced two other species of the same group,

both of which had been previously found, in Dec. 1834, in the district

of Bergen, Norway, by the late naturalist, Mr. P. Stuwitz, after whom

one of them was named Goédius stuwitzii. The last-named species

had certainly, as } ointed out by the authors, a decided similarity to

the Scottish G. albus. Still the difference in the construction of the

body, as well as of the teeth, was so obvious that they could not

easily be mistaken. Instead of being plump, like ZL. albus, with the

head thick, the cleft of the mouth wide, the teeth long, the interorbital

space wide, the second dorsal and the anal fins even, G. stuwitzi

was slender, with the head thin, and the cleft of the mouth short,

the teeth extremely feeble, the interorbital space narrow, and the

second dorsal and the anal fins diminishing behind. In 1861, Dr.

Malm, in Bohuslin, Sweden, found both the named species in fully

developed state, one of them (G. stuwitzii) with ripe spawn; and

he therefore gave, in July 1863, in the Foérh. Skand. Naturf. 9. Mote,

comparative diagnoses of them, chiefly based upon the structure of

the teeth and the vertical fins.

When Dr. Giinther, in 1861, issued the volume of his Catalogue

of the Fishes of Brit. Museum, in which he treats of the Gobioids,

G. albus was made the type of the new genus Latrunculus'; but,

from the description of . s¢uwitzii, he did not venture to include

this under the same genus; for want of a better place he inserted it

under the genus Godiosoma, Gir., as it was still undecided that it

possessed scales, which, for the first time, was proved by Dr. Malm

in 1863. Prof. Gill, in the Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Philadel-

phia for 1863, even made it a type for a new genus Boreogobius,

without giving even asingle word of reason for this alteration; and

Dr. Bleeker, in 1874, followed in his steps in the Synopsis of

the Gobiide, which he communicated in the 9th volume of Arch.

Neer]. Sci. Exact. et Nat.

Since the autumn of 1871, I have found the form Z. stuwitzii in the

Christiania fjord in great numbers, and have collected innumerable

specimens during the autumn months. All these specimens have

fully agreed with the original description given by Diiben and Koren,

and consequently are constantly different from that of Parnell’s LZ.

albus. Having provided myself during the first autumn with what

I thought sufficient materials, consisting of several thousand speci-

mens, I gave, in the Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christiania, 1872, a short de-

scription of the species, comparing it with the descriptions at hand

of L. albus, in which I endeavoured as much as possible to keep the

two species separate. During the succeeding years I tried amongst

the great quantities of L. stuwitzii to find L. albus, but without

1 The name Latrunculus was employed by Dr. Gray as early as in 1847, for

a Gasteropod (Proce. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1847, p. 159). But, as I was informed

by my friend the late Dr. Mérch, of Copenhagen, this name is quite superfluous,

and will hardly ever be reemployed for that mollusk.

1878.] MR. R. COLLETT ON CERTAIN GOBIOID FISHES. 321

success. In the winter months the fjord is covered with ice; and in

the spring aad summer I had no opportunity of tracing them. In

August 1874 I certainly found a couple of breeding females, together

with some others which had already spawned ; but none of these

differed in any point from the typical LZ. stuwitzii; and in September

again the young of the year solely were seen. Therefore I could

add nothing of importance to my previous researches published in

the ‘ Norges Fiske’ in 1874.

It was almost accidentally that, in June 1875, I found one of

the spawning-places ; and during a couple of excursions I succeeded

in collecting a considerable number of fully developed specimens of

both sexes. It then became quite evident that L. s¢uwitzii was based

on the female and the immature males of the same species, the mature

males of which were Z. albus. On several occasions examples of

typical Z. albus, which all, without exception, proved to ve old males,

were taken from the same shoal as ZL. stuwitzi, all of which were

females ready for spawning. Another lot consisted of somewhat

younger specimens in various stages of transformation between both

forms, all full-grown, but with the eggs and milt not yet perfectly

ripe.

Von Diiben and Koren described their species from four specimens

taken in winter (in the month of December), and consequently out of

their spawning-season; but Parnell, on the contrary, had for the

description of his Gobius albus 50 specimens caught in June in

Solway Frith, thus just during their breeding-time. From Parnell’s

description we may conclude that he had only mature males at his

disposal ; nor does Dr. Giinther, in compiling his catalogue (1861),

seem to have had at his disposal any females,—as may be seen

from the fact that both these authors speak only of individuals

with long teeth. By the kindness of Dr. Giinther I have received

three specimens of the Scottish form, collected by Parnell himself ;

and one of these, curiously enough, proves to be a female with the

minute teeth and the sloping fins, in other words, a typical L.

stuwitzii. Thus Parnell had overlooked female individuals, perhaps

few in number, and had drawn his description solely from the

males.

Having endeavoured to identify the two species of Western

Europe, it remains to discuss the third and fourth species of this

genus, the LZ. pellucidus of Southern Europe.

In 1824, according to Dr. Giinther, a description was given by

Nardo of a Mediterranean form under the name of Gobius pellucidus.

I have not had an opportunity of seeing the periodical in which

Nardo gave his original description (Giorn. Fis. Chim. di Stor.

Nat. d. Pavia); but from the title of the paper (“ Osservazioni ed

ageiunte all’ Adriatica Ittiologia”’) it seems that his specimens were

taken in the Adriatic. The species since Nardo’s time has often

been mentioned by those naturalists who have treated upon the fauna

of the Mediterranean, and, as it appears, under somewhat different

names. In Hist. Nat. Eur. Mérid. tom. iii. p. 287 (1826), Risso

mentions a species under the name Aphia meridionalis, n. gen. et sp.,

Proc. Zooxu. Soc.—1]878, No. XXI. 21

322 MR. R. COLLETT ON CERTAIN GOBIOID FISHES. [ Mar. 5,

which perhaps may be the same as Risso’s, although it can hardly be

proved with any certainty, as the description is, in the first place, too

incomplete, and, secondly, disagrees in several respects with our

species. It is therefore scarcely advisable to adopt the generic name

given by Risso; butif this naturalist really had in view LZ. pellucidus

(which is very probable), his description, besides being incorrect’, is

also incomplete, from no notice having been taken of the mature

male. Another generic name, which is ascribed to Nardo, is Brachio-

chirus (ef. Ronap. Cat. Method. Pesci Europ. p. 64, Napoli, 1846,

and Atti Ist. Veneto, tom. v. ser. 3, p. 796, Venezia, 1859-60); but

Ihave had no opportunity of examining the work wherein that genus

is established*. Canestrini mentions the species, in his memoirs on

the Gobioid Fishes found in the Gulf of Genoa (Arch. Zool. Anat.

Fisiol. fase. ii. vol. i. p. 152), under the name of Godius albus, Parn.

This author shows the difference in the structure of the teeth be-

tween the sexes in the Mediterranean form, without, however,

bringing his description to bear upon the young male.

Last year I received from Prof. G. O. Sars a couple of specimens

of the Adriatic form, collected by him during a stay ia Trieste in

the spring of 1876. As it seems to abound there, and is well known

to all fishermen, it is very possible that it is Nardo’s G. pellucidus;

and it has therefore been of much interest to me to be able to make

a comparison between this and the northern form, with which it

agrees in development (ZL. stuwitzii). This comparison has been

thoroughly conclusive of the fact that they are identical. The speci-

mens from Trieste were collected in the month of March, and had

then not yet reached their fully mature state. Their total length

varies between 42 and 44 millims.; otherwise the length of the

head, the size of the eyes, the general structure of the body, the

number of rays and of the transverse muscular strie—further, the

teeth—in short, every thing, down to the most minute spots of the

coloration, completely agrees with specimens of the same size and

state of development from Christiania.

Finally, Kessler, in Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. tom. xxxii. (1859),

gives a tolerably detailed description of a form from the Black Sea

(Odessa), which he calls Godius pellucidus, n. sp., being apparently

ignorant of Nardo’s previous description of a species of the same

name. )

With regard to this form, it does not seem to differ at all from ZL.

albus (or the male in spawning-season). The distinction between

them, which Dr. Giinther thinks may be made, that Kessler’s

species has a larger diameter of the eye, namely } of the length of

1 This is especially the case with regard to the description of the fins and

their rays ; the number of the rays in the first dorsal is also omitted, which is a

point of great importance.

? If in Risso’s Aphya and Nardo’s Brachiochirus we can recognize Latrun-

culus pellucidus, both these names will have priority over Latrunculus, Ginther.

The decision of this, as well as other similar questions of priority, I leave to

those who haye greater opportunities of examining the literature of Southern

Europe than can be obtained here in the library of the University of Chris-

tiania.

1878.] MR. R. COLLETT ON CERTAIN GOBIOID FISHES. 323

the head, and equal to the snout, whilst, on the contrary, the eye of

L. albus is contained 5 times in the length of the head, and is

shorter than the length of the snout, is of little consequence, as in

fact both the original specimens of Parnell and those from the

Christiania Fjord have rather the proportions of length given by

Kessler. Although this author expressly remarks that he knows

the mature females, he must have overlooked (as well as Parnell)

the differences between these and the males, and in his description

(for instance, of the structure of the teeth) only have taken notice

of the latter.

B. General Description.

Before entering into a more detailed description of the species in

general, I will briefly point out some of the principal peculiarities

which separate the individuals in the different periods of life. From

this it will be seen that the difference in the sexes of the species in the

fully developed state is considerably greater than with any of our

northern species of the typical genus Gobius.

Out of the spawning-season the males and the females (which at

this time only exist in the shape of young specimens) are exactly alike

in appearance, although they soon reach the size of the old ones.

The body is slender, the head pointed ; the jaws, in consequence, are

less oblique, and seem, therefore, to be shorter. The teeth are all

uniform, minute, and form a close single row. The caudal fin is

slightly emarginated, the second dorsal and the anal diminishing

behind. In this stage they are all typical L. stuwtzie.

The nearly mature males, the milt of which is not yet quite ripe,

have the head considerably more thickened, and longer jaws ; besides

the minute teeth, there is become visible an outer row of cylindrical

teeth, yet not full-grown, but having reached a greater length than

the others. The posterior rays of the second dorsal and the anal

fins are still lower than the anterior ; the caudal is slightly emargi-

nated, or square.

Fig. 2.

Head of Latrunculus pellucidus, mature male, magnified.

The mature males have an average total length (the caudal in-

cluded) of 42—43 millims. (a few have the milt ripe, with a total

length of 40 millims.), but reach a size of 50-51 millims. The body

is plump ; the head thick and tumid ; the interorbital space broad ;

the cleft of the mouth wide, with fully developed wel only one

324 MR. R. COLLETT ON CERTAIN GOBIOID FISHES. [ Mar. 5,

kind, few in number, but long and cylindrical. The posterior rays

of the anal and second dorsal fins are, as a rule, not shorter than the

anterior, making the fins about even in their whole length. The caudal

fin is slightly square, with rounded edges in the young individuals,

but truncated in the elder ones.

The nearly mature females, not yet quite ready for spawning,

agree in general with the individuals in the immature state, from

which they differ in the somewhat swollen belly.

The females ready for spawning have an average length of about 42

millims. ; many having the spawn ripe are of a length of 58 millims. ;

none reach a length of more than 46 millims. (the caudal included).

The head is not visibly thickened, but is about the same as during the

whole young period; it is rather more pointed than in the male;

the cleft of the mouth is considerably smaller, although the jaws

may possibly have become a trifle longer than before. The teeth,

however, have not undergone any change, but are uniform, exceed-

ingly fine, and placed in the same row as in the young individuals.

The caudal fin is emarginated, and the anal and the second dorsal

are tapering behind, as is the case in their younger state.

The construction of the body is slender and elongated, laterally

compressed ; and it is only during the spawning-season that the body

of the male becomes thicker and more plump.

A specimen of medium size out of the spawning-season has a

total length of 40 millims., of which the head is 9 millims. ; and this

is contained about 4°4 in the total length (the caudal fin included).

The greatest height is 5:5 millims., or contained 7:2 in the total.

The vent is situated about 2 orbital diameters nearer the snout than

the root of the caudal.

In the spawning-season the body becomes fully developed,

although the total length does not increase. In a male with a

total length of 40 millims. the length of the head is 9°5 millims.

(4:2 in the total) ; in the female about the same as before.

The eyes have a diameter of 2 millims., and occupy 2 of the

length of the head. The orbital space, which, as a rule, is narrow,

and does not reach the breadth of an orbital diameter, has in the

mature male fully the last-named breadth.

The number of the gill-rays is 5; the gill-openings are wide, and

stretch forwards to about the middle of the orbit.

The mouth is oblique, and the lower jaw longer than the upper,

the maxillary extending to below the middle of the orbit. During

the spawning-season the jaws of the male become considerably

larger and more oblique ; at the same time, the head and all parts

of the body become swollen, the jaws extending much deeper under

the eye.

The number of the vertebrze is 27 ; the processus spinosi are very

long, and reach almost to the dorsal and ventral line. ‘The medulla

spinalis extends as far back as to the middle of the 22nd vertebra,

The teeth—Before the spawning-season the structure of the teeth

is exactly alike in both sexes. In each of the jaws is found on

both sides a single series of 20-25 minute and very closely fitted

1878.] MR. R. COLLETT ON CERTAIN GOBIOID FISHES. 325

teeth, which project very little beyond the jaws. Only the inner-

most part of the lower jaw is entirely toothless. These teeth make

their appearance very early in the young. In a young specimen

of scarcely 14 millims. length, some very minute (microscopical )

teeth are already visible in the front part of the lower jaw, although

they cannot with certainty be seen in the upper. In specimens

of the total length of 23 millims. there are some small teeth visible

in both jaws ; and on being dried, one may see that some of them are

already developed; still they continue to be minute until the speci-

mens have reached their full length.

The teeth of the female undergo no special alteration the whole

of their life through, but continue daring the spawning-season in the

same state as before; but in the males, on the other hand, these

minute teeth of young specimens begin to disappear towards the

spawning-season, and are replaced by a set of long and cylindrical

ones. ‘These long teeth do not proceed from the minute teeth, but

constitute an entirely new set, which shoot forth at the same time

as the orignal set disappears. In the specimens wherein the organs

of generation are still not fully mature, both sets of teeth are visible

for a short period at the same time, the new set only half deve-

loped.

Finally, during the spawning-season all the minute teeth of the

male have almost entirely disappeared, and are replaced by the

new, long, and almost straight teeth, situated at a remarkable dis-

tance from each other, and chiefly to be found on the front part

of the jaws. In the lower jaw their number is 4, or sometimes but

3, on each side; they are not particularly pointed, but almost cylin-

drical, only slightly curved, and placed almost vertically upon the

outer edge of the jaw. At a little distance below and inside the

last of these teeth, on each side, is found a sharp, curved tooth

(canine) directed backwards and almost in the form of a claw. In

the posterior half of the jaw the prolonged teeth are missing, a few

of the minute teeth of the young period still remaining here.

In the upper jaw the number of the long teeth is 5 on each side,

of which a few (1-2) are also to be found behind the middle of the

jaw. In the upper jaw there is also found, inside the ordinary row

on each side, the curved canine, which is directed backwards; this

canine is placed further in front than the opposite one in the lower,

or nearly at the point of the jaw. There may further be found in

the posterior part more or less remaining of the original minute teeth,

whilst these only exceptionally are found at the point of the jaw.

The fins.—The first dorsal fin has 5 rays, and is a little higher

in the full-grown males than in the females, without, however,

reaching the height of the body. . All the rays are about evenly

high, undivided, feeble, and rather closely set. This is one of those

fins which appear latest, and is entirely wanting in specimens of a

total length under 16 millims., wherein all the remaining fins have

already got their rays. In individuals of the total length of about

22 millims, this fin is found with extremely feeble and short spines,

which are often difficult to detect.

326 MR. R. COLLETT ON CERTAIN GOBIOID FISHES. [Mar. 5,

The distance between the two dorsals is at least so great that

the rays of the first can never reach to the commencement of the

second.

The second dorsal fin has 13, rarely only 12 rays, the last of

which is a double one, although not divided in many young indivi-

duals. In the full-grown female, as well as in immature individuals

of both sexes, it strongly decreases posteriorly: the first is only half

as long as the second and third, which are the longest ; after this the

length diminishes successively, and the last (the double one) has

scarcely the length of the first. The first ray is not articulated ; the

remaining are all articulated; the first and the second are single, the

remaining divided at the point (the double ray only in its innermost

branch). In the mature male the posterior rays are lengthened,

the fin becoming almost even; the point of the posterior rays

reaches a distance of the diameter of the eye from the root of the

caudal fin, this distance being considerably larger in the females

and young individuals. The caudal fin has 17 articulated rays,

besides a row of 10 short, feeble, unarticulated, supplementary rays

on each side. All the articulated rays (with the exception of the

two outermost on each side) are twice divided in the outer two thirds

of the fin. The length of the fin does not exceed considerably the

height of the body. Its form in young specimens, as well as in

the female is always slightly emarginated, which is also the case

with a great number of the males during the spawning-season ; other

males have the caudal fin square, with rounded corners ; and it is

only in the case of the older that the middle rays are longer than

the other ones, by which means the form of the fin becomes

rounded.

The anal fin has 14 rays, the last of which is a double ray. In its

construction and position it agrees in general with the second dorsal ;

and having a ray more, it stretches a little further back than this.

The pectoral fin hes 16 articulated rays, all of which, with the

exception of the outermost on each side, are divided in the outer

third of the fin, and after the fourth ray doubly divided. The

form is somewhat pointed; the point is scarcely the distance of

one diameter of the eye from the vent. In accordance with the rule

in the generality of fishes, this fin is one of the latest developed ; in

a specimen with a total length of 19 millims., it consists only of a

rounded flap, in which there is a vestige of a few rays.

The ventral fins have their origin beneath the root of the pectorals,

and consist each of 6 rays. These together form the more or less

developed funnel, which is typical of the subfamily Gobiine. When

expanded, the opening of the funnel forms an oblong ring, which

runs parallel with the ventral line. All the rays are three times

divided down to the root, and are very movable. In the full-grown

male the extreme point reaches almost as far back as the pectorals.

In the female and the immature males the ventrals are very much

shorter, the funnels and the outer division of the rays indistinct ; the

oxen point is distant more than half the length of the head from

the vent.

1878.] MR. R. COLLETT ON CERTAIN GOBIOID FISHES. 327

The mucous glands’, the true nature of which has perhaps not

yet positively been proved, are to be found on all parts of the head

in longer or shorter rows, which vary comparatively little in the

different specimens. To give a more detailed description of them

would require too much space ; but a drawing (see fig. 2, p. 323) has

been taken from a comparison of several specimens. Two parallel

series across the hinder part of the interorbital space are easy to be

observed, as may also two others, running along the upper side of the

snout, and sending forth some shorter series down to the nostrils.

The rest of these glands reach as far back as to the first dorsal fin ;

and shorter rows are found immediately behind the veutrals.

The scales and the skin.—The whole body, with the exception of

the head and fins, as well as the neck, throat, and belly, down to the

vent, is covered with large and very easily deciduous scales. These are

fastened to transverse muscular impressions, which bend together in

the lateral line of the body, where the vertebrae are connected. The

scales are arranged along the sides of the body thus:—First a

series of 25 scales are fixed along the lateral line; above and

below this row run two other rows; so that together there are 5 rows

between the dorsal and ventral line. The scales are perfectly trans-

parent, membranous and cycloid ; in the lateral line they are a trifle

smaller than in the other rows ; they are comparatively large, having

a diameter of nearly 1 millim., and are few in number. Accord-

ing to the above statement the total number of scales would be hardly

more than 100 on each side of the body. The period in which the

scales are developed I have not been able to observe to a certainty, as

the scales in young specimens seem to be still more easily deciduous

than in the older. In the smallest specimen I have found, with

a total length of 13 millims., the transverse impressions, to which the

scales are fastened, are already visible ; but I have not detected the

scales themselves before the specimens have attained about half their

size.

The colour.—When alive the whole body is almost perfectly trans-

parent, having only a few minute stellulate pricks inthe skin. One

may without difficulty count the vertebree from the outside, and

clearly distinguish the brain with its different parts, as well as the

pulsation and the blood-corpuscles. The most coloured part of the

body is the eye, and the innermost part of the black bladder. When

preserved in spirits, or in a frozen state, they soon become white and

opaque, whilst if preserved in glycerine they remain half transparent ;

then the minute pricks become fainter, whilst the iris always retains

its silvery colour.

In the breeding-season the minute pricks become more numerous,

especially in the males. A row of these pricks, yellowish red in

colour, stretches along the sides, corresponding in number to the

vertebree. Along the dorsal line another row of brown pricks is

found. Along the anal fin, on each side of the root of the rays, is a

row of black pricks, which continues behind the end of the fin in

' “Stripes of minute warts,” Giinther, Catal, vol. iii. 1861 ; “ Bxternal

papille of taste,” Winther, Naturh. Tidsskr, 3. R., 9. B., p. 181, Kbhyn. 1874.

328 MR. R. COLLETT ON CERTAIN GOBIOID FISHES. [ Mar. 5,

the shape of a short black stripe ; this is the most conspicuous and

durable of all the rows, and is never wanting. The caudal fin has

a brownish shade; sometimes this is also the case with the anal fin,

whilst all the other fins are hyaline. The iris is silver-coloured,

with black pupil; the upper margin of the eye is golden, which,

after death, changes to a black. ‘The younger individuals are more

sparingly pricked; the row along the anal fin is the first which

shows itself, and is already visible in the young ones, with a total

length of 13 millims., where all the other pricks are wanting.

In the males in full breeding almost every part of the body has a

faint brownish light, although this is nowhere collected into larger

dots, but is most distinct along the transverse impressions of the

muscles.

C. Habits and Distribution.

Generation.—It is probable that no specimen lives more than one

year, and after the close of the breeding-time dies without living

through another spawning; consequently these fishes are really

annual vertebrates.

The spawning-season occurs in the Christiania Fjord in the summer

months. The latest date at which I have found females with

ripe spawn was on August 2, 1872, although the greater number of

them had then already spawned. The normal period of spawning

is the end of June or the beginning of July. On the 10th and 14th

of August, 1875, I found them in the middle of their breeding,

although several were still not quite mature. When the spawning is

finished all the specimens disappear entirely, and become apparently

extinct.

The first young ones I took on August 28, 1875, when their

average size was 22 millims.; a few specimens were rather larger

(attaining about 30 millims.), or less (down to 13 millims.). At the

same time there is not a single specimen of a greater size to be found

at those places where they, in the middle of June, were found in

numbers and only in a full-grown state.

A month later the median length may be estimated at 34 millims.,

in the end of October at 38 millims. The development proceeds

tolerably even with them all; and specimens are very rarely to be

found which differ to any degree from the medium size. Most of the

individuals attain their full size as early as December or January, in

order that, when the organs of generation begin to develop themselves

in the following spring, they may acquire greater plumpness and

strength in all parts of the body—a change which, as we have indicated

above, chiefly takes place in the males. Amongst the thousands of

specimens which I have examined during the autumn and winter,

I have not found a single specimen with the slightest trace of the

long teeth that. characterize the mature male; and during the summer

time all the males, without exception obtain these teeth.

In the young females, at the age of only four months, the ovaries

may be seen through the transparent body in the form of two elon-

gated strings, filled with clear eggs; in the spawning-season these

1878.] MR. R. COLLETT ON CERTAIN GOBIOID FISHES. 329

strings take up the greater part of the belly, without, however, as is

the case in Crystallogobius nilssonii, reaching behind the vent along

the root of the caudal fin. ‘The number of the eggs is between 1800

and 2000.

Habits.—This species, as well as the following differs in its habits

in several respects from most of the typical Gobiide. Above the

compressed body the laterally placed eyes indicate that they do not

live at the bottom, as is the case with the greater number of

Gobies, but swim about freely. Neither do they keep themselves

dispersed or in single numbers, but in large and dense shoals,

where their perfect transparency, in connexion with their. inferior

size, enables them to avoid immediate observation. Sometimes I have

taken them from the stomachs of other fishes; but by far the

greatest number are brought up to the surface by the nets set out

for different other fishes, especially for the sprat and the young of

the common herring. These fishes are caught in the Christiania

Fjord in September and so long as the fjord is free from ice—as a

rule, until the beginning of the new year. In the spring and summer,

when the nets are drawn for mackerel, they are also to be found,

and then with the organs of generation fully developed. These nets

are drawn at a depth varying from one to fifteen fathoms. An

examination of the stomachs of these fishes shows that they contain

chiefly pelagic copepods and the fry of mollusks in their swimming-

stages; these animals principally live in the upper strata of the sea

some few fathoms under the surface. The bottom consists, in most

of the inner parts of the Christiania Fjord, of clay and mud, which,

in the more shallow water, is covered with Zostera.

These fishes seem always to keep together in enormously large

shoals ; and when the meshes are very fine they are sometimes caught

in great masses. The 30th of October 1875 (which was a par-

ticularly successful year for their development), I found in a single

draught (which, besides, also brought in some young specimens of

two or three species of Gadus, several Pleuronectes flesus, and Cteno-

labrus rupestris, some Gobii of common species, and herrings) such

large masses of them that I collected between two and three thousand

specimens, whilst possibly more than double this number had already

escaped through the meshes. In the same year I was not able to

notice any diminution of their numbers, and they were always found

in the same places; still they are not at all equally numerous every

year, and they have been rather scarce both in 1876 and 1877, es-

pecially in the latter.

In the Mediterranean they must be produced in still greater

numbers, as they are caught in very fine nets and sold as food.

In several of the fishing-markets in the towns by the Adriatic and in

Sicily Prof. G. O. Sars saw vessels filled to the brim with these

fishes alone, forming a complete jelly-like mass. Kessler also men-

tions their use as food in Odessa.

Upon the least touch the scales fall off; and after the nets are

drawn, scarcely a single specimen will have its scales complete, and the

greater number will have lost almost every scale. The proportionally

330 MR. R. COLLETT ON CERTAIN GOBIOID FisHES. [ Mar. 5,

large swimming-bladder, which occupies a considerable part of the

belly, expands still further when the individuals are brought up

to the surface, the somewhat fatigued fish not being able to com-

press it so as to make the specific weight of the body to decrease

sufficiently to permit it again to descend under the water. The

weight of the body is also diminished by the loss of the scales;

consequently a great number of such individuals are driven about

on the surface of the water in a still living state, till they are

carried away by the stream or picked up by sea-birds and other

enemies, They swim, however, not without a certain degree of

rapidity.

Their enemies are almost all other fishes who occupy the same

locality. Especially the different kinds of Gadus devour large masses ;

and even in the case of small specimens of Gadus morrhua, G.

esmarkii, and G. merlangus, I have occasionally found the stomach

crammed with them. When they float about in their helpless state

on the surface of the water, Gasterosteus aculeatus and Spinachia

vulgaris snatch large pieces out of their brittle bodies.

As mentioned above, their food consists chiefly of microscopic

copepoda and other small pelagic animals. In the specimens that I

have examined in the Christiania Fjord, these principally consisted of

the copepods Dias longiremis, Lilljeb., Temora velox, Baird, together

with the larvee of decapods (Hippolyte and Palemon), and mollusks

in their swimming-stage (Cardium). The stomach contains this

kind of food both in the summer and the winter.

Distribution.—Taking for granted, that the forms from Southern,

Western, and Northern Europe are identical, L. pe/lucidus has a very

wide distribution, although our information touching this species is

at present very incomplete. In this case it is met with (possibly in

certain spots only) from the western coast of Norway, about 60° N.

long., down along Western Europe to the Mediterranean, in the

Adriatic, and right up to the innermost parts of the Black Sea.

In Norway it is met with outside of Bergen, and in the Christi-

ania Fjord. At the first-named place the late naturalist Mr. Stuwitz

obtained four specimens in December 1834; it has, however, not since

been found in this locality. In the Christiania Fjord I have found

it in several places inside Doobak, chiefly amongst the islands outside

Christiania; most likely itis to be found in the outer parts of the

fjord also, and undoubtedly at other places along our southern coast,

not mentioned here.

In Sweden it has been found by Dr. Malm in Bohuslen.

In Scotland Mr. Parnell has taken it in Solway Frith, June 1836 ;

and in his ‘ Catalogue’ Dr. Giinther states that the British Museum

also has specimens from the Frith of Forth.

In the Mediterranean it is known, through Prof. Canestrini, from

the Gulf of Genoa; and Prof. G. O. Sars found it in the beginning

of 1876 at most of the places visited by him—e. g. in Sicily, at

Messina, and Syracuse—everywhere in enormous masses. In the

Adriatic, whence it was already described in 1824 by Nardo, and

afterwards mentioned by several anthors, he found it at Trieste.

1878.] | MR. R. COLLETT ON CERTAIN GOBIOID FISHES. 331

In the Black Sea it was taken in the harbour of Odessa by

Kessler in 1859.

Genus CrysTaLLocosivs, Gill.

Crystallogobius, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1863, p- 269

(1863).

Body transparent, elongate, strongly compressed, naked, with

parallel muscular impressions. The male only dentiferous, the teeth

in a single series; strong canine teeth in the lower jaw. Two

separate dorsal fins, the first composed of two spines; ventral fins

united, gill openings wide ; pseudobranchiz present.

Fig. 3.

Mature male of Crystallogobius nilssoni, in the breeding-season 4.

C. nizssont (Dib. & Kor.).

1844. Gobius nilssonii, Diib. & Kor. Kgl. Vet. Akad. Handl.

1844, p. 53, tab. 2. fig. 3 (Stockh. 1846).

1861. Gobiosoma nilssonii, Giinth. Cat. Acanth. Fish. Brit. Mus.

vol. iii. p. 86 (Lond. 1861).

1863. Crystallogobius nilssonii, Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.

1863, p. 269 (Philad. 1864).

1872. Latrunculus nilssonii, Coll. Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christ. 1872

p- 10 (Christiania, 1873).

1874. Latrunculodes nilssonit, Coll. Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christ. 1874,

p- 151 (1875).

The intermaxillary bones in the male very prominent, short;

small teeth in front of both jaws, long canine teeth in the lower

jaw. The ventral fins united into a funnel, with the shorter rays

towards the body. The first dorsal and the ventral fins in the

female rudimentary; the ovaries project far behind the vent.

Number of muscular impressions 27. The lower jaw the longer.

D’ 2, D? 19 (20); C. 8 (9 or 10) + 15 (14) + 8 (gori10); A. 21;

V.6; P.30 (31). Lin. lat. 27. Vertebr. 29. M.B. 5.

A. Remarks on the Synonymy.

This species was described by von Diiben and Koren in the Vet.

Akad. Handl. for 1844, under the name of Godius nilssonii, the de-

scription having been taken from half a dozen specimens found off

the Bergen coast in 1834—43, although it had earlier, during the same

332 MR. R. COLLETT ON CERTAIN GOBIOID FISHES. [ Mar. 5,

year, been mentioned, but without any accurate description, and

under the temporary name of Godius linearis, by the same author

in a letter which was published in (fv. Kgl. Vet. Akad. Forh.

May 1844. In Giinther’s ‘ Catalogue,’ vol. ii. (1861) it is placed

under the genus Gobdiosoma, although the correctness of this is

doubted. As early as in 1863 Prof. Gill (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.

Philad.) established for this species a new generic name, Crystallo-

gobius. Synonymous herewith is the name Latrunculodes, by which,

in 1874, not knowing the remarks of Prof. Gill, I entered it in a

treatise on the Gobioid Fishes of Norway (Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christ.

1874), and later in the same year in apaper on the Fishes of Norway

(Supplementary part of the Forh. Vid. Selsk. Christ.).

Since the species was entered in the system in 1874, it has not

been the subject of detailed description. Nilsson, in his ‘ Skan-

dinavisk Fauna’ (1855), has taken his description from that of

Diiben and Koren, as is also the case with the few other authors

who mention the species.

The same applies to this species as to Latrunculus pellucidus, that

the characters mentioned in the descriptions only belong to one of

the sexes, in Crystallogobius nilssonii to the fully developed male.

The female of this species, which shows a constant and remarkable

difference from the male, has not hitherto been described.

In June 1875 I found the species in the Christiania Fjord in mature

state, together with Latrunculus pellucidus, though in very much

smaller numbers ; and more lately I have on a few occasions collected

young specimens out of the spawning-season. Although the number

of specimens which at present stand at my disposal, namely 33, do

not represent an unbroken series of all the different ages of both

sexes, I can still give a descriptive account of their principal stages.

B. General Description.

The mature males have a total length of between 43 and 47

milllims.; still maturity is evidently attained in some specimens

with a length of 38-40 millims. The first dorsal fin has long rays

with a wide membrane ; the head is thickened, with a short snout ;

the jaws long, and singularly bent towards each other; the canine

teeth in the lower jaw high and curved; and the intermaxillary

bones form on each side a strong projection, almost in the form of

a nail. A little more pointed is the head, and the body on the

whole is more slender, in the males which have not reached a total

length of 70 millims; neither have the jaws nor the teeth in this

case attained their full length, though the testicles are filled with

ripe milt.

The young males, whose testicles do not yet contain ripe milt,

although their total length is only a trifle less than the smallest of

the mature specimens, namely 36 millims., have the body thin and

slender, the head pointed, almost as in the females; the teeth,

however, are already visible, and all the fins normally developed.

The mature females, with the eggs ready for spawning, are con-

siderably smaller, and of a more slender construction, than the

1878.] | MR. R. COLLETT ON CERTAIN GOBIOID FISHES. 333

males. Although the total length is almost the same as in many of

the mature males (36-37 millims., in a single specimen 39 millims. ),

their body is so slender and their weight so inconsiderable, that two

full-grown females, with the ovaries filled with ripe eggs, were not

able to weigh down one large full-grown male. The head is

pointed, with short jaws, which are straight and perfectly toothless,

and are wanting the males’ prominent projection on the intermaxillary

bone. The first dorsal and the ventral fins are rudimentary (at a

superficial glance they appear to be entirely wanting); the pectoral

fins are certainly developed, but very short. The ovaries project far

behind the vent on each side of the anal fin.

The young females, with a total length of 30-33 millims., and

with the ovaries filled with unripe eggs, have the body very slender

and pointed: as in the old female the jaws are toothless, the first

dorsal and the ventral fins apparently wanting.

The young during growth.—The few young with a total length

of about 25 millims. that have been at my disposal have all been

males. This is shown by the first traces of teeth, by the want

of the long ovaries, as well as by the presence of all the fins; cer-

tainly the first dorsal and the ventrals are short, but never wanting

or even rudimentary. These fins may already be seen in the young

with a total length of 21 millims., the smallest specimen I have

found ; in this one, however, there was not yet any trace of the

pectorals.

It may therefore be supposed that in the males the first dorsal

and the ventral fins spring forth ata very early age, whilst the

females never have these fins developed ; the pectorals, on the other

hand, are present in both sexes (although in the female in a less-

developed state), but are always late in appearance.

As compared with Latr. pellucidus, the difference in the exterior

between the sexes in the present species appears in several ways

already at a very early period, whilst this difference in Latr. pellu-

cidus, as stated above, only becomes apparent in mature specimens.

The construction of the body is thin and elongated, very com-

pressed, and does not, as is the case in Latr. pellucidus, practically

increase in plumpness in the spawning-season.

In a full-grown specimen, ready for spawning, with a total length

of 46 millims. (caudal included), the length of the head is about

10 millims, and is contained 43 times in the total length. The

greatest height (53 millims.) continues almost unaltered from the

occiput to about a head’s length from the caudal fin, and is con-

tained 82 times in the total. The vent, on the posterior margin of

which there is a small papilla, is situated halfway between the snout

and the root of the caudal, and in some individuals projects in the

form of a short tube.

In the female, which, as stated above, is considerably smaller

than the male, the head is somewhat more pointed. Ina specimen

with the eggs ripe the head is contained about 5 times or a little

more in the total length.

The diameter of the eye is one fourth of the length of the head.

334 MR. R. COLLETT ON CERTAIN GOBIOID FISHES. [ Mar. 5,

The eyes are situated perfectly laterally, so that the lower margins

do not seem to project more than the upper. ‘The interorbital space

is, in the female and young specimens, not broader than*the diameter

of the eye, in the full-grown male a little larger. The branchio-

stegals are 7 in number ; the gill-openings are wide.

The mouth is oblique, with the lower jaw the longer. In the

female and the young males the lower jaw is almost straight, or

only faintly bent, and the intermaxillary bones are quite even in

their outer margin; but in the full-grown male the jaws receive a

special development during the spawning-season. The inter-

maxillary bones then become broad, and form on each side of their

margin a distinct projection, almost in the form of a nail; at

the same time that the teeth reach their full development the

lower jaw becomes long and strongly curved upwards, and when the

mouth is shut it reaches a little in front of the intermaxillary bones,

the projecting nail of which encloses the almost angularly curved

upper part of the lower jaw. The point of the latter jaw is square,

and, as is the case with the intermaxillary bones, in the male den-

tiferous. In these old males the gape reaches backwards to the

posterior margin of the eye, whilst in the female and the young

males it scarcely reaches beyond the middle of the eye. The length

of the lower jaw in proportion to the total length isin the old males

as 1:72, in the female as 1:10.

The number of vertebre is 29.

The teeth.—Whilst during its immature state Latr. pellucidus has

a construction of the teeth common to both sexes, which continues

permanent in the female, whilst the male towards the spawning-

season in a comparatively short time changes these teeth for another

set of a totally different construction, this is not the case with

Crystallogobius nilssonii. First, the female is perfectly toothless

all her life; secondly, the teeth of the male, which are com-

posed of both small and acute teeth and long canine teeth, are

developed very early, and all reach their full size during the spawning-

season.

The exact time when the teeth make their appearance in the young

is probably when they are ‘about two months old. A young one,

with a total length of 21 millims., and perhaps about one month and

a half old, had no traces of teeth.

In the young males, which have reached a total length of 26-28

millims., the teeth begin to show themselves in the intermaxillary

bones and the point of the lower jaw; at this period all the teeth

are about equal in size.

In the male during the spawning-season, when the teeth have

reached their full size, the projecting intermaxillary bones have on

their upper and prominent portion a single row of closely placed,

small, acute, and curved teeth, 13-14 in number, on each side

(see fig. 4); on the lower square margin one or two teeth directed

straight downwards or backwards are found. The maxillary bones

are without teeth, as well as the vomer. In old males the outer

part of the lower jaw runs out in a long upward curve, which at

1878.) MR. R. COLLETT ON CERTAIN GOBIOID FISHES. 335

its point is dentigerous, while otherwise the jaw has no teeth;

the innermost part of this jaw forms a sharp edge, which, as the

jaws meet one another, places itself inside the corresponding part

of the upper jaw, whilst the point of the lower jaw, as men-

tioned above, is encompassed by the outward-bent intermaxillary

bones. The point of the lower jaw is square and broad, and has a

remarkable similarity to the jaw of a carnivorous animal. On

each side of the square point is found a long and curved canine

tooth, and between them a row of, together, eight small and acute

teeth of the same construction as those in the intermaxillary bones,

Fig. 4.

Snout of mature male of Crystallogobius nillsoni in the breeding-season,

strongly magnified.

The female must be pronounced toothless, as such teeth as can

be found are partly irregular and partly perfectly microscopical.

In a fresh or soft specimen it is scarcely possible to find even a

trace of teeth ; but in a dried specimen a couple of very minute and

straight isolated teeth may be seen, with the aid of the microscope,

on the middle of the lower jaw ; these, however, are sometimes en-

tirely wanting on one side. In a full-grown female the length of

these teeth is about 54; to +4 of a millim.

The fins.—The first dorsal fin, which has two rays, becomes

only fully developed in the mature or the nearly full-grown male,

but is much shorter in the young (not half-grown) male, and

rudimentary in the female. In the males it has strong but not stiff

rays, which are placed at comparatively large intervals, and con-

siderably sloped backwards, and have the point almost bent down-

wards, the membrane, which begins already a little in front of the

first, continuing behind the last, and running along the dorsal line

towards the beginning of the second dorsal fin; in some specimens

it even connects both fins completely. The first ray is a little

shorter than the second, the length of which does not much exceed

the greatest height of the body. In the young males the rays are

shorter, and the membrane between them incomplete. In the female

they are shortened to such an extent that they can only be discovered

by very minute examination ; sometimes only one ray seems to be

developed. In the female the length of the rays seems never to

exceed the length of the eye, and is generally shorter, sometimes

having only the length of the crystalline lens.

336 MR. R. COLLETT ON CERTAIN GOBIOID FisHEs, [Mar. 5,

The second dorsal has nineteen, sometimes twenty rays, the last

of which is a double ray. By means of a strong membrane the rays

are directed strongly backwards, and appear, therefore, lower than

they really are; they are all even, and have a length equal to half

the height of the body. The posterior rays are not elongated even

in the male, and reach to an orbital diameter’s distance from the

root of the caudal fin. All the rays are indistinctly articulated, and

undivided ; and it is only by the aid of the microscope that in some

individuals a trace may be seen of an indistinct division at the point.

Still shorter and more delicate are the rays of the female, their length

being scarcely equal to an orbital diameter.

The caudal fin has fifteen articulated middle rays, sometimes only

fourteen; also on each side eight, sometimes nine or ten short con-

necting rays, which are widely divergent in their points, especially the

foremost, so that they can even point forwards, giving the root of

the fin an increased breadth. The middle rays are articulated,

and all of them divided from about the middle (except the two

outermost on each side); bnt neither of the branches is further

divided. The first ray is short and thin, and the articulation is not

very plain ; the fourth and fifth rays are the longest, while the middle

rays again become shorter. One consequence of this is, that the

fin becomes more or less emarginate, with rounded edges; it is

rather short, and scarcely attains the greatest height of the body.

The anal fin counts twenty-one rays, the hinder of which is a

double ray. It takes up nearly the whole space between the vent

and the caudal, and agrees very much in its form and construction

with the second dorsal. It is only by very favourable light that any

trace of articulation in the points of the rays can be discovered, and

not in all of them. The last ray reaches almost to the root of the

caudal; in some undamaged individuals it is even connected with

the last-named fin by a membrane, whilst this membrane is wanting

in others.

The pectoral fin counts thirty, sometimes thirty-one rays. Twelve

to fourteen of the middle rays are singly divided from about the

middle; the remainder are undivided. All are finely articulated.

The form of the fin is broadly rounded. The pectoral fins are not

very long ; in mature males they have about two thirds of the head’s

length, and do not reach to the vent. In young males and‘in the

female they are much shorter, although they are never rudimen-

tary.

The ventral fins, which are attached close to the root of the pec-

toral fins, and just behind the lower end of the gill-openings, are

well developed in the mature male, shorter in the younger male, and

rudimentary in the female.

When present they form a closed and deep funnel, which is square-

cut behind, and, contrary to what is found in the other Gobiide,

have their innermost rays (nearest to the belly) shorter than the

outer ones. The number of the rays is six in each fin: of these the

first is divided from about the middle; the remainder are more

slender, undivided, and not articulated. On the whole, the faint

{878.] MR. R. COLLETT ON CERTAIN GOBIOID FISHES. 337

tendency to division of the rays is characteristic of this species as

compared with Latrunculus pellucidus, in which division of the rays

takes place especially in the ventral fins. The funnel is comparatively

short; when closed it is, even in the male, removed from the vent

to a distance about equal to its own length. In young males the

ventral fins are very small, and their funnel-like shape is almost

imperceptible, the connecting membrane being incomplete.

In the female the ventral fins are completely rudimentary, being

only present as a couple of two disconnected and very short rays

scarcely the diameter of the eye in length.

The mucous glands, which in L. pellucidus form so extensive a

system, seem to be almost entirely wanting in Crystallogobius nils-

sonii ; in none of the specimens which I have examined have I

been able, with certainty, to find a single complete row of such

glands, either on the head or on any other part of the body.

The skin—No trace of scales has hitherto been detected in

any of the specimens examined. As is the case in L. pellucidus,

the whole side of the body shows a row of transverse impressions ;

when examined in the microscope, no trace is found of follicles to

which lost scales may have been attached; and it is therefore

searcely to be doubted that the body is altogether naked in this

species. The number of these muscular impressions is twenty-seven,

twenty of which have their place behind the vent; they bend to-

gether into the form of an angle in the middle line of the body, and

denote exactly the number and size of the vertebree. An actual

lateral line, with open pores, does not exist.

The colour.—As is the case in L. pellucidus, the body during

life is transparent, with a faint bluish tinge, thereby enabling the

vertebree, the apple‘of the eye, &c. easily to be seen. The colora-

tion of the skin is very faint, and does not vary in this respect to

any degree, even during the spawning-season. The eyes are strongly

coloured, their upper edge being of a shining metallic lustre (black

after death) ; the iris is silvery. A well-defined blackish spot is

found at the point of the lower jaw; another black stripe stretches

along the throat towards the ventral fins. At the root of each

ray in the anal and the caudal fin there is a black point; these

together form a continuous and distinct row, which is present in

both sexes and at all ages; along the dorsal fin there is found a

somewhat fainter row of brownish points, which is indistinct, or

nearly wantivg, in the female. Moreover all the rays are covered

with minute blackish points. The body itself is almost unspotted

(whitish when preserved in spirits), except on the sides of the belly,

where a row of fine brownish spots stretches itself; these spots are

largest and most distinct in the breeding female, their number being

3-5 on each side.

C. Habits and Distribution.

Generation.—With regard to the time of breeding and its dura-

tion, nothing conclusive can be said at present on account of the very

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1878, No. XXII. 22

338 MR. R. COLLETT ON CERTAIN GOBIOID FISHES. [Mar. 5,

few materials at my disposal. In all probability Cryst. nilssonii reaches

(as is the case with Latr. pellucidus) maturity at the age of one

year, after which it disappears. ‘The spawning-season is probably

the same as in the other species, consequently during the summer

months; on the whole, however, it appears to have a somewhat

longer duration.

From the researches I have been able to make among col-

lected specimens, compared with those preserved in the Museum

of the University, it appears that the spawning probably begins in

some individuals as early asin March or April ; perhaps the greater

number attain their maturity in the last part of June; whilst in other

specimens the spawning does not take place before the beginning of

August, or perhaps later. After the conclusion of the spawning the

specimens no doubt perish, their life having thus lasted only one

year.

" Habits.—In its habits this fish probably agrees perfectly with

Latr, pellucidus. The extraordinarily compressed body denotes that

it swims freely about in rather deep water, and not, like most of the

true Gobii, resting itself at the bottom; in fact this would be almost

impossible, on account of the peculiar construction of the ventrals of

the male, and, in the case of the female, from its entire want of these

fins. Most of the specimens mentioned by other authors have been

taken in the dredge at a depth of 30 fathoms. Von Diiben and

Koren state that some of their specimens crept into empty tubes of

Chetopterus norvegicus, in which, however, they had only taken

refuge whilst the dredging was going on.

In the Christiania Fjord I have taken these fishes, together with

Latr. pellucidus in nets set out for mackerel, Clupea sprattus, and

young of Cl. harengus. The nets bring them to the surface in the

same manner as is the case with L. pel/ucidus. As a rule they lose

the capability of again descending, from the swimming-bladder

becoming strongly distended when they reach the upper strata of the

water. This fish is met with in far less numbers than the last-named

species. In the same manner it is taken as food by other fishes;

and I have taken it from the stomach of small young examples of

Gadus morrhua.

Food.—Upon examining a number of stomachs of individuals

taken in the month of June, I have found them filled with digested

remains of Entomostraca, without, however, being able to recognize

any species of them. Probably they were Calanidz, or, perhaps,

pelagic Copepoda of the same species as are found in Laér. pellu-

cidus.

Distribution.—Besides being found in Norway, Cr. nilssonii has

been taken more lately on the coast of Bohuslen (Sweden) ; and

perhaps it also occurs on other parts of the coast of Northern Europe.

In Norway its habitat extends from the Christiania Fjord along

the western coast, nearly to the Trondhjems Fjord, in about 63° N.

latitude.

The most northern point at which it has been found was at Chris-

tiansund, in July 1843, by v. Diiben, and also about the same

1878.] ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 339

time at Askwold, in Sond-fjord, by Mr. Christie—in all only six

specimens.

In the neighbourhood of Bergen five specimens were taken

by Mr. Stuwitz, December 1834; in 1850 one specimen was found

at Bongestrémmen, near the town: in all six specimens.

One specimen was dredged by Prof. G. O. Sars at Espevar, in the

mouth of the Hardanger Fjord in August 1873.

In the mouth of the Christiania Fjord two specimens were dredged

in two different localities about 1860; finally, in the years 1875-77

I took twenty-eight specimens in nets between the islands off

Christiania.

In Sweden two specimens were found (in a dead state) in Bohuslen

by Dr. Malm, in June 1877,

March 19, 1878.

Arthur Grote, Esq., V.P., in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater exhibited the type specimen of Dicrurus marginatus

of Blyth (Ibis, 1865, p. 46), belonging to the Derby Museum,

Liverpool, and pointed out its identity with Muscipipra vetula

(Licht.) of Southern Brazil, of the family Tyrannide.

The following papers were read :—

1. Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippines.—No.

VI. On the Collection made by Mr. A. H. Everett in

the Island of Leyte. By Artur, Marquis of Twrxp-

DALE, F.R.S., President of the Society,

[Received February 25, 1878.]

The island of Leyte is about 130 miles long, and has an average

breadth of 35 miles. It lies S.S.W. of Samar, its northern part

lying in close contiguity to Samar. Zebu is situated to the west,

and Dinagat to the south-east, while Mindanao is due south. Water-

channels of unimportant breadth separate Leyte from these other

islands. A peculiar ornis is therefore not to be expected, and Mr.

Everett’s researches have not made known any special feature. That

gentleman, however, procured all the birds of which I propose to

give a list at Amparo (on the south-west coast of Leyte) and in its

vicinity. But Mr. Everett writes that he does not believe the collec-

tion he sends at all adequately represents the avifauna of Leyte,

and he hopes to revisit it and explore the mountains in the centre

and south of the island.

The most interesting species is Buceros semigaleatus, a purely local

form, distinguishable from the two previously known Philippine

22%

340 THE MARQUIS OF TWEEDDALE ON [Mar. 19,

species by the contour of the casque. Thriponax pectoralis is

another species, the deviation of which from 7’. javensis of Luzon is

probably owing to isolation. In Arachnothera flammifera Mr.

Everett has added another Malayan genus to the Philippine area.

1. CACATUA H&MATUROPYGIA (1).

{[Amparo, ¢ 2, July. ]

2. TANYGNATHUS LUZONENSIS (3).

[S. Leyte, ¢, September. ]

3. LoricuLUS HARTLAUBI (7)?

[Amparo, 53 2, July. ]

I provisionally identify a series of nine examples of the South-Leyte

Loriculus with L. hartlaubi until further research establishes the

permanency of the characters whereby these Leyte birds differ from

those of North Mindanao and Dinagat. Five individuals are exam-

ples of the male bird in apparently adult plumage. They differ from

true L. hartlaubi in having a much smaller orange-red pectoral

plastron, and in its not running up to the naked chin, but stopping

short some way below, so that the upper throat is uniform green.

Above, the back is green, and not golden, nor is that of the female,

The dimensions are equal.

4. AsTuR TRIVIRGATUs (11).

[ Amparo, ?, July. |

In Mr. J. H. Gurney’s opinion this Leyte example is in immature

plumage, and probably belongs to a male.

5. SPILORNIS HOLOSPILUS (16).

[S. Leyte, ¢ 2, September. |

6. Haiastur INTERMEDIUS (17).

[S. Leyte, ¢ 2, September. ]

7. THRIPONAX PECTORALIS, 0. Sp.

[S. Leyte, ¢ 2, September. ]

Like 7. javensis, but differs in having the feathers of the chin,

throat, sides of head and neck white, broadly centred with a median

black stripe, and in the fulvous-white colouring of the abdomen

covering the breast, each pectoral plume being centred with black.

8. MeERops PHILIPPINUS (35).

[S. Leyte, ¢ 2, September. ]

9. MEROPsS BICOLOR (36).

[S. Leyte, ¢ 9, September. }

Two examples in mature plumage, two immature; the chestnut

head and back in the latter mixed with green, and the middle pair of

rectrices not fully developed.

1878. } THE ORNITHOLOGY OF THE PHILIPPINEs. 341

10. Eurystomus orIENTALIS (37).

[Amparo, ¢ 2, August. ]

11. ALCEDO BENGALENSIS (38).

[S. Leyte, g 2, October. ]

12. Ceyx aArRGENTATA.

Ceyx argentata, Tweeddale, Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 4, vol. xx.

p- 533.

[S. Leyte, g, October. |

13. Enromosra Guuaris (44).

[Amparo, 3, August ; S, Leyte, September. |

14. SavROPATIS CHLORIS (47).

[Amparo, ¢ 2, August. ]

15. PELARGOPSIS GIGANTEA.

Pelargopsis gigantea, Walden, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 541).

[ Amparo, 5 °, July ; S. Leyte, ¢ 9 , September and October. ]

‘fen examples, all of which belong to the smaller North-Mindanao

and Dinagat race, which I have hitherto provisionally referred to

P. gigantea.

16. CentRococcyx viripis (64).

[S. Leyte, ¢ 2, October: iris brown. 6. 3, September: iris

yellowish brown; bill black ; legs steel-grey. |

17. Bucrros sEMIGALEATUS.

Buceros semigaleatus, Tweeddale, P. Z. S, 1878, p. 277.

18. PENELOPIDES AFFINIS,

Penelopides affinis, Tweeddale, Aun. & Mag. N. H. ser. 4, vol. xx.

p. 934; P.Z.S. 1877, pp. 824, 825 (fig. 1)",

[Amparo, g ?, July; 8. Leyte, ¢ 2, September and October, 2

juv.*: iris raw sienna-brown; bill greenish brown; mandible green-

ish; legs dark greenish grey. @. Iris in living bird rich dark

burnt-sienna-orange. ]

The new rectrices in both sexes of this species are pure white, and

not pale rufous, the apices always remaming black. In one ex-

ample (2) the two middle rectrices have a dark rufous terminal

band, black being indicated where this band meets the paler rufous

of the basal portion. Ina young male this also occurs,

19. Lantus nasutus (70).

[S. Leyte, ¢ 9, September and October.

* The passage in which I differentiate P. afinis from P. panini and P. ma-

nille (J. c.) should read ‘by the absence of the channelling on the lateral plates

of the maxilla.”

* Marked ¢ by collector, but in complete black plumage,

342 THE MARQUIS OF TWEEDDALE ON [ Mar. 19,

20. Lanius LUCIONENSIS (72).

[S. Leyte, ¢ 2, September. |

The males are in adult dress, with pearl-grey foreheads. The

female has all the gular and pectoral plumage narrowly edged with

brown, as well as the feathers of the flanks and thighs. The entire

upper plumage is uniform liver-brown, without a trace of grey on the

forehead.

21. ARTAMUS LEUCORYNUS (73).

[Amparo, g, August; S. Leyte, 2, October. |

22. LaLAGE DOMINICA (76).

[Amparo, ¢, July. |

23. CyORNIS PHILIPPINENSIS.

Cyornis philippinensis, Sharpe, Tr. L. 8. 2nd series, Zool. i. p. 325.

[Amparo, ¢, July.]

24. HrruNDO JAVANICA.

Hirundo javanica, Sparrman, Mus. Carls.

[S. Leyte, g, September, ¢ juv., October. ]

25. BRODERIPUS ACRORHYNCHUS (90).

[Amparo, 9, July ; S. Leyte, ¢ 2, September.]

26. Mrxornis CAPITALIS.

Mizxornis capitalis, Tweeddale, P. Z. 8. 1878, p. 110, pl. vii. fig. 2.

[S. Leyte, 2, October: iris white. ]

27. Ixus GOIAVIER (99).

[Amparo, 2, July; S. Leyte, ¢ 2, September. }

28. HypsipeTes PHILIPPINENSIS (102).

[S. Leyte, ¢, September. |

29. Monticoua souitarivs (103).

[S. Leyte, ¢ 2, October. |

Three examples are in dull plumage, the feathers, especially on

lower surface, broadly margined with brown ; above, a bluish tinge.

These are marked female by the collector. A fourth example (marked

2 ) is passing over from this stage, the blue tinge above being much

more marked, while most of the abdominal plumage and the under

tail-coverts are rich chestnut. A fifth example (marked g) is in

nearly full blue and dark rich chestnut plumage.

30. CopsycHUS MINDANENSIs (106).

[S. Leyte, ¢ 2, September. ]

31. PHYLLOSCOPUS BOREALIS.

Phyllopneuste borealis, Blasius, Naumannia, 1858, p. 313.

[S. Leyte, ¢, October. ]

1878.] THE ORNITHOLOGY OF THE PHILIPPINES, 343

32. CALOBATES MELANOPE (115).

[S. Leyte, °, September. }

33. MyzanTHe pygmma (121).

[S. Leyte, 3, October : iris chocolate. }

34. ARACHNOTHERA FLAMMIFERA, 0. sp.

[S. Leyte, 3, September : iris salmon-red ; bill black; legs dark

lead-grey.]

Above uniform rich olive-green ; chin, throat, sides of head, and

neck pale grey ; upper breast pale grey, tinged with yellow ; lower

breast a purer pale yellow; abdomen, flanks, ventral region, and

under tail-coverts deep yellow; Wing-lining silky pale grey, almost

white; pectoral tufts (which measure some three quarters of an

inch long) bright vermilion-red ; quills brown, margined with clive ;

rectrices brown, all but the middle pair boldly tipped on the inner

webs with white.

Wing 2°45, tail 1°75, culmen 1-25, tarsus 062.

The discovery of this species by Mr. Everett adds another charac-

teristic Malayan genus to the Philippine avifauna.

35. NECTAROPHILA SPERATA (122).

[S. Leyte, ¢, September. ]

36. ARACHNECHTHRA JUGULARIS (123).

[Amparo, J 2, J uly, August. ]

37. Corvus PHILIPPINUS (125).

(S. Leyte, g 2, July. }

38. CALORNIS PANAYENSIS (128).

[Amparo, ¢, August; S. Leyte, 3 2, September and October, ¢,

Juv., September : iris brownish ochre-yellow. |

The young bird is in brown and striated plumage.

39. SARcops caLvus (129).

[Amparo, 3 9, July.]

These two examples have the whole back, from the nape to the

uropygium, and also the scapulars dark brown. This is also the case

in my Zebu series, and in some individuals from South Negros. In

one Negros example the back is dark brown, many of the feathers

being fringed with various shades of grey. In another the amount

of grey and brown on the back is about equal ; and it would seem that

the grey colouring of the back belongs to the fully adult bird, and

that the nape, uropygium, and upper tail-coverts assume the full

grey colouring of the adult before the dorsal plumage commences to

turn grey ; the whole of the upper plumage is brown at the base,

the tips alone changing to grey.

40. Munta sacorr (132).

[Amparo, ?, July; 8. Leyte, ¢, September. ]

344 THE MARQUIS OF TWEEDDALE ON { Mar. 19,

41, PHABOTRERON BREVIROSTRIS.

Phahotreron brevirostris, Tweeddale, P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 549.

[Amparo, 9, July. ]

42. CARPOPHAGA ZNEA (141).

[Amparo, ¢ 2, July. |

43. TurTUR DUssUMIERI (147).

[Amparo, ¢ 2 .]

44. CHARADRIUS FULVUS (159).

[S. Leyte, ¢ 2, September and October. }

In non-breeding plumage.

45. EupRoMIAs GEoFrFrroy! (161).

[S. Leyte, ¢ 2, September and October. }

46. Eupromias MonGoticus (163).

[S. Leyte, 2, September. |

47. AGIALITES DUBIUS (162).

[S. Leyte, 2 ¢, September and October. ]

All the examples, nine in number, are of birds in full breeding-

plumage.

48. ANGIALITES PERONII.

Charadrius peronii (Temm.) ; Schlegel, Mus. Pays-Bas, Coraces,

p- 33; Walden, Tr. Z. S. viii. p. 90. no. 142, pl. x, f. 2.

[S. Leyte, 2 , October. |

In immature plumage ; first primary only two thirds grown ; sides

of breast and narrow connecting band brown, mixed with rufous ;

broad frontal patch pure white, bounded posteriorly by a narrow

brown band ; crown and occiput rufous brown; tarsus one inch.

49. MELANOPELARGUS EPISCOPUS.

[Amparo, ¢, July. |

In full plumage.

50. GALLINULA CHLOROPUS (169).

[Amparo, ¢ 2, July.]

51. ORTYGOMETRA CINEREA (172).

[Amparo, ¢ 9, July; S. Leyte, 3, September. ]

52. Porzana Fusca (174).

[S. Leyte, ¢, September : iris brilliant red ; orbital ring crimson ;

bill olive-green, culmen black ; legs light dull carmine. |

A single example, which belongs to the small race, 7. e. true P.

JSusca, and not to P. erythrothorax.

1878. | THE ORNITHOLOGY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 345

53. RALLINA EURYZONOIDES.

Gallinula euryzonoides, Lafr. Rey. Zool. 1845, p. 368.

[Amparo, ¢ 9, July and August ; S. Leyte, ¢ 2, September. |

54. AMAURORNIS OLIVACEA (176).

[S. Leyte, ¢ 2, Jnly.]

55. Hypor2nipia rorquata (177).

[Amparo, d, July; S. Leyte, 2, July. ]

The female example differs from every other individual of this

Philippine Rail I have examined in having the broad pectoral band

coloured like the back.

56. Hypor#nrpia sTriaTA (179).

[Amparo, d 9, July; S. Leyte, ¢ 2, September. ¢ juv., Sep-

tember, bill purple brown, the culmen dark brown. |

57. TOTANUS INCANUS.

Scolopax incana, Gm. S. N. i. p. 658.

[S. Leyte, 2, October: iris dark brown ; bill dark brown, nearly

black ; legs light greenish ochre. |

58. TRINGOIDES HYPOLEUCUS (183).

[S. Leyte, 2 , September. |

59. GALLINAGO SCOLOPACINA (187).

[S. Leyte, ¢ 2, September. ]

60. GaLLInaGo MEGALA (188).

[S. Leyte, 2, September. |

61. RayNCH#XA CAPENSIS (189).

[S. Leyte, ¢, September. ]

62. ARDETTA CINNAMOMEA (192).

[Amparo, ¢, July; S. Leyte, ¢ 9, September. |

63. Heropias GARZETTA (195).

[S. Leyte, 2, September: iris light yellow ; orbital skin yellow-

ish, clouded with dark grey ; bill black, base of mandible whitish ;

legs black ; feet greyish green ; upper surface of toes tinged with

purplish. ]

64. Buroripes savanica (197).

[Amparo, g, July; S. Leyte, September. |

One example in full, another in immature plumage.

65. NycricoRAxX MANILLENsIS (198).

[Amparo, 2, July; S. Leyte, g , September: iris golden-yellow ;

orbital skin yellow-green; bill black; legs pale ochreous white

but brown in front and on upper surface of toes. ]

The male is in full breeding-plumage. The lengthened occipital

346 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [Mar. 19,

plumes are black throughout their length, and not only at their tips,

as described by Vigors and figured by Fraser.

66. STERNA BERGII.

Sterna bergit, Licht. Verz. d. Doubl. Mus. Berl. p. 80.

[S. Leyte, ¢, October. ]

67. DENDROCYGNA VAGANS (203).

[Amparo, 6 2, July; S. Leyte, ¢, September. ]

2. Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the

Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger”—No. VIII. On the

Birds of the Sandwich Islands. By P. L. Scuatzr,

M.A., Ph.D., F.B.S.

[Received February 26, 1878.]

The ‘Challenger’ arrived in Hilo Bay, Owhyhee, on the 14th of

of August, 1875, and left on the 19th of the same month.

The skins of birds collected were 24 in number, belonging to 13

species. They were all obtained “ within eight miles of the town.”

The collection, although small, and containing nothing absolutely

new except a single species of Anas, is of interest, as it enables us

to record the actual island of the Sandwich group upon which the

species contained in it were found, and as including an example

of the little-known Buteo solitarius of Peale.

The best account of the avifauna of the Sandwich-Island group,

which is still very imperfectly known to us, is that given by Dole in

18691. On this I have commented at some length in ‘ The Ibis’ for

1871°, and given my views on the subject pretty fully. Lately M.

Oustalet has described a most remarkable new form * from the same

group ; but I am not aware of any other more recent contributions

to this subject *.

1. CHASIEMPIS SANDVICENSIS.

Sandwich Flycatcher, Lath. Syn. ii. p. 343, undé

Muscicapa sandvicensis, Gm. 8. N. 1. p. 945.

Chasiempis sandvicensis, Cab. Wiegm. Arch. 1847, i. p. 208.

Cnipolegus, sp. 1238, Scl. Cat. A. B. p. 203; vide P. Z. 8. 1873,

p- 595.

No. 528. Hilo, Owhyhee. 9.

BOD Aoge cnn: Cogn rhs ‘tok

“Flycatcher: eyes black ; stomachs contained insects.” —J. MW.

1 «« Synopsis of the Birds hitherto described from the Hawaiian Islands. By

8. B. Dole,” Proc. Boston Soc. N. H. xii. p. 294.

2 «Remarks on the Avifauna of the Sandwich Islands. By P. L. Sclater,”

Ibis, 1871, p. 356.

2 Lowioides bailloni: vide Bull. Soc. Phil. de Paris, 7™° sér. t. i. p. 99.

4 Dr. Pucheran’s somewhat peculiar views on the avifauna of the Sandwich

Islands will be found explained in the Procés-Verbaux Soc. Phil. de Paris,

1858, p. 85.

1878.] BIRDS OF THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. 347

2. PH#ORNIS OBSCURA.

Dusky Flycatcher, Lath. Syn. vol. ii. pt. i. p. 344, undé

Muscicapa obscura, Gm. 8. N.i. p. 945.

Tenioptera obscura, Cassin, B. U.S. Expl. Exp. Atlas, pl. ix.

fig. 3.

Pheornis obscura, Scl. Ibis, 1859, p. 327, et 1871, p. 360.

No. 534. Hilo, Owhyhee. <¢.

535. ” 2 2 :

536. e ‘

537. ”? 3) ”

“ Eyes brown; bill and feet black.’””-—J. M.

3. Mowoa NOBILIs.

Gracula nobilis, Merrem, Av. Descr. et Ic. p. 8, pl ii.

Mohoa nobilis, Cass. Pr. Ac. Sc. Phil. vii. p. 440.

Yellow-tufted Bee-eater, Lath. Syn. i. p. 683, undé

Merops niger, Gm. 8. N. i. p. 465.

No. 524. Male. Hilo.

** Eyes black ; stomach contained fruit and insects.”—J. WM,

4, PsiTTIROSTRA PSITTACEA.

Parrot-billed Grosbeak, Lath. Syn. ii. p. 108. pl. 42, undé

Lowxia psittacea, Gm. S. N. i. p. 844.

Psittirostra psittacea, Sw. Class. B. ii. p. 295.

538. Male. Hilo.

545. Male. Hilo.

** yes red ; stomach contained fruit.”—J. WM.

As I have already stated (Ibis, 1871, p. 360), this bird has, in

my opinion, no relationship to the Fringillide, but is merely an

exaggerated form of the same type as Hemignathus and its allied

genera.

5. Drepanis CoccinEa (Merrem).

Mellisuga coccinea, Merrem, Av. Descr. et Ic. p. 14, pl. iv.

(1786).

Drepanis coccinea, Cassin, Zool. U.S. Expl. Exp. p. 177.

521. Female adult.

522. Young female. } Hilo.

523. ” ”

‘Eyes red ; bill and legs orange; stomach contained insects and

seeds.”—J. MV,

6. DREPANIS SANGUINEA (Gm.).

Certhia sanguinea, Gm. S. N. i. p. 479.

Drepanis sanguinea, Bp. Consp. 1. p. 404.

530. Female. Hilo.

348 MR. P. L. SCLATER ON THE [ Mar. 19,

7. DreEPANis FLAVA, Bloxham.

Drepanis flava, Bloxh. Voy. Blonde, p. 249 ; Dole, Proc. Boston

Soc. N. H. xii. p. 298.

525. Male.

526. Male. . r

527. Female. Be Oe ares

533. Female.

‘« Eyes black ; stomachs had seeds and insects.’—J. M.

The females are much less yellowish than the males, especially

below.

8. Munra nisorrA (Temm.); Walden, Trans. Zool. Soe. viii. p. 73.

543. Male. “Sparrow, introduced; native who shot it said he

had never seen one before.”-—J. MV.

An imperfect skin of this species (or of the nearly allied M. punce-

tularia), no doubt introduced.

Prof. Baird a short time ago sent me a skin of a young or female

of another Eastern Finch from the Sandwich Islands (probably

Munia malabarica) for determination; also without doubt introduced.

9. Orus BRACHYOTUS (Forster).

Strix sandwichensis, Bloxam, Voy. Blonde, p. 250.

Asio galapagoensis, Cassin, Mamm. et Orn, U.S. Expl. Exp.

p- 207.

Asio accipitrinus, Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 234.

544. “Male; eyes yellow; brought on board alive.”—J. M.

10. Burro soLiTaRivs.

Buteo solitarius, Peale, Zool. U.S. Expl. Exp. Birds, p. 62 (1848).

Pandion solitarius, Cassin, Mamm. & Orn. U.S. Expl. Exp.

p. 97; Atlas, pl. iv.

Polioaétus solitarius, Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 452.

No. 540. Female.

« Eyes brown; cere and legs yellow; bill black.”—J. M.

Mr. J. H. Gurney has kindly examined this interesting bird for

me (of which two specimens were obtained, but one of them was sub-

sequently lost), and supplied me with the following notes :—

«The female Buzzard brought from Owhyhee by the ‘ Challenger’

Expedition (No. 540 in that collection) appears to be of the same

species, though in a different stage of plumage, as the previously

unique specimen from the same island, which is preserved in the

Museum of the Academy of Natural Sciences at Philadelphia, and

which was described by Peale, in the first edition of the ‘ Zoology of

the United-States Exploring Expedition,’ published in 1848, under

the name of Buteo solitarius.

“In the subsequent edition of this work, published in 1858, and

edited by the late Mr. Cassin, the generic name of Buteo, as applied

to this species, was dropped, and that of Pandion substituted, with

the following remark :—‘ This bird is strictly a member of a subgenus

1878. | BIRDS OF THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. 349

of the generic group Pandion designated Polioaétus by Dr. Kaup.’

(Vide op. cit. p. 98.)

“ Mr. Ridgway, on the contrary, after au examination of the type

specimen, wrote to me that he considered it ‘a Buteonine form dif-

fering from the true Buteones ouly ...... in the system of coloration,

which reminds us somewhat of Milvago chimachima.’

‘In the specimen brought home in the ‘ Challenger’ there is much

less resemblance to the coloration of M. chimachima, and nothing,

in my opinion, to justify the removal of this species from the genus

Buteo.

«The following is a comparison of the measurements of the Chal-

lenger example with those of the type specimen as given by Mr. Cassin

in the work to which I have referred :—

Type specimen ‘Challenger’ specimen

(sex unknown). (female).

inches. inches.

Total length of skin........ 17 (above) Wir

Ree Fue, OE Ae pie aD 12

MEANS. £87290 WS BL SOR: 75 72

Bill from gape ............ 15 1°5

Datsngy 212A A 2°75 2°8

Hind toe and claw ........ 1*75 2°2

Middle toes. u. .......... a8 Leg

Claw of ditto.............. 0:8

Culmen (exclusive of cere) .. I'l

Gere yest ons DER: 0:4

**Mr. Cassin describes the type specimen as having ‘the third,

fourth, and fifth quills longest and nearly equal,’ which agrees with

the ‘Challenger’ specimen, as does his description under the head

of ‘form’ generally ; but I think that, in speaking of the toes as

having ‘their under surfaces strongly corrugated or pustulated,

claws very large, long, and curved,’ he uses rather stronger language

than is strictly applicable to the ‘ Challenger’ specimen, though in

this the under surface of the feet is certainly somewhat corrugated

and roughened, and the claws are slightly longer than in Buteo vul-

garis or in Buteo desertorum.

*« As regards the difference of coloration in the two specimens, Mr.

Cassin describes the type as having the ‘ head and entire underparts

and upper tail-coverts yellowish white, all the feathers being pure

white at their bases and widely terminated with pale yellowish, more

distinct on the breast and tibize.’

“In the ‘Challenger’ bird the upper part of the head is dark

wood-brown like the mantle, except that some of the feathers, espe-

cially on the crown and forehead, are partially edged with yellowish

white; on the sides of the head these white edgings are more con-

spicuous ; the throat is white; the breast, abdomen, under tail-

coverts, flanks, and wing-linings are white, slightly tinged with buff,

especially on the tibize, and more or less mingled with wood-brown

throughout, except on the lower abdomen and tibize, the brown pre-

350 ON THE BIRDS OF THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. [ Mar. 19,

dominating over the buffy-white on the flanks, and almost entirely

covering the sides of the breast.

‘Mr. Cassin further describes the type specimen as having the

‘occiput and neck behind with oblong longitudinal spots of umber-

brown, which is the colour also of all the upper surface of the body,

wings, and tail; shafts of quills reddish chestnut on their upper

surface, white beneath ; inner webs of quills widely edged with white ;

tail beneath silky-white tinged with yellowish.’

“The ‘Challenger’ specimen agrees with this portion of Mr. Cassin’s

description, with the following exceptions, viz.:—the occiput and

hinder part of the neck are white-coloured and of the same hue as the

mantle; the upper surface of the shafts of the quills is brown, but

without any ‘ reddish-chestnut’ tint ; the upper surface of the tail

is brown, with transverse bars of a darker brown; on the middle pair

of rectrices these are eleven in number, the lowest bar being subtermi-

nal; on all the rectrices the edge of the outer web and the tip are ot

a darker brown than the remainder of the feather, but beyond the

dark tip there is at the extreme end of the feather a small central

spot of white, which is more conspicuous on a new rectrix only par-

tially grown than in the older feathers, from some of which it has

been worn off by use ; the inner webs of the lateral rectrices are also

more or less mottled with white towards the edge. The dark trans-

verse bars are indistinctly apparent on the under surface of the tail.

“The figure of the type specimen (U.S. Explormg Expedition,

pl. iv.) agrees with the description given by Mr. Cassin, and also shows

a larger bare space behind the eye than exists in the ‘Challenger’

specimen; but, notwithstanding this difference and those of coloration

to which I have alluded, I think that the coincidence of size and form

marks the two specimens as belonging to the same species, and that

the example obtained by the ‘Challenger’ Expedition must be con-

sidered as a specimen of Buteo solitarius of Peale.”

11. ANAS WYVILLIANA, Sp. nov.

«Anas boschas,”’ Dole, Pr. Boston 8. N. H. xii. p. 8305; Finsch

et Hartl. Orn. C. P. p. xxxix. (7)

541. Male.

542. Male.

Supra nigra, plumis fusco limbatis ; pileo nigro, fusco minute pune-

tato ; subtus pallide fusca, in gutture et pectore magis rufescens,

in ventre magis ochracea, plumis nigro punctatis et maculatis ;

alis extus brunnescenti-cinereis ; speculo amplo purpureo, mar-

gine supra et infra albo inde nigro ornato; awillaribus albis ;

rostro superiore nigro, inferiore carneo; pedibus aurantiacis.

Long. tota 15°0, ale 9°3, caude 3°0, rostri a rictu 2°0, ejusd.

lat. sub naribus 0°7, tarsi 1-5.

Hab. Inss. Sandwich, maris Pacifici.

This Duck belongs to the section of true Anas which embraces 4.

obscura of North America, A. superciliosa of Australia, and other

species, and in which both sexes somewhat resemble the female of

Anas boschas. The head is dark, finely pointed with brown, and

} Eyes brown; legs and feet orange.

1878.] MR. FORBES ON BIRDS FROM THE SAMOA ISLANDS, 35]

bears no trace of a superciliary stripe; the speculum is shining

purple with a black border above and below ; beyond the black

border below the coverts terminate in a broad margin of pure white ;

above the upper black border, which is formed by the ends of the

small coverts, there is a narrow ashy-white margin,

The description is taken from specimen 541; the other (542) is

apparently a young bird and is rather smaller in its dimensions.

12. Furica aut, Peale.

Fulica alai, Peale, Zool. U.S. Expl. Exp. Birds, p- 224; Cassin,

Mamm. & Orn. U.S. Expl. p. 306, Atlas, pl. xxxvi.

531. Male. ‘“Eyesred; bill flesh-coloured with a yellowish tinge ;

feet and legs pale slate-colour.”°—J. M.

13. Toranus IncaNnus (Gm.).

532. Female. Eyes hazel ; bill brown ; legs yellow.

3. On a Small Collection of Birds from the Samoan Islands

and the Island of Rotumah, Central Pacific. By W. A.

Forzss, F.Z.S,

[Received March 1, 1878.]

Mr. Sclater has lately put into my hands for determination a small

collection of birds from the above localities, made by the Rev. G.

Brown, C.M.Z.S., of the Wesleyan Mission. It consists of 47 skins

referable to 19 species. Of these all but 4 skins, of two species, are

from the Samoan Islands of Upolu and Sayaii, and are well known

already as inhabitants of these islands. They require no further

notice here, except one.

PACHYCEPHALA ICTEROIDES, Peale; Finsch & Hartl. Faun.

Centr.-Polyn. p. 76.

Three examples of this species, in different stages of plumage,

though none are quite adult, traces of the rufous plumage of imma-

turity remaining to a greater or less extent. All are marked “from

Upolu ;” and the native name given is “ Vasavasa.” Mr. Layard

(P. Z. S. 1876, p. 494) doubts the occurrence of this species in

Samoa, and refers the bird from those islands to P. flavifrons (Peale),

which, as Dr. Finsch has shown (J. f. O. 1872, p- 39), is the adult

male of P. icteroides.

The island of Rotumah is, as far as I am aware, entirely unknown

ornithologically ; and the three skins in this collection from that

locality are, I believe, the first that have ever been received from the

island. It is a small island, 4 or 5 miles in extent from north to

south, and was discovered by Captain Edwards in his search for the

‘Bounty’in1791. It lies nearly midway between the Fijisand the Ellice

group, in about long. 177° E., lat. 122° S. Some account of it will

352 ON BIRDS FROM THE SAMOA ISLANDS. [ Mar. 19,

be found in the ‘South-Pacific Directory,’ 3rd edition, p. 627 (London,

1871). The two species of birds of this island represented are,—

Aptonis vitrensis, Layard, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 502.

Aplonis tavuensis, F. & H. Faun. Centr.-Polyn. p. 103, t. x. f. 2

(nec Gmelin).

One skin of this species, agreeing with skins from Fiji in the

British Museum, and others from the same islands in the ‘ Chal-

lenger’ collections, determined by Dr. Finsch as “‘ Aplonis vitiensis,

Lay.” (conf. Finsch, P. Z.S. 1877, p. 735). The native name is

given as “ Husila.”’

MyzoMELA CHERMESINA, G. R. Gray, G. B. i. pl. 38; id. Cat.

B. Trop. Islands, p. 11.

This species was figured by Mitchell in the ‘ Genera of Birds,’

but not described ; nor was any locality mentioned for it in the list

of species of Myzomela in the same work. Bonaparte, however, in

his ‘ Conspectus,’ gave ‘‘ New Guinea” as the habitat, though what

reason for this he had, other than that at that time ‘‘ Nova Guinea”’

was a convenient “refuge for the destitute,” is not known. The

figure in the ‘ Genera’ represents a bird with a uniform scarlet under

surface; but fortunately the original specimen is still in existence,

mounted in the Bird Gallery of the British Museum. ‘Two speci-

mens of a Myzomela, certainly distinct from any other known as

inhabiting the Pacific Islands, were contained in Mr. Brown’s collec-

tion from Rotumah; and a look at Gray’s figure sufficed to indicate

considerable differences between the two birds. On examining, how-

ever, Gray’s type of his M. chermesina, it became evident at once

that the two birds were really identical, and that the apparent differ-

ence, consisting in the belly and vent being of a uniform red in the

plate, instead of a brownish-black, was due to a mistake on the artist’s

part. As Myzomela chermesina has not yet been described, and is

irrecognizable from Gray’s figure, I herewith proceed to give a

diagnosis and description.

MyzoMELA CHERMESINA, G. R. Gray, Gen. B. i. pl. 38; id. B.

Trop. Isl. Pacif. p. 11; Bp. Consp. Av. i. p. 394. sp. 3 (‘ex Nova

Guinea”!) ; Gray, Handl. B.i. p. 154. no. 1989 (“New Guinea? ”’}.

3 (ad.?). Fusco-nigricans, alis caudaque nitore nonnullo metal-

lico ; mento, gula, pectore lateribusque abdominis, eum dorso

uropygioque, nitide coccineis, plumis basi nigris ; rostro nigro,

pedibus brunneo-corneis. Long. tot. circa 43, rostr. 2, al. 3,

caud. 2 (poll. Angl.).

Male. Fuscous-black ; interscapulars and wing-coverts darker, and

with a slight metallic gloss, which extends onto the tail; primaries

browner, the internal web narrowly margined with whitish, except

at tip; wings beneath pale greyish-brown; chin, throat, breast,

sides of belly till near legs, back, rump, and upper tail-coverts shi-

ning crimson-scarlet, the feathers black at base; beak black ; legs

dark horn-colour.

1878.] MR. F. NICHOLSON ON BIRDS FROM DARRA-SALAM. 353

A second specimen, marked female, resembles in general that

described, but is rather smaller, and all the colours are duller, par-

ticularly the red of the throat and chest, so that the black-brown of

the back forms a broad ring between the chin and breast. The

under wing-coverts are whitish, and the pale internal margin of the

primaries more conspicuous. It is probably a younger bird.

Habitat. Island of Rotumah, Central Pacific. Native name

““Aramea.” I ought to mention that Mr. Sharpe has lately re-

ceived, in a collection from Erromango, one of the New Hebrides,

a specimen of this bird almost identical with mine in every respect.

This is very curious ; for Erromango is far removed from Rotumah,

and the neighbouring island of Tanna is inhabited by a distinct

species (Myzomela cardinalis (Gm.), figured in Latham’s Synopsis,

vol. i. pl. xxxiii. fig. 2).

4, A List of the Birds collected by Mr. E. C. Buxton at

Darra-Salam, on the coast of Africa opposite Zanzibar.

By Francis Nicuotson, F.Z.S.

[Received March 4, 1878.]

My friend Mr. Buxton, whose ornithological collection from

Sumatra was described by the Marquis of Tweeddale last year

(‘ Ibis,’ 1877, p. 283), and whose name is therefore already well

known to naturalists, has recently returned from a short visit to the

Zanzibar coast, and has brought with him a small collection of birds.

These he has lent to me for description; and I give a list of the

species in the present paper, merely adding my regret that it is not

a longer one. Owing, however, to a sharp attack of fever, Mr.

Buxton was only able to remain on the coast a little more than a

fortnight ; and this accounts for the smallness of the collection. I

feel sure that ornithologists will agree that, considering the col-

lecting of birds was not the primary object of Mr. Buxton’s expedi-

tion, the number of species is not a meagre one for a fortnight’s

shooting.

Our knowledge of East-African ornithology is not very extensive

at present ; and in the present paper I have referred to the only two

essays which have dealt with the birds of the Zanzibar district.

These are as follows :—

1. Hartlaub, G. Report on a Collection of Birds formed in the

\sland of Zanzibar by Dr. John Kirk.—P. Z. S. 1867, p. 823.

2. Sharpe, R. B. On a Collection of Birds from Mombas, in

Eastern Africa.—P. Z. S. 1873, p- 710.

There remains also the list of birds procured by the late Baron

von der Decken, and described by Dr. Cabanis in the third volume

of his ‘ Reisen in Ost-Afrika,’ and the inestimable work of Drs. Finsch

and Hartlaub, the ‘ Vogel Ost-Afrika’s.’ I have followed the order

and classification adopted in the Jast-mentioned book.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1878, No. XXIII. 23

354 MR. F. NICHOLSON ON [Mar. 19,

I have only to add that the locality where this collection was

made is Darra-Salam, described by Mr. Buxton as a splendid har-

bour, on the main coast, S.E. of Zanzibar: the country is agricul-

tural for a mile, and then covered with bush and low timber. The

birds were procured in July 1877.

Besides the birds brought by Mr. Buxton I am indebted to Dr.

Giinther for permission to examine a small parcel of skins sent to

him by Messrs. I. and F. Moir of Zanzibar, and collected by them

also at Darra-Salam. Although most of the birds had already been

obtained by Mr. Buxton, there are one or two not included in that

gentleman’s captures.

1. ASTUR TACHIRO. =

Astur tachiro (Daud.), Sharpe, Cat. B. i. p. 99.

Nisus tachiro, Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostaf. p. 78.

A young female in Messrs. Moir’s collection.

2. ASTURINULA MONOGRAMMICA.

Asturinula monogrammica (Temm.); Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ost-Afr.

p. 59; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 711; id. Cat. B.i. p. 275.

Two specimens. It is quite evident from the way in which these

two birds differ in the character of the bars on the under surface,

that there is some variation in this respect to be accounted for, and

A. meridionalis, Hartl. (Cf. Sharpe, Cat. i. p. 277) cannot be sepa-

rated as a species.

3. GLAUCIDIUM CAPENSE.

Glaucidium capense (Smith) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. ii. p. 223.

Athene capensis, Finsch & Hartl. ¢. c. p. 98.

Two specimens of this rare little Owl, agreeing with Mr. Sharpe’s

description of the type in the British Museum. Dr. Finsch and

Hartlaub considered it probable that this species would be more

plentiful on the east coast of Africa than it is in South Africa; and

this seems likely to prove the case.

4. EuRYSTOMUS AFER.

Eurystomus afer (Lath.) ; Finsch & Hartl.¢. ¢. p. 150; Sharpe,

Ibis, 1871, p. 274; id. P. Z. S. 1873, p. 712.

Two specimens: wing 6°8 inches.

5. CoRACIAS CAUDATA.

Coracias caudata(L.); Hartlaub, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 824; Finsch &

Hartl. ¢. c. p. 154; Sharpe, Ibis, 1871, p. 194; id. P. Z, S. 1873,

p- 712.

6. HALCYON CHELICUTENSIS.

Halcyon chelicutensis (Stanl.); Finsch & Hartl. ¢. ¢. p. 162;

Sharpe, ¢. ce. p. 712.

Halcyon striolata, Hartl. t. ¢. p. 824.

Two specimens.

1878.] BIRDS FROM DARRA-SALAM. 355

7. CERYLE RUDIS.

Ceryle rudis (L.); Finsch & Hartl. ¢. c. p. 175.

Two specimens of this widely distributed species, which, however,

does not seem to be so common in E. Africa as elsewhere, as this is

the first record of it from Zanzibar.

8. Mrrops sUPERCILIOSUS.

Merops superciliosus, L.; Finsch & Hartl. ¢. c. p. 178.

Three specimens, all of the brown-headed type, the true M. super-

eiliosus.

9. Mrrors PUSILLUs.

Merops pusillus (Mill.); Sharpe, ¢. c. p. 712.

M. minutus, V.; Finsch & Hartl. ¢. c. p. 188.

Three specimens ; the eyebrow in each being very distinctly blue.

10. MERoPs ALBICOLLIS.

Merops albicollis, V. ; Finsch & Hartl. ¢. c. p. 185; Sharpe, €. ¢.

p- 712.

Several specimens of this very common Bee-eater.

11. DicroceRcUS HIRUNDINACEUS.

Dicrocercus hirundinaceus, Sharpe, ed. Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 101.

Merops hirundineus, Finsch & Hartl. ¢. ¢. p. 193.

On comparing this specimen with other African individuals, I

notice that the colour of the blue on the abdomen and under tail-

coverts is paler, and I can find no trace of a blue eyebrow in Mr.

Buxton’s specimen.

12. InRISOR ERYTHRORHYNCHUS.

Irrisor erythrorhynchus (Lath.); Hartl. ¢. ¢. p. 824; Finsch &

Hartl. ¢. c. p. 202; Sharpe ¢. ¢. p. 712.

One specimen.

13. CINNYRIS MICRORHYNCHUS.

Cinnyris microrhynchus, Shelley, Monogr. Cinnyridz, part 1.

Nectarinia jardinii, Hartl. P. Z. S. 1867, p. 824; Finsch &

Hartl. ¢. c. p. 218, pl. ii. fig. 1; Sharpe, ¢. ec. p. 713 (nee Verr.).

Cinnyris jardinii, Cab. in Von der Decken’s Reis. iii. p. 29.

An adult male fully bearing out the distinctions put forward by

Captain Shelley.

14. CrnnyRIS GUTTURALIS.

Cinnyris gutturalis (L.); Shelley, Monogr. part 1; Sharpe, ed.

Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 311.

N. gutturalis, Hartl. t. c. p. 824; Finsch & Hart. ¢. c. p. 216 ;

Sharpe, ¢. c. p. 713.

Cinnyris gutturalis, Cab. t. ¢. p. 28.

Several specimens.

23%

356 MR. F. NICHOLSON ON [Mar. 19,

15. ANTHODIEZTA ZAMBESIANA.

Anthodieta zambesiana, Shelley, Monogr. Cinnyr. part 1; Sharpe,

ed. Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 321.

N. collaris, Hartl. t. c. p. 824; Finsch & Hartl. ¢.c. p. 223;

Sharpe, ¢. c. p. 713 (nec V.).

N. corallis, Cab. t. c. p. 28.

An adult male individual, confirming the characters given by

Captain Shelley.

16. DRYMG@CA AFFINIS.

Drymeca affinis, Smith ; Sharpe, ed. Layard, B. S. Afr. p. 259.

One example. Cf. Sharpe, /. c.

17. CisTICOLA ISODACTYLA.

Cisticola isodoctyla, Peters; Sharpe, ed. Layard’s B. S. Afr.

p- 269.

Drymeca isodactyla, Finsch & Hartl. t. ¢. p. 236.

Three specimens.

18. MAcRONYX STRIOLATUS.

Macronyz striolatus, Heugl. J. f. O. 1863, p, 164.

M. croceus, Finsch & Hartl. ¢. c. p. 276 (nec V.).

Two specimens. I think that Heuglin was wrong in reuniting his

M. striolatus with M. croceus. It seems to me to be a distinct bird,

with the sides of the neck streaked with white near the black collar,

whilst JZ. croceus has no white streaks on the side of the neck.

19. ANTHUS RAALTENI. —

Anthus raalteni, 'Temm.; Hartl. ¢. c. p. 825; Cab. ¢. e. p. 22;

Finsch & Hartl. ¢. ¢. p. 274.

Three specimens agreeing with Zanzibar skins of Dr. Kirk’s in the

British Museum, and identified as above by Drs. Finsch & Hartlaub.

20. CRATEROPUS KIRKI.

Crateropus kirkii, Sharpe, Layard’s B. S. Afr. ed. 2, p. 213.

One specimen of a Babbling Thrush in bad order. It appears to

belong to Mr. Sharpe’s new species.

21. PYCNONOTUS NIGRICANS.

Pycnonotus nigricans (V.) ; Finsch & Hartl. ¢. ¢. p. 297 ; Sharpe

P. Z. S. 1873, p. 712.

Izus nigricans, Hartl. t. c. p. 825.

Three specimens.

22. ORIOLUS LARVATUS.

Oriolus larvatus, Licht. ; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1873, p. 714; id. Cat.

B. iii. p. 217.

An adult in Messrs. Moir’s collection.

1878. } BIRDS FROM DARRA-SALAM. 357

23. BUCHANGA ASSIMILIS.

Buchanga assimilis (Bechst.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. iii. p. 247.

Dicrurus divaricatus (Licht.) ; Finsch & Hartl. ¢. ec. p. 323;

Sharpe, ¢. c. p. 714.

Two specimens.

24. TELEPHONUS ERYTHROPTERUS.

Telephonus erythropterus (Shaw); Finsch & Hartl. ¢. c. p. 336°

Sharpe, ¢. c. p. 714.

Two specimens.

25. DRYOSCOPUS AFFINIS.

Dryoscopus affinis, Gray; Hartl. ¢. c. p. 824.

Laniarius affinis, Finsch & Hartl. ¢. c. p. 349.

L. salime, iid. t. ec. p. 349.

Dryoscopus cubla et D. salime, Sharpe, ¢. ec. p. 714.

I forwarded these birds to my friend Mr. R. Bowdler Sharpe, who is

working at the genus, and am indebted to him for the synonymy as

above, and for the following note:—“I am glad to see that Dr.

Hartlaub, in his new work on the Birds of Madagascar, unites D.

salime to D. affinis. The two specimens now sent by Mr. Buxton

represent these two supposed species—the male being D. affinis, and

the female with white lores and grey rump D. salime. . A large

series of dated and sexed specimens must be examined before we can

understand for certain the plumages of these little Bush-Shrikes.

In the present pair the female has a totally black wing, and has

grey bases to the scapulars, while the male has a narrow white edging

to some of the wing-coverts, and very distinct white bases to the

seapulars.”

26. BRADYORNIS PALLIDUS.

Bradyornis pallidus (Miller) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. iii. p. 310.

B. subalaris, Sharpe, ¢. c. p. 713, pl. lviii. fig. 1.

Two specimens.

27. SIGMODUS GRACULINUS.

Sigmodus graculinus (Cab.) ; Sharpe, Cat. B. iii. p. 325.

Prionops graculinus, Cab. t. c. p. 24, taf. iii.

A specimen in changing plumage, but without any white bar on

the lower surface of the wing.

28. PHOLIDAUGES VERREAUXI.

Pholidauges verreauxi, Bocage in Finsch & Hartl. Vog. Ostafr.

p- 867; Sharpe, ¢. c. p. 714.

P. leucogaster, Finsch & Hartl. ¢. c. p. 376.

An adult male, with the characteristic white edging to the outer tail-

feather. It was included in the ‘ Vogel Ost-Afrika’s’ as P. leucogaster,

from its being met with in Mozambique by Commander Sperling.

There can be little doubt, however, that P. verreauxi of South Africa

358 MR. F. NICHOLSON ON [Mar. 19,

goes up the east coast, and extends at least as far as Angola on the

west coast.

29. EsTRELDA CYANOGASTRA.

Estrelda cyanogastra (Daud.) ; Sharpe, Cat. Afr. B. p. 65. no.

616.

A single specimen in Messrs. Moir’s collection.

30. HyPHANTORNIS NIGRICEPS.

Hyphantornis nigriceps, Layard; Finsch & Hartl. ¢. e. p. 392;

Sharpe, ¢. c. p. 715.

One specimen of this Weaver-bird was included in the collection

sent by Messrs. Moir.

31. PyTELIA MELBA.

Pytelia melba (L.); Finsch & Hartl. ¢. c. p. 441.

A female specimen, and of course difficult to determine correctly

from this sex only ; but it appears to agree with examples from South

Africa in the British Museum. Drs. Finsch and Hartlaub, more-

over, record it from South Mozambique, where Dr. Peters ob-

tained it.

32. EUPLECTES NIGRIVENTRIS.

Eupiectes nigriventris (Cass.) ; Sharpe, ¢. ¢. p. 715.

Pyromelana nigriventris, Finsch & Hartl. ¢. e. p. 415.

An adult male specimen.

33. EuUPLECTES CAPENSIS.

Euplectes capensis (L.).

Pyromelana capensis, Finsch & Hartlaub, ¢. ¢. p. 416.

An adult male specimen.

34. PasseR DIFFUSUS.

Passer diffusus, Smith ; Hartl. t. e. p. 826.

P. swainsoni, Finsch & Hartl. ¢. c. p. 451.

Two specimens.

35. CoLrus LEUCOTIS.

Colius leucotis, (Riipp.) ; Finsch & Hartl. ¢. ¢. p. 472; Sharpe,

tvenp: 714.

One specimen.

36. Tockus MELANOLEUCUS.

Tockus melanoleucus (Licht.); Sharpe, ed. Layard, B.S. Afr.

p. 127.

Buceros melanoleucus, Finsch & Hartl. ¢. e. p. 485.

Two specimens.

37. Pa@ocEPHALUS FUSCICAPILLUS.

Peocephalus fuscicapillus (Verr.}.

1878.] BIRDS FROM DARRA-SALAM. 359

Psittacus fuscicapillus, Hart). t. ec. p. 826.

Pionias fuscicapillus, Finsch & Hartl. ¢. ec. p. 499.

Peeocephalus Suscicapillus, Sharpe, ¢. ¢. Dei Alle

Three specimens.

38. Poconoryuyncuus MELANOPTERUS.

Pogonorhynchus melanopterus (Peters); Finsch & Hart]. ee

p- 904 ; Marsh. Monogr. Capit. pl. vii.

An adult specimen of this rare Barbet.

39. BarBaTuta pusiLua.

Barbatula pusilla (Dum.) ; Marshall, ¢. c. p. 117, pl. xlviii.

I have carefully compared Mr. Buxton’s specimen with two others

in the British Museum from Abyssinia (Blanford); and I find them

quite identical in coloration, the Zanzibar bird being the least bit

smaller (wing 2°05 in.). This species is new to the avifauna of Eastern

Africa.

40. Coccystrs JAcoBINvus.

Coccystes jacobinus (Bodd.) ; Sharpe, P. Z. S. 1871, p. 597, et

1873, p. 711.

One specimen in moult.

41. Cenrropus superciirosvs,

Centropus superciliosus (Riipp.) ; Hartl. ¢. ¢. p. 826.

Several specimens,

42, TRERON DELALANDII.

Treron delalandii (Bp.); Hartl. ¢. ¢. p- 827: Finsch & Hartlaub,

t.c. p. 535.

One specimen agreeing with a South-African example of the above-

named species, excepting that the size is rather smaller (wing 7-2

inches), and the bill rather long. The markings and colour of the

tail appear to be identical.

43. FRANCOLINUS GRANTI.

Francolinus grantii, Hart). P. Z. S. 1865, p. 665, pl. 39. fig. 1;

Finsch & Hartl. ¢. ¢. p. 589.

Identical with typical specimens of Francolinus rovuma, Gray

(Cat. Gallinze Brit.’ Mus. 1867, p. 52), which is identified with F.

granti by Drs, Finsch and Hartlaub.

44. AcTiITIs HYPOLEUCUS.

Actitis hypoleucus (L.); Hartl. ¢. ec. p. 827; Finsch & Hartl.

é. c. p. 752.

One specimen.

360 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON | Mar. 19,

5. Descriptions of new Species of Central-American But-

terflies of the Family Erycinide. By F. DuCane Gop-

MAN and OsBert SALVIN.

[Received March 7, 1878.]

The species of Erycinide described in the present paper are some

that we have been unable to find names for when examining the

Central-American representatives of the family. Specimens of the

greater part of them are in our collection; but some have been

described from examples in that of Mr. H. Druce, whilst others

have been lent to us by Dr. O. Staudinger of Dresden, and by Mr.

T. Belt. We hope, before long, to publish figures of the whole of

them.

1. EuRYGONA HYPOPH A.

g. Exp. 1:15in. Outer margin of secondaries slightly angulated ;

above nearly uniform dark brown with a slight rufous tint in the

centre of each wing; beneath brown; across the primaries beyond

the cell a broad, indistinct, dark band; across the middle of the

secondaries a similar band; a submarginal row of nearly obsolete

black spots on the secondaries.

2. Exp. 1:2in. Outer margin of secondaries more strongly angu-

lated in the middle than in the male; above dull brown, slightly

paler on the distal half of the secondaries ; three white spots on the

primaries, one at the end of the cell and two beyond it, one on either

side of the second median branch: beneath, much paler, nearly

uniform ; an indistinct, narrow, dark band passes from the costa

of the primaries inside the two outermost of the white spots and

across the secondaries, curving round to near the middle of the

inner margin ; a submarginal row of black spots with minute white

ones associated with them on the secondaries.

Hab. Veragua, Chiriqui (Ribée).

Mus. nostr. (3) et Dr. O. Staudinger ( 2 ).

2. EuRYGONA LEUCORRHOA.

3. Exp. 1°25 in. Secondaries slightly produced, margin entire ;

above deep red-brown; costa, apex, and outer margin pure dark

brown: beneath pale earthy brown, distal third of the primaries

and the apex of the secondaries darker ; distal half of the secondaries

silvery grey ; a narrow brown line crosses the middle of the median

branches of the primaries, and crossing to the secondaries curves

within the space between the first median branch and the submedian

nervure and passes to the inner margin; the secondaries have a

submarginal row of black spots surrounded by silvery white, that

between the lower radial and second median branch being the

largest ; the margin itself at its most prominent part is rufous.

Hab. Veragua, Chiriqui (Ribde).

Mus. nostr. et Dr. O. Staudinger.

1878. ] CENTRAL-AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES. 361

3. EuRYGONA AMPHIDECTA.

d. Exp. 1*3 in. Secondaries slightly produced, outer margin dis-

tinctly dentate; above brownish red; costa and outer margin of

both wings (the secondaries only as far as the middle of the outer

margin) deep brown: beneath nearly uniform brown; a common

narrow band runs beyond the cell across the primaries, and curving

gradually on the secondaries passes to the inner margin; a black

spot with white outer edge near the margin of the secondaries

between the lower radial and second median branch; between it

and the anal angle are five similar smaller spots; margin at the

anal angle rufous ; inside the spots is an indistinct band parallel to

the margin. é

¢. Exp. 1‘5in. Earthy brown, each wing paler in the middle,

with a central spot as dark as the margin ; beneath paler, nearly

uniform, the dark bands more distinct than in the male, and the

secondaries with a row of submarginal nearly obsolete dark spots,

and a similar row of less defined spots round the outer margin of the

primaries.

Hab. Veragua, Chiriqui (Rise).

Mus. Dr. O. Staudinger.

4, EURYGONA INCONSPICUA.

9. Exp. 11 in. Secondaries rounded; upper surface uniform

pale earthy brown, rather darker about the apex of the primaries ;

through this colour the bands of the underside are faintly seen:

beneath whitish tinged with fawn-colour ; a rufous band crosses both

wings through the end of the cell in each, and turning sharply

between the first median branch and submedian nervure of the

secondaries passes to the inner margin; a second band crosses the

ptimaries between the end of the cell and the apex ; the outer margin

of the same wings is dark but less rufous than the bands; on the

secondaries is a submarginal row of black spots, those on either side

of the median nervure being the largest (the lower one larger than

the other) and nearly round; those near the anal angle are linear

and surrounded by white; the margin of the secondaries is

narrowly rufous, and a dark band runs between the large black

spots and parallel to the inner band from the costa to where the

inner band turns to the inner margin.

Hab. Costa Rica, Cache (H. Rogers); Veragua, Chiriqui (Ridée).

Mus. nostr. et Dr. O. Staudinger.

5. EuRYGONA RUSSATA.

Q. Exp. 1°5in. Above brown, a large fulvous spot on the median

branches of the primaries ; secondaries, except the margin next the

apex, red-brown, darker than the spot on the primaries: beneath

greyish white ; marginal fourth of the primaries darker ; a narrow

dark band crosses the primaries beyond the cell, and following irre-

gularly the curve of the margin of secondaries passes to the inner

margin ; a submarginal row of black subtriangular spots edged with

362 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON {Mar. 19,

white on the secondaries, that between second median branch and

lower radial the largest.

Hab. Veragua, Chiriqui (4rcé).

Mus. H. Druce.

6. LimNAas MELANOCHLORA.

3. Exp. 1:3 in. Above black, with a broad central stripe of rich

orange passing longitudinally through both primaries and secondaries

from base to outer margin: beneath, as above, but somewhat more

subdued in colour.

Hab. Veragua, Chiriqui (Ribde).

Mus. nostr. et Dr. Staudinger.

Obs. Allied to L. bryazis, but the wing-stripes narrower and their

edges parallel; their colour, too, is orange instead of yellow.

7. LIMNAS CRRULEATA.

3. Exp. 1°55in. Above dark, with a rich blue gloss ; across the

primaries to the costa, a little beyond the middle, a distinct orange-

yellow band with parallel edges: beneath dark blue-black, with the

band of the primaries as above ; between the submedian and median

nervures, and between the median branches of the secondaries are

blue-grey streaks, which become more distinct near the anal angle.

Hab. Veragua, Chiriqui (Rzbbe).

Mus. nostr.

It will probably be necessary to remove this species, L. bryaxis, and

L. melanochlora from Limnas and place them in a distinct genus.

8. CYRENIA PYRIPPE.

3. Exp. 1°8in. Allied to C. martia. Secondaries shorter, and

outer margin less produced and rounded; the white and red spots

of the secondaries above nearly obsolete ; beneath the white spot of

the same wings is oval instead of round, and placed nearer the outer

margin.

Hab. Veragua (Arcé).

Mus. nostr.

9. ITHOMEIS IMITATRIX.

Ithomeis eulema, Butl. & Druce, P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 353 (nec Hew.).

dé. Exp. 2°15 in. Primaries and margin of the secondaries black ;

a curved row of six ochraceous spots nearly parallel to the outer

margin of the primaries, the three nearest the costa elongated ; three

similar spots, one near the end of the cell and one on each side of

the second median branch; an obsolete streak between the median

and submedian nervures, and the secondaries (except the margin)

tawny red; four small yellow spots within the black margin of the

secondaries: beneath as above, the spots in the margin of the

secondaries being larger and seven in number; this black margin

passes on to the base of the wing, leaving the basal half of the costa

tawny red.

Hab. Veragua and Costa Rica.

1878. ] CENTRAL-AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES. 363

Mus. H. Druce.

Obs. Allied to I. eulema, from which it differs in the primary

wings being black almost to the base, and in the deeper tint of the

tawny red of the secondaries.

10. SymmacuiA RHACOTIS.

3. Exp. 1:2in. Allied to S. domitianus, from which it differs

above in having a green patch near the anal angle of the secondaries

instead of a submarginal line of the same colour ; beneath the colour

is paler and more ochraceous, and the metallic Spots more numerous

and more regularly dispersed over the whole under surface of the

wings.

Hab. Guatemala, Polochic valley (Hague); Honduras, S. Pedro

(G. M. Whitely).

Mus. nostr.

11. MrseneE IGNICAUDA.

3. Exp. 1:0 in. Above black, a spot on the inner margin of either

secondary and the abdomen red; beneath dark brownish, profusely

Spotted with black grey-edged spots.

2 like the ¢; but the red spot extends across the secondaries

and nearly to the end of the cell of the primaries ; beneath the red

spot of the primaries appears as above; abdomen dark.

Hab. Veragua (Arcé).

Mus. nostr.

Obs. Allied to M. @rope, but the red of the secondaries more

restricted, and the abdomen red instead of black.

12. MEsENE sILarIs.

3. Exp. 1:05 in. Margins of both wings (except the inner broadly)

brownish, enclosing a pale lemon-yellow patch common to both

wings ; beneath exactly as above.

Hab. Nicaragua, Chontales (Belt).

Mus. T. Belt et nostr.

Perhaps allied to 1, pyrippe, but differing both from it and all

its immediate congeners by the paleness of the inner portion of the

wings (in M. pyrippe these are red) and by the breadth of the dark

border.

13. MESENE TYRIOTEs.

dg. Exp. 1'lin. Above brownish black, a broad band of orange

red crossing the middle of both secondaries and the body; beneath

uniform brownish black, rather paler than above.

Q dark brown, a band of orange-red (paler than in the male)

crossing the primaries from the middle of the costa to the anal

angle; beneath as above, but rather paler in colour.

Hab. Veragua, Chiriqui (Ribbe), Calobre (Arcé),

Mus. nostr.

Obs. A close ally of M. sagarts, in which the orange band in the

364 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON [Mar. 19,

male passes onto the primary wings. In the present species this band

is restricted to the secondaries.

14. PAcCHYTHONE GIGAS.

2. Exp. 1°65 in. Black, with a large ovate spot in the apical third

of the primaries, another, pointed, at the base of the wing, and ex-

tending along the inner margin, but not reaching to the costa, and

the secondaries, except the margin, pale yellow; beneath as above,

the margin of the secondaries not extending over the whole of the

costa.

Hab, Panama (Ridéde).

Mus. Dr. O. Staudinger.

Oés. In coloration this species resembles the female of Aricoris

gelasine, described by Westwood as 4. myrtis. The very minute

palpi and the short antennee indicate its proper position in the genus

Pachythone. It is, however, much larger than any member of the

genus hitherto described.

15. CHARIS VELUTINA.

o. Exp. 1:15in. Dark brown above, with darker obsolete bands

on the central portion of both wings, arranged more or less concen-

trically, two subparallel submarginal metallic bands on both wings,

the inner one on the primaries irregular and interrupted: beneath

rich dark purple with obsolete black spots corresponding in position

with the indistinct bands of the upper surface ; a single narrow sub-

marginal metallic band much interrupted on the anterior wings ;

cilia of both wings dark with small white equidistant spots.

Hab. Guatemala, Polochic valley (H. Hague).

Mus. nostr.

Obs. Allied to C. iris, Staudinger ; but the under surface differs in

being purple instead of rich indigo-blue. In C. iris the fringe of

both wings is pure white; in the present species it is dark with but

few white spots.

16. CHARIS CROCEA.

3. Exp. 1:15in. Above rich orange-red, with dark spots along

the costa, outer margin of the primaries, and outer and inner margins

of secondaries; those on the outer margin of the primaries almost

confluent, and with the marginal row of the secondaries containing

the metallic spots characteristic of the genus ; the inner area of the

wings devoid of spots : beneath, as above, but the spots of the costa

more confluent and those of the outer margin of the secondaries less

so; the spots, too, are generally dispersed over the wings.

Hab. Veragua, Calobre (Arcé).

Mus. nostr.

Obs. Allied to C. perone, which it resembles as to colour; but the

spots above are fewer in number and not so generally distributed.

17. CHARIS HOLOSTICTA.

2. Exp. 1°08in. Above lemon-yellow sprinkled with small dark

1878.] CENTRAL-AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES. 365

spots nearly evenly distributed over the whole area of the wings; a

submarginal metallic line round the outer margin of both wings:

beneath as above, the yellow colour being a little paler and the spots

slightly larger. ;

Hab. Veragua (Arce).

Mus. nostr. et H. Druce.

Obs. Also allied to C. perone, but the ground-colour lemon instead

of orange-yellow, and the spots on the wings rather fewer in

number,

18. CHARIS PH@CILOPTERA.

Q. Exp. °95 in. Above pale greyish brown, profusely spotted

with yellowish-white spots, those on the primaries gradually becom-

ing larger towards the outer margin, the margin itself being broadly

unspotted, except a submarginal row of minute spots, joining which

on their outer sides are small black spots ; the submarginal metallic

spots, though present, are scarcely visible: beneath, the primaries as

above, but the secondaries are silvery-white with a few irregular

dark spots chiefly in the region of the costa.

Hab. Veragua, Chiriqui (Ride).

Mus. Dr. O. Staudinger.

19. CHARIS OCHRIAS.

g. Exp. 1-2in. Above white with a slight yellowish tint ; pri-

maries with four black spots along the costa, one at the apical angle,

two on the outer margin, one at the anal angle, two on the inner

margin, and one within the area of the wing beyond the cell;

secondaries with six black spots round the edge and three within

the area of the wing; submarginal metallic line (as usual in the

genus) but feebly developed: beneath precisely as above.

Hab. Costa Rica, Irazu (H. Rogers).

Mus. nostr.

Obs. Allied to C. sulphurea, R. Felder (with the type of which it

has been compared), from Mexico, from which it differs in being

paler in colour and in having all the spots on the outer margin

larger ; there is also a spot on the inner margin of the primaries,

wanting in C. sulphurea.

20. THAROPS PURPURATA.

¢. Exp. 1°5 in. Above rich purplish blue, apical portion of pri-

maries and apex of secondaries brownish black ; some dark elongated

transverse spots on the distal two thirds of the primaries: beneath

greyish white, apex of primaries and outer margin of both wings

brownish ; small brownish spots over the whole under surface, those

nearest the apical and anal angles of the secondaries slightly the

largest.

8 like the male, but the wings more obtuse, and the secondaries

above, like the primaries, crossed with dark marks.

Hab. Guatemala, Polochie valley (Hague) ; Veragua (Arcé).

Mus. nostr.

366 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON [Mar. 19,

Obs. Allied to T. menander, but more purple in tint above;

beneath purer white, and the spots at the apical and anal angles of

the secondaries smaller. In colour it resembles 7. coruscans and

T. nitida, but differs from both in the arrangement of the spots of

the under surface.

21. THAROPS ISTHMICA.

g. Exp. 1-5in. Allied to T. splendida, but smaller, and the anal

angle of the secondaries less produced : beneath the ground-colour

is nearly uniformly sprinkled with pinkish scales, the central area

of both wings in 7’. splendida being decidedly whiter; there are no

conspicuous spots at the apical and anal angles of the secondaries,

and the spot on the costa is much smaller.

Hab. Veragua, Calobre (4rcé).

Mus. nostr.

92. LEMONIAS PELARGE.

3. Exp. 1°33 in. Primaries, base, and narrow outer margin of

secondaries dark brown; some indistinct blue spots near the apex

of the primaries ; a spot near the anal angle of the primaries and the

inner area of the secondaries reddish orange: beneath grey sprinkled

with dark scales; proximal half of both wings with distinct black

spots; outer marginal area of both wings darker, variegated with

lighter marks, especially at the apical angle of both wings and the

anal angle of the primaries.

Hab. Guatemala, Polochic valley (H. Hague).

Mus. nostr.

Obs. Allied to L. parthaon, in which the blue spots of the pri-

maries are very distinct; in the present species the orange of the

secondaries extends almost to the costa: beneath the primaries have

much more blue-grey, and the submarginal spots of the secondaries

are obsolete, being large in L. parthaon.

23. LEMONIAS THEAGES.

3. Exp. 1:05in. Above dark brown, central area of secondaries

to the inner margin, and numerous spots over the margin of the

secondaries and the whole area of the primaries (two, one at the end

of the cell and one below it, the largest), white ; beneath as above,

except that the base of the secondaries is white, and bears several

black spots.

Hab. Veragua (Arcé) ; Costa Rica (Rogers).

Mus. nostr.

Obs. Allied to L. orpheus; but the white spots of the primaries

are much larger, and the dark margin to the secondaries broader.

24. LEMONIAS DEBILIS.

3g. Exp. 1:2in. Dark brown above irrorated with ochraceous

scales, dark brown spots with ochre margins irregularly dispersed over

both wings, except along the outer margin of both, where they lie

contiguous to one another, forming a submarginal row: beneath as

1878.] CENTRAL-AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES. 367

above; but, the ochraceous scales being more numerous than the

brown ones, the under surface has a paler tint.

2 like the male, but with the wings less pointed.

Hab. Veragua, Chiriqui (Ribée) ; Nicaragua, Chontales (Belt).

Mus. nostr. et T. Belt.

25. LEMONIAS HYPOGLAUCA.

?. Exp. 1°15 in. Outer margin of primaries curved outwardly ;

the apex slightly faleate: above greyish brown with blackish spots

dispersed over the surface of both wings, those within and below the

cell of the primaries the largest ; the spots on the secondaries are

arranged in two submarginal rows which follow the curvature of the

outer margin; and an irregular cluster in and about the end of the

cell: beneath whitish, with spots corresponding to those of the

upper surface, those on the primaries dark, those on the secondaries

rufous.

Hab. Mexico.

Mus. H. Druce.

Besides this specimen in Mr. Druce’s collection, we have seen

others in the Berlin Museum.

26. NyMPHIDIUM HZMATOSTICTUM.

dé. Exp. 1-6 in. Costa and outer margin of primaries dark brown,

a triangular patch with its base on the inner margin and apex

towards the apical angle, an isolated spot near the apex, and the

whole central portion of the secondaries white; a submarginal

row of black spots on both wings, bounded on either side by narrow

blue-grey waved lines; margin of the secondaries inwardly red for

two thirds of its length from the anal angle, the rest and a narrow

margin dark brown: beneath with the margins as above, but with

the inner irregular line encircling the black submarginal row of spots

nearly white ; two irregular white spots on the outer margin of the

primaries, one near the middle and one near the apical angle ; the

red of the secondaries more restricted.

Hab. Panama (Ridbe).

Mus. Dr. O. Staudinger.

27. NYMPHIDIUM ICTERICUM.

d. Exp. 1:6 in. Base of secondaries and primaries ochre-brown ;

a broad band, constricted in the middle, passes from the middle of

the costa towards the middle of the outer margin, a large irregular

spot from the anal angle halfway along the inner margin, an irre-

gularly defined double submarginal row of spots, and the whole of

the remainder of the secondaries ochre-yellow ; across the cell and

the region of the median nervure are some obsolete dark transverse

bars: beneath as above, but slightly paler.

@ like the male, but less ochraceous in tint, the lighter markings

being purer yellow.

Hab. Veragua (Arcé) ; Chiriqui (ibde).

Mus. H. Druce (3), Dr. O. Staudinger ( ).

368 MESSRS. GODMAN AND SALVIN ON | Mar. 19,

28. NyMPHIDIUM SICYON.

¢. Exp. 1-6 in. Costa of primaries, base, and outer margin of

both wings dark brownish-black ; inner margin and central area of

both wings yellowish ochre; in the dark margin of the secondaries

are two parallel yellowish submarginal lines, between which are a

series of black spots: beneath paler than above; the submarginal

lines in the border of the secondaries are absent; but the black spots

are present.

Hab. Guatemala, Polochic valley (H. Hague).

Mus. nostr.

Obs. Allied to N. agle, but the outer margin darker, and the

margin of the primaries and secondaries are without the rufous band

contained in that of N. agile.

29. NYMPHIDIUM ADELPHINUM.

3. Exp. 1°85in.; 9, exp. 2°15 in. Closely allied to WV. lycorias,

of which it is a more southern race; it differs in having the white

band in the dark margin of the secondaries almost obsolete in the

male instead of a biconvex conspicuous spot ; the white spot near

the middle of the outer margin of the primaries is much smaller:

beneath, these spots, though more distinct, are not nearly so large as

in the allied species.

Hab. Costa Rica, Irazu (Rogers); Veragua, Calobre (Arcé).

Mus. nostr.

30. NYMPHIDIUM VELABRUM.

3. Exp. 1°8in.; 92, exp. 1:95. Allied to WN. phliasus; but the

white band common to the two wings is broader, and on the pri-

maries extends just into the cell instead of merging in the fulvous

band of the same wings ; this fulvous mark, in the present species,

is restricted to an isolated spot in the apical area of the primaries.

In the relative position of the white band and the fulvous spot this

species resembles Adelpha iphicla and its allies, whereas N. phliasus

resembles d. cocala.

Hab. Veragua, Calobre (Arcé).

Mus. nostr.

31. THEOPE ISIA.

36. Exp. 1°25 in. Costa, apex (narrowly), outer margin of pri-

maries, and cilia of secondaries dark brownish-black ; secondaries

and a subtriangular patch occupying from the inner margin to the

end of the cell of primaries blue: beneath uniform orange.

Hab. Guatemala, Polochic valley (H. Hague).

Mus. nostr.

Obs. The distribution of the blue of the upper surface resembles

that of 7. hypoxanthe ; the colour of the under surface is paler and

purer yellow, being almost exactly the tint of the under surface of

T. eudocia.

1878. ] CENTRAL-AMERICAN BUTTERFLIES. 369

32. THEOPE BAREA.

d. Exp. 1'15in. Cell of the primaries nearly to the end, the

inner margin (broadly), and the whole of the secondaries dark shining

blue with a slight purple tinge; rest of the primaries dark brown

with a slightly lighter central patch: beneath uniform rather dark

lemon-yellow.

2. Exp. 1-lin. Primaries dark brown, a patch of blue covering

from the inner margin to half the cell, and passing beyond it, but

leaving the outer margin and costa broadly dark ; secondaries the

same blue colour, apex and outer margin (narrowly) dark brown;

aaa the same as the male, the yellow colour being hardly so

right.

Hab. Veragua (Arcé); Chiriqui (Ribde).

Mus. nostr. ( 3), et Dr. O. Staudinger (2).

Obs. In the colour of the upper surface this species is like 7’.

aureonitens, but the blue is darker, as well as the apex of the

primaries ; the colour beneath is much paler yellow.

33. THEOPE CENINA.

3. Exp. :95 in. Inner margin of primaries and cell nearly to the

end and whole of secondaries dark shining blue slightly tinged with

purple ; rest of the primaries dark brown; beneath uniform pale

dirty ochraceous yellow.

Hab. Veragua, Chiriqui (Ridée).

Mus. nostr.

Obés. Allied to 7. barea, described above; but the colour of the

under surface is more ochraceous in tint, paler and not nearly so

pure in tone.

34. THEOPE DECORATA.

¢. Exp. 1°0in. Primaries above and margin of the secondaries

black; a spot on the inner margin of the primaries near the anal

angle, a few scattered scales near the base of the same, and the whole

central area of the secondaries blue: beneath dark brown, the apex

of the primaries lighter, nearly the basal half of the costa of the

primaries and the base of the secondaries yellow; a curved band of

iridescent blue, seen only in a certain incidence of light, occupies

the remainder of the costa of the primaries nearly to the apex, it

then crosses the wing to about the middle of the outer margin.

Hab. Nicaragua, Chontales (Bel¢).

Mus. nostr. et T. Belt.

Obs. Belongs to the T. janus group, from which it differs in many

respects.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1878, No. XXIV. 24

370 MR. A. ANDERSON ON A NEW SPECIES OF PRINIA. [Mar. 19,

6. On a new Species of Indian Prinia.

By AnpRew AnpzRson, F.Z.S.

[Received March 18, 1878. ]

(Plate XIX.)

It had been my intention to write a connected account of the birds

of Northern Kumaon, the result of a two months’ ornithological excur-

sion into the Alpine regions of this part of the North-western Hima-

layas during the summer of 18751. Time, however, has failed me,

to say nothing of bad health and heavy official duties ; so that I must

leave all details for another time, and content myself for the present

with offering to the Society a description of a Prinia, which I feel

confident is new to science, and which was obtained in the Bagesur

valley on the 18th June, 1875, at an elevation of between 3000 and

4000 feet.

PRINIA POLIOCEPHALA, sp. n. (Plate XIX.)

Similis P. stewarti, et fronte cinerea pileo concolori, sicut in hac

specie; sed dorso brunneo nec cinereo diversa; rostro nigro ;

pedibus pallide brunneis; iride pallide flavida; palpebris

pallide stramineis.

Long. tot. 3°8, culminis 0°45, alee 1:7, caudze 1°8, tarsi 0°8.

Hab. Kumaon, India.

This species is of the same group as P. cinereocapilla and P.

stewarti, but is distinguished from both by trenchant characters,

which may be expressed in the following synoptic table : —

a. Back grey, as also the entire head................ssceseeeseenerees stewartt.

6. Back rufescent brown, contrasting with the head, which is

prey.

a’. Forehead grey, like the Crown ......ccecsecesserescuveeecees poliocephala.

6'. Forehead fulvous, crown of head grey...... .......-++-e0 cinereocapilla.

This discovery of an apparently new species of Prinia in a com-

paratively speaking well-explored country like Kumaon is an event

of some interest.

I should not, however, omit to mention that I am indebted to my

friend Mr. W. E. Brooks for having brought to my notice that the

bird in question is apparently undescribed, and that it is not ‘ P.

cinereocapilla,”’ by which name I had it catalogued in my note-book.

Unfortunately, I only obtained one specimen of the new bird, a

male ; but at the same place a fair series of P. hodgsoni, all males, was

also added to my collection. Both species of Warblers were in beau-

tiful plumage; an examination into their sexual organs indicated

that the latter end of June and July must be their breeding-season ;

and hence probably the reason why no female examples were met with.

1 Tn an article contributed by me to ‘ Stray Feathers’ for 1875, vol. iii., en-

titled “ Little or unknown Himalayan Oology,’ I have already given an ac-

count of the nidification and habits of some of the birds I met with on this

oceasion.

JSmit kth.

Hanhart imp

PRINTA POLIOCEPHALA.

_ >

1878. ] MR. J. W. CLARK ON OTARIA URSINA. 371

As might be expected, the subject of the present paper has all

the habits of its near ally P. stewarti, for which, indeed, I mistook

it on the wing. When shot it was wending its way very adroitly

through dense nettle-jungle (Girandinia heterophylia), climbing up

and down the stalks in search of mosquitoes and other insect food.

The allied species to P. policephala, viz. P. stewarti and P. cinereo-

capilla, do not apparently occur in Kumaon.

In concluding my remarks on the subject, I am glad to be able to

add that the Marquis of Tweeddale concurs with me in considering

the Prinia new to science. The Marquis writing to me respecting

this species, gives his opinion in the following terms, which by his

permission, I here transcribe :—“ Your Prinia seems to be a good

and distinct species.”

7. Notes on three stuffed Specimens of the Sea-lion of the

Pribiloy Islands (O¢aria ursina). By J. W. Cuarx,

M.A., F.ZS.

[Received March 19, 1878.]

(Plate XX.)

The specimens I have the pleasure of exhibiting this evening

were sent to the Museum of the University of Cambridge in October

1877, by the Alaska Commercial Company. Some time before that

date the Company had most obligingly acceded to my request that

they would endeavour to obtain for me some specimens of this Sea-

lion, which is the most abundant of the two species found upon the

islands ceded to them for trading-purposes by the Government of the

United States, the other being Steller’s Sea-lion (O¢aria stelleri).

The “set of Seals,” as the Secretary’s letter terms them, consists

of a male, a female, anda pup, from St. Paul’s Island, Alaska. Those

who have read Elliott’s ‘ Report’? will remember that this is the

island which is most thickly peopled by this species of Otaria and

yields the greatest number of skins in each year. The skull and

the bones of the arm and leg accompanied each skeleton ; so that

the age of the animal can be approximately ascertained. From the

condition of those portions of the skeleton, and from the size of the

animals as compared with the measurements given in the work

above quoted and in Allen’s ‘ Monograph’ * (pp. 73-108), it is clear

that they are not full-grown. This is to be regretted, as the oppor-

tunity so seldom occurs of obtaining an O¢aria in that condition: and

from the vast numbers that exist on the Prybilov Islands, I had

hoped that the specimens, when they arrived, would prove to be

adult. Notwithstanding this drawback, however, they are a most

interesting group, and illustrate extremely well the difference in

1 Report on the Prybilov Group or Seal Islands of Alaska. By Henry W.

Elliott, 4to. Washington, 1873.

2 On the Eared Seals (Otariadw). By J. A. Allen,” Bull. Mus. Oomp. Zool.

Harvard College, Cambridge, vol. ii, p. 1. aie

372 MR. J. W. CLARK ON OTARIA URSINA. [Mar. 19,

size and build between the male and female. It is the first time,

moreover, so far as I am aware, that a pair of any species of Otaria

has been obtained from the same locality at the same season of the

year, and also the first time that this particular species has been

seen in this country; and I feel most grateful to the Company for

their generous present. |

The male is 5 feet 10 inches long, measured in a straight line from

the tip of the nose to the root of the tail. The general colour of the

pelage is a black inclining to grey; and the hairs are 1 inch long.

A closer examination shows that the grey tint is due to the

presence of white hairs intermingled with the black ones. On the

neck, right across the whole superior surface, from the back of the

head to the shoulders, the hair is much coarser, and individual

hairs are exactly twice as long as on the back. There are a great

many more white hairs on this part. The hair is equally long

under the throat, but not along the sides of the neck. The shaggy

appearance presented by this part of the pelage in an animal no

older than our specimen gives an indication of what it must be

in full-grown or aged individuals, and fully accounts for the

**mane”’ so often described by the early voyagers. The muzzle is

of a light brown, with very short hair. There is a patch of light-

brown hair near the ear. The arm is destitute of hair near the

distal end of the radius and ulna. There is a patch of a slightly

rufous tinge behind it. A thick rufous under-fur covers the back,

neck, and sides of the body, but it nowhere extends further than

halfway down. The hair under the belly is thinner and shorter;

indeed it is extremely short on that part, and generally rather

lighter in colour than on the rest of the body, especially between

the hind legs. The enormous length of the cartilaginous flaps

that project beyond the toes on the hind feet is characteristic of this

species, and has been already noted and figured by Allen. Exami-

nation of the skull shows that the occipital crest has not yet been

developed, and that the teeth are unworn. The canines have not

reached their full size. The epiphyses of the bones of the arm and

leg are still quite distinct.

The female measures 3 feet along the same line as in the male.

The pelage is generally much closer and finer, and the under-fur

thicker, and longer in proportion to the hair. No white hairs are

admixed with the dark ones; but these latter have light-yellow tips,

which become larger on the breast, so that that part is quite yellow.

The colour under the belly is rufous, edged with a band of a lighter

shade, which has a wavy outline, ascending higher just behind the

arm and in front of the hind leg. The rufous tint is darkest between

the fore legs. The skull shows that the animal is quite young, much

younger probably than the male—an unfortunate circumstance, as we

are unable to appreciate the difference in size between the sexes with

the accuracy that could be wished. It will be seen that this female

is just half the length of the male. Allen (¢. c. p. 76) gives the

length of an adult male as from seven to eight feet, of an adult female

as four feet.

1878. ] MR. A. H. GARROD ON LYCAON PICTUS. 373

The cub (the sex of which was not noted) is of a glossy black

all over the back part of the body, inclining to brown on the nose,

throat, and chest. The parts under the belly, especially between

the hind legs, are of a light brown; and there is a yellow patch

behind the fore limb.

The differences in colour, of which it is almost impossible to give

an intelligible description on paper only, are extremely well illustrated

in the accompanying figures (Plate XX.).

8. Notes on the Visceral Anatomy of Lycaon pictus, and

of Nyctereutes procyonides. By A. H. Garrop, M.A.,

F.R.S.

[Received March 18, 1878.]

Having had the opportunity in my prosectorial capacity of dis-

secting a male specimen of Lycaon pictus, as well as several, both

male and female, of Nyctereutes procyonides, I take the present

opportunity of giving the results at which I have arrived.

Lycaon pictus.—This canine animal, so different from its allies

in its digitation, is not at all aberrant in its visceral anatomy, which

has not been previously described, so far as I am aware. The fol-

lowing are some of the most important details :—

The anterior portion of the palate is black, the pigment extending

back as far as half an inch, onto the soft palate, of which the

posterior one and a half inch is unpigmented. There is no uvula,

a median shallow notch occupying its position. The tonsils are

elongate, lunate, and vertical in position.

On the tongue the filiform papille are all small ; and among them

small papillze fungiformes are sparsely scattered. Three circumval-

late papillee on each side, increasing in size from before backwards,

and converging posteriorly, form the normal V. There is no trace

of a lytta.

Of the salivary glands the compact submaxillaries are slightly

larger than the irregularly shaped parotids. The zygomatic glands

are as big as small chestnuts. The accessory submaxillary (or sub-

lingual) glands are situated nearly in contact, in the middle line of

the floor of the mouth.

The thyroid gland is formed of two parts, each of the size of a

sheep’s kidney, these being joined at the inferior internal angle by a

narrow isthmus of thyroid tissue. The superior thyroid artery is

enormous.

The stomach presented no differences from that of Canis famili-

aris. The following are the lengths of the intestines :—

ft. in.

Small intestine.............. 9 1

Cecuminhes Sey SR 0 7

374 MR. A. H. GARROD ON LYCAON PICTUS. [Mar. 19,

The czecum is quite caniform, its curves being exactly represented

in that of Canis familiaris’.

The liver is deeply fissured, upon the same plan as in all the Canidee

—and all the Carnivora, in fact,—the cystic fissure being very deep,

which allows the fundus of the gall-bladder to appear on the

diaphragmatic surface of the organ. The left lateral lobe is the

largest, the right central and right lateral being slightly smaller.

These last are half as large again as the caudate and left central,

which are at least four times the bulk of the Spigeliau, upon which

latter there is a small accessory lobule.

In the generative organs, as in all Canidee, the prostate is large,

whilst Cowper’s glands and the vesiculz seminales are absent. The

os penis is large, quite straight, four inches in length, and deeply

grooved, as in all the Canide, along its lower surface.

In the lungs there are three lobes to the left, and four to the

right, one of the latter being azygos. The median lobes of both

sides are the smallest ; the inferior the largest. The fissures between

the lobes are all deep.

The brain of Lycaon pictus is perfectly dog-like, resembling that

of Canis lupus (as figured by Leuret and Gratiolet ?) in almost every

detail, the division of the posterior limb of the gyrus third above

the Sylvian fissure extending as far forward on the superior cerebral

surface as in that species, or even further, the anterior superior angle

of the gyrus next below it being rather more strongly developed.

The sulcus between the uppermost (or fourth) gyrus and the

third is parallel to the great longitudinal fissure between the hemi-

spheres.

In Nyctereutes procyonides the tongue is covered with filiform

papillee smaller in size than in Lycaon pictus, allowing the pro-

portionally larger fungiform papillz to appear more conspicuously

among them. These latter posteriorly become the papillee circum-

vallatz, five on each side, larger posteriorly, and arranged in a V-

manner.

There is no uvula; and the soft palate embraces the upper end

of the larynx with facility.

The stomach is not peculiar, except that it is more than usually

muscular at its pyloric end.

In an adult male which died on the 2nd of February last, the

father of a litter of six born on May 2nd 1877, the small intestine

measured eight feet; the large, one foot and an inch, the ceecum

being two inches long, rounded at the end, and slightly turned to the

left side apically. It is figured in the accompanying sketch.

In three other specimens, not adult, the following were the

intestinal lengths :—

1 Vide P, Z. 8. 1873, p. 748, fig. 18.

. * Anatomie comparée du Systeme Neryeux (Paris: 1839-1857), pl. iv. fig.

oup.

1878.] | MR. GARROD ON NYCTEREUTES PROCYONIDEs. 375

a a a i aa.

2, half-grown. 2, a month old. 2, a month old.

res |e seer SE eS IER egret as

Small intestine ...... 4:25 feet. 575 feet. 73 feet.

Large intestine ...... 6 inches, 8 inches, 8 inches,

Cxeum) few 1:25 inches, 1-5 inches, 2 inches.

There is evidently not much constancy in the length of the

viscera, even in specimens of ‘the same age and sex.

Cxeeum of Nyciereutes procyonides.

The liver differs from that of Lycaon pictus and other Canidee in

the great size of the Spigelian lobe. In this the accessory lobule,

referred to above, is enlarged to form part of the lobe itself, which

is, by its presence in a semi-independent condition, rendered bifid

apically. In the depth of the cystic fissure, and all other respects,

it is quite caniform.

The lungs are not peculiar, the fissure between the left upper

and middle lobes only being less developed than in many of its allies,

The azygos lobe is present on the right lung.

The prostate is well developed ; Cowper’s glands are absent, as

are the vesiculz seminales. The os penis is three inches: in length,

straight, and deeply grooved inferiorly to transmit the urethra.

The glans penis is bluntly conical, the ‘urethra opening terminally,

much as in the American Cervidee,

In Nyctereutes procyonides the brain is perfectly caniform,

The posterior limb of the third convolution is bifureate, the bifur-

cating suleus not being lengthy, going upwards and forward with-

376 MR. GARROD ON NYCTEREUTES PROCYONIDES. [Mar. 19,

out having any extension directly onwards to the anterior extremity

of the hemisphere. There is scarcely any tendency in the second

gyrus to form an antero-superior angle; and the sulcus between gyri

three and four is not quite parallel to the great longitudinal fissure,

it diverging slightly from the middle line as it goes forward. In

these respects the brain more resembles that of Canis vulpes’ than

those of Canis familiaris or C. lupus.

In the peritoneal cavity of the adult male Mycéereutes (which,

like the half-grown female, had excessive atheroma of all its larger

arteries) I found an immense number of parasitic worms, collected

especially about the abdominal surface of the liver and the stomach.

These worms had ‘‘ heads”? much like those of the Bothrio-

cephali, but larger. My friend Mr. F. G. Penrose has most kindly

made sections of them, and has demonstrated the existence of a

most peculiar cavity in each. This cavity is coiled up within the

ovate ‘head ;” its lumen is small; and its walls are plicated very

extensively, the magnitude as well as the number of the folds being

great. It opens externally at its proximal extremity by one of its

ends only. The “body” is teenioid in its proportions, and is not

segmented. It is about two and a half inches in total length, the

“head”? being about the size of a hemp-seed or a little smaller.

There are a few general remarks suggested by the above recorded

facts.

First, with reference to the colic cecum in the Canide, I have

on a previous occasion noticed the aberrant form of that appen-

dage in Canis cancrivorus*, where it is nearly straight. Two other

specimens of the species have since passed through my hands,

which have been entirely confirmatory of my earlier observation.

In Nyctereutes procyonides the czecum is slightly more caniform

than in C. eancrivorus; it is a little broader also.

From the examination of other Canide, I find that the czecum,

in its twistings, resembles that of Canis familiaris in being turned

about twice and a half upon itself in C. laniger, C. lagopus *, C.

anthus, C. fulvus, C. antarticus, CO. azare, Otocyon lalandii, and

Lycaon pictus.

In Canis aureus I have found the terminal twist wanting, the apex

of the ceecum turning down as in C. famelicus.

In Canis cancrivorus and in Nyctereutes procyonides the cecum

is nearly straight.

Secondly, with reference to the brain, Prof. Flower has done

much to condense and classify the facts to be arrived at from the

study of the convolutions *, which latter, in my estimation, throw

much light upon.the mutual affinities of the Fissiped Carnivora.

It seems to me that the typical major convolutions of the Car-

nivorous brain form three complete and uniformly broad gyri round

1 Leuret and Gratiolet, Joc, cit. pl. iv. fig. 2, Renard.

2 P. Z. 8. 1873, p. 748.

8 Vide Flower. ‘‘Hunterian Lectures,” ‘ Medical Times and Gazette.’ Lon-

don, June Ist, 1872, p. 622.

4 P.Z. 8. 1869, p. 482.

1878.] THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. 377

the Sylvian fissure, which in the Mustelide and in the Genets remains

as such, notwithstanding that these two latter groups had other-

wise diverged before the brain began to modify. From the Mus-

teline animals (the Arctoid ancestral type) the Urside seem to

have diverged, the superior or third cerebral convolution broadening

and tending to divide, whilst the others persist unmodified.

Those Viverridz which are more modified than the genus Genetta,

acquire a broadening of the lowest or first cireum-Sylvian convolu-

tion, especially in its posterior limb, in which a perpendicular

sulcus is formed ; and this peculiarity is more strongly marked in

Hyena, as well as in Proteles. Inthe Felide the anterior as well

as the posterior limb of this first cireum-Sylvian gyrus broadens,

and becomes perpendicularly bisected to such an extent that if in

them there were a longitudinal sulcus developed in the upper median

portion of the gyrus, a complete secondary gyrus would appear.

Such a gyrus, evidently thus originating, is found in the Canide,

in which the extra convolution is therefore a reduplication of the

first, dependent on the differentiation off of its outer moiety.

On the assumption of the correctness of this hypothesis, the

classification of the Fissiped Carnivora might be represented thus:—

Ursidz. Mustelide. Hyenide. Viverridz. Felide. Canide.

7 @ @ @ @ @

eoounh arenas

Yee

= aA

Ancestral Type.

By Prof. Flower’, after a most careful analysis of their cranial

and other peculiarities, the Canidz are placed between the Arctoidea

and Ailuroidea ; but from the same facts Mr. H. N. Turner” placed

the three major groups in the same order of sequence that the

brain-markings indicate, namely Urside, Felide, and Canide,

which makes it evident that such an arrangement is not opposed to

the teaching of the parts other than the cerebral hemispheres.

April 2nd, 1878.

Prof. Newton, F.R.S., V.P., in the Chair.

The Secretary read the following report on the additions to the

Society’s Menagerie during the month of March 1878.

The total number of registered additions to the Society’s Mena-

gerie during the month of March was 74, of which 32 were by pre-

? P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 4. 2 P. Z.S. 1848, p. 83.

378 THE SECRETARY ON ADDITIONS TO THE MENAGERIE. [Apr. 2,

sentation, 7 by birth, 7 by purchase, 4 were received on deposit,

and 24 by exchange. The total number of departures during the

same period, by death and removal, was 105.

The most noticeable additions during the month of March were

as follows :—

1. An Isabelline Bear (Ursus isabellinus, Horsf.), received in

exchange from the Zoological Gardens of Calcutta, March 7th.

The acquisition of this animal, which has been placed in the Bears’

dens next to its near relative the Syrian Bear (Ursus syriacus),

renders the series of Bears now living in the gardens nearly perfect.

It consists of 21 individuals, referable to 11 species, as follows :—

List of Bears living in the Menagerie.

2 Polar Bears 5,2 (Ursus maritimus).

4 Brown Bears (U. arctos).

1 Hairy-eared Bear (U. piscator).

2 Grizzly Bears (U. feroz).

1 Syrian Bear (U. syriacus).

1 Isabelline Bear (U. isabellinus).

3 Himalayan Bears (U. tibetanus).

2 Black Bears (U. americanus).

3 Malayan Bears (U. malayanus).

1 Spectacled Bear (U. ornatus).

1 Sloth Bear (Melursus labiatus).

2. A Le Vaillant’s Darter (Plotus levaillanti), purchased March 9.

This African species is new to the collection, although we have had

several specimens of its American representative (Plotus anhinga),

and have at present one individual of the latter species living in the

fish-house. The present example is probably from Senegal; but

this Darter likewise occurs all over Southern and Eastern Africa up

to 12° N. lat.’

3. Two examples of the very singular Water-tortoise of the

Amazons, generally known as the Matamata (Chelys matamata),

remarkable for the long pendent filaments on its neck. The larger

of the two measures about 137 inches in length.

This species is new to the collection, and, so far as I know, has

not been previously brought alive to Europe.

I take this opportunity of recording the fact that the large female

Anaconda (Eunectes murinus), which was purchased on the 15th

February, 1877, and which (as I stated P. Z.S. 1877, p. 303) began

to produce young (dead) the 2nd April, 1877, continued to produce

young Snakes (mostly in a more or less decomposed condition) up to

about three months since, when fifteen finally came forth. In all

sixty-two young were produced.

This Snake is further remarkable for its'long fast. Up to the

15th March, when she killed and ate a single duck, all offers of food

were refused ; so that she must have fasted thirteen months.

1 Of. Finsch & Hartl. Vogel Ost-Afrika’s, p. 841.

1878. ] ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF THE PHILIPPINES. 379

It is impossible to say how long she may have been without food

previous to her arrival at the gardens. One thing is certain, how-

ever, that she could not have taken food while in the box in which

she arrived from South America, as she was so closely packed as to

be barely able to move.

The following papers were read :—

1. Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippines. No.

VII.—On the Collection made by Mr. A. H. Everett in

the Island of Panaon. By Arruur, Marquis of Tweed-

dale, F.R.S., President of the Society.

[Received March 6, 1878.]

The small collection, of which it is proposed to give an account,

was made by Mr. Everett at San Francisco, on the west coast of

the small island of Panaon. This island is situated to the south-

east of Leyte, from which it is separated by a narrow channel.

Nor is its southern extremity distant from the most northerly part

of Mindanao.

The number of species obtained is too small to permit me to

draw any general conclusions as to the affinities of its ornis.

But the occurrence of the Leyte species of Buceros and Thriponaz,

B. semigaleatus and T. pectoralis, rather than those of Mindanao,

indicates a closer affinity to the northern than to the southern

island.

Panaon has never hitherto been visited by an ornithological col-

lector.

1. CacaTUA BZMATUROPYGIA (1).

[Panaon, 9 , October. ]

2. PRIONITURUS DISCURUS (2).

[Panaon, 3, October.]

3. THRIPONAX PECTORALIS.

Thriponaz pectoralis, Tweeddale, anted, p. 340.

[Panaon, ¢, 2, October. ]

4, CHRYSOCOLAPTES LUCIDUs (32).

[Panaon, 2, October. ]

Crest and crown dark brown, with ruddy fulvous spots.

5. EuRYSTOMUS ORIENTALIS (37).

{Panaon, 3, 2, September. ]

6. Enromosia Guuaris (44).

{Panaon, 3, 2, October. ]

380 ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF THE PHILIPPINES. [Apr. 2,

7. BUCEROS SEMIGALEATUS.

Buceros semigaleatus, Tweeddale, anted, p. 277.

[Panaon, ¢, 2, October. ]

8. LANIUS LUCIONENSIS (72).

[Panaon, 5, 9, October. |

Several of the examples from Panaon have the whole head above

coloured like the back, uniform liver-brown. There are females

with brown-freckled breasts and flanks.

9. GRAUCALUS STRIATUS (74).

[Panaon, 5, 2, October. ]

10. DicRURUS STRIATUS.

Dicrurus striatus, Tweeddale, P. Z. S. 1877, p. 545.

[Panaon, ¢, 2, October. |

11. BropERIPus ACRORHYNCHUs (90).

[Panaon, ¢, October.]

12. Mixornis CAPITALIS.

Mixornis capitalis, Tweeddale, anted, p. 110, pl. vii. f. 2.

[Panaon, ¢, September. |

13. PotioLopuus urRostictus (101).

[Panaon, 2, October. ]

14. HypsireTEs PHILIPPINENSIS (102).

[Panaon, 9 , October. ]

15. CRINIGER EVERETTI.

Criniger everetti, Tweeddale, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 4, vol.

Xx. p. 535.

[Panaon, 3, September and October.]

16. Monticoxa souitarius (103).

[Panaon, ¢, 2, October. ]

17. CoryDALLA LuGUBRIS (117).

[Panaon, ¢, October. |

18. DiczuM MODESTUM, Nn. sp.

[Panaon, ¢, October. ]

Above dull olive-brown. Upper tail-coverts and outer margins of

the wing-feathers a brighter olive-green. Rectrices above dark

brown, some narrowly edged with olive-green. Cheeks greyish

brown. Chin and throat greyish white. Breast pale grey. Abdo-

men, ventral region, and under tail-coverts faint yellowish white.

1878. | MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW LEPIDOPTERA. 381

Axillaries, wing-lining, and shoulder-edge pure white. Bill, in

dried skins, black.

Wing 1°95, tail 1:00, tarsus 0°37, culmen 0°37.

This Flower-pecker closely resembles Myzanthe pygmea Q. It

differs in wanting the lively olive-green colouring of the upper

plumage of M. pygmea @, more especially on the uropygium, and

the pale yellowish-green lores. The wing too is longer, that of I.

pygmea measuring 1°70. If the sex noted on the label is correct,

this Panaon Diceum is very distinct from M. pygmea S$. If the

genus Myzunthe, as distinct from Diceum, is to be retained, D.

modestum should belong to it.

19. CoRVUS PHILIPPINUs (125).

[Panaon, 3, October. ]

20. PHABOTRERON AMETAYSTINA (139).

[Panaon, 2, September. ]

2. Description of new Lepidoptera of the Group Bombycites,

in the Collection of the British Museum. By Arruur

G. Butter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &e.

[Received March 8, 1878.]

The following species are believed to be new to science :—

AGARISTID&.

Evusemt1a, Dalman.

1, EvsEMIA INCONGRUENS, 0. sp.

3. General aspect of E. africana, but the primaries with the

first ochreous spot interrupted in the centre ; three ochreous dots in

the form of a triangle behind them; the abbreviated subapical belt

much broader, and not notched at its infero-anterior edge; the spot

at external angle of twice the size; secondaries reddish orange, with

the usual black border. Expanse 2 inches 8 lines.

Q. Spots of primaries paler than in the male; secondaries stra-

mineous, with a much narrower black border. Expause 2 inches

8 lines. Abyssinia,

ARCTIID&.

Pron1A, Walker.

2. PIONIA CALOPTERIDIA, 0. Sp.

Primaries purplish black, crossed by two broad yellowish bands,

the first basal, the second discal and laterally bisinuate ; secondaries

hyaline-white, tinted towards the borders with fuliginous brown ;

382 ; MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 2,

veins towards the base yellow; head, collar, and thorax purplish

black, tawny or ochraceous at the sides ; abdomen fuliginous brown,

ochraceous at the sides; wings below more clearly defined than

above, the costal borders alternately black and yellow; palpi and

legs black and yellow; venter yellowish. LExpanse, ¢ 1 inch 3

lines, 2 1 inch 2 lines. do, Para; 2, Venezuela (Dyson).

The species of this genus are marvellous mimics of the Coleopte-

rous genus Calopteron.

Axuprenus, Walker.

3. ALPENUS PURUS, 0. sp.

Wings snow-white; primaries with one black dot at base, one

near the base of the median vein, two before the middle of costal

margin, three in a triangle on interno-median interspace, and five

in a curved series beyond the middle; secondaries with a spot at

the end of the cell, one near the outer margin, and two near the

anal angle; thorax snow-white, with a black dorsal line ; collar and

tegulze spotted with black; abdomen ochreous, with a dorsal series

of black spots, anus and ventral surface cream-coloured : primaries

below without spots. Expanse 1 inch 7 lines. Abyssinia.

This species much resembles Spilosoma menthastri, but with the

smooth black-spotted thorax of Alpenus.

TERACOTONA, 0. gen.

Allied to Phragmatobia, but with longer and narrower primaries,

the last subcostal branch with a single instead of a double furca;

discocellulars distinctly angulated ; secondaries more acuminate at

apex ; subcostal branches emitted from a very short footstalk ; dis-

cocellulars more transverse, less distinctly angulated ; radial emitted

further from the third median branch; body much less woolly.

Type, Aloa rhodophea of Walker.

4, TERACOTONA ROSEATA, 0. Sp.

Primaries above reddish testaceous speckled with brown; a black

discocellular spot and a subcostal spot near apex; secondaries rose-

red, brightest.on the abdominal area; a large black discocellular

spot; thorax grey ; head, front of collar, and inuer edge of tegulee

brownish buff; a black spot on each shoulder, and one on each

tegula ; abdomen black, rosy at the base, a dorsal stripe, the pos-

terior margins of the segments and the anus ochreous : wings below

rosy, with black discocellular spots; borders testaceous, speckled

with pale brown; primaries with an irregular transverse dusky discal

belt; body below whity-brown; anterior femora above carmine,

knees black, tarsi banded. with black ; venter ochreous at the sides,

with two lateral series of black spots. Expanse 2 inches 2 lines.

Natal (G@ueinzius).

Allied to T. submacula (Spilosoma submacula, W|k.,=Spilosoma

obscurum, Wlk.), but with longer wings, and differently coloured.

1878. | MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW LEPIDOPTERA. 383

Puaos, Walker.

5. PHAOS VIGENS, N. sp.

Primaries dark chocolate-brown with cream-coloured margins ; a

discoidal streak broken into three nearly equal spots, an apical

costal spot, and an angulated stripe beyond the middle (its inferior

extremity terminating at the centre of the interno-median interspace

in an acute spur) cream-coloured: secondaries ochreous, whitish

upon costa, rosy at abdominal border; a black discocellular spot and

a broad regular external black border ; fringe cream-coloured: head

blackish, with cream-coloured frons, collar pale ochreous; tegule

blackish-brown fringed with pale ochreous; thorax blackish ; abdo-

men rose-red, with a dorsal row of black dots; anus ochreous;

wings below with all the paler areas broader and pale clear ochreous ;

body below pale ochreous, varied with blackish ; anterior femora

above carmine. Expanse | inch 4 lines. Tasmania.

We have four examples of this species, which Walker confounded

with his P. fascinula, as he did also the four following.

6. PHAOs NIGRICEPS, n. sp.

6. Allied to the preceding ; primaries black-brown, the base, a

furcate streak from the base, the apical two-thirds of costal margin,

a triangulated discal stripe, an interrupted submarginal line, and the

fringe cream-coloured; base of costa with a tuft of rosy hairs;

secondaries rosy, with black discocellular spot, a broad black ex-

ternal border and ochreous fringe; head and thorax black, collar

and anterior margins of tegule dull buff; abdomen rose-red, with

transverse dorsal black bars and lateral black spots: under surface

with the pale portions buff; anterior femora above carmine. Ex-

panse 1 inch 6 lines.

Q . Basal furca of primaries only represented by a basal dash and

a spot in the cell, discal stripe and submarginal line much more

slender ; pale portions below rosy. Expanse | inch 4 lines.

3. Victoria (Bakewell) ; Sydney (Doubleday).

Readily distinguished from P. fascinula by its black head; in

marking it is nearer to P. vigens.

7. PHAOS NOTATUM, 2. sp.

6. Primaries above dark chocolate-brown ; a longitudinal dash

from the base to near the middle of the cell, a broad streak from the

base to the centre of the inner margin, a subquadrate spot at the

middle of the costal margin, a spot below the latter intersected by

the origins of the median branches, a curved macular discal stripe,

the apical portion of costal margin, the fringe, and a submarginal

series of spots (of which the first, second, and fifth are small, the

others elongated and extended to the margin) cream-coloured :

secondaries rosy with whitish costal area; a large black discocellular

spot ; a broad irregular black submarginal belt; thorax black, head,

collar, and borders of tegule clothed densely with testaceous hair:

body bright rose-red, with black dorsal and lateral spots: under

384 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 2,

surface yellower than the upper, the dark areas and markings paler.

Expanse | inch 6 lines. Sydney.

As might be expected, this species is nearly allied to P. fascinula,

from the Hunter River ; it may, however, readily be distinguished

by the broad testaceous fringes to the tegulee and the marking of the

primaries.

8. PHAos NEXUM, 0. sp.

do. Primaries black-brown; the base, an abbreviated internal

streak, a quadrate spot in the cell, an abbreviated acutely angulated

central band from the costa to the first median branch, an angulated

diseal stripe, and a broad external border enclosing a submarginal

series of black spots cream-coloured; secondaries rosy, a black

discocellular spot and a broad black submarginal belt, outer margin

ochreous ; thorax black; head, collar, and fringes of tegule buff ;

abdomen rose-red with dorsal and lateral black spots: wings below

much yellower than above, the black portions slightly paler. Ex-

panse 1 inch 4 lines. Victoria (Bakewell).

This species is chiefly distinguishable by the abbreviated angulated

central belt, and the discal stripe almost uniting with the external

border.

9. PHAOS LACTEATUM, 0. sp.

Primaries cream-coloured ; a nearly central angulated broad black

belt, uot reaching the margins, and interrupted by an irregular spot

upon the median vein; a black sinuous costal stripe from the base,

only separated from the black band by the subcostal vein ; an oblique

blackish basal streak ; four black spots in a discal series before apex,

and three in a pyramidal form near external angle: secondaries

rose-red, with ochraceous borders; a black discocellular spot and a

confluent series of unequal discal spots parallel to the outer margin :

thorax black ; head, collar, and fringes of tegulz sordid buff; ab-

domen rose-red, with dorsal and lateral series of black spots. Under

surface with the costal and internal borders tinted with rose-colour ;

the broad belt of primaries greyish ; body below cream-coloured

spotted with black; femora carmine in front, tibize and tarsi grey.

Expanse | inch 6 lines. Moreton Bay (Damel).

This is a very distinct-looking species, and more like a typical

Arctia than any of the other forms in the genus.

LITHOSIID&.

CisTHENE, Walker.

10. CistHENE NIVEATA, D. sp.

Primaries snow-white, sprinkled sparsely with dark brown scales ;

a dark brown spot at base, and a second on inner margin: secondaries

with the basal half rosy whitish at costa, external half greyish

brown: head and thorax white, abdomen rose-coloured: primaries

below greyish brown, body below white. Expanse 8 lines.

Espiritu Santo.

1878. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW LEPIDOPTERA. 385

Mapua, Walker.

11. Mapua DITIS, n. sp.

Primaries bright yellow, with the veins and two marginal lines

carmine; base and outer border sparsely sprinkled with black

scales ; two parallel irregular transverse black lines, the first central,

the second discal; secondaries pink with white fringe; head and

thorax bright yellow, tegulee edged internally with carmine ; abdo-

men pink: primaries below rosy with yellow borders and traces of

two greyish transverse belts; body below cream-coloured, anterior

legs and palpi rose-coloured. Expanse 6 lines. Espiritu Santo.

BaRSINELLA, 0. gen.

Allied to Barsine (section of Miltochrista), but the wings com-

paratively much broader, sborter, and more densely scaled ; the

costal margin of the primaries angulated, the under surface of these

wings crossed at the end of the cell by a perfect fence of long con-

vergent hairs ; the costal margin of primaries with a central fringe

of long hairs, the last two or three segments of the abdomen densely

Type, B. mirabilis.

12. BaRsINELLA MIRABILIS, N. Sp.

Primaries bright cadmium yellow, two black spots at the base,

a <-shaped marking near the base, two irregular parallel central

lines, and a discal series of dots black, a G-shaped marking at the

end of the cell and the outer margin carmine, fringe golden yellow ;

Barsinella mirabilis.

secondaries rose-red; head and thorax cadmium-yellow, a black

spot on each shoulder; abdomen whitish: primaries below yellow,

the basal half of costal border and a discal series of dots black ;

secondaries paler than above; body ochraceous. Expanse 7 lines.

Espiritu Santo.

NYCTEMERID24.

Auetis, Hibner.

13. ALETIS TENUIS, 0. sp.

Wings fulvous, semitransparent; primaries with the costal and

external margins and a broad subquadrate apical patch enclosing a

Proc. Zoox. Soc.—1878, No. XXV. 25

386 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW LEPIDOPTERA. [Apr. 2,

large oblique oval white spot black ; secondaries with the apex and

a more or less confluent marginal series of dots at the terminations

of the nervures black ; body yellow, banded with black. Expanse

1 inch 9 lines. Dar-es-Salem, Zanzibar (J. & F. Moir).

A delicate little species, resembling the New-world genus

Stenele.

14. ALETIS VARIABILIS, 0. sp.

. Ochreous; primaries with the apical two fifths blackish,

enclosing a large transparent white patch beyond the cell, and two

smaller pyriform spots on the median interspaces ; secondaries with

a regular blackish border enclosing nine transparent white spots,

most of which touch the outer margin; body greyish, spotted with

white. Expanse 2 inches 3 lines. Ambriz (Monteiro).

Q@. Var. a. Primaries with the pyriform spots elongated into

ellipses which distort the blackish border, also a third bifid spot

below them completely interrupting the border near the external

angle; secondaries with the white marginal spots confluent and

breaking through the border at apex. Ambriz (Monteiro).

¢g. Var. 6. Primaries with all the white spots confluent, forming

a large irregular hyaline patch which almost covers the disk;

secondaries with the inner edge of the marginal border only trace-

able near the anal angle, the white spots expanded into a broad

hyaline belt, which widens gradually to the costa.

Angola, Bembe Mines (Monteiro).

A. variabilis is much like Stenele lutescens.

The other species of dletis in the Museum were all placed by

Mr. Walker under A. helcita, to which they are allied. They are as

follows :—

1. A. libyssa, Hopffer, from Natal and the Zulu country.

2. A. fascelis, Linnzeus, from the Congo.

3. A. helcita, Clerck, from Western Africa (exact locality un-

known).

4, A. druryi = A. helcita, Drury, Ml. iii. pl. 29. f. 4. Sierra

Leone.

5. A. macularia, Fabricius, from Ashanti.

Of these forms A. /ébyssa is the most decidedly distinct, the others

are mere local modifications of one type differing from one another

in the size and number of the white spots of primaries and the width

of the black border of secondaries. Cramer’s A. helcita is the same

as that figured by Drury.

De1LeEMERA, Hiibner.

15. DEILEMERA SIGNATA, N. Sp.

Allied to D. artemis, Boisd., and D. pellex, Linn. (Nyctemera

separata, Wlk.), but smaller than either, with the broad white

postmedian patch of primaries reduced to a quarter the size, and

with the dark border of secondaries of double the width. Expanse

1 inch 7 lines. Darnley Island (Dr. W. Y. Turner).

1878. ] MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW LEPIDOPTERA. 387

CHALCOSIIDS.

Pompeton, Walker.

16. Pomprton AMPLIATUM, 0. sp.

2. Near to P. marginatum from Penang, but larger, the pri-

maries with narrower and duller blue apical border, its inner margin

dentate-sinuate ; blue apical patch of secondaries extending further

up the costal area; yellow spot on under surface of primaries oval

and of double the size; the metallic green costal shot only traceable

upon the veins, and even there of a duller bluish tint; ventral sur-

face of abdomen with the black spots about eight times as large.

Expanse 2 inches 8 lines. Celebes, near Macassar (Wallace).

Liparips.

Morasa, Walker.

17. Morasa LORIMERI, 0. sp.

Allied to M. modesta (Sarothropyga rhodopepla of Felder), but

the primaries black mottled with whity brown, with the outer

border and a biangulated discal belt of whity-brown scales, veins

spotted with orange; secondaries pink, with a broad greyish outer

border not quite reaching the anal angle, fringe sordid rosy ; head

and thorax black ; abdomen rose-red with lateral tufts of ochreous

hair: primaries below smoky grey, with the base ochreous ; second-

aries rather paler than above ; body blackish, clothed with testa-

ceous hairs ; femora rose red. Expanse 1 inch 9 lines,

Tugela river, Natal.

This species was sent to me in a letter by my cousin Miss J. K,

Lorimer, who caught it near the Gordon Mission station.

Notropvontip2.

Rosrma, Walker.

18. RosrMa FULVIPENNIs, n. sp.

Q Primaries dull emerald-green with orange costal margin;

fringe white, tipped with plum-colour and with two apical spots of

the same colour, a snow-white spot at the end of the cell; second-

aries bright fulvous (almost orange) ; thorax green, frons white, with

two fulvous spots ; palpi ochreous ; collar chocolate-brown ; abdomen

fulvous: under surface bright yellow with broad reddish-orange

costal borders; primaries with the outer border pale shining pinky

brown; secondaries with the apical half reddish orange ; legs above

brownish. Expanse 1 inch 9 lines, St. Paulo (Bates).

Allied to R. dorsalis, zelica, myops, and costalis.

SATURNIIDA.

Copaxa, Walker.

19. Copaxa GeMMIFERA, n. sp.

General pattern of C. expandens from Venezuela, but smaller and

*»

388 MR. A. G. BUTLER ON NEW LEPIDOPTERA. (Apr. 2,

with more acuminate primaries; above bright stramineous, the

external area densely irrorated with red-brown scales, but leaving

clear yellow patches or spots behind a submarginal series of small

black spots, which are partly united by a zigzag dusky line; a

straight dark brown stripe from the apex of primaries to the middle

of the abdominal margin of secondaries ; a very irregular dark brown

line across the basal area; a small tricoloured ocellus (white, black,

and yellow) with hyaline centre in the middle of each wing; pri-

maries with the basal half of costal border lilacine grey, a broad

dark brown longitudinal belt from the base to the straight oblique

discal stripe, an irregular dentate-sinuate brown line from the costa

to the inner margin just beyond the ocellus, a curved dark brown

streak from the costa to the oblique stripe, two grey-edged apical

white spots ; secondaries with a regular dentate-simuate brown line

just beyond the ocellus; head, collar, and tegule grey; palpi and

prothorax plum-coloured: wings below altogether paler than above,

the markings less defined, the dark longitudinal belt of primaries

obsolete ; body below pale yellow, the anterior tibie and tarsi plum-

coloured. Expanse 3 inches 8 lines. Ambriz (Monteiro).

We also have what seems to be a faded example of this species

from Lake Nyassa; the latter, however, differs somewhat in mark-

ing, and may prove to be locally constant.

Arracus, Linneeus.

20. ATTACUS PRYERI, 0. Sp.

Allied to A. walkeri of Felder from N. China, but darker than

any of the species of the A. cynthia group ; olive brown, with paler

borders and the usual submarginal lines; the pale belt (bounding

the dark angulated central line externally) white inwardly, pinky

whitish and diffused outwardly, with no defined intersecting stripe

as in all the allied species; the maggot-like markings, basal white

belts, and the apical markings of primaries as in A. walkeri. Ex-

panse, ¢ 5 inches 10 lines, 2 6 inches 2 lines.

Yokohama (Jonas).

This species is the most undeniably distinct of all the forms allied

to A. cynthia. I name it after Mr. H. Pryer, of Yokohama.

Abttacus cynthia, as figured by Drury, does not agree with Felder’s

Chinese species, but is certainly nearest to the form occurring in

Java, to which Mr. Moore has given the name of A. insularis. It

may eventually prove to be distinct from the latter, from which it

appears to differ in the more angulated central transverse line ; in

all other characters, such as colour, the strongly dentate pale belt,

and the bent form of the maggot-like marking of the primaries, it is

extremely like the Javan form.

1878. M. E. OUSTALET ON CASUARIUS EDWARDSI. 389

3. Description d’une nouvelle espéce de Casoar (Caswarius

edwardsi). Par M. E, OustTater.

[Received March 12, 1878.]

(Plate XXI.)

Parmi les animaux rapportés par MM. Raffray et Maindron de

leur récent voyage en Nouvelle Guinée et acquis par le Muséum

@histcire naturelle de Paris se trouvent deux Casoars parfaitement

adultes. Le premier de ces oiseaux, tué A Salwatty, en juillet 1877,

est certainement le Casuarius uniappendiculatus, Blyth; Vautre, pris

& la méme époque aux environs de Dorey, ressemble au premier abord

au Casuarius papuanus, von Rosenb., auquel javais été primitive-

ment tenté de le rapporter, mais il me parait différer essentiellement

de cette espéce par Ja forme de son casque. M. Schlegel dit en effet

(Nederl. Tijd. v. d. Dierk. iv. 53) que le Casuarius papuanus a le

casque modelé comme le Casuarius uniappendiculatus. Or dans ce

dernier dont jai, comme je l’ai dit tout-4-l’heure, un individu adulte

sous les yeux, le casque est. en pyramide assez élevée, la face posté-

rieure, ovale, aplatie, étant fortement inclinée, les faces latérales

planes étant disposées en toit, le point culminant du casque se trou-

vant bien en avant de I’ wil, et l’aréte antérieure descendant brusque-

ment de ce point vers le bec. Le méme type de casque s’ observe égale-

ment dans le Casuarius kaupi et dans le Casuarius westermanni

figurés par M. Sclater (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1872, p. 148 et pl. ix., et

1875, pl. xix.). Du reste, dans une lettre qu’il m’a fait ?honneur

de m’écrire il y a peu de jours, M, Salvadori affirme que le Casuarius

westermanni ne différe point du Casuarius papuanus qui habite les

environs de Dorey; et, d’un autre coté, M. Sclater a réuni récem-

ment (Proc. Zool. Soc. 1875, p. 85, note) son Casuarius kaupi

(qui n’est pas celui de M. von Rosenberg) a son Caswarius wester-

manni.

Si, comme le dit M. Schlegel, et comme cela semble probable

d’aprés P opinion exprimée par M. Salvadori, le Casuarius papuanus

a le casque de la méme forme que le Caswarius uniappendiculatus et

le Casuarius westermanni, il est tout-a-fait impossible de rapporter

a la premiére de ces espéces (C. papuanus) Vindividu provenant du

voyage de MM. Raffray et Maindron. Dans ce Casoar en effet, dont

je donne une figure aussi exacte que possible, exécutée d’aprés un

croquis fait par M. Maindron 4 la Nouvelle Guinée, immédiatement

apres la mort de l’animal, le casque, relativement peu élevé, et fort

étroit, se confond presque par sa base avec la téte sur laquelle il

repose: sa face posterieure, au lieu d’étre aplatie et fortement

inclinée, est légérement excavée et s’éléve presque verticalement ; elle

est en outre un peu échancrée 4 son bord supérieur, au point ot

aboutit l’aréte formée par la jonction des deux faces latérales.

Celles-ci sont faiblement bombées et se rencontrent suivant une

ligne qui partant de la dépression signalée sur le haut de la face

390 MR. F. NICHOLSON ON A NEW AMERICAN PIPIT. [Apr. 2,

postérieure, remonte jusqu’a un point situé au-dessous de l’oreille et

redescend ensuite, en décrivant une légére sinuosité, mais en pente

trés-douce, vers le bec, qui est séparé du casque par un petit sillon

transversal. I] résulte de cette. disposition que le point culminant

du casque n’est placé non plus comme dans le Caswarius uniappendi-

culatus en avant de l’ceil, mais notablement en arriére. On peut

noter encore que les faces latérales du casque se prolongent en pointe

sur les cétés de l’aréte supérieure du bec, comme on le voit dans

la figure ci-jomte. Somme toute, le casque présente 4 peu prés le

méme aspect que dans le Casuarius bennetiti et, vu en-dessus, offre

deux arétes que se coupent a angle droit. La coloration des parties

nues n’est pas non plus exactement celle qui est indiaué2 par M.

Schlegel (Mus. des Pays-Bas, Struthiones, et Neder]. Tijds. loc. cit.)

pour son Casuarius papuanus, les taches rouge-carmin qui occupent

les cOtes du cou, au-dessous des yeux et des oreilles, ne s’étendent pas

jusqu’a la tache rouge-orangée qui couvre la nuque, et sont separées

de celle-ci par une teinte bleue; en outre Ja tache rouge-orangée se

prolonge inférieurement sous forme de bandes latérales, lisérées de

bleu enavant. Mais ce sont la des différences plus légéres que celles

que l’on constate dans laformeducasque. Ces derniéres me paraissent

suffisantes pour autoriser la création, en faveur de ce Casoar, d’une

espéce nouvelle que je proposerai de nommer Casuarius edwardsi.

Le type de ma description est un mile, adulte, tué, m’a-t-on

affirmé, auprés de Dorey, sur la céte septentrionale de Ja Nouvelle

Guinée.

En terminant je ne puis m’empécher d’exprimer le désir de

voir un ornithologiste publier une monographie compléte du

groupe si intéressant des Casoars, dont les espéces sont encore si mal

définies, et n’ont pas été complétement figurées jusqu’a ce jour.

4. On an apparently new Species of American Pipit.

By Francis Nicuozson, F.Z.S. &c.

[Received March 28, 1878.]

During a recent examination of the American Pipits in the British

Museum I came across two skins from Peru, labelled Anthus chit,

which appear to me to be specifically distinct from that bird; and I

therefore propose to name the species

ANTHUS PERUVIANUS, 0. sp.

A. Similis A. chii auct.(A.rufo, Gm.) sed dorsi plumis et tectricibus

alarum late albo nec fulvescenti marginatis ; corpore subtus albido

nec flavicante, et precipue caude colore distinguendus; rectricibus

duabus externis pallidé fumoso-brunneis, intus oblique saturalius

brunneis ad apicem ipsum albidis et versus apicem pogonii externi

saturatius brunnescentibus.

Long. tot. 5:1, culmen 0-5, ale 2°45, caude@ 1°75, tarsi 0°8.

Adult male. Lark-like. Above dark brown, the feathers exter-

1878.] MR. F. NICHOLSON ON A NEW AMERICAN PIPIT. 391

nally edged with dull sandy buff; the dorsal feathers dull whitish on

their inner webs, produci.g a distinctly varied appearance: scapu-

lars more uniform, the longer feathers with a subterminal shade of

dark brown, the edges and tips being dull sandy buff; lower back

and rump also rather more uniform than the rest of the back, only

slightly mottled with dark brown subterminal spots: tail-feathers

dark brown with nearly obsolete edges of sandy-buff, the two middle

feathers margined with ashy whitish ; the two outside feathers smoky

brown with a faintly indicated oblique mark of darker brown on the

inner web, the tips white, and the outer web distinctly darker brown

towards the tip: least wing-coverts like the back ; median and

greater series blackish brown, very broadly edged with dull whitish ;

primary-coverts and primaries dark brown, narrowly edged with

yellowish buff, the first long primary dull white for nearly the entire

length of the outer web; secondaries brown with a tiny white tip

and externally edged with dull white and sandy buff: lores and a

distinct eyebrow dull whitish ; ear-coverts brown, washed with sandy

buff, tipped with darker brown, with whitish shafts; cheeks and

under surface of body dull white, tinged with buff on the cheeks and

breast ; throat and abdomen uniform, the chest marked with trian-

gular spots of brown; a distinct moustachial streak of brown; sides

of body washed with fulvous brown and longitudinally streaked with

dark brown; thighs and under tail-coverts buffy white ; under wing-

coverts and axillaries white, the edge of the wing mottled with

tiny brown spots; quills brown below, whitish along the inner web ;

bill horn-brown, the under mandible paler ; legs waxy yellow.

Hab. Peru.

Syn. Anthus rufus, Sclater & Salvin, P. Z. S. 1868, p. 173.

Anthus chii, Taczanowski, P. Z.S. 1874, p. 506.

This species is of the same small size as the bird called in the

British Museum and by most ornithologists 4. chii, but more cor-

rectly by Messrs. Sclater and Salvin A. rufus. It is not so yellow

below ; and this isa point that strikes the observer at once. Oncom-

paring the upper surfaces the white edgings of the wing-coverts and

dorsal feathers in A. peruvianus are very noticeable. But the chief

difference lies in the outer tail-feathers, which are white in 4. chit,

smoky brown in A. peruvianus. The oblique mark of dark brown

on the inner web is distinct in the former, nearly obsolete in the

latter. Both species have a brown mark near the tip of the outer

web.

The typical specimens were collected by Mr. Henry Whitely in

Peru, the male in the Cataridon valley on the 12th of February 1867,

the female at Islay on the 17th of the same month.

392 MR. E. G. LODER ON BOS AMERICANUS. [Apr. 16,

' April 16, 1878.

E. W. H. Holdsworth, F. Z. 8., in the Chair.

Mr. Sclater exhibited a typical specimen of the new Fox lately

described by Mr. W. T. Blanford (J. A. S. B. xlvi. pt. ii. p. 321) as

Vulpes cana, from Baluchistan, which Mr. Blanford had forwarded to

him for examination. Mr. Blanford having stated (J. s. c.) that his

species appeared to be the same as the small Bushire Fox which in his

Zoology of Persia (‘ Eastern Persia,’ vol. ii. p. 41) he had referred

with doubt, after examining a young specimen living in the Society’s

Gardens, to Canis famelicus, Riipp., had requested Mr. Sclater to

investigate this point. But the comparison of the skin sent by Mr.

Blanford with the animal referred to by him (‘ List of Vert.’ 1877,

no. 213 4, p. 62), which was still living in the Society’s Gardens,

showed that the two animals must belong to quite different species.

Mr. Sclater was indebted to Mr. E. R. Alston for the subjoined

note upon these differences :—

“ Blanford’s Vulpes cana is quite different from your C. famelicus

at the Gardens, which is much. larger and lighter in colour. The fur

of the back is dark with light tips, forming a nearly uniform grey

grizzled with black on/y on the shoulders. The nape is like the

back ; and the outsides of the ears appear nearly black ; the limbs are

fulvous. The difference in size is shown in the following measure-

ments of the skeleton of the specimen of the same animal that died’,

taken to correspond with those given by Blanford.

inches

Length of skull from occipital crest.......... 5°45

Length of skull from foramen magnum ...... 5°0

Leneth of nasal wbones) piss ers) on sald s'ee Se op 1:80

Breadth; of. nagal portion |: 6 enero wt eloinwe ase escao

Breadth: of frontal, region pi)..3). << ow) aplyjal «eae

Breadth of btain-case’:. . 3.) |. -.:crdsseries ace) LOU

Breadth of zygomatic arches ........-..... 2°95

Length of palate)... sae ssrs <apaaayeuin> jhe apie 2°60

Beeadth,of palates: arositgai-iaah 44tuep ss Reese, Go

Length of last upper prem. ................ 52

Length. of first. molar. 6. 24.4). sd:sfeasis oe tas qh 940

Breadth of first molar ...... dae" sas phals Sapdtonnier "45

Lengthiot-luimerus -)uc, gant. <)ca ieivie wee sone 4:40

Rieneth .ofradis J tesaqttnay teem qarnarionsw 4 5:0

Rencehrot Tomiie hj. 2 tesla. stsiey emdicl done} ori 1s 4:90

Length of fibia,. went owir add cine i pts}. we

Mr. E. G. Loder, F.Z.S., exhibited a mounted head of the

peculiar variety of Bos americanus, called the ‘‘Rocky-Mountain

Bison” *, remarkable for its soft, dark and long hair on the forehead.

1 No 218 ¢ of ‘List. of Vert.’ (1877) p. 62.

? Allen’s Memoir on the American Bison’ pp. 39, 40,

avidson aelvet lth

BRACHIOPODA OF THE

‘LIGHTNING’ &" PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS.

P Z.S.1878.P1. XX,

DO pita Nain im

iC tet wlbpth ogi wlpictoad ard." ws

Aa) al

aaa |

MEF ork

Si a

ms ¥ ki

Tho® Davidson del. et ith

BRACHIOPODA OF THE

"LIGHTNING & “PORCUPINE” EXPEDITIONS.

N LIN

1878.] DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON MOLLUSCA. 393

This specimen had been obtained about 75 miles from Denver, Colo-

rado, in 1875.

The Secretary exhibited, on the part of Mr. A. Anderson, F.Z.S.,

a Bamboo driving-stick with leather thong attached, which had been

taken out of the nest of an Indian Fish-Eagle (Haliaétus leucory-

phus) in December 1876.

A communication was read from Prof. J. O. Westwood containing

a synopsis of the Uraniide, a family of Lepidopterous Insects, to-

gether with a complete monograph of Coronilia, one of the genera

of which it is composed.

This memoir will be published entire in the Society’s ‘‘ Transac-

tions.”

The following communications were read :—

1, On the Mollusca procured during the ‘ Lightning’ and

- Porcupine’ Expeditions, 1868-70. (Part I.) By J.

Gwyn Jerrreys, LL.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.

[Received April 5, 1878. ]

(Plates XXII., XXIII.)

These expeditions were conducted under the auspices of the Royal

Society ; and preliminary Reports of them were published in the

‘Proceedings ’ of that Society for 1869 and 1870.

I subjoin lists of the dredging-stations, to which I shall have occa-

sion to refer in giving the habitats of the species hereafter described

or mentioned. The stations are extracted from the Reports and

accompanying Charts.

‘LIGHTNING’ ExpEpiTIon, 1868.

North of the Hebrides to the Faroe Isles.

No. of | No. in North West Depth in Bottom

Station. | Chart. | Latitude. Longitude. | Fathoms. |Temperature.

a bu aes, o Fahy.

ie VII. 60 10 5 59 550 32°8

2. IX. 60 24 6 38 170 41-7

3. x 60 28 6 55 500 33°2

4, XII. 59 36 ft 20) 530 47-3

5. XIII. 59 =~5 7 29 189 49-6

6. IIT. 60 31 9 18 229 48:0

i XVI. ol 2 12 4 650

8. Off the Faroe Isles. 164 & 208

The first column shows the stations at which dredgings were made,

394 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON MOLLUSCA OF THE _[Apr. 16,

and the second shows the corresponding stations in the chart; other

stations, at which soundings only were taken, are omitted.

‘ PorcuPINE’ ExpepiTion, 1869.

First Cruise.

Off the West of Ireland.

No. of North West Depth in Bottom

Station, Latitude. Longitude. Fathoms. | Temperature.

o 4 GO) fees oFahr,

dle 51 42 bk zit 85-110 49:0

Dingle Bay. 30-40

2 51 22 12. 25 808 41-4

3. 51 38 12 50 370-722 43:0

4 51 56 13 39 251-539 49°5

5 O22 7 12 52 364 48:8

6 52 25 11 40 90 50:0

7 52 14 ll 48 159 50:4

8 53 15 11 51 106 51-2

9 53 16 12 42 165 49-7

10 53 23 13 29 85 49:5

Galway Bay. 15-20

13. 53 42 13 55 - 208 49°6

14 53 49 13 15 173 49°6

15 bt 5 12 NE 422 47-0

16 54 19 11 50 816 39°5

17 54 28 ll 44 1230 37°8

18 54 15 Lea 183 49-4

Donegal Bay. 25-40

19. 54 538 10 56 1360 374

20. 55 11 ll 31 1443 370

21 55 40 12 46 1476 36°9

22, 56 8 13 34 1263 373

23. 06) ail 14 19 630 435

23.4 56 13 14 18 420 46-4

24 56 26 14. 28 109 46-4

25. 56 41 13 39 164 46°5

27. Rockall Bank. 54 48°3

28. 56 44 12 52 1215 371

30. 56 24 ll 49 1380 37:1

31. 56 15 Il 25 1360 37-2

Lough Swilly. 3-13

Lough Foyle. 10

North Channel. 40

Dredgings were made at nearly all the sounding-stations in this

cruise.

1878.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 395

Second Cruise.

Off the South of Ireland.

No. of North West Depth in Bottom

Station. Latitude. Longitude. Fathoms | Temperature.

i ie} U °

33. 50 38 9 27 74 49°6

34. 49 51 10 12 Wb 49°6

35. 496 10 -5¢ 96 51:3

36. 48 50 Te 29) 725 43°9

37. 47 38 12 8 2435 36°5

38. 47 39 iso 2090 363

39. 49 1 1l 56 557 47-0

40. 49 1 12° +5 517 47-7

41, 49 4 12 22 584 46:5

42. 49 12 12 52 862 39:7

43. 5OveL 12 26 1207 377

44, 50 20 11 34 865 39°4

45. rap | ll 21 458 48:1

Dredgings were made at all the sounding-stations in this cruise.

Third Cruise.

North of the Hebrides to the Faroe Isles.

4 fe] i °

47 59 34 i - AS 542 438

51 59 «54 7 52 355 46°2

52. 60 25 8 10 384 30°6

55. 60 4 Gr 19 605 29:8

56. 60 2 6, 11 480 30°7

57. 60 14 Gr 17 632 380°5

58. 60 21 6 51 540 30°8

60. 63 5 58 167 44:3

61. 62 1 5 19 114 45:0

62. 61 59 4 38 125 446

64 61 21 3 44 640 30:0

65 61 10 2 21 345 30°0

East Longitude.

68 60 23 0 75 44:0

69. 60 1 0 18 67 43:8

70 60 4 0 21 66 45-1

89 59° 38 [7 46 445 45°5

90. 59 41 7 34 458 45-2

The Minch. 60-80

Little Minch. 45-50

Near Belfast. 70

Loch Torridon. 40

Off Lerwick. 10-66

Not many deep-sea dredgings were made during the third cruise,

although soundings were taken at all the stations.

396 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON MOLLUSCA OF THE [Apr 16,

‘Porcupine’ ExPeEpDITION, 1870.

First Cruise.

Falmouth to Gibraltar.

No. of North West Depth in Bottom

Station. Latitude. Longitude. Fathoms. | Temperature.

fo] i i °o

12 43 10 15 567

2. 48 37 10 9 305 48°5

3. 48 31 10 3 690

3a. 500

6. 48 26 9 44 358 50°3

8. 48 13 9 il 257 50°0

9. 48 6 9 18 539 48:0

10. 42 44 9 23 81 531

11% 42 32 9 24 332 SES

12 42 20 oy 17 128-232 525

Vigo Bay. 20

Off Cape Mondego. 100-380

13; 40 16 CLES 220 52-0

14 40 6 9 44 469 51°5

16 39° 55 9 56 994 40'3

17 39 42 9 43 740-1095 39'7

17 a. 39 39 9 39 795 49°3

17 4. 785

19. 39! Q7 9 3d 248 StF,

Setubal Bay. 64

Off Cape Espichel. 740

22, 38 15 9330 718 52°0

24. 37 «19 OF 13 292 §2°7

25. 37) S11 9 374 535

Off Cape Sagres. 45-58

26. 36 44 & 8 364 52-7

27. 36 37 q 33 822 51:3

28. 36 29 in 16 304 53°3

28 a, 286

29, 36 20 6 47 227 550

30. 36 15 6 52 386 52°7

31. 35 56 ie 6 477 50°5

32 385 41 ty ue 651 50-0

33. 35 633 6 54 554 49-7

34 385 44 6 53 414 50:0

36 35 35 6 26 72-128 550

Tangier Bay. 30

Gibraltar Bay. 3

I dredged at nearly all the stations in this cruise.

1878.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 397

Second Cruise.

Mediterranean.

No. of North West: Depth in Bottom

Station. Latitude. Longitude. Fathoms. | Temperature.

Algesiras Bay, Gibraltar. 1-15

fe) r] oO i oO

40. 36 s= 10) 4 40 586 | 55:0

41. 35) DT 4 12 730 550

45. 35 36 2 29 207 54:7

Capo de Gata. | 40-69

Cartagena Bay. | 60-84

“ie } Algerine Coast. { ackg

Off Jijeli. 40-80

E. Long

51. 36) "5b 1 10 1415 54-7

54. 387 «41 6 27 1508 | 55:0

55. 37 330 6 51 1456 | 55:0

| Gulf of Bona. 25

Benzert Road. 40-65

Rasel Amoush. 45

Gulf of Tunis. 25-85

Adventure Bank. 30-92 |

Off Rinaldo’s Chair. 60-160

58. 36 43 | 13 36 266 56°5

Very few productive deep-sea dredgings were made during this

second cruise.

Some of the new and peculiar species of Mollusca, which were

procured in these expeditions, have been already described and

noticed by me in the fifth volume of ‘British Conchology,’ the

* Proceedings of the Royal Society,’ and the ‘ Annals and Magazine

of Natural History.’ I will now endeavour to complete the work,

and to record all the species, with particulars of their geographical,

bathymetrical, and geological distribution. Figures of the more

remarkable species will also be given.

I commence with the class usually regarded as lowest in the scale

ot organization, or the least-specialized, among the Mollusca, viz.

the

BRACHIOPODA.

Notwithstanding the long and persevering labours of that monarch

of Brachiopodists, Mr. Davidson, as well as of Professor King, Mr.

Dall, and other excellent zoologists, the natural arrangement and

coordination of this difficult class cannot be said to be yet satisfac-

torily established. I prefer to steer a middle course between extreme

systematists, and not to follow Professor King in making Terebratula

cranium the type of another genus (his Macandrevia), nor to com-

press all the family of Terebratulide into the single genus Terebra-

398 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON MOLLUSCA OF THE [Apr. 16,

tula, as Mr. G. B. Sowerby, Junr., and Mr. Reeve have done. As

to Terebratulina and Waldheimia, Mr. Davidson some years ago

considered both subgenera of Terebratula; but he is now of opinion

that Waldheimia is a distinct genus, because (to use his own words)

‘the recent or living species are but a handful, in comparison with

the fossil species, and these last must be taken into account when

making divisions of the class, and it would bea very great advantage

to retain such divisional groups, which have so many distinguishing

characters, and are so numerous.” I fully admit the force of his

reasoning on the first mentioned ground, and that all fossil species

must be included with recent species in the same scheme of classifica-

tion ; but the latter ground, which depends on the validity of distine-

tive characters and the relative number of species, is not, in my opinion,

equally tenable. Itis notorious that Terebratulina and Waldheima

gradually pass one into another, as well as into the main or typical

genus Terebratula; and I contend, with great deference to Mr.

Davidson’s more experienced judgment, that it would be more ad-

vantageous to science not to multiply unnecessarily the generic

names, when fewer would answer every purpose. It cannot be pre-

tended that such names have any value beyond being mere symbols

or signs to distinguish and recognize certain groups; they are, and

must be, quite artificial and arbitrary. The question of number of

species in a genus does not appear to me of much importance. Take

for instance the genera Unio, Helix, and Bulimus, each of which,

even in a restricted sense, contains several hundred species. It may,

of course, be possible to divide these and other well-stocked genera

into more genera, each containing an equal number of species; and

the same method might be adcpted with respect to the species, and

even with respect to the individuals of every species. But that would

hardly be a scientific proceeding; and it might cause much con-

fusion or needless trouble. All genera ought to be equivalent

as regards distinctive characters, not as regards the number of

species.

I will now venture to suggest an arrangement of the few Brachio-

poda which are at present known to inhabit the European seas, and

which comprise the species procured in the ‘ Lightning’ and ‘ Por-

cupine’ Expeditions. The following Table gives not only the names

of the species and principal varieties, but also the range of depth

and the places where they have been found fossil in the Tertiary

formation.

1878.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 399

BRACHIOPODA OF THE EUROPEAN SEAS.

Localities where

Names of species and :

fossil.

varieties.

| No. of Species.

‘ Lightning’ or

‘ Porcupine

Range of depth

in fathoms.

* Jointed.

A. Perforated or tubuliferous.

Family I. TEREBRATULIDA.

Genus I, TEREBRATULA.

Subgenus I. Terebratulina.

— |caput serpentis, Linné.............0000 0-1180 |Coralline Crag; Scotland;

Scandinavia ; Belgium ;

South Italy ; Azores.

gob

SSS?

— |tuberata, Jeffreys .......cccecseceececees 340-795

EPIOMA NCH: Cadesdacecess.saqdeseccens 500

Typical.

subquadrata, Jeff. ...cecsssessvcsvensee 500-600

sep SPVALECH,, BOM Mesattatenseteercscese) ccoceses 5-1456 |S. Italy.

var. minor, Philippi .......0.04+ 40-1000 |S. Italy ; Morea.

var. sphenoidea, Ph. ..........+- 100-994 |S. Italy.

Subgenus 2. Waldheimia.

LONOKE, IEP ene cece sts scamasiinaeiemereys 1450

ste ioraniunn, Deller! ola ccccvs Cte atectases 5-690 |Scandinavia; S. Italy.

=) | Septata,) Phar de issccsvescecdvceststrocsens 64-725 |Norway; S. Italy;

Rhodes.

Genus IT. TeReBRATELLA.

spitzbergensis, Davidson .........000005 20-690 |Scandinayia; Canada.

Genus III. Areropn.

Typical.

— | decollata, Chemmitz......ccccccecesseees 18-364 |S. W. France; Austria;

Italy ; Malta; Rhodes.

Subgenus 1. Cistella.

neapolitana, Scacchi ..eccssecseeeveees 30-130 |S. W. France; 8. Italy ;

Rhodes ; Austria.

cistellula,.S. V. Wood. ..........0..000+- 20-45 |Coralline Crag; Austria;

Sicily ; Rhodes.

cuneata, Piss .....serseserrasgneesereee 28-200 |Austria; S. Italy; Rhodes.

Subgenus 2. Gwynia.

Capa, SEPT ahs «dais sneglsaieese ssVeaxei 8-25 |Norway.

Genus IV. Puatypia.

=— | |aflOMIOld ey SCG? EM. v.ctcp eect essats oc 40-600 |Sicily ; Austria.

Genus V. Mrceriia.

eA n ICE beat L1G Sep Gaiters seasons sae seee ee 20-292 |Italy; Austria.

var. monstruosa, Sc, ..........4. 20-292 |Sicily.

400 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON MOLLUSCA OF THE [Apr. 16,

BracuHriopopa OF THE European Szas (continued).

| No. of Species.

| el

ae fos

og | Bios

"er rae

oe 5 S sys

a2 Names of species and Sa Localities where

aE varieties, 2 fossil.

ae a

5 ra

Genus VI. TurcmEa.

mediterranea, R7SSO .........cceceeee eens 30-300 Turin ; Sicily.

B. Imperforate.

Family Il. RHYNCHONELLID/.

Genus I, Arrerta.

1S hacTrar || PROMI MALT. saecs.~d-abimwen acess. amp] 650-1443

Genus II. Ruyncnone.ua.

19, psittacea (rostrum-psittaci), C2. .... 10-690 |G. Britain and Ireland ;

| Scandinavia ; Canada.

**Hingeless. |

Family I. CRANIIDA.

Genus Cranta.

"ammonia, MRE, .Jocitebss benaccinocece= see 3-808 Sicily.

| Family II. DISCINID®.

| Genus Discrva.

| .— atlantica, Kimg ......-.ceeessserre 690-2400 Coralline Orag.

| |

Two new and remarkable species of Terebratula (viz. T. trigona

and 7. subquadrata) were dredged by Mr. Saville Kent in 1871 off

the coast of Portugal ; and these species I propose to describe and

figure, because my dredgings in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870

were nearly on the same ground. Mr. Kent’s discovery confirms my

previous statement and unchanged impression, that we know ver

little of the deep-water fauna, and that it is an inexhaustible field of

research. Terebratula tenera, from the ‘ Valorous’ Expedition, is

also figured.

I will notice very briefly the other Brachiopods of the European

seas, which were not procured in the ‘ Lightning’ or ‘ Porcupine’

Expedition.

For the illustrations accompanying this paper, and for other valu-

able assistance, I am indebted to my friend Mr. Davidson.

1878.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 401

* Jointed.

A. Perforated or tubuliferous.

Family I. TerReEsRATULID2.

Genus I. TEREBRATULA.

Subgenus I. Terebratulina. Loop, short, annular in its adult state.

1, TEREBRATULA CAPUT-SERPENTIS, Linné, (Plate XXII. fig. 1.)

Anomia caputserpentis, L. S. N. ed. 12, p. 1153: T'. caput-serpen-

tis, ‘ British Conchology,’ ii. p. 14, pl.i. f. 1; v. p. 164, pl. xix., f. 2.

‘ Lightning’ Expedition: Station 4, 530 fathoms.

‘ Poreupine’ Exp., 1869: St. 2, 808 f., on Oculina prolifera ;

6, 90 f.; 14,173 f.; 16, 1180 f.; 23a, 420f. ; 25, 164 f.; 54, 363 f.;

57, 632 f.; 61,114 f.; 65, 345 f.; 74 and 75, 203-250 f. ; 77, 560

f.; 78, 290 f.; 84, 155 f.; Loch Torridon, 40 f.; off Belfast, 70 f.

1870: Atlantic, 24,292 f.; Mediterranean; Adventure Bank,

92 f.; off Rinaldo’s Chair, 60-160 f.

Spitzbergen and Davis Strait to Malta and the Adriatic; Jamaica ;

North-East America ; Japan ; Korea; Australia; New Zealand: shore

to 150 f.

Extremely variable with respect to the proportional length of the

shell and the number of ribs or strize. One variety is the 7’. septen-

trionalis of Couthouy; and another may be called mediterranea,

which is longer and more slender, more compressed or flatter than

usual, and more or less cloven in front. In a monstrosity from the

Adventure Bank the upper valve is extraordinarily convex and boat-

shaped, and there are no longitudinal ribs or striz on the outer

margin.

I have figured (Pl. XXII. f. 1) the interior of a young specimen to

show that the loop is not in that stage of growth completely annular

or closed at the top, which is the principal characteristic of the sub-

genus Terebratulina.

The synonyms are very numerous; I have noted seventeen.

The localities for this and other Brachiopods in a fossil state will

be found in the table of species.

2. TEREBRATULA TUBERATA', Jeffr. (Plate XXII. fig. 2.)

SHELL, upper valve ovately triangular, somewhat convex ; lower

valve squarish, compressed; it is solid, opaque, and lustreless :

sculpture, about 20 fine longitudinal ribs, besides a few intermediate

strize, all of which radiate from the beak, and are closely covered

with short tubercles, some of which at the sides are raised and

become prickly: cecal tubuli very minute and numerous: colour

brownish white: margins of upper valve in front rounded and

slightly scalloped by the ribs, at the sides sloping with a gentle

curve, behind acute-angled : beak pointed : foramen or byssal pas-

sage oval, incomplete: del¢idium broad, slightly excavated or con-

cave: hinge-plate thick: teeth in upper valve small, strong, and

2 Covered with prickles.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1878, No. XXVI. 26

402 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON MOLLUSCA OF THE [Apr. 16,

triangular : skeleton or apophysary process in lower valve consisting

of a simple loop, which is attached to the hinge by short and stout

crura, ending in proportionally large triangular upright points or

spurs, from which proceeds the obtusely angular or nearly semicir-

cular portion of the loop at the base; the outer surface of the crura

is minutely and closely ridged across: inside furnished with about

10 ribs, but not with any intermediate strize ; edge notched to corre-

spond with the furrows. L. 0:1, B. 0°095.

‘Porcupine’ Exp., 1870: St. 17a, 795 f. Asingle (upper) valve

only.

I have also, through the kindness of Professor Lovén, a perfect

specimen from the Josephine Bank off the Strait of Gibraltar, which

was dredged in 340-430 fathoms.

The peculiar shape and sculpture serve to distinguish this tiny

species from the young of 7. caput-serpentis, and from the next

species 7’. trigona.

3. TEREBRATULA TRIGONA|, Jeffreys. (Plate XXII. fig 3.)

SHELL triangular, much compressed, solid for its size, semi-

transparent between the ribs, and glossy: sculpture, 8 rounded

longitudinal ribs, which radiate from the beak, and become gradually

broader towards the front ; those in the middle of each valve are the

largest ; the ribs are strongly wrinkled across by the lines of growth ;

the interstices or furrows are narrow: cecal tubuli numerous and

close-set: colour clear white: margins gently curved and scalloped

in front, abruptly sloping at the sides, broad or having somewhat

ear-like expansions behind: Jeak short : foramen oval and propor-

tionally large, incomplete: deltidium small: hinge-plate thick :

teeth in the upper valve short and strong: skeleton in the lower

valve consisting of a semicircular loop, which is attached on each

side by short and strong crura, and terminate in small pointed spurs:

inside of both valves smooth and polished, exhibiting through the

shell the thick outside ribs. L. 0:1, B. 0-1.

A single living specimen was dredged by Mr. Kent, in Mr. Mar-

shall Hall’s yacht the ‘ Norna,’ off the coast of Portugal, in about

500 fathoms. He very obligingly gave it to me with a specimen of

the following species. It may perhaps be immature; but I cannot

identify it with the young of any other species.

This pretty little shell differs from the young of 7. caput-serpen-

tis in shape, colour, having fewer ribs and a smooth interior, and in

the loop being rounded instead of incurved at the base. In T.

caput-serpentis of the same size as this (Pl. XXII. fig. 1) the inside,

especially in front, has strong and conspicuous ridges, which become

notches in the full-grown shell.

Typical. Loop short, semiannular.

4, TEREBRATULA SUBQUADRATA’, Jeffreys. (Plate XXII. fig. 4.)

SHE tt broadly triangular or oval, with a squarish outline ; upper

Triangular, ? Somewhat square.

1878.] ‘LigHrNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 403

valve gibbous ; lower valve somewhat compressed ; it is rather solid,

Opaque, and lustreless: sculpture, slight and fine longitudinal strize,

which radiate from the beak (50 to 60 in a larger, and half that

number in a smaller Specimen) ; these are crowded at the sides, and

are occasionally or partially intervenient ; concentric marks of growth

distinct, besides humerous intermediate and irregular lines: eweal

tubuli white, minute, and close-set: colour white, with an ochreous

tinge: margins curved in front, or slightly indented there in the

middle of the upper valve, more or less truncated at the sides,

rounded and somewhat shouldered behind in the lower valve: beak

extended or produced : Soramen large, circular, complete, thickened,

and reflected at the lower side: deléidium long and narrow, slightly

grooved across: hinge-plate thick and broad: teeth in the upper

valve short and incurved : loop narrow, keyhole-shaped, attached to

the hinge by short crura, which terminate halfway in small blunt

spurs, obtusely angular below in the smaller, and flexuous in the

larger specimen: inside smooth, slightly grooved lengthwise in the

smaller specimen, to correspond with the outside striz, and having

the inner edges of the larger specimen thickened and notched or

crenate, as in Astarte sulcata and in many species of Venus, Nucula,

and other genera. L, 1:05, B. 1 (larger specimen) ; L. 0°65,

B. 0°55 (smaller Specimen ).

Hab. Off the coast of Portugal, in 500-600 fathoms (Kent).

Of this new and interesting species Mr. Kent dredged two speci-

mens and a couple of valves, which he presented to Mr. Davidson

and myself.

I at first thought it might be the 7’. orbiculata of Seguenza

(Mem. Soe. Ital. Sc. Nat. t. i. no. 4, 1865, p. 7, tav. ii. f. 14—

16), judging from the description and figures; but he has lately,

with his usual courtesy, sent me for inspection the type of his species.

This shows that the smaller valve is not shouldered (so as to give

the shell a squarish outline), and that the strize are much finer and

more numerous than in 7’. subguadrata. He, indeed, now suspects

that his species may be the young of a large species, such as 77

ampulla or T. grandis; but that Species is not striated lengthwise.

I should be inclined to refer Seguenza’s species to the variety sphe-

notdea of T. vitrea. The form of the skeleton or apophysis depends

to some extent on the shape of the specimen in a species so variable

as T. vitrea.

¥ 5. TEREBRATULA viTREA, Born. (Plate XXII. fig. 5.)

Anomia vitrea, Born, Test. Mus. Czes, Vind. p. 104,

‘Porcupine’ Exp., 1870: Atlantic, St. 13, 220 f.; 16, 994 f, ;

17a, 740 f.; 24, 292 Ff. ; 25, 374 f.; off Cape Sagres, 45-58 f, ;

26, 364 f.; 27, 322 £5 28,8041); 29,'227. £3; Mediterranean,

45, 207 f.; Capo de Gata, 40-69 f.; 55, 1456 f. ; Adventure Bank,

92 f.

Atlantic coast of Spain to the Adriatic and fEigean : depths

5-310 f.

Bopy clear white and gelatinous: mantle lining the valves, and

26*

404 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS @N MOLLUSCA OF THE [Apr. 16,

furnished at its edges with short and very delicate close-set cilia of

different lengths and sizes, which project somewhat beyond the

valves, as in 7’. caput-serpentis.

The tubercles which close the tubular perforations in the shell

are extremely small and numerous. In some large and unusually

thick valves dredged by Dr. Carpenter in H.M.S. ‘Shearwater,’ off

the coast of Tunis, the perforations are irregular or unsymmetrical,

as in 7’. grandis.

Var. 1. minor, Philippi, =T. affinis, Calcara.

‘ Porcupine’ Exp., 1X70: Mediterranean, St. 58, 266 f.

Off Jan Mayen’s Isle, 263 f. (Friele, as T. arctica) ; Mediter-

ranean, Adriatic, and Agean, 30-310 f.; ‘Challenger’ Exp., off

Cape of Good Hope, 150 f., and Azores, 1000 f. ; ‘ Josephine’ Exp.,

off Villa Franca, Azores, 320-600 f.; Japan, 55 f. (A. Adams, as

T. davidson).

In a specimen of this variety from the Bay of Naples the front

margin is cloven or deeply indented, apparently in consequence of

the mantle having been injured in that part.

Var. 2. sphenotdea, Philippi. (Plate XXII. fig. 6.)

‘Porcupine’ Exp., 1870: Atlantic, St. 16, 994 f., 24, 292 f.;

25, 374 f.

Gulf of Florida, 100-270 f. (Pourtales, as T. cubensis).

After a protracted and very careful examination of my specimens,

which I had considered the 7’. sphenoidea of Philippi, and having

compared them with fossil specimens sent me by Professor Seguenza

as Philippi’s species from the Sicilian Tertiaries, as well as with a

series of 7. cubensis which I received from Count Pourtales and Pro-

fessor Alexander Agassiz, and also after a close comparison of all these

specimens with the description and figures given by Philippi,

Seguenza, Pourtales, and Dall, Iam convinced that 7’. sphenoidea

and 7’. cubensis are the same, and constitute a well-marked variety

of T. vitrea. The loop in 7’. sphengidea and T. cubensis is precisely

similar. The shape and proportions of the loop depend on the

shape of the shell in 7’. vitrea, and, I believe, in every other species

of Terebratula. Some recent and fossil specimens of this variety

exhibit more or less distinct, although slight, longitudinal striz,

which radiate from the beak and are especially visible at the sides ;

and the same kind of sculpture is occasionally observable in speci-

mens of the typical form of 7”. vitrea.

As to synonyms, I cannot recognize any valid character that would

serve to distinguish Seguenza’s Sicilian Tertiary species, 7”. elliptica

and 7. michelottiana from T.. vitrea, or his 7’. miocenica, T. orbicu-

lata, and 7’. benoitiana from the variety sphenoidea. TT. manticula

of Fischer (Journ. Conch. t. xvii. p. 81, pl. iii. fig. 4), a Miocene

fossil of the south-west of France, seems to be closely allied to the

variety minor, the only difference being that the deltidium in the

fossil is larger. 7. cernica of Crosse, from the Mauritius (Journ.

Conch. t. xxi. p. 285, and xxii. p. 75, pl. i. fig. 3), may be also the

present nearly ubiquitous species.

Costa, in his ‘Fauna del Regno di Napoli,’ refers the T.

1878.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 405

sphenoidea of Philippi to the variety ¢rigona of his own 7’. irregu-

laris, which is represented as having the skeleton of 7. septata or

some other septigerous species of the subgenus Waldheimia.

Subgenus II. Waldheimia. Loop long, reflected.

6. TeREBRATULA TENERA, Jeffreys. (Plate XXII. fig. 7.)

T. tenera, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. N. H., Sept. 1876, p. 250.

*Valorous’ Exp.’ 1450 f.

7. TEREBRATULA CRANIUM, Miiller.

LT. cranium, Mill. Zool. Dan. Prodr. p. 249, no. 3006: Br.

Conch. ii. p. 11; v. p. 163, pl. xix. fig. 1, la.

‘ Lightning’ Exp.: St. 2, 170 f.; 4, 530 f.; 5, 189 f.; 7, 650f. ;

off the Farves, 164 and 208 f,.

‘Porcupine’ Exp., 1869: St. 14, 173f.; 15, 422 f. ; 23a, 420 f. ;

25, 164 f. ; 46,374 f.; 50, 355 f. 357, 632 f.; 61, 114 f.; 65,345f.;

74, 203 f.; 75, 250 f.; 78, 290 f.; 83, 262 f. ; 84, 155 f.; 85, 190

f. 1870: St. 1, 567 f.; 2, 305 f.; 3, 690 f. (and var. oblonga) ;

Vigo Bay, 30 f.; 24, 292 f.

Greenland (Wallich, Mobius), and Norway (Miiller and others),

to the south-west of France (De Folin, Fischer), Vigo (McAndrew) :

5-650 f. St. Margaret’s Bay, Nova Scotia (Willis)? Northern

Asia and Japan (A. Adams),

The tubercles or czcal extremities of the canals which permeate

the shell are more numerous in this than in the next species (a

septata), and are arranged in wavy lines. The gradual develop-

ment of the skeleton or apophysary process in both species is very

remarkable, and has been admirably shown by Herr Friele of Bergen

in a series of figures which accompany his papers on the subject in

the ‘ Vidensk. Selsk. Forh.’ for 1875, pl. i. fig. 9, a, and * Archiv

for Mathematik og Naturvidenskab’ for 1877, tab. i.—iii. Mr. Charles

Moore had also, in ‘the Geologist’ for 1860, described and illus-

trated certain modifications in the loop of a fossil species, Terebra-

tella buckmanni, which are not less important in respect of the

classification of the Brachiopoda. The skeleton of a young Megerlia

truncata, and probably of every other jointed Brachiopod, is different

from that of an adult specimen.

In the second volume of iny work on British Conchology, p- 14,

I stated that the lower valve in the young of 7. cranium is “ fur-

uished with a very distinct and prominent crest or ridge, placed

inside and nearly in the middle of this valve,’ and that the same

character “ likewise occurs in 7. septata, Philippi, a Sicilian fossil

(2. septigera, Lovén), and is remarkably developed in that species ;

but the foramen is incomplete in 7. cranium, and entire in T. sep-

tata.’ I now find, on further examination of my Shetland speci-

mens, that some of those which I had taken to be the young of 7’.

cranium really belong to 7’. septata; and consequently the latter

species is an inhabitant of our own coasts as well as of the Norwegian

406 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON MOLLUSCA OF THE [<Apr. 16,

and other seas. The septum in the very young of 7’. cranium consists

of a mere upright point, as in Megerlia; and the loop is then round

and small, becoming elliptical and extended in the adult. The

foramen is incomplete in the young of 7. septata, and resembles

that of 7’. cranium in every state ; and this is likewise the case as to

the young of 7’. vitrea.

Mr. Dall, in the ‘ American Naturalist’ for March 1871 (vol. v.

p- 55), indicated a new genus of Brachiopods, founded on some

young specimens of 7’. cranium which I had sent him from the

‘Porcupine’ dredgingsin 1869. He said the loop “ has no secondary

attachment to the hzmal valve, and the latter is destitute of a

septum.” This genus he proposed to name Frenula, and the

species jeffreysiz. Inthe American Journal of Conchology for 1871

(vol. vii. pt. 2, p. 65, pl. ii. figs. 7-10) he gave a more detailed

account, with figures, of the same species as [smenia? jeffreyst.

His figures agree with those published by Herr Friele to illustrate

the development of the skeleton in 7. cranium. Mr. Dall remarks

as to his species, ‘‘ Without a septum in either valve. Loop un-

attached except by the hzemal processes to the hinge plate,’ and

further on, “ None of the specimens had the slightest trace of a

septum.” He then alludes to having subsequently received from me

other young Brachiopods, of which he says, ‘ All of them possessed

a filiform but rather stout septum;” and, although with some

doubt, he was of opinion that all the specimens belonged to the same

species, and that in those first mentioned ‘the septum must have

been broken away.” He has since, at my request, kindly sent me

for my inspection a specimen of his species, which he now calls

Megerlia jeffreysi, and which he says he received from me as the

young of 7’. cranium; and he has presented me with some valves

dredged by him at Port Etches in Alaska, at a depth of about 15

fathoms, and which according to him were “probably” the same

species, although he carefully explained that he would not vouch

for it. The valves in question were worn and apparently old, but

all of them showed the septum most distinctly; and they may

belong to the species which Mr. Dall has very lately described anew

as Megerlia jeffreysi. These valves are not unlike Terebratella (?)

frontalis of Middendorff in shape and texture; but they differ

essentially in the position of the septum as well as in the deltidium.

In Mr. Dall’s imperfect specimens the septum resembles that of

Terebratella spitzbergensis, viz. in being a long narrow and thread-

like lamina extending from the middle of the deltidium for about

two thirds of the inside towards the front ; in 7. frontalis (judging

from the type most obligingly sent me by Dr. v. Schrenck from the

St. Petersburg Museum for my inspection) the septum is that of

Argiope, being gnomon-shaped or triangular, and placed near the

front. The apophysis of Megerlia truncata does not correspond

with that of any of the above-named species. I would here remark

that the septum is not at all likely to be broken away and entirely

disappear, because it is formed in the protected part of the lower

valve. It is persistent in the most worn and even fragmentary spe-

1878.) ‘Ligutning’ AND ‘PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 407

cimens of 7’. septata, Terebratella spitzbergensis, and T. (?) frontalis,

and of other similarly furnished Brachiopods. Mr. Dall has now

redescribed Megerlia Jeffreysi in his ‘ Scientific Results of the Ex-

ploration of Alaska’ (June 1877, p. 48), and Says as to the apophysis

“ Megerlie sanguinec simillima,” the habitat being thus given,

ON. E. Atlantie, 155-345 fathoms, Jeffreys, with Waldheimia

cranium, Semidi Islands, Port Etches, Dall ; Victoria, V. Id, J.

Richardson.” Mr. Davidson tells me that Herr Friele was mistaken

im saying that the former considered M. jeffreysi the young of

Megerlia sanguinea.

Now I fear there must have been some mistake about the Atlantic

and Pacific specimens. I have no doubt that the shell described

last year by Mr, Dall as Megerlia jeffreysi (see Plate XXIII. fig. 3),

and which by his permission I have examined, is a perfectly good

Species of Megerlia, having a distinct Septum and the loop three

times attached; and I thank him sincerely for the compliment he

as paid me in associating my name with it. But at the same time

I firmly believe that the specimens described by him in 1871 as

Frenula jeffreysii and Ismenia? Jeff reysi belong to a different species

and another genus, and that such last-mentioned species was 7’.

cranium. The other specimens which I afterwards sent him, and

which had a “rather stout septum,” may have been the young of

T. septata.

Synonyms: Anomia terebratula, L. ; Terebratula plicata, Philipp-

son; T. euthyra, Philippi; 7. subvitrea and 7. glabra, Leach ; and

perhaps, in the younger state, Waldheimia davidsoniana of Seguenza.

Mr. Davidson in 1853 and 1855 placed Waldheimia as a sub-

genus of Terebratula ; but in 1861 he raised it to generic rank.

v 8. TeREBRATULA sEprata, Philippi. (Plate XXIII. figs. 1,

1 a, 6, ¢; loop.)

T. septata, Ph. Moll. Sic. ii. p- 68, t. xviii. fig. 7 (1844).

* Porcupine’ Exp., 1869: St. 23a, 420 f. ; 36, 725 f.; 39, 557 f.;

54, 363 f.: 65,345 f.; 67, 64 f.; 68, 75 f.; 74, 203f.; 75,250 f. 1870:

1, 567 f.; 3,690 f. ; 6, 358 f.; 9,539 f. A perfect cast or petrifaction

of apparently this species was also dredged by me, with other Ter-

tiary fossils, at Station 24, 292 f., off the Atlantic coast of Spain,

Norway, 100-300 f. (Lovén and others) ; Shetland, 80-90 fz,

young, with 7. cranium (J. G. J ia

A Japanese Brachiopod, Terebratella marie of A. Adams, may

be a dwarf variety of the present species, corresponding with the

variety minor of T\. vitrea. Waldheimia raphaélis of Dall, also

from the North Pacific, looks like a gigantic variety of 7. septata,

the author having kindly permitted myself and Mr. Davidson to

compare his specimen of W. raphaélis with some of T. septata, my

largest specimen of which measures an inch and three tenths in

length.

I cannot detect any distinctive character of importance in Wald-

heimia floridana of Pourtales, from the Gulf of Florida, 100-200

fathoms, to separate it specifically from 7. septata. He says (Bull.

408 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON MOLLUSCA OF THE [Apr. 16,

Mus. Comp. Zool. No. 7, 1869, p. 127), ‘* Very young specimens are

flatter, rounded, and have a strait margin; they could scarcely be

distinguished from the young of Terebratula cubensis, if it was not

for the loop and septum seen by transparency. There is also some

variety of form in the old; in some specimens the length is greater

than the breadth, and there is considerable diversity in the sinuosity

of the frontal margin.” 7’. septata is not less variable in shape and

in the flexuosity of the front margin; a young specimen which I

dredged in the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition of 1870, attached to a branch

of Oculina prolifera, was mistaken by me for Terebratella spitzber-

gensis, having the same oval and laterally compressed outline, and

a similar septum visible through the shell.

In young and half-grown specimens of 7. septata, as well as in

other allied species, the side flanges or flaps of the loop are closed

by a membrane, which is removable; the openings then appear.

The inner layer of the shell is microscopically and closely striated

lengthwise. The gradual development of the skeleton or apophy-

sary process, indicated by the changes which take place in the course

of growth, is very remarkable, and is shown in the accompanying

figures (Plate XXIII. figs. 1 a, 6, ¢). Mr. Davidson and I agree

that the loop in 7. septata, when quite young, resembles that of a

Megerlia, and is three times attached; at a rather more advanced

age it assumes the form of a 7'eredratella, and is twice attached; in

the full-grown state it has all the characteristics of the subgenus

Waldheimia, and is attached only to the hinge-plate. Mr. Friele

has also, to some extent, demonstrated these retrograde changes

in his papers above referred to.

This species is unquestionably the 7’. septigera of Loven (1846),

and equally without doubt (so far as my opinion is worth any thing

in either case) the 7’. septata of Philippi, 1844. Seguenza, how-

ever, considers Philippi’s species to belong to the genus T'erebratella ;

and he has named Lovén’s species Waldheimia peloritana. Although

the skeleton represented in Philippi’s figure was imperfect, there is

no appearance of the cross bar to which the loop is attached in

Terebratella, and which cross bar is not less persistent than the sep-

tum in broken and worn specimens of so many species of that genus

as well as of Megerlia. Indeed his description and figures agree as

closely with imperfect specimens of 7. septigera, as those of his 7’.

euthyra with imperfect specimens of 7’. cranium. Seguenza may

have found in the Sicilian Tertiaries not only his W. peloritana,

which he now refers to 7’. septigera, but also a species of Terebra-

tella which he regards as Philippi’s species. For this last-mentioned

species, if not known in a recent or living state, he might give

another name. Were not priority of publication an essential stand-

point for scientific nomenclature, septigera might be retained for the

recent species, and septata for Seguenza’s fossil species of Terebra-

tella ; but in the absence of better data it may be more advisable

*‘qnieta non moveri.” W. peloritana and W. floridana appear to

be the same variety of 7’. septata.

I cannot refrain from expressing my admiration of the careful and

1878.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 409

valuable work of Professor Seguenza, notwithstanding that my notions

of the distinctive character of certain species do not accord with

his.

Genus IT. TEREBRATELLA.

TEREBRATELLA SPITZBERGENSIS, Davidson, (Plate XXIII.

fig. 2; loop.)

Terebratella spitzbergensis, Dav. in Ann. & Mag. N.H. 1855,

xvi. p. 442, pl. x. fig. 3: B. OC. ii. p. 2; v. p. 164, pl. xcix. fig. 3.

Spitzbergen, Iceland; ‘ Valorous’ Expedition, Wellington Channel,

Davis Strait, Gulf of St. Lawrence, North Japan, and Shetland :

depths 20-690 fathoms,

Genus III. Arciopr.

Typical. Having three septa.

“ 1. ArRGIoPE DECOLLATA, Chemnitz.

Anomia decollata, Ch. Conch. Cab. yiij. p. 96, pl. 78. figs.

705 a-d.

Argiope decollata, B. C. ii. p. 18; v. p. 164, pl. xix. fig. 3.

‘ Porcupine’ Exp., 1870: Atlantic, St. 24, Qua f.; 36, 364 f.

Mediterranean, 58, 50 f.; Adventure Bank, 92 f.

Guernsey, South-west of F rance, Atlantic coasts of Spain, Medi-

terranean, Adriatic, Egean, Madeira, Canary Isles: 18-130 f.

In some Specimens, recent and fossil, the ribs are evanescent or

Searcely perceptible. Size variable.

Synonyms: Anomia detruncata, Gmelin; Terebratula aperta, De

Blainville; Z. cardita and Vis urna-antiqua, Risso; T. ungula,

Retz; 7. pectiniformis, O. G. Costa; 7. dimidiata, Scacchi,

Subgenus Cistella. With a Single septum.

2. ARGIOPE NEAPOLITANA, Scacchi.

Terebratula neapolitana, Sc. Oss. Zool. 1833, ii. p. 18,

Mediterranean, Adriatic, Egean, and Canary Isles: 30-320 f.

The number of ribs varies from two to eight, some specimens

being quite ribless; and the shape and size are also very variable

characters, as in 4. cuneata. From that species 4. neapolitana

may be distinguished by the inner margin in the latter being fur-

nished with a numerous row of small and short ridges, which become

tubercular in front, by the anterior margin being indented in the

. middle, and by the septum in the lower valve being notched across,

In some Specimens, which are more transparent than usual, the

marginal ridges can be seen outside.

Philippi has, in the figures given in his first volume, evidently

confounded the present species (his Terebratula seminulum) with

Platydia anomioides, which it seems he did not then know.

Terebratula cordata, Risso; T, seminulum, Ph.; Orthis bifida,

Costa; A. forbesi, Davidson.

410 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON MOLLUSCA OF THE [Apr. 16,

3. ARGIOPE CISTELLULA, 8. V. Wood.

Terebratula cistellula, S. V. Wood, in Ann. & Mag. N. H. vi,

p- 293.

A. cistellula, B. C. ii. p. 19, pl. 1. f. 2; v. p. 164, pl. xix. f. 4.

Norway, Shetland to Guernsey, Ireland, Normandy, S.W. France :

20-45 f.

I was wrong in referring this species to the Orthis lunifera of

Philippi, which is (at any rate partly) the young of Megerlia trun-

cata. I likewise mistrust the Mediterranean habitat cited by me for

a specimen of the present species, and have now omitted it ; the spe-

cimen was more probably the young of 4. cuneata.

4. ARGIOPE CUNEATA, Risso.

Terebratula cuneata, Risso, Hist. Nat. de l’ Eur. mérid. iv. p. 388,

fig. 179.

Mediterranean, Adriatic, Augean, and Canary Isles: 28-200 f.

Probably also Guadeloupe, 111-150 f. (Schramm, fide Crosse and

Fischer as A. schrammt).

The shape varies from triangular to broadly oblong; ribs two to

ten, more or less vanishing in some specimens, and altogether want-

ing in others.

I have been favoured by Professor Seguenza with an opportunity

of examining his unique specimen of A. biplicata from the Straits of

Messina, and of comparing it with an extensive series of A. cuneata

and its colourless variety. The result of such examination and com-

parison, as regards both the outside and inside, compels me to con-

sider the specimen an abnormal form of A. cuneata.

Terebratula soldaniana, Risso ; Anomia pera, v. Mihlfeld ; T. sco-

binata, Cantraine, not -Anomia scobinata of Linné.

Subgenus Gwynia. No septum.

5. ArGIorE capsuLa, Jeffreys.

Terebratula capsula, Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. N. H. ser. 3, 11. p. 125,

pl. v. f..4; iii. pl. ii. f. 7, 8.

A. capsula, B.C. ii. p. 21; v. p. 164, pl. xix. f. 5.

East and south of Ireland, Plymouth, Weymouth, Guernsey,

Etretat ; Sluys-kill, Zealand, near the Belgian frontier (Colbeau)? :

8-25 f.

Ihave lately opened and carefully examined more specimens of this

minute Brachiopod, as well as very young specimens of Terebratula

caput-serpentis, T. cranium, T. vitrea, Argiope decollata, A. neapo- .

litana, A. cistellula, A. cuneata, Platydia anomioides, and Megerlia

truncata, of nearly similar dimensions. All of these last are cer-

tainly distinct from A. capsula in respect of the internal apparatus or

skeleton, which is nearly wanting in A. capsula. The young of

Platydia anomioides has, besides the septum, a very large byssal

orifice in the lower valve; otherwise that species might be the adult

of A. capsula: but it has never been found with the latter species,

1878.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘PoRCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 411

nor even in the same parts of the ocean. It is clearly unscientific to

suppose that, because 4. capsula is tiny, it cannot be a good species,

in whatever genus it ought to be placed. Until there is some proof

or fair presumption that it is embryonic or immature, it would be

preferable to retain it in the subgenus of Argiope, for which Dr. King

proposed the generic name Gwynia,

Genus IV. Prarypra.

¥ Puatyp1a anomroipzs, Scacchi and Philippi.

Orthis anomioides, Sc. & Ph., Moll. Sie. ii. p. 69, t. xviii. f. 9.

‘ Porcupine’ Exp., 1869.: St. 78,290 f. One of my specimens is

twice the length of any I have seen from the Mediterranean ; the

other is minute, of an oval shape, and apparently abnormal.

Coast of Portugal, 600 f. (Kent)!; Mediterranean and /Egean,

40-120 f.; Gulf of Florida, 237 f. (Dall) ; ‘ Challenger ’ Exp.,

“attached to a specimen of Wauldheimia kerguelensis,” St. 145,

lat. 46° 40'S., long. 37° 50! E., off Prince-Edward Isles, 150 f.

(Davidson) !

One of my Tunisian specimens is acutely triangular. The lower

valve is sometimes more convex than the upper, as in Anomia ephip-

pium, owing to the habit this Brachiopod has of attaching and

moulding itself by the under surface to corals and other irregular

substances.

This is the Terebratula appressa of Forbes, who published it in

the same year as Philippi. Mr. Dall referred to this Species the

Orthis eusticta of Philippi; but that is a species of Megerlia, and

very different from this. According to Professor Seguenza the

young of P. anomioides is the Terebratula seminulum of Philippi.

Mr. Davidson proposed the genus Morrisia for the present Species ;

but, with true scientific candour, he gave it up in favour of Platydia,

which had been described by O. G. Costa a few months previously

in the same year. In the ‘Annals’ for December 1855, he appa-

rently considered Morrisia and Megerlia subgenera of Terebratella;

and in July 1861 he queried Morrisia as a distinct genus. However,

his present scheme of classification is much more satisfactory ; and

I will not presume to criticise it.

Genus V. Mrerrtia, (Megerlea) King.

/ MEGERLIA TRUNCATA, Linné.

Anomia truncata, L. 8. N. p- 1152.

M. truncata, B.C. ii. p- 22; v. p. 164.

‘Poreupine’ Exp., 1870: Atlantic, St. 24, 292 f. (and var.

monstruosa); 36, 128 f. Mediterranean, 45, 207 f. (and var.),

Capo de Gata, 40-69 f.; 58, 266 f. (and var.) ; Adventure Bank,

92 f. (and var.),

Atlantic coasts of France and Spain, Mediterranean, Adriatic, and

Aigean: 10-120 f. Cape of Good Hope, 224 f. (and var.). Canary

Isles, 60 f. ‘ Challenger’ Exp., off Teneriffe, 70-75 f. Isle of

Bourbon, 200 f. (Deshayes, as Morrisia gigantea). Australia (Angas,

412 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON MOLLUSCA OF THE [Apr. 16,

fide Dall). The habitat given by Linné, “in pelago Norvegico,” is

erroneous, so far as we at present know or believe, as well as

“Torquay ” on Dr. Turton’s authority.

Very common and not less variable. Some specimens, especially

the young, are more or less acutely triangular; others are nearly

ribless or smooth ; the very young have merely a moderately large

byssal orifice in the lower valve, the beak of the upper valve being

pointed ; and the loop is annular as in the subgenus Terebratulina.

This is a case of progressive development, and the reverse of what

takes place in Terebratula septata. The skeleton is distorted in the

monstrous form or variety. The size given by Deshayes for his

Morrisia gigantea scarcely exceeds one half of some ‘ Porcupine’

specimens from 266 fathoms.

There are six other synonyms, but obsolete. Terebratula (after-

wards Orthis) lunifera of Philippi, Forbes, and Costa is the young ;

the skeleton being imperfect or broken causes the appearance denoted

by that specific name. Mr. G. B. Sowerby, jun., figured in his

‘Thesaurus’ a ribless variety of Argiope cuneata as Philippi’s species.

The distorted variety, which Scacchi at first described as Terebra-

tula monstruosa, but subsequently called ‘‘ Antecedentis varietas”’

with reference to the present species, is the Morrisia davidsoni of

Eudes Deslongchamps; it not unfrequently occurs with the normal

and intermediate forms.

Seguenza in 1865 classified ‘‘ Megerlea” as a subgenus of Tere-

bratella.

Genus VI. THECIDEA.

THECIDEA MEDITERRANEA, Risso.

T. mediterranea, Risso, Hist. Nat. de Eur. mérid. iv. p.394, f. 185.

Mediterranean, especially the African coasts, 30-300 f. Jamaica,

60 and 150 f. (Barrett, fide Davidson). Mauritius (Sir Henry

Barkly)!

Thecidea spondylea of Scacchi, and probably 7’. testudinaria of

Michelotti.

B. Imperforate.

Family Il. RoyNCHONELLID&.

Genus 1. ATRETIA.

ATRETIA GNOMON, Jeffreys. (Plate XXIII. fig. 4.)

A. gnomon, Jeffr. Proc. R. 8S. no. 121, 18th Noy. 1869, p. 121 ;

Ann. & Mag. N. H. Sept. 1876, p. Db):

‘Porcupine’ Exp., 1869: St. 20, 1443 f.; 30, 1380 f.

‘Valorous’ Exp.: Davis Strait, 1100-1750 f.; North Atlantic,

1450 f. Norwegian Arctic Exp., 1877: about thirty miles west of

«‘Tromsd,” on the slope of the banks, “cold area,” 650 f. (Friele) !

According to Mr. Dall, Atretia is a synonym of Zittel’s genus

Dimerella (Dunker and v. Meyer, Palzont. 1870, p. 220), which is

a Jurassic Brachiopod; but, although it belongs to the same family,

1878.] ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE” EXPEDITIONS. 413

the internal apparatus is different, and the beak is prominent in

Atretia and incurved in Dimerella. The septum in A¢fretia is short,

gnomon-shaped, and central ; in Dimerella it extends from below the

beak to the front of the lower or smaller valve. The genus Manna

of Dewalque (Soc. Malac. Belg., 1874), from the “sable noir,” or

Upper Miocene of the Antwerp Crag, is also a Rhynchonellidan ; but

the internal apparatus is likewise different from that of Atrefia.

Each of the curved processes in the lower or smaller valve of Aéretia

gnomon has the outer end trifid, or is divided into three symmetrical

digitate points.

Genus II. RuyncHone ta.

1. RHYNCHONELLA PSITTACEA (ROSTRUM-PsITTACI), Chemn.

Anomia rostrum-psittaci, Ch., viii. p. 106, tab. 78. f. 4 a, 8, ¢.

R. psittacea, B.C. ii. pp. 22, 23; v.p. 164, pl. xeix. f. 4.

Arctic and northern seas in both hemispheres, from Spitzbergen to

Drontheim, and from Franklin-Pierce Bay in 79° 25! N. lat. to

Maine, U.S., in the North Atlantic; and from Behring Strait to Japan

in the North Pacific: 10-690 f. Australia, with R. nigricans (J. W.

Flower)! Shetland, 90-100 f.; apparently recent, but possibly

relics of the “ glacial era”? (J.G. J.). North Sea, S.E. of Yarmouth

(Metzger) ; possibly also semifossil. Several spurious or more than

doubtful habitats on the Scotch and English coasts have been re-

corded.

J 2. Rayncuonenia sicuLa’, Seguenza, MS. (Plate XXIII. figs.

5, 6.)

Bopy whitish, gelatinous : man¢éle not furnished at its edge with

setee or bristles, as is the case in the Terebratulidee: arms fringed with

short cirri, which are unequal in length and curl inwards at their

extremities : byssal plug small, cylindrical, and slender; its outer

case or sheath is chitinous, and resists the action of liquor potasse.

SHELL ovately triangular, having the upper valve convex and the

lower valve somewhat compressed, rather thin, semitransparent, and

glossy: sculpture, numerous and close-set, minute, very fine and

regular longitudinal striz ; lines of growth slight but distinct : colour

pale brownish-yellow: margins nearly straight in front (instead of

being flexuous as in R. psitéacea), irregularly sloping at the sides,

broadly angular behind: beak very short, incurved : foramen very

small, oval, incomplete: deléidium broad, slightly concave: hinge-

plate narrow : teeth in the upper valve triangular and long ; the pro-

cesses in the lower valve approximate at the base, forming an in-

verted V, and are irregularly oblong, rather thin, and concave in the

middle; each of these processes extends outwards as a thin and

narrow lamina, which curves upwards, and is divided at its outer end

in a pectinate or comb-like manner, as in Atretia gnomon, but has

more digitations or points; the sockets of the teeth are grooved

transversely : septum ridge-like, short, placed in the centre of the

1 Sicilian.

414 DR. GWYN JEFFREYS ON MOLLUSCA OF THE [Apr. 16,

large muscular scar below the beak: inside smooth and glossy, not

contracted behind, nor grooved like R. psittacea. L. 0°9, B. 0°75.

‘Porcupine’ Exp., 1870; St. 3, 690 f.: Chops of the English

Channel. One perfect and living specimen, besides two not quite

perfect valves and some fragments.

The shape of the Sicilian fossil, for a specimen of which (see Plate

XXIII. fig. 6) I am indebted to Professor Seguenza, is rather more

broadly triangular, and is uniformly convex; but it agrees with the

recent specimen above described in its peculiar sculpture, want of

flexuosity in the front margin, short beak, and small foramen. The

fibrous texture of the shell is much softer and looser than that of 2.

psittacea'. Attached to the living specimen of R. sicula is a remark-

able species of Balanus or an allied genus, which will be elsewhere

noticed.

** Hingeless.

Family I. CRANIID2.

Genus CRANIA.

CraniA ANOMALA, Miller.

Patella anomala, Mill. Zool. Dan. Prodr. p. 237.

C. anomala, B. C. ii. p. 24, pl. i. f. 3; v. p. 165, pl. xix. f. 6.

‘Lightning’ Exp., St. 2,170 f.; 4, 530f.; 5, 189 f. (var. alba).

‘Porcupine’ Exp., 1869, St. 2, 808 f.; 6, 90 f.; 7,159 f.; 12,

670f.; 14,173 f., on Oculina prolifera; The Minch, 170f.; 74 & 75,

203-250 f.; 78, 290 f., with Platydia anomioides. 1870, Atlantic,

1, 567 f.; 3, 690 f., upper valve coloured with reddish-brown streaks ;

24, 292 f.: Mediterranean, 45, 207 f.; 58, 266 f.; Adventure Bank,

92 f.

Spitzbergen to the Mediterranean, Adriatic, and Aigean : 3-255 f.

Jamaica (Barrett, as C. personata, in coll. M‘Andrew); North Sea,

0-106 f. (Metzger).

Some of the specimens procured by Dr, Carpenter in H.M.S.

‘Shearwater’ off the coast of Tunis, in from 40 to 120 fathoms, are

unusually thick, especially at their edges, which are closely notched

inside ; and they belong to the variety which Seguenza has described

and figured as C. /amellosa from the Sicilian Pliocene beds. In two

or three of these ‘ Shearwater’ specimens the hinder margin of the

upper valve is nearly straight; and the posterior muscular scars

project somewhat beyond the sides, so as to give a hinge-like cha-

racter to that part of the valve. The interior of the upper valve in

one specimen is covered with crowded oblong tubercles, which are

arranged in the line of growth. The inside margin of the lower

valve is generally more or less raised, as I pointed out in ‘ British

Conchology,’ vol. ii. p. 25.

There are several synonyms, viz.:—Criopus jfimbriatus for the

animal or soft parts of this and other Brachiopods, and Anomia

1 In R. psittacea the curved processes in the lower valve are rather long, ir-

regularly triangular and twisted ; the lamina is furnished underneath with five

or six slight obliquely transyerse ridges, which form notches at the inside edge.

1878.| ‘LIGHTNING’ AND ‘ PORCUPINE’ EXPEDITIONS. 415

turbinata for the shell of the present species (Poli) ; Patella distorta

(Montagu); Orbicula norvegica (Lamarck) ; C.ringens and C. rostrata

(Heeninghaus); Discina ostreoides (Turton); Criopus orcadensis

(Leach), and Crania personata (Sowerby and others, not Lamarck) ;

var. alba=C. suessia (Reeve, in coll. M‘Andrew) !

Mr. Dall was quite right in ascribing the original authorship of

the generic name crania to Retz, instead of to Philippson, as I had

erroneously stated. See Schrift. Berlin. Ges. naturf. Fr. Bd. ii.

p- 72, tab. i. f. 2-7, 1781. Philippson published the same name in

1788.

Family II. Discrinipa.

Genus Discrna.

v Discina aTLANTICA, King. (Plate XXIII. fig. 7.)

D. atlantica, King in Proc. N. H. Soc. Dublin, 1868, vol. v.

p- 170: Jeffr. in Ann. & Mag. N. H., Sept. 1876, p. 202.

‘Porcupine’ Exp., 1869, St. 19 a, 1366 f.

Off the west coast of Ireland, 1240 f. (Capt. Hoskyns). North

Atlantic, while fishing up the deep-sea telegraph cable in about

2400 f. (Sir James Anderson), ‘ Valorous’ Exp., 1450 & 690 f.

(J. G.J.). ‘Challenger’ Exp., near St. Paul, 1850 f.; N. Pacific,

1875 f. & 2050 f.; off Bermuda, 2180 f. (Davidson) !

I have also to thank Mr. Davidson for telling me of a mistake in

my short description of the animal in the ‘ Annals’ above cited ;

and I gladly take this opportunity of correcting it. The word mantle

ought to be substituted for “ arms.”

D. atlantica is probably the same species as the Coralline-Crag fossil

which Mr. 8. Wood at first doubtfully named D. norvegica and after-

wards D. fallens, and which Mr. Davidson at first doubtfully named

Orbicula lamellosa and afterwards D. fallens. But O. norvegica of

Sowerby (=O. lamellosa, Broderip) is a very different and tropical

species of Discina.

The genus Discina appears to be the connecting link, at least analo-

gically, between the Brachiopoda and Conchifera through Anomia,

both having a similar plug of attachment in the lower valve.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puate XXII.

Fig. 1. Terebratula caput-serpentis, young; to show the loop: p. 401.

2. T. tuberata, p. 401.

3. T. trigona, p. 402.

4. T. subquadrata, p. 402.

5. T. vitrea; loop: p. 403.

6. T. vitrea, var. sphenoidea; loop: p. 404.

7. T.tenera, p. 405.

Puate XXIII.

. Terebratula septata, p. 407.

. Terebratella spitzbergensis; loop: p. 409.

. Megerlia jeffreyst; loop: p. 407.

. Atretia gnomon, p. 412.

Hm OS bo

416 DR. M. WATSON ON THE MALE { Apr. 16,

Fig. 5. Rhynchonella sicula (recent), p. 413.

6. R. sicula (fossil), p. 414."

7. Discina atlantica, p. 415.

Observation—In the enlarged figure of Terebratula vitrea, var. sphenoidea,

the strise are much too strongly marked. In the figure of Discina atlantica the

setz are represented too thick.

2. On the Male Generative Organs of Hyena crocuta. By

M. Warson, M.D., Professor of Anatomy, Owens Col-

lege, Manchester.

{Received April 5, 1878.]

. (Plates XXIV. & XXV.)

In a previous communication ’ I laid before this Society a deserip-

tion of the female organs of Hyena crocuta, and having lately had

an opportunity of examining those of an adult male of the same

species, have thought that a description of these would not be alto-

gether uninteresting, more especially as, so far as I can ascertain, no

complete account of them has hitherto been published. For the

sake of comparison I shall follow the plan pursued in the paper

referred to, describing in the first place the external, and secondly

the internal organs of generation.

External Parts.

The anal and perineal regions of the male resemble so closely those

of the female that without a very accurate examination it is impos-

sible to distinguish between the sexes. In both there is a well-

marked glandular pouch above the anus; in both there are cutaneous

elevations corresponding in appearance to that of the scrotum in the

males of allied species ; and in both there is an elongated, pendulous,

penis-like body, surrounded by a prepuce, and perforated at its

extremity by a single aperture of small size.

Penis.—This organ is directed forwards, and lies along the middle

line of the perineum as in the dog. The free portion, consisting of

a central glans surrounded by a thick fleshy prepuce, projects for-

ward and downward from the level of the abdominal wall, and

measures one inch and a half in length. The glans is conical in

form and without distinct corona, the urethral aperture being situated

on the apex of the cone. The inferior lip of this aperture is pro-

longed forward to some extent, so that seen from the side the glans

presents the appearance of being obliquely truncated from before

backward and upward as in the female, although the truncation is

not so well marked as in that sex. In the flaccid condition of the

organ the glans is for the most part concealed by the prepuce, its

apex only being exposed. The latter portion is of a dark blue colour,

and its surface is much corrugated, whilst so much of the glans as is

concealed by the prepuce is of a purplish colour and presents no trace

of corrugation. Its basal two thirds are moreover covered by small

7 Proc. Zool. Soc. May, 1877.

at. ee ee ef

Hanhart imp

Young If? del. JSmit ith

UTA

iNA CRO!

ANATOMY OF H

‘

af >

‘

j -~

4 ‘

‘

\ ra

AHYoung MB del. JSmit bth

ANATOMY. OHH

art imp

me CROCUTA

1878. ] GENERATIVE ORGANS OF HYZNA CROCUTA. 417

recurved spines, which diminish in size toward the margin of the

prepuce and are altogether absent on its free corrugated portion.

The urethral aperture is smaller and less dilatable than the corre-

sponding opening in the female. The prepuce, consisting of a thick

double fold of integument of a bluish colour externally and flesh-

coloured internally, is thrown into well-marked circular rugz and is

attached by a distinct freenum to the under surface of the base of

the glans. When retracted it is continuous with the surface of the

latter. In the female the freenum is attached, not to the dase of

the glans, but to the inferior lip of the urino-genital canal.

Perineum.—The perineum, from the inferior border of the scrotum

to the base of the free portion of the penis, measures 4 inches in

length, a measurement which agrees exactly with that of the corre-

sponding region of the female. The integument, like that of the

prepuce is of a bluish colour, smooth, and devoid of hair with the

exception of a space immediately behind the free portion of the penis,

which space is covered with down of a light yellowish colour, the

hairs being directed forwards. It is worthy of note that this area

in the male corresponds exactly with that which in the female is

studded with the little depressions described in my paper on the

genital organs of that sex. And here I would take the opportunity

of correcting an error into which I unwittingly fell in that paper. I

refer to the statement contained therein that the integument of the

female perineum is thrown into longitudinal ruge. These, as the

accompanying drawing shows, are altogether absent in the male in

the recent state of the parts, and only manifest themselves subsequent

to their immersion in aleohol, As the female organs had been sub-

jected to this treatment previous to their examination, I have little

doubt that in their natural condition these parts present the uniformly

smooth appearance I have just described in the male animal. The

presence of these folds in the female, moreover, induced me to hazard

the conjecture that they might represent in H. erocuta the labia of

other carnivora. This supposition is now no longer tenable, as the

examination of the male perineum has led me to conclude that the

homologues of the labia are not to be sought in the longitudinal

perineal folds just referred to, but rather in the cutaneous elevations

described in my former paper under the name of “ scrotal pouches.”

Scrotum.—Yhe scrotum is non-pendulous, and resembles that of

the Felidee proper. It is situated one inch below the margin of the

anus ; and its division into two is indicated externally by a shallow

groove. Each half is about the size of a small walnut; and the

surface of each is covered with hair of alight brown colour. It is

interesting to observe that this description corresponds almost exactly

with that of the so-called “‘ scrotal pouches”’ of the other sex, the

only difference being that in the male the scrotum is slightly more

prominent than the “scrotal pouches ”’ of the female.

Anus and Anal-gland Pouch.—The anus is situated one inch above

the scrotum ; and between the former and the root of the tail is a

pouch similar to that which is found in the female. The interior of

the pouch is smooth and devoid of hair, except the roof, which is

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1878, No. XXVII. 27

418 DR. M. WATSON ON THE MALE (Apr. 16,

clothed with down of a lightish colour. The down at the external

angles of the pouch is longer than elsewhere, and forms two tufts

which project into the pouch. Opening into the bottom of each

extremity of this pouch is the duct of an anal gland ; whilst extending

between these larger apertures is a belt of small perforations, which

indicate the ducts of a number of small isolated follicles lying in

relation to the fundus of the pouch.

Nipple.—Upon either side of the middle line, and half an inch

external to the free portion of the penis, is a single rudimentary

nipple. It measures one eighth of an inch in height, and lies con-

cealed in the thick hair of this region.

Internal Organs.

Rectum and Anal Glands.—The rectum occupies the usual posi-

tion in the pelvis, and is provided with walls of unusual thickness,

the external or longitudinal muscular bundles being particularly well

developed. It is attached to the lower surface of the sacrum by a

double fold of peritoneum or meso-rectum, which measures between

two and three inches in breadth, and consequently allows of consi-

derable movement of the rectum within the cavity of the pelvis.

The terminal portion of the rectum is surrounded by two muscles,

the levator and sphincter ani. 1. The levator ani is of considerable

strength, and arises from the fascia lining the pelvis. Its fibres pass

backward and upward, and terminate on the walls of the rectum

under cover of the sphincter ani. 2. The sphincter ani is very

powerful, and arises from the under surface of that caudal vertebra

which is situated directly above the anus, its origin being interposed

between those of the depressors of the tail. The muscle is two

inches in breadth, and invests not only the extremity of the rectum

but also the anal glands together with the pouch into which these

open. It is inserted into the skin midway between the anus and

scrotum. By means of this arrangement the sphincter ani acts not

only as such upon the anus and anal-gland pouch, but also as a com-

pressor of the anal glands. The gland-pouch resembles the corre-

sponding structure in the female, being transversely oval in form.

The anal glands are two in number, one being placed on each side of

the rectum. They are oval in form and nodulated on the surface.

Each measures 1j inch in length and 3 inch in greatest breadth.

They are thus considerably smaller than the corresponding glands in

the female, in which they measure 24 inches in length and 13 inch

in breadth. The gland consists of a secreting wall 3 inch in thick-

ness, which limits a central cavity. From the posterior extremity of

this cavity a duct passes off and opens into the corresponding angle

of the anal pouch. ‘The eavity of the gland was filled with a thick

secretion, which differed from that of the female in being of a

blackish colour and in being destitute of the very offensive odour

characteristic of that sex. In addition to these larger glands a belt

of isolated follicles extends across the bottom of the anal pouch.

They pour their secretion into the latter by means of the little aper-

tures above described.

1878. ] GENERATIVE ORGANS OF HYZNA CROCUTA. 419

Bladder and Urethra.—The bladder is regularly pyriform and of

small size, measuring 4 inches in length. As in the female, it passes

gradually into the urethra, so that it is difficult to say where the

one ends and the other begins. It is completely covered by peri-

toneum as far back as the openings of the ureters, and is attached

to the pelvic and abdominal walls by reflections of that membrane.

The ligaments thus formed are three in number, two being superior

and one inferior. Each superior ligament is attached by one extre-

mity to the superior and supero-lateral pelvic wall, and by the

other to the lateral aspect of the bladder. Each consists of a double

fold of peritoneum, in the anterior or free margin of which is placed

the fibrous cord formed by the obliterated hypogastric artery ; and

crossing the inner side of the latter from before backward as they

enter the pelvis are the ureter and the vas deferens, the ureter being

uppermost. The inferior vesical ligament is sickle-shaped, and con-

sists of an elongated fold of peritoneum, which extends between the

ventral surface of the bladder and the anterior abdominal wall as far

forward as the umbilicus. The ureters are remarkably thick and

muscular, and open into the base of the bladder half an inch from

the orifice of the urethra. The urethra extends from the bladder to

the extremity of the penis, and consists of two portions, a membra-

nous and a spongy. ‘The membranous portion lies within the pelvic

cavity, and reaches from the neck of the bladder to the bulb of the

urethra. It measures 3 inches in length, and is surrounded between

the openings of the vasa deferentia and the bulb by a thick layer of

circularly arranged muscular fibres, the superficial fibres being

attached to the peritoneal fold which intervenes between the bladder

and rectum, whilst the deeper fibres are confined to the urethral wall.

On slitting open this portion of the canal a well-marked longitudinal

fold of mucous membrane is seen to extend along its floor from the

neck of the bladder as far as the middle, in length, of the membranous

part of the urethra, where it gradually disappears. Upon the summit

of this fold, and 1 inch in front of the neck of the bladder, is a cir-

cular opening + of an inch in diameter. This opening is the mouth

of a very minute recess, on the fundus of which the two vasa defe-

rentia terminate. The recess evidently represents the vesicula pro-

statica, but does not, so far as I could ascertain, form a central cul-de-

sac extending beyond the openings of the vasa, as it does in another

species of this genus. The prostate gland is altogether absent—a

fact difficult to reconcile with Professor Flower’s observation, that in

a preparation of the male organs of H. crocuta in the Museum of

the Royal College of Surgeons this gland measures “ half an inch in

length and rather less in breadth”’’.

The spongy portion of the urethra lies within the penis, and mea-

sures 8 inches in length. It is surrounded by a layer of erectile

1 Since the above was in type I have had, through the kindness of Professor

Flower, an opportunity of examining the organs from which his description was

taken, and can bear testimony to the truth of his observations regarding the

presence of a prostate gland. It consisted of two distinct masses, each mea-

suring half an inch in length and a quarter of an inch in are the duets of

420 DR. M. WATSON ON THE MALE [Apr. 16,

tissue, which is of considerable thickness where it forms the bulb, but

is thin elsewhere. Opening into the bulb are the ducts of Cowper’s

glands.

Testicles and Vasa deferentia.—The testicles are lodged in the

non-pendulous scrotum, which is divided into two distinct compart-

ments by a median septum. Each compartment is lined by a tunica

vaginalis, which is reflected over the testicle. The cavity of the sac

is continuous at the abdominal ring with that of the peritoneum, the

communication between them remaining pervious. The testicle is

oval in form, and measures 17 inch in length. The epididymis lies

along its lower side, and is expanded above and below to form the

globus major and minor. The latter is nearly as large as the former ;

and the so-called body of the epididymis is consequently reduced to

a mere rudiment. The vas deferens, continuous with the globus

minor, passes through the inguinal canal, enters the pelvic cavity,

where it lies between the layers of the superior ligament of the

bladder, and finally sinks into the muscular wall of the membranous

portion of the urethra to terminate along with its fellow on the floor

of the vesicula prostatica as already described. There are no vesi-

culz seminales.

Cowper’s Glands.—These are two in number and of large size.

Each is placed alongside of the membranous portion of the urethra,

in the interval between the levator ani and ischio-cavernosus muscles.

Each gland is pyriform, and measures 1} inch in length, and 2

of an inch in greatest breadth. The base is directed forward; and

from the apex is given off a duct 2 of an inch in length, which

opens into the roof of the bulbous portion of the urethra. The

glands are solid ; and each is provided with a capsule of pale muscular

fibres.

Penis.—Tbis organ is composed of two corpora cavernosa together

with a corpus spongiosum. The former consist of two bands of

erectile tissue flattened from side to side as in the clitoris of the

female, and united along the middle line. Each is attached to the

ischium just in front of the tuberosity of that bone, to form the crus,

and unites with its fellow opposite the posterior extremity of the

pubic symphysis. The corpus spongiosum is perforated by the

urethral canal, and expands anteriorly and posteriorly to form the

glans and the bulb, With the exception of these portions, this mass

of erectile tissue is thin and contributes no great thickness to the

wall of the urethra. The bulb is large and prominent, and is in-

vested by the fibres of the bulbo-cavernosi muscles. The corpus

spongiosum of the male therefore differs from the corresponding

structure in the female, inasmuch as in the latter this body is divided

into two lateral halves which are situated altogether above the urino-

genital canal, whilst in the former they have coalesced to form a

which open into a little recess on each side of the utriculus. As this animal

was known to be at least twenty-four years of age, whilst my specimen was not

adult, it is possible that by reason of their small size the prostate glands of the

latter may have escaped my observation. In Mr. Flower’s specimen the other

generative glands were each twice as large as in my own.

1878.] GENERATIVE ORGANS OF HYZNA CROCUTA. 421

single mass surrounding the canal of the urethra. Further, in the

female the corpora spongiosa take no part in the formation of the

glans clitoridis, whilst in the male the glans penis is formed by the

spongy body. The penis, formed as just described, measures

oan in length from the bulb of the urethra to the apex of the

glans.

Muscles of Penis.—Of these there are three which are bilateral,

and one which is common to both sides. (1) The tschio-cavernosus

or erector penis is very strong, and arises from the ischium imme-

diately in front of the tuberosity. The fibres pass forward and are

inserted into the corresponding corpus cavernosum close to the junc-

tion of the latter with its fellow on the opposite side. The muscle

covers the crus penis. (2) The dulbo-cavernosus is also strong, and

arises from a median tendinous band which separates it from its

fellow. The fibres pass transversely outward so as to cover the

bulb of the urethra, and are inserted into the corpus cayernosum

along the inner border of the preceding muscle. (3) Retractor

penis. In my paper on the female organs of H. erocuta I expressed

my belief that the retractors of the clitoris probably arise from either

the ischium or pubis. I am now satisfied from my examination of

those of the male that such is not the case, but that in both sexes

they arise from the lower surface of the sacrum. In the male each

retractor is a broad but thin muscle which, arising from the pelvic

surface of that bone, passes backward and downward and reaches the

side of the rectum. Some of the fibres terminate on the gut, where

they lie under cover of the levator ani; but the greater number form

a narrow riband-like muscle, which passes downwards and extends

along the under-surface of the penis in contact with its fellow to be

inserted, as in the female, into the corpus cavernosum just behind

the glans. (4.) Elevator urethre. The muscle so named is very

strong, being nearly as thick as the erector. It is a flattened band,

and arises from the inner surface of the ischium 1 inch in front of

the tuberosity. The fibres pass downward and forward, and termi-

nate below the angle formed by the junction of the membranous and

spongy portions of the urethra on a tendon which is common to it

and to the muscle of the opposite side. Lying, as it does in the

normal position of the animal, Je/ow the urethra, this tendon when

the muscular fibres contract will tend to elevate and at the same

time to compress the urethral canal. A large artery, vein, and

nerve derived from the pudics pass together along the outer side of

each cavernous body as in the female, and terminate close to the

glans. Another artery of large size, also derived from the pudic

trunk, passes into the crus penis of each side, and apparently supplies

the erectile tissue.

Comparison of the Male Organs of allied Species —Having now

described the male organs of H. crocuta, it may be well to compare

them with those of closely allied species. The number and arrange-

ment of the anal glands is similar in both sexes of this species ; and

therefore there is little to add to what I have already said regarding

them in my communication on the female organs, In my descrip-

422 DR. M. WATSON ON THE MALE [Apr. 16,

tion of these glands in the latter sex I pointed out that in respect of

them H. crocuta agrees more closely with Profeles than with any

species of its own genus, and may merely add that the present dis-

section has enabled me to confirm Dr. Murie’s observation * that in

the male animal as in the female an anal-gland pouch is present.

Mr. Busk? had previously convinced himself “that no trace of a

pouch between the root of the tail and the anus exists, at any rate

in the male of this species ;’”? and Dr. Murie, in deference to Prof.

Kaup’s® attempt to classify the Hyzenas in accordance with the

presence or absence of this pouch, was not prepared to deny that

it might occasionally be absent in the male. I think this matter

may now be considered settled, and may merely observe that Gold-

smith * appears to have been aware of the presence of this pouch in

every species of Hyzena before any of the authors referred to had

written on the subject.

With reference to the male organs of allied species, I find that

Daubenton ° describes and figures those of H. striata ; and these are

also referred to by John Hunter® and Owen’. Cuvier* gives an

account of the male organs of Hyzena without indicating the species

to which they belong ; but from the agreement between his observa-

tions and those of the authors just named, I presume that H. striata

formed the subject of his investigations. Of the male organs of H.

brunnea, so far as I can ascertain, we know nothing; but of those

of the closely allied genus Proteles, Prof. Flower® gives an accu-

rate description. H. striata and Proteles agree with H. crocuta

with respect to the form and position of the scrotum, the form of

the testicle, and the absence of vesicula seminales, whilst they differ

from the last-named species in the possession of a prostate gland.

Mr. Flower, it is true, refers to the presence of a prostate gland in

H. crocuta® ; but of the absence of this in the specimen I examined

I was careful to convince myself; and until further observations are

made, it is impossible to reconcile these opposing statements regard-

ing a matter of fact. In H. striata the prostate is large and con-

sists of two kidney-shaped lobes, whilst in Proteles it consists of a

single mass of large size having ‘‘ the appearance of a bilobed disk.”

Cowper’s glands are large and of the same form in all three species,

which likewise agree in the form of the bladder and the very mus-

cular character of the ureters. With respect to the vesicula pros-

tatica, Leuckart™ describes and figures it in H. striata as a minute

flask-shaped cul-de-sac projecting beyond the urethral wall and

lying in the interval between the lobes of the prostate. He says,

moreover, that in that animal it does not open into the urethra.

1 Trans. Zool. Soe. vii. p. 503.

2 Journ. Proc. Linn. Soe. vol. ix. p. 71. 3 Tsis, 1828, p. 1144.

4 Animated Nature, ‘‘ Hyena.”

® Buffon’s Hist. Nat. tom. ix.

6 « Wssays and Observations,’ by Owen, vol. ii. p. 58.

7 ‘ Anatomy of Vertebrates,’ vol. iii. p. 671.

8 * Anatomie Comparée,’ vol. v.

» Proc. Zool. Soc. 1869, p. 491. 10 Thid. p. 493.

1‘ Cyclopedia of Anatomy,’ vol. iv. Art. “ Vesicula prostatica.”

1878.] GENERATIVE ORGANS OF HYEZNA CROCUTA. 423

Mr. Flower found no distinct uterus masculinus in Proteles; but as

he refers to a median ridge on the floor of the urethra, in which he

could detect a very minute aperture, the arrangement appears to be

very similar to that described above in H. crocuta, In respect

therefore of the form of the vesicula prostatica, I. crocuta agrees

more closely with Proteles than with striata, differing from the

latter inasmuch as the vesicula does not project beyond the urethral

wall, and in the fact that it communicates with the canal of the

same. According to Leuckart it is an extremely rare occurrence

that the vasa deferentia open into the vesicula prostatica ; but this

is certainly the case in H. crocuta. The penis of the Spotted

Hyeena closely resembles that of H. striata and of Proteles, differing

only from these in the absence of a conical body of cartilaginous

consistence which has been described by Cuvier in the glans penis

of the former and by Professor Flower in that of the latter. The

glans penis in all of them is invested by small recurved spines.

Comparison of the Male and Female Organs of H. crocuta—

When describing the female organs, I remarked that “ the arrange-

ment of these is such as to give them a great resemblance to those

of the males in other species,” and that, if we supposed the vesicula

prostatica of the latter enlarged to the size of the female uterus, we

should in the absence of a prostate gland, have an almost identical

arrangement of the excretory passages of both sexes. The absence,

as a matter of fact, of the prostate gland in the male H. crocuta

makes the resemblance between the male and female organs of this

species even greater than I anticipated. And here I may be per-

mitted to observe that nowhere in the group of mammals is the truth

of the conclusions at which embryologists have arrived respecting

the homologies of the various parts of the sexual apparatus in the

two sexes so beautifully shown asin the animal under consideration,

Did any doubt remain regarding the similarity of plan upon which

these are built up, it would be at once dispelled by an inspection of

the sexual organs of Hyena crocuta. In both sexes there is a short

urethra opening close to the mouth of the uterus, which organ, in

accordance with functional requirements, is of large size in the female,

but is reduced to a minimum in the male. In both there is a urino-

genital canal extending from the junction of the urinary and sexual

canals to the extremity of the penis or clitoris, according to sex; and

in both there are two Cowperian glands of large size Opening into

that canal close to the root of the penis or clitoris. A comparison

of the internal genital organs of the two sexes proves conclusively

that the lower part of the so-called prostatic, together with the

membranous portion of the male urethra, are homologous with

the commencement of the urino-genital canal of the female, which

canal, in the majority of mammals, is so metamorphosed to form

the vestibule, that its homologue in the other sex is by no means

readily recognizable. This homology is further substantiated, in

the animal we are considering, by the size and form of Cowper’s

glands, and the points of entrance of the ducts of these into the

urino-genital canal in each sex. Lastly, the homology of the so-

424 DR. M. WATSON ON THE MALE [Apr. 16,

called spongy portion of the male urethra with that portion of the

urino-genital canal which, in the female, lies in relation to the clitoris,

is manifest. The erectile organ is of the same size, and constructed

upon the same plan, in both sexes, the only difference being that in

the female the urino-genital canal is not surrounded by the erectile

tissue of the corpus spongiosum as is the case in the male, this dif-

ference being due to the fact that in the latter the essentially bilateral

spongy bodies have coalesced in the middle line, whilst in the female,

in accordance with physiological requirements, they remain distinct

throughout life, and do not surround the sexual canal. In the

female, moreover, and associated with this arrangement, there is a

complete absence of the elevator urethra and _ bulbo-cavernosi

muscles.

It may be well now to ascertain whether the examination of this

animal throws any light upon the subject of the probable homo-

logues of the vagina and uterus in the malemammal. The inajority

of embryologists (among whom I may mention the names of Leuckart,

Kdlliker, and Allen Thomson) are now agreed that the so-called

utriculus of the male mammal represents both the uterus and vagina

of the other sex, these organs being formed by the coalescence of

the ducts of Miiller. I have, however, in a previous paper remarked

concerning the corpus uteri of the female H. crocuta, “‘'That the

whole of this is to be regarded as corpus uteri, and not as consti-

tuting any portion of the vagina, is proved by the absence of any

constriction in its interior which might correspond to an os uteri,

the tubular body of the uterus remaining of the same calibre, and

having the walls of uniform thickness down to its opening into the

urino-genital canal.’’ It is evident therefore that in the female H.

erocuta, the vagina being altogether absent, we must conclude that

in the male of this species the utriculus represents the uterus alone,

and not the uterus and vagina together. The same remark holds

good, so far as I can ascertain, of only one other placental mammal—

that is, of the Indian Elephant, in the female of which, as Mayer’

pointed out, the vagina is altogether absent, and the uterus opens

directly into the urino-genital canal. In the male, therefore, of that

animal, as in that of H. crocuta, the utriculus, as shown by Leuckart?,

clearly corresponds to the uterus, and to the uterus alone, of the

female. With reference to the homologue of the prostate gland in

the female mammal, this, according to Prof. Allen Thomson*, is to

be looked for in tissue uniting the urethra with the vagina. We

might therefore be justified in expecting that in those animals in the

female of which the lower ends of the Miillerian ducts unite to form

the uterus and not the vagina, the prostate gland would be absent in

the male. Such is certainly the case in A. crocuta; but that it

would be erroneous to accept this as a general law is proved by a

reference to the Elephant, in which, although the vagina is absent in

the female, the male nevertheless possesses prostate glands of con-

? Nova Acta Acad. Cxs. Leop.-Car. tom. xxii. p. 38.

« Cyclopedia of Anatomy,’ vol. iv., Art. “ Vesicula prostatica.”

° Quain’s ‘ Anatomy,’ 8th edit. vol. ii. p. 826,

1878. ] GENERATIVE ORGANS OF HYENA CROCUTA. 425

siderable size. There appears, indeed, upon consideration, to be no

reason why these glands should not be present in the males of those

species the females of which want the vagina, as well as in those in

which that organ is present, seeing that in both cases we have to do

with the tissue surrounding the lower ends of the Miillerian ducts,

Turning uow to the external genital organs, I have before directed

attention to the very close resemblance which in respect of these

the male bears to the female, the so-called scrotal pouches and clitoris

of the latter closely simulating the scrotum and penis of the other

sex. After a very minute examination of these parts in both sexes

I have only been able to recognize the following by no means very

evident points of distinction between them - (1) In the female the

diameter of the free portion of the clitoris, including the prepuce, is

greater than in the male, measuring 13 inch in the former, and 1]

inch in the latter. (2) The aperture at the extremity of the clitoris

of the female is slightly larger and much more dilatable than the

corresponding aperture in the male. This difference depends on the

fact that the corpus spongiosum in the male forms the glans penis

and completely surrounds the urethral aperture, whilst in the female

the upper portion only of the glans is composed of erectile tissue, its

lower portion being formed by the walls of the urino-genital canal.

(3) The glans penis of the male is covered with recurved spines,

whilst the glans clitoridis of the female is devoid of these. (4)

In the male the cutaneous surface immediately behind the free

portion of the penis is covered with hair, whilst in the female the cor-

responding space is dotted with the little cutaneous depressions I

formerly described, and is devoid of hair.

It will at once be.seen that these points of distinction are slight,

and are not such as would enable one to decide the sex of the animal

in the absence of such an examination as is well nigh impossible so

long as the animal is alive.

Bisexual Nature of the Hyena according to the Ancients.—And

this leads me to observe, what I formerly stated, that the consideration

of these facts may serve to explain the ideas which were common

among the ancient Greeks regarding these animals, namely that

they were hermaphrodites. Since the date of my former communi-

cation, I have endeavoured to come to some conclusion regarding

the origin of this apparently extraordinary belief, with the result

that it appears to me that a belief which in our day would rightly

be considered altogether absurd, by no means deserves to be so cha-

racterized when viewed in the dim light of the knowledge possessed

by the ancients respecting these animals. ‘These people had appa-

rently, either directly or indirectly, ascertained certain facts regarding

the sexual organs of the Hyena, which, in the absence of more de-

finite knowledge, almost compelled them to adopt what I may call

the bisexual theory regarding them—a view which, as I formerly

stated, still obtains among the imperfectly educated Boors of South

Africa. Among the Greeks, Aristotle! (B.c. 384) appears to have

been the first who really investigated the sexual organs of the Hyzena;

* ‘Historia Animalium,’ yi. 32.

426 DR. M. WATSON ON THE MALE | Apr. 16,

but that the genus was well known before his time is proved, first,

by the fact that Herodotus’ (B.c. 484) speaks of the animal as being

met with in the Libyan desert, and, secondly, that the view in ac-

cordance with which each individual was bisexual, was current before

the time of Aristotle, who takes pains to show its absurdity. At a

later date Pliny? reasserts the bisexual nature of these animals; and

his assertion is repeated by Hlian*. As, however, with one exception,

to which I shall by-and-by refer, the observations of the last two

historians do not contain any thing of importance which had not

been previously stated by Aristotle, we may confine ourselves to a

criticism of the writings of the latter ; and by doing so I think we shall

throw some light on the origin of the view in question. Aristotle

says*:— “The Hyzena resembles a Wolf in colour, but is more shaggy,

and its back is provided with a mane. It is said that it has the

genital organs of both sexes at once; but this is not the case. Its

male organ resembles that of the Wolf and Dog; and it has what re-

sembles a female organ under the tail. But this last, although

similar to the female organ in form, is imperforate. Underneath this

again is the feecal passage. The female Hyzena has this same so-

called female organ situated as in the male, just under the tail; but

it isimperforate. Next to this is the feecal passage ; and under this

again is the true female organ. The female Hyena, moreover,

possesses an uterus like other female animals. The female Hyzena

is rarely caught. Hunters maintain that for ten males they catch

but one female.” With regard to this passage, the first question

that arises is as to the particular species of Hyena which Aristotle

himself examined. There can, I think, be no doubt that it was

either H. brunnea or H. striata, but most probably the latter. His

description of the female organs is such as enables us to decide that

it was certainly not H. erocuta, inasmuch as he says that the gland-

pouch had been mistaken for the female organ, showing that the

former had some resemblance to the latter. But the female organ

of H. crocuta bears no resemblance whatever to the gland-pouch ;

therefore it must have been the female organ of another species to

which he referred. In favour of H. striata is (1) his cbservation

that the animal is provided with a mane, which, as we know, is

more evident in the Striped Hyzena than in H. brunnea; and

(2) the geographical distribution of the two species—the Striped

Hyzena being found in abundance in Northern Africa, with the

topography and productions of which the Greeks were well acquainted,

whilst H. brunnea is confined to the central and southern districts of

that continent, districts with which the Greeks were by no means

so familiar. But if we come to the conclusion that either H. striata

or H. brunnea formed the subject of Aristotle’s investigation, I would

point out that in denying, as the result of his observations, the bi-

sexual character of either of these animals, he is attempting to refute

a hypothesis the origin of which (as referring to them) it is impos-

sible to explain, seeing that the male and female external organs of

' Rawlinson’s Herodotus, vol. iii. p. 172. 2 Pliny, viii. 30.

* «Historia Animalium,’ i. 25. 4 Loe. cit.

1878.] GENERATIVE ORGANS OF HYANA CROCUTA. 427

both species differ widely in appearance, and that consequently the

sexes of each are readily distinguishable one from the other.

If this be granted, we need not further attempt to explain an

assertion, the origin of which has no foundation in fact. But that

this hypothesis did originate with reference to either of these species

I am not prepared to admit, as it appears to me that the bisexual

character attributed to the Hyzena aliows of a rational explanation if

we regard that character as referring not to either H. striata or 7,

brunnea, either of which Aristotle may have examined, but to H.

crocuta, which he certainly did mo¢ examine. And as further showing

that in all probability Aristotle unwittingly mixed up and confounded

Teports regarding totally distinct animals, I would direct attention

to two of the sentences above quoted, in one of which he says, “ It

is said that it (the Hyzena) has the genital organs of both sexes at

once ;” and in another ‘‘ The female hyzena is rarely caught. Hunters

maintain that for ten males they catch but one female.” Passing

over the evident inconsistency of these two statements, I have already

shown that the first is inexplicable when applied to either H. striata

or H. brunnea ; and, in like manner, the second is equally devoid of

meaning when regarded as having reference to either of these species,

inasmuch as we have no reason to believe that the proportion in num_

ber of the sexes is different in either of them from what it is in other

carnivorous mammals, or that the female of either is more difficult of

capture than the male. We conclude, therefore, that if the bisexual

theory of the ancients regarding the Hyzena had any foundation in

fact at all, such fact had reference not to either H. striata or H.

6runnea ; and by a process of exclusion we are compelled to regard it

as having reference to H. crocuta. I have already shown that it is

almost impossible to distinguish the female of this species from the

male by the mere inspection of the external genital organs; and in

this fact lies, as I believe, the explanation of the views held by the

ancients regarding these animals. This explanation is moreover

borne out by Aristotle’s observation that « the female Hyzena is

rarely caught,’’ a fact which Pliny also records. The latter historian

makes a further, with reference to the present inquiry important

observation which is not to be found in the writings of Aristotle. He

says, “It is a matter of common belief that the Hyena is bisexual,

and that it is male and Jemale in alternate years.’ It is evident

here that Pliny, like Aristotle, mixes up distinct reports concerning

the animal, as it requires no elaborate argument to show that were

the animal bisexual it did not require to change its sex every year.

Be this as it may, it appears to me that if we consider these various

statements as referring to H. crocuta, the origin of all of them admits

of a rational explanation. It might well be that the ignorant traders

who trafficked with the natives of the interior of the African con-

tinent, observing that all, or at least the majority, of the Hyznas

which they encountered were apparently males, should have ex-

perienced some difficulty in accounting for the continuance of the

species, and have had recourse to the view that each animal was

bisexual. It is not improbable that, as Aristotle explains, this view

428 ON THE GENERATIVE ORGANS OF HYZNACROCUTA. [Apr. 16,

may have been borne out by the presence of an anal pouch, which,

according to him, was mistaken for;the female organ—an explanation

which is rational enough if we consider that H. crocuta formed the

subject of the hypothesis, but one which, as I have already shown,

loses all its force if we regard it as referring to either of the other

species of Hyzena. I would add that the other statements of the his-

torians already quoted, to wit that the Hyzena changes its sex every

year, and that the female is rarely caught, are equally explicable in

accordance with this view. The first of these I regard as another

attempt to solve the problem of generation, seeing that the animals,

to the eye of the observer, were uniformly of the male sex; whilst

the latter is merely a statement of fact. It may be urged that the

geographical distribution of H. crocuta, confined as that animal is

to the region of Africa lying south of the Sahara’, and consequently

beyond the ken of the Greeks, is against this view. But I may be

permitted to point out that itis almost certain that in their time, as

now, trading caravans from the coast visited these districts and con-

veyed to the Greeks information regarding the animals which in-

habited them ; otherwise it is impossible to account for the accurate

knowledge which Herodotus undoubtedly possessed regarding the

African continent as far to the south-west as the valley of the

Niger’. In all probability the statements of travellers regarding the

bisexual nature of the Hyzena, originating with H. crocuta, were

transferred by the Greeks to H. striata, with which they were better

acquainted—statements which when taken as referring to the latter

species are absolutely devoid of meaning, but which, when regarded

as applying to the former, admit, as it appears to me, of a rational

explanation.

I have, in conclusion, to acknowledge the kindness of Dr. Alfred

Young in preparing the illustrations for this paper.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES,

Puate XXIV.

View of the male perineum and penis of Hyena crocuta. From above

downwards are seen the orifice of the anal-gland pouch, and anus’;

below the latter is the scrotum, together with the bare perineal inte-

gument ; lowest of all is the penis, surrounded by its prepuce.

Puate XXV.

Fig. 1. Male generative organs and extremity of rectum of Hyena croeuta.

G.P, glans penis; Pr, prepuce; S, scrotum seen from the side; P,

enis; C.P, crura penis, covered by the ischio-cavernosi muscles ;

B. U, Bulb of urethra, covered by the bulbo-cavernosi muscles; R. P,

retractor penis muscle; B, bladder; UR, urethra; T, T, testicles,

that on the right side lying in its serous sac; V. D, vasa differentia ;

R, rectum; A. G, anal gland; L. A, levator ani muscle.

Fig. 2. Intrapelvie portion of urethra laid open, showing elevated fold of

mucous membrane on its floor, together with the opening of the utri-

culus on the summit of this fold.

Fig. 3. Glans penis and prepuce of Hyena crocuta. 'The prepuce is retracted

to show the small recurved spines which invest the glans.

1 «Geographical Distribution of Mammalia,’ by Andrew Murray.

* Heeren’s ‘ Ancient Nations of Africa,’ yol. i. p. 192.

vey ae

1878. ] ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF THF PHILIPPINES. 429

3. Contributions to the Ornithology of the Philippines.—

No. VIII. On some Luzon Birds in the Museum at

Darmstadt. By Arruur, Marquis or TWEEDDALE,

F.R.S., President of the Society.

[Received March 27, 1878.]

(Plate XXVI.)

Professor Koch, of Darmstadt, through the obliging interven-

tion of Dr. Briiggemann, has kindly sent to me for examination a

small number of birds collected in the vicinity of Manilla by Herr vy.

Othberg. Though few in number, some of them belong to species of

which the Philippine habitat has not hitherto rested on indisputable

evidence, while two of them have not before been known as being

migrants to the archipelago.

COLLOCALIA FUCIPHAGA.

Hirundo fuciphaga, Thunb. Act. Holm. xxxiii. p. 151, t. iv.,

* Java ;” Walden, ‘ Ibis,’ 1874, p: 185.

Collocalia linchi, Horsf. & Moore, Cat. E.I. C. Mus. i. p- 100.

no 123, “ Java.”

A single example of a species of the genus Collocalia was sent by H.

vy. Othberg to the Darmstadt Museum, and, I am assured by Dr.

Briiggemann, was obtained in Luzon. It is not separable from the

Javan species, C. linchi, H. & M., i. e. the true H. Suciphaga of

Thunberg. No species of the genus has hitherto been known to

inhabit Luzon ; nor has this species been found in any other Philip-

pine Island.

Turpvus onscurvs (92).

The Philippine habitat of this Thrush has hitherto rested solely on

Prince Bonaparte’s authority (Coll. Delattre, p.28). Three exam ples

from the vicinity of Manilla are sent to me by Professor Koch.

‘TURDUS CHRYSOLAUS (93).

The certainty of this Thrush being an inhabitant of the Philip-

pines turned on the authenticity of a skin in Mr. Gould’s collection

(of. Sclater, ‘Ibis,’ 1863, p. 197). Four examples from Manilla

are in the Darmstadt Museum.

TURDUs VARIUS.

Turdus varius, Pallas, Zoogr. R.-Asiatica, i. p- 449.

Professor Newton (Hist. Brit. Birds, pt. iv. p. 254) has remarked

that Mr. Gould had received an example of White’s Thrush from

Manilla. While there could be no possible doubt of the strict accu-

racy of Professor Newton’s determination of the species, I did not

430 ON THE ORNITHOLOGY OF THE PHILIPPINES. [Apr. 16,

feel quite confident that the origin of the specimen was indisputable

(for I had also examined it) ; and the species was therefore not in-

cluded by me in my list of Philippine Birds. Professor Koch, how-

ever, sends me three examples from Manilla.

ErytTHropitta kocut. (Plate XXVI.)

Pitta kochi, Briiggemann, Abhandl. naturw. Ver. zu Bremen, v.

p.65, t. ii. Ff. 6,

Professor Koch has kindly sent me the type specimen of this Pitta,

from which the accompanying figure is taken. The species is un-

doubtedly distinct from all the other known members of the sub-

genus. It is almost as large as Hydrornis nipalensis. The tarsus

measures nearly two inches. Its specific characters and points of

difference are fully detailed by its describer (/. c.).

ACROCEPHALUS FASCIOLATUS.

Acrocephalus fasciolatus, G. R. Gray, P. Z.S. 1860, p. 349.

Acrocephalus insularis, Wallace, ‘ Ibis,’ 1862, p. 350.

Calamoherpe fumigata, Swinhoe, P. Z.8. 1863, pp. 91, 293.

Calamoherpe subflavescens, Elliot, P. Z. S. 1870, p. 243.

A single example from Manilla in the yellow under-plumage of

A. fasciolatus, with which species I identify 4. insularis. New to

the Philippines.

ANTHUS GUSTAVI.

Corydalla gustavi, Swinhoe, P. Z.S. 1871, p. 366; Briigge-

mann, Abhandl. naturw. Ver. zu Bremen, v. p. 67 ; Sharpe, Tr. Linn.

Soe. ser. 2, Zool. i. p. 338.

Dr. Briiggemann, who first made known the occurrence of this

bird in the Philippines (/.c.), correctly identified the same example

Professor Koch has sent to me. It was obtained by H. v. Othberg

near Manilla. Some months later, Mr. Sharpe (/. c.) made known

that Dr. Steere had discovered the same species in the island of

Basilan,

ANTHUS MACULATUS.

Anthus maculatus, Hodgs., Gray, Zool. Misc. p. 83; Tweeddale,

P. Z.S. 1877, p. 696.

Two examples from Manilla are sent by Professor Koch. Mr.

Everett also procured it at Monte Alban (cf. Tweeddale, /. c.).

1878. ] ON THE BIRDS OF ANTARCTIC AMERICA, 431

4. Reports on the Collections of Birds made during the

Voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Challenger.,-—No.IX. On the Birds

of Antarctic America. By P. L. Scuarer, M.A., Ph.D.,

F.R.S., and Ospurr Satvin, M.A., F.R.S.

[Received April 10, 1872.]

In this report the birds collected at the island of Juan Fernandez,

at various points during the subsequent passage along the coast of

Patagonia, and at the Falkland Islands are noticed.

The ‘Challenger’ was at Juan Fernandez from the evening of

the 13th to the evening of the 15th of November, 1875, and reached

the coast of Patagonia on the 3lst December, at Port Otway, east

of Cape Tres Montes. On the Ist of January, 1876, a party

landed on Penguin Island in Messier’s Channel; and the same

evening the ship arrived in Cove Bay. On the 2nd January

parties were landed on Middle Island, on the 3rd at Gray Har-

bour, on the 4th at Grappler Harbour, on the 5th and 6th at

Tom Bay, near the Trinidad Passage ; and small collections were

made at each place. On the 8th of January the ship arrived at

Porto Bueno, and remained there till the 10th. The same evening

a party was landed at Isthmus Bay, and a few birds were obtained.

From the 11th to the 13th the ‘Challenger’ remained at Port

Churrucha, and proceeded thence to Port Famine. From the 14th

to the 17th she was at anchor off Sandy Point, whence she proceeded

through the straits, and anchored about 10 a.m. on the 18th off

arrived at Port Stanley, Falkland Islands, on the 23rd of January,

1876, and remained altogether about two weeks at the Falklands.

During this entire period 169 specimens of birds were collected,

which are referable to 41 species.

The ornithology of this part of the world is well known to us

from the researches of Darwin, Cunningham, Philippi and Landbeck,

and other naturalists’. It was not to be expected, therefore, that

any novelties would be found during such a cursory passage along

the coast.

1, TURDUS FALKLANDICUS, Q. et G.; Scl. et Salv. Nomencl.

p- 2.

619-621, males,

Bod san fenialed: } Juan Fernandez.

“« Eyes brown, bill and legs yellow, feet a little darker yellow.”

647, male,

648, female,

** Kyes brown; stomachs had berries.’’

685, male,

Gia demale, } Port Churrucha.

** Eyes brown; stomachs had berries.”

* See my address on Geographical Zoology in Rep. Brit. Assoc. 1875, p. 105,

and my list of papers on the Birds of Chili, P, Z. 8. 1867, p. 108.

Gray Harbour, Messier’s Channel.

432 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE (Apr. 16,

The occurrence of this Thrush in Juan Fernandez is new to us'.

The skins from that island do not differ from continental specimens.

Specimens 647, 648, from Gray Harbour, Messier’s Channel, and 685,

from Port Churrucha (obtained in the month of January), are in

nestling-plumage. The lower surface is thickly spotted with black ;

and the back-feathers carry light fulvous shaft-stripes, and are tipped

with black.

2. Hirunpo meyent, Cab.; Scl. et Salv. Nomencel. p. 14.

le Be ic \ Sandy Point.

710, 711, females,

“* Byes black ; stomachs had insects.”

3. PuryeiLtus Gay (Eyd. et Gerv.); Scl. et Salv. Nomencl:

p. 3l.

662, 663, females, Porto Bueno.

‘* Kyes red; stomachs had sand and grubs.”

4. PHRYGILUS MELANODERUS (Quoy et Gaim.); Scl. et Salv.

Nomencel. p. 31.

727, male, Falkland Islands.

** Eyes black ; stomach had seeds.”

5. ZONOTRICHIA CANICAPILLA, Gould; Sclater, ‘Ibis,’ 1877,

p- 47, pl. i. fig. 1.

702, 703, females, Sandy Point.

** Eyes brown; stomachs had insects.”

These skins are of young birds, and in a stage in which they

cannot be distinguished from Z. pileata; but from their locality they

should belong to Z. canicapilla.

6. Curzus ATerRIMuS (Kittl.) ; Scl. et Salv. Nomenel. p. 38.

645, male, Gray Harbour.

«* Eyes black ; stomach had insects.”

7. CentTrRiTEs NiGER (Bodd.) ; Scl. et Salv. Nomencl. p. 44.

705-707, males, | :

708, 708a, females, { S247 Point.

“ Eyes black ; stomachs had insects.”

8. AN&ZRETES PARULUs (Kittl.) ; Scl. et. Salv. Nomencl. p. 47.

665. female, Porto Bueno.

** Eyes grey.”

9. ANHERETES FERNANDEZIANUS, Philippi; Scl. ‘ Ibis,’ 1871,

p- 179, pl. vii. fig. 1 ; Sel. et Salv. Nomencl. p. 47.

606-613, males, Juan Fernandez.

** Eyes white ; insects in stomachs.”

1 See article on the Land-birds of Juan Fernandez in ‘ Ibis,’ 1871, p. 178.

1878. ] BIRDS OF ANTARCTIC AMERICA. 433

10. Exatnea avsicers (Lafr. et D’Orb.); Scl. et Saly. No-

mencl. p. 48.

688, male, Port Churrucha.

** Eyes black.”

11. Taunioprera pyrope (Kittl.); Scl. et Saly. Nomencl. p. 42.

704, male, Sandy Point.

“ Eyes black ; stomach had inseets.’’

12, CincLopes paTacHonicus (Gm.); Scl. et Saly. Nomencl.

p- 62.

629, male,

630, female, } Port Otway.

‘* Eyes hazel, feet horn-colour.

641, male, | Messier’s Channel, Cold Harbour.

642, young male,

** Eyes brown.”

No. 642, obtained Jan. 2, is a nestling lately flown.

13. ScyraLopus MAGELLANICUS (Lath.); Sel. et Salv. No-

mencl. p. 76.

675, male,

676, female, \ Porto Bueno.

Eyes black ; stomachs had insects.”

680, male, Isthmus Bay.

‘* Eyes brown.”

14. PyGARRHICUS ALBIGULARIs (King) ; Scl. et Salv. Nomencl-

ps. 67.

674, male, Porto Bueno.

“* Eyes grey ; stomach had insects.”

15. Oxyurus sprntcaupa (Gm.) ; Scl. et Salv. Nomencl. p. 62.

631, female, Port Otway,

‘* Eyes black ; stomach had insects.”

664, female, Porto Bueno.

** Eyes brown.”

687, male, Port Churrucha.

“* Eyes brown.”

16. EusrepHANUS GALERITUS (Mol.); Scl. et Salv. Nomencl.

p. 90; Sel. ‘Ibis,’ 1871, p. 181.

ee ee } Juan Fernandez.

“* Eyes black, legs black.”

677, male, Porto Bueno.

*« Eyes black.”

The occurrence of this Humming-bird on Juan Fernandez is now

confirmed.

Proc. Zoou. Soc.—1878, No. XXVIII. 28

434 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE [Apr. 16,

17. EusTrPHANUS FERNANDENSIS (King); Scl. et Salv. No-

mencl. p. 90; Scl. ‘ Ibis,” 1871, p. 180.

575-580, 582, 583, 585, 585, 588-592, males,

593, 594, males (young), Juan Fernandez.

595-600, 603, 605, females,

Of 575 to 592 it is noted by Mr. Murray—“ All males, eyes

black, feet and bill black ; insects in stomachs. This was the most

abundant bird on the island apparently. It would seem to be the

male of the next lot (595-605).”

Of the last-mentioned lot, Mr. Murray noted, “ I think there are

strong reasons for believing that these are the females of the pre-

ceding. They were several times shot together on the same tree.”

There can be no question of Mr. Murray’s view being correct.

See my notes on this subject in ‘ Ibis,’ 1871, p. 181.

18. CAMPEPHILUS MAGELLANICUS (Gm.); Scl. et Salv. No-

mencl. p. 98.

667, male,

668, female, } Porto Bueno.

«« Eyes yellow, feet and bill black; stomachs had insects.”’

19, CeryxLe sTELLATA (Meyen) ; Scl. et Salv. Nomencl. p. 103.

628, male, Port Otway.

“ Byes black, feet yellowish green; stomach was empty.”

638, male, Corr Harbour.

“ yes brown ; stomach had fish-bones.”’

649, male, Gray Harbour.

‘« Kyes black ; stomach was empty.’

20. Conurus sMARAGDINUS (Gm.); Scl. et Salv. Nomencel.

p- 112.

696, male, HEE

697-699, females, } Sandy Point.

* Eyes red ; stomachs had seeds ; bill and legs horn-colour.”’

21. Orus sracuyortus (Forst.); Sel. et Saly. Nomencl. p. 116.

712, male, Sandy Point.

** Byes yellow, bill black ; stomach had a mouse in 102}

717, male, Elizabeth Island.

* Eyes yellow, cere yellow, bill black; stomach had remains of

mouse.”

22. GrRANOALTUS MELANOLEUCUs (Vieill.); Scl. et Salv. No-

mencl. p. 119.

713, female, Elizabeth Island.

“Eyes brown; stomach had goslings; cere yellow, tip of bill

black, legs yellow.”

23. TINNUNCULUS SPARVERIUS (Linn.) ; Scl. et Salv. Nomencl.

p: 121.

700, male, Sandy Point.

1878. | BIRDS OF ANTARCTIC AMERICA. 435

“* Eyes brown, feet yellow, bill bluish; stomach had remains of

mouse,”

701, female, Sandy Point.

“Eyes brown, legs yellow, cere yellow, bill blue; stomach had

remains of small birds.”

715, 716, females, Elizabeth Island.

“ Eyes brown, legs yellow, cere yellow.”

These specimens all belong to the form kept distinct by Mr.

Sharpe (Cat. Birds, i. p- 439) under Swainson’s title eianamominus.

But when a large series is examined, we find so many intermediate

forms between 7. cinnamominus on the one hand, and T. isabellinus

on the other, that it seems better to keep these three continental

forms all under one specific designation. On the other hand, the

insular forms 7’. leucophrys and T. sparverioides of Cuba, and T.

dominicensis of the other Antilles, seem to be fairly distinct.

24. Mitvaco cuimanco (Vieill.) ; Scl. et Salv. Nomencl. p. (22.

669, 670, females, Porto Bueno.

*« Eyes brown, feet bluish grey.”

695, male, Sandy Point.

‘* Kyes brown, bill yellowish tinge, legs blue.”

25. Potysorus THARUS (Mol.); Scl. et Salv. Nomenel. p. 123,

679, male, Isthmus Harbour.

“Eyes brown, bill blue, cere flesh-coloured, and legs flesh-

coloured.”

684, male, Port Churrucha.

“Eyes brown, cere orange, legs yellow, bill bluish tinge.”

26. CaTHARTES AURA (Linn.) ; Scl. et Salv. Nomencl. p- 123.

nops falklandica, Sharpe, Cat. Birds, i. p- 27, pl. ii.

731, female, Falkland Islands.

“‘ Eyes brown ; had remains of birds in the stomach.”

We consider Mr. Sharpe’s generic and Specific names for this

Vulture alike unnecessary.

Illiger, in his « Prodromus ’ (1811), gave two types for his genus

“ Cathartes,” Vultur papa and V. aura. In 1816 Vieillot made

two genera, Gypagus for V. papa and Catharista for Vultur aura

and V. atratus. Cathartes, however, has been generally used for the

latter group; and there is, in our opinion, no reason whatever for

transferring it back to the former, which has an excellent and

appropriate name in Gypagus. There seem to us no sufticient

characters to separate the red-headed and black-headed species of

Cathartes into two genera.

As regards the Falkland-Island form of C. aura, which Mr.

Sharpe designates Gnops falklandica, the differential character

relied upon, which is, apparently, merely the slight greyish-brown

margination of the secondaries, appears to us to be insufficient.

436 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON THE (Apr. 16,

27. NycTicorax osscurRvs, Bp.; Scl. et Salv. Nomencl. p. 126.

655, female, Tom Harbour.

«* Ryes orange, feet greenish yellow ; stomach had fish.

666, female, Porto Bueno.

«* yes orange.”

737, female, Falkland Islands.

** Kyes yellow ; stomach had crustacea.”’

28. THERISTICUS MELANOPIS (Gm.); Scl. et Salvy. Nomencl.

p. 127.

691, male, é

692, Tancle, f Sandy Point.

Female, eyes red, feet pink, bill black.

Male, eyes yellow, bill green, legs pinkish with black scales.

29. BeRNICLA ANTARCTICA (Gm.) ; Scl. et Salv. Nomenel. p. 128.

632, male,

633, female,

634, young,

635, young,

‘** Eyes brown, feet yellow; bill of male black, of female flesh-

colour ; bill of young dark ; feet grey-brown ; stomachs had pieces

of small stones, shells, and sea-weed.””

736, female, Falkland Islands.

The two goslings (obtained January 1) are just changing their

down, and present the black back, brown head, and barred wings

and undersurface of the adult female partially developed. The sex

is not noted in either of them.

Penguin Islands, Messier Channel.

30. CHLO#PHAGA POLIOCEPHALA, Scl.; Scl. et Salv. Nomencl.

p. 128.

643, male,

G4 deiniehes } Gray Harbour.

‘* Eyes brown, feet and legs yellow and black ; stomachs had grass

and berries.”

658, female,

659, female,

658 a, young,

658 6, young,

‘* Eyes brown, bill black, feet yellow and black.”

Tom Harbour.

31. Marca siBiLaTRIx (Poeppig) ; Scl. et Salv. P. Z.S. 1876,

p- 395.

719, male, Elizabeth Island.

** Byes grey, bill black, feet black ; stomach had sand &c.”

32. SPATULA PLATALEA (Vieill.) ; Scl. et Salv. Nomencl. p. 130.

694, male, Sandy Point.

“ Eyes white, bill black, feet yellow; stomach had pebbles, &c.”’

1878. ] BIRDS OF ANTARCTIC AMERICA. 437

33. TACHYERES CINEREUS (Gm.).

Tachyeres cinereus, Scl. et Salv. P. Z. S. 1876, p. 402.

Micropterus cinereus, Cunningham, Trans. Zool. Soe. vii. p- 493.

651, female (young), Messier’s Channel.

** Eyes brown; stomach had crabs.”

656, young, Messier’s Channel.

‘* Eyes brown, feet and bill black.”’

657, female, Tom Harbour.

“Eyes brown, bill yellow tipped with black, feet yellow; stomach

had small pieces of sand.”

678, male, Straits of Magellan.

681, 682, females, Port Churrucha.

“‘ Weighed 8 lb. and 83 lb.”

725, 726, males (young), Falkland Islands.

‘Stomach had shells trom the kelp chiefly ; bill black, feet

yellow-brown.”

There is nothing in the present series which would induce us to

question Dr. Cunningham’s view, that the “ Flying Loggerhead ” is

the young of the ordinary species before it gets too heavy for flight.

Such a specimen as “No. 681, young female,” could evidently

accomplish flight, which in large fully adult birds would be probably

impossible.

In all the immature birds the bill is uniform black.

34. CotumBaA @nas, Linn.

626, male, J Tend

627, female, ( 242" Fernandez.

*« Eyes orange, feet red, bill black.’’

No doubt an introduced bird; the two specimens vary in plumage.

35. Ratuus anrarcricus, King; Scl. et Salvy. Nomencl. p- 139.

693, female, Sandy Point.

“Eyes red, bill black, feet yellow ; stomach had pebbles.”

36. VANELLUs occIDENTALIS, Harting.

Vanellus occidentalis, Harting, P. Z. 8. 1874, p- 451.

V. cayennensis, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 331; Scl. et Salv. No-

mencl. p. 142 (partim).

722, male, Elizabeth Island.

“ Eyes pink, legs pink, bill black at tip, pink at base.”

The characters given by Mr. Harting to separate this western

form from V. cayennensis are slight, but, we think, on the whole,

sufficient to justify the employment of his name.

37. Ha/MATOPUS LEUCOPUS (Garnot); Scl. et Saly. Nomencl.

p. 143.

636, male, Penguin Islands.

“* Bill red, legs flesh, eyes orange.”

438 MESSRS. SCLATER AND SALVIN ON (Apr. 16,

ae a } Tom Harbour.

04, young,

«* Eyes orange ; stomach had mussels.’

“ Eyes of young were brown, bill of adult red, feet flesh-coloured ;

bill of young brown.”

661, female, Tom Harbour.

720, male, Elizabeth Island.

“Eyes yellow, feet flesh, bill red, eyelids red; stomachs had

mussels.”

38. Hazmarorus ater (Vieill.) ; Scl. et Salv. Nomencl. p. 143.

721, female, Elizabeth Island.

“Byes yellow, feet flesh, bill red, eyelids red; stomach had

mussels.”

39. Eupromias mopesta (Licht.) ; Scl. et Salvy. Nomencl.

p. 143.

646, female, Gray Harbour.

*‘ Ryes brown ; stomach had insects.”’

660, female, Tom Harbour.

«* Byes black ; stomach had insects.”

673, male, Porto Bueno.

*« Kyes brown ; stomach had seeds and sand.”

690, male, Port Fanurie.

** yes brown; stomach had sand.”

728, male, Falkland Islands.

‘Eyes brown ; stomach had sandy particles &c.”’

40. GALLINAGO PARAGUALE (Vieill.); Scl. et Salvy. Nomencl.

p- 144.

671, 672, females, Porto Bueno.

** Eyes brown, feet bluish ; in No. 672 the feet are yellowish.”

729, male,

730, belie Falkland Islands.

“‘ Eyes brown ; stomachs had worms &c.”’

41. Trinea Fruscico. iis (Vieill.) ; Scl. et Salv. Nomenel. p. 145.

733, male, Falkland Islands.

«Eyes brown; stomach had sand &c.”

5. Descriptions of three new Species of Birds from Ecuador.

By P. L. Sctatzer, M.A., Ph. D., F.R.S., and Osserr

Satvin, M.A., F.R.S.

[Received April. 11, 1878.]

(Plates XXVII. & XXVIII.)

eastern valleys of the Andes of Quito, has obtained a series of birds

1878. | THREE NEW BIRDS FROM ECUADOR. 439

many of which are of great interest, such as Oreothraupsis arre-

monops, Jardine, Cyanocitta pulchra, Lawrence, and others, Three

species, which appear to be new to science, we Propose now to

characterize.

1. Buarremon Levcoris, sp. noy.

Oleagineo-viridis, supra valde saturatior Jeré in nigrum trans-

tens ; alis extus, caudd totd et capitis lateribus nigris, dorso

Sere concoloribus ; piteo castaneo; oculorum ambitu angusto

albo ; rostro nigro, pedibus corneis : long. tota 7-0, ale 3-4,

caud@ 3°3, tarsi 11.

Hab. Yauayaca, Ecuador (Buckley).

Mus. Salvino-Godmannico.

Obs. Species a B. castaneicipite, Scl., cui affinis, dorso obscuro

et ciliis albis prorsus distinguenda.

2. NEoMoRPHUS RADIOLOSUs, sp. nov. (Plate XXVII.)

Cristatus, supra eéneo-niger, frontis et dorsi superioris necnon

tectricum minorum plumis fasciis angustis albis aut fulvis

transradiatis ; tectricibus superioribus et secundariis totis extis

cum dorso inferiore saturate castaneo-rufis ; tectricibus caude

superioribus et caudd supra éneo-viridibus, caudé parum |

Ppurpureo tinctad ; subtis omnino sordidé albus, nigro omnino et

Srequenter transradiatus, crisso nigricante; rostro pallide

corneo, pedibus obscuré corylinis: long. tota 19:0, ale 66,

caude rectr. med. 10:0, ext. 6°8, tarsi 2°7, rostri a rictu lin.

dir. 2-0.

Hab. Intaj, Ecuador (Buckley).

Mus. Salv.-Godm.

Mr. Buckley sends one specimen of this remarkable Cuckoo,

which, though a typical Neomorphus, belongs to a very distinct

species of the genus, and differs from the four previously known

members of this group? in being conspicuously banded on the lower

surface of the body and round the back of the neck. In its bright

chestnut-red wing-coverts it approaches to N. rufipennis (P. Z. S.

1849, Aves, pl. x.), but must constitute a third and separate section

of the genus, as arranged by Sclater.

3. ARAMIDES CALOPTERUS, sp.nov. (Plate XXVIII.)

Supra saturate olivaceus, collo postico et pileo concoloribus ;

dorso inferiore et caudé nigricantibus ; fascia colli utringue

latera occupante et tectricum alarium externarum marginibus

saturate rubris; subtis plumbeus, gula albé; subalaribus

nigris albo transfasciatis ; primariis intis nigricantibus ;

rostro viridi, pedibus rubris : long. tota 13-0, ale 6°5, caude

2°3, tarsi 2°4, rostri a rictu 2-0.

Hab. Sarayacu, Ecuador (Buckley),

Mus. Salv.-Godm.

' Cf. Sclater, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 59, et Lawrence, Ibis, 1873, p. 287.

440 DR. O. FINSCH ON A NEW FINCH. [Apr. 16,

Obs. Proximus A. saracure, sed colli alarumque pictura rubra,

subalaribus albo-nigris neque rufo-nigris, et primariis nigricantibus

nec rufescentibus sané diversus.

This fine Aramides, of which Mr. Buckley has sent two specimens

obtained at Sarayacu on the Rio Bobonassa, may be readily dis-

tinguished from its nearest ally, 4A. saracura, by the characters given

above. Unfortunately, in our “Clavis specierum” of this genus

(P. Z. S. 1868, p. 447) we have used the black and white under

wing-coverts for the primary division of the genus into two sections.

In this respect, however, our new species would come into the

second division, although it is certainly most nearly allied to A.

saracura of the first section.

6. On a new Species of Finch from the Feejee Islands. By

Orto Frnscu, Ph.D., C.M.Z.S., Director to the Bremen

Museum.

[Received March 27, 1878.]

(Plate XXX.)

AMBLYNURA KLEINSCHMIDTI, sp. nov.

Supra viridis, subtus letius tincta ; regione parotica viridi-flava ;

capistro nigro; pileo obscure cyanescente ; tectricibus caude

superioribus lete rubris; subalaribus isabellinis ; rostro et

pedibus corneo-rubris.

Front, fore part of cheeks to the posterior edge of eye, and chin

black ; vertex obscure blue; upper surface dark grass green, the

same as the outer edge of the remiges, which are blackish brown,

like the tail-feathers ; upper tail-coverts splendid scarlet-red ; under-

parts grass-green, much brighter and lighter than the upper parts,

ear-region bright greenish-yellow ; under wing-coverts isabelline ;

bill and feet horny yellow in the skin, in the living bird apparently

flesh-coloured, nails dark brown.

rostr. a

fronte,

c. 100 63 29 14 21 15 French millim.

«ae gsm yn yam gi 82" ¢. 6" English inches.

Hab. Viti-levu, Figi Islands.

Mr. Kleinschmidt, the indefatigable collector of the Museum

Godeffroy, discovered this beautiful new species in the interior of

it after its discoverer. The single specimen sent to me by the

Museum Godefroy is, no doubt, an old bird: the sex is not marked.

This bird belongs to the short-tailed group of Finches, which

Reichenbach separated generically, s. n. Amblynura, but has a more

elongated bill than other species of the genus.

Long. tota, ale, caudse, tars. dig. med.

eatils| nr

Am FG

Zep »

.*)

(

- HIS?